| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-415/1 |
| Registreeritud | 19.06.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 19.06.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | Komisjoni teatis - COM(2026) 824 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 16.6.2026
COM(2026) 824 final
ANNEX 1
ANNEX
to the
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE
COUNCIL AND THE COURT OF AUDITORS
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial year
3
Contents
ANNEX 1 – PERFORMANCE OF THE EU BUDGET IN 2025 ....................................................................................... 5
1. EU budget performance monitoring ........................................................................................................................................................ 7
2. EU budget support for reforms ................................................................................................................................................................ 12
3. EU budget supporting the EU’s political priorities in 2025 .................................................................................................... 18
4. Horizontal policy priorities in the EU budget ................................................................................................................................... 48
Annex 1 – Performance of
the EU budget in 2025
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
7
1. EU budget performance monitoring
The EU budget is at the heart of EU policy action. Over the decades, it has helped improve the quality
of life and livelihoods of people within the EU and beyond. It drives investment in the future, for a cleaner,
digital and more competitive Europe. At the same time, it has provided a vital lifeline in times of crisis: it
helped to overcome a pandemic and save millions of jobs during the lockdowns, assisted people and
companies in getting through energy crises and is providing vital and reliable support for Ukraine in the face
of Russia’s unprovoked and unjustified war of aggression.
The EU budget is an essential tool to deliver on the EU’s priorities. Through its programmes, the
budget supports the EU’s internal and external policies. It creates EU added value by delivering results that
would not be achievable through uncoordinated national spending. EU programmes are tailored to unlock
synergies, catalyse private and public funding and provide a coordinated boost to the EU’s priorities.
Budget implementation in 2025
In 2025, the EU’s long-term budget (the multiannual financial framework) and NextGenerationEU
continued to prove their capacity to underpin the EU’s policy response to multiple crises – such as
Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the energy crisis, supply chain disruptions, unprecedented natural
disasters and humanitarian crises – while at the same time remaining instrumental to the delivery of the
Union’s longer-term priorities. To achieve this, EUR 206.5 billion was committed in 2025 from the EU
budget (1)to promote the EU’s sustainability, competitiveness and prosperity, in particular by investing in the
green and digital transitions. This investment will strengthen the resilience of the EU’s social market economy,
foster job creation and help to build a fairer, more sustainable future for all Europeans.
Multiannual financial framework: 2025 EU budget commitment appropriations by budget
heading (million EUR)
Source: European Commission.
(1) This amount includes EUR 190.9 billion from the final adopted budget; EUR 1.6 billion from appropriations carried
over or made available again from 2024; and EUR 14.1 billion from appropriations stemming from assigned revenues (of which EUR 0.4 billion from NextGenerationEU).
13% 38% 28%
2% 1%
10% 4%4%
Single market, innovation and digital EUR 27 095
Total EUR 206 542
Cohesion, resilience and values EUR 78 884
Natural resources and environment EUR 57 658
Migration and border management
EUR 4 738
Neighbourhood and the world EUR 19 645
Security and defence EUR 2 666
European public administration EUR 8 381
Outside MFF and special instruments
EUR 7 474
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
8
The state of implementation varies across EU programmes. In their fifth year of implementation,
programmes under direct and indirect management made substantial progress towards achieving their
specific objectives. For shared management programmes, such as under the cohesion policy funds, the
implementation of the 2021-2027 programmes significantly accelerated in 2025. As of the end of 2025,
Member States had selected operations amounting to 64% of their European Regional Development Fund,
Cohesion Fund, Just Transition Fund (including Interreg Europe) and European Social Fund Plus allocation. The
midterm review of cohesion policy programmes in 2025 opened up an opportunity to ensure support to the
most pressing priorities.
In total, EUR 34.6 billion of cohesion policy funds have been reallocated to EU strategic
priorities in 25 Member States:
• EUR 15.2 billion (or 43% of the total) for competitiveness (with the strategic technologies for
Europe platform (STEP) accounting for EUR 15.1 billion);
• EUR 11.9 billion (34%) for defence;
• EUR 3.3 billion (close to 10%) for housing;
• EUR 3.1 billion (9%) for water investments; and
• EUR 1.2 billion (slightly above 3%) for energy security.
NextGenerationEU further boosted the EU budget capacity to support Europe’s economic
recovery with a long-lasting growth impact, and a strong focus on the digital and green
transitions. From 2021 to 2026, the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), which is the core of
NextGenerationEU, is providing EUR 577 billion of funding in grants and loans to Member States (2), including
EUR 16.4 billion funded with revenue from the EU Emissions Trading System and transfers from the Brexit
Adjustment Reserve. In 2025, EUR 95.8 billion of NextGenerationEU funds were disbursed, mostly driven by
the payments under the RRF amounting to EUR 87.3 billion (EUR 40.1 billion in non-repayable support and
EUR 47.2 billion in loans). This brought the total disbursements under the Facility to EUR 393.4 billion, divided
into EUR 237.5 billion in non-repayable support (66% of the total EUR 360 billion RRF non-repayable support
envelope at end 2025) and EUR 155.9 billion in loans (56% of the total EUR 277 billion RRF loan envelope at
the end of 2025).
In 2025, EUR 5.5 billion was paid for commitments made under several EU programmes in the previous
programming period (2014-2020). Most of these payments were associated with cohesion policy (including
the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund and the European Social Fund), along with the
European Agricultural Fund for Regional Development and the Connecting Europe Facility.
Monitoring performance
In 2025, EU programmes continued to progress towards achieving their key objectives and
delivering value for all EU citizens. Progress towards the programme objectives is monitored most
notably by means of performance indicators. For those indicators with defined targets and for which
implementation progress allowed an assessment, the vast majority (79%) were considered to be on track to
reach their targets by the end of the implementation of the programmes. Detailed information at the
programme level is available in the programme performance statements, Annex 4 to this report.
(2) As of January 2026.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
9
Breakdown of 2021-2027 core performance indicators by progress towards targets
NB: The graph displays progress as measured by the share of the core performance indicators that are on track to meet their respective
targets. It does not include indicators for which the results do not allow an assessment at this stage.
Source: European Commission.
Spending must address the challenges and deliver the expected results on the ground. The table
below shows examples of results from the EU budget achieved under both the 2014-2020 and the 2021-
2027 multiannual financial frameworks.
Examples of results achieved
Climate (3)
• 42 gigawatt-hours of estimated energy efficiency savings per year from private and
public buildings by the InvestEU programme,cohesion policy funds, the LIFE programme and the
Recovery and Resilience Facility, in the 2021-2025 period.
• 124 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent avoided per year, of which almost half
was through NextGenerationEU green bond investment. Additionally, 962 million tonnes of
carbon dioxide equivalent reduction are expected from the Innovation Fund projects, ongoing or
completed at the end of 2025, during their first 10 years of operations.
• 108 additional gigawatt of renewable energy capacity was installed by the InvestEU
programme, cohesion policy funds, the Just Transition Mechanism and the Recovery and Resilience
Facility, in the 2021-2025 period.
Digital
• 20 million additional dwellings were provided with internet access via very-high-capacity
networks by the Recovery and Resilience Facility, InvestEU and cohesion funds by the end of 2025.
• 10 362 terabits per second of additional capacity were created by deployed backbone
networks, including submarine cables, by the Connecting Europe Facility by the end of 2025.
Employment
• More than 50 million individuals were supported in obtaining skills relevant to employment
and 360 000 jobs were created or maintained between 2021 and 2025 with support from the EU
budget (4).
• Around 16 million people participated in European Social Fund Plus activities to improve
their employment situation by the end of 2025.
(3) Aggregated data of core performance indicators, reflecting estimated and expected impact from the EU budget
project as from 2014. (4) Financed by the following 2021-2027 programmes: Fiscalis; customs programme; European Maritime Fisheries and
Aquaculture Fund; Recovery and Resilience Facility; Euratom; European Social Fund Plus; Just Transition Mechanism; Erasmus+; European Globalisation Adjustment Fund for Displaced Workers; creative Europe; European Solidarity Corps; justice programme; Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund; Internal Security Fund; Horizon Europe; InvestEU; single market programme; digital Europe programme; regional policy; European Agricultural Guarantee Fund.
79% 15% 6%
On track Moderate progress Deserves attention
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
10
The next section of this Annex focuses on the EU budget support for reforms. The third section of this annex
describes how EU programmes have contributed to political priorities. The fourth section of this annex, on
horizontal policy priorities in the EU budget, provides information at the EU budget level on the financing of
initiatives relating to climate, biodiversity, gender equality, the digital transition and the sustainable
development goals (SDGs) (5). Annex 4, Programme performance statements, provides a detailed analysis of
the individual programmes and their performance, presented as a website to enhance reader friendliness.
Making performance information more reliable
The European Commission places great emphasis on the reliability of its performance
information and continually works to further improve its already robust processes for
performance reporting. To maintain high standards, data on core performance indicators are recorded and
managed through a dedicated SAP-based database that incorporates automatic quality control rules to
strengthen data quality and reliability. In addition, climate-related contributions from the EU budget are
directly estimated using data extracted from the Commission’s accounting system, ensuring traceability and
precision.
In 2025, the Commission continued to implement and consolidate a strengthened control
approach to ensure the reliability of performance information on EU programmes. Commission
departments continued to report in their annual activity reports for 2025 (which are an important source of
information for this annual management and performance report) on the results of their controls, based on
the specific guidance and requirements issued in 2023 in response to internal and external audit
recommendations. In 2025, no major shortcomings were reported with regard to the reliability of the
performance information for their respective EU programmes.
Performance framework for the 2028-2034 long-term budget
In 2025, the Commission adopted a proposal for a robust and future-proof long-term budget for
the 2028-2034 period. As part of the modernisation of the EU budget, it introduces for the first time a
regulation establishing a common performance framework applicable to all programmes: the ‘Performance
Regulation’ (6).
The Performance Regulation operationalises the requirements introduced in Regulation (EU,
Euratom) 2024/2509 (the 2024 Financial Regulation), and addresses key lessons learnt from the
2021-2027 period. These include the heterogeneous application of horizontal principles across
programmes, such as the ‘do no significant harm’ principle and gender equality; the fragmentation in the
definition of performance indicators, which has created complexity and made it difficult to aggregate and
monitor results; inconsistencies in the expenditure tracking methodologies; and the multitude of performance
reports, which has increased complexity and reduced transparency.
The proposed Performance Regulation equips the future budget with a simpler, more robust and
unified performance framework to monitor how the budget is spent and the results it achieves.
(5) As provided for in point 16(d–g) of the interinstitutional agreement for the 2021-2027 multiannual financial
framework. (6) Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a budget expenditure tracking
and performance framework, along with other horizontal rules for the Union programmes and activities, COM(2025) 545 final of 16 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025PC0545&qid=1753797488776.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
11
This will increase transparency, accountability and consistency, reduce administrative burden and ensure more
effective delivery of EU priorities.
Harmonised horizontal
provisions and
principles
A single approach to
implement climate and
environment, the do no
significant harm
principle, social policies
and gender equality
Common methodology
to track EU budget
expenditure
A single methodology
to monitor the
expenditure supporting
climate mitigation,
climate adaptation,
environment and social
objectives
Common list of
performance indicators
Streamlined output and
result indicators,
moving from over
5 000 to around 900
indicators, and allowing
aggregation at the EU
budget level
A single report on
performance
From 32 programme-
specific reporting
requirements to a single
performance report: the
Annual Management and
Performance Report
The single gateway
portal
Merging over 30 portals
and dashboards into a
single entry point for
funding opportunities and
EU budget performance
information
Streamlined
evaluations
Implementation report
replacing midterm
evaluation
The proposed Performance Regulation also includes the ‘single gateway’ portal, which will provide a single
entry point for EU funding opportunities and for performance information, which is currently spread across
multiple platforms. The portal will enhance accessibility and transparency for potential beneficiaries and users
of information on the implementation and performance of the EU budget.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
12
2. EU budget support for reforms
The EU budget supports reforms alongside investment in Member States and partner countries.
While investment finances tangible projects that promote growth and development, reforms serve as
enablers, helping enhance the impact and effectiveness of investment, and act as catalysts for change and
for aligning policies with the EU’s strategic priorities.
Within the EU, the synergy between reforms and investments is particularly embodied in the
Recovery and Resilience Facility, where disbursements are based on the achievement of predefined
milestones and targets. In addition, several EU programmes have built-in conditionalities to ensure that EU
money is spent effectively and in line with broader EU objectives. EU programmes providing funding to
Member States or regions, namely under cohesion policy, have strengthened the link with EU priorities in
various forms. Financing from the EU budget should contribute to these shared priorities to deliver EU added
value. Where Member States need support, the Technical Support Instrument provides tailored expertise and
guidance to design and implement complex reforms. In external action, the EU uses conditional budget
support and investment facilities to promote reforms and investments in neighbouring and candidate
countries, along with other partner countries. In partner countries, the joint support for reforms and
investments is particularly relevant in the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance, the Ukraine Facility, the
Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans, and the Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
The midterm evaluation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility highlighted the key role played by
the facility in supporting reforms in Member States. The Recovery and Resilience Facility introduced
new stimulus and financial incentives for implementing critical and long-awaited reforms, thanks to the
requirements from the RRF Regulation and the novel link between reforms and investments. The
implementation of reform measures has generally been frontloaded compared with that of investments, as
reforms often serve a ‘preparatory’ function vis-à-vis the relevant investments, notably to maximise the
impact of the latter.
Reform measures under the Recovery and Resilience Facility are distributed across its six policy pillars, with a
greater number of measures under the pillars covering growth and resilience-enhancing policies (see chart
‘Milestones and targets per Recovery and Resilience Facility pillar associated with reforms’). The pillars
represent EU priorities consistent with the country-specific recommendations (CSR) addressed to Member
States by the Council of the European Union in the context of the European semester.
The country-specific recommendations assessment, published as part of the 2025 European semester spring
package (COM(2025) 200 final), demonstrates an increase in the implementation of country-specific
recommendations adopted in 2019 and 2020 compared with the implementation before the Recovery and
Resilience Facility. By June 2025, the share of country-specific recommendations adopted in 2019-2020 and
recording at least some progress reached 79%. By comparison, before the Recovery and Resilience Facility,
62% of the country-specific recommendations adopted in 2015-2016 had recorded at least some progress in
2021 (i.e. after the same amount of time for implementation). This shows that the incentives provided by the
Recovery and Resilience Facility, with its performance-based approach and emphasis on reforms, contributed
to reinforcing the implementation of country-specific recommendations.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
13
Milestones and targets per Recovery and Resilience Facility pillar associated with reforms
NB: The graph shows the number of reform milestones and targets per Recovery and Resilience Facility pillar categorised as ‘preparatory and regulatory process’ or ‘delivery on the ground’.
Source: European Commission.
During its first four years of implementation, the Recovery and Resilience Facility supported the delivery of a
wide range of key reforms across Member States, including reforms.
• Legislation has entered into force to encourage tax compliance and improve the effectiveness of audits
and controls. One reform improved the quality of the databases used to produce compliance letters (i.e.
notices through which the Italian tax authorities report discrepancies). As a result, the tax revenue
generated by compliance letters has increased by 30% compared to 2019 (Italy).
• Introduction of reforms to improve fiscal sustainability in the medium and long term. These include
improving the long-term fiscal sustainability of the pension system through changes to the first pay-as-
you-go pension pillar and improving the functioning of the second pension pillar, along with enhancing
fiscal discipline through binding multiannual expenditure ceilings (Slovakia).
• Streamlining and simplifying permitting procedures for renewable energy and electricity infrastructure.
The legislation reduces administrative burden, sets clear deadlines, removes restrictions on self-
consumption and improves network capacity allocation (Spain).
• Ensuring access to medical care, by establishing a reimbursement system for nurses to incentivise them
to work in remote areas, and by increasing the share of people admitted in nursing training (Estonia).
• Enabling policymakers to better assess and limit regulatory burdens on SMEs, promoting a more
supportive environment for their growth (Ireland).
Cohesion funds
Under cohesion policy, reforms are supported via the enabling conditions. These ensure that the necessary
conditions for the effective and efficient use of the funds are in place. These cover:
• policy and strategic frameworks, to ensure that the strategic documents at the national and regional
levels which underpin investments are of high quality and in line with EU standards;
• regulatory frameworks, to ensure that implementation of operations co-financed by the funds complies
with the EU acquis.
0 200 400 600 800 1 000 1 200 1 400 1 600 1 800
Green transition
Digital transformation
Smart, sustainable and inclusive growth
Social and territorial cohesion
Health, and economic, social and institutional resilience
Policies for the next generation
Preparatory and regulatory processes Delivery on the ground
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
14
The progress in the fulfilment of these conditions since the adoption of programmes in 2022 is significant. At
the end of December 2025, only 1.3% of the European Regional Development Fund / Cohesion Fund /
European Social Fund Plus allocations remain blocked by unfulfilled enabling conditions, compared with
22.3% at the time of adoption.
The midterm evaluation of the 2021-2027 programming period showed that enabling conditions allowed to
set up strategic policy frameworks, systems and other arrangements for the effective and efficient
implementation of the funds.
Technical Support Instrument
By bringing together expertise from different backgrounds, such as from international organisations, the
private sector and other Member States, the Technical Support Instrument helps Member States to carry out
reforms that create jobs, inclusive societies and sustainable growth.
In 2025, the Technical Support Instrument continued to support smart, sustainable and socially responsible
reforms in a wide range of policy areas while strengthening all types of administrative capacities, especially
the internal administrative mechanisms for reforms across the EU. For instance, the Technical Support
Instrument multi-country sustainability in local public finances project focuses on developing the foundations
for ‘SDG budgeting’ in local governance systems. The project supported the delivery of city-specific and joint
reports assessing SDG budgeting practices, while developing tailored methodologies, key perfomance
indicators and action plans with a view to improving budgeting coherence, transparency and resource
allocation. This helped lay the groundwork for institutionalised SDG-oriented financial management benefiting
around five million residents and serving as a transferable model for other EU municipalities.
The Technical Support Instrument contributed to reinforcing Member States’ competitiveness drivers,
improving the functioning of the single market and Member States’ ability to deliver reforms for trade and
open strategic autonomy (see Technical Support Instrument – 2024 annual report for more details). For
example, the public administration cooperation exchange multi-country flagship project aims to promote
cooperation and cross-border exchanges among Member States to build administrative capacity and prepare
the next generation of policymakers in the EU, giving more than 800 civil servants the opportunity to to
exchange experience between 2023 and 2025. It leverages Technical Assistance and Information Exchange
(TAIEX) between administrations of different Member States.
In 2026, the instrument is expected to focus on supporting Member States in the implementation of complex
country-specific recommendations.
External action
The Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III is designed as a performance-based instrument,
differentiating assistance in scope and intensity according to the performance of beneficiaries, thereby
incentivising commitment to fundamental reforms. This approach aligns with the 2020 communication on the
revised enlargement methodology (7), which proposed increased funding for countries making progress on
agreed reform priorities. Performance assessment is embedded in the annual bilateral programming process,
drawing on Commission enlargement reports, external expert assessments, implementation track records and
reporting against the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III Results Framework indicators.
(7) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the regions – Enhancing the accession process – A credible EU perspective for the Western Balkans, COM(2020) 57 final of 5 February 2020, https://enlargement.ec.europa.eu/enhancing-accession- process-credible-eu-perspective-western-balkans_en.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
15
In the case of the Ukraine Facility, the Council’s Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/1447 of 14 May 2024 on
the approval of its assessment of the Ukraine plan (8) sets out a detailed roadmap of conditions, in the form
of qualitative and quantitative steps linked to reforms and investment. Fulfilment of these conditions can
trigger direct EU support for Ukraine’s budget (Pillar I of the Ukraine Facility). The Ukraine plan includes 151
steps organised around 15 sectoral chapters (public administration reform; public financial management;
judiciary; fight against corruption and money-laundering; financial markets; management of public assets;
human capital; business environment; decentralisation and regional policy; energy; transport; agri-food;
management of critical raw materials; digital transformation; green transition and environmental protection)
and three horizontal chapters (reconstruction and modernisation processes across all levels of the
government; mechanisms and arrangements to protect the financial interests of the EU; and stakeholders’
consultation during the preparation of the Ukraine plan).
Ukraine fulfilled a total of 45 steps due during 2025 across several chapters of the plan, triggering the
disbursement of EUR 10.7 billion in non-repayable support and loans. Since the roll-out of the Ukraine Facility,
it has disbursed a total of EUR 26.8 billion against 68 steps (including the five steps reflected in the
memorandum of understanding for the exceptional bridge financing).
Ukraine reform accomplishments
In 2025, Ukraine accomplished reforms across several areas:
• human capital, agri-food, management of critical raw materials (5 steps each);
• decentralisation and regional policy, digital transformation, green transition and environmental
protection (4 steps each);
• business environment, energy (3 steps each);
• public financial management, judiciary, financial markets, management of public assets, transport
(2 steps each);
• public administration reform, fight against corruption and money-laundering (1 step each).
For example, in the area of green transition and environmental protection, a new law ‘On the basic principles
of state climate policy’ now defines the key mechanisms and goals for climate governance. Another key step
in this area was the adoption of a more ambitious second ‘Nationally Determined Contribution of Ukraine’ to
the Paris Agreement. In the area of human capital, a reform of preschool education now pursues access to
quality preschool education with the aim of increasing the participation of women with preschool children in
the labour force. On decentralisation, Ukraine adopted key amendments to the Law on Local State
Administration; this step directly contributes to public administration reform, a core priority under the
‘Fundamentals’ cluster of the accession process. The fight against corruption and money laundering was
strengthened through the entry into force of a law reforming the Asset Recovery and Management Agency,
which introduced several improvements to the management and functioning of the agency.
(8) Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/1447 of 14 May 2024 on the approval of the assessment of the Ukraine
Plan (OJ L, 2024/1447, 24.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2024/1447/oj).
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
16
The Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans and the Reform and Growth Facility for
Moldova are performance-based instruments, with disbursements conditional on the achievement of agreed
reform steps by beneficiaries. In 2025, EUR 396 million was released in pre-financing and disbursements
under the Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans, including EUR 164 million for Albania,
EUR 45 million for Montenegro and EUR 77 million for North Macedonia. In the same year, EUR 288.9 million
in loans was disbursed under the Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova. Moreover, the Reform and Growth
Facility for the Western Balkans works in complement with the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III,
which provides technical assistance, including Technical Assistance and Information Exchange and Twinning
support, to help countries build the capacity needed to advance reforms, while the facility creates fiscal
incentives to legislate and implement them.
In delivering on the Global Gateway through the Neighbourhood, Development and International
Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe, the Commission promotes reforms to support the investment-
enabling environment in partner countries, in accordance with the EU policy priorities and in complementarity
with all Team Europe stakeholders. These reforms relate to the countries’ economic governance (e.g. public
procurement, public investment management or debt management) or are considered enablers for successful
Global Gateway projects (e.g. upgrading the regulatory framework for the production/commercialisation of
solar or wind power, or for operators in strategic transport corridors).
The Ukraine Investment Framework (Pillar II of the Ukraine Facility) and the European Fund for Sustainable
Development Plus crowd in private capital to promote investments, respectively in Ukraine and in EU partner
countries. Moreover, budget support promoted regulatory reforms in the energy sectors of Benin, Solomon
Islands and Vietnam. It encouraged renewable energy, notably by allowing EU development finance
institutions to fund these investments directly with EU blending support. In the context of Global Gateway,
such synergies are also sought, for instance, in Jamaica and Kyrgyzstan for digitalisation, Liberia, Rwanda and
Uzbekistan for agriculture value chains and Mauritania for green hydrogen.
In the neighbourhood region, macro-financial assistance financed by Neighbourhood, Development and
International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe plays an equally important role to promote reforms.
In both Jordan and Morocco, a large budget support portfolio promotes reforms in various sectors such as
renewable energies, circular economy, water, skills, social protection or public administration
modernisation/digitalisation for a more conducive business environment. In Armenia, Egypt, Jordan and
Tunisia, this effort to promote reforms is complemented by dedicated strategic and comprehensive
partnerships. In the neighbourhood region, macro-financial assistance for countries under financial distress
also promotes important economic reforms such as in Egypt and Jordan, where a new macro-financial
assistance operation was established in 2025.
In Palestine (9), the support to the Palestinian Authority (through direct financial support via the EU PEGASE
mechanism) is anchored in the reform agenda of the Palestinian Authority. In other fragile/recovery contexts
in the Middle East and Africa region, the EU contributes to strengthening core administrative and public
finance management functions are always being supported (Iraq, Lebanon, Libya, Yemen and, since 2025,
Syria).
This support to reforms with capacity development is coordinated with the International Monetary Fund, the
World Bank Group, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development and EU Member States.
(9) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the
individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
17
Results under the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation
Instrument – Global Europe (10):
• 110 countries supported by the EU to strengthen revenue mobilisation, public financial
management and/or budget transparency (GERF (Global Europe results framework) 2.19);
• 22 countries and cities with climate change and/or disaster risk reduction strategies: (a)
developed or (b) under implementation (GERF 2.5);
• 2 countries supported by the EU to (a) develop and/or revise, (b) implement digital-related
policies/strategies/laws/regulations (GERF 2.10) a) 4 and b) 1);
• 3 countries supported by the EU to strengthen investment climate (GERF 2.16);
• 356 government policies developed or revised with civil society organisation participation
through EU support (GERF 2.29).
(10) Cumulative data for the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe
Instrument for the 2021-2025 period.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
18
3. EU budget supporting the EU’s political
priorities in 2025
The Competitiveness Compass
Europe's independence will depend on its ability to compete in today's turbulent times.
We have everything it takes to thrive here in Europe – from our Single Market to our
social market economy (11).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Boosting the EU’s competitiveness
Europe’s prosperity depends on having a competitive, sustainable and resilient economy that
delivers opportunities for its people and businesses, now and in the future. Building on Mario
Draghi’s report on European competitiveness, in 2025 the Commission presented the Competitiveness
Compass, setting out actions aimed at closing the innovation gap, decarbonising the EU’s economy, reducing
dependencies, cutting red tape, removing barriers to the single market, enabling more efficient financing and
mobilising private capital, promoting skills and quality jobs and ensuring better coordination. In 2025, the EU
budget contributed to the achievement of these objectives through various means.
Making business easier and faster through simplification
Complementing the use of the EU budget, in 2025 the EU put forward initiatives to boost
competitiveness by cutting red tape, modernising taxation and supporting fair competition, aiming to
help businesses, especially small and medium-sized enterprises, thrive across borders. The targets are
clear: lower administrative burden by at least 25% for all businesses and at least 35% for small and
medium-sized enterprises – cutting recurring administrative costs by EUR 37.5 billion by 2029.
Horizon Europe is the EU’s flagship research and innovation programme, contributing to the EU’s
efforts to boost its competitiveness. By the end of 2025, Horizon Europe projects produced over 10 000
innovative products, processes, methods and intellectual property rights applications; contributed to industry,
innovation and infrastructure with over EUR 20 billion; and contributed with EUR 12.8 billion to digital
activities, of which EUR 2.5 billion in 2025 alone. Examples of projects financed under Horizon Europe include
research into the safe recycling of hazardous plastics and into improved space weather forecasting (useful for
satellites). Moreover, to facilitate the deployment of clean technologies, clean mobility and waste reduction, in
2025 the Commission allocated EUR 540 million under Horizon Europe to dedicated Clean Industrial Deal
(11) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘Speech by President von der Leyen at the
Copenhagen Competitiveness Summit’, news article, 1 October 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_25_2272.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
19
calls (12) and increased the size of the InvestEU guarantee by EUR 2.9 billion (13). Funding of over
EUR 1.25 billion was announced in 2025 for the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions to support the career and
skills development of researchers.
Horizon Europe also funds European Innovation Council Fund, a venture capital instrument to
help bridge the funding gap for breakthrough technologies in Europe. By the end of 2025, the fund
had invested over EUR 1 billion across 214 companies and projects. This has amounted to the mobilisation of
approximately EUR 3 billion in additional private investment, with a leverage ratio of over 3.5 private euro per
each public euro. The newly launched EIC strategic technologies for Europe platform Scale-Up
scheme provided EUR 300 million in 2025. By the end of 2025, the EIC Accelerator funding stream invested
approximately EUR 1 billion in over 200 companies, including projects on quantum computing,
neurostimulation therapies and cost-effective and environmentally friendly solar electric water propulsion
systems (14).
Horizon Europe: looking ahead
In 2025, the Commission adopted the Horizon Europe work programme for the years 2026-2027,
worth over EUR 14 billion, looking at fostering Europe’s sustainable prosperity and competitiveness.
The work programme includes additional funding for the Choose Europe for Science initiative launched
under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions, on top of the EUR 500 million announced in May 2025,
increasing the overall figure for the initiative to nearly EUR 900 million in 2025-2027. This work
programme allocates EUR 634 million to topics relating to critical raw materials, and also supports
research on advanced materials and alternatives to rare earth elements; and over EUR 870 million to
valorisation topics on market, societal and policy uptake of research results (15).
Through the Innovation Fund, the EU has been supporting highly innovative technologies,
processes or products that have a significant potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and
projects aimed at scaling up innovative technologies. By the end of 2025, 197 projects were under
implementation or completed. The grants provided continue to have a leverage effect of approximately five
times, with EUR 11.7 billion of Innovation Fund support enabling around EUR 58 billion in mobilised
investments. In 2025:
• 83 new grant agreements were signed for decarbonisation projects;
• the Innovation Fund 2024 Net Zero Technology Call closed, allocating EUR 2.9 billion to select 61 cutting-
edge net zero technology products;
• the Innovation Fund also committed EUR 643 million to five projects under the call for electric vehicle
battery manufacturing;
• the second Innovation Fund Auction for renewable hydrogen production (Innovation Fund 2024 Auction)
saw the signature of six projects for a total of EUR 270.6 million.
(12) European Commission, ‘Horizon Europe Work Programme 2026-2027 – 14. Horizontal activities’, European
Commission Decision C(2025) 8493 of 11 December 2025, calls HORIZON-CID-2026-01 AND HORIZON-CID-2027- 01, https://ec.europa.eu/info/funding-tenders/opportunities/docs/2021-2027/horizon/wp-call/2026-2027/wp-14- horizontal-activities_horizon-2026-2027_en.pdf.
(13) Regulation (EU) 2025/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2025 amending Regulations (EU) 2015/1017, (EU) 2021/523, (EU) 2021/695 and (EU) 2021/1153 as regards increasing the efficiency of the EU guarantee under Regulation (EU) 2021/523 and simplifying reporting requirements (OJ L, 2025/2005, 23.12.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/2005/oj).
(14) European Innovation Council, European Innovation Council and SMEs Executive Agency, EIC Data Hub, filtered for Accelerator funding stream, accessed on 24.4.2026 – https://eic.ec.europa.eu/impact/eic-data-hub_en.
(15) European Commission (n.d.), ‘Horizon Europe 2026-2027 work programmes’, Research and innovation website, Horizon Europe work programmes - Research and innovation.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
20
Furthermore, in 2025, through the Innovation Fund, the Commission announced over
EUR 3.5 billion in funding for innovative low-carbon technologies, using revenues from the EU
Emissions Trading System. This includes, among other things, projects aimed at supporting electric vehicle
battery cell production (16), projects aimed at decarbonising industrial processes (e.g. low-carbon cement
production (17)), renewable hydrogen production (18) and a zero-emission ocean-going cruise ship capable of
carrying 400 persons for 30 days (19). Complementing this, the Innovation Fund is also supporting the
European battery value chain: the 2025 battery booster strategy included a EUR 1.5 billion Battery
Booster Facility financed by the Innovation Fund, which will provide interest-free loans.
InvestEU helped to boost investments across Europe by lowering risk for financial institutions
and helping to attract private capital. Through guarantees backed by the EU budget, it supported
projects in areas such as sustainable infrastructure, social investment and skills, small and medium-sized
enterprise, research, innovation and digitalisation. By the end of 2025, the total approved guarantee amount
stood at EUR 26.8 billion. The volume of InvestEU operations approved by implementing partners reached
EUR 80.6 billion and is expected to mobilise investments of EUR 329.1 billion, with 69.2% of this coming from
the private sector. With InvestEU support, by 2025, 91 294 enterprises have been supported and 2.1 million
households and enterprises gained fast-access broadband. InvestEU appoved operations invest in energy, for
example with EUR 500 million in the ‘SG Pan EU Wind Package’ project (20), sustainable infrastructure, for
example with EUR 100 million in the ‘Marguerite III (CDPE)’ project (21), and digital connectivity and
infrastructure, for example with EUR 350 million in the cristal fibre rollout project (22).
In 2025, cohesion policy strengthened Europe’s competitiveness , more so after the midterm review of
the cohesion policy reallocated EUR 15.2 billion to competitiveness, with most investments going to critical
technologies and industries under the strategic technologies for Europe platform to reduce technological
dependencies on non-EU countries. It also included investment in skills development linked to decarbonisation
of production capacities. Cohesion policy supported competitiveness funding for regional- and interregional-
level research and innovation, decarbonisation, energy transition and innovation, including through the
Interregional Innovation Investments Instrument. This instrument supported 70 innovation projects in the
scale-up and commercialisation phase, focusing on integrating less-developed regions into European value
chains, representing EUR 301 million of EU funding invested so far.
To boost the competitiveness of regions most affected by decarbonisation efforts, the
Commission also relied on the Just Transition Mechanism. By the end of 2025, 58.4% of the total
budget of the Just Transition Fund (EUR 15.45 billion), the 1st pillar of the mechanism, was allocated to
selected projects. Under the mechanism’s 2nd pillar, the InvestEU Fund implementing partners reported a total
of EUR 9.13 billion of investment mobilised by its operations. Moreover, the Public Sector Loan Facility, the 3rd
pillar of the Just Transition Mechanism, provided support via a combination of European Investment Bank
loans and grants from the EU budget, which in 2025 amounted to EUR 679 million, supporting investments
(16) European Commission, ‘ACCEPT: Automotive Cells Company European Production Take-off’, Innovation Fund project
factsheet, https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/innovation_fund/101250958.pdf. (17) European Commission, ‘MeCaClay: Green Cement Production through Mechano-Chemical Activation of Clay’,
Innovation Fund project factsheet, https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/innovation_fund/101250933.pdf. (18) European Commission, ‘H2CRI: RFNBO hydrogen production plant in Zaragoza’, Innovation Fund project factsheet,
https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/innovation_fund/101241587.pdf.
(19) European Commission, ‘Swap2Zero’, Innovation Fund project factsheet, https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/innovation_fund/101191050.pdf.
(20) European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (n.d.), ‘SG Pan EU Wind Package’, InvestEU website, https://investeu.europa.eu/investeu-operations/investeu-operations-list/sg-pan-eu- wind-package_en.
(21) European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (n.d.), ‘Marguerite III (CDPE)’, InvestEU website, https://investeu.europa.eu/investeu-operations/investeu-operations- list/marguerite-iii-cdpe_en.
(22) European Commission: Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (n.d.), ‘Cristal Fiber Rollout’, InvestEU website, https://investeu.europa.eu/investeu-operations/investeu-operations-list/cristal-fibre- rollout_en.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
21
worth EUR 868 million. The mechanism supported projects such as a university hospital in Spain (23) and a
rare-earth magnet factory in Estonia (24). Moreover, the Public Sector Loan Facility pillar of the Just Transition
Mechanism provided vital support to public authorities in regions facing socio-economic challenges from the
transition to climate neutrality, via a combination of European Investment Bank loans and grants from the EU
budget, which in 2025 amounted to EUR 86 million, supporting investments worth EUR 868 million.
The EU budget has also been supporting competitiveness via the digital Europe programme,
helping to bring digital technology to citizens, businesses and public administrations. By the end of
2025, the programme delivered achievements such as the following.
• 19 AI factories started to be deployed in 16 Member States, featuring the procurement of 15 new
supercomputers optimised for artificial intelligence, and one major system upgrade for a fivefold
increase in the EU’s artificial intelligence computing capacity. Thirteen AI Factory Antennas were also
selected to extend AI Factory services to SMEs, startups, local research bodies, and public institutions
across Europe.
• Conclusion of contracts for three new supercomputers (Daedalus in Greece; Arrhenius in Sweden and
Alice Recoque in France), along with upgrades of existing ones (Leonardo to Lisa in Italy; Discoverer to
Discoverer+ in Bulgaria).
• Jupiter, the EU’s first EU exascale supercomputer, reached its full performance of one exaflop, or more
than 1 quintillion operations per second.
• The EuroHPC Joint Undertaking procured 6 quantum computers, of which 2 were inaugurated in 2025,
and 2 additional analogue quantum simulators were inaugurated under the HPCQS (high performance
computer – quantum simulator) project.
• 14 common European Data Spaces are being deployed, including infrastructures that can benefit from
interoperable language resources and multilingual data services.
• Five semiconductor pilot lines were launched, where EU industry can test, experiment and validate next-
generation chip technologies and designs.
• 30 competence centres were launched in all Member States (and Norway) to support companies, in
particular SMEs and start-ups, in getting access to semiconductor technologies via training, technology
transfer and development support.
The digital Europe programme budget is also supporting strategic digital technologies, including
semiconductors, via financial instruments. EUR 83.63 million was committed to support strategic digital
technologies, such as AI, quantum or cybersecurity. Under the Chips Fund, EUR 98 million was committed for
investments in semiconductor technologies and applications. These investments are expected to mobilise 14.2
times the amounts committed, facilitating access to finance to key companies across Europe.
In 2025, the digital strand of the Connecting Europe Facility awarded projects totalling
EUR 389 million. Grant agreements concluded in the year included funding for projects concerning the
deployment of global gateways (mainly submarine cables), deployment of 5G large-scale pilots in smart
communities and along major transport paths, and the further deployment of an interconnected European
quantum communication infrastructure (EuroQCI).
In 2025, the Commission financed transport infrastructure with the Connecting Europe Facility.
EUR 3.02 billion was allocated to projects advancing a sustainable, intelligent, eco-friendly and resilient
transport network. Examples of support by the facility include the Rail Baltica standard gauge railway line
(23) European Commission (n.d.), ‘2024-7-ES-SP-CHUAC’, Kohesio website,
https://kohesio.ec.europa.eu/en/projects/Q7421383. (24) European Commission (n.d.), ‘Magnetic plant Narva’, Kohesio website,
https://kohesio.ec.europa.eu/en/projects/Q7423897.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
22
development in Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania (25), along with the development of a pan-European network of
publicly accessible and interoperable recharging infrastructure dedicated to electric heavy-duty vehicles (26).
The strategic technologies for Europe platform
The strategic technologies for Europe platform (STEP) is designed to strengthen the EU’s ability
to create and ramp up strategic technologies, making it more competitive globally. As of the end
of 2025 and since its inception in 2024, STEP has cumulatively pooled resources across 11 EU funding
programmes amounting to EUR 24 billion, to support strategic technologies across sectors such as digital
and deep tech innovation, clean and resource efficient technologies and biotech. This is the result of the
combined efforts of the five EU programmes directly managed by the Commission and the reprogramming of
financial envelopes by Member States and EU regions under the cohesion policy. In total for 2025 alone, the
initial budget earmarked by programmes in direct management in support of STEP-relevant technologies
amounted to EUR 5.3 billion, representing a 14.6% year-on-year increase to the figure of EUR 4.6 billion
reported for 2024. Cumulatively, this represents a total budget of around EUR 10 billion allocated to STEP-relevant
calls for proposals across the five EU programmes since the inception of STEP in March 2024.
Resources earmarked for STEP by programmes in direct management, by sector in 2024 and
2025 (in million EUR) (27)
Regarding cohesion policy funds, as of the end of December 2025, 96 STEP amendments were adopted
in 19 Member States, amounting to EUR 13.9 billion. This represents more than a doubling compared to
2024. In 2025, a new STEP Sector for defence technologies was introduced via the cohesion policy
(25) European Commission (2026), ‘Rail Baltica – 1 435 mm standard gauge railway line development in Estonia, Latvia
and Lithuania (Part IX C)’, CEF Transport programme, https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/cef/cef_transport/23-EU-TC-RBGP%20Part%20IX%20C.pdf.
(26) European Commission (2026), ‘MILES General: Mobility Infrastructure for Logistics – Electric & Sustainable in AT, BE, DE, DK, ES, FR, IT, NL, and SE’, CEF Transport programme, 24-EU-TG-MILES General.pdf.
(27) ‘Multi-sector’ refers to the budget allocated to STEP from calls for proposals and tenders which target more than one STEP-relevant sector.
154
4 040
461.3509.2
3 525
745.5 553
0
500
1 000
1 500
2 000
2 500
3 000
3 500
4 000
4 500
Biotech Cleantech Digital and deep tech Multi-sector
2024 2025
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
23
midterm review adopted in September 2025 (28) and the Defence Mini-omnibus Regulation adopted in
December 2025 (29).
To date, the Commission has awarded more than 600 STEP Seals to the best-performing projects in their
respective evaluations. Among these, a majority of 451 seals were awarded in 2025 alone. This quality label
will help project promoters in securing complementary funding for their projects, both in case they were
already awarded funding by the Commission to cover part of the project costs or in the case they were not
retained for funding, due to the limited budget of the call.
Total STEP allocations in adopted cohesion policy programmes as of the end of 2025
(in million EUR)
The interim evaluation of STEP was published in July 2025, and it points to STEP’s success in effectively
steering EU investment to innovative technologies and simplifying access to EU funding via a one-stop shop
online portal, the STEP Portal.
(28) Regulation (EU) 2025/1914 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2025 amending
Regulations (EU) 2021/1058 and (EU) 2021/1056 as regards specific measures to address strategic challenges in the context of the mid-term review (OJ L, 2025/1914, 19.9.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/1914/oj).
(29) Regulation (EU) 2025/2653 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 19 December 2025 amending Regulations (EU) 2021/694, (EU) 2021/695, (EU) 2021/697, (EU) 2021/1153 and (EU) 2024/795, as regards incentivising defence-related investment in the EU budget to implement the ReArm Europe Plan (OJ L, 2025/2653, 22.12.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/2653/oj).
10 838
2 075
946
European Regional Development Fund
Just Transition Fund
European Social Fund Plus
Total EUR 13 859 million
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
24
A new era for European defence and security
This must be Europe's Independence Moment. I believe this is our Union's mission. To
be able to take care of our own defence and security (30).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Investing in defence
The EU stepped up its defence efforts in 2025 through the rearm Europe plan, which mobilised new
financial instruments to strengthen Europe’s defence capabilities and close investment gaps for full defence
readiness by 2030. The rearm Europe plan includes Security Action for Europe, which will provide up to
EUR 150 billion in loans to support urgent defence investments and address critical capability gaps. Member
States demonstrated strong interest in the instrument, with 19 Member States submitting national defence
industry investment plans by 30 November 2025, covering 691 projects, 65% of which involved joint
procurement.
The EU also invested in defence collaborative research, development and innovation through the
European Defence Fund. In its 2025 work programme, the European Defence Fund (EDF) allocated close to
EUR 1 billion in funding and received a record 410 project proposals in response, which will lead to funding
projects in the course of 2026. By 2025, EUR 5.1 billion had been committed to defence research and
development, supporting 225 collaborative European Defence Fund projects and including the 2025
commitment. This positions the fund among the EU’s top defence research and development investors. As
part of the EDF, the EU Defence Innovation Scheme (EUDIS) continued to support non-traditional defence
players, including SMEs. Two defence hackathons were organised across 16 locations in Europe and two new
initiatives were launched: the EUDIS Business Accelerator, an eight-month support programme providing
targeted and tailored support to defence and dual use start-ups and small and medium-sized enterprises
(supporting 20 companies in 2025); and EUDIS Matchmaking, establishing a platform to foster connections
between defence innovators, investors, end users, corporates and other relevant defence stakeholders, and
organising four events across Member States in 2025.
In 2025, the Act in Support of Ammunition and Production helped to ramp up the production of
ammunication in the EU, contributing to its strategic autonomy and to the competitiveness of its defence
technological and industrial base. It supported the implementation of 31 projects in areas such as explosives,
powder, shells, missiles and testing and reconditioning, providing total support of about EUR 514 million.
In 2025 the mid-term review of cohesion policy resulted in EUR 11.9 billion shifted toward supporting
defence related projects, from military mobility to defence industry and civil preparedness. Of this amount
EUR 1.3 billion was specifically allocated to support the defence industry’s capacities.
(30) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘2025 State of the Union Address by President von
der Leyen’, 10 September 2025, https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/state-union/state-union-2025_en.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
25
Investing in space capabilities
In a world first, the Galileo open service navigation message authentication function was declared
operational in July 2025, after adding two satellites to its costellation. It introduces a mechanism to
verify the authenticity of navigation data transmitted from Galileo satellites, helping protect against
spoofing (the transmission of false signals), and significantly enhances trust in the EU’s Galileo
satellite system, the only system in the world with this security feature.
Moreover, delivering on the Union Secure Connectivity priority flagship, the development of a multi-
orbital satellite constellation of around 290 satellites – IRIS² (Infrastructure for Resilience,
Interconnectivity and Security by Satellite) – continued at full speed on the basis of a competitive and
innovative public–private partnership established under a 12-year concession contract signed with the
SpaceRISE consortium in 2024. In 2025, several important sub-contracts were signed with core
consortium team members and key suppliers.
The Commission also pursued establishing international agreements with Iceland and Norway for their
participation in the EU secure connectivity programme and in the EU’s governmental satellite
communication programme (GOVSATCOM). A similar process is underway to allow for the opening of
formal negotiations with Ukraine.
For the next multiannual financial framework, the Commission has proposed boosting the defence and
space budget to EUR 131 billion, five times the current budget, within the European Competitiveness
Fund.
Enhancing the EU’s preparedness and crisis management
Learning from past challenges and faced with unprecedented threats, the EU continuously aims
to enhance its ability to anticipate, prevent and respond to them. In 2025, the EU made available
over EUR 245 million for the Union Civil Protection Mechanism. In addition, to support resilience in Member
States and non-EU countries participating in the mechanism, the Commission co-financed 27 prevention and
preparedness projects, including 13 under the single-country grants to disaster risk management authorities
and 14 under the multi-country grants. The European Civil Protection Pool was further strengthened as the
primary reserve of response capacities available for Union Civil Protection Mechanism response operations.
The resources under the European Civil Protection Pool increased by 19.4% in the past year. In 2025,
European Civil Protection Pool capacities were deployed for consular and medical evacuations, forest
firefighting and emergency medical support.
Union Civil Protection Mechanism response to wildfires in 2025
During the 2025 European wildfire season, the Union Civil Protection Mechanism was activated 18
times in response to wildfires, with 16 activations in Europe and two activations outside of Europe.
Countries affected included Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Greece, Montenegro, Portugal,
Spain and Syria. The Commission also co-financed the stand-by availability of rescEU aerial forest
fire-fighting capacities, including 18 firefighting planes and 4 helicopters in case of requests for
assistance.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
26
Forest fires – burnt areas in the EU in 2025 (in hectares)
RescEU, the Commission’s own preparedness reserve, was strengthened in 2025, moving closer
to a fully-fledged aerial firefighting fleet at the European level. The Commission continued the work
with the rescEU transitional arrangement to combat the increasing wildfire threat across Europe. During the
spring of 2025, the Emergency Response Coordination Centre pre-positioned firefighting capacities across the
EU ahead of the summer’s wildfire season.
Helping people cope with natural disasters
In 2025, the European Union Solidarity Fund mobilised EUR 1.3 billion to assist recovery and
reconstruction in six Member States and two accession countries struck by natural disasters in 2024
and 2025. The fund allocated EUR 280 million to Austria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Czechia, Moldova,
Poland and Slovakia following floods, and made available EUR 1 057 million for Spain (floods) and
France (two cyclones). In the case of Spain, after storm Dana hit the Valencia region in October 2024,
the fund mobilised EUR 946 million, which is the second-largest contribution in the fund’s history.
Enhancing internal security, border control and migration management
To enhance safety and security across Europe, border control, and manage migration, the EU budget funds
actions through a number of funds, such as:
• the Internal Security Fund, focused on preventing and combating terrorism and radicalisation,
organised crime and cybercrime;
• the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, promoting efficient management of migration flows;
and
• the Border Management and Visa Instrument, addressing external border management challenges.
The 2025 budget for the Internal Security Fund amounted to EUR 336.6 million. This amount
included EUR 195.5 million for initial allocations to Member States’ programmes, the largest share of which is
destined to strengthen Member States’ capabilities in fighting organised crime and terrorism (41%). The fund
notably advances the interopeprability of communication technology systems and the information exchange
mechanisms across Member states, while also supporting cross-border operations aimed at seizing drugs
0
100 000
200 000
300 000
400 000
500 000
600 000
700 000
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
Average (2006-2025) Year 2025
388 624
1 034 552
Average area burnt per year (2006-2025)
Total area burnt in 2025
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
27
(22 196 kg by 2025) or weapons (302 by 2025). Under the Internal Security Fund’s Thematic Facility, the
Commission has also funded 13 projects starting in 2025, with EUR 30 million to strengthen the protection of
public spaces such as shopping centres, public transportation, entertainment venues and places of
worship (31).
The 2025 budget for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund amounted to EUR 1.9 billion. This
amount included EUR 972.9 million for initial allocations to Member State programmes, the largest share of
which is for strengthening and developing the Common European Asylum System (36%). By 2025, the
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund registered 15 635 participants who applied for long-term status,
107 739 voluntary returnees, 14 602 returnees removed and 4 771 applicants for and beneficiaries of
international protection transferred from one Member State to another.
The 2025 budget for the Border Management and Visa Instrument amounted to EUR 1.2 billion.
The largest share of the EU’s financial contribution to Member State programmes is allocated to European
integrated border management (87%). The common visa policy accounts for 8% of the allocated budget for
Member State programmes, with the main achievements relating to the digitalisation of visa processing.
Considering the rapidly evolving threat landscape and risks at the EU external borders,
additional funding was made available from the Border Management and Visa Instrument to
further enhance border control capabilities, with EUR 169.6 million for the purchase of various
uncrewed equipment to be used for border surveillance at the national level and put at the disposal of the
European Border and Coast Guard Agency (Frontex equipment) and EUR 250 million for the purchase of
drones and counter-drone systems. Under the Border Management and Visa Instrument, EUR 50.55 million
was also made available to support the Schengen-associated countries in the implementation of the EU Pact
on Migration and Asylum. Funding for border management was also provided by the Customs programme,
which helped to kick off the European Union Customs Alliance for Borders expert team, enhancing operational
cooperation among Member State customs authorities.
Moreover, the EU has been enhancing internal security by investing in the security of submarine
data cables. These cables carry 99% of intercontinental internet traffic, making them essential for modern
life and the European economy. In 2025, the Commission intesified efforts to increase the security and
resilience of this critical infrastructure. In the EU action plan on cable security adopted in 2025, the EU set
aside EUR 20 million to strengthen the security of Europe’s submarine cables, via the digital Europe
programme, to support the creation of regional cable hubs and stress-testing of the resilience of undersea
cable infrastructure. Moreover, under the Connecting Europe Facility, 25 projects aimed at boosting the
resilience and security of submarine cables and key terrestrial connections were selected in 2025, totalling
EUR 186 million in EU contributions.
(31) European Commission (n.d.), ‘Projects funded under the Internal Security Fund call for proposals on the protection of
public spaces: ISF-2024-TF2-AG-PROTECT’, https://home-affairs.ec.europa.eu/document/download/cc4034e6-bc2a- 4d71-9238-9f61d465c91b_en?filename=Projects%20funded%20under%20ISF_booklet.pdf.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
28
Supporting people, strengthening our societies and our social model
Our economy must work for people and business alike. And if we modernise the
business, the industry, and the workplace, we also have to modernise the labour
market and the working conditions. Europe must deliver for all of its people (32).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Providing clean and affordable energy
In 2025, the Commission took action aimed at providing immediate relief to consumers while
pursuing a long-term transformation towards a decarbonised, competitive and secure energy
system. In February, the Commission presented an action plan for affordable energy (33). The plan aims to
provide relief to households facing high energy bills and to industries struggling with high production costs.
Overall savings are projected at EUR 45 billion in 2025, rising to EUR 130 billion annually by 2030 and
EUR 260 billion by 2040.
In line with the Affordable Energy Action Plan, the cohesion policy mid-term review promoted a new priority
on energy transition, which aimed at untapping the many bottlenecks in our grid infrastructure and helped
completing the Energy Union. About EUR 1.2 billionhas been reallocated to this new priority for the period
until 2027. Moreover, cohesion policy supported the circular economy by investing in regional and local
waste management systems towards circularity (prevention, reuse, recycling), thus reducing external
dependencies on recyclable materials.
In 2025, the Commission awarded approximately EUR 650 million to 14 cross-border energy
infrastructure projects under the Connecting Europe Facility’s energy strand. Among the projects
selected for funding, six are related to electricity infrastructure, including smart electricity grids, and eight are
hydrogen infrastructure investments. The Connecting Europe Facility also provided the first grant for works
for a hydrogen project.
In July, the Commission and the European Investment Bank disbursed EUR 3.66 billion from the
Modernisation Fund to support 34 clean energy projects. In September, they also launched the Energy
Efficiency for SMEs Initiative, a EUR 17.5 billion financing programme expected to help more than 350 000
companies reduce their energy consumption.
In February 2025, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania synchronised their electricity grids with the
Continental Europe Network, in cooperation with Poland. This marks the full integration of the Baltic states
into the EU energy market, ending dependence on Belarusian and Russian systems. This flagship project of
(32) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘Speech by President von der Leyen in the European
Parliament plenary debate on the Commission Work Programme’, news article, 21 October 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_25_2462.
(33) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions – Action Plan for Affordable Energy Unlocking the true value of our Energy Union to secure affordable, efficient and clean energy for all Europeans, COM(2025) 79 final of 26 February 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52025DC0079
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
29
the Connecting Europe Facility for Energy, started in 2014, received more than EUR 1.2 billion in funding,
representing 75% of investment costs (34).
The EU has also been supporting clean energy via the LIFE programme. Since its inception in 2021,
LIFE’s clean energy transition has funded 267 projects, with a total EU contribution of EUR 427 million
addressing capacity building, investment mobilisation and market uptake to support the clean energy
transition. Projects include, among other things, research into standardised heat pump solutions for the food
industry and on the use of low temperature renewables and waste heat for district heating.
Investing in people
Between 2021 and 2027, the EU is investing over EUR 150 billion to support people, businesses,
education institutions and others to develop the education and skills needed for a thriving,
competitive European economy. Under the European Social Fund Plus, implementation accelerated, with
project selection reaching approximately EUR 92.5 billion by December 2025, while nearly EUR 7 billion in
interim payments was made to Member States in 2025. The European Social Fund Plus primarily reaches
those who are out of work due to inactivity or unemployment, accounting for 11.8 million participants. More
than half of all participants (8.2 million) are low-skilled, with lower secondary education or less. With
3.6 million children and 3.9 million young people aged 18 to 29 supported, the European Social Fund Plus
provides significant assistance to younger generations. Vulnerable groups also benefit substantially from
European Social Fund Plus support, including 1.3 million persons with disabilities, 2 million third-country
nationals and 312 000 homeless participants to date. In addition, measures addressing material deprivation
have reached 35.2 million end recipients with direct food support or material assistance, or indirect support
through vouchers.
The EU is also investing in people, regions and territories through cohesion policy funds. As of
December 2025, total net payments of EUR 39.9 billion were disbursed under the European Regional
Development Fund and the Cohesion Fund. By the end of 2025, Member States had selected operations
amounting to 63.4% of the allocations for these two funds for the 2021-2027 period (i.e. EUR 185 billion
under the European Regional Development Fund and EUR 30 billion under the Cohesion Fund), which is
expected to lead to an accelaration of payment rates in 2026. Cohesion policy benefits all regions, with an
assessment of the policy under the previous programming period (2014-2020) showing that each euro
funded by it led to almost 3 euro in return (35). By 2025, both funds financed over 3 550 000 megawatt-
hours/year of savings in annual primary consumption, modernised healthcare facilities, enabling them to
serve over 9 million people per year and covered over 26 million people in projects supported by the funds in
the framework of strategies for integrated territorial development.
Via the Union of Skills, the Commission supports people in obtaining high quality education,
training and support lifelong learning. To address skills challenges in Europe, in 2025 the Commission
launched the Union of Skills (36). This strategy focuses on reskilling and upskilling efforts, and improving high
quality education, training and lifelong learning. As part of this, the Commission has also committed to
enhancing the Pact for Skills to help workers across strategic sectors to gain new skills, with an aim of
upskilling 25 million workers by 2030. In 2025, 3.9 million people benefited from training initiatives under the
Pact for Skills. The pact mobilised a network of 277 600 stakeholders, which collectively invested over
(34) European Commission: European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (n.d.), ‘CEF Energy:
Instrumental funding to achieve the Baltic synchronisation with the Continental European Network’, https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/cef-energy-instrumental-funding-achieve-baltic-synchronisation-continental-european- network_en.
(35) Model simulations for the 2014-2020 ex post evaluation. Exactly EUR 2.9, 15 years after end of period. (36) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European
Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions – The Union of Skills, COM(2025) 90 final of 5 March 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025DC0090.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
30
EUR 1 billion in upskilling and reskilling activities in 2025, 82% of which invested by public authorities using
national or EU funds and programmes such as Erasmus+, Horizon Europe or the European Social Fund
Plus (37). This is complemented by EUR 5.7 billion for education infrastructure, equipment, skills development
and education cooperation across borders under the European Regional Development Fund (including
Interreg).
Supporting learning and educational mobility
Throughout 2025, the Erasmus+ programme helped to promote transnational learning mobility,
cross-organisational cooperation and to enrich the lives of people in Europe. Since 2021, Erasmus+
has supported more than 3.8 million learners in their mobility activities, with over 1.5 million taking advantage
of Erasmus+ mobility in 2025. In 2025, 321 capacity-building projects were selected, aiming to promote
international cooperation between organisations active in higher education, vocational education and training,
youth and sport within and beyond the EU.
Moreover, since the start of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the Commission has
mobilised over EUR 200 million through Erasmus+ to support projects promoting educational activities
and facilitating integration into new learning environments of individuals fleeing from the war. Further focus
has been given to sector-specific priorities under ‘partnerships for cooperation’. Since 2023, grants supporting
this priority have amounted to EUR 48 million. Support has also been provided to organisations, learners and
staff in Ukraine. Since 2022, a total of EUR 31 million has been contracted in grants for Ukrainian
organisations focused on capacity-building projects in higher education, vocational education and training,
youth and sport.
Fostering solidarity through volunteering
The European Solidarity Corps provides young people aged between 18 and 30 years (35 in case of
humanitarian aid activities) with the opportunity to take part in volunteering and solidarity activities
either abroad or in their own country. Since 2021, over 120 000 opportunities for young people have
been created, and 12 000 projects have benefited from grants. The European Solidarity Corps has
provided support for projects and activities on four cross-cutting priorities: promoting inclusion and
diversity; contributing to the green and digital transitions; contributing to democratic participation; and
contributing to EU values. In 2025, the Commission expanded this to include the promotion of waste
management and recycling solutions. The volunteering opportunities through the Humanitarian Aid
strand enabled nearly 400 young people to support vulnerable communities in 35 countries.
Investing in culture
The creative Europe programme is the EU’s flagship programme to support the culture and audiovisual
sectors, with a budget for the 2021-2027 period amounting to EUR 2.44 billion, with EUR 364.2 million for
2025. The adoption of the Culture Compass for Europe, a new strategic framework for European cultural
policy, was a major milestone in 2025. With 20 flagship initiatives, the Culture Compass will provide shared
principles for future cultural policy cooperation at the EU level.
With a budget of EUR 182 million, the Media strand attracted 2 165 eligible proposals in 2025. Numerous
works created with the support of the Media strand received international professional recognition, including
(37) European Commission (2025), ‘Pact for Skills Annual Report 2025’, https://pact-for-
skills.ec.europa.eu/document/download/84378a3e-3380-488f-b35a- 9bd97a024ab1_en?filename=Annual%20Report%202025_FINAL.pdf.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
31
Oscar nominations for six films released in 2025. The Culture strand attracted a record number of applicants
in 2025 (1 648) with 122 projects selected.
The year 2025 also saw the 40th anniversary celebrations of the European Capitals of Culture initiative. Since
1985, more than 70 cities have used the title to celebrate diversity, strengthen their European identity and
shape their future through culture.
Improving people’s health
EU-level actions on health complement national policies. These actions aim to protect and improve the
health of EU citizens, support the modernisation and digitalisation of health systems and infrastructures,
address territorial disparities in access to quality health services (particularly in disadvantaged, rural and
remote areas), improve the resilience of Europe’s health systems and equip Member States to better prevent
and address future pandemics.
The Commission has also been supporting innovative companies focused on health through HERA
Invest. By the end of 2025, HERA Invest has funded three European innovative small and medium-sized
enterprises, with loans of EUR 20 million each.
In 2025, the Commission also invested in rapid diagnostics to help address the root causes of
antimicrobial resistance. Through the EU4Health programme, financial support of EUR 8.85 million was
provided to five partners from four Member States to develop and bring to the market a diagnostic device
providing results in less than one hour that will help clinicians select the most appropriate treatment for
patients requiring antibiotics.
More than half of the EU4Health’s annual budget for 2025 went to investments in crisis
preparedness and response actions, including serious cross-border threats to health. These actions
include increasing preparedness, prevention and response planning against vector-borne diseases, setting up
EU Reference Laboratories, improving integrated surveillance systems in participating countries and providing
training to (public) health professionals. EU4Health investments have also been supporting the
establishment of the European Health Data Space,developing cross-border digital health
infrastructures, setting up and expanding health data access bodies for enabling the reuse of health data.
EU4Health investments addressing rare diseases have targeted IT tools for diagnosis and
treatment, such as the telemedicine tool Clinical Patients Management System 2.0. In 2025, the
European reference networks system was further developed, supported by EUR 77.4 million in EU4Health
grants for the period 2023-2027. In 2025, 2.7 million patients with rare conditions benefited from access to
diagnosis and treatment in the 24 European reference networks.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
32
Europe’s beating cancer plan
Under EU4Health, 24 actions were launched in 2025 under the implementation of the cancer cross-
cutting approach. Actions include, for example, collaborative work in the field of cancer under the Joint
Action ‘Enhancing the Digital Capabilities of Cancer Centres in Europe to Improve Prevention and Care’
to improve e-health, telemedicine and remote monitoring systems, and to enhance access to and
exchange of health data in existing and future cancer centres. Moreover, in 2025, with the support of
EUR 90 million under EU4Health, the Commission launched the EU Network of Comprehensive Cancer
Centres, aimed at ensuring that 90% of eligible cancer patients have access to high-quality prevention,
diagnosis, treatment and care by 2030.
In close alignment and synergy with the Cancer Plan, the EU Cancer Mission under Horizon Europe
continued to deliver results by advancing actions on environmental exposure in young people,
innovative treatments for cancer in children and adolescents, surgical clinical trials and nutrition
interventions for older cancer patients. In 2025, the Cancer Mission developed 25 multi-country clinical
trials, 42 new tools for prevention, detection and treatment and over 850 collaborations across
research, healthcare and policy.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
33
Sustaining our quality of life: food security, water and nature
Our democracy must also deliver for those who suffer the impacts of climate change.
We must protect people and nature from devastating wildfires. We must preserve our
precious water, that is the most vital of all natural resources. And we must deploy the
best science to protect our Ocean (38).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Building a competitive and resilient agriculture and food system
The EU advanced efforts to build a sustainable, competitive and resilient agri-food system,
providing food security and fair living standards for farming and rural communities. The common
agricultural policy (CAP) continued to support the sector through the implementation of the CAP strategic
plans, increasing incomes and building resilience. Particular attention was given to income support for small
farms. In 2025, 5.5 million farmers received direct CAP support.
The December 2025 CAP simplification package supports the competitiveness, resilience and
digitalisation of the agricultural sector with targeted support for young and organic farmers.
These measures could save up to EUR 1.6 billion annually for farmers and EUR 210 million for national
administrations. The package also brings flexibiity and simplification in the handling of payments, certain
requirements and crisis tools.
Moreover, in 2025 the EU provided, under the CAP, emergency support to farmers in disaster-affected
regions (39):
• EUR 73 million in emergency support for farmers affected by climate change and natural disasters in
Czechia, Spain, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Hungary and Slovenia (40);
• EUR 1.7 million in exceptional support for the milk and pig-meat sectors in Germany (41);
• EUR 49.5 million in emergency support for fruit, nut and vegetable farmers affected by climate change in
Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary, Poland and Romania (42);
(38) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘Speech by President von der Leyen in the European
Parliament plenary debate on the Commission Work Programme 2026, news article, 21 October 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_25_2462.
(39) European Commission (2026), ‘The EU in 2025: General report on the activities of the European Union’, Chapter 5: A Europe fit for the digital age, https://op.europa.eu/webpub/com/general-report-2025/en/chapter5.html#subchapter5-2.
(40) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/441 of 6 March 2025 providing for emergency financial support for the agricultural sectors affected by adverse climatic events and natural disasters in Spain, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia and Hungary, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1308/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L, 2025/441, 10.3.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/441/oj and OJ L, 2025/1137, 11.6.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/1137/oj).
(41) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/1145 of 10 June 2025 on exceptional support measures for the milk and pigmeat sectors in Germany (OJ L, 2025/1145, 11.6.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/1145/oj).
(42) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/2061 of 10 October 2025 providing for emergency financial support for the agricultural sectors affected by adverse climatic events in Bulgaria, Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary, Poland and Romania, in accordance with Regulation (EU) No 1308/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council (OJ L, 2025/2061, 13.10.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/2061/oj).
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
34
• EUR 7.3 million to help compensate farmers in areas affected by outbreaks of avian influenza in
Poland (43);
• Exceptional changes to POSEI (the programme of options specifically relating to remoteness and
insularity) to help farmers in Mayotte restart production after Cyclone Chido (44).
Furthermore, the food strand of the single market programme provided more than EUR 240 million in
2025 in the areas of animal and plant disease control, EU reference laboratories and the EU vaccine bank for
animal diseases, reducing risks to food security by ensuring resilience against outbreaks of major
transboundary animal diseases.
Investing in water-smart economy, oceans and fisheries
The midterm review of cohesion policy included a new dedicated priority for water resilience.
These actions aim at improving access to clean water, sustainable water management and water
resilience amid frequent droughts and other climate change impacts, along with reducing water pollution.
EUR 3.1 billion has been reallocated to this priority, on top of EUR 13 billion already under implementation. As
underlined in the Competitiveness Compass and the water resilience strategy, building a water-smart society
is an important pillar for Europe’s economic security.
The EU Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund contributes to a sustainable blue economy in
coastal, island and inland areas, and to the development of fishing and aquaculture communities. Member
States received EUR 554.9 million in payments. These financed projects such as upskilling and reskilling for
people who work in and around ports (45) and research into the decline in European eel and salmon
populations (46), along with research into optimised trawling gears with a view to lowering fuel
consumption (47). To support ocean conservation, ocean sciences, sustainable fisheries, aquaculture and the
blue economy, the Commission presented the European Ocean Pact at the 2025 UN Ocean Conference,
alongside EUR 1 billion in investment for the ocean (48).
In 2025, the European digital twin of the Ocean became fully operational . It integrated Copernicus
and European marine observation data, allowing for high-resolution modelling of climate adaptation and
sustainable resources management. Moreover, the European Marine Observation and Data Network has
continued to provide marine data on a findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable basis, resulting in
annual benefits of between EUR 150 million and EUR 400 million through increased productivity and
innovation for users and better information on our seas and oceans.
(43) Commission Implementing Regulation (EU) 2025/1485 of 24 July 2025 on exceptional market measures for the eggs
and poultry meat sectors in Poland (OJ L, 2025/1485, 25.7.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg_impl/2025/1485/oj).
(44) Regulation (EU) 2025/1276 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2025 amending Regulation (EU) No 228/2013 as regards additional assistance to, and further flexibility in respect of, outermost regions affected by severe natural disasters and in the context of the devastation caused by cyclone Chido in Mayotte (OJ L, 2025/1276, 27.6.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/1276/oj).
(45) European Commission: European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (n.d.), ‘Blue ports: Empowering ports for a greener future’, https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/featured-projects/blue-ports-empowering-ports- greener-future_en.
(46) European Commission: European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (n.d.), ‘Diaspara project: Unlocking the secrets of Europe’s endangered eel and salmon’, https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/featured-projects/diaspara- project-unlocking-secrets-europes-endangered-eel-and-salmon_en.
(47) European Commission: European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency (n.d.), ‘Decarbonyt – Decarbonising the fishing fleet in the Mediterranean and Black Sea’, https://cinea.ec.europa.eu/featured- projects/decarbonyt-decarbonising-fishing-fleet-mediterranean-and-black-sea_en.
(48) European Commission (2026), ‘The EU in 2025: General report on the activities of the European Union’, Chapter 5: A Europe fit for the digital age, https://op.europa.eu/webpub/com/general-report-2025/en/chapter5.html#subchapter5-2.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
35
Horizon Europe’s Mission ‘Restore our ocean and waters’ supported the blue transition and
strengthening the protection and restoration of marine and freshwater ecosystems in all sea basins. By the
end of 2025, 80 projects worth EUR 400 million were developing innovative solutions in 223 local
demonstration sites.
Promoting a circular economy, climate resilience and biodiversity
The LIFE programme aims to support the EU’s transition to a clean, circular, competitive and
climate-resilient economy. Since 2021, the circular economy and quality of life sub-programme under LIFE
funded 180 projects focusing on resource efficiency, air and soil quality, water resilience and management of
waste and dangerous chemicals. These projects represent an investment exceeding EUR 1 billion, with LIFE
contributing EUR 530 million, and include actions such as the development of new technology to recycle end-
of-life solar panels, the conversion of insect excrement (frass) into fertilisers, along with research into
solutions to stabilise mercury in contaminated soils.
LIFE’s climate change mitigation and adaptation sub-programme financed, up until 2025, 123
projects. Across the programming period, this corresponds to a total project value of EUR 681 million and an
EU contribution of EUR 399.2 million. Projects awarded in 2025 include EUR 66 million to 24 standard action
projects and EUR 25.8 million for strategic projects. Calls for standard action projects and strategic projects
launched in 2025 are set to award EUR 61.5 million and 30 million respectively to successful proposals.
LIFE’s nature and biodiversity sub-programme has financed 170 projects, contributing to improved
conditions for around 560 wild species and more than 2 million hectares of habitats by 2025. Examples
include:
• the EUR 4.8 million mosaic of life project, restoring over 550 hectares of grassland habitats across eight
Natura 2000 sites in Croatia;
• the EUR 8.5 million LIFE riverflow project, improving river connectivity across eight rivers in Latvia and
restoring over 1 034 km of waterways; and
• the EUR 17 million LIFE repeat project, restoring 1 044 hectares of raised bogs and fens in three Natura
2000 sites in the Hannover region.
Cohesion policy funds support climate adaptation, with more than EUR 14 billion allocated for the
2021-2027 period. These investments focus on prevention of climate risks and prioritise nature-based
solutions. As a result, more than 97 million people will benefit from flood protection, and over 288 million
from wildfire protection. Additionally, through the mid-term review, Member States reallocated funds
towards climate adaptation, notably floods and drought risk, under the ‘water resilience’ priority.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
36
Protecting our democracy, upholding our values
Europe's independence is about protecting our freedoms. The freedom to decide. To
speak out. To move around a whole continent. The freedom to vote. To love. To pray.
To live in a Union of equality. Our democracy and the rule of law are the guarantors of
those freedoms (49).
Ursula von der Leyen President of the European Commission
Protecting European democracy
In 2025, the EU reinforced democratic resilience against internal and external pressures while
empowering citizens to actively engage in policymaking and shape their communities. Building on the
European Democracy Action Plan and the defence of democracy package, the European Democracy Shield
was presented in November to strengthen democratic institutions, protect the integrity of elections and
support media freedom and pluralism.
The Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values programme helped to support participatory democracy.
In 2025, the programme allocated over EUR 1.9 million to support the European Citizens’ Initiative (ECI)
mechanism, putting citizens at the heart of European democracy by promoting direct participation in EU policy
development. Throughout the year, six new initiatives were registered, amounting to 49 initiatives between
2021-2025, with a record four initiatives reaching the one-million signature threshold, confirming growing
citizen engagement at the EU level (50).
Building a true union of equality and upholding the rule of law
The citizens, equality, rights and values programme also promotes rights and values enshrined in
the EU treaties and the Charter of Fundamental Rights. By the end of 2025, the programme had
supported 6 737 civil society organisations across all Member States and eligible non-EU countries. The
programme provided operational support and capacity-building actions, particularly support to local, regional,
national and transnational civil-society organisations. Furthermore, between 2021 and 2025, 2 155 funded
projects are expected to reach at least 79 million people. Examples of projects include cooperation between
municipalities and civil society organisations to combat discrimination and promote inclusion, awareness-
raising actions against hate speech and online hatred and transnational citizens’ events encouraging debate
on Europe’s history, democratic values and future and the organisation of transnational events to reflect on
the past, present and future of Europe.
The citizens, equality, rights and values programme also supports award schemes focused on
promoting accessibility, inclusion and equality at the local level. Through the Access City Award and
the European Capitals of Inclusion and Diversity Award, the programme gave recognition to towns and cities
that performed concrete actions in advancing accesibility for persons with disabilities and fostering inclusive,
discrimination-free communities. By doing so, the Commission spotlighted exceptional work at the local level,
sharing good practices and encouraging peer learning among local authorities.
(49) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘2025 State of the Union Address by President von
der Leyen’, 10 September 2025, https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/state-union/state-union-2025_en. (50) Information on the initiatives can be found at https://citizens-initiative.europa.eu/find-initiative_en.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
37
Justice and fundamental rights are also supported by the justice programme. The justice
programme supports judicial cooperation in civil and criminal matters, judicial training and access to justice. In
2025, the programme’s implementation covered action grants on judicial cooperation, judicial training and
access to justice with a total indicative budget of EUR 15.4 million. Moreover, the programme continued to
support actions by the Council of Europe in the area of justice: the network of prison-monitoring bodies, the
delivery of the SPACE report (an annual report on prison statistics providing clear insights into the detention
situations in the Member States) and the Council of Europe’s European Commission for the Efficiency of
Justice annual study on the efficiency, quality and independence of justice systems among the EU Member
States. In addition, procurement contracts, for a total of EUR 9.2 million, were concluded in 2025 to support
development and maintenance of IT tools and key EU policies in the justice field through activities including a
study to support the impact assessment for the revision of the Eurojust Regulation.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
38
A global Europe: Leveraging our power and partnerships
The way forward is through partnerships. Partnerships based on common interests
and respect for sovereignty. That is what unites us here today. That is Europe's
approach (51).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Maintaining the EU’s unwavering support for Ukraine
The EU remains committed to supporting Ukraine and its people. By the end of 2025, the EU and its
Member States had provided around EUR 193.3 billion, of which EUR 88.3 billion enabled by the EU budget. In
2025 alone, the EU covered 84% of Ukraine’s external financing needs. The Commission continued to
coordinate the EU assistance with other partners through the Ukraine Donor Platform.
Financial and economic support
In 2025, the EU disbursed EUR 18.1 billion to Ukraine via an exceptional Macro-Financial
Assistance loan, as part of the G7 Exceptional Revenue Acceleration Loans initiative agreed in
2024. To enable the G7 initiative, the EU set up the Ukraine Loan Cooperation Mechanism to offer Ukraine
non-repayable financial support, financed by leveraging the financial contribution raised on extraordinary
windfall profits stemming from immobilised Russian Central Bank assets. Ukraine can use this support to
repay the EU and other eligible G7 loans, including interest and other related costs.
In addition, the Ukraine Facility continued to support the recovery, reconstruction and
modernisation of Ukraine in line with its EU path. Since its roll-out, the Ukraine Facility has disbursed
EUR 26.8 billion as exceptional financing and under the Ukraine plan. The facility subsidised the borrowing
costs on the loans to Ukraine provided under the facility for the first time in 2025, relieving Ukraine's national
finances by EUR 321 million.
The Ukraine Investment Framework, the investment arm of the Ukraine Facility, has received a
total of EUR 9.5 billion in EU support in the form of EU budgetary guarantee and blending operations and
is expected to mobilise up to EUR 21.8 billion in public and private investment. So far, EUR 6.9 billion has been
allocated to fund investment programmes that directly benefit the people of Ukraine – creating new jobs,
delivering electricity, heat and clean water, supporting affordable housing, building bomb shelters,
rehabilitating war-damaged infrastructure and more.
To restore critical energy capacity and directly reinforces Ukraine's national grid, the EU
supported the relocation of a full thermal power plant from Lithuania to Ukraine in December 2025.
The plant is capable of supplying power to approximately one million Ukrainians – the largest single operation
to date under the Union Civil Protection Mechanism (52).
(51) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication ‘Keynote speech by President von der Leyen at the
Global Gateway Forum’, news article, 9 October 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_25_2337.
(52) European Commission, ‘Commission delivers thermal plant to supply power for 1 million Ukrainians’, press release, 22 December 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_25_3137.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
39
The Solidarity Lanes, set out in May 2022, continue to ensure that Ukraine can import the goods
it needs and export agricultural and other products. While the Solidarity Lanes were essential for
Ukraine’s agricultural exports until mid-2023, Ukraine has since successfully fought against Russia to secure
its Black Sea corridor. The EU supports Ukraine’s Black-Sea-linked trade by backing this corridor, which
enables Ukrainian vessels to continue exporting. In parallel, the EU has invested in infrastructure and
coordination to ensure this maritime route remains viable and secure.
The EU continued to use export credit guarantee instruments during the year to support trade.
For example, in June, the first deal under the EU’s Ukraine Export Credit Guarantee Facility was struck,
providing EUR 20 million in guarantees for EU exports to Ukraine via Denmark’s Export–Import Office (53).
To improve transport connections between the EU, Ukraine and Moldova, by 2025 the EU has
mobilised more than EUR 2.3 billion, including EUR 0.6 billion in funding from the Connecting Europe
Facility. For example, in July, the Connecting Europe Facility signed a new project to construct an EU-standard-
gauge railway link from Poland to Sknyliv (near Lviv) in Ukraine for an EU contribution of EUR 73.5 million (54).
In September, Ukraine opened its first EU-standard-gauge railway, enabling direct train travel from Ukraine to
cities like Budapest in Hungary and Vienna in Austria (55).
Humanitarian support to Ukraine
In 2025, the EU continued to provide humanitarian aid in Ukraine and Moldova for emergency
assistance. This included EUR 40 million allocated to help Ukrainians endure a fourth winter of Russia’s war
of aggression, assisting EU humanitarian aid partners in delivering shelter materials, repairing damaged
homes and centres for displaced people and improving access to water, sanitation and heating. Since Russia’s
full-scale invasion in February 2022, the Commission has allocated over EUR 1.2 billion for humanitarian aid
programmes in Ukraine, including EUR 220 million in 2025.
(53) European Commission, ‘First deal under EU’s Ukraine export credit guarantee facility: €20 million for EU exports to
Ukraine through Denmark’s EIFO’, press release, 5 June 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_25_1429.
(54) European Commission (2026), ‘Implementation of the 1435 connectivity PL/UA border – Mostyska II – Sknyliv (Lviv) Stage 1’, CEF Transport programme, https://ec.europa.eu/assets/cinea/project_fiches/cef/cef_transport/24-UA-TG- EUUA1435PLUABCPML1.pdf.
(55) European Commission: Directorate-General for Mobility and Transport, ‘New EU-funded railway line brings Ukraine even closer to EU’, news article, 5 September 2025, https://transport.ec.europa.eu/news-events/news/new-eu-funded- railway-line-brings-ukraine-even-closer-eu-2025-09-05_en.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
40
Humanitarian aid for Ukraine and Moldova from the EU and its Member States (2022-2025)
Supporting people in Ukraine
From 2022 to 2025, the EU has provided the following to the people in Ukraine (56):
• EUR 220 million in humanitarian aid funding responding to the needs of the most vulnerable;
• EUR 100 million dedicated to supporting safe access to education for children in Ukraine;
• EUR 60 million for projects aimed at building the capacity of Ukrainian universities, vocational
education and training institutions, and sport and youth organisations under Erasmus+;
• EUR 65 million for free, healthy school lunches for 700 000 primary school students in Ukraine;
• more than EUR 50 million to support Ukraine’s cultural and creative sectors, including over
EUR 11.5 million dedicated to cultural heritage;
• more than EUR 700 000 in mobility grants for artists and cultural professionals;
• EUR 123 million to support civil-society organisations in Ukraine.
Military support and defence research
The EU and the Member States have provided around EUR 69.3 billion in military support since
2022 through the European Peace Facility. EUR 6.1 billion of this has been channelled via the European
Peace Facility. Additionally, the EU has provided EUR 3.7 billion from the proceeds of Russian immobilised
assets, out of which EUR 3.3 billion were channelled to the European Peace Facility and EUR 0.4 billion to the
Ukraine Facility. The EU trains the Ukrainian Armed Forces through the EU Military Assistance Mission in
support of Ukraine, which has so far trained around 85 000 Ukrainian military personnel.
The EU is also providing defence research and innovation instruments, mainly through the
European Defence Fund. In 2025, the EU adopted the regulation to incentivise defence-related investments
in the EU budget, which enabled the association of Ukraine to the European Defence Fund, with the objective
of further enhancing industrial cooperation between the EU and Ukraine. Moreover, the EU announced the
(56) European Commission (2026), ‘The EU in 2025: General report on the activities of the European Union’, Chapter 1:
The EU’s support for Ukraine, https://op.europa.eu/webpub/com/general-report-2025/en/chapter1.html#subchapter1-1.
Over EUR 1.2 billion In humanitarian aid from the EU
Over EUR 3 billion In humanitarian aid from Member States
Over EUR 4.2 billion
in total
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
41
launch of BraveTechEU, a joint EU–Ukraine initiative aimed at bringing closer together the EU and Ukrainian
defence innovation ecosystems to develop battlefield-proven solutions.
Restrictive measures
The EU adopted four additional packages of sanctions against Russia and Belarus in response to its war of
aggression against Ukraine, further cutting access to critical technology, industrial goods and financial
services, and reducing Russia’s revenue streams, in particular from energy. In order to increase the
effectiveness and impact of the sanctions, the EU continued to put greater emphasis on anti-circumvention
measures in the area of trade and energy, including the targeting of the shadow fleet used by Russia to
evade the oil price cap. In parallel, the EU reinforced its cooperation and outreach to non-EU countries.
EU enlargement and the EU’s wider neighbourhood
In 2025, the EU provided a wide range of support to enlargement countries , including the following.
• EUR 184 million in support disbursed under the Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans.
• As of June, the Western Balkans Guarantee 4 SME Resilience had committed the last of its
EUR 60 million in EU funds, unlocking a total of EUR 886 million in financing to support the sustainable
growth of small and medium-sized enterprises in the region.
• EUR 288.9 million was disbursed under the new Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova.
In 2025, the Commission finalised the programming of the Instrument for Pre-Accession
Assistance III bilateral and multi-country multiannual action plans in favour of the Western
Balkans and Türkiye, with the exception of Kosovo (57). Actions adopted included a multi-country and civil
society facility and media multiannual action plan for 2025–2027 worth EUR 553.9 million; a multiannual
action plan covering bilateral actions in favour of Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro, North
Macedonia and Serbia for 2025–2027 of EUR 491.9 million; a multiannual action plan in favour of Türkiye for
2025–2027 for EUR 311.7 million; and a multiannual action supporting essential needs for refugees and
migration management in Türkiye for 2025–2027 of EUR 1.15 billion.
Moldova became a candidate country in 2022. The EU has cooperated with Moldova via the framework
of the European Neighbourhood Policy and the Eastern Partnership. In February 2025, in the context of the
energy crisis caused by the insecurity of Russian supplies, the Commission and Moldova agreed on a two-year
comprehensive strategy for energy independence and resilience, providing quick EU support of up to
EUR 160 million to the country. In March, the Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova was created, a new
financing tool of EUR 1.9 billion (2025-2027) to enact the Growth Plan. In June 2025, Moldova received
EUR 270 million in pre-financing loans under the facility, and EUR 24.3 million was released as non-repayable
support. Continued financial support under the facility is conditional upon successful implementation of
reform. In September 2025, having established that Moldova had met four reform indicators from the
Agenda, the Commission made its first regular payment under the facility, unlocking EUR 18.9 million in loans.
The reforms included the development of open and competitive electricity and gas markets, along with
measures to guarantee energy security.
In the Eastern Neighbourhood, the Eastern Partnership continues to be the overarching policy
framework to enhance regional cooperation, promote stability and economic growth and bring
partner countries closer to the EU. Assistance through multi-annual action programmes covering the 2025-
(57) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion
on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
42
2027 period was approved in July for Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia and Moldova, totalling
EUR 668.2 million.
In the Southern Neighbourhood, a multiannual cooperation programme was adopted for Libya, with a
budget of EUR 102 million to support governance and stabilisation (EUR 55 million), economic growth and
digital transformation (EUR 23.5 million), along with climate, energy and environmental action
(EUR 23.5 million). Moreover, in 2025, the Strategic and Comprehensive Partnership with Egypt (concluded in
2024) supported Egypt’s green transition and overall social and economic development. The partnership also
includes an ongoing macro-financial assistance operation of up to EUR 4 billion to support Egypt’s financial
situation, out of which EUR 1 billion was disbursed in January 2026. Furthermore, in September 2025, the EU
disbursed the first instalment of the ongoing macro-financial assistance operation to Jordan, amounting to
EUR 250 million. Furthermore, the adoption of the Pact for the Mediterranean provided a new framework
for EU-Southern Mediterranean relations.
In 2025, the volatile situation in the Middle East highlighted the need for a more structured and coordinated
approach to cooperation in the region. The EU presented a proposal for a multiannual comprehensive
programme for Palestine’s recovery and resilience for the period 2025–2027, for an amount of EUR 1.6
billion. Moreover, cooperation and engagement with the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and individual Gulf
countries were strengthened, particularly in the areas of security, climate change, digital cooperation, and the
energy transition. In addition, Syria’s efforts to restart its economy, including through reinforced capacity
building and support to key economic sectors, were supported with EUR 139 million.
The EU’s foreign policy and international relations
International partnerships
The Global Gateway is instrumental in supporting the EU’s international partnerships. In 2025, the
EU and its Member States continued scaling up the Global Gateway strategy. The second Global Gateway
Forum was organised and President von der Leyen announced that the EU, Member States and European
financing institutions, following a Team Europe approach, had mobilised over EUR 306 billion in investments,
exceeding the original EUR 300 billion target.
The 25th anniversary of the EU–African Union partnership was celebrated in 2025. Through the
Global Gateway, by 2025 the EU mobilised EUR 120 billion for projects across Africa. At the G20 Summit in
South Africa, the final pledging event of the Scaling up Renewables in Africa Global Gateway campaign
mobilised EUR 15.5 billion for clean energy and access to electricity across the continent (58).
Throughout 2025, the EU-Latin America and the Caribbean (LAC) Global Gateway Investment Agenda
delivered tangible results, reaffirming the EU’s position as the leading investor in the region. More than 80
projects advanced in their implementation, illustrating the strength of the Team Europe approach and its
concrete impact on the ground, including, for example: regional electricity integration, the EU-LAC high-
performance computing network and the valorisation of sargassum in the Caribbean.
In 2025, a Team Europe Global Gateway investment package mobilised EUR 12 billion for Central Asia and,
at the first-ever EU–Pacific Business Forum, the Commission announced nearly EUR 300 million of Global
Gateway investments dedicated to the entire Pacific region. The EU also introduced a EUR 42 million initiative
(58) European Commission, ‘Europe leads pledging effort in campaign mobilising €15.5 billion for clean energy in Africa’,
press release, 21 November 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/ip_25_2781.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
43
to strengthen Asia-Pacific capacities in using Copernicus data for spatial planning and climate change
mitigation.
The European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus contributed to the expansion of the Global
Gateway by sharing the risks of development finance partners when they mobilise their own resources,
thereby attracting additional investors, notably from the private sector. In 2025, the EU budget provided cover
for European Investment Bank loans of approximately EUR 4 billion, which are expected to leverage
EUR 14 billion in total investment. The extended guarantee also covered open architecture guarantees for
EUR 2.5 billion, with an estimated total investment of at least EUR 5 billion. Examples of open architecture
guarantees under the European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus include scaling up sustainable
finance in Africa (59), contributing to a reliable and sustainable energy supply in Africa and the Asia Pacific
region (60) and access to finance for small and medium-sized enterprises, particularly start-ups and woman-
led enterprises, in Africa and the European Neighbourhood (61).
As part of the EU–Overseas Countries and Territories cooperation, the Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland has supported actions up to 2025 amounting to EUR 366.3 million. In
2025, the first three new intra-regional actions were adopted for a total of EUR 4.8 million: one intra-regional
programme for the French Southern and Antarctic Lands, a programme dedicated to culture and a support-
measures programme, both covering all overseas countries and territories. Territorial cooperation continued to
cover several sectors from water to energy, tourism or natural capital. The EU supported, for example, cases
such as the disaster risk reduction policy of Saint Barthélemy, supported with EUR 2.5 million, where by 2025
the territory had acquired four rescue and assistance vehicles, carried out training courses on search and
rescue and installed a tsunami alert system.
Supporting peace and security
Under the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global
Europe, in 2025 the EU supported 85 crisis response interventions amounting to EUR 228.85 million,
and other interventions related to foreign policy needs totalling EUR 112.45 million. This included responding
to Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, supporting the Middle East peace process, addressing instability
in Lebanon, Sudan and Syria and fighting disinformation in the Sahel and Moldova. Moreover,
EUR 121.5 million was provided for resilience and peacebuilding. In the case of Afghanistan, in 2025 the
Commission adopted an EUR 83 million programme to support basic needs and livelihoods under the ‘for
women, by women’ principle and allocated an additional EUR 38.5 million to address the displacement crisis.
To support peace and security in South Asia, the EU launched a EUR 5 million programme ‘Supporting Asian
countries’ resilience to violent extremism in the digital space’ and adopted a regional programme to support
resilience and cross-border cooperation, notably to respond to challenges posed by technology-enabled crime
and terrorism.
Under the common foreign and security policy, in 2025 the EU financed, with a total of EUR 416.7 million,
13 civilian common security and defence policy missions; 13 EU Special Representatives; and 30 ongoing non-
proliferation and disarmament actions, with 12 actions launched in 2025.
(59) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships (n.d.), ‘African Local Currency Bond Fund’,
https://international-partnerships.ec.europa.eu/funding-and-technical-assistance/funding-instruments/european-fund- sustainable-development-plus/african-local-currency-bond-fund_en
(60) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships (n.d.), ‘Accelerate the Energy Transition – AccelerET’, https://international-partnerships.ec.europa.eu/funding-and-technical-assistance/funding- instruments/european-fund-sustainable-development-plus/accelerate-energy-transition-acceleret_en
(61) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships (n.d.), ‘Access to Finance’, https://international-partnerships.ec.europa.eu/funding-and-technical-assistance/funding-instruments/european-fund- sustainable-development-plus/access-finance_en
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
44
In the context of the Global Alliance to Counter Migrant Smuggling, the Commission launched an
action on the financial and digital dimensions of migrant smuggling as part of a EUR 78 million EU
funding package. The Commission also makes use of funds from the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund
towards actions under the Global Alliance to Counter Migrant Smuggling, including EUR 10 million in 2025,
and contributed with approximately EUR 12 million through the Internal Security Fund to the Common
Operational Partnership with non-EU countries to counter migrant smuggling and trafficking in human beings.
EU provision of humanitarian aid
The current hardening geopolitical context and the impacts of climate change are exacerbating
tensions, fuelling existing conflicts and extending protracted crises. In this context, the EU remains a
reliable and principled humanitarian actor.
In 2025, the EU continued its support to Palestine (62). The situation in the occupied Palestinian
territory has deteriorated dramatically following the October 2023 terrorist attacks on Israel and the ensuing
military operations by Israel in Gaza and the West Bank, resulting in a catastrophic humanitarian situation,
large-scale destruction and suffering, with the entire population of Gaza (2.1 million) subject to security and
protection risks of unprecedented severity. Under the humanitarian aid programme, EUR 220 million was
committed to address the needs of the occupied Palestinian territories where the entire population of Gaza is
facing acute food insecurity. In April 2025, the Commission presented a proposal for a EUR 1.6 billion
multiannual and comprehensive programme for Palestinian recovery and resilience (2025-2027). Part of the
funds (i.e. EUR 0.5 billion) was committed in 2025.
Furthermore, in 2025 the EU provided EUR 2.56 billion in humanitarian aid to the most vulnerable
people. Overall, the EU and its Member States are providing around 33.8% of the global share of committed
humanitarian aid contributions. Examples of this support include:
• EUR 273 million in response to the crisis in Sudan, which continues to be the world’s largest
displacement crisis;
• EUR 129 million to the African Great Lakes Region, in response to the dramatic escalation of conflict in
the eastern part of the Democratic Republic of the Congo;
• EUR 124 million in humanitarian assistance, chiefly food security and nutrition, to the Central Sahel
region, despite growing humanitarian access restrictions, to address the crisis triggered by forced
displacements to the Gulf of Guinea and Mauritania;
• EUR 55 million to address the conflict in Myanmar, along with over 1 000 metric tonnes of aid via
multiple humanitarian air bridges;
• EUR 39 million in humanitarian aid to Rohingya refugees in Bangladesh;
• EUR 52 million to help people in Venezuela have, among other things, access to health services and
clean water.
(62) The designation of Palestine shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to
the individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
45
EU humanitarian aid in 2025
NB: Support for Moldova, Türkiye, Ukraine and South Caucasus includes EUR 2 million for Central Asia, allocated within the Humanitarian
Implementation Plan for Türkiye.
In 2025, over EUR 110 million was allocated for the operational activities of ReliefEU. During
2025, ReliefEU funding was mobilised a total of 118 times in 60 countries, providing a total of
EUR 53.5 million in first-line emergency humanitarian funding. ReliefEU capacities responded to 20 crises
affecting 18 countries.
Total EUR 2.56 billion
EUR 880.5 million Sub-Saharan Africa
EUR 441 million Asia, Latin America, Pacific and Caribbean
EUR 692 million Middle East
and North Africa
EUR 255 million Moldova, Türkiye, Ukraine
and South Caucasus
EUR 293.4 million Non-geographical
allocations
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
46
Delivering together and preparing our Union for the future
We want a budget that ensures Europe's agency in a fast-changing world. A budget
that is faster and more ambitious. Simpler and more flexible. A strong budget for
Europe's independence moment (63).
Ursula von der Leyen
President of the European Commission
Working on an ambitious budget for the future
In 2025, the Commission adopted its proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial
framework, designed to provide a simpler, more flexible and future-proof budget, and to respond to growing
geopolitical, economic and sustainability challenges. At nearly EUR 2 trillion (equivalent to 1.26 % of the EU
gross national income), with about EUR 25 billion annually (0.11% the EU gross national income) for the
repayment of the loans used to finance NextGenerationEU, it would provide a simpler, more flexible and
more targeted budget to support the EU’s independence, security, prosperity, inclusiveness and resilience in
the coming decade.
The Commission proposal is anchored on three main pillars:
• fostering the achievement of the EU’s priorities at the local, regional and national levels with the new
national and regional partnership plans worth EUR 865 billion;
• delivering on a more competitive Europe though the European Competitiveness Fund and Horizon Europe,
worth EUR 409 billion;
• building long-term, mutually beneficial partnerships with non-EU countries though Global Europe, worth
EUR 200 billion.
These main pillars are complemented by other programmes , including the EU’s flagship programmes
for infrastructure investments (the Connecting Europe Facility) and for investing in people and values
(Erasmus+ and AgoraEU).
Overall, the next proposed multiannual financial framework would:
• provide greater flexibility across the EU budget, thus allowing the EU to act and react quickly when faced
with unexpectedly circumstances or new policy priorities;
• be simpler, with more streamlined and harmonised EU financial programmes, making it easier for people
and businesses to access funding opportunities;
• be more adaptable to local needs, with national and regional partnership plans allowing more targeted
impacts and greater flexibility for supporting economic, social and territorial cohesion across the EU;
• boost competitiveness via greater support for innovation, technological development and for secure
supply chains;
• establish new own resources to ensure appropriate revenues for EU priorities while minimising pressure
on national public finances.
(63) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘Speech by President von der Leyen at the European
Parliament plenary debate on the new 2028-2034 Multiannual Financial Framework: architecture and governance’, news article, 12 November 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/commission/presscorner/detail/en/speech_25_2673.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
47
The proposal also provides for innovative financing via five new own resources, to reduce
pressure on national budgets. These will provide the EU with the means to fund its priorities while
repaying what the EU has borrowed under NextGenerationEU and limiting the national contributions to the EU
budget. These include revenues from the EU Emissions Trading System, proceeds from the Carbon Border
Adjustment Mechanism, a new own resource based on non-collected e-waste, a tobacco excise duty and a
contribution from companies operating and selling in the EU with a net turnover of at least EUR 100 million.
Proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework
865 44%
409 21%
49 2%
200 10%
293
15%
168 8%
Total EUR 2 trillion
European Competitiveness Fund (incl. Horizon Europe), Innovation Fund of EUR 41bn not included
• From 52 to 16 programmes
• Simpler for beneficiaries
• Results-oriented
• More agile
National and regional partnership plans
Erasmus+ & AgoraEU
Global Europe
NB: All amounts in billion EUR, current prices, adjusted with 2% deflator
Other(*)
• Connecting Europe Facility • Civil protection and health • Single market and customs
programme • Euratom research & training • Common foreign and security
policy • Justice • Nuclear safety cooperation
and decommissioning • Association of overseas
countries and territories (incl. Greenland)
• Pericles
NextGenerationEU repayment
(*) Also includes Administration and decentralised agencies
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
48
4. Horizontal policy priorities in the EU budget
This section provides information on the financing of initiatives relating to the objectives of climate,
biodiversity, gender equality and SDGs, as provided for in point 16(d–g) of the interinstitutional agreement of
16 December 2020 (64). Information on the contribution of the EU budget to the promoting the digital
transition is also provided.
Green budgeting
The Commission uses green budgeting to enhance the transparency of EU funding and support
the achievement of climate and environmental objectives, in line with the Paris Agreement and the
European Green Deal.
To underscore its commitment to its climate and environmental goals, the EU has set quantitative spending
targets for its 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework and NextGenerationEU funding. In particular, the
EU has committed to dedicating at least 30% of its multiannual financial framework and
NextGenerationEU budget to climate-relevant expenditure, and 7.5% of the 2024 annual budget
and 10% of the 2026 and 2027 annual budgets to protecting and enhancing biodiversity.
Expected climate and biodiversity contribution (budgetary commitments) in the 2021-2027
period (million EUR)
NB: As the same action can contribute to more than one objective, it is important to recall that horizontal priorities (e.g. climate and biodiversity figures) cannot be summed up to avoid double counting.
Source: European Commission.
(64) Interinstitutional Agreement between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European
Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources Interinstitutional Agreement of 16 December 2020 between the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission on budgetary discipline, on cooperation in budgetary matters and on sound financial management, as well as on new own resources, including a roadmap towards the introduction of new own resources, (OJ L 433I, 22.12.2020, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/agree_interinstit/2020/1222/oj).
33.0%
37.0% 37.0%
32.9% 33.0%
30.0% 29.4%
3.7% 5.2% 4.5%
7.9% 7.8% 8.1% 8.1%
0%
5%
10%
15%
20%
25%
30%
35%
40%
0
20 000
40 000
60 000
80 000
100 000
120 000
140 000
160 000
180 000
Climate Biodiversity
Climate % Biodiversity %
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
49
The data available for the 2021-2027 period show that the EU budget, including NextGenerationEU,
is on track to reach its 30% target for climate mainstreaming over the period, thanks to the strong
contribution from the Recovery and Resilience Facility and the REPowerEU plan. The figures presented
in this report use past commitments for the years 2021-2025 and expected commitment appropriations
for 2026-2027 (65).
The Innovation Fund, financed by revenues from the Emission Trading System and channelled through the EU
budget, provides important impetus to the climate objectives. The Modernisation Fund, an off-budget
instrument financed by the Emission Trading System, also contributes to the climate efforts of Member
States.
For biodiversity mainstreaming, while the 2024 ambition was achieved, the 2026 and 2027
targets are projected to fall below the initial ambitions. More details are available in the dedicated
biodiversity section below.
The climate and biodiversity contributions are calculated based on commitment
appropriations, as shown below.
• For direct management, estimates are prepared based on the most updated data available. For
future estimates, work programmes, sectoral targets and historical values are used.
• For shared management, past and future figures are presented on the basis of the programmes
and CAP strategic plans agreed with the Member States, and updated in accordance with the
annual reports.
• For indirect management, the figures are based on the existing targets and agreements with
implementing partners, along with their annual reports.
• Past expenditure is revised annually following a quality review conducted by Commission
departments, incorporating additional information available on the selected project.
Focus on results (66)
49 gigawatt-hours of estimated energy efficiency
savings per year from private and public buildings.
1 380 additional gigawatt-hours
of renewable energy capacity installed.
124 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent avoided per year, of which almost half was
through NextGenerationEU green bond investment. Additionally, 962 million tonnes of carbon
dioxide reduction are expected from the Innovation Fund, ongoing or completed projects, over their
first 10 years of operation.
(65) Data on budget programming for 2026 and 2027 presented in this report reflect information available as of 31 May
2026. (66) Aggregated data of core performance indicators reflecting estimated and expected impact from the EU budget
programmes during the 2014-2025 period (contributions from the regional policy, the LIFE programme, the InvestEU programme, the Innovation Fund, the Just Transition Mechanism and the Recovery and Resilience Facility).
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
50
A clear focus on results is essential for effective green budgeting and EU budget implementation
in general. The results stemming from available indicators can be used to achieve more targeted spending
and to improve steering of the EU budget. It can also make the green transition more efficient by improving
accountability. The latter is also important in view of the need to contribute to multiple international
commitments.
The focus on emission reductions through energy efficiency and renewable energy expansion is
crucial for achieving the EU’s climate neutrality goals and achieving the 2030 targets. The above
results show that the EU budget is helping Member States to diversify their energy mix and gradually reduce
their reliance on fossil fuels. This results in lower energy costs and decreased emissions of greenhouse gases
and air pollutants, helping combat climate change.
Measuring the impact of NextGenerationEU investment
In December 2025 the Commission published the third annual impact report for NextGenerationEU green
bonds. The reports mark a major achievement in transparency, enabling the measurement of the concrete
climate impact of the investment financed by these bonds.
Building on the robust EU green bond framework, the report is based on detailed analyses of the milestones
and targets for green-bond-financed investment under the Recovery and Resilience Facility. This provides the
basis for calculating their climate impact, allowing the measuring of progress on the path to a sustainable
future and ensuring a direct link between funding and climate impact.
The analysis shows that after full implementation, NextGenerationEU green bond investment has the
potential to avoid greenhouse gas emissions by a total of 53.4 million tonnes of carbon dioxide
equivalent per year – equivalent to 1.5% of the EU’s total emissions in 2022. The report estimates a
current annual reduction of 14.0 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent, a figure that represents 26.2%
of the total projected amount and continues to increase as the implementation of the Recovery and Resilience
Facility accelerates (compared with 2.7% in 2024).
EU-supported activities and the EU taxonomy for sustainable finance
For the third consecutive year, the ‘programme performance statements’ (Annex 4 to this report) of several
key EU budget programmes include an analysis of how their supported activities relate to the EU taxonomy
for sustainable activities. This addition provides an important starting point for future analyses of how EU
spending contributes to a greener future (67).
While the analysis of the relationship between the supported activities and the taxonomy in the Recovery and
Resilience Facility has been detailed previously in the context of NextGenerationEU green bond reporting,
the scope covers additional programmes that may invest in activities covered by the EU taxonomy.
This approach offers a more comprehensive view of the EU’s commitment to sustainable financing across its
various initiatives.
(67) Taxonomy alignment is not a prerequisite for funding.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
51
Support to climate and environmental objectives in the 2028-2034
long-term budget
The impact assessment (68) underpinning the Commission proposal for a Performance Regulation
highlighted the lessons learned from the current programming period. It identified a number of
positive developments and challenges, such as the lack of a harmonised methodology to track contributions
to green objectives across EU budget programmes, overlaps in tracking between climate and biodiversity and
a lack of programme-specific targets for biodiversity.
As a result, for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework, the Commission proposed a
spending target of 35% of the EU budget, covering all climate and environmental objectives ,
including circular economy, water and clean air, in addition to climate change mitigation and adaptation, and
biodiversity, while avoiding risks of double counting. The proposal further includes programme-specific
spending targets for national and regional partnership plans, the European Competitiveness Fund, Horizon
Europe, the Connecting Europe Facility and Global Europe. The contribution of all EU budget programmes to
climate and environmental policies will be tracked according to a harmonised methodology set out in the
Performance Regulation, allowing to track contributions relevant for the European Green Deal.
The proposed Performance Regulation further introduces, for the first time, a harmonised set of
output and result indicators applicable across all EU budget programmes. This would allow the
aggregation of performance data at the EU budget level and strengthen monitoring of climate action and
environmental protection. The framework includes indicators such as ‘annual GHG emissions avoided (tCO2e)’,
‘new or additional energy capacity installed in electricity production (MW)’ and ‘hectares of protected or
restored areas’.
The Commission also proposed a horizontal and systemic approach to integrate the do no significant harm
principle across all EU programmes. Guidance on do no significant harm will define environmental and climate
conditions, building on the lessons learned from the implementation of the do no significant harm principle in
existing programmes.
(68) Commission staff working document – Impact assessment report accompanying the document Proposal for a
Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a budget expenditure tracking and performance framework and other horizontal rules for the Union programmes and activities, SWD(2025) 590 final of 16 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/PDF/?uri=CELEX:52025SC0590.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
52
Climate mainstreaming
Examples of achievements
LIFE projects have achieved a reduction of
14 162 593 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent
per year, annual primary energy savings of
8 332 gigawatt-hours and additional renewable
energy production of 3 153 gigawatt-hours per
year. Over 3.5 million citizens have benefited
from reduced vulnerability to climate change.
Under Global Europe (Neighbourhood,
Development and International Cooperation
Instrument), the EU is actively advancing the
green transition in the Eastern Partnership
through targeted programmes delivering
concrete results. The EU4Climate Resilience
programme (EUR 17 million) provides technical
support and pilot projects to strengthen climate
adaptation at the municipal level, helping partner
countries meet their Paris Agreement
commitments and align with EU legislation.
In the ‘Cities’ mission of Horizon Europe, 103
cities have formally committed to climate
neutrality, with an expected reduction of carbon
dioxide emissions equal to approximately 6.2%
of the EU total in 2023.
Under the CAP, actions to enhance carbon
sequestration and storage in soils and biomass
have been carried out on 38% of the EU’s
agricultural area.
Cohesion Policy plays a key role in
strengthening climate adaptation not only
through infrastructure investments, but also by
supporting the development and implementation
of climate adaptation strategies. By the end of
2025, the funds have supported the creation of
52 strategies across EU regions, ensuring a
structured and long-term approach to resilience.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
53
How much do we spend?
Climate contribution in the 2021-2027 period (million EUR)
Source: European Commission.
For the 2021-2027 period, the EU budget – including NextGenerationEU – is projected to
contribute EUR 662 billion to climate mainstreaming objectives, representing 34% of the budget
envelope, surpassing the initial target of 30%. Additionally, through the InvestEU programme, the EU
budget is expected to help mobilise over EUR 128 billion in investment to meet EU climate goals.
Differentiating between climate change mitigation and adaptation expenditure
Under the interinstitutional agreement of 16 December 2020, the Commission committed to report on climate
expenditure, differentiating between climate change mitigation and adaptation, where feasible. To allow for
such reporting, an external study was commissioned to assist in developing a methodology to disaggregate
climate expenditure across these two dimensions.
The methodology was designed to avoid creating additional administrative burdens by building on the existing
system of intervention fields used under the Common Provisions Regulation for cohesion funds and the
Recovery and Resilience Facility. For external action programmes, existing methodologies were used, while for
the CAP, the methodology was developed as a part of a specific study commissioned for this policy.
Horizon Europe EUR 32 741
Connecting Europe Facility, including military mobility
EUR 24 264
European Regional Development Fund and Cohesion Fund
EUR 94 833
Recovery and Resilience Facility
EUR 264 193
Common agricultural policy
EUR 145 582
Just Transition Mechanism
EUR 19 356
Neighbourhood, Development and
International Cooperation Instrument - Global Europe
EUR 19 958
Other EUR 60 380
Total
EUR 661 306 million
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
54
Climate contribution in the 2021-2025 period disaggregated by climate mitigation
and climate adaptation
NB: Figures for the CAP refer only to the 2023-2025 period.
Source: European Commission.
Climate change mitigation
72%
Climate change adaptation
18%
Cross-cutting climate mitgation and adaptation
9%
Not attributable 1%
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
55
Biodiversity mainstreaming
Examples of achievements
65 million hectares of land are covered by
selected projects to protect against wildfires
under cohesion policy funds. The Copernicus
monitoring services contribute to monitoring
changes in ecosystems and biodiversity loss,
in support of the EU biodiversity strategy,
the EU Nature Restoration Regulation, the
Convention on Biological Diversity and reporting
on the SDGs.
Under LIFE, biodiversity loss has been halted
or reversed across 2.0 million hectares of habitats,
and 557 species have benefited from conservation
effort.
2 691 measures contributing to ‘good
environmental status’ were selected between
2022 and 2024 under the European
Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund.
41 million Hectares (25.3% of EU farmland)
are covered by biodiversity conservation
and restoration commitments in 2024
under the CAP.
How much do we spend?
Biodiversity contribution in the 2021-2027 period (million EUR)
Source: European Commission.
Horizon Europe 8 021
European space programme
930
European Regional and Development Fund and
Cohesion Fund 16 159
Recovery and Resilience Facility
10 198
Common agricultural policy
64 714
European Maritime, Fisheries and
Aquaculture Fund 1 816
LIFE programme 2 732
Just Transition Mechanism 752
Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation
Instrument - Global Europe 6 500
Instrument for Pre-accession
Assistance 472
Other 730
Total EUR 112 933
million
Horizon Europe EUR 8 021
European space programme EUR 930
European Regional and Development Fund and
Cohesion Fund 16 159
Recovery and Resilience Facility
EUR 10 198
Common agricultural policy
EUR 64 714
European Maritime, Fisheries and
Aquaculture Fund EUR 1 816
LIFE programme EUR 2 732
Just Transition Mechanism EUR 752
Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument - Global Europe
EUR 6 500
Instrument for Pr -accession
Assistance EUR 472
Other EUR 730
Total EUR 113 024
million
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
56
For the 2021-2027 period, the EU budget – including NextGenerationEU – is contributing
EUR 113 billion, or 5.8% of the total budget, to biodiversity mainstreaming objectives. While the
ambition of allocating 7.5% of the EU budget to biodiversity in 2024 was achieved, the 10%
targets for 2026 and 2027 are projected to fall below the initial ambitions.
The CAP methodology for the 2023-2027 period gives more granular and accurate results compared with the previous period. As from the 2024 draft budget, the contribution of the CAP to biodiversity is estimated by the
Commission through the application of EU coefficients (100%, 40% and 0%) and weighting factors (100%, 70% and 50%) that aim to reflect the differentiated contribution of each type of intervention towards the
biodiversity objectives. Furthermore, given the design of the CAP and the cohesion policy – and the financial
programming of the two programmes – it is not possible to assign resources to specific years, as projects have a multiannual nature that cannot be attributed to a single year.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
57
Gender equality mainstreaming
In response to persistent gender gaps and intersecting inequalities, the EU has intensified efforts to make
its budget and policymaking more inclusive. Challenges such as the cost-of-living crisis, care burden
disparities and unequal access to digital and green jobs have highlighted the need for sustained investment
in gender equality.
As a result, gender mainstreaming is now embedded across major EU policies and funding programmes,
including the European Social Fund Plus, the European Regional Development Fund, the Just Transition Fund,
Horizon Europe, the CAP and the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument –
Global Europe. These tools promote equal access to resources, economic participation and social protection,
along with the prevention of conflict-related violence and participation in peace processes – particularly for
women and under-represented groups.
Looking ahead, a new gender equality strategy for 2026–2030 was published in March 2026, following up on
the 2024 political guidelines for the 2024-2029 Commission. The strategy not only builds on past achievements
but also sets a new benchmark in advancing gender equality, marking a decisive step forward in both ambition
and accountability. It responds to emerging challenges with a more robust and forward-looking approach, while
significantly enhancing the way financial contributions to gender equality are tracked and measured.
Examples of achievements
The citizens, equality, rights and values programme contributed strongly to the three pillars
of the EU gender equality strategy, with 25% of the programme’s budget having gender equality
as a primary objective. In 2025, this was mainly driven by the Daphne call, which aims to prevent
and combat gender-based violence and violence against children, where EUR 15.4 million out of
EUR 23 million contributed to score 2. Overall, approximately 54% of the programme budget was
allocated to gender score 1, demonstrating strong gender mainstreaming across programme actions.
Under Horizon Europe,gender equality is a cross-cutting priority. Under the programme, research
and innovation contribute to gender equality primarily through the effective integration of the gender
dimension in research and innovation content, i.e. the consideration of sex and gender differences in
research objectives, methodologies, data collection, analysis and results. The Improve project supports
victims of domestic violence – particularly those from marginalised groups – by developing AI tools for
reporting, detection and assistance. Moreover, the grass ceiling project (Cluster 6) addresses gender
inequalities by co-designing solutions with rural women innovators. Through community hubs, it brings
together women farmers, enterprise officers, financial institutions and researchers to identify barriers,
co-create support systems and generate new businesses, partnerships and policy recommendations.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
58
With EUR 2.4 million in funding, the European Social Fund Plus supports the project ‘FairPlusService’
in Austria to enhance the professional development and further training of formally low-skilled and
unqualified women, fostering equal opportunities and empowerment. The initiative targets women with
limited formal qualifications, offering a range of measures to support employment, such as providing
compact training and short learning units to stimulate continuous skill development, along with tailored
consulting and coaching services for both Austrian companies and the women themselves. The project
focuses on key sectors such as trade, tourism, health and social care and education, where advisory
services are delivered to bridge skill gaps and promote career advancement. These services are
complemented by comprehensive outreach efforts and broad knowledge-sharing initiatives to ensure
long-term impact. Overall, the project seeks to promote long-term employment stability, gender equality
and labour market participation for some of Austria’s most vulnerable women.
The European Regional Development Fund continues to play a pivotal role in advancing gender
equality through a dual approach of gender mainstreaming and targeted interventions. For the
2021-2027 programming period, a total of EUR 19.9 billion has been earmarked for gender-targeted
and mainstreaming measures. For example, this support will facilitate the participation of women in
research and innovation, embed a gender lens in sustainable urban development and renewable energy
transitions and alleviate the disproportionate care burdens shouldered by women by improving access
to quality care services.
The Recovery and Resilience Facility supported a wide range of measures contributing to gender
equality. These include investments and reforms specifically designed to tackle inequalities based on
gender (score 2, contributing to this objective with around EUR 12.4 billion over the lifetime of the
Recovery and Resilience Facility) and other type of investments and reforms which are directly or
indirectly contributing to gender equality (score 1, corresponding to around EUR 5.7 billion). For example,
a measure specifically designed to tackle gender inequalities is the Portuguese reform to combat
inequalities between women and men, which awards a seal to companies with a narrow gender pay gap.
An example of measures directly or indirectly contributing to gender equality includes investments and
reforms improving the access to and the quality of long-term care, for which women traditionally take a
disproportionate burden in households in Czechia, Estonia, Spain, Cyprus, Lithuania, Austria, Poland,
Slovenia and Slovakia.
Under the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III, 35% of all actions adopted between
2021 and 2025 have gender as a significant or principal objective and an increasing number of country
and regional actions have gender equality as a principal objective. These targeted actions include,
amongst others, the fight against gender-based violence in North Macedonia through the ‘We care:
United we stand to fight against sexual and gender-based violence’ action, which empowers civil society
organisations to encourage positive behavioural change across society for the effective protection of
women. In Albania, the EU supports equal participation and leadership through the ‘EU for Gender
Equality II – Gender Equality Facility in Albania’, which seeks to promote the consistent application of
gender-responsive governance by national authorities, to strengthen equality, combat discrimination,
and enhance women's empowerment and human rights, in line with the EU acquis on gender equality.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
59
Under the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global
Europe, between 2021 and 2025, the share of external actions contributing to gender equality and
women’s empowerment reached 83% and, of these, 4.7% (about 90 programmes at the country,
regional and global levels) had gender equality as a principal objective. For instance, the Advocacy,
Coalition Building and Transformative Feminist Action Programme is a EUR 22 million initiative funded
by the EU and implemented by UN Women. The programme strengthens women’s rights movements to
advocate and work with public authorities on policy and legal reforms and accountability mechanisms to
end all forms of violence against women and girls, particularly in contexts of shrinking civic space.
In 2025, through the programme, women’s rights organisations and activists shaped more than 20
global and regional normative and policy processes, such as the adoption of the Mercosur Agreement
on the Mutual Recognition of Protection Measures for Women in Situations of Gender-Based Violence,
the ratification of the International Labour Organization’s Convention 190, and continental justice
and accountability frameworks, notably the African Union Convention on Ending Violence against
Women and Girls.
How much do we spend?
In line with the 2020-2025 gender equality strategy, the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework and
NextGenerationEU support a range of initiatives promoting women’s labour market participation, work–life
balance, care infrastructure, female entrepreneurship and gender balance in education and professions.
Dedicated funding also supports civil-society and public institutions tackling gender-based violence.
The Commission developed a methodology to track gender-related spending at the programme level, in
collaboration with the European Institute for Gender Equality and informed by the European Court of Auditors’
2021 report on gender mainstreaming in the EU budget (69).
Since the 2023 financial year, the monitoring of gender expenditure has been enhanced with the inclusion
of the gender-disaggregated data available per programme in the programme performance statements
(Annex 4 to the present report).
The EU budget allocation to gender equality scores
The EU budget allocation to gender equality scores, based on the aggregation of the 2025
interventions qualifying for each score, is outlined below. In line with the methodology, a programme
may qualify for one or more gender scores based on the objectives pursued by its respective
interventions.
• Score 2: interventions whose principal objective is to improve gender equality corresponded to
1% of the EU budget implemented in 2025 and were included in 13 programmes.
• Score 1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective (but not
as the main reason for the intervention) corresponded to 19% of the EU budget implemented in
2025 and were included in 22 programmes.
• Score 0*: interventions that have the potential to contribute to gender equality corresponded to
5% of the EU budget implemented in 2025 and were included in 3 programmes.
• Score 0: interventions that do not have a significant bearing on gender equality corresponded to
76% of the EU budget implemented in 2025 and were included in 53 programmes.
(69) European Court of Auditors, Gender Mainstreaming in the EU budget: Time to turn words into action, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2021, https://www.eca.europa.eu/lists/ecadocuments/sr21_10/sr_gender_mainstreaming_en.pdf.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
60
In 2025, almost 20% of the EU budget was allocated to measures supporting gender equality (scores 2 and
1), marking a solid continuation from the previous year and confirming that gender equality remains a strong
and consistent priority within the EU’s financial framework. This sustained level of ambition demonstrates
that promoting gender equality is not a one-off effort, but an objective that is systematically taken into
account year after year in budgetary decisions. It reflects a credible and enduring commitment, alongside a
deepening integration of gender mainstreaming across budgetary instruments. More broadly, it shows that
the EU is increasingly embedding gender considerations into the core of its spending, ensuring that financial
resources are consistently directed toward policies and programmes that advance gender equality across
Member States.
In concrete terms, this sustained prioritisation translates into significant financial support: in 2025, the EU
allocated a total of EUR 37.5 billion to projects promoting gender equality (gender scores 2 and 1), reinforcing
both the scale and the credibility of its commitment in this area.
Overall, the 2025 results reflect continued progress across EU programmes, both in implementation and in
strengthened reporting capacity, enabling a more precise and granular understanding of how the EU budget
contributes to gender equality. The further reduction in expenditure classified as 0* illustrates sustained
efforts to refine methodologies, improve clarity and better identify gender-relevant spending – supporting a
more accurate recognition of the EU budget’s gender dimension.
At the same time, 0* has now reached a normal and expected level of 5%, which is a striking contrast to the
initial amount reported in 2021, namely 95%. Today, 0* primarily reflects the inherent time lag of certain
types of projects where gender impacts can only be demonstrated over time. This confirms that 0* is no
longer driven by methodological or capacity gaps, but corresponds to the natural life cycle of interventions,
indicating that the system is now functioning as intended. In other words, it is no longer systemic, but rather
correspeonds to a natural rate. For example, certain actions where integrating the gender dimension in
research and innovation is mandatory, such as research under Horizon Europe, require an ex post assessment
to verify how this has been implemented. Until such evidence is available, these actions are assigned a 0*,
indicating a likely – but not yet demonstrated – positive impact on gender equality. Today, 0* only concerns
these types of projects.
Gender scores as a percentage of the total EU budget in 2025
Source: European Commission.
Score 2
1%
Score 1
19%
Score 0*
5% Contribution to
gender equality in
2025
Score 0 76%
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
61
2021-2025 aggregate results
Past expenditure is revised annually through a quality review conducted by the Commission departments,
incorporating additional information available on the selected projects. This is particularly the case for measures
that were assigned a gender score of 0* in previous years. In this context, the reassessment concluded that, over the
2021-2025 period, 13% of the EU budget expenditure contributed to the promotion of gender (gender scores 1 and
2), amounting to a significant EUR 190 billion over these five years.
At the same time, the share of the EU budget under gender score 0* has steadily declined and now
stands at just 3% for the four-year period. This reflects the effectiveness of the Commission’s ongoing
reassessment efforts, which have contributed to a more precise and clearer understanding of the EU budget
support for gender equality. For the 2021-2025 period, 84% of allocations were assigned a score of 0, due to
the systematic reassessment of 0* expenditure from 2021 to 2025.
The financial commitments made over this five-year period had a tangible impact across various domains,
including employment, social protection and economic empowerment, reinforcing the EU’s role as a global
leader in gender equality financing.
Gender scores as a percentage of the total EU budget (2021-2025)
Source: European Commission.
Gender-disaggregated data
This year, for the third time, the programme performance statements (Annex 4 to this report), which provide
detailed performance information at the programme level, were enhanced to include the relevant gender-
disaggregated information available for each programme. This includes a wide array of gender-disaggregated
data aimed at improving the monitoring of the performance of the programme in relation to gender equality.
For some programmes, particularly those under shared and indirect management, the availability of gender-
disaggregated data is constrained by the programme regulations and the implementation agreements.
Looking ahead to the post-2027 multiannual financial framework, Article 44 of the Financial Regulation
requires that data relating to performance indicators of financial programmes be gender-disaggregated
where feasible, and appropriate in accordance with the relevant sector-specific rules. Building on this, the
Commission proposed a Performance Regulation in July 2025. It provides that such data be disaggregated by
Score 2
1%
Score 1
12%Score 0
84%
Score 0*
3%
2021-2025
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
62
gender for a set of indicators, where relevant and feasible. This is an important step to improve gender
equality monitoring in EU programmes. It also complements the updated better regulation guidelines, which
ensure that future ex ante impact assessments of relevant spending programmes consider gender equality
from the outset.
Examples of gender-disaggregated data reported in the programme performance
statements (Annex 4 to this report)
• Under the Recovery and Resilience Facility, Member States report gender disaggregated data
for results and outputs achieved with Recovery and Resilience Facility support within common
indicators 8, 10, 11 and 14. For example, research facilities supported by the Recovery and
Resilience Facility employed 34 900 male and 23 400 female full-time equivalent researchers in
2025 (common indicator 8). So far, participants in education and training supported by the
Recovery and Resilience Facility amounted to a total of 12.9 million participants across all age
groups. Out of the total, 7.7 million females and 5.2 million males were reported (common
indicator 10). The total number of 7 million people in employment or job-searching activities
supported by the Recovery and Resilience Facility is subdivided into 3.7 million females and
3.3 million males across all age groups (common indicator 11). The number of young people aged
15-29 receiving support from the Recovery and Resilience Facility amounted to 863 200 males
and 893 400 females (common indicator 14).
• Under Horizon Europe, as of January 2026, women coordinated 32% of Horizon Europe projects
(6 281 women). There are large variations across the programme: the share of women is higher in
social-science-oriented actions (Cluster 2: 45%) and lower in industry-focused ones (Cluster 4:
23%). Women represent 53.1% of members of Horizon Europe boards and expert groups, with
55.6% in official expert groups (70 women) and 49.3% in special groups (40 women). Among
Horizon Europe researchers, women accounted for 38.3% (101 142), compared with 61.6% for
men (162 705), while 0.05% identified as non-binary (128).
• Under Erasmus+, in 2024, 60% of the provided mobility opportunities were taken up by women.
The gender distribution varies depending on the field of education; adult education has the highest
percentage of women (69.3%), followed by school education (65.3%), higher education (60.4%),
youth (57.6%), vocational education and training (54.3%) and sport (41.7%)
• Under the CAP, the total number of farmers receiving direct support (provisional data for 2024)
was 5 604 178, of which: women: 1 768 426 (31.6%); men: 3 553 350 (63.4%); non-binary: 250
(0.0%); no prevalence: 209 340 (3.7%) and prefer not to say: 72 812 (1.3%).
• Under the European Social Fund Plus, all common indicators on participants are broken down
by gender. By the end of 2025, 16.0 million participants had been supported, of whom 8.4 million
were women, 7.5 million were men and 0.1 million were non-binary.
• Under the Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III, 393 418 people directly benefited
from EU-supported interventions that aim to reduce social and economic inequality. Available sex-
disaggregated data indicates that at least 202 532 were female and 191 068 were male.
• Under the humanitarian aid programme, the percentage of beneficiaries disaggregated by
gender in 2025 is as follows: 50% female, 42% male and 8% unknown (70).
(70) Number of beneficiaries by age and sex reached by humanitarian aid operations available in EVA actions operational
data (such data reflect information encoded in Fiche Opérationnelle and in the European Hospital and Healthcare Federation).
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
63
Support gender equality in the 2028-2034 long-term budget
During the 2021–2027 multiannual financial framework, gender budgeting was strengthened through the
introduction of a dedicated expenditure-tracking methodology in 2021 and via mainstreaming across some of
the EU budget programmes. This progress resulted in around 13% of the EU budget over the 2021–2025
period supporting gender equality. At the same time, there is clear scope for further progress, as a large
majority of expenditure (around 84%) remains classified under score 0, indicating no identified contribution.
This reflects, in part, inconsistent provisions across programmes, including on monitoring, limited data
availability on gender equality, along with the limited integration of gender equality considerations in impact
assessments underpinning the 2021-2027 programmes’ basic acts. These limitations have constrained the
overall effectiveness of gender budgeting and highlight the need for a more robust and harmonised EU
budget framework to support and monitor gender equality objectives.
In response to these challenges, the Commission has proposed the Performance Regulation for the 2028-
2034 multiannual financial framework. Under the Commission’s proposal, gender equality will remain fully
integrated as a horizontal principle across EU budget programmes, in line with the requirements from the
Financial Regulation. It will allow to reinforce support for objectives such as equal access to the labour
market, fair working conditions, women’s entrepreneurship, participation in research and innovation and the
fight against gender-based violence.
For the first time, the Performance Regulation introduces binding, horizontal rules to operationalise gender
equality across all management modes, ensuring that gender equality considerations are integrated
throughout the policy cycle – from planning to implementation and evaluation. It also strengthens monitoring
and accountability by requiring gender-disaggregated data in performance indicators where relevant and
feasible. In addition, it introduces an enhanced expenditure tracking methodology, building on lessons from
the 2021-2027 period, which classifies expenditure according to its contribution to gender equality (scores 2,
1 and 0). Dedicated gender equality guidance will support the implementation of the tracking methodology.
Overall, the proposed framework for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework elevates gender
equality as a cross-cutting principle across all EU funding programmes, strengthening its integration into the
design, implementation and monitoring of EU expenditure. It aims to ensure that gender equality remains a
central driver in the implementation of the EU budget.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
64
Digital tracking
The digital transition is a core element of the Commission’s competitiveness agenda. Beyond
enhancing EU competitiveness, including leadership in AI innovation, it serves as a vital catalyst for prosperity,
economic recovery and resilience while enabling innovative solutions to tackle global challenges.
In 2021, the Commission presented its vision for the EU’s digital transformation by 2030, with a digital
compass for the EU’s Digital Decade that evolves around four digital dimensions:
• skills,
• secure and sustainable digital infrastructure,
• digital transformation of businesses, and
• digitalisation of public services.
On 14 December 2022, the co-legislators adopted the Digital Decade policy programme, taking up the digital
compass and its vision, setting quantitative EU targets for the four cardinal points to be reached by 2030, and
establishing a cooperation mechanism with the Member States to progress towards these targets.
Examples of achievements
20 million dwellings gained access to very-
high-capacity internet networks, including
5G networks and gigabit speed, through
measures under the Recovery and Resilience
Facility, InvestEU and cohesion funding
by the end of 2025.
13 video games,whose development was
supported by the media strand of the
creative Europe programme,received 34
nominations in the most important industry
competitions (71) in 2025.
Under the Connecting Europe Facility,
10 362 terabits per second of additional
capacity were created in 2025 by deployed
backbone networks, including submarine cables.
In 2025, 19 AI factories started to be deployed
in 16 Member States, offering AI start-ups, small
and medium-sized enterprises and researchers
access to AI-optimised high-performance
computers, AI training and technical
expertise to promote cutting-edge research
and AI applications. AI factories benefit from
the world-leading public supercomputing network
established by the European High-Performance
Computing Joint Undertaking.
(71) The Game Awards, The Indie Game Awards, Tribeca Games, Game Developers Choice Awards, IGF, DEVGAMM, A Maze,
Swedish Game Awards, Golden Joystick Awards, TIGA Awards, Venice Immersive, VR Awards.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
65
How much do we spend?
The 2026 stocktaking exercise to estimate EU spending on the digital transition was conducted for the
implementation of the 2021-2027 EU budget over the 2021-2025 period. The findings show that the EU
budget, including NextGenerationEU, is channelling significant contributions to all of the digital transition’s key
dimensions. The Commission’s ambition is to build on the findings to develop a comprehensive and robust
methodology for measuring the EU budget’s overall contribution to the digital transition across all
programmes.
Based on the results of the stocktaking exercise, almost EUR 229 billion of the EU budget (including
NextGenerationEU) was dedicated to the digital transition between 2021 and 2025, representing
14.5% of the total EU budget for that period (72). A significant share of this amount came from the
Recovery and Resilience Facility, which dedicated EUR 150.9 billion towards the digital transition during the
same period.
(72) Given that a fully-fledged tracking methodology for the digital contributions of the EU budget has not yet been
established, any aggregation of the contributions of individual programmes at this stage should be interpreted with caution. This is because the methodologies employed by individual spending programmes may not be strictly comparable. Despite this, such aggregation can still provide a general estimate of the total digital contribution from the EU budget. Almost 70% of the reported digital expenditure this year could be attributed to the four categories of the digital compass.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
66
Estimated contributions to the digital transition of the EU budget programmes in 2021-2025
(cumulatively) (*)
(*) Including NextGenerationEU, in million EUR. NB: For readability purposes, the scale is broken, as the Recovery and Resilience Facility provides more than 10 times more support to the
digital transition than the next most contributing programme. The abbreviations stand for: RRF – Recovery and Resilience Facility;
HORIZONEU – Horizon Europe; NDICI – Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe;
DIGITALEU – digital Europe programme; ESF PLUS – European Social Fund Plus; JTM – Just Transition Mechanism; SPACE – EU space
programme; CEF – Connecting Europe Facility; IPA III – Instrument for Pre-accession Assistance III; IBMF – Integrated Border
Management Fund; ISF – Internal Security Fund; CREATIVEEU – creative Europe programme; CAP – common agricultural policy;
EMFAF – European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund; SECURE CONNECTIVITY – EU secure connectivity programme;
TSI – Technical Support Instrument; ESC – European Solidarity Corps; OCT – Decision on the Overseas Association, including Greenland;
RIGHTS – citizens, equality, rights and values programme; TCC – Turkish Cypriot community; EDF – European Defence Fund;
WBF – Western Balkans Facility.
Source: European Commission.
1 2
8 3
2
1 0
6 6
7
8 1
1 7
6 0
3 7
2 8
6 4
2 6
0 5
2 2
9 5
2 2
4 9
1 5
3 1
1 0
5 5
9 9
4
9 0
7
8 0
4
6 6
2
5 5
5
5 1
8
4 4
6
3 7
9
3 5
8
1 8
0
1 5
0
1 4
5
6 3
4 5
3 6
3 0
2 7
2 7
5 4 0
1 000
2 000
3 000
4 000
5 000
6 000
7 000
8 000
9 000
10 000
11 000
12 000
13 000
14 000
15 000
16 000
17 000
18 000
19 000
20 000
21 000
R R F
R E G
IO N
A L
P O
LI C Y
H O
R IZ
O N
EU
N D
IC I
E S F
P LU
S
D IG
IT A
LE U
E R A
S M
U S +
S P A
C E
JT M
C E F
IB M
F
IN V
E S TE
U
E D
F
C R E A
TI V
E EU
S E C
U R E C
O N
N E C
TI V
IT Y
C U
S TO
M S
IS F
IP A
I II
E U
4 H
E A
LT H
C A
P
E M
FA F
E S C
TS I
FI S C
A LI
S
A N
TI FR
A U
D
JU S TI
C E
O C T
S IN
G LE
M A
R K
ET
LI FE
R IG
H TS
TC C
W B
F
1 5
0 9
4 5
(million EUR)
2 1
2 9
7
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
67
Almost all EU budget programmes contribute to the digital transition. However, due to data
limitations, digital-related expenditure for the 2021-2025 period could only be tracked for 32 out of the 53
spending programmes implemented in 2025.
In terms of thematic concentration, significant efforts are being made to support the digitalisation of public
services (in particular government ICT solutions and the digitalisation of healthcare) and businesses, with
strong support directed towards small and medium-sized enterprises. More information is provided in the
following sections.
Estimated contributions to the digital transition by key digital dimensions (2021-2025) (*)
(*) Including NextGenerationEU, in billion EUR.
(**) Includes programmes that could not be disaggregated into specific categories due to methodological limitations (Erasmus+, European Solidarity Corps programme, Creative Europe, the CAP and the common fisheries policy, Technical Support Instrument, LIFE programme, European Defence Fund and the EU Secure Connectivity Programme).
Source: European Commission, based on the 2026 stocktaking exercise.
Digitalisation of businesses and public services
The EU budget (including NextGenerationEU) is making a significant contribution to the digitalisation of the
private and public sectors. For the 2021-2025 period, an estimated EUR 63.2 billion was dedicated to the
support of the EU budget to public services (including the digitalisation of health and justice systems) and
EUR 46.2 billion for the support of the digitalisation of businesses. The Recovery and Resilience Facility, the
European Regional Development Fund and the Cohesion Fund are important contributors to this investment.
From 2021 to 2025, 11.8% of the amounts from the European Regional Development Fund and the Cohesion
Fund were used to finance interventions that advance the digital transition, in particular supporting small and
medium-sized enterprises and public services.
Digitalisation of public services
EUR 63.2
Digitalisation of businesses EUR 46.2
Investment in digital capacities and the deployment of advanced technologies
EUR 29.6
Research EUR 4.7
Digital skills EUR 32.4
Broadband/connectivity EUR 19.0
Other digital (**) EUR 33.6
Total
EUR 228.8 billion
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
68
Estimated contributions of the EU budget to the digitalisation of public services
(2021-2025) (*)
(*) Including NextGenerationEU.
(**) These amounts are the result of the stocktaking exercise conducted for 2021 to 2025 and exclude the external action programmes, expenditure under indirect management, Erasmus+, European Solidarity Corps programme, creative Europe, the CAP and the common fisheries policy, Technical Support Instrument, LIFE programme, European Defence Fund, and the EU Secure Connectivity Programme due to methodological limitations.
Source: European Commission, based on the 2026 stocktaking exercise.
Supporting the development and deployment of digital technologies and
research
From 2021 to 2025, estimates indicate that the EU contributed EUR 29.6 billion to investment in digital
capacities and the deployment of advanced technologies, and EUR 17.5 billion to research. These numbers
include contribution to the digital objective from Horizon Europe, whose primary objective is supporting
research. These figures are not yet final and will be updated as more information from funded projects
becomes available.
The main contributing programmes towards investment in digital capacities and the deployment of advanced
technologies and research are the Recovery and Resilience Facility, Horizon Europe, the EU space programme,
the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund and the digital Europe programme.
Investing in digital skills
From 2021 to 2025, the EU budget, including NextGenerationEU, made a significant contribution to both basic
and advanced digital skills, with an estimated investment totalling EUR 32.4 billion. In addition to supporting
the development of digital skills at all levels, along with information technology services and applications for
digital skills and digital inclusion, particular emphasis was placed on supporting young people. The main
programmes contributing to improving digital skills are the Recovery and Resilience Facility (EUR 22.0 billion)
and the European Social Fund Plus (EUR 8.1 billion), providing support to youth employment and the
socioeconomic integration of young people.
48%
24%
3%
16%
9%
Total 2021-2025Digitalisation
of justice
Digitalisation of transport
Digitalisation of health systems
Digitalisation of energy networks
e-government
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
69
Enhancing digital connectivity
The EU budget, including NextGenerationEU, is contributing to enhancing digital connectivity ,
which will give citizens and businesses new opportunities to benefit fully from the digital single market and
accelerate economic growth. Between 2021 and 2025, investment in digital connectivity, including investment
in very-high-capacity broadband networks and 5G network coverage, is estimated to have reached
EUR 19.0 billion. The main programmes contributing are the Recovery and Resilience Facility (EUR 12.7 billion),
the cohesion policy funds (EUR 1.0 billion) and the Connecting Europe Facility. Already reported figures on the
contribution from the Recovery and Resilience Facility needed to be adjusted because of amendments to the
national recovery and resilience plans that took place in 2025.
The CAP plays a key role in improving broadband access in rural areas by supporting broadband infrastructure
and improved access to e-government services. Nearly 13 million people living in rural areas are benefiting
from improved access to ICT services and infrastructure as a result of support from the EU budget.
Under the Connecting Europe Facility, 10 300 terabits per second of additional capacity were created by
deployed backbone networks, including submarine cables. More than EUR 800 million was awarded to
45 projects to support the digitalisation of the trans-European transport network, notably through support
for the European Railway Traffic Management System technology. The programme also aims to modernise
energy grids and deploy digital connectivity infrastructure to support the EU’s digital transition. Specifically,
the programme will support the deployment of 5G systems and high-capacity digital networks to transform
various sectors, including healthcare, education and manufacturing. This will enhance digital readiness,
competitiveness and inclusiveness, particularly in the outermost regions, and contribute to the EU’s economic
recovery and growth. Through InvestEU, more than two million households, enterprises or public facilities have
obtained access to high-speed internet. The European Investment Fund allocated EUR 3.6 billion to support
small and medium-sized enterprises in innovation and digitalisation through a dedicated guarantee supported
by InvestEU. This guarantee supports various digitalisation efforts, including innovative business models,
supply chain management and digital skills acquisition. With a focus on joint small and medium-sized
enterprises, the fund also supports investments fostering the development of digital, cultural and creative
industry solutions.
The twin transition: exploiting synergies
The twin green and digital transitions are deeply interconnected, offering the potential to create
significant synergies. The EU budget is instrumental in this process, acting as a key enabler in unlocking these
synergies. It provides the necessary financial support for initiatives that align with the objectives of both
transitions, thereby ensuring that the potential benefits can be fully realised. The table below provides
illustrative examples of some of the synergies that are being achieved with the support of the EU budget.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
70
• The IM4CA project, funded under Horizon Europe, strengthens climate action by
improving Europe’s capacity to monitor and understand methane emissions. By
combining satellite and ground-based observations, the project provides data and
methods to better quantify methane sources, sinks and trends, supporting evidence-based
mitigation and progress towards EU and global climate targets.
• Supporting smart grids, such as those under the Connecting Europe Facility energy
strand, contributes to sustainable development by the integration of energy from
renewable sources and the development of smart energy grids. An example is the
Danube inGrid project, whose first phase is expected to be completed by the end of 2027.
The project adopts smart grid technologies and fosters the roll-out of modern energy
infrastructure at the cross-border areas of Hungary and Slovakia, to efficiently support the
increased demand of consumers, prosumers and distributed renewable energy sources.
• In addition, as a result of the investments in smart energy systems financed through
the cohesion policy funds through the entire 2021-2027 programming period,around
2 million additional end users will be connectedto the smart energy systems.
• Supported by the cohesion policy funds, a public water company in Sardinia has
digitalised and centralised its water service, providing drinking water to over
1.6 million residents. It has improved its service quality by developing a centralised data
control and acquisition system that enables real-time monitoring, remote management
and tools for simulating and optimising water resource flows. This will enable better
planning of targeted interventions to ensure water availability in the context of
increasing water stress in the region.
• As part of the EU’s broader efforts to modernise agriculture and rural development under
the CAP, strategic plans under the policy support the twin transition by helping farmers
adopt digital technologies that can also deliver environmental and climate
benefits. This support is channelled mainly through investment projects EIP-AGRI
operational group projects, but also through eco-schemes and agri-environment-climate
commitments. For example, in Flanders, farmers can use satellite-guided machinery
to reduce overlaps and input use. Another example is the Soil Passport, which helps
farmers use parcel-level soil data to improve sustainable soil management. Other Member
States, including Estonia, Poland and Romania, have also planned investments in
precision agriculture.
• The EU’s Galileo satellite system supports technologies that are key enablers for
smart and sustainable transport, and in particular for connected and autonomous driving.
In road transport, using navigation and positioning services from Galileo leads to a range
of innovative applications that enable smart mobility and multi-mode transport
digitalisation with optimised travel routes, in turn allowing for a reduction of carbon
dioxide emissions. In air transport, using the European Geostationary Navigation Overlay
Service for the efficient definition of flight routes helps reduce fuel consumption and
carbon dioxide emissions.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
71
The EU budget and the sustainable development goals
What do we do?
The United Nations’ 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, with its 17 SDGs and
169 targets, has given new impetus to global efforts to achieve sustainable development.
The EU has played an important role in shaping the agenda, through public consultations, dialogue with
partners and in-depth research. The EU is committed to playing an active role to maximise progress towards
the SDGs, as outlined, for example, in the Commission communication ‘Next steps for a sustainable European
future’, in the Commission staff working document ‘Delivering on the UN’s Sustainable Development Goals – A
comprehensive approach’ and recently in the first-ever EU voluntary review on progress in the implementation
of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, adopted on 15 May 2023. Moreover, Eurostat publishes a
report annually on monitoring progress towards the UN SDGs in an EU context.
In line with the 2021 Commission communication on the better regulation agenda and the objectives of the
current multiannual financial framework, the Commission further strengthened the integration of the SDGs
into the EU’s policy and budgetary cycle. Overall, this approach ensures that all major legislative and financial
proposals are assessed for their contribution to the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, thereby
reinforcing the EU’s commitment to sustainability, strategic foresight and evidence-based policymaking. To
this end, since 2021 the Commission has been systematically identifying the relevant SDGs for each proposal
and examining how the initiative supports their achievement. In addition, links to the SDGs will be included
throughout evaluations and impact assessments. At the EU level, sustainable development challenges
are addressed through policies and regulatory instruments. As far as the former are concerned, the
EU budget, through its spending programmes, provides a significant contribution to sustainable development
by complementing national budgets, in line with the principle of subsidiarity. In doing so, the design and
implementation of the EU spending programmes aim to deliver on the objectives in each policy field, while
promoting sustainability through the initiatives and interventions of the relevant programmes in a connected
and consistent way. In particular, 49 out of 53 of the 2021-2027 EU spending programmes contributed
towards at least one SDG in 2025.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
72
Number of 2021-2027 programmes contributing to individual sustainable development
goals in 2025
Source: European Commission.
In light of the cross-cutting nature of the SDGs, and to ensure a holistic approach in addressing
sustainable development, 99% of the EU budget contributes to SDGs. In addition, the vast majority
of the 2021-2027 programmes (43 out of 53) are designed to address multiple SDGs through their policy
measures. In the programme performance statements (Annex 4 to this report), the Commission presents the
SDGs to which each EU funding programme contributes, along with examples of their contribution. The
infographic below provides, in a non-exhaustive manner, examples illustrating how EU programmes contribute
to the SDGs.
The 2023 EU voluntary review on the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development,
together with the 2026 Sustainable Development in the European Union – Monitoring report on progress
towards the SDGs in an EU context – 2026 edition, reaffirmed the EU budget as a key driver for
delivering substantial progress on the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development (73). Looking
ahead, the EU has reinforced its commitment to systematically integrate and report on the implementation of
the SDGs across all relevant EU programmes, ensuring policy coherence and sustained momentum towards
achieving all goals.
(73) European Commission: Eurostat, Sustainable development in the European Union – Overview of progress towards the
SDGs in an EU context – 2026 edition, Publications Office of the European Union, 2026, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2785/9931334; https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/product?code=KS-01-25-064.
15
13
25
27
25
15
25
28
26
23
22
18
26
13
15
21
13
SDG1
SDG2
SDG3
SDG4
SDG5
SDG6
SDG7
SDG8
SDG9
SDG10
SDG11
SDG12
SDG13
SDG14
SDG15
SDG16
SDG17
No poverty
Zero hunger
Good health and well-being
Quality education
Gender equality
Clean water and sanitation
Affordable and clean energy
Decent work and economic growth
Industry, innovation and infrastructure
Reduced inequalities
Sustainable cities and communities
Responsible consumption and production
Climate action
Life below water
Life on land
Peace, justice and strong institutions
Partnerships for the goals
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
73
In Bulgaria, the European Social Fund
Plus supports a project modernising social protection systems, with the goal of improving access for vulnerable groups, including children and people with disabilities. By enhancing the capacity of staff, the Agency of Social Assistance will ensure adequate care by offering those in need competent and multi-component support, in line with new technologies and ensuring an improvement in their quality of life. This initiative ensures faster, more efficient support, helping prevent social isolation and improve quality of life.
The single market programme supports initiatives such as emergency measures for animal and plant disease control, EU Reference Laboratories and the EU vaccine bank for animal diseases, directly reduce risks to food security by ensuring sustainable agricultural production and resilience against outbreaks of diseases like African swine fever, avian influenza, foot-and-mouth disease, lumpy skin disease, peste des petits ruminants and sheep pox and goat pox.
The programme supports the European Food Bank Federation’s activities to facilitate food donation and increase the share of surplus food made available for human consumption, thereby addressing both food security and preventing food waste. The annual grant helps increase the federation’s capacity to redistribute food.
The EU4Health programme and its annual work programmes deliver actions to implement the ‘Healthier together’ initiative, Europe’s beating cancer plan, the comprehensive approach to mental health, and addresses key risk factors to reduce premature mortality from non- communicable diseases. The programme also funds actions that are producing guidance to improve healthcare access contributing to SDG 3.8, while also funding actions to address SDG 3.3 to end the epidemics of HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, neglected tropical diseases and combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable diseases. The programme funds actions to strengthen the capacity of countries for early warning, risk reduction and management of national and global health risks, addressing SDG 3.D.
Financed by Erasmus+, the share the music for inclusive learning in education project was designed to support teachers in addressing this challenge by providing a practical framework and showcasing best practices for managing inclusion and diversity in education. Its primary goal is to offer pre-primary and primary schoolteachers new knowledge, key competencies and ready-to-use educational materials to effectively use music as a pedagogical tool for inclusive education.
Additionally, the project aims to help teachers develop their social and digital skills through its digital repository and online training resources. While the project has been designed for teachers, the ultimate beneficiaries are the students, whose well-being and academic performance are expected to improve as a result of these integrated inclusive practices.
Under the Technical Support Instrument in 2025, a number of new gender-related projects started recently. For instance, the Technical Support Instrument project on the assessment on the effectiveness of work–life balance and gender equality policies in the labour market is helping Portugal to address its demographic challenges and promote a more inclusive and equitable society, contributing to the country’s sustainable economic development and competitiveness.
The EU provides safe drinking water, sanitation and hygiene support through its humanitarian aid operations and the Union
Civil Protection Mechanism, whose main objective is to save and preserve life and alleviate the suffering of populations facing severe environmental health risks and water insecurity in the context of anticipated, ongoing and recent humanitarian crises, for example in Ukraine. The mechanism has also been active in responding to flooded areas with non-food items, health and water access and sanitation and hygiene material, such as in the response to Hurricane Melissa in the Caribbean (Cuba, Jamaica) and in earthquake-affected areas such as Myanmar. These donations were offered by Member States, and the Emergency Response Coordination Centre co-funded transport and deployment costs.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
74
Through Horizon Europe, the ascend project,
with an EU contribution of EUR 19.99 million, supports affordable and clean energy in cities by delivering two Positive Clean Energy Districts in Lyon and Munich and engaging eight partner cities to prepare replication. The project develops and disseminates scalable, cost-effective district-level energy solutions to accelerate urban energy transitions.
Under the Instrument for Pre-accession
Assistance, the regional project ‘Supporting the development of a modern payment system and a regional investment area in the Western Balkans’, implemented by the World Bank, supports the Western Balkan partners to join the Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA). In 2025 North Macedonia and Serbia joined SEPA’s geographical scope, after Albania and Montenegro who had already joined at the end of 2024. Moreover, as of October 2025, Albania, Montenegro and North Macedonia started enjoying SEPA’s concrete benefits by joining its payment schemes. This resulted in faster transactions and in a reduction of transaction costs by up to ten times. It is estimated that SEPA’s full implementation in the Western Balkan region could potentially save up to EUR 500 million per year for individuals and businesses.
Digital Europe is contributing to the broader digital transformation of areas of public interest and of industry. The acquisition and deployment of advanced supercomputing capabilities aim to enhance Europe’s industrial competitiveness. Moreover, the established network of European Digital Innovation Hubs contributes to the digitisation of industry and addresses issues of technological accessibility, ensuring that businesses, including small and medium-sized enterprises, have access to cutting-edge technologies and finance for adapting to digital change. The interoperable Europe action supports the development of reusable interoperability infrastructure/solutions, with the view to support the digital transformation of the public sector and create capacity for public authorities to collaborate effectively to set up seamless cross-border services.
Under the Asylum Migration and
Integration Fund, phase 7 of the regional
development and protection programme for North Africa is running from 2025 to 2028 with a budget (EU grant amount maximum) of EUR 37.5 million. The main objective of the proposed action is to support non-EU countries in North Africa and across the Atlantic and Mediterranean migration route to consolidate their migration and asylum systems and build their capacity to provide adequate reception, protection and durable solutions for vulnerable migrants, asylum seekers and refugees.
Under Neighbourhood, Development and
International Cooperation Instrument –
Global Europe, in 2025 the EU launched, the third phase of its flagship initiative Mayors for Economic Growth (2025-2028, EUR 8 million), implemented by the United Nations Development Programme, reinforcing its support for local economic development across the Eastern Partnership since 2017. This new phase empowers cities and towns in Armenia, Moldova, and Ukraine to tackle challenges such as rural depopulation, job creation, climate change, and the digital transition, with a strengthened focus on local economic development planning and access to finance. In 2025 alone, the initiative unlocked approximately EUR 1 million to support local governments in leading their own economic transformation.
By the end of 2025, the Recovery and
Resilience Facility supported the installation of photovoltaic capacity in business premises in Luxembourg.
Annex 1 – Performance of the EU budget in 2025
75
The Innovation Fund is designed to answer this goal and take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts. The grip project aims to decarbonise industrial heat production up to 200 °C by scaling up the industrialisation of the innovative rotation heat pump technology. Project endor aims at producing electric sustainable aviation fuel to support the decarbonisation of the aviation sector.
Regional fisheries management
organisations promote the conservation and sustainable use of the oceans, seas and marine resources by improving management measures adopted following scientific advice and by promoting healthy tuna stocks in the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, and through the governance framework established by sustainable fisheries partnership agreements with a number of non-EU countries.
The European Regional Development Fund
planned EUR 9.5 billion to support this goal. For instance, the urban biodiversity parks project in Turku (Finland) reflects the New European Bauhaus principles by promoting urban ecological restoration and regeneration through the creation of biodiversity parks and pilot green spaces. It reflects Turku’s ambition to become one of the world’s leading ‘nature and climate cities’. The project aim is to establish a 20-hectare biodiversity park, providing a recreational area – while also serving as a platform for community engagement and experiential learning. The concept is being piloted in Turku’s Skanssi area, with more, smaller pilots planned in other suburban neighbourhoods.
The common foreign and security policy measures contribute to the preservation of peace, conflict prevention, strengthening of international security, consolidating and supporting democracy, the rule of law and human rights by advising and building capacity on security sector reforms, the rule of law and border management, by supporting mediation and conflict resolution initiatives or by supporting the universalisation and effective implementation of international treaties and conventions addressing the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction or conventional weapons.
The humanitarian aid programme supports local actors and partners to reinforce both their capacities, security of staff and ability to reach communities in hard-to-reach areas. This work is further empowered by our commitment to inclusiveness in coordination mechanisms wherever possible. In Myanmar, one third of the budget goes to local organisations, with many programmes operating through large networks of local partners that ensure principled, context-sensitive and timely humanitarian assistance, even in highly constrained and insecure environments. These partnerships strengthen local ownership, improve access and acceptance at community level, and contribute to more sustainable humanitarian outcomes.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 16.6.2026
COM(2026) 824 final
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION
TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE COUNCIL AND THE COURT OF
AUDITORS
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial year
The Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial year, together with
its annexes, is the European Commission’s main contribution to the annual discharge procedure (1) by which
the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union monitor the implementation of the EU
budget. It fulfils the Commission’s obligations under the Treaty on the Functioning of the European
Union (2) and the Financial Regulation (3). Implementing the EU budget is a shared responsibility, where the
Commission works hand in hand with the Member States and with other partners and organisations.
The report is composed of three volumes.
• Volume I provides the key facts and achievements in relation to budgetary management in 2025.
• Volume II presents a more comprehensive overview of the implementation of the EU budget.
Annex 1 provides an overview of the performance of the EU budget in 2025 in delivering the EU’s
priorities and systematically integrating horizontal policy priorities into the EU budget. Annex 2
provides a high-level overview of the internal control and financial management procedures.
Annex 3 covers the performance and compliance aspects of the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
• Volume III contains technical annexes supporting the report. Annex 4 provides detailed
programme-by-programme performance information in the ‘programme performance
statements’.
This report is part of the broader integrated financial and accountability reporting package (4), which also
includes the consolidated annual accounts (5), a long-term forecast of future inflows and outflows covering
the next five years (6), the report on internal audits (7) and the report on the follow-up to the discharge of
the previous year (8).
(1) The annual discharge procedure is the procedure through which the Parliament and the Council give their final
approval on the budget implementation for a specific year and hold the Commission politically accountable for the implementation of the EU budget (https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-budget/how-it-works/annual- lifecycle/assessment/discharge-procedure_en).
(2) Article 318 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union (OJ C 202, 7.6.2016, p. 186, http://data.europa.eu/eli/treaty/tfeu_2016/art_318/oj).
(3) Article 253(1)(b) and (e) of Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L, 2024/2509, 26.9.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj).
(4) Article 253 of the Financial Regulation. (5) Article 252 of the Financial Regulation. (6) Article 253(1)(c) of the Financial Regulation. (7) Article 118(8) of the Financial Regulation. (8) Article 267(3) of the Financial Regulation.
2025 financial year
3
Contents
THE EU BUDGET: NAVIGATING CRISES, DELIVERING RESULTS ............................................................................ 5
EU BUDGET CONTRIBUTION TO HORIZONTAL PRIORITIES .................................................................................. 15
NEXTGENERATIONEU DRIVING REFORMS AND INVESTMENT VIA RECOVERY AND
RESILIENCE PLANS ........................................................................................................................................................... 17
EFFECTIVE TOOLS ENSURE THAT THE EU BUDGET IS WELL MANAGED AND SAFEGUARDED ................. 20
THE CONDITIONALITY REGIME CONTINUES TO CONTRIBUTE TO THE PROTECTION OF THE
EU’S FINANCIAL INTERESTS .......................................................................................................................................... 29
MANAGEMENT CONCLUSION ......................................................................................................................................... 30
2025 financial year
5
The EU budget: navigating crises, delivering results
Introduction
2025 was marked by geopolitical uncertainty, intensified economic competition, and deepening
conflicts, including the illegal and continuing Russian war of aggression against Ukraine. It was
also a transformational year for the European Union (EU). The EU redoubled its efforts to boost the
competitiveness of the European economy, reduce strategic dependencies and step up cooperation on security
and defence. At the same time, it continued to deliver for citizens and businesses by creating more
opportunities and consolidating individual rights. Looking to the future, the European Commission adopted an
ambitious proposal for a more streamlined, flexible and impactfullong-term budget for the years 2028-
2034, drawing on the lessons learned from the current financial period (2021-2027).
In 2025, the EU budget helped to strengthen the EU’s competitiveness by delivering support to key
strategic sectors, investing in cross-border infrastructure, and boosting research and innovation. By doing so,
it continued to support the livelihoods and well-being of EU citizens, providing support for job creation, skills
building, education, housing, energy, infrastructure and other economic needs. The budget also contributed to
upgrading defence capabilities and collaboration, while strengthening preparedness, resilience and the EU’s
capacity to respond to crises.
Moreover, the budget continued to underpin the EU’s unwavering support for Ukraine, responding
to its humanitarian, economic, and recovery and reconstruction needs, while ensuring proper accountability. It
also played a major role in upholding the EU’s interests and values on the global stage, providing
humanitarian relief, supporting peace and security and reinforcing strategic partnerships.
The total commitment appropriations from the EU budget amounted to EUR 206.5 billion in
2025 (9).
Multiannual financial framework: 2025 EU budget commitment appropriations by budget
heading, from the final adopted budget (EUR million)
Source: European Commission.
(9) This amount includes EUR 190.9 billion from the final adopted budget; EUR 1.6 billion from appropriations carried
over or made available again from 2024; and EUR 14.1 billion from appropriations stemming from assigned revenues (of which EUR 0.4 billion from NextGenerationEU).
13% 38% 28%
2% 1%
10% 4%4%
Single market, innovation and digital EUR 27 095
Total EUR 206 542
Cohesion, resilience and values EUR 78 884
Natural resources and environment EUR 57 658
Migration and border management
EUR 4 738
Neighbourhood and the world EUR 19 645
Security and defence EUR 2 666
European public administration EUR 8 381
Outside MFF and special instruments
EUR 7 474
2025 financial year
6
Throughout the year, the limited flexibility in the EU budget was deployed to respond to crises
and support new priorities. For example, in the context of the mid-term review of Cohesion policy, the
Commission proposed and the co-legislators adopted a number of targeted regulatory amendments
introducing greater flexibility and incentives to align cohesion policy investments with the Union’s new
priorities, notably defence and security, competitiveness and decarbonisation, housing, water resilience,
energy transition and challenges facing Eastern border regions.
However, the number and size of unexpected challenges since the beginning of the 2021-2027
multiannual financial framework have overwhelmed the EU budget’s limited flexibility, which has
further diminished as budgetary implementation has progressed, leaving almost no unallocated funds with
two years left in the current cycle. This is why the Commission has proposed a more agile long-term budget
for the 2028-2034 period, capable of adapting as needs and priorities evolve, while continuing to provide the
predictability necessary for long-term investment.
Proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework
The EU budget ensures that the EU has the means to deliver on its priorities. In 2025, the
Commission proposed a long-term budget for the years 2028-2034 that is ambitious in both size and
design. It amounts to almost EUR 2 trillion (1.26% of the EU’s gross national income), including about
EUR 25 billion annually (0.11% of the EU’s gross national income) for the repayment of the loans used
to finance NextGenerationEU. It is simpler and more agile, with fewer programmes to reduce the risk
of overlaps, along with harmonised rules and greater in-built flexibility. This modernised approach will
allow for increased capacity to react to evolving circumstances and a stronger focus on performance
and results.
The proposal is based on three main pillars:
• fostering the achievement of the EU’s priorities at the local, regional and national levels with the
new national and regional partnership plans, worth EUR 865 billion;
• delivering on a more competitive Europe though the European Competitiveness Fund and
Horizon Europe, worth EUR 409 billion;
• building long-term, mutually beneficial partnerships with non-EU countries though the Global
Europe instrument, worth EUR 200 billion.
The three main pillars are complemented by other programmes, including the EU’s flagship
programmes for infrastructure investment (the Connecting Europe Facility) and for investing in people
and values (Erasmus+ and AgoraEU).
The proposal also provides for innovative financing via new own resources, to reduce
pressure on national budgets. These new own resources include revenues from the EU emissions
trading system, proceeds from the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism, a new own resource based
on uncollected e-waste, a tobacco excise duty and a contribution from companies operating and
selling in the EU with a net turnover of at least EUR 100 million.
Supporting the EU’s competitiveness
Through the 2021-2027 long-term budget and NextGenerationEU, the EU has worked towards
fostering innovation, decarbonising the economy and reducing dependencies, thereby aiming to
boost its competitiveness and bolster economic security. The EU budget plays a key role in addressing
2025 financial year
7
the challenges identified in the Draghi report and implementing the competitiveness compass (10). It does this
by supporting investment and structural reforms to boost competitiveness, sustainability and skills, while also
helping to address challenges identified in the country-specific recommendations under the European
semester (11).
For example, Horizon Europe committed EUR 12.9 billion to public and private beneficiaries in 2025 for
research and innovation. By 2025, Horizon Europe’s projects had produced over 22 500 peer-reviewed
scientific publications, with more than 130 000 researchers involved in upskilling activities and producing over
10 000 innovative products, processes, methods and applications for intellectual property rights. By 2025, the
programme had supported over 10 000 small and medium enterprises, including start-ups, fostering
innovation in key areas, such as artificial intelligence and advanced materials. Under the European Innovation
Council (EIC), over 770 small and medium enterprises and start-ups were funded between 2021-2025 by the
EIC Accelerator, enabling the scale-up of deeptech and breakthrough innovations.
The InvestEU programme uses an EU budget guarantee to leverage investment by lowering risk for financial
institutions and attracting private capital for projects in areas such as sustainable infrastructure, social
investment and skills, small and medium-sized enterprises, and research, innovation and digitalisation. By the
end of 2025, the volume of InvestEU guarantees totalled EUR 26.8 billion, helping to support 91 294 small
and medium-sized enterprises and mobilising more than EUR 397 billion in investment between 2022 and
2025.
The Innovation Fund focuses on supporting and scaling up highly innovative technologies with significant
potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. It has helped to support a range of innovative low- and zero-
carbon processes and technologies in energy-intensive industries, energy storage, mobility and clean-tech
manufacturing. The Innovation Fund has mobilised EUR 58 billion worth of investment, with EUR 11.7 billion of
grants committed. In 2025, 83 projects focused on decarbonisation, 5 on vehicle battery manufacturing, and
6 on renewable hydrogen production signed their grant agreements.
The single market programme, with over EUR 610 million allocated for 2025, helps the single market reach
its full potential. In 2025, It helped to safeguard the single market by supporting market surveillance
authorities in the Member States, which detected 21 891 non-compliant products. It also supported the
European Consumer Centre Network, which in 2025 provided personalised assistance to over 168 000
consumers, helping them to recover over EUR 11.25 million from non-compliant traders. In 2025, the
programme also supported more than 808 000 small and medium enterprises directly or via advisory services
through its SME pillar. It also supported standardisation, facilitating the implementation of 25 044 European
standards across the EU.
The Digital Europe programme had committed more than EUR 6 billion by the end of 2025, financing 26
supercomputers which are among the fastest and greenest in the world, such as Jupiter, the fourth-fastest
and one of the most energy-efficient supercomputers in the world. Digital Europe also financed training for
over 60 000 people to help them acquire digital skills. Additionally, the programme funded the deployment of
14 common European data spaces, 166 European digital innovation hubs and five semiconductor pilot lines.
Cohesion policy also supported competitiveness. It is expected to contribute with an estimated
EUR 214 billion to the objectives of the competitiveness compass by the end of the 2021-2027 period. This
funding supports a range of European priorities, including broader topics such as innovation and
(10) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the European Council, the Council, the European
Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions – A competitiveness compass for the EU, COM(2025) 30 final of 29 January 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52025DC0030
(11) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Central Bank, the European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of the Regions and the European Investment Bank, 2026 European semester – Spring package, COM(2026) 200 final of 3 June 2026, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2026%3A200%3AFIN&qid=1780494235578
2025 financial year
8
decarbonisation. By the end of 2025, over 130 000 small- and medium-sized companies received support (in
the form of grants, equity, guarantees, loans and advice) to grow and become more competitive, and nearly
32 000 companies received support for innovation.
On top of these investments, EUR 15.2 billion was reallocated to support EU competitiveness in the context
of the mid-term review of cohesion policy, with investments in critical technologies and industries to reduce
key vulnerabilities and technological dependencies on non-EU countries. Greater focus was also placed on the
challenges faced by the Eastern border regions, with enhanced support provided in recognition of the socio-
economic and security challenges they have encountered since the start of Russia’s war of aggression against
Ukraine.
Moreover, the Just Transition Mechanism targets decarbonisation and economic diversification in regions
facing the socioeconomic effects of the climate transition. By the end of 2025, funding worth
EUR 15.45 billion had reached over 2 000 businesses and financed the creation of nearly 270 megawatts of
additional renewable energy capacity. In 2025, the mechanism provided grants and loans for public
authorities to the amount of EUR 86 million from the EU budget, complemented by EUR 594 million in loans
by the European Investment Bank.
The Connecting Europe Facility continued to support Europe’s transport, energy and digital cross-border
networks, which are instrumental to the continent’s strategic autonomy. In 2025, it awarded EUR 3 billion to
projects advancing a sustainable, intelligent, eco-friendly and resilient transport network, along with more
than EUR 1 billion to 109 projects relating to charging and hydrogen-refuelling infrastructure, airport
electrification, onshore power supply in ports and alternative fuels infrastructure for the maritime sector.
Likewise, the facility awarded approximately EUR 650 million to 14 cross-border energy infrastructure
projects. It provided EUR 389 million for submarine cables, 5G large-scale pilot projects and quantum
communication projects.
The EU budget also supports mobility and cooperation in the fields of education, training, youth and sport via
the Erasmus+ programme, which had a budget of EUR 4.3 billion for 2025. Besides contributing to
achieving the European Education Area and initiatives under the Union of Skills, over 1.5 million learners and
staff benefitted from an Erasmus+ mobility in 2025.
The EU also supports competitiveness through the LIFE programme. In 2025, it selected various new
projects for funding, designating EUR 91.4 million for the energy transition, EUR 73 million for the circular
economy and quality of life and over EUR 60 million for climate-change mitigation. Examples of these
projects include an initiative to standardise heat-pump solutions for the food industry, new technologies for
recycling end-of-life solar panels and the demonstration of technologies for producing and distributing green
hydrogen locally for road transport.
The Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform
The Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP) was established in March 2024 as part of the
midterm revision of the multiannual financial framework, with the objective of steering EU funding
towards areas that are strategically important for the EU’s competitiveness. The platform channels
resources from selected EU funds and programmes to support the development of clean, digital and
biotechnologies that are critical for the single market and the strategic autonomy of the EU. In 2025,
the scope of STEP was extended to include defence technologies.
STEP is implemented across 11 EU funds and programmes: the digital Europe programme, the
European Defence Fund, EU4health, Horizon Europe, the Innovation Fund, InvestEU, the Recovery and
Resilience Facility, the Cohesion Fund, the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social
Fund Plus and the Just Transition Fund.
2025 financial year
9
Over almost two years of STEP implementation, these programmes have dedicated close to
EUR 24 billion to the priorities of the platform: EUR 10 billion through calls launched under five
programmes under direct management; and EUR 13.9 billion reprogrammed for STEP by Member
States and regions under cohesion policy.
More information on STEP implementation and results is available on the STEP Portal (12), in the annual
reports on STEP (13) and in the interim evaluation published in 2025 (14).
Supporting livelihoods
The EU budget supports the livelihoods of EU citizens through a variety of programmes and
policies. In 2025, Member States and regions allocated EUR 3.3 billion of cohesion policy funding under the
mid-term review of cohesion policy to affordable and sustainable housing projects. Overall, under cohesion
policy, around EUR 100 billion is set aside in the 2021-2027 period for projects in cities, such as:
EUR 10.5 billion to the construction and renovation of housing allocated under the European Regional
Development Fund, Cohesion Fund and Just Transition Fund. Cohesion policy also invested EUR 14.5 billion in
climate adaptation and disaster risk management, and EUR 3.1 billion to water resilience. Since 2021,
cohesion policy has funded an additional 1 434 megawatts of renewable energy production capacity, access
to very-high-capacity broadband for more than 335 000 dwellings and over 1 000 kilometres of new,
upgraded or modernised roads.
The common agricultural policy continued to support farmers’ livelihoods and productivity and to promote
vibrant rural economies, with payments amounting to EUR 53.2 billion in 2025. By 2025, 5.5 million farmers
had received direct support. Moreover, 311 000 young farmers were supported in 2025, and over 270 000
jobs were created in rural areas.
By the end of 2025, the European Social Fund Plus had committed EUR 66.3 billion towards sustainable
and quality employment, education and social inclusion, supporting 16.0 million participants. By 2025, the
fund had delivered aid in the form of food, materials or vouchers to 35.2 million individuals, 7.9 million of
whom were children. By the end of 2025, 13 schemes based on financing not linked to cost and amounting to
EUR 5.1 billion were adopted by the Commission for 10 Member States (Estonia, France, Croatia, Cyprus,
Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary, Poland, Portugal and Romania).
The European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund provided about EUR 555 million in 2025 to
support sustainable fisheries and the blue economy of fishing and aquaculture communities in Member
States. By 2025, the fund had benefited more than 26 700 people, including through skills improvement and
training. It also helped to implement 10 919 tonnes per year of new production capacity and supported
32 602 tonnes per year of aquaculture production (15).
EU4health provided more than EUR 570 million in 2025 for a healthier and safer union. It helped to finance
crisis preparedness and response through staff training, support for coordinated surveillance of pathogens
and support for the development of crisis-related products. Moreover, it supported health promotion and
(12) European Commission: Directorate-General for Budget, Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform website,
https://strategic-technologies.europa.eu/index_en. (13) European Commission: Directorate-General for Budget, ‘STEP documents’, Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform
website, https://strategic-technologies.europa.eu/about/step-documents_en. (14) Report from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – Investing in the competitiveness and
technological leadership of the EU, COM(2025) 421 final of 16 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025DC0421&qid=1778335917845.
(15) European Commission: Directorate-General for Regional and Urban Policy, ‘European Maritime Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (EMFAF)’, European Commission website, https://cohesiondata.ec.europa.eu/funds/emfaf/21- 27#achievements.
2025 financial year
10
disease prevention, stronger health systems and healthcare workers, digitalisation of healthcare and the fight
against cancer. For example, the programme financed the European reference networks, enabling access to
diagnosis and treatment for 2.7 million patients with rare conditions in 2025.
In 2025, the citizens, equality, rights and values programme supported Europeans’ direct democratic
participation, allocating over EUR 1.9 million for the European citizens’ initiative. It also launched calls to select
projects, for a combined funding amount of EUR 130 million, aimed at anti-discrimination, town twinning,
citizens’ engagement, remembrance of European history, and children’s rights and participation. Moreover, the
justice programme devoted around EUR 15.4 million during the year to new projects on judicial cooperation,
training and access to justice, and concluded procurement contracts amounting to EUR 9.2 million to develop
and maintain information technology tools and key EU policies in the justice field.
Stepping up the EU’s security and defence
In 2025, the imperative for the EU to provide for its own security and defence came into sharp
focus. The European Defence Fund is a core component of EU security and defence by creating innovative
and interoperable defence technologies and equipment. Following the 2024 calls for proposals, 63 projects
were launched with a total of over EUR 1 billion of EU funding. Overall, 38% of the fund’s beneficiaries are
small and medium-sized enterprises.
With the publication of the 2025 work programme, the European Defence Fund will award around
EUR 1 billion to collaborative research, development and innovation in the field of defence. The 2025 annual
work programme allocated around EUR 400 million to support defence innovation,of which over
EUR 140 million to support small- and medium-sized enterprises in developing and testing breakthrough
defence technologies. The EU Defence Innovation Scheme (EUDIS), the part of the European Defence Fund
dedicated to supporting non-traditional defence players, contributed to this effort.
The Act in Support of Ammunition Production supported 31 projects in 2025, providing over
EUR 500 million to enhance the production of ammunition, with projects relating to explosives, powder, shells,
missiles, testing and reconditioning.
Following the adoption of the White Paper for European Defence, the EU adopted the reArm
Europe plan in 2025, based on the use of financial instruments to strengthen Europe’s defence capabilities,
including the national escape clause of the Stability and Growth Pact, which could unlock up to
EUR 650 billion. The plan also includes up to EUR 150 billion in loans via the security action for Europe to
support urgent defence investment and address critical capability gaps. By the end of 2025, 19 Member
States had expressed interest in accessing loans under this action, covering the full loan envelope, and had
submitted their national defence industry investment plans.
The EU is also using cohesion policy to support defence. Through the mid-term review of cohesion
policy, EUR 11.9 billion was reallocated to support defence industrial capacities and capabilities, defence
infrastructure, military mobility and civil preparedness, prioritising dual use, along with skills development in
civil preparedness and the defence industry.
Other programmes supported key strategic projects during the year, such as the Connecting Europe
Facility, which financed secure equipment and smart capabilities for submarine cables and key terrestrial
connections with EUR 186 million under its digital strand. In addition, the Connecting Europe Facility
contributed to enhancing the EU’s strategic transport infrastructures to make them fit for military mobility.
The EU secure connectivity programme and the space programme provided a combined total of over
EUR 2.4 billion in 2025 to finance:
2025 financial year
11
• the ongoing development of the IRIS2 (infrastructure for resilience, interconnectivity and security
by satellite) secure connectivity satellite constellation;
• the Govsatcom governmental communications system;
• the Galileo and European Geostationary Navigation Overlay Service satellite navigation systems;
• the Copernicus Earth observation system, including its space situational awareness components
performing surveillance of space, space weather and near-Earth objects.
In 2025, the Union Civil Protection Mechanism committed EUR 226.7 million to Member States and non-
EU countries to foster resilience and strengthen the civil protection pool of capacity available for response
operations. Initiatives included consular or medical evacuations, emergency medical support and the fighting
of forest fires. During the wildfire season, the mechanism was activated 16 times in Europe, with 1 million
hectares of burnt area registered during the year (16).
To address migration challenges, the EU set up the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, with a
total financial programming of EUR 11 billion from the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework, including
EUR 1.91 billion for 2025. Between 2021 and 2025, the fund financed the creation of 22 919 new places in
reception centres, in line with the EU acquis, and supported the resettlement of 39 829 people. In this way the
EU budget supports the implementation of the pact on migration and asylum.
Supporting Ukraine
By the end of 2025, the EU and its Member States had provided support to Ukraine totalling over
EUR 193.3 billion. About half of this support, EUR 88.2 billion, was enabled by the EU budget in the
form of humanitarian aid, crisis response, macrofinancial assistance and budget support, along with early
recovery and reconstruction. In addition, EUR 17 billion was made available to Member States by
reallocating existing cohesion policy budgets to support Member States in addressing the needs of those
fleeing Russia’s illegal and continuing military aggression against Ukraine. During 2025, support was provided
by the EU budget from the Ukraine Facility, the Union Civil Protection Mechanism, the Connecting Europe
Facility, the humanitarian aid programme and the European Defence Fund. Support in the form of loans was
also provided with an exceptional revenue accelerator macrofinancial assistance loan, as part of the G7
Exceptional Revenue Acceleration Loans initiative. Moreover, other instruments outside of the EU budget have
complemented this support.
The EU has also been using proceeds from immobilised Russian sovereign assets to assist
Ukraine. 95% of these funds are provided to Ukraine via the Ukraine Loan Cooperation Mechanism to help
Ukraine repay the G7 Exceptional Revenue Acceleration loans (including borrowing costs), including the EU’s
exceptional macrofinancial assistance loan of EUR 18.1 billion disbursed throughout 2025. The remaining 5%
contribute to the European Peace Facility (an instrument outside the EU budget).
In December 2025, the European Council agreed to provide a limited-recourse loan to Ukraine of
EUR 90 billion for the years 2026 and 2027, based on EU borrowing on the capital markets backed by the
EU budget’s headroom, to be repaid by Ukraine only once it has received reparations from Russia. This support
loan is to be implemented by means of enhanced cooperation pursuant to Article 20 of the Treaty on
European Union, with backing from 24 Member States (17).
(16) European Commission: Joint Research Centre, ‘2025 was EU’s most destructive wildfire season on record’, European
Commission website, 31 March 2026, https://joint-research-centre.ec.europa.eu/jrc-news-and-updates/2025-was-eus- most-destructive-wildfire-season-record-2026-03-31_en.
(17) Regulation (EU) 2026/467 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 February 2026 implementing enhanced cooperation on the establishment of the Ukraine Support Loan for 2026 and 2027 (OJ L, 2026/467, 26.2.2026, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2026/467/oj).
2025 financial year
12
The EU is supporting Ukraine’s short-term recovery and medium-term reconstruction and
modernisation, in line with Ukraine’s path towards EU membership. Trade has been facilitated since
2022 by the solidarity lanes, a set of alternative logistics routes via rail, road and inland waterways. Overall,
the EU had provided EUR 600 million by the end of 2025 for investment in transport connections with Ukraine
via the Connecting Europe Facility.
Via the Ukraine Facility, the EU has been providing financial support conditional on Ukraine’s
implementing qualitative and quantitative reform steps. It is also stimulating private support under
the Ukraine Investment Framework. By the end of 2025, the facility had disbursed EUR 26.8 billion in loans
and non-repayable support, with EUR 10.7 billion provided in 2025 upon the fulfilment of 45 steps by Ukraine
under the Ukraine Plan. The Ukraine Investment Framework provided EUR 6.9 billion in the form of a
guarantee to mobilise funds from financing institutions to finance projects spanning from support for
municipal investment and micro- and small businesses to housing, recovery and financial inclusion. Under the
facility’s Ukraine Energy Support Fund, the EU disbursed EUR 96 million to repair and restore the capacity of
thermal power plants, install gas turbines and repair solar and wind power plants.
EU budget contributions to help Ukraine and Member States face the consequences of the
full-scale Russian invasion between 2022 and 2025
Allocations to Ukraine and Member States to face the consequences of the war from the EU budget.
(*) EUR 17 billion was made available to Member States for redeployment from cohesion policy in order to provide emergency support to address migration challenges stemming from Russia’s military aggression against Ukraine.
(**) European Instrument for International Nuclear Safety Cooperation, repurposing of the European Neighbourhood Instrument and common foreign and security policy.
Source: European Commission.
Emergency assistance to Ukraine continued to be predominantly funded by the humanitarian aid
programme, with EUR 220 million allocated in 2025. Overall, the EU provided EUR 1.2 billion to Ukraine in
humanitarian aid by 2025. This was complemented by peace and stability support in areas such as
demining, energy and accountability. The Union Civil Protection Mechanism also complemented these efforts
through continuous supply of in-kind assistance from Member States, rescEU stocks, the private sector
and non-EU countries, contributing to the overall emergency response in Ukraine.
Neighbourhood, Development and
International Cooperation Instrument –
Global Europe and European
Neighbourhood Instrument
EUR 2.1 billion Funding made available to
Member States to support
Ukrainian refugees (*)
EUR 17 billion
Support through EU
budgetary guarantees
(excluding Ukraine
Guarantee)
EUR 2.8 billion Humanitarian aid
EUR 1.2 billion
Macrofinancial
assistance loans
EUR 43.3 billion
Other grants (**)
EUR 0.4 billion
Connecting
Europe Facility
EUR 0.6 billion
Macro Financial Assistance Plus
Interest Rate Subsidy
EUR 1.1 billion
Ukraine Facility
EUR 36.7 billion
2025 financial year
13
Promoting international partnerships and supporting EU enlargement
The Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance III continued to support the EU’s enlargement
process and the accession of candidate countries. It has, for example, provided expanded community-
based services to over 9 000 people in Albania and provided energy-efficiency subsidies to over 40 000
households in Kosovo (*).
Moreover, in 2025, the Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova disbursed EUR 288.9 million in loans.
Also, a total of EUR 396 million was released in pre-financing and disbursements under the Reform and
Growth Facility for the Western Balkans: EUR 164 million for Albania, EUR 45 million for Montenegro,
EUR 77 million for North Macedonia and EUR 111 million for Serbia.
From 2021 until the end of 2025,the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation
Instrument – Global Europe had disbursed EUR 29.8 billion. In 2025, over EUR 9.8 billion was
disbursed to support a wide range of actions, for instance peace and stability initiatives (EUR 340 million
between crisis-response interventions and thematic interventions), as well as initiatives aimed at improving
resilience and peacebuilding in fragile contexts (EUR 120 million). The EU also adopted a substantial financial
package in support of Syria (including EUR 139 million for 2025 under the Neighbourhood, Development and
International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe (18)).
In 2025, the volatile situation in the Middle East highlighted the need for a more structured and coordinated
approach to cooperation in the region. The EU presented a proposal for a multiannual comprehensive
programme for Palestine’s recovery and resilience for the period 2025–2027, for an amount of EUR 1.6
billion. Moreover, cooperation and engagement with the Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) and individual Gulf
countries were strengthened, particularly in the areas of security, climate change, digital cooperation, and the
energy transition. Furthermore, the adoption of the Pact for the Mediterranean provided a new framework
for EU-Southern Mediterranean relations.
In 2025, the EU and its Member States continued scaling up the Global Gateway strategy. The
second Global Gateway Forum and Board were organised and President von der Leyen announced that the EU,
Member States and European financing institutions, following a Team Europe approach, had mobilised over
EUR 306 billion in investments, exceeding the original EUR 300 billion.
2025 marked the 25th anniversary of the EU–African Union Partnership. As announced at the 7th
European Union–African Union summit in November 2025, the EU, in a Team Europe approach, has so far
mobilised more than EUR 120 billion for Global Gateway projects across Africa. This includes, for
instance, water, sanitation and hygiene facilities for schools in Uganda (19) and delivering high-speed digital
connectivity networks, e-services and data infrastructure for the benefit of research and education
communities in sub-Saharan Africa (20).
The EU-Latin America and Caribbean Global Gateway Investment Agenda delivered tangible results.
More than 80 projects advanced in their implementation, covering areas such as climate action, critical raw
(*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion
on the Kosovo declaration of independence. (18) Commission Implementing Decision of 30.9.2025 on the financing of the special measure in favour of Syria for
2025, C(2025) 6539 final, https://north-africa-middle-east-gulf.ec.europa.eu/commission-implementing-decision- financing-special-measure-favour-syria-2025_en.
(19) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships, ‘Building WASH facilities in schools in Uganda’, European Commission website, https://international-partnerships.ec.europa.eu/policies/global- gateway/building-wash-facilities-schools-uganda_en.
(20) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships, ‘AfricaConnect4 in sub-Saharan Africa’, European Commission website, https://international-partnerships.ec.europa.eu/policies/global- gateway/africaconnect4-sub-saharan-africa_en.
2025 financial year
14
materials, digital transformation and innovation, along with sustainable transport. An example is the
development of cross-border electric infrastructure to forge cohesive regional energy markets via a
EUR 6.86 billion initiative on regional electricity integration, which will fund 24 projects to boost clean energy
generation, transmission and trade.
The Global Gateway has also been mobilising funds for investment in the Asia-Pacific region. For
instance, a Team Europe Global Gateway investment package mobilised EUR 12 billion for central Asia, with
the EU and the Pacific set to invest close to EUR 300 million in sustainable economic development and
resilience to climate change. In the Eastern Neighbourhood, 2025 saw the adoption of multiannual action
programmes for 2025-2027 for Armenia, Azerbaijan, Belarus, Georgia and Moldova, totalling
EUR 668.2 million.
2025 financial year
15
Providing humanitarian aid and ensuring food security
In 2025, the EU provided around EUR 2.6 billion in humanitarian assistance through the
humanitarian aid programme. The EU responded to the humanitarian needs of people facing, for example,
natural hazards and human-induced disasters, the consequences of conflict, human rights violations, sexual
and gender-based violence, forced displacement, acute food insecurity and extreme poverty.
A particular priority in 2025 was the EU’s response to the needs of the Palestinian people. Under
the humanitarian aid programme, EUR 220 million was committed to address the needs of Palestine (21). In
addition, the EU provided aid to:
• the Sudan crisis (EUR 273 million);
• the African Great Lakes region (EUR 129 million);
• the central Sahel countries, i.e. Burkina Faso, Niger and Mali (EUR 124 million);
• Myanmar/Burma (EUR 55 million);
• Venezuela (EUR 52 million);
• Rohingya refugees in the Cox’s Bazar refugee camp in Bangladesh (nearly EUR 39 million).
ReliefEU allocated EUR 110 million for operations in 2025, using a total of EUR 53.5 million of first-line
emergency humanitarian funding in 60 countries. ReliefEU funding was mobilised 118 times. ReliefEU
capacities responded to 20 crises in 18 countries with logistical services and multimodal transportation
services.
EU budget contribution to horizontal priorities
The EU budget delivers clear EU added value, beyond what would be achieved by Member States
acting alone. All EU funds and programmes continued to progress towards their objectives in 2025, and
together they provided strong support to a range of cross-cutting priorities such as the green and digital
transitions. During the year, it is estimated that almost EUR 64 billion was provided to support climate
objectives, over EUR 15 billion targeted biodiversity objectives, over EUR 19 billion was allocated to digital
priorities and almost EUR 38 billion supported gender equality (22).
EU budget and NextGenerationEU allocation to horizontal priorities in 2025 (percentage of
total budget and estimated amounts in million EUR)
Source: European Commission.
(21) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the
individual positions of the Member States on this issue. (22) Figures based on budgetary from final adopted EU budget, NextGenerationEU and commitments made available
again following article 15.3 of the Financial Regulation. Support for different priorities should not be aggregated, as in some cases the same intervention may contribute to more than one priority.
BIODIVERSITY EUR 15 161
7.8% DIGITAL
EUR 19 488
10.1% CLIMATE EUR 63 961
33.0% =
GENDER EUR 37 518
19%
2025 financial year
16
Examples of contributions from the EU budget to horizontal priorities
Climate
• In the ‘Cities’ mission of Horizon Europe, 103 cities have formally committed to climate
neutrality, with an expected reduction in carbon dioxide emissions equal to approximately
6.2% of the EU total in 2023.
• A total of 940 866 new or upgraded refuelling and recharging points for clean vehicles had
been installed through measures under the Recovery and Resilience Facility by mid-2025.
• At least 81 million people in the EU are set to benefit from climate mitigation measures
funded by cohesion policy programmes for the protection from floods, wildfires and
natural disasters and an additional 26 million people from measures on air quality
improvement.
• Under the common agricultural policy, measures to enhance carbon sequestration and
storage in soils and biomass have been carried out on 38% of the EU’s agricultural area.
• LIFE projects have achieved a reduction of 14.1 million tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent
per year, annual primary energy savings of 8 332 gigawatt-hours and additional
renewable energy production of 3 153 gigawatt-hours per year. Vulnerability to climate
change has been reduced for over 3.5 million citizens.
• Under the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global
Europe, the EU4climate resilience programme (EUR 17 million) supports climate adaptation
at the municipal level through technical support and pilot projects. It helps Eastern
Partnership countries meet their commitments under the Paris Agreement and align with
EU legislation.
Biodiversity
• Cohesion policy has supported projects covering some 65 million hectares of land to
protect against wildfires.
• The Copernicus monitoring services contribute to monitoring changes in ecosystems and
biodiversity loss, in support of the EU biodiversity strategy, the EU Nature Restoration
Regulation, the Convention on Biological Diversity and reporting on the United Nations’
sustainable development goals.
• Under the LIFE programme, biodiversity loss has been halted or reversed across 2 048 647
hectares of habitats, and 557 species have benefited from conservation efforts.
• A total of 2 691 initiatives contributing to good environmental status were selected
between 2022 and 2024 under the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund.
Digital
• By the end of 2025, 20 million additional dwellings had broadband access via very-high-
capacity networks thanks to investment financed by the Recovery and Resilience Facility
InvestEU and Cohesion funding
• Over 51 000 businesses and almost 20 000 public institutions were selected to receive
support under the cohesion policy funds to develop digital products, services and
processes.
• Additional capacity of 10 362 terabits per second was created by backbone networks,
including submarine cables, that had been deployed by the Connecting Europe Facility by
the end of 2025.
2025 financial year
17
Gender equality
• In 2025, 19% of the EU budget contributed to the promotion of gender equality.
• During the year, the digital Europe programme funded activities to increase the number of
women in information and communications technology. For example, it supported outreach
activities, consultancy services and workshops to attract more women to the sector. In
addition, projects to set up four sectoral skills academies in the fields of quantum, artificial
intelligence, semiconductors and virtual worlds specifically promoted the participation of
women in these academies.
• The plans under the Recovery and Resilience Facility include 123 gender-relevant
measures, 72 investments and 51 reforms. These measures include 207 milestones and
targets in 25 plans, of which 117 have already been assessed as fulfilled and 35 have
been reported by Member States as completed.
• Horizon Europe requires that public bodies, research organisations and higher education
institutions from Member States and associated countries have a gender-equality plan in
place as a condition for eligibility.
NextGenerationEU driving reforms and investment via recovery and
resilience plans
In 2025, NextGenerationEU continued to support economic recovery through Member State
reforms and investments under the Recovery and Resilience Facility. The total envelope amounted to
EUR 637.1 billion at the end of 2025, comprising EUR 360 billion in non-repayable support and EUR 277 billion
in loans. In 2025, the Commission assessed 34 payment requests amounting to EUR 87.3 billion (EUR
47.2 billion in loans and EUR 40.1 billion in non-repayable support).
The reforms supported by the Recovery and Resilience Facility contribute to the long-term
economic resilience of Member States and maximise the positive impact of related investment under the
facility. As reflected in the recovery and resilience scoreboard, the facility has supported, for instance, the
modernisation of regulatory frameworks in key sectors (e.g. digital, energy, transport), improvements in
permitting and public procurement procedures, and the strengthening of rule-of-law and anti-corruption
safeguards (23).
(23) European Commission: Directorate-General for Economic and Financial Affairs and Secretariat-General, ‘Recovery and
resilience scoreboard’, European Commission website, 9 May 2026, https://ec.europa.eu/economy_finance/recovery- and-resilience-scoreboard/index.html.
2025 financial year
18
The Recovery and Resilience Facility has provided substantial support to Member States tied to the
delivery of reforms and investment and has reshaped EU economic governance and policy
coordination with its performance-based design (24). Across the EU, the facility has made a real
difference to the lives of individuals by supporting ambitious investment agendas in the following
areas (25):
• Green transition. By the end of 2025, annual energy consumption had been reduced by
37.6 million megawatt hours, and more than 940 866 refuelling and recharging stations for clean
vehicles had been installed or upgraded.
• Digital transition. Around 20 million additional dwellings had gained access to very-high-
capacity internet networks by the end of 2025, and more than 2.4 billion users (26) were using new
or improved public digital services.
• Healthcare. Healthcare capacity has been increased, including in hospitals, clinics, outpatient
care centres and specialised care centres. By the end of 2025, around 60.2 million people annually
could benefit from new or modernised healthcare facilities.
• Education and training. Some 30.7 million people have participated in education and training
and almost 3.5 million people are in employment or engaged in job-searching activities thanks to
the support received through the facility. In addition, 12.7 million young people aged 15-29 have
received support, whether monetary or in kind (i.e. education, training and employment support).
• Support for businesses. Around 4.9 million enterprises had received support – whether
monetary or in kind – under the facility by the end of 2025.
REPowerEU provides EUR 57.6 billion for investment and reforms to help Member States save
energy, diversify energy supplies and produce clean energy. All 27 REPowerEU chapters have been
adopted. The measures continue to contribute to saving energy, substituting fossil fuels and addressing
security-of-supply needs, while reducing dependency on Russian fossil fuels. Following the adoption of the
REPowerEU chapters, a total of EUR 339.7 billion (27) – over 50% of the Member States’ total allocation under
the Recovery and Resilience Facility – has been dedicated to measures contributing to the green transition
pillar.
(24) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Central Bank, the
European Economic and Social Committee, the Committee of the Regions and the European Investment Bank, 2026 European semester – Spring package, COM(2026) 200 final of 3 June 2026, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM%3A2026%3A200%3AFIN&qid=1780494235578
(25) This information is based on data reported by the Member States in the context of the biannual reporting on the common indicators. More information and data are available from the recovery and resilience scoreboard (see footnote 24).
(26) The indicator counts the total number of uses rather than the number of unique individuals. (27) This figure shows cost estimates based on the pillar tagging methodology for the recovery and resilience scoreboard
(see footnote 24) and corresponds to the measures allocated to the green transition pillar as a primary or secondary policy pillar.
2025 financial year
19
Key climate and energy commitments under the REPowerEU component of the Recovery and
Resilience Facility
Renewable energy for all
Saving energy
• A significant share of the Recovery and Resilience Facility is dedicated to renewable energy and energy infrastructure. EUR 67.6 billion (28) is allocated to
these measures under the facility. This represents 20% of the total estimated cost of the measures in the recovery and resilience plans.
• The Recovery and Resilience Facility is projected to increase the capacity of renewable energy sources by more than 61 gigawatts by 2026. This corresponds to
almost 32% of all additional renewable energy capacity deployed in Europe between 2021 and 2024 (29).
• Considering the average electricity consumption of households, the renewable capacity supported by the Recovery and Resilience Facility is expected to generate
enough electricity each year to cover the needs of
around 40 million households (30) across the EU.
• The recovery and resilience plans will replace more than
3 million heating and cooling systems with sustainable alternatives.
Boosting the competitiveness of EU industry
Secure energy networks for the EU
• Strategic clean-tech investments will be made in
electrolysers, batteries and solar panels.
• The electricity generated from Recovery and
Resilience Facility investment in renewable energy
could replace almost 15.8 billion cubic metres of
fossil gas, equivalent to more than 16% of the reduction in gas imports from Russia achieved since 2021.
• The recovery and resilience plans include investment in over 21 000 megawatts of additional transmission
and distribution capacity – enough to carry the full
output of around 5 125 new onshore wind turbines.
• More than 10 000 kilometres of transmission and
distribution lines are being reinforced or
constructed – roughly equivalent to circling a quarter of
the earth, or stretching from Lisbon to Helsinki and back.
• Key cross-border gas infrastructure projects will
meet immediate security-of-supply needs.
In 2025, Member States revised their plans under the Recovery and Resilience Facility to adjust to
new needs and simplify milestones and targets to ease implementation, in line with the
Communication ‘NextGenerationEU – The Road to 2026 published by the Commission’ (31).Overall, 50 Council
implementing decision revisions were positively assessed by the Commission, including 24 amendments
relating to the simplification effort.
Almost EUR 80.4 billion had been issued in the form of NextGenerationEU green bonds as of April
2026. The largest share of these funds was used to make disbursements to Member States under the
Recovery and Resilience Facility. This means the EU maintains its position as one of the world’s largest issuers
of green bonds. In December 2023, the Commission published the first NextGenerationEU green bond
allocation and impact report (32), which confirms the EU’s commitment to sustainable finance. Since then, this
(28) The figures for renewable energy and infrastructure presented in this thematic analysis, except when otherwise
specified, are based on the pillar tagging methodology for the Recovery and Resilience Scoreboard and correspond to the measures allocated to the policy area ‘Renewable Energy & Networks’ as primary or secondary policy area in September 2025.
(29) Based on the total renewable capacity of the EU-27 available from the IRENA Renewable Capacity Statistics 2025. Since 2021, 191.33 gigawatts of renewables have been deployed in the EU-27.
(30) According to Eurostat (2025) number of households by household composition. (31) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – NextGenerationEU – The road to
2026, COM(2025) 310 final/2 of 4 June 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025DC0310.
(32) European Commission: Directorate-General for Budget, Green bonds – Impact and allocation report – NGEU report 2023, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2023, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2761/302803.
2025 financial year
20
has been an annual exercise, with the latest report published in December 2025 (33). The report shows that
the full implementation of all measures funded by NextGenerationEU green bonds could reduce greenhouse
gas emissions by 53.4 million tonnes per year, equivalent to 1.5% of all such emissions in the EU in 2022.
Further information on the implementation and management of the Recovery and Resilience Facility is
provided in Annex 3 to this Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget.
Effective tools ensure that the EU budget is well managed and
safeguarded
The Commission attaches the greatest importance to making the best possible use of taxpayers’
money. It is fully committed to ensuring that funding reaches the intended beneficiaries at the right cost and
in compliance with the applicable rules. To achieve this objective, the Commission relies on several tools that
have proved to be fit for purpose over the years and have remained effective in relation to the new
challenges encountered by the EU.
A robust chain of accountability
The Commission’s governance system and chain of accountability are tailored to its unique
structure and role. The College of Commissioners is politically responsible for managing the EU budget. It
delegates the day-to-day operational management to the 52 authorising officers by delegation (34), who
manage and steer their departments and are accountable for the share of the EU budget implemented in
their department.
The annual activity reports demonstrate how the authorising officers by delegation have
obtained the assurance that the resources assigned to them have been used for their intended purpose, in
accordance with the principle of sound financial management, and that the control procedures in place give
the necessary guarantees concerning the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions. If the
authorising officers by delegation identify weaknesses, they may qualify their declaration of assurance with
reservations.
The assurance is built on the following: (1) an assessment of the internal control system, including anti-
fraud measures; (2) the results of the controls carried out and their assessment of the risks to which their
department is exposed and the mitigating measures taken; (3) the preventive and corrective measures they
have applied as a result of the controls they have carried out, together with the Member States in the case of
shared management; (4) the observations and conclusions of the internal auditor and of the Court of Auditors;
and (5) the mitigating measures taken to address the weaknesses identified, especially in higher-risk areas.
(33) European Commission: Directorate-General for Budget, NGEU Green Bonds Allocation and Impact Report 2025,
Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2761/8167958. (34) The term ‘authorising officers by delegation’ covers Directors-General of Commission departments and heads of
executive agencies, offices, services, task forces, etc. Article 74(1) of the Financial Regulation provides that ‘The authorising officer shall be responsible in the Union institution concerned for implementing revenue and expenditure in accordance with the principle of sound financial management, including through ensuring reporting on performance, and for ensuring compliance with the requirements of legality and regularity and equal treatment of recipients.’
2025 financial year
21
An internal control framework and measures to fight fraud that are
continuously updated and ensure cybersecurity
The Commission’s internal control framework is crucial to ensuring the effectiveness, efficiency
and economy of its operations, along with their legality and regularity. This is especially true in a
context of scarce resources and an increasing number of priorities. In parallel, since 2024, the Commission
has also enhanced the efficiency and effectiveness of the borrowing and lending operations underpinning the
financing of policy programmes. These include NextGenerationEU, support for Ukraine through macrofinancial
assistance (Macro Financial Assistance Plus and the Ukraine Loan Cooperation Mechanism) and ongoing
support for other neighbouring countries. The Commission considers that internal control systems are
functioning well and that suitable mitigating measures are being implemented in areas where weaknesses
have been identified.
On the fight against fraud, the Commission progressed in the implementation of its revised anti-
fraud strategy action plan,which aims to prevent and tackle fraud. The majority of the actions included in
the 2023 action plan were implemented by the end of 2025. The European Anti-Fraud Office (OLAF)
continued its strategic analytical work and investigative activities and included an updated qualitative
assessment of the national anti-fraud strategies in its 2024 annual report on the protection of the EU’s
financial interests (35).
Security, safety, cybersecurity and business continuity are high on the Commission’s agenda . In
2025, as required by the regulation on cybersecurity in the EU’s institutions, bodies, offices and agencies (36),
the Commission conducted an initial cybersecurity review, ran a maturity assessment and reported on its
cybersecurity plan, therefore building on the existing internal cybersecurity governance, monitoring and
reporting framework and the corporate cybersecurity strategy. The implementation of the first complete cycle
of reporting required by the regulation contributed to establishing a comprehensive and binding framework to
ensure a high common level of cybersecurity across EU entities, including obligations on governance, risk
management, incident reporting and cooperation.
In the current geopolitical context, digital sovereignty has also emerged as a critical area. In
November 2025, the Commission’s corporate information technology governance body endorsed a digital
sovereignty action plan, which aims to increase control over the Commission’s own digital assets.
Control results confirm the EU budget is well protected
As part of their control strategies, within the internal control framework, the Commission and
the Member States perform thousands of checks every year to prevent, detect and correct errors
and weaknesses in the management and control systems. For shared management, the Commission
relies on the checks carried out by the national authorities and supervises them with its own controls and
audits where necessary. This is done in line with the single audit principle, which rationalises audit and control
and minimises the audit burden on beneficiaries. Under indirect management the Commission relies on the
control systems of implementing partners, whereas for direct management it is the Commission itself that
(35) Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament – 36th Annual Report on the protection of
the European Union’s financial interests and the fight against fraud –2024, COM(2025) 426 final of 25 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025DC0426.
(36) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2023/2841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2023 laying down measures for a high common level of cybersecurity at the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the Union (OJ L, 2023/2841, 18.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/2841/oj), which entered into force in January 2024.
2025 financial year
22
performs the controls. For the Recovery and Resilience Facility, checks and controls are performed according
to the division of responsibilities between the Commission and the Member States.
In agriculture In cohesion
Member States continue to enhance their
highly automated and systematic ex ante checks
(e.g. through the compulsory use of the area
monitoring system). The Commission reviewed
the annual reports and opinions for all 72 paying
agencies and carried out 45 conformityaudits
in 21 Member States.
For the 2014-2020 programming period,
Member States audited 9 425 (parts of)
operations, and the Commission reviewed the
annual reports and opinions for 441 programmes
and carried out 88 risk-based audits.
As a result of these controls and audits, preventive and corrective measures to the amount
of EUR 9 040 million were implemented in 2025. EUR 1 137 million is the amount of errors prevented
as a result of controls and audits carried out before payments took place, and EUR 7 903 million is the
amount of corrections implemented by the Commission and the Member States as a result of controls and
audits carried out after payment took place. The increase in the latter compared to 2024, when the amount
was EUR 1 475 million, is due to the closure of the 2014-2020 operational programmes in the cohesion
policy, reflecting mainly the high volume of submitted accounts in 2025 (last accounting year) and the
additional corrective capacity applied at closure.
Control results are presented at the level of the individual multiannual financial framework
(MFF) headings, reflecting the different approaches followed for different types of expenditure.
For all headings under which expenditure is cost based – also called compliance based – the
Commission estimates the risk at payment and the risk at closure. The risk at payment measures
the risk that the payments made are affected by irregularities before any correction has been applied. The
risk at closure represents the remaining level of error at the end of the programming cycle after all controls
and all corrections have been implemented. Given the multiannual character of the funding programmes, the
Commission, together with Member States in the case of shared management, makes a substantial effort to
perform controls after payment and to make corrections until the closure of the programmes. These efforts
are reflected in the estimated risk at closure.
In 2025, for compliance-based expenditure, the risk at closure was below 2% for all headings.
The risk at payment was slightly above 2% for the MFF headings covering Single market, innovation and
digital and Cohesion, resilience and values and below 2% for other MFF headings (see the chart below).
2025 financial year
23
Overview of risk at payment and risk at closure for compliance-based expenditure
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025 (as of 22 April 2026).
For performance-based expenditure, there is a qualitative assessment of the risk to the legality
and regularity of the payments made whereby expenditure is grouped into three categories of
risk: low, medium and high. Since 2024, this has concerned payments made under the new delivery model
for the common agricultural policy for 2023-2027, under the heading of natural resources and environment,
where the focus is on the functioning of the systems in place in the Member States and systems audits, both
by the national audit authorities (37) and by the Commission. From 2025 onwards, this also applies to
expenditure related to the Moldova, Ukraine and Western Balkans facilities, under the heading neighbourhood
and the world, where payments are based on the achievement of milestones and targets (steps in the case of
the facilities), like the Recovery and Resilience Facility (38). The assessment is mostly based on the level of risk
associated with the milestones and targets paid. Further elements relating to the situation of the
management and control systems used in the beneficiary countries may be taken into account. Even if the
approach does not produce error rates, the same level of protection of the EU budget from errors is ensured
through interruptions, suspensions and financial corrections that result from the controls in place.
For natural resources and environment, the share of low-risk expenditure was 64%. This is slightly
below the average for the period 2020-2024 (66.7%), and reflects overall the improved assessment of the
(37) Certification bodies for agriculture. (38) The Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova, the Ukraine Facility and the Reform and Growth Facility for the Western
Balkans.
2.1%
1.7%
2.3%
0.8%
Heading 1 Single market,
innovation and digital
1.1%
1.0%
1.7%
1.7%
2.8%
2.6%
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
Materiality
Heading 2 Cohesion, resilience
and values
Heading 4 Migration
and border management
Heading 5 Security
and defence
0.5%
0.5%
Heading 7 European public administration
Risk at payment Risk at closure
2025 financial year
24
systems in place by the certification bodies, which gained experience in the second year of implementing the
new delivery model.
For the neighbourhood and the world, the share of low-risk expenditure was close to 90%,which
is in line with previous years’ results. For the Ukraine Facility (39), given the early stage in the instrument’s life
cycle, the progress already made in implementation, the types of milestones and the targets submitted for
payments, and taking into account the situation on the ground, all payments were assessed as low risk.
To ensure comparability with previous years at the Commission level, control results are
presented in an overview of the share of expenditure in each of the three categories of risk: low,
medium and high. The evidence gathered by the Commission through its controls and audits, and those of
the Member States, allows expenditure to be grouped together in three risk categories based either on the risk
at payment (low, if below 2.0%; medium, if between 2.0% and 2.5%; or high, if above 2.5%) or on the share
of expenditure assessed as low, medium or high risk, based on the tailored methodology established for
performance-based payments.
Expenditure per risk category
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
Based on all the controls and audits carried out, the Commission has detailed and robust
evidence of the differentiated risk level for EU budget expenditure. This evidence is detailed down to
the level of programmes for cohesion policy; to the level of interventions within paying agencies for
performance-based expenditure under natural resources; and to the level of individual payments for facilities.
This in turn makes it possible to address and correct weaknesses precisely in the segments of expenditure
where they occur and to focus action where it is deemed necessary.
This approach allows the Commission to present a nuanced picture of the managed expenditure.
Although Horizon Europe programmes and the digital Europe programme have a risk at payment above 2.5%,
64.1% of expenditure under the single market, innovation and digital heading is in the low- or medium-risk
categories. Similarly, while the overall risk at payment for cohesion is 2.7% (40), the majority of cohesion
policy programmes were in the medium-risk category in 2025. Moreover, cohesion policy’s multilevel control
and corrective framework ensures that the risk at closure remains below the materiality threshold of 2%. The
Commission is able to report precisely which programmes in which Member States are medium risk (risk at
(39) In 2025, payments consisted of loans, to all facilities, from the borrowing operations of the Commission, and of non-
repayable funding, to Ukraine only, from the EU budget. (40) For the heading cohesion, resilience and values, which is wider than cohesion only, the risk at payment is 2.3%. For
cohesion only, see also Volume III, Annex 5, Table B, it is 2.71%.
66.5%
54.7%
58.6%
9.2%
24.5%
25.2%
24.2%
20.8%
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
16.2%
2025 financial year
25
payment above between 2% and 2.5%) and high risk, with a risk at payment above 2.5% or significant
weaknesses identified (41). Similarly, for natural resources where expenditure is low risk in general, the
Commission can identify those interventions at paying-agency level that are assessed as medium or high
risk (42). All the remaining expenditure under the other multiannual financial framework headings – migration
and border management, security and defence, neighbourhood and the world, and administrative
expenditure – is low or medium risk.
European Commission categorisation of expenditure into higher-, medium- and lower-risk
segments, as a percentage of the total of relevant expenditure for 2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
The Commission’s approach to the control of the funds it is implementing reflects its specific
role. The Commission’s duty as manager of the EU budget is, on a multiannual basis, to prevent errors and, if
necessary, to correct them, recover funds unduly spent and address identified weaknesses. The Commission’s
approach stems from a multiannual management perspective and requires that more detailed information be
provided. It differs from that of the Court of Auditors, which is annual by definition and takes an auditor’s
perspective.
For 2023-2027 expenditure under the common agricultural policy, the Court of Auditors
continues to apply the approach of previous years. The Court of Auditors determines an error rate
based on audits of payments to final beneficiaries, checking whether they comply with the rules set by the
Member States in their plans. Errors identified in payments are also analysed by the Court of Auditors for
(41) In 2025, reservations for Cohesion policy were made in relation to 68 programmes in 17 Member States and the
United Kingdom for both the 2014-2020 and the 2021-2027 programming periods. (42) In 2025, for expenditure under the new performance-based model, 82 interventions in 34 paying agencies in 25
Member States were put under reservation.
2025 financial year
26
indications of potential serious deficiencies in the governance systems in Member States, which are the focus
of the Commission’s assessment. The Court of Auditors’ approach is therefore complementary to the
Commission’s.
The Commission reports transparently on expenditure with a high level of risk that is deemed to
be material, with significant weaknesses in the management of funds or with reputational risks.
This is done in the annual activity reports of each authorising officer by delegation through reservations
qualifying their declaration of assurance. For 2025, there are 32 reservations, 30 relating to expenditure
under the EU budget, with a total financial impact of EUR 867 million, or 0.5% of the total expenditure, and
two relating to the Recovery and Resilience Facility, with a financial impact of EUR 343 million, or 0.8% of the
total expenditure under the Facility in 2025. Reservations are a keystone of the accountability chain. They
outline the challenges and weaknesses encountered and are systematically accompanied by a description of
the measures envisaged to address them. Appropriate financial corrections are also applied.
Root causes of errors
• Ineligible costs in cost claims. • Non-compliance with EU or national rules (procurement,
State aid, etc.). • Ineligible participants. • Missing supporting documents.
Mitigating measures
• Continuous update of control strategies. • Simplified cost options. • Awareness actions. • Guidance. • Training. • Digital solutions.
The Commission uses appropriate measures to address the main weaknesses identified through
its controls, taking into account the recommendations made by the Parliament, the internal auditor and the
Court of Auditors.
In addition, the Commission has taken into account the lessons learned, in particular on
simplification measures, when designing the legal framework for new programmes. This was done,
for instance, for the basic acts for the 2021-2027 programming period and in the proposals for the 2028-
2034 multiannual financial framework. As explained above, the impact of simplification measures such as the
use of simplified cost options will increase in the years to come, when more expenditure from the 2021-2027
programming period takes place and has been checked under the rules for this programming period.
Based on the above, the Commission considers that, in 2025, the EU budget was well
protected overall. This is confirmed by the internal auditor’s overall conclusion (43), in which
she considered that, during the year, the Commission put in place governance, risk management and
internal control procedures which, taken as a whole, are adequate to give reasonable assurance over
the achievement of its financial objectives, with the exception of those areas of financial management
over which authorising officers by delegation have expressed reservations in their declarations of
assurance.
(43) See Annex 2, Section 3.2 ‘Work of the Internal Audit Service and overall conclusion’.
EU BUDGET
Mitigating measures
Root causes of errors
2025 financial year
27
Transparent reporting
The Commission reports transparently on the operational and budgetary implementation of the
funds it manages, and provides information on the beneficiaries and recipients of EU funds.
This is done through a wide range of reports and publicly accessible databases, examples of which are
given below.
• The Commission’s integrated financial and accountability reporting brings together
comprehensive information on the implementation, performance, results, sound financial
management and protection of the EU budget. It includes the final consolidated accounts, this
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget, the long-term forecast of future
inflows and outflows, the annual internal audit report and the report on the follow-up to the
discharge.
• In their annual activity reports, the authorising officers by delegation of all 52 Commission
departments report on the progress achieved towards their objectives in implementing the funds.
They report on the control results, the weaknesses identified in the internal control systems and
the measures taken to address them. They transparently mention in their declaration of assurance
the reservations for high-risk expenditure or revenues.
• The Financial Transparency System web portal is open to members of the public who are
interested in finding out who received funding from the EU budget and the European Development
Fund and how much they received under direct management, along with the commitments for
entities entrusted with managing the EU budget under indirect management.
• The NextGenerationEU green bonds dashboard provides a real-time overview of the
measures financed by the NextGenerationEU green bonds and related expenditure. These data
demonstrate that the Commission is issuing green bonds in line with the highest standards and
the best market practices. Every year, the Commission publishes a NextGenerationEU green bond
allocation and impact report, which shows how the proceeds from green bonds have been used
and presents the assessment of the climate impact of the measures financed by them, along with
the level of compliance with the EU taxonomy.
• Kohesio (44), the public platform for the visibility and transparency of cohesion policy
funds, includes the lists of operations benefiting from EU funding published by all the Member
States for the 2014-2020 and 2021-2027 programming periods in line with applicable regulatory
provisions.
• In relation to natural resources, transparency of information is achieved at the Member State
level through the development and management of national systems and, as applicable,
databases accessible through the internet, for example for the identification of land parcels for
the agricultural funds, and the regular publication of the beneficiaries of agriculture and maritime,
fisheries and aquaculture funds.
• For the Moldova, Ukraine and Western Balkans facilities, scoreboards for the respective
plans were established in 2025, providing easy public access to the assessment of reforms as
captured in the decisions underpinning payments.
(44) https://kohesio.eu/.
2025 financial year
28
• For the Recovery and Resilience Facility,the scoreboard displays the data reported by
Member States on the 100 final recipients that receive the highest amount of funding for the
implementation of measures under the facility. The date is updated twice a year. The website for
the Facility also includes a map of projects that provides examples of reforms and investment
supported by the Recovery and Resilience Facility in the various Member States. In 2025, to
further enhance transparency, data on all measures and all milestones and targets was made
available on the Scoreboard.
For the Recovery and Resilience Facility under NextGenerationEU, control
results confirm the satisfactory fulfilment of all milestones and targets for
the payments made in 2025
For the Recovery and Resilience Facility, the Commission has put in place a dedicated control
environment. This control set-up ensures both that the Member States put in place an effective control
system for the protection of the EU’s financial interests, as per the requirements of the Recovery and
Resilience Facility Regulation (45), and that the payments to the Member States are legal and regular.
All of the audit and control milestones have been assessed as fulfilled for all Member States
that had received a payment by the end of 2025 and for which such milestones had been added to
their national plan. Particular attention was paid to the achievement of these milestones in relation to the
Member States’ arrangements to ensure an adequate audit and control system to protect the financial
interests of the EU. Following a thorough assessment during the revision of the recovery and resilience plans,
the Commission proposed new audit and control milestones where this was deemed necessary (46). Control
systems in the Member States have significantly improved since the launch of the Recovery and Resilience
Facility, with 56 audit and control milestones (out of 83) assessed as being satisfactorily fulfilled. The
remaining 27, corresponding to one Member State, will be assessed once the corresponding payment requests
are submitted. Member States cannot receive payments, except for pre-financing, until the audit and control
milestones are fulfilled.
In 2025, the Commission carried out four system audits on the protection of the financial
interests of the EU (47). By the end of May 2026, the Commission had performed 36 system
audits, covering all the Member States. During these audits, the Commission also verified whether
Member States had complied with their obligation to check compliance with applicable rules regularly, notably
public procurement and State-aid rules, including the effectiveness of such checks, and whether they had
procedures to avoid double funding between the Recovery and Resilience Facility and other EU programmes.
An overall improvement in the implementation of internal control systems was noted across the audited
implementing and coordinating bodies. Member States are implementing the necessary improvements
stemming from audit findings. In some instances, the audit and control milestones provided an additional
incentive for Member States to implement actions responding to audit recommendations in a timely manner.
In relation to legality and regularity, the Commission’s control results confirm the satisfactory
fulfilment of all milestones and targets for the payments made in 2025. These results are based on
the Commission’s careful assessment (48) of the evidence provided by the Member States to substantiate the
(45) Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the
Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, pp. 17–75, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj). (46) Ten audit and control milestones and targets were added in seven revised recovery and resilience plans in 2023 and
one in 2025. (47) In relation to Ireland, Spain, France, Poland, Finland and Sweden. (48) In its assessment, the Commission retains a margin of discretion as regards a limited number of circumstances in
which minimal deviations linked to the amounts, formal requirements, timing or substance can be accepted.
2025 financial year
29
fulfilment of milestones and targets, along with the management declarations and audit summaries
accompanying each payment request, before the payment takes place. This allowed a very small number of
milestones and targets (11 out of 1 174 assessed) to be identified as not having been achieved at the time
the payment requests were submitted, and for which suspensions of payments were applied amounting to
EUR 1 737.5 million (49). This assessment was complemented by on-the-spot audits (50) after the payments
had taken place. The satisfactory achievement of another two targets (51) was put in question, a posteriori,
after considering the Court of Auditors’ audit results in the context of its 2025 statement of assurance. The
corresponding payment was considered high risk.
The responsible authorising officer by delegation reported that they had reasonable assurance
of the legality and regularity of the payments made in 2025 for the Recovery and Resilience Facility,
based on the results of the controls carried out except for the one payment considered high risk for which a
reservation was issued. The Commission concluded that all other payments made in 2025 were considered to
be at a low or medium level of risk of error. In addition, regarding the compliance with all applicable rules
when using the funds, and the obligation to correct cases of fraud, corruption, conflict of interest or serious
breach of an obligation resulting from the financing and loan agreements, one Member State (52) was found
to be at a high level of risk, for which a reservation was maintained. All other Member States were assessed
at either a medium level of risk or a low level of risk.
The conditionality regime continues to contribute to the protection
of the EU’s financial interests
Since 2021, with the entry into force of the Conditionality Regulation (53), the EU budget has had
an additional layer of protection when breaches of the principles of the rule of law in a Member
State affect, or seriously risk affecting, EU financial interests in a sufficiently direct way. The
rule of law is one of the founding values of the EU, and respect for it is also key for the sound financial
management of the EU budget and the effective use of EU funding. The Conditionality Regulation
complements other tools and procedures to protect the EU budget, for example checks and audits or financial
corrections under sectoral rules, including those put in place by the Recovery and Resilience Facility
Regulation (54) and by the Common Provisions Regulation (55) governing several EU funds and programmes, or
investigations by the European Anti-Fraud Office.
(49) Romania (six milestones and targets, EUR 869.8 million), Spain (two milestones and targets, EUR 500.3 million),
Bulgaria (three milestones and targets, EUR 367.4 million). In accordance with the methodology adopted in February 2023 in Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – Recovery and Resilience Facility: Two years on – A unique instrument at the heart of the EU’s green and digital transformation, COM(2023) 99 final, 21 February 2023, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52023DC0099.
(50) In 2025, the Commission carried out 23 audits on milestones and targets (some of them were also combined with systems audits). These audits are carried out on a risk basis, usually covering 100% of high-risk milestones and targets, along with some medium-risk milestones and targets.
(51) For the 3rd payment to Poland a financial reservation was introduced with a financial impact amounting to EUR 326.1 million, representing 0.72% of the total amount of non-repayable support paid in 2025.
(52) Cases of conflicts of interest detected during audits in 2024 with a financial impact amounting to EUR 16.85 million, representing 0.04% of the total amount of non-repayable support paid in 2025.
(53) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433, 22.12.2020, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj).
(54) Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj).
(55) Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy (OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/oj).
2025 financial year
30
The Conditionality Regulation allows the EU to take measures to protect the EU budget, for
example through the suspension of payments or financial corrections. Where the conditions set by
the regulation are met, the Commission must propose that the Council adopt appropriate and proportionate
measures in relation to the Member State concerned. The Council decides on the adoption of measures by
qualified majority. If measures are adopted, only the Member State concerned should be affected: the
relevant EU programmes should continue to be implemented, and the Member State remains bound to fulfil
its obligations, including that of paying final recipients.
In 2025, the Commission continued to monitor the situation in all Member States, and protective
measures remained in place as regards Hungary. Following the procedure launched in December 2022
to impose protective measures, the Commission reassessed the situation for Hungary at the end of 2023 and
at the end of 2024 and concluded that the EU budget remained at the same level of risk. Therefore, the
Commission did not propose any lifting or adaptation of the protective measures. In 2025, Hungary did not
notify new remedial measures to address the issues identified by the Council (56).
Management conclusion
The Commission ensures that the EU budget serves EU citizens. Thanks to the effective tools in place
and the proactive management of the EU budget, the budget has delivered on its objectives and has helped to
respond to multiple unforeseen challenges. The Commission has provided its beneficiaries, implementing
partners and the Member States with the appropriate flexibility to respond to unforeseen circumstances, while
ensuring sound financial management and maintaining an appropriate level of assurance on the management
of the EU budget.
Flexibility and sound financial management are integral to the proposal for the post-2027
multiannual financial framework. The EU budget must continue to balance predictability for long-term
investment and flexibility to respond to crises, but the current complexity and structural rigidity in the EU
budget are ill-suited to a highly volatile geopolitical environment in which it is impossible to predict
tomorrow’s priorities today. A much more streamlined and flexible budget will be needed for the future, which
will also continue to provide the predictability and stability, along with the robust financial controls, that are
the foundation stones of the EU budget.
For 2025, all authorising officers by delegation have provided reasonable assurance, qualified
with reservations where appropriate. The annual activity reports demonstrate that all Commission
departments have put in place solid internal control systems and provide evidence of the action taken to
address issues and weaknesses identified, improve cost-effectiveness, further simplify the rules and
adequately protect the budget from fraud, errors and irregularities.
The internal auditor, in her overall conclusion, considered that, in 2025, the Commission had put in
place governance, risk management and internal control procedures which, taken as a whole, are adequate
to give reasonable assurance over the achievement of its financial objectives, with the exception of those
areas of financial management over which authorising officers by delegation have expressed reservations in
their declarations of assurance.
(56) Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 on measures for the protection of the Union
budget against breaches of the principles of the rule of law in Hungary (OJ L 325, 20.12.2022, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2022/2506/oj).
2025 financial year
31
Based on the assurances and reservations in the annual activity reports and taking into
account the opinion of the internal auditor, the College of Commissioners adopts this
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial yearand
takes overall political responsibility for the management of the EU budget.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 16.6.2026
COM(2026) 824 final
ANNEXES 2 to 3
ANNEXES
to the
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE
COUNCIL AND THE COURT OF AUDITORS
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial year
3
Contents
ANNEX 2 – INTERNAL CONTROL AND FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ........................................................................ 5
1 Strong tools to manage the EU budget in a complex environment ................................................................................ 7
2. Cost-effective controls protecting the EU budget .................................................................................................................. 21
3. Management assurance ........................................................................................................................................................................... 53
4. Outlook for 2026 and beyond .............................................................................................................................................................. 59
ANNEX 3 – THE RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE FACILITY UNDER NEXTGENERATIONEU .............................. 61
1. The Recovery and Resilience Facility– an innovative and successful crisis response tool ........................... 63
2. Control results confirm the satisfactory fulfilment of all milestones and targets for payments
made in 2025 ................................................................................................................................................................................................. 68
4
Annex 2 – Internal control
and financial
management
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
7
1 Strong tools to manage the EU budget in
a complex environment
The European Commission must fulfil its crucial role in shaping and implementing the European Union’s
policies while making the best possible use of taxpayers’ money. It is therefore essential to ensure that EU
spending is effective, efficient and economical, while also complying with the applicable rules. The
Commission strives to achieve the highest standards of financial management while striking the right balance
between a low level of error, prompt payments and reasonable control costs.
1.1. The EU budget: a wide variety of areas, recipients and
spending in a complex environment
In 2025, the expenditure managed by the Commission amounted to EUR 166.7 billion (see figures below) (1).
This encompasses the share of the EU budget managed by the Commission, along with the European
Development Fund (2) and the EU trust funds. This expenditure was made through almost 328 000 payments,
ranging from a few hundred euro per beneficiary (for Erasmus+ mobility grants) to hundreds of millions of
euro (for large projects such as the ITER thermonuclear reactor or Galileo and Copernicus, along with
budgetary support for partner countries) and even billions of euro (for Member States under cohesion funds,
agricultural funds and the Recovery and Resilience Facility, or for Ukraine). This shows that the recipients of
EU funds are very diverse and numerous. This expenditure concerns both the 2014-2020 and the 2021-2027
programming periods. In 2025, the amount of the payments relating to the latter became higher than that of
the payments relating to the former.
Relevant expenditure of the EU budget implemented by the Commission in 2025, by policy area
Single market,
innovation and
digital
Cohesion,
resilience and
values
Natural
resources and
environment
Migration and
border
management
Security and
defence
Neighbourhood
and the world
E u ro
p e a n p
u b li c
a d m
in is
tr a ti
o n
E U
R 8
.9 b
ill io
n (
5 .3
% )
EUR 25.1 billion
(15.0%)
EUR 54.0 billion
(32.4%)
EUR 58.0 billion
(34.8%)
EUR 2.8 billion
(2.3%)
EUR 0.6 billion
(0.4%)
EUR 16.4 billion
(9.8%)
More than 4 300
Horizon Europe
grants were signed
in 2025, 19 500
cumulatively and
almost
EUR 53 billion of
EU contribution
since 2021.
Around 5 million
enterprises have
been supported
and almost
145 million people
have been covered
by improved
health services
since 2014.
Some 5.6 million
beneficiaries were
supported by
agricultural funds
under a variety of
different
interventions and
schemes in 2025.
Member States
received an
additional
allocation of
EUR 169.9 million
for the purchase
of equipment to be
used for border
surveillance.
Since 2021, the
European Defence
Fund has
supported 225
collaborative
projects focusing
on research and
development in
defence.
Sustainable
development,
stability, and
partnerships were
supported across
around 130 non-
EU countries
throughout the
world.
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
(1) The amount of the Commission’s relevant expenditure corresponds to the payments made in 2025 minus the pre-
financing paid out in 2025, plus the pre-financing paid out in previous years and cleared in 2025 (for definitions and more details, see Annex 5). This amount only includes the payments made from the EU budget.
(2) The European Development Fund has been incorporated into the EU’s general budget for the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
8
Under the EU budget, expenditure for which the management is shared between the Commission and Member
States (3) (especially expenditure on cohesion policy and agriculture) represents the biggest share of the total
expenditure. The rest of the budget was implemented either directly by the Commission or indirectly through
entrusted entities such as international organisations, the European Investment Bank and national
promotional banks. The table that follows describes the three management modes.
2025 expenditure from the EU budget by management mode
Examples
of programmes/spending
Other actors involved, in
cooperation with the Commission
Direct management
Funds are implemented by the Commission.
Horizon programmes; Connecting Europe Facility; administrative expenditure.
n/a (funding goes directly to the beneficiaries).
Indirect management
Funds are implemented in cooperation with entrusted entities.
Erasmus+; part of development and humanitarian aid; pre-accession assistance; external action.
Agencies; joint undertakings; United Nations; World Bank; European Investment Bank; European Bank for Reconstruction and Development; non-EU countries; etc.
Shared management
Funds are implemented in cooperation with Member States’ national and/or regional authorities, which have the first level of responsibility for budget implementation.
Agricultural funds; European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund; European Regional Development Fund; Cohesion Fund; European Social Fund and youth employment initiative; migration, border management and internal security funds.
Paying agencies for the common agricultural policy: 72; Managing authorities for the operational programmes for cohesion policy funds: 441, in all Member States for the 2014- 2020 programming period (380 for 2021-2027) Managing authorities for programmes for the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund (26) and the three Home Affairs Funds (39).
Source: European Commission draft annual accounts 2025 – Statement of financial performance.
(3) Under shared management, Member States’ bodies select projects, distribute funds and manage expenditure in
accordance with EU and national law and report back to the Commission about the results achieved.
35%
10%
55%
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
9
In addition, the Commission spent almost EUR 115.9 billion using the amounts borrowed on capital markets.
These funds are all implemented directly by the Commission. In 2025, the majority of these funds was used
for the Recovery and Resilience Facility, for both loans (EUR 47.2 billion) and non-repayable support
(EUR 33.2 billion). The remaining amounts were used for macro-financial assistance (MFA) loans to Ukraine
(EUR 18.1 billion) and Jordan (EUR 250 million), loans under the Reform and Growth Facilities for the Western
Balkans (EUR 184.4 million), the Republic of Moldova (EUR 288.9 million); and the Ukraine Facility
(EUR 10.1 billion). In addition, EUR 6.6 billion were used for non-repayable support under NextGenerationEU
other than the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Use of the amounts borrowed in 2025 on capital markets
(*) Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans, Reform and Growth Facility for Moldova and Macro Financial Assistance to Jordan.
Source: European Commission draft annual accounts 2025 – Statement of financial performance.
NextGenerationEU non-repayable support (other than Recovery and Resilience Facility)
29%
41%
15%
9%
0.62%
6%
Recovery and Resilience
Facility loans (NextGenerationEU)
Exceptional Revenue Acceleration MFA loan
Ukraine Facility (loans)
Recovery and Resilience Facility non-repayable support (NextGenerationEU)
Other (*)
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
10
1.2. A robust governance system underpinning the College’s
responsibility
As the authorising officer of the Commission, the College of Commissioners is politically responsible for the
management of the EU budget and thus accountable for the work of the Commission’s departments. The EU
budget’s governance is built on a clear division of responsibilities between the political and management
levels; an independent internal audit supported by the Audit Progress Committee, which includes external
experts; an independent accountant; a strong commitment to performance management and compliance with
the legal framework; transparency and high ethical standards; and transparent reporting.
The Commission’s governance system and chain of accountability are tailored to its unique model of
decentralised decision-making in budget implementation. The College of Commissioners delegates the day-to-
day operational management to 52 authorising officers by delegation (4), who manage and steer their
departments to deliver on the objectives in their strategic outlooks, taking into account available resources.
Each authorising officer by delegation is accountable for the share of the EU budget implemented in their
department.
In their annual activity reports, the authorising officers by delegation report in a transparent way on the
performance and results achieved, on the functioning of their internal control systems and on the financial
management of their share of the EU budget – taking account of the assurance provided by Member States
under shared management and the implementing partners under indirect management. Each annual activity
report contains a declaration of assurance. It may be qualified with a reservation if an authorising officer by
delegation identifies weaknesses with a significant impact.
The annual management and performance report synthesises the annual results for the EU budget at the
Commission level, on the basis of the assurance and reservations contained in all the annual activity reports.
This report is part of the Commission’s integrated financial and accountability reporting package, which is
adopted by the College of Commissioners (5).
The ensuing annual budgetary discharge procedure allows the European Parliament and the Council of the
European Union to hold the Commission politically responsible for the implementation of the EU budget. The
Parliament’s decision takes into consideration the Commission’s integrated financial and accountability
reporting; the annual and special reports of the Court of Auditors, along with the latter’s statement of
assurance on the reliability of the accounts and the legality and regularity of underlying transactions; the
hearings of Commissioners and Directors-General; and a recommendation from the Council.
These robust governance arrangements help the College of Commissioners to deliver on the Commission’s
objectives, to use resources efficiently and effectively and to ensure that the EU budget is implemented in
accordance with the principles of sound financial management. An overview is presented in the chart below.
(4) The term ‘authorising officers by delegation’ covers Directors-General of the Commission and heads of executive
agencies, offices, services, task forces, etc. Article 74(1) of the Financial Regulation (Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 23 September 2024 on the financial rules applicable to the general budget of the Union (OJ L, 2024/2509, 26.9.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/2509/oj)) states that ‘The authorising officer shall be responsible in the Union institution concerned for implementing revenue and expenditure in accordance with the principle of sound financial management, including through ensuring reporting on performance, and for ensuring compliance with the requirements of legality and regularity and equal treatment of recipients.’
(5) As required by Article 253 of the Financial Regulation, the integrated financial and accountability reporting package also includes the final consolidated annual accounts of the EU, the report on the follow-up to the budgetary discharge for the previous financial year, the annual report to the discharge authority on internal audits carried out and the long-term forecast of future inflows and outflows of the EU budget covering the next five years.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
11
M a n a g em
en t
co n tr
o l
P o lit
ic a l r
es po
n si
b ili
ty
A n n u a l re
po rt
S ta
te m
en t
o f
a ss
u ra
n ce
S pe
ci a l r
ep o rt
s re
la ti
n g t
o
b u d g et
D is
ch a rg
e
o f
y e a r
n
C o rp
o ra
te
M a n a g e m
e n t
B o a rd
O ve
rs ig
h t
(* )
In te
g ra
te d f
in a n ci
a l
a n d a
cc o u n ta
b il it
y r
e p o rt
in g :
E u ro
p e a n
C o u rt
o f
A u d it
o rs
G u id
a n ce
a n d
su pp
o rt
A ss
u ra
n ce
— co
n so
lid a te
d a
n n u a l a
cc o u n ts
o f
th e
E u ro
pe a n U
n io
n ;
— a n n u a l m
a n a g em
en t a n d p
er fo
rm a n ce
r ep
o rt
;
— a n n u a l i
n te
rn a l a
u d it
r ep
o rt
;
E u ro
p e a n
P a rl
ia m
e n t
a n d C
o u n ci
l
D is
ch a rg
e
In te
g ra
te d f
in a n ci
a l
a n d a
cc o u n ta
b il it
y
re p o rt
in g (
*)
C o ll
e g e o
f C o m
m is
si o n e rs
A
u th
o ri
si n g o
ff ic
e r
A n n u a l
a ct
iv it
y
re p o rt
s
C on
so lid
a te
d
a n n u a l a cc
o u n ts
o f
th e
E u ro
pe a n U
n io
n
E u ro
p e a n
C o m
m is
si o n
A cc
o u n ti
n g
O ff
ic e r
E u ro
p e a n
C o m
m is
si o n
A u d it
P ro
g re
ss
C o m
m it
te e
E u ro
p e a n
C o m
m is
si o n
In te
rn a l A
u d it
S e rv
ic e
A ss
u ra
n ce
a n d
co n su
lt a n cy
E u ro
p e a n
C o m
m is
si o n
ce n tr
a l se
rv ic
e s
D ir
ec to
rs -G
en er
a l
A ut
ho ri
si ng
o ff
ic er
s by
d el
eg a
ti on
M a n a g em
en t
re sp
o n si
b ili
ty a
n d
a cc
o u n ta
b ili
ty
D ir
e ct
o rs
R is
k m
a n a g em
en t
a n d
in te
rn a l c
o n tr
o l
U n it
s/ d ir
e ct
o ra
te s
A ss
u ra
n ce
f ro
m
M e m
b e r
S ta
te s
a n d
e n tr
u st
e d e
n ti
ti e s
S h a re
d a
n d in
d ir
ec t
m a n a g em
en tA
ss u ra
n ce
p a ck
a g es
— lo
n g -t
er m
f o re
ca st
o f
fu tu
re i n fl
o w
s a n d o
u tf
lo w
s;
— re
po rt
o n t
h e
fo llo
w -u
p to
t h e
d is
ch a rg
e.
Ti m
el in
e Y ea
r n
Y ea
r n +
1 Y ea
r n +
2
M a n a g em
en t, in
te rn
a l c
o n tr
o l
a n d r
is k
m a n a g em
en t
In te
rn a l a
u d it
A cc
o u n ta
n t
E xt
er n a l a
u d it
D is
ch a rg
e
R is
k m
a n a g em
en t
o f
E U
f in
a n ci
a l
o pe
ra ti
o n s
E u ro
p e a n
C o m
m is
si o n C
h ie
f R
is k O
ff ic
e r
Th e C
o m
m is
si o n ’s
a ss
u ra
n ce
-b u il d in
g a
n d a
cc o u n ta
b il it
y fo
r th
e E U
b u d g e t:
c le
a r
ro le
s a n d r
e sp
o n si
b ili
ti e s
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
12
1.3. A mature internal control framework contributing
to the achievement of the Commission’s objectives in an
evolving environment
1.3.1. A mature internal control framework continually adjusted to
address minor weaknesses
The Commission relies on a strong corporate internal control framework based on the highest
international standards. It also employs a robust risk management policy to identify, assess and manage
risks at every level of the organisation, in order to provide assurance about the achievement of its objectives.
In 2025, the Commission continued to ensure that the amounts allocated from the EU budget were invested
for their intended purpose in strict compliance with the financial rules, in order to minimise, detect and
prevent errors, avoid double funding, prevent fraud, enhance transparency and pave the way to the discharge.
Overall, in 2025, the Commission departments concluded that the internal control principles
underlying their internal control systems were present and working as intended, and stable over
the years (see graph below), even if minor improvements are needed in some areas. This overall
assessment confirmed that the Commission departments had continued their efforts to address the
deficiencies in their internal control systems identified in 2024. Progress made in 2025 resulted from, among
other things, the improvement of local strategies in various areas (e.g. human resources, anti-fraud),
increased participation in learning activities, the adoption of business continuity plans and relocation plans,
and the improvement of the quality of information provided on local intranets.
Assessment of the functioning of the components and internal control principles (*)
(*) The number of Commission departments reporting that internal control components and principles were upheld and functioned
properly in 2023, 2024 and 2025.
Source: European Commission annual activity reports.
15
35
1 0
18
32
1 0
27 25
0 0 0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Effective and functioning as intended
Effective and functioning, some improvements needed
Partially effective Not effective
Annual activity report 2023 Annual activity report 2024 Annual activity report 2025Annual activity report 2025Annual activity report 2023 Annual activity report 20 4
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
13
Commission departments, with the support of the Central Financial Service, continued to
enhance, update and fine-tune their internal control systems where necessary. For some internal
control principles, improvements are still needed, corresponding mostly to minor deficiencies. Similarly to
previous years, partial effectiveness is often related to external factors. This assessment is inherent to the
unstable political situation in certain non-EU countries and regions where operations are taking place. This
heightened volatility prevents the full implementation of standard monitoring, evaluation and control
activities without discontinuing the urgent and essential delivery of financial assistance. Most of the time,
partial effectiveness was detected by audits (internal or external) and led to audit recommendations for which
action plans have been developed and implementation has already started but is not yet completed. The
departments concerned and the areas for improvement vary from one year to another. This is why variations
over the years at the Commission level remain marginal. An overview can be found in the assurance provided
by the Internal Audit Service in Volume III, Annex 6.
1.3.2. Progress in the Commission’s digital transformation
Against a backdrop of unprecedented challenges, the Commission’s digital transformation is moving forward
by continuing to develop more efficient corporate information technology tools to increase the efficiency of
its business processes and offering increasing data management and reporting capabilities.
In 2025, in line with the EU’s digital strategy, the Commission continued to implement and deploy its new
corporate financial platform, SUMMA. This was an important milestone in the business-driven digital
transformation of the Commission. It was a change and an update of an unprecedented order of magnitude
(see box below).
SUMMA – the Commission’s new corporate financial platform
The platform went live in the Commission departments and executive agencies in January 2025, fully
replacing the former central accounting, budgetary and treasury system. In January 2026, the
European External Action Service and 22 decentralised EU agencies also started to use SUMMA. By
2027, SUMMA will be further deployed to each of the 27 entities still using the previous financial
system, and to the Joint Sickness Insurance Scheme and the European Development Fund.
SUMMA is a modern financial system that is designed in close cooperation with the business owners,
based on the best industry standards and fully integrated into the Commission’s corporate information
technology landscape. Its integration with the main corporate and local systems increased the overall
level of automation of the Commission’s operations.
SUMMA is an important source for the central data and reporting hub, which designs and delivers
modern reporting solutions, from interactive dashboards to corporate reports, for a wide range of
stakeholders: the Commission, the executive agencies and other bodies, institutions and decentralised
agencies. The reporting hub makes the financial data clear, reliable and easy to use. The data and
reporting hub also provides planning and forecasting solutions, allowing the EU entities to better
programme their expenditure.
The SUMMA program has a strong governance framework and uses a thorough quality assurance
system, based on regular tests on SUMMA processes and integrations.
Overall, SUMMA offers a significant increase in business efficiency, along with flexibility through
integrated real-time analytics and decreased costs relating to ownership and future maintenance.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
14
1.3.3. An enhanced framework for the risk management of financial
operations
Since the NextGenerationEU borrowing programme was launched at the end of 2021, the EU’s
financial operations have expanded significantly in volume and in scope to address emerging
challenges. Budgetary guarantees and loans to achieve the EU’s policy objectives, funded through the
issuance of debt securities, have been used on a large scale to tackle emerging challenges and successive
crises. The Commission completed its funding programme for 2025, raising a total of EUR 155 billion over the
course of the year. The 2025 issuance brought the total outstanding amount of EU bonds to EUR 560 billion
by year end, with EUR 78.5 billion issued in the form of NextGenerationEU green bonds.
In this context, the Commission has appointed a Chief Risk Officer to devise, develop and
implement an appropriate risk management and compliance framework to protect the EU’s
financial interests and to ensure that the various risks stemming from the borrowing operations are
adequately identified, managed and mitigated in a timely manner. This framework has been continually
enhanced by putting in place processes, control points and risk oversight across all the core borrowing and
lending activities, including funding planning, the execution of borrowing transactions, liquidity management,
cost calculation and allocation.
Taking into account the increased complexities and scale of all EU financial operations, the
Commission needed to evolve quickly towards a more comprehensive and sophisticated risk
management framework, aligned with best practices in the industry. This was achieved at the
beginning of 2025 by extending the Chief Risk Officer’s role beyond the EU’s borrowing and related lending
and debt management operations to asset management operations, budgetary guarantees and financial
assistance for non-EU countries (6). In line with best practices, the Commission has implemented the ‘three
lines of defence’ risk management model:
• the first line of defence is composed of the directorates-general responsible for the EU’s financial
operations in accordance with the Financial Regulation, which should implement sound financial risk
management processes, ensure compliance with the risk management framework and report any
deviations;
• the Chief Risk Officer acts as the second line of defence at the corporate level, and is responsible for
establishing a common financial risk management framework for all of the EU’s financial operations and
for independent risk assessment and reporting;
• the third line of defence is the Internal Audit Service, which exercises its role in accordance with
Article 118 of the Financial Regulation.
The Commission is now developing the framework governing financial risk management and compliance for
the various categories of the EU’s financial operations. This framework will ensure consistent and harmonised
risk approaches across Commission services. The policies will ensure alignment with international standards
by adopting best practices for risk measurement and monitoring.
The Commission is now developing the framework governing financial risk management and compliance for
the various categories of the EU’s financial operations. This framework will ensure consistent and harmonised
risk approaches across Commission services. The policies will ensure alignment with international standards
by adopting best practices for risk measurement and monitoring.
(6) Commission Decision (EU, Euratom) 2025/369 of 21 February 2025 establishing the role of the Chief Risk Officer
overseeing the financial risks arising from the Union’s financial operations (OJ L, 2025/369, 25.2.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec/2025/369/oj).
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
15
1.4. Multiannual control strategies to ensure that expenditure
is legal and regular
Authorising officers, as managers of the EU budget, put in place multiannual control strategies
to prevent, detect and correct errors. In line with their responsibility to carry out individual payments,
they need to build their assurance from the bottom up and in detail (i.e. by programme or other relevant
segment of expenditure). This allows the Commission to detect weaknesses and errors in a detailed and
differentiated manner for each programme or segment of expenditure; to identify the root causes of systemic
errors (e.g. the complexity of rules in certain policy areas, such as research or cohesion); to take targeted and
proportionate corrective measures; and to ensure that lessons learned are used to improve the management
and control systems and the design of future financial programmes.
EU spending programmes are multiannual by design, and so are the related control strategies.
This implies that the detection and correction of errors may take place continuously, until programme closure.
Moreover, the control strategies are risk differentiated (i.e. they are adjusted to the characteristics and risks
associated with different management modes, actors involved, policy areas and/or funding arrangements).
Control strategies usually entail preventive controls (ex ante controls) carried out before the Commission
payment takes place and corrective controls (ex post controls) carried out after the payment has been made.
The current approach for cost-based expenditure, and for expenditure where an error rate is determined, is
presented in the visual below. The Commission’s key preventive and corrective mechanisms are detailed in
Volume III, Annex 5.
The European Commission’s multiannual control cycle
Source: European Commission.
All management modes European Commission
• Commission departments and executive agencies
Direct management
European Commission
Shared management Member States
Indirect management
Entrusted entities
• Paying agencies / managing authorities
• Certification bodies / audit authorities
• Commission departments and executive agencies
• International organisations
• Non-EU countries
• Decentralised agencies
• Joint undertakings
PREVENTION
Ex ante
adjustments Ex post controls
Recoveries
and corrections Payments
End of
programme life
cycle
Ex ante controls
DETECTION AND CORRECTION
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
16
For cost-based instruments, risk at payment and risk at closure are determined at different
points in time, as explained in the visual below.
Risk at payment and risk at closure
Source: European Commission.
For additional information regarding the 2025 risk at payment and at closure, see Section 2.1 below and
Volume III, Annex 5, Sections 5.1 and 5.2.
For performance-based payments, the sequence of controls remains similar to the one described
above but there is no calculation of a risk at payment and risk at closure. For expenditure under the
new delivery model for the 2023-2027 common agricultural policy, there is a focus on the functioning of the
systems in place in the Member States and systems audits, both from the national audit authorities (7) and
from the Commission. For the expenditure under the Ukraine Facility, given the early stage in the life cycle of
the instrument and the progress already made in its implementation, and taking into account the situation on
the ground, the assessment is mainly based on ex ante desk reviews. Similar to cost-based instruments, the
controls continue to result in adjustments and corrections, be they before the payment is made with
suspensions and reductions or after the payment is made with financial corrections and recoveries.
Regarding the other funding programmes for the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework,
given the acceleration in payments in 2025, the Commission is now able to implement fully its
control strategies. More payments mean more transactions to sample for auditing and thus less need to
resort to flat rates, but also the possibility to rely on audit results for the error rates, which become more
accurate, keeping a conservative approach.
(7) Certification bodies in the case of agriculture.
Risk at payment Risk at closure Estimated future
corrections =-
Closest to the Court of Auditors’
estimated level of error
Ex post controls Recoveries and corrections End of programme life cycle
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
17
1.5. Fight against fraud: the Commission’s anti-fraud strategy
and further proposals
1.5.1. Implementation of the Commission’s anti-fraud strategy
action plan
The Commission has zero tolerance for fraud. Pursuant to Article 325 of the Treaty on the Functioning
of the European Union, the Commission and the Member States protect the EU budget from fraud and other
illegal activities.
Throughout 2025, Commission services and the European Anti-Fraud Office made progress in the
implementation of the action plan accompanying the Commission anti-fraud strategy (8) from
2019. The strategy plays a significant role in preventing the possible misuse of EU money. It is accompanied
by an action plan, revised in 2023 (9), including 44 measures under seven themes that cover the
Commission’s priorities in fighting fraud. The target date for the different measures varies from 2023 to
2026, but for the majority the implementation is ‘done’, or ‘done and continuous’. The European Anti-Fraud
Office further supported Commission services in the design of their anti-fraud strategies and continued
sharing the latest developments on anti-fraud policy within the Fraud Prevention and Detection Network.
During the year, the European Anti-Fraud Office advanced its strategic analytical work, which is used to
feed into Commission departments’ and Member States’ fraud risk assessments, notably through analyses of
the detection and reporting of irregularities and fraud in different sectors and of the impact of and
vulnerability to fraud in the various areas of the cohesion policy.
The European Anti-Fraud Office has engaged with national authorities to improve the reporting
of irregularities and fraud, and provided strategic analysis to feed into Commission
departments’ and Member States’ fraud risk assessments. The European Anti-Fraud Office continued
engaging with Member States, both in the context of the Advisory Committee for the Coordination of Fraud
Prevention and by providing on-demand support to their anti-fraud activities, including to candidate countries,
such as Ukraine. The 2024 annual report on the protection of EU’s financial interests (10) included an updated
qualitative assessment of the national anti-fraud strategies.
As a result of its investigative work, in 2025 the European Anti-Fraud Office recommended
EUR 597 million for recovery, and that EUR 18.1 million be prevented from being unduly spent. The European
Anti-Fraud Office reports on its investigative activities in its annual report (11).
(8) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social
Committee, the Committee of the Regions and the Court of Auditors – Commission anti-fraud strategy action plan – 2023 revision, COM(2023) 405 final of 11 July 2023, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/ALL/?uri=CELEX:52023DC0405.
(9) Commission staff working document – Action plan – 2023 revision, SWD(2023) 245 final of 11 July 2023, https://eur- lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52023SC0245&qid=1747126601079.
(10) Report from the Commission to the Council and the European Parliament – 36th annual report on the protection of the European Union’s financial interests and the fight against fraud – 2024, COM(2025) 426 final of 25 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025DC0426&qid=1778508410193.
(11) European Commission: European Anti-Fraud Office, ‘Annual OLAF reports’, European Commission website, https://anti- fraud.ec.europa.eu/about-us/reports/annual-olaf-reports_en.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
18
Review of EU anti-fraud architecture
In July 2025, the Commission launched a review of the EU anti-fraud architecture (12). This anti-
fraud review aims to promote efficiency at every stage of the anti-fraud cycle, supporting complementarity
between anti-fraud actors in the prevention, detection, investigation, correction and prosecution of fraud and
the more efficient and effective recovery of amounts for the EU budget. The White Paper also invited
stakeholders and anti-fraud architecture actors to contribute to the review. The outcome of the review will
be presented in 2026 and may be accompanied by legislative proposals.
Early detection and exclusion system
In 2025, building on the novelties introduced by the 2024 Financial Regulation, the Commission intensified
its efforts to promote the early detection and exclusion system – a key tool in safeguarding the EU's
financial interests against fraud, corruption and other forms of misconduct, such as breaches of conflict-of-
interest rules or incitement to hatred and discrimination. This included awareness-raising activities addressed
to all EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies. This also led to a more harmonised application of the early
detection and exclusion system framework and scrutiny of exclusion situations across services. In addition, in
2025, the rules of procedure of the early detection and exclusion system panel were revised to accelerate
authorising officers’ decisions and improve the overall efficiency of the system.
1.5.2. Ensuring cybersecurity
Security, safety, cybersecurity and business continuity are very high on the Commission’s
agenda. In 2024-2025, the Commission launched and ran the ‘Be prepared’ campaign, the internal
flagship initiative to raise staff awareness of these issues. Leveraging the ‘Be prepared’ tips sent to all staff
of the Commission, the ‘Be prepared’ snap visuals shown on screens across Commission buildings, the ‘Be
prepared’ roadshows and the ‘Be prepared’ dedicated initiatives, the horizontal services in charge of security,
safety, cybersecurity and business continuity raise the contextual awareness of Commission staff on specific
relevant matters in these four areas. Building on the successful results, the campaign has been extended to
the 2026-2027 period, further promoting active and dynamic engagement with staff.
As regards cybersecurity, attacks against the Commission have been contained successfully and
the impact of incidents has been limited successfully. The Commission continues to be an attractive
target for cyber-threat actors in the current geopolitical context and threat landscape, which is characterised
by the exploitation of technical and human vulnerabilities in increasingly sophisticated ways. In this context,
the Commission continuously invests in improving its cybersecurity posture and evolving its threat
intelligence, detection and response capabilities.
As required by the regulation on cybersecurity at the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the EU (13),
the Commission established an initial cybersecurity review, ran the maturity assessment and reported on its
cybersecurity plan, building on the internal existing cybersecurity governance, monitoring and reporting
framework, and the corporate cybersecurity strategy. The implementation of the first complete cycle of
reporting required by the regulation contributed to the establishment of a comprehensive and binding
framework to ensure a high common level of cybersecurity across the EU entities, including obligations on
governance, risk management, incident reporting and cooperation.
(12) White Paper for the anti-fraud architecture review, COM(2025) 546 final of 16 July 2025, https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025DC0546. (13) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2023/2841 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 December 2023 laying
down measures for a high common level of cybersecurity at the institutions, bodies, offices and agencies of the Union (OJ L, 2023/2841, 18.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2023/2841/oj), which entered into force in January 2024.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
19
In the current geopolitical context, digital sovereignty also emerges as a critical area. In
November 2025, the Commission’s corporate information technology governance body endorsed a digital
sovereignty action plan, which aims to increase control over the Commission’s own digital assets. The action
plan was proactively shared through the Interinstitutional Committee for Digital Transformation, to serve as a
reference for other EU institutions that retain administrative autonomy for their own digital choices.
The Commission is actively promoting European leadership, innovation and strategic autonomy,
and has already taken steps to reduce reliance on non-EU providers for critical infrastructure, to
increase resilience and to safeguard competitiveness. In October 2025, the Commission launched a
EUR 180 million sovereign cloud tender to be awarded under a new cloud sovereignty framework. By
embedding sovereignty considerations into its information technology procurement procedures and
establishing a benchmark for sovereign use of cloud services, the Commission contributes to shaping market
practices that support sovereign solutions and leads by example with regard to the Member States.
1.6. Other tools to ensure the protection of the EU’s
financial interests
1.6.1. Conditionality regime
Since 2021, the regulation on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the EU
budget (14) (Conditionality Regulation) has protected the budget from breaches of the principles
of the rule of law that affect or seriously risk affecting the financial interests of the EU in a sufficiently
direct way. The Conditionality Regulation complements other procedures established by EU legislation for the
protection of the EU budget. The validity of the Conditionality Regulation was fully upheld by the Court of
Justice of the European Union in two judgments from 2022 (15). Following those judgments, the Commission
adopted its guidelines on the application of the Conditionality Regulation (16). Since then, the Commission has
been monitoring the situation across all Member States under the Conditionality Regulation and will trigger
the procedure under the regulation if all its conditions are fulfilled.
At the end of 2022, one procedure was launched, concerning Hungary. The Council decided to
suspend 55% of the budgetary commitments for three programmes (17) under cohesion policy, corresponding
to an amount of approximately EUR 6.4 billion for the 2021-2027 period, and prohibited the Commission
from entering into new legal commitments with public-interest trusts or entities maintained by them (many of
which are universities) under any EU programme directly or indirectly managed by the Commission.
The prohibition regarding the second measure has been challenged before the General Court (the case is still
pending).
(14) Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2020 on a
general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ L 433, 22.12.2020, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2020/2092/oj), which entered into force on 1 January 2021.
(15) See judgments of the Court of Justice of 16 February 2022, Hungary v Parliament and Council, C-156/21, ECLI:EU:C:2022:97, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A62021CJ0156&qid=1778574960258 and Poland v Parliament and Council, C- 157/21, ECLI:EU:C:2022:98, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A62021CJ0157&qid=1778575036967.
(16) Communication from the Commission – Guidelines on the application of the Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2020/2092 on a general regime of conditionality for the protection of the Union budget (OJ C 123, 18.3.2022, p. 1, https://eur- lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX:52022XC0318(02)).
(17) The environmental and energy efficiency operational programme plus, the integrated transport operational programme plus and the territorial and settlement development operational programme plus.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
20
In 2025, the Commission continued to monitor the situation in all Member States and protective
measures remained in place as regards Hungary. The Commission reassessed the situation for Hungary
at the end of 2023 at its own initiative, and at the end of 2024 following a written notification from Hungary
on remedial measures to address the outstanding concerns. Each time, it concluded that the EU budget
remained at the same level of risk and did not propose any lifting or adaptation of the protective measures. In
2025, Hungary did not notify new remedial measures to address the issues identified by the Council. Further
details can be found in the annual rule-of-law report (18).
1.6.2. Use of the single data-mining and risk-scoring tool – Arachne
The Financial Regulation (recast), adopted in September 2024, requires a modernised data-mining and risk-
scoring tool, to be used in all management modes. The existing data-mining and risk-scoring tool, Arachne, on
which the future tool will be based, is already used by Commission services and by a number of Member
States on a voluntary basis in shared management and for the Recovery and Resilience Facility. An expert
group was established with Member States in 2025 with a view to assessing the readiness of that tool, for
which compulsory data feeding will be required from all Member States as from the next programming
period, starting in 2028. Based on that assessment, the possibility to make the use of the tool by Member
States compulsory may be discussed again by the co-legislators.
(18) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘2025 rule of law report – Communication and
country chapters’, European Commission website, https://commission.europa.eu/publications/2025-rule-law-report- communication-and-country-chapters_en.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
21
2. Cost-effective controls protecting the
EU budget
In line with Article 33 of the Financial Regulation, to ensure that controls remain cost-effective, the
Commission aims to strike the right balance between the following.
• Effectiveness. The level of error found, based on the
controls carried out, which allows the expenditure to be
grouped into different risk categories.
• Efficiency. The average time taken to make a payment.
Beyond this, the Commission is also constantly looking for
and developing new ways to increase efficiency, notably by
creating synergies wherever possible.
• Economy. The proportionality between the costs of controls
and the funds managed.
Cost-effectiveness is obtained through differentiation of the controls: riskier areas trigger a higher level of
scrutiny and/or frequency and intensity of controls, whereas low-risk areas should result in less-intensive,
less-costly and less-burdensome controls. Other ways to ensure the cost-effectiveness of controls include
reducing the risk of errors through simplified rules and processes, such as simplified cost options (i.e. lump
sums, flat rates and unit costs), cross-reliance on existing assessments, and audits and controls performed by
other entities and achieving economies of scale by pooling the control functions.
In line with the principle of sound financial management, more instruments are using the progress in the
achievement of objectives, monitored with performance indicators, as a triggering factor for the payment of
EU funds. This requires the adjustment of controls and a different approach to building the assurance.
ECONOMY EFFICIENCY
EFFECTIVENESS
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
22
2.1. The Commission’s control results confirm that the EU budget
is well protected
2.1.1. Overall results for 2025
With the increasing share of performance-based expenditure – most of the common
agricultural policy expenditure since 2024 and the expenditure under the Ukraine,
Western Balkans and Moldova facilities since 2025 – the Commission presents the
control results at the level of individual multiannual financial framework headings. For
the entire EU budget, expenditure is presented for each category of risk: low, medium
and high.
For cost-based and compliance-based payments, the Commission considers that the budget is
effectively protected when, at the latest by the closure of the programmes (i.e. when all
controls, corrections and recoveries have been implemented), the risk at closure is below 2%.
This is the same materiality threshold as used by the Court of Auditors. For more details on these concepts
and the methodology used to determine these estimates, along with the control results for each policy area,
see Volume III, Annex 5. Based on the audits and controls carried out, each year the Commission departments
estimate the level of risk for the legality and regularity of EU spending at two stages of the multiannual
control cycle: at payment and at closure of the programmes.
Source: European Commission.
Until 2023, this was the only indicator used to measure the level of protection of the EU budget, and it was
also used for the entire Commission. This indicator continues to be applied for those headings under which
payments are cost based and compliance based, thus for 2025 headings 1, 2, 4, 5 and 7.
Risk at payment
At the moment of payment (before
corrections are made)
Risk at closure
Remaining level of error at the end of the
programme (once all corrections have taken place)
Estimated future financial corrections and
recoveries
Corrections from payment until the end
of the programme
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
23
Overview of risk at payment and risk at closure for cost- and compliance-based expenditure
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
For instruments where expenditure is performance based, a qualitative assessment is made
allowing the share of expenditure in each category of (risk, low, medium and high) to be
determined. This concerned the following headings.
• Natural resources and environment. Since 2024, with the new delivery model under the 2023-2027
common agricultural policy, the focus has been on performance, based on the achievement of results,
and on the proper functioning of the governance systems in the Member States. As Member States no
longer report to the Commission on control statistics at the beneficiary level, a risk at payment and risk
at closure cannot be determined. Instead, the corresponding expenditure is grouped into three categories
of risk (low, medium and high), based on the assessment of the functioning of the systems in place in
the Member States to ensure the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions, along with the
quality of performance results and progress made on the performance part. For instance, if a system is
assessed as functioning well, all expenditure made through that system will be considered low risk.
Controls carried out continue to result in suspensions, reductions, financial corrections and recoveries.
2.1%
1.7%
2.3%
0.8%
Heading 1 Single market,
innovation and digital
1.1%
1.0%
1.7%
1.7%
2.8%
2.6%
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
Materiality
Heading 2 Cohesion, resilience
and values
Heading 4 Migration
and border management
Heading 5 Security
and defence
0.5%
0.5%
Heading 7 European public administration
Risk at payment Risk at closure
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
24
• Neighbourhood and the world. Since 2025, regarding the Ukraine (19), Western Balkans and Moldova
facilities, expenditure has been considered performance based, given that payments are made once
predefined steps (equivalent to milestones and targets) are satisfactorily fulfilled. For the assurance, the
Commission makes a qualitative assessment of the satisfactory fulfilment of the steps submitted for
payment. This qualitative assessment is difficult to translate into quantitative terms with an error rate. In
addition, the investments and reforms included in the beneficiary countries’ plans are very diverse, which
hinders statistical extrapolation. In this context, a meaningful error rate cannot be determined. Here as
well, expenditure is grouped into three categories of risk (low, medium and high), based on the
assessment of the level of risk of the steps associated with the payment made, complemented by the
result of ex ante and ex post controls (20). For instance, if a step relates to the adoption of a reform, it is
usually considered low risk, and the amount paid corresponding to that step is also considered low risk.
See more details in Section 2.1.2, under ‘Heading 6 – neighbourhood and the world’. As foreseen in the
regulation, controls will result in suspensions, reductions, financial corrections and recoveries when errors
are identified or in cases of serious breaches of the beneficiaries’ obligations.
Consequently, control results are reported per heading, some with risk at payment and risk at closure, some
with share of low, medium and high-risk expenditure. This latter presentation is also used to the EU
expenditure as a whole.
For 2025, all headings managed under the cost-based and compliance-based payment
delivery model have a risk at at closure below 2%. For the heading on natural resources
and environment, the share of low-risk payments is 64%, in line with the range for the
period 2020 - 2024 (50.6% to 77.6%). For the heading on neighbourhood and the world,
the share of low-risk payments is 89.6%, in line with the range for the period
2020 - 2024 (from 76.6% to 100%). The corresponding expenditure is thus well
protected.
For the single market, innovation and digital and the cohesion, resilience and values
headings, the risk at payment is above 2% and the risk at closure below 2%. For these
headings, the Commission is continuing its efforts to further reduce the level of risk at
the time of payment. Since the risk at closure is below 2%, this means that the
corresponding expenditure is ultimately well protected thanks to the efforts of the
Commission (and Member States) after payment, through controls and ensuing
corrections.
(19) The Ukraine Facility started in 2024 but, for that year, the same error rate as that for budget support has been
applied to the payments made under the EU budget which amounted to EUR 3 billion. The approach was changed in 2025 to align it with the one applied to the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
(20) Given the relatively early stage of implementation of the facilities, and the nature of the steps submitted for payment to this point, ex post controls have not yet taken place.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
25
To allow for comparability and to have an overview, the information is presented below per risk category (low,
medium or high) for each heading (see Section 2.1.2) and for the entire Commission.
Overview of expenditure per risk category for the entire Commission
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
Preventive and corrective measures
This new approach to assurance on performance-based payments has no impact on preventive and corrective
measures that continue to be applied.
Total preventive and corrective measures (Commission and Member States): EUR 9.0 billion
(2024: EUR 2.7 billion).
This increase relates to cohesion policy funds and is mostly due to the corrections made to the 2014-
2020 programmes, for which final accounts were submitted and taken into account in the financial
year 2025.
See Section 2.1.3 below, heading ‘cohesion, resilience and values’, and Volume III, Annex 5, Section 5.4
for more details.
Reservations: 32 (18 in 2024), of which 30 related to expenditure from the EU budget with a total
financial impact of EUR 867 million (17 and EUR 330.9 million in 2024) and two related to expenditure
from the Resilience and Recovery Facility with a financial impact of EUR 343 million (EUR 17.5 million
in 2024).
See Section 3.1 below and Volume III, Annex 5, Section 5.3 for more details.
66.5%
54.7%
58.6%
9.2%
24.5%
25.2%
24.2%
20.8%
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
16.2%
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
26
2.1.2. Control results by lower-, medium- and higher-risk programme
segments
The Commission has reliable, evidence-based information showing the diversified situation of
the funds it manages. It identifies which programmes or segments of expenditure are higher risk, allowing
it to efficiently provide its support and address specific weaknesses even for policies that are generally lower
risk, such as the common agricultural policy.
For cost-based expenditure, the split between the categories of risk is based on the risk at
payment (i.e. before any future correction is implemented): lower risk – risk at payment below 2.0%; medium
risk – risk at payment between 2.0% and 2.5%; and higher risk – risk at payment above 2.5%. For cohesion,
this analysis is also applied at the level of the individual programmes in the Member States.
Performance-based expenditure is directly split between the low-, medium- and high-risk
categories according to the assessment made based on methodologies tailored to the means of
payment. For expenditure under the new delivery model of the 2023-2027 common agricultural policy, this
is based on the assessment of the functioning of the systems in the paying agencies, at the intervention level.
For expenditure under the facilities, this is based on the risk assessment of the milestones and targets (steps)
submitted for payment. As a result, the new approach maintains or even increases the granularity: in the case
of the common agricultural policy, because information on the weaknesses and deficiencies is at a level lower
than paying-agency level; in the case of the facilities, because the information is at the level of each
individual payment.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
27
The European Commission’s categorisation of expenditure into lower-, medium- and higher-risk
segments, as a percentage of the total relevant expenditure for 2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
28
In 2025, the relevant expenditure decreased from EUR 179 billion in 2024 to EUR 166.7 billion in 2025. The
share of the respective lower-, medium-, or higher-risk segments remained stable overall, with some changes
in the components.
• Lower risk. Expenditure in this category amounted to EUR 97.6 billion in 2025, representing 58.6% of
the total expenditure (54.7% in 2024). This increase is due to the fact that, under the 2021–2027
programming period, many cohesion programmes present low error rates, since the initial amounts of
expenditure declared are generally less error-prone compared to expenditure declared at later stages of
implementation.
As in previous years, this lower-risk category also includes the majority of expenditure managed under
the new common agricultural policy delivery model (amounting to more than EUR 31.5 billion,
corresponding to 2 188 interventions with a governance system assessed as functioning well out of a
total of 2 865).
It also includes expenditure managed by 49 out of 68 paying agencies and by the United Kingdom for
rural development; most of the expenditure implemented under shared management in the maritime
affairs and fisheries areas; and expenditure relating to the Connecting Europe Facility – transport
programme for the 2014-2020 period, Erasmus+, the Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions, Horizon Europe
financial instruments, the vast majority of contributions to other EU bodies and international
organisations (e.g. the European Union Agency for the Space Programme, the European Joint Undertaking
for ITER and the Development of Fusion Energy and the European Space Agency), 87.6% of the Asylum,
Migration and Integration Fund, 83.7% of the Internal Security Fund, humanitarian aid, expenditure in the
neighbourhood and the world policy area (89.6% of the total expenditure of that heading), and
administrative expenditure in general.
• Medium risk. Expenditure in this category amounted to EUR 42.0 billion in 2025, or 25.2% of the total
expenditure, compared to EUR 43.9 billion in 2024, or 24.5%. This apparent overall stability is explained
by an increase in expenditure under the new common agricultural policy delivery model allocated to this
category of risk (from EUR 4.7 billion in 2024 to EUR 11.2 billion in 2025), along with a higher share of
governance systems being assessed as partially functioning (448 out of 2 865 in 2025 compared to 152
out of 1 526 in 2024), which is largely offset by a decrease in expenditure under cohesion considered in
this category due to error rates below 2%.
This category also included expenditure in research and innovation, in particular grants under Connecting
Europe Facility – transport programme for the 2021-2027 period, along with other expenditure related to
the common agricultural policy, such as market measures and rural development measures.
• Higher risk. Expenditure in this category decreased from EUR 37.2 billion in 2024, or 20.8% of the total
expenditure, to EUR 27.1 billion in 2025, or 16.2% of the total expenditure. In 2025, 98.5% of
expenditure in this category of risk was equally split between three headings: (1) single market,
innovation and digital (33.1% in 2025 versus 13.8% in 2024); (2) cohesion, resilience and values (32.5%
in 2025 versus 64.6% in 2024); and (3) natural resources and environment (32.9% in 2025 versus
19.7% in 2024). This corresponds mainly to the grants under the Horizon Europe and digital Europe
programmes; to the lower number of cohesion programmes with a high error rate in 2025 compared to
2024; and to the higher number of interventions assessed as not functioning in 2025 (229 out of 2 865)
compared to 2024 (268 out of 1 526). For detailed explanations, see Section 2.1.2 under the relevant
headings.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
29
The Commission’s detailed analysis confirms that the level of error and share of high-risk
expenditure are closely related to the nature of the funding. Most programmes or segments of
expenditure, corresponding to more than 50% of the year’s relevant expenditure, are estimated to be in the
lower-risk category because they encompass more entitlement-based payments. On the other hand, some
programmes or segments of expenditure with complex reimbursement-based rules appear to have a
relatively higher risk at payment (as is typically the case under cohesion policy, with many applicable national,
regional or programme rules in addition to EU rules). Nevertheless, the control systems in place allow the risks
relating to some of the more complex programmes to be mitigated and, as a result, the level of risk at
payment to be reduced.
The Commission is closely monitoring the risks at payment and at closure for the various
programmes and segments of expenditure, and is taking further action to reduce them. For the
medium- and higher-risk categories in particular, the Commission is continually looking for ways to further
decrease them by raising beneficiaries’ and implementing partners’ awareness of issues, adjusting the control
strategies where necessary, applying the lessons learned to future programmes and simplifying rules
wherever possible.
2.1.3. Control results by policy area
The Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget is a summary of the annual activity
reports of the 52 Commission departments. The spending covered in each of these reports is allocated in full
to one of the seven headings of the multiannual financial framework. Since 2022, considering its size, the
spending for security and defence by DG Defence Industry and Space has been divided between heading 1
and heading 5. Since 2025, spending by DG Economic and Financial Affairs has been split between heading 2
and heading 6 (expenditure related to Ukraine) and spending by DG Budget has been split between heading 2
(interest paid on NextGenerationEU borrowing), heading 6 (expenditure related to Ukraine) and heading 7. The
situation for each policy area is described below.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
30
Heading 1 – single market, innovation and digital
Total relevant expenditure: EUR 25.0 billion (2024: EUR 24.2 billion).
Risk at payment: 2.1% (2024: 1.6%).
Risk at closure: 1.7% (2024: 1.2%).
Total preventive and corrective measures: EUR 232.9 million (2024: EUR 348.5 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 153.3 million (2024: EUR 244.7 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 79.6 million (2024: EUR 103.8 million).
Reservations: 13 (2024: one reputational reservation without financial impact (21)).
In 2025, the risks at payment (2.1%) and at closure
(1.7%) increased by 0.5 percentage points compared
to 2024. This is due to the increase in the risk at payment
for grants under both Horizon programmes and for grants
under the digital Europe programme.
For Horizon 2020, the risk at payment increased from
3.55% to 3.83%, whereas the total expenditure of that
heading decreased from 20.3% to 16.9%. As in previous
years, and despite ongoing efforts and improvements, the
risk at payment remained above 2% because of the
inherent complexity of the rules and the nature of the
payments. Payments made in 2025 corresponded mostly to
final payments for larger and more complex projects, which
are more error prone than interim payments. Similarly to
previous years, the research departments did not qualify
their declarations of assurance with a reservation in
relation to the Horizon 2020 programme (22). At the same
time, the risk at closure, at 1.78%, is in line with 2024, at
1.79%, and remained below the materiality threshold.
For Horizon Europe, the risk at payment increased from
2% to 4.38% (23) and the share in the total expenditure of that heading increased from 17.9% to 25.8%. The
risk at closure is estimated overall at 4.05% in 2025. This higher level of error is the combined result of (1) a
population of beneficiaries composed of newcomers to the programme and small and medium-sized
enterprise beneficiaries, for which cost claims are generally more error prone; (2) significant errors identified
in three participations/projects that had a big impact on the error rate in a still rather limited audited
population, being at the beginning of the audit campaign of the programme; and (3) the limited impact of
lump sum grants in the Horizon Europe control results, since few have yet been paid and reviewed. Similar to
(21) The programme concerned (the promotion of agricultural products) is funded by the European Agricultural Guarantee
Fund, which is currently under budget heading 3 – natural resources and environment. However, it is reported under heading 1 – single market, innovation and digital for consistency with previous reports.
(22) Proposal for a Council decision establishing the specific programme implementing Horizon 2020 – The framework programme for research and innovation (2014-2020), COM(2011) 811 final of 30 November 2011, https://eur- lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52011PC0811&qid=1747145040788.
(23) In 2024, for Horizon Europe, as the number of payments was not meaningful, no representative error rate could be determined. Instead, using a conservative approach already used in 2023, a flat rate of 2% had been used for the risk at payment, taking into account the information available at that time.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
31
Horizon 2020, the most frequent errors are related to personnel costs (e.g. missing or unreliable time
reporting system, wrong calculation of daily rates).
To reduce these error rates, the Commission is focusing its efforts on communication, both external
and internal. Dedicated webinars and training sessions targeting beneficiaries were organised throughout
the year for Horizon Europe. In the context of the client centricity project, the error-rate-reduction campaign
that was launched in 2024 continued in 2025, with three additional rounds of personalised notifications sent
to the most error-prone beneficiaries that were approaching their reporting deadlines. These notifications
were revised to maximise their impact and included practical tips on how to avoid the most common errors.
The Commission is also pursuing the roll-out of lump sums under Horizon Europe with the goal of lump-sum
grants reaching at least 50% of the call budget in the main 2026-2027 work programme. According to the
Horizon Europe midterm evaluation (24), lump sums help avoid financial errors while safeguarding
the EU’s financial interest, and controls thereof have led to grant reductions at the evaluation and
payment stages. In addition, this model helps shift the focus during the implementation stage from financial
controls to the project’s content. However, the impact on the error rate will not be felt before 2029, when a
larger number of such grants are paid and ex post control results start to become available.
Regarding the digital Europe programme, similarly to last year it is the error rate for the Horizon
Europe programme that has been used, given the limited number of available audit results at the end of
2025 and considering the similarities with that programme (eligibility criteria, number of beneficiaries in
common and type of beneficiaries).
In 2025, a total of 13 reservations were issued, an increase of 12 reservations compared to
2024. Reservations were issued for those programmes for which the error rate after corrections remains
above the materiality threshold of 2%: for the grants under the Horizon Europe programme, in the declaration
of assurance of the eight departments implementing them and where the de minimis rule does not apply; for
the grants under the digital Europe programme, in the two departments implementing them; and for the
promotion of agricultural products programmes (one department). In addition, a reservation was issued in the
two departments implementing the European Innovation Council concerning weaknesses affecting the award
decision process. Action plans to address the weaknesses and reduce the level of the error rate have been put
in place. Further details are provided in Volume III, Annex 5, Section 5.3.3.
The decrease in the amount of preventive measures, from EUR 244.7 million in 2024 to
EUR 103.3 million in 2025, resulted mainly from the transition to the Commission’s new accounting
system, SUMMA, where only preventive measures exceeding EUR 500 000 are reported. Under this heading, a
significant part of those preventive measures fall below this threshold, hence they are outside the reporting
scope.
(24) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – Horizon Europe: Research and
innovation at the heart of competitiveness, COM(2025) 189 final of 30 April 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025DC0189&qid=1778583080645.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
32
Multiannual financial framework heading 1 – single market, innovation and digital –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
67.3%
56.2%
52.7%
4.1%
22.7%
11.4%
28.6%
21.1%
35.9%
0 5 000 10 000 15 000 20 000 25 000 30 000
2023
2024
2025
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
(billion EUR)
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
33
Heading 2 – cohesion, resilience and values
Total relevant expenditure: EUR 54.0 billion (2024: EUR 64.1 billion) (25).
Risk at payment: 2.3% (2024: 2.9%).
Risk at closure: 0.8% (2024: 1.7%).
Total preventive and corrective measures (Commission and Member States): EUR 7 191 million
(2024: EUR 1 028.6 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 590.2 million (2024: EUR 579.9 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 6 600.8 million (2024: EUR 448.7 million).
Reservations: five reservations with a financial impact of EUR 304 million (2024: five reservations
with a financial impact of EUR 73 million).
The reduction in total relevant expenditure under this
heading from EUR 62 billion in 2024 to EUR 54 billion in
2025 is largely attributable to the timing of the Member
States’ accounts submissions for 2014-2020. The
expenditure for 2025 includes only 20% of the final
account submissions, with the remaining 80% being
deferred to 2026 due to the Strategic Technologies for
Europe Platform Regulation (26), which postponed the
deadline for submitting the accounts by one year.
The risk at payment for this heading decreased from
2.9% to 2.3%, while the risk at closure
(25) The total amount of relevant expenditure reported in the AMPR 2024 for this heading was EUR 62.0 billion for the
financial year 2024. The difference with the amounts of EUR 64.1 billion at the end of 2024 mentioned in the text corresponds to the payments made in the context of the European Union Recovery Instrument (EUR 2 116.2 million in 2024) that had been counted with the expenditure under the heading European public administration in 2024.
(26) Regulation (EU) 2024/795 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 February 2024 establishing the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP), and amending Directive 2003/87/EC and Regulations (EU) 2021/1058, (EU) 2021/1056, (EU) 2021/1057, (EU) No 1303/2013, (EU) No 223/2014, (EU) 2021/1060, (EU) 2021/523, (EU) 2021/695, (EU) 2021/697 and (EU) 2021/241 (OJ L, 2024/795, 29.2.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/795/oj).
Materiality
3.4%
3.2%
3.0%
2.8%
2.6%
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
2.9%
1.7%
20252023 2024
2.6%
1.2%
Risk at payment Risk at closure
2.3%
0.8%
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
34
decreased from 1.7% to 0.8% (27). The risk at payment and risk at closure were mostly driven by the
amounts paid for the cohesion policy funds (28) managed under shared management, which represented
around 84% of the total relevant expenditure for this heading.
For all the cohesion policy funds, the risk at payment remained material in the range of 2.0% to
2.7%, a decrease from the range observed in 2024 of 2.3% to 3.2%. The decrease is mainly due to the
prudent approach taken by the Commission for expenditure corresponding to the 2021-2027 programming
period of using a flat rate of 2%, increased where necessary on a programme-by-programme basis based on
information available, due to the limited audit results received for the 2024-2025 accounting year (29) and
the increased share of this expenditure in the total cohesion expenditure, from 15.3% in 2024 (EUR 8.4 billion)
to 80.5% (EUR 36 billion) in 2025. In 2024, most of the cohesion expenditure corresponded to the 2014-2020
programming period, for which the risk at payment was higher.
Overall, the Commission has reasonable assurance that the management and control systems
function sufficiently well for 85% of the cohesion programmes (30). Nevertheless, the risk at
payment remained above the 2% materiality threshold. This is mainly due to the inherent complexity
of the projects financed by these funds, the variety of actors concerned and the difficulty of tackling certain
complex rules at both the national and the EU level, in particular those relating to public procurement and
State aid. Weaknesses remain mainly at the level of managing authorities or their intermediate bodies. The
main categories of irregularities identified by the Member States’ audit authorities and the Commission are
similar to those identified by the Court of Auditors: ineligible expenditure; ineligible projects or beneficiaries;
errors in public procurement procedures; and missing supporting information or documentation.
For the cohesion funds, the Commission applied additional financial corrections for those programmes where
it confirmed individual error rates above 2%, so that the risk at closure will ultimately be below 2% for all the
programmes. Estimated future corrections corresponded to a range of 1.24% to 2.05%, leading to an
estimated risk at closure of 0.76%.
The sharp increase in preventive and corrective measures in 2025 compared to 2024 was mainly
driven by corrective measures related to operational programmes under the 2014-2020
programming period, which reached the closure stage. Member States reported EUR 6 518 million in
corrective measures (31) for cohesion funds under the 2014-2020 programming period. This marks a sharp
increase from EUR 211 million in the previous year, which was exceptionally low due to the limited number of
final accounts submitted (i.e. only 20%, due to the additional year provided under the Strategic Technologies
(27) For the third consecutive year, the Commission’s risk at payment is outside the error-level range of between 3.3%
and 8.1%, estimated by the Court of Auditors. See European Court of Auditors, Annual reports on the implementation of the EU budget for the 2024 financial year and on activities funded by the 9th, 10th and 11th European Development Funds (EDFs) for the 2024 financial year, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2865/7727690, p. 215. The higher level of error estimated by the Court of Auditors can be explained by divergences in the interpretation of breaches of applicable rules that, in some cases, do not constitute irregularities in the sense of Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 (the Common Provisions Regulation), for which the Commission has assessed that it would not have legal grounds to impose financial corrections, and by differences in the methods used to quantify some errors.
(28) These include the European Regional Development Fund, the Cohesion Fund, the European Social Fund, the youth employment initiative and the Fund for European Aid to the Most Deprived. See detail in Volume III, Annex 5, Section 5.2.2.
(29) A total of 245 out of 380 programmes submitted accounts and the Commission was able to confirm only 105 programmes.
(30) This concerns 374 out of 441 programmes for the 2014-2020 programming period. (31) For the last accounting year, all financial corrections (withdrawals, recoveries and deductions at closure) reported by
the Member States were considered as corrective measures, whereas in previous years deductions at closure were considered as preventive measures. This is because no further action is possible after the submission of the final accounts in next payment applications, or subsequent accounts, to take preventive measure into account and they become de facto corrective in nature.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
35
for Europe Platform Regulation (32) to submit them). The convergence of the last accounting period for the
2014-2020 programming period, concentrating the highest volumes of accounts (33), and the additional time
frame led to a significantly amplified scale of adjustments, as programme authorities in Member States
undertook a final, comprehensive review of both the current and the previous accounting years. In this
context, the closure acted as a critical safeguard, ensuring that remaining irregular or inaccurate expenditure
was identified and excluded.
For the 2021-2027 programming period, the preventive measures increased slightly from EUR 565 million in
2024 to EUR 586 million in 2025. As it is still early in the programme life-cycle implementation, the corrective
measures were rather low at EUR 9 million (2024: EUR 8 million).
One specific feature of the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework for the European Regional
Development Fund, Cohesion Fund and European Social Fund Plus is the need for Member States to comply
with a set of thematic and horizontal enabling conditions to allow for the effective implementation of the
funds. At the end of 2025, around 97% of the applicable thematic enabling conditions were
assessed as fulfilled for the European Regional Development Fund, Cohesion Fund and European
Social Fund Plus programmes that had been adopted. By the end of April 2026, all Member States
except Hungary fulfilled the horizontal enabling conditions (34).
At the end of 2025, four reservations were issued in relation to cohesion policy funds (two per
programming period): one for the European Regional Development Fund and Cohesion Fund and
one for the European Social Fund, the youth employment initiative and the Fund for European Aid
to the Most Deprived. These reservations concern operational programmes that presented significant
weaknesses in their management and control systems or for which the error rate was above the materiality
threshold, or, less frequently, for which the audit work at the Member State level was deemed insufficient or
unsatisfactory.
• Two reservations for the 2014-2020 period: the number of programmes under reservation (40) was
higher than in 2024 (26), while the financial impact increased from EUR 68 million to EUR 143 million.
The increase in both number of programmes under reservation and the corresponding financial impact is
explained by the larger number of programmes closed during 2025 (i.e. 80% of accounts). In 2024, the
Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform Regulation postponed the deadline for submitting the
accounts by one year, which resulted in an unusually low level of submission of accounts (only 20%) (35).
• Two reservations for the 2021-2027 period: the number of programmes under reservation (28) was
higher than in 2024 (7), and the total financial impact increased from EUR 3 million to EUR 156 million.
The increase is explained by the higher number of programmes gaining speed in implementation in 2025
compared to 2024 and the corresponding accounts that are submitted.
Reservations are only lifted once the system weaknesses have been addressed and the error rate is below
2%. Usually, the reasons for the reservations are not structural, and it takes one to two years for most
reservations to be lifted. For more details on reservations, see Volume III, Annex 5.
The Commission continues to take action to support programme authorities in improving their
management and control systems and to bring the risk at closure for cohesion below 2%. In
(32) Article 14(4) ‘Amendments to Regulation (EU) No 1303/2013’: ‘in Article 138, the following subparagraph is added:
“By way of derogation from the deadline set out in the first subparagraph, Member States may submit the documents referred to under points (a), (b) and (c) for the final accounting year by 15 February 2026.”.’
(33) Also incorporating the one-off REACT EU submission for an amount of EUR 40.8 billion. (34) There are four horizontal enabling conditions linked to overarching, horizontal aspects of programme implementation,
ensuring compliance with general EU principles and effective programme management (Annex 3 to the Common Provisions Regulation).
(35) Regarding the closure accounts of the programmes for the 2014-2020 period: 20% were submitted in February 2025 and reported in financial year 2024; 80% were reported in February 2026 and reported in financial year 2025.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
36
December 2024, following a participative debate with both audit and managing authorities, the Commission
established a jointly agreed action plan to improve the programme authorities’ error detection capacity
comprising 22 measurescovering the following categories: the dissemination of information to beneficiaries
to improve their understanding of their obligations and rules; the analysis of errors detected, and in particular
additional errors reported by EU audits; the enhanced use of information technology tools; staff training; the
enhanced preventive role of auditing; the use of complete and updated audit checklists; and effective audit
practices in line with audit standards (e.g. documentation of verifications/checks done). Throughout 2025, the
Commission monitored the implementation of the measures. The progress was discussed in the annual
coordination meetings between the audit authorities of all of the Member States. In addition, the Commission
updated its single audit strategy to target high-risk areas, taking account of resource constraints, by
significantly increasing the coverage of its on-the-spot audits and by reflecting its new approach for
compliance audits (faster, preventive and targeted).
Multiannual financial framework heading 2 – cohesion, resilience and values –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025 (36).
(36) The total amount of relevant expenditure reported in the AMPR 2024 for this heading was EUR 62.0 billion for the
financial year 2024 and EUR 67.3 billion for financial year 2023. The difference with the amounts of EUR 64.1 billion in 2024 and EUR 66.6 billion in 2023, shown in this visual corresponds to the payments made in the context of the European Union Recovery Instrument (for an amount of EUR 2 116.2 million in 2024 and EUR 694 million in 2023) that had been both counted with the expenditure under the heading European public administration.
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
52.7%
14.5%
37.2%
14.2%
48.2%
46.4%
33.1%
37.3%
16.3%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
37
Heading 3 – natural resources and environment
Total amount of relevant expenditure: EUR 58.0 billion (2024: EUR 57.4 billion):
• compliance-based assurance model: EUR 11.7 billion (2024: EUR 14.5 billion);
• performance-based assurance model: EUR 46.3 billion (2024: EUR 42.9 billion).
Share of low-risk expenditure: 64.4% (2025), 77.6% (2024).
Total preventive and corrective measures (Commission and Member States): EUR 1 417.1 million
(2024: EUR 1 069.8 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 201.6 million (37) (2024: EUR 178.4 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 1 215.6 million (2024: EUR 891.4 million).
Reservations: seven reservations with a financial impact of EUR 301 million (2024: seven
reservations with a financial impact of EUR 254 million).
Multiannual financial framework heading 3 – natural resources and environment –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
In 2025, for natural resources and environment, 64% of the expenditure was considered low risk.
This corresponds to expenditure with a risk at payment below 2%, for compliance-based payments; and
expenditure for which the systems in place in the Member States have been assessed as low risk, functioning
well or functioning, for performance-based payments. This is the same as the share of low-risk expenditure
for agriculture (64%), which represents the bulk of the expenditure in this policy area (98%), the rest
corresponding to maritime affairs and fisheries (38), environment and climate expenditure. This is a decrease
compared to the share of low-risk expenditure in 2024 (77%) and in 2023 (69%), and is slightly below the
average for 2020-2024 of 66.7%. This mainly reflects a shift from low to medium risk, which is partly due to
improved assessment and the resulting gradings of the systems by the certification bodies, which gained
experience in the second year of implementing the new delivery model (notably in France, aligning with DG
Agriculture and Rural Development audit findings), combined with end-of-programme effects in the 2014-
2022 rural development programmes, where accelerated spending at closure can increase amounts under
(37) Preventive measures for performance-based expenditure are not included in the 2025 amounts. (38) European Maritime and Fisheries Fund expenditure, although included under the natural resources and environment
heading, follows the same delivery mechanism as cohesion expenditure.
69.0%
77.6%
64.4%
9.0%
9.6%
20.2%
22.0%
12.8%
15.4%
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
38
reservation / at risk. Greece’s continued precautionary reservation also remained a significant driver in
absolute terms.
The 2023-2027 common agricultural policy represents a shift from compliance-based payments
to a greater focus on performance and results achieved, with these changes applying for the
first time for the payments made in 2024. With this new delivery model, Member States have more
flexibility and responsibility in setting beneficiary rules in their national plans within the general EU
framework. The Commission focuses on progress towards results and the effectiveness of national
governance systems rather than on checking individual transactions. As Member States no longer report
beneficiary-level control statistics, the Commission cannot calculate error rates at the paying agency or the
common agricultural policy level.
For this new delivery model, the Commission’s assurance model therefore assesses the
performance, the progress towards achieving the results and how well Member States’ systems
ensure the legality and regularity of the underlining transactions and the quality of the
performance results. The Commission draws on certification bodies’ annual assessments of the systems in
place (with gradings assigned by paying agency and intervention), on Commission audits and on findings by
the Court of Auditors, and may adjust gradings on a case-by-case basis.
Based on the final system grading (39), the Commission classifies common agricultural policy
expenditure as low, medium or high risk. Low risk corresponds to grades 3-4, medium to grade 2 and
high to grade 1. The Commission issues reservations where serious system deficiencies in the Member States’
governance systems are identified (grade 1) or where a Member State is behind on its milestones.
Reliance on the certification bodies plays a crucial role under the single audit principle that is
applied by the Commission. As a result, it only audits paying agencies if the work of the certification
bodies cannot be relied upon. In 2025, the Commission performed 45 conformity audits, targeting the
governance systems in place in the Member States. The same audits, where relevant, also covered the legality
and regularity of expenditure under the 2014-2022 programming period.
The corrective measures implemented in 2025, amounting to EUR 1 216 million, still relate to the
previous common agricultural policy system. No net financial corrections have yet been decided
for expenditure under the 2023-2027 common agricultural policy. The 2025 audits showed that, in
general, Member States’ governance systems for the new common agricultural policy are operational. Some
potentially serious deficiencies were found for which conformity procedures have been opened to confirm the
deficiencies and to assess more precisely the risk to the EU budget. Conformity procedures need time to offer
the Member States the opportunity to contradict the Commission’s findings. As of the end of 2025, no
conformity procedures had been finalised for the expenditure under the common agricultural policy strategic
plans.
For the expenditure implemented outside the strategic plans for rural development, market
measures and direct payments (19% of this heading’s expenditure), the estimated overall risk at
payment was higher in 2025 (3.46%) than in 2024 (2.79%), with 3.75% for rural development, 2.41%
for market measures and 1.60% for direct payments. For rural development and, to a lesser extent, market
measures, error rates are generally higher than for direct payments, largely due to the complexity of the
(39) There are four grades describing the functioning of the governance systems of the interventions:
4 – functioning well, for governance systems for which no or very few exceptions in the tests of controls were found; 3 – functioning, for governance systems for which few exceptions in the tests of controls were found; 2 – partially functioning, for governance systems for which some exceptions in the tests of controls were found; 1 – not functioning, for governance systems for which several systemic exceptions in the tests of controls were found, substantially affecting the effectiveness of controls.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
39
rules. The higher rates in 2025 are mainly due to the end-of-programme effects, for which more expenditure
is found to be at risk.
Expenditure relating to fisheries, the environment and climate initiatives – 2% of this heading’s
expenditure – continued to be low risk. The estimated risk at payment for the European Maritime and
Fisheries Fund, for the 2014-2020 programming period, is 1.02% (compared to 0.59% in 2024). The
estimated risk at payment for the 2021-2027 European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund was
0.59%. Overall, the risk level has remained stable since 2021, at around 1%. Similarly, for climate and
environment-related initiatives, the risk at payment is low (0.21% for DG Environment and 0.41% for DG
Climate Action), reflecting the predominance of inherently low-risk payment types (e.g. procurements,
subsidies to decentralised agencies, contribution agreements with international organisations).
At the end of 2025, there were seven reservations for this heading, as described below.
Five recurrent reservations for segments of expenditure or programmes where control
weaknesses and/or error rates are above 2%:
• European Agricultural Guarantee Fund market measures in relation to five aid schemes in three Member
States, quantified;
• direct payments (programme of options specifically relating to remoteness and insularity) in relation to
one Member State, quantified;
• European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development measures in relation to 10 paying agencies in 10
Member States, quantified;
• European Maritime and Fisheries Fund, for management and control system weaknesses in two Member
States, non-quantified;
• EU emissions trading system registry, one reservation related to information technology risks, non-
quantified.
Two new reservations for expenditure under the common agricultural policy strategic plans
for interventions in Member States where potential serious deficiencies were identified in
the functioning of the governance systems. Given the qualitative assessment, no financial impact
can be determined, and the reservations are not quantified:
• for expenditure that falls under the integrated administration and control system (19 reservations in 19
paying agencies for 14 Member States affecting 56 interventions);
• for expenditure that does not fall under the integrated administration and control system (15
reservations in 15 paying agencies for 11 Member States affecting 26 interventions).
In all cases where the deficiencies identified have led to reservations, close follow-up measures are in place,
including conformity clearance procedures to ultimately protect the EU budget, monitoring of the
implementation of remedial measures taken by Member States and, where necessary, interruption or
reduction/suspension of payments to the Member States (for more details, see Volume III, Annex 5).
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
40
Heading 4 – migration and border management
Total amount of relevant expenditure: EUR 3.8 billion (2024: EUR 3.5 billion).
Risk at payment: 1.1% (2024: 1.3%).
Risk at closure: 1.0% (2024: 1.2%).
Total preventive and corrective measures (Commission and Member States): EUR 115.6 million
(2024: EUR 45.5 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 115.6 million (2024: EUR 44.4 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 0.02 million (2024: EUR 1.1 million).
Reservations: two reservations without a financial impact (2024: two reservations with a financial
impact of EUR 3.4 million).
For migration and border management (40),
both risk at payment and risk at closure
decreased slightly compared to 2024 and the
share of low-risk expenditure (risk at payment below
2%) increased from 73.2% in 2024 to 87.6% in
2025 (see graph to the left). The preventive
measures more than doubled compared to 2024.
This increase reflects the further advancement in
the implementation of programmes under the 2021-
2027 multiannual financial framework, as such
preventive measures were implemented by 25
Member States in 2025, compared to 13 in 2024.
This policy area consisted mostly of low-risk
segments of expenditure relating to the
implementation of the Internal Security Fund, the
Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund and the
Border Management and Visa Policy Instrument
under the shared management mode (46% of the
expenditure), which are considered overall not to be
error-prone programmes, and to subsidies to
decentralised agencies voted by the budgetary
authority (40% of the expenditure), which are
considered an error-free type of expenditure.
The high-risk expenditure corresponds to expenditure under shared management for 25 programmes (out of a
total of 139) for which management and control systems are not functioning effectively, even if the risk at
payment is below 2%, and to EU action and emergency assistance grants to support Member States in the
fields of migration and border management, where the risk at payment is above 2%.
(40) Heading 4 also includes the Internal Security Fund of heading 5, since all the funds managed by DG Migration and
Home Affairs are audited and controlled on the basis of the management mode and the type of payment, and the risks thus determined cannot be split between the budget headings.
Materiality
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
1.2%
1.3%
20252023 2024
1.0%
1.1%
Risk at payment Risk at closure
1.0%
1.1%
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
41
At the end of 2025, two reservations were identified:
• one reservation concerning the Border Management and Visa Policy Instrument, the Asylum, Migration
and Integration Fund and the Internal Security Fund for the 2021-2027 programming period, for two
Member States;
• one reservation concerning the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund and the Internal Security Fund for
the 2014-2020 programming period, for seven Member States and two Schengen-associated countries.
Multiannual financial framework heading 4 – migration and border management –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
75.9%
73.2%
87.6%
1.4%
5.6%
2.1%
22.7%
21.1%
10.2%
0.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
42
Heading 5 – security and defence
Total amount of relevant expenditure: EUR 615.6 million (2024: EUR 318.7 million).
Risk at payment: 1.7% (2024: 0.5%).
Risk at closure: 1.7% (2024: 0.5%).
Total preventive and corrective measures: EUR 9 million (2024: EUR 7.5 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 9.0 million (2024: EUR 7.2 million);
• corrective measures: none (2024: EUR 0.3 million).
Reservations: none (2024: none).
In 2025, the risk at payment, 1.7%, increased
significantly compared to 2024. This is due to a
combination of the following.
• The use of a conservative flat error rate of 2%
for the payment of grants under direct management.
This prudent approach has been retained pending the
results of a new audit campaign that will start once a
sufficient number of payments have been made.
• The significant increase in payments of grants
under direct management, which almost doubled
in 2025 compared to 2024, to EUR 466 million, and
represents the bulk of the expenditure under this
heading. This increase is due to the progress in the life
cycle of projects, with an increasing number for which
interim and final payments are made.
Together, these two factors explain that, in 2025, most
of the expenditure was medium risk (with an error rate
between 2% and 2.5%). The remaining expenditure,
mainly for experts and procurements, is by definition
low risk, at 0.5%.
Materiality
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
0.5%
0.5% 0.5%
0.5%
1.7%
1.7%
2023 2024 2025
Risk at payment Risk at closure
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
43
Multiannual financial framework heading 5 – security and defence –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
100.0%
100.0%
20.3% 79.7%
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
2023
2024
2025
(million EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
44
Heading 6 – neighbourhood and the world
Total amount of relevant expenditure: EUR 16.4 billion (2024: EUR 20.4 billion) (41).
Share of low-risk expenditure: 89.6% (2024: 92.4%).
Total preventive and corrective measures: EUR 74.1 million (2024: EUR 153.1 million):
• preventive measures: EUR 67.3 million (2024: EUR 125.5 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 6.8 million (2024: EUR 27.6 million).
Reservations: two reservations without financial impact (2024: one reservation).
Multiannual financial framework heading 6 – neighbourhood and the world –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025.
From 2025 onwards, there is no risk at payment determined for the heading ‘neighbourhood and
the world’. This is because part of the expenditure is performance-based and no quantified error rate can be
determined. As a result, it is no longer possible to determine a risk at payment for the entire heading, and the
new indicator about control results and the legality and regularity of the expenditure is the share of low-risk
expenditure.
In 2025, for neighbourhood and the world, almost 90% of the expenditure was considered low
risk. This is in line with the share of low-risk expenditure for the heading in 2024, at 92.4%, and slightly
lower compared to 2023, at 100%. In 2025, most of the compliance-based expenditure, still the bulk of all
the payments under this heading at EUR 15.8 billion, has a risk at payment below 2%. In addition,
performance-based payments, amounting to EUR 601.3 million in 2025 under the Ukraine Facility, have been
assessed as low risk, based on a qualitative assessment of the milestones and targets that triggered the
payments (see box below for a more detailed description of the approach). Regarding the expenditure
considered medium or high risk, it mostly corresponds to grants under direct management with a risk at
payment respectively above 2% and 2.5%.
(41) The total amount of relevant expenditure reported in the AMPR 2024 for this heading was EUR 20.0 billion for the
financial year 2024. The difference with the amounts of EUR 20.4 billion at the end of 2024 mentioned in the text and shown in the visual corresponds to the interest rate subsidy for the macro financial assistance (loan) to Ukraine (EUR 421 million), that was counted with the expenditure under the heading European public administration.
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
(billion EUR)
100.0%
92.5%
89.6%
7.5%
10.4%
0 5 10 15 20 25
2023
2024
2025
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
45
After a significant increase in 2024 due to high-value payments, the total amount of relevant expenditure
under this heading in 2025 was broadly in line with the amounts in 2023. The difference compared to 2023 is
mainly explained by the support provided to Ukraine (non-repayable support under the Ukraine Facility, the
Ukraine Loan Cooperation Mechanism and the interest rate subsidy for macrofinancial assistance).
The main errors identified (missing supporting documents, procurement issues and excess
clearing) are in line with the Court of Auditors’ findings. They are mainly due to the misunderstanding
or misinterpretation of the relatively complex contractual conditions, a lack of capacity in some countries, a
lack of safeguarding of the financial documentary evidence after project completion or a lack of response to
the auditors. This is further exacerbated by a complex operational environment, characterised by
unpredictability, volatility and insecurity. The difference between the Court of Auditors’ estimated level of
error (4.9% in 2024) – and its conclusion that all expenditure under this heading is high risk – and the
Commission’s residual error rates and assessment that most of the expenditure is low risk is mostly due to
the different approaches: the Court of Auditors audits payments on ongoing contracts whereas the
Commission audits closed contracts to identify only the remaining (residual) errors after all controls and
ensuing corrections have taken place.
The Commission continued to look into possibilities to improve its financial management of
programmes, in particular for those areas for which expenditure is categorised as medium or
high risk. For instance, Commission services have taken mitigating measures, such as strengthening the
dialogue and verification processes to increase transparency in cooperation with international organisations.
In 2025, DG International Partnerships finalised the review of its control strategy in view of improving the
efficiency and effectiveness of its internal control framework. A first outcome already achieved at the
beginning of 2026 is the reduction of the sample size used to determine the yearly error rate, leading to a
considerable improvement of the cost efficiency of controls. Other important measures are in the course of
finalisation, such as the risk profiling dashboard, which will lead to more informed decision-making on
mitigating measures for high-risk contracts and high-risk implementing partners.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
46
The Ukraine Facility and the Westen Balkans and Moldova facilities are new types of
instrument (42). Similarly to the Resilience and Recovery Facility (see Annex 3), funds are disbursed following
a qualitative assessment of the satisfactory fulfilment of predefined/agreed milestones and targets (named
‘steps’ in the case of the facilities) measuring the implementation of reforms and investment designed to
respond to the challenges faced by these countries and to boost their progress with a view to their accession
to the EU. These funds are paid by the Commission to the beneficiary country, and in the case of the Western
Balkans Facility also partially to the Western Balkans Investment Framework and the Neighbourhood
Investment Platform for the Moldova Facility. Hence the Commission does not check transactions between the
country and the individual final recipients. This is why these payments are considered to be performance
based, as opposed to the compliance-based payments, for which the amounts disbursed correspond to
invoices and expenditure incurred by the beneficiaries / final recipients. The situation regarding payments and
disbursements is presented in the graph below.
For the assurance, similarly to the Resilience and Recovery Facility, the Commission makes a
qualitative assessment of the level of risk associated with the payments made. The Commission
focuses on evaluating the progress towards achieving the steps and on the functioning of the systems put in
place by the beneficiary countries to manage the funds thus received and their compliance with the applicable
rules and regulations. This qualitative assessment is difficult to translate into quantitative terms with an error
rate, as the latter is a quantitative assessment, which is pertinent when the expenditure can be directly
attributed to a quantitative criterion. In addition, the investments and reforms included in the countries’ plans
are very diverse, which hinders any statistical extrapolation. In this context, a meaningful error rate cannot be
determined.
(42) The Ukraine, Western Balkans and Moldova facilities were established respectively in February 2024, May 2024 and
March 2025.
2024 2025
Ukraine Facility (loans) – from borrowings
Ukraine Facility - Non-repayable support (grants) – from EU budget
Other (loans) – from borrowings
Total EUR 16.1 billion
Total EUR 11.1 billion
3 0.6 0.47
13.1 10
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
47
Assurance for the facilities is obtained through a risk-based model combining three
complementary layers of control and, where relevant, taking into account the work of the
European Court of Auditors. Where a high level of risk is identified for a payment, the authorising
officer by delegation may issue a reservation limited to a beneficiary country, a specific payment
request and/or an implementing entity. More specifically, for the Ukraine Facility, the payments made
in 2025 are considered low risk, following the three-layer assurance model below.
• Primary layer of control – Commission ex ante audit.
— The beneficiary country’s authorities operate a management and control system in line
with the framework agreement between the EU and the country. No blocking issues were
identified through the full-scale system audit carried out in the first years of the facilities.
• Secondary layer – Commission ex ante checks.
— The Commission carries out a risk assessment of the steps submitted for payment in the
payment request. Some of these steps are considered low risk given their nature, for
instance corresponding to legislative reforms.
— The Commission makes an assessment of each payment request, along with the
accompanying supporting evidence, management declarations and audit summaries, and
confirms the satisfactory fulfilment of the steps and that no issues are identified.
• Tertiary layer – Commission ex post audits. The Commission plans targeted audits on
higher-risk steps (notably information-technology-related measures, recruitment and
investment/procurement-related steps) once a sufficient number of such steps are reported for
payment.
— For these riskier steps, ad hoc ex post audits on their continuous fulfilment will take place
as from the second half of 2026, i.e. when a sufficient number of medium- and high-risk
steps are declared for payment.
For Ukraine, all the payments made in 2025 were considered low risk. Regarding the ex ante audit,
the auditors issued a qualified opinion with recommendations to strengthen the system, but no blocking
issues were identified. The Ukrainian authorities fully accepted three of the 23 findings, and partially accepted
two. All the steps in the payment requests submitted were assessed as low risk and no other issues were
identified by ex ante controls in the payment requests submitted. Since no high-risk steps were declared to be
fulfilled in 2025, no ex post audits were carried out.
The total amount of preventive and corrective measures decreased from EUR 153.1 million in
2024 to EUR 74.1 million in 2025. This evolution is due to the transition to the Commission’s new
accounting system, SUMMA, where only preventive measures exceeding EUR 500 000 are reported. Since all
of the preventive measures taken under this heading fall below this threshold, they are outside the reporting
scope. As far as corrective measures are concerned, the difference is attributed to major recoveries that
increased the ex post total amount in 2024.
The reservation concerning projects in Libya, Syria and Ukraine in 2025 has been maintained in
2025, but is now issued by two departments following the creation of a new department in the Commission
dealing with the Mediterranean and North African regions. One reservation corresponds to programmes in
Libya, Palestine and Syria, and the other corresponds to programmes in Ukraine. In these countries, the EU
delegations cannot implement standard monitoring and control activities due to security and political
constraints on the ground. Mitigating measures have been put in place, including remote monitoring and
cross-checking information from various sources. Still, they do not allow the impact on the assurance of the
corresponding expenditure to be fully addressed.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
48
Heading 7 – European public administration
Total amount of relevant expenditure: EUR 8.9 billion (2024: EUR 9.1 billion (43)).
Risk at payment: 0.5% (2024: 0.5%).
Risk at closure: 0.5% (2024: 0.5%).
Total preventive and corrective measures: EUR 0.1 million (2024: EUR 5.9 million):
• preventive measures: none (2024: EUR 4.3 million);
• corrective measures: EUR 0.1 million (2024: 1.6 EUR million).
Reservations: one reputational reservation (2024: one reputational reservation).
The risk at payment for this heading remains at
0.5%, which is consistent with the types of activity and
expenditure under this heading. This heading groups
together all of the Commission services and departments
that mostly provide services to other Commission services
and departments and have no operational policy objectives.
These entities thus mostly manage administrative
expenditure under the direct management mode, such as the
Office for the Administration and Payment of Individual
Entitlements, which represents approximately 78% of the
expenditure for this heading.
The risk at payment was prudently set at 0.5% for
this low-risk type of expenditure. As most of the
corresponding control systems involve predominantly
ex ante controls, the estimated future corrections were often
set at a prudent 0.0%. Thus, the risk at closure is equal to
the risk at payment and remained very low at 0.5%.
In 2025, the total of amount preventive and
corrective measures decreased from EUR 5.9 million to
EUR 0.16 million because of the decrease in preventive measures. The absence of preventive measures in
2025 is due to the transition to the Commission’s new accounting system, SUMMA, where only preventive
measures exceeding EUR 500 000 are reported. Since all preventive measures taken under this heading fall
below this threshold, they are outside the reporting scope.
In this policy area, the reputational reservation raised in 2023 and 2024 on the issues encountered in
implementing new selection procedures and competitions was maintained. It was considered prudent to
maintain the reservation until competitions with the new contractor, planned in 2026, have taken place
according to plan.
(43) The total amount of relevant expenditure reported in the AMPR 2024 for this heading was EUR 11.6 billion for the
financial year 2024. The difference with the amounts of EUR 9.1 billion mentioned here corresponds to (i) the costs associated with the funds borrowed on the capital markets on behalf of the Union in the framework of the European Union Recovery Instrument (for an amount of EUR 2 116.2 million in 2024) and (ii) interest rate subsidy for the macro financial assistance (loan) to Ukraine (EUR 421 million in 2024), that were both counted with the expenditure under the heading European public administration and are now added respectively to the heading “cohesion, resilience and values” and the heading “neighbourhood and the world”.
Materiality
2.4%
2.2%
2.0%
1.8%
1.6%
1.4%
1.2%
1.0%
0.8%
0.6%
0.4%
0.2%
0.5%
0.5% 0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
0.5%
2023 2024 2025
Risk at payment Risk at closure
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
49
Multiannual financial framework heading 7 – European public administration –
overview of risk segmentation for 2023-2025
Source: European Commission annual activity reports for 2025 (44)
2.1.4. Efficiency measures have been
taken
In 2025, 97% of payments (in value) were made
within the legal payment deadline versus 99% in 2024.
The slight decrease in performance for this indicator is
explained by the transition in 2025 to the Commission’s new
accounting system, SUMMA. The adjustments to this new
system had an impact on budget implementation tasks,
processes and financial management activities, particularly
during the first part of the year. In a limited number of
cases, this resulted in lower performance for some standard
financial indicators, such as timely payment.
Time to pay is the main indicator used to measure
the efficiency of procedures and controls in place for
making payments and is of paramount importance, as many beneficiaries rely on these payments to carry
out their activities and projects, which, in turn, contribute to the Commission’s objectives.
The Commission is continually striving to improve the efficiency of its operations so as to deliver
on its objectives under tight budgetary constraints and to achieve the objectives set in its digital agenda.
(44) The total amount of relevant expenditure reported in the AMPR 2024 for this heading was EUR 11.6 billion for the
financial year 2024 and EUR 8.9 billion for financial year 2023. The difference with the amounts shown in the visual: EUR 9.1 billion in 2024 and EUR 8.2 million in 2023, corresponds to (i) the costs associated with the funds borrowed on the capital markets on behalf of the Union in the framework of the European Union Recovery Instrument (for an amount of EUR 2 116,2 million in 2024 and EUR 694 million in 2023) and (ii) interest rate subsidy for the macro financial assistance (loan) to Ukraine (EUR 421 million in 2024), that were both counted under the heading European public administration and are now added respectively to the heading “cohesion, resilience and values” and the heading “neighbourhood and the world”.
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
2023
2024
2025
(billion EUR)
1 – low 2 – medium 3 – high
97%
Percentage of Commission payments made within deadline
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
50
Processes are being streamlined to ensure the most efficient use of limited resources. Some examples of
initiatives leading to improved economy and efficiency are presented in the box below.
Examples of improved economy and efficiency
• One of the measures that continues to have the widest and longest-term effect is the increased
use of simplified cost options, in particular lump sums and unit costs . In the area of
research, the use of lump sums has grown significantly. In 2025, lump sums accounted for more than
35% of the overall call budget for the main Horizon Europe work programme, and successfully
reached the goal of at least 50% for the 2026-2027 work programme adopted in December 2025.
The Horizon Europe midterm evaluation (adopted in April 2025) confirmed that lump-sum grants
effectively reduce administrative burdens, help avoid financial errors and shift the focus from
financial controls to project content.
• In the same area, the European Research Executive Agency continued its drive for efficiency by
piloting artificial-intelligence-assisted expert allocation tools to compare the quality and
efficiency of pre-allocations produced by different systems. Additionally, a simplification
hackathon in 2025 brought together over 70 colleagues to generate ideas for streamlining proposal
evaluations and grant management, which directly informed the development of the 2026-2027 work
programme and the next research and innovation framework programme.
• In external action policies, in the Directorate-General for Enlargement and Eastern
Neighbourhood, data openness and interoperability have been strengthened through the
development of a statistical platform designed to gather quantitative and qualitative
data on corruption and organised crime in enlargement countries. This platform supports
structured assessments of rule-of-law performance, contributing to evidence-based policymaking.
• The Reusable Solutions Platform, a set of software building blocks, saves Commission
departments from requiring lengthy procurement procedures or development periods, including
through the reuse of corporate multilingual and artificial intelligence-based language services where
appropriate. The success of these reuse–buy–build principles was highly visible in 2025, with new
digital solutions developed by other departments, such as eAidRegister and eNotifications, achieving
reuse rates of over 70% and 90% by relying on these corporate building blocks. This improves
economy, efficiency and information technology security at the corporate level.
• In relation to cohesion policy, the push for simplification accelerated in 2025, reflecting a growing
awareness among Member States of the importance of streamlining fund delivery. Building on tools
like Kohesio, DG Regional and Urban Policy developed nine new financing not linked to costs
models to simplify the delivery of midterm review priorities . Over the course of the year, 18
Member States and six Interreg programmes developed 197 simplified cost options methodologies
accounting for EUR 8.1 billion, while 13 Member States developed 28 financing not linked to costs
schemes totalling almost EUR 5 billion.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
51
The impact of artificial intelligence
In 2025, the Commission’s Information Management Steering Board continued to closely monitor the
implementation of the communication on artificial intelligence in the Commission (45) to
maximise artificial intelligence opportunities while mitigating risks and ensuring compliance with the
EU Artificial Intelligence Act (46). The existing Corporate AI@EC network continued to facilitate
collaboration on artificial intelligence use cases and extrapolations among over 6 000 members from
more than 60 Commission departments, agencies and other EU institutions and bodies. To foster a
digital culture across the institution, an AI Champions network was successfully launched, featuring
105 champions across more than 50 Commission departments and executive agencies. Furthermore,
the training of the first EU institutional large language model using European supercomputers
(Leonardo and MareNostrum 5) was advanced, with the aim of enhancing artificial intelligence
services across all of the official EU languages.
In relation to research and innovation, a substantial increase in the number of proposals received
has been noted for many calls, which is likely due, at least in part, to the rapid adoption of generative
artificial intelligence by applicants. In 2025, this trend escalated significantly across the executive
agencies, with an increase of between 25% and 49%. This in turn increased the workload and the
pressure on resources during the evaluation and selection of proposals, stretching operational capacity
and impacting indicators such as time-to-grant.
There are also risks associated with the use of artificial intelligence tools by experts and Commission
staff, along with the ethical implications of using such tools within projects. Examples are as follows: a
possible positive bias in evaluations towards artificial-intelligence-assisted proposals due to better
drafting quality, at the cost of overlooking scientific excellence in other proposals; possible
manipulation of researchers’ curricula vitae, requiring an increase in checks and verifications by
evaluation experts; lower quality and success rates of projects drafted by artificial intelligence; and
project reports and deliverables with unreliable content.
To address both these risks and the increase in applications, an AI Task Force is exploring emerging
issues and designing measures to address them. As a practical adjustment in 2025, for the Marie
Skłodowska-Curie actions, the requirement for applicants to demonstrate robustness in relation to
artificial intelligence in their main proposals was removed, with any necessary assessments instead
addressed through the ethics screening process. Agencies are also beginning to leverage artificial
intelligence themselves to manage the workload, such as the European Research Executive Agency
piloting artificial-intelligence-assisted expert allocation tools, and corporate systems such as Arachne+
integrating artificial intelligence and machine-learning algorithms to forecast risks such as double
funding and bankruptcy.
(45) Communication to the Commission – Artificial intelligence in the European Commission (AI@EC) – A strategic vision to
foster the development and use of lawful, safe and trustworthy artificial intelligence systems in the European Commission, C(2024) 380 final of 21 January 2024, https://commission.europa.eu/system/files/2024- 01/EN%20Artificial%20Intelligence%20in%20the%20European%20Commission.PDF.
(46) Regulation (EU) 2024/1689 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 laying down harmonised rules on artificial intelligence and amending Regulations (EC) No 300/2008, (EU) No 167/2013, (EU) No 168/2013, (EU) 2018/858, (EU) 2018/1139 and (EU) 2019/2144 and Directives 2014/90/EU, (EU) 2016/797 and (EU) 2020/1828 (Artificial Intelligence Act) (OJ L, 2024/1689, 12.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1689/oj).
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
52
2.1.5. The costs of controls are proportionate to the associated risks
In 2025, after having assessed their effectiveness, efficiency and economy, all Commission departments
reached a positive conclusion on the cost-effectiveness of their controls. The resources allocated to controls
are aligned with the risks relating to the nature of the programmes and/or the context in which they are
implemented. The cost of controls, which for some departments also includes the cost of supervision of
executive agencies and joint undertakings, has remained generally stable over time. The variety of spending
programmes and their different features do not allow for a meaningful comparison of their control costs.
However, some common cost drivers can be identified, as shown in the following text box.
Examples of common cost drivers
The intrinsic complexity of the programmes managed. Grants based on the reimbursement of
real costs imply labour-intensive controls as opposed to financing based on lump sums, simplified cost
options or financing not linked to costs, such as performance-based instruments. It is on this cost
driver that the Commission is focusing, mostly by introducing options for simplifications in its
programmes (e.g. by developing lump-sum grants in Horizon Europe).
The complexity of the environment in which programmes are implemented. The cost of
controls is likely to be higher in the case of a multisite organisational structure or when partners
and/or beneficiaries are located outside the EU’s jurisdiction.
The volumes and amounts to be processed. A high number of low-value payments will generate
higher control costs than recurrent mass payments, while the regulatory framework requires certain
incompressible controls. This results in diseconomies of scale.
The type of budget implementation mode. Under the indirect and shared management modes,
the cost of controls is shared between the Commission and its implementing partners, while for the
direct management mode the burden is entirely borne by the Commission.
The life cycle of the programme. Towards the final stage of programmes (e.g. in the direct
management mode), despite the low level of expenditure, a minimum level of controls still has to be
carried out, which results in an increase in the ratio of cost of controls to expenditure controlled.
The increase in the average standard staff costs, driven by salary adjustments and
fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In the last several years, inflation has led to significant
increases in staff costs, whereas the overall budget managed and controlled every year has remained
stable. In external action, an additional factor relates to currency exchange rates.
For the sake of transparency and completeness, departments dealing with shared and/or indirect
management have also reported on the cost of controls in Member States and entrusted entities separately
from the Commission’s own cost of controls in their annual activity reports.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
53
3. Management assurance
As part of the governance system explained above, overall management assurance is ensured through the
assurance given by the Directors-General, the Internal Audit Service and the Audit Progress Committee. It is
supplemented by the opinion of the Court of Auditors and points on the 2024 discharge given by the
budgetary authority and by the follow-up of the discharge and external audit recommendations.
3.1. Assessments, assurance and reservations declared by
authorising officers
For the 2025 reporting year, all 52 authorising officers by delegation (47) declared in their respective annual
activity reports (48) that they had reasonable assurance that (1) the information contained in their reports
presents a ‘true and fair view’ (i.e. reliable, complete and correct) of the state of affairs in their departments;
(2) the resources assigned to their activities were used for their intended purpose and in accordance with the
principle of sound financial management; and (3) the control procedures put in place give the necessary
guarantees concerning the legality and regularity of the underlying transactions, taking into account the
multiannual character of some programmes and the nature of the payments concerned.
Within their overall assurance-building process, and from their management perspective, the authorising
officers by delegation use all information available during the year, especially the results of their controls, to
spot any potential significant weakness in quantitative or qualitative terms for each programme or segment
of their portfolio. At the end of each financial year, they determine whether the financial impact of such a
weakness is likely be above the materiality threshold of 2% and/or whether the reputational impact is
significant. If so, they qualify their declaration of assurance with a reservation for the specific segment
affected.
Reservations EU budget: number and financial impact by policy area in 2025 (49) (million EUR)
(*) Non-quantified reservation.
Source: European Commission annual activity reports.
(47) See footnote 4. (48) European Commission: Directorate-General for Communication, ‘Annual activity reports’, European Commission
website, https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/strategy-documents/annual-activity-reports_en. (49) Excluding the reservation issued for the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Single market, innovation and digital
[12]
EUR 261.5 million
Cohesion, resilience and values
[5]
EUR 304.3 million
Natural resources and environment
[8]
EUR 300.7 million
Migration and border management (*)
[2]
Neighbourhood and the world (*)
[2]
European public administration (*)
[1]
Total EUR 866.5
million
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
54
In 2025, 19 authorising officers by delegation qualified their declaration of assurance with one or more
reservations. In total, 32 reservations were issued: 30 for the EU budget, 12 new and 18 recurring (50), and two for the Recovery and Resilience Facility, a recurring reservation regarding conflicts of interest in one
Member State, and a new reservation concerning the satisfactory fulfilment of two milestones in another
Member State.
While the number of new reservations for the EU budget amounts to 12, they are linked to three
underlying issues: residual error rates above 2% for Horizon Europe and for the digital Europe programme
(affecting the reports of eight and two services respectively), and one critical Internal Audit Service
recommendation leading to a reservation in two reports. As these issues relate to programmes implemented
across several services, they result in a higher overall number of new reservations than the three distinct
underlying risks. Additionally, a new reservation concerning the satisfactory fulfilment of two milestones in
another Member State was issued for the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
A total of 19 reservations have been carried over from previous years. These reservations have
been maintained mainly because the root causes of the material level of error or the lack of assurance can be
partially mitigated but not fully eradicated under the current programmes’ legal frameworks. No reservations
issued in 2024 were lifted in 2025.Most recurrent reservations concern shared management, where each
reservation consists in an increased number of paying agencies and operational programmes, for which
systems in place do not function or function only partially, or the error rate is above 2%, compared to 2024.
In eight cases, no reservation was issued due to the de minimis rule, whereby segments with a
residual error rate above the 2% materiality threshold are not considered substantial if they represent less
than 5% of the department’s total payments and have a financial impact below EUR 5 million. The total
financial impact of these cases in 2025 was very limited, amounting to EUR 4.5 million, almost half the level
recorded in 2024.
The total financial impact of the 2025 quantified reservations under the EU budget amounts to
EUR 866.5 million (51), representing 0.5% of the total relevant expenditure, which marks an increase
compared to 2024 (0.2%). This increase is driven by the new reservations linked to higher error rates in
Horizon Europe and the digital Europe programme, and by a higher number and volume of reservations in the
cohesion policy area. However, the financial impact in 2025 remains within the range of the previous year’s
values. The financial impact of the reservations related to the Recovery and Resilience Facility amount to
EUR 326.1 million in total (see details in Annex 3, section 2.2.10).
Annex 5 in Volume III provides a complete list of the reservations for 2025, along with further explanations
and details.
(50) One reservation issued in 2024 by DG Neighbourhood and Enlargement Negotiations, concerning external constraints
affecting the control of financial programmes in Libya, Syria and Ukraine, is reflected in the 2025 annual activity reports of DG Enlargement and Eastern Neighbourhood (Ukraine) and DG Middle East, North Africa and Gulf (Libya, Palestine and Syria).
(51) Excluding the reservation issued for the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
55
3.2. Work of the Internal Audit Service and overall conclusion
The Commission’s Directorates-General and services also base their assurance on the work done by the
Internal Audit Service.
As required by its mission charter, the Internal Audit Service issues an annual overall conclusion on the
Commission’s financial management. This is based on the audit work in the area of financial management in
the Commission covering the past three years (2023 to 2025). The overall conclusion also takes into account
information from other sources, notably the reports of the European Court of Auditors. The overall conclusion
is issued at the same time as this report and covers the same year.
Based on this audit information, the Internal Auditor considered that, in 2025, the Commission had put in
place governance, risk management and internal control procedures which, taken as a whole, are adequate to
give reasonable assurance over the achievement of its financial objectives, with the exception of those areas
of financial management over which authorising officers by delegation have expressed reservations in their
declaration of assurance as listed in the annex.
Without further qualifying the overall conclusion for 2025, the Internal Auditor drew the attention to the need
to ensure that the control and assurance framework remains robust, proportionate and effective to manage
risks to an acceptable level, especially in the context of concurrent priorities and continuous pressure on
resources. This is further detailed in Annex 6 to this report.
The Internal Audit Service performs an independent assessment of the effectiveness of governance, risk
management, and control processes for operational and policy activities, financial management and
supporting functions within the Commission and its departments, executive agencies and European offices.
It issued independent conclusions on the quality of management and control systems and made
recommendations for ensuring compliance and improving performance, effectiveness, efficiency and
accountability. For all accepted or partially accepted recommendations, the auditees drafted action plans that
were submitted to the Internal Audit Service, which subsequently assessed them as being satisfactory or
requested a revised action plan. For the recommendations that were partially not accepted, the auditees
accepted the residual risk. Finally, the Internal Audit Service pursued its strict follow-up policy and assessed
the actual implementation of its recommendations by the Commission’s departments on a regular basis.
Overall, the Internal Audit Service considers the implementation of its recommendations issued between 2021
and 2025 to be satisfactory and comparable to previous reporting periods. This result indicates that the
Commission services are diligent in implementing the recommendations and mitigating the risks identified by
the Internal Audit Service.
Annex 6 includes more information on the assurance provided by the Internal Audit Service. In addition, a
report on the internal auditor’s work is forwarded by the Commission to the discharge authority, in accordance
with Article 118(8) of the Financial Regulation, as part of the integrated financial and accountability
reporting package.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
56
3.3. Assurance obtained through the work of the Audit
Progress Committee
The Audit Progress Committee oversees audit matters within the Commission and reports annually to the
College of Commissioners. It ensures the independence of the Internal Audit Service, monitors the quality of
internal audit work and ensures that internal and external (i.e. from the European Court of Auditors) audit
recommendations are properly taken into account by the Commission’s directorates-general and services and
that they receive appropriate follow-up.
During this reporting period, which continued to be shaped by the aftermath of the unprecedented
challenges that have impacted on the EU since 2020, the committee maintained its important role in
enhancing governance, organisational performance and accountability across the entire organisation. It held
four rounds of meetings during the reporting period, focusing on the key objectives set out in the 2025 and
2026 work programmes. The committee took note of the broad convergence between the results of the risk
assessments performed by management and the Internal Audit Service, which continued to illustrate the
robustness of the institution’s approach.
The committee discussed critical and very important audit findings raised by the Internal Audit Service with
relevant auditees and urged the completion of mitigating actions as soon as possible. It held discussions on
important topics such as data protection, human resources and information technology security, which is
especially relevant in the current cybersecurity environment, and on financial management and financial
instruments.
The committee was satisfied with the independence of the internal auditor and quality of the internal audit
work and welcomed the internal auditor’s reassurances that the audit plan for 2026 provides coverage of the
highest risks and delivery of the overall conclusion on financial management. The effective implementation
rate of the internal auditor’s recommendations remained very high (i.e. covering 94% of recommendations
issued and followed up during 2021-2025), and only five very important internal audit recommendations
were overdue by more than six months as of December 2025, which the committee is monitoring closely.
The committee continued its exchanges with the European Court of Auditors and held a discussion with the
external auditor on its multiannual strategy for 2026-2030 and its annual work programme for 2026. It also
continued to monitor the progress in implementing the Court of Auditors’ recommendations, and was satisfied
when, for the 18th time in a row, the Court of Auditors gave a clean opinion on the reliability of the
consolidated EU accounts.
During this period, the committee contributed to the revision of the Audit Progress Committee’s Mission
Charter, with the last version dating from 2020. The aim of this update was mainly to reflect the changes in
the revised Internal Audit Service Mission Charter prompted by the revision of the Global Internal Audit
Standards, in particular clarifying that since the Audit Progress Committee has no management powers, the
‘board’ responsibilities, with respect to the governance of the internal audit function as set out in the Global
Internal Audit Standards, are assumed by the College of Commissioners.
Annex 7 to this annual management and performance report, in Volume III, includes more information on the
work and conclusions of the committee.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
57
3.4. The opinions of the Court of Auditors on the 2024 accounts
and on the legality and regularity of transactions
The Court of Auditors’ Annual reports on the implementation of the EU budget for the 2024 financial year and
on the activities funded by the 9th, 10th and 11th European Development Funds (EDFs) for the 2024 financial
year, published in October 2025, gave a clean opinion on the EU accounts for the 18th year in a row. Revenue
also continued to be free from material error.
As regards the legality and regularity of expenditure, under the multiannual financial framework, the Court of
Auditors maintained its adverse opinion, even if its estimated overall level of error for the EU budget
decreased from 5.6% in 2023 to 3.6% in 2024.
The Court of Auditors explains its adverse opinion through both the reported level of error and the fact that
material and pervasive errors remain in what the Court of Auditors considers to be high-risk expenditure. The
Court of Auditors considers as such expenditure that is often subject to complex rules and is mainly based on
reimbursement of costs, in particular in the areas of cohesion, research and innovation, rural development,
migration and border management, and neighbourhood and the world. It concludes that high-risk expenditure
represented 68.9% of the audited population for 2024 (against 64% in 2023).
On the other hand, the Court of Auditors confirmed again that the risk of error is lower for expenditure subject
to simpler rules, mainly entitlement-based payments (as opposed to reimbursement-based payments). This
concerns, for instance, direct payments to farmers, but also administrative expenditure (mostly salaries and
pensions in the EU civil service). Both these types of expenditure continue to be free from material error.
The Court of Auditors also issued an audit opinion on the Recovery and Resilience Facility for the fourth time.
It considered that the overall effects of its findings are material but not pervasive to this year’s Recovery and
Resilience Facility expenditure. Based on these quantitative and other qualitative findings, the Court of
Auditors issued a qualified opinion (52).
3.5. Discharge of the budget for 2024
The Parliament granted the discharge to the Commission for the 2024 financial year on 29 April 2026, after
having examined the reports of the Court of Auditors, the Commission’s integrated financial and
accountability reporting package and the Council’s discharge recommendation. The Parliament’s Committee
on Budgetary Control also invited selected Commissioners and Executive Vice-Presidents for discharge
hearings structured according to the headings of the multiannual financial framework, after having held
exchanges of views with selected Directors-General (focused on the respective annual activity reports).
During the procedure, the key stakeholders – the Parliament, the Council and the Court of Auditors – focused
on how to ensure transparency in the use of the EU budget, how to improve its results and how to further
reduce the level of errors. The Recovery and Resilience Facility was again one of the key elements of the
discharge discussions due to its financial magnitude and the specific nature of its delivery mode, which is
performance based rather than based on costs incurred. This discussion on the lessons learned from the
(52) Where the Court of Auditors finds a material level of error and determines its impact on a given audit opinion, the
Court of Auditors must determine whether the errors are ‘pervasive’ to the audit population. When errors are material and pervasive, the Court of Auditors issues an adverse opinion. This was not the case for Recovery and Resilience Facility, where the overall effects of findings are material, but not pervasive to the year’s accepted expenditure, thus leading to a qualified opinion. See European Court of Auditors, Annual reports on the implementation of the EU budget for the 2024 financial year and on activities funded by the 9th, 10th and 11th European Development Funds (EDFs) for the 2024 financial year, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2865/7727690, p. 56.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
58
implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility was often put in the context of the Commission’s
proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework.
The discussions on discharge also touched upon issues such as:
• the rule of law and fundamental rights;
• the transparency of financing of non-governmental organisations, in particular in respect of financing for
advocacy activities;
• the need for the smoother implementation and absorption of EU funds and for the simplification of rules
and procedures;
• the growing cost of repayment of the debt under NextGenerationEU;
• revising the guidance on final recipients in national Recovery and Resilience Facility plans;
• drawing conclusions from the implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility in light of the next
multiannual financial framework;
• cooperation among various stakeholders in the EU anti-fraud architecture;
• the methodologies to estimate the level of error and the level of risk, and cases where the Court of
Auditors and the Commission reached different conclusions on the eligibility of expenditure;
• the need for a comprehensive EU approach to defence funding.
Within the annual discharge procedure, the Commission informs the Parliament and the Council (as the two
arms of the budgetary and discharge authorities) about the implementation of their recommendations
through two reports: (1) an overview follow-up report (published in the summer); and (2) a more detailed
report with replies to specific requests from the Parliament and the Council (sent in the autumn).
Regarding recommendations issued by the Court of Auditors, the Commission’s replies are published together
with the Court of Auditors’ reports, stating which recommendations are accepted, partially accepted or
rejected. The follow-up to the accepted recommendations is tracked in an information technology tool,
ensuring the traceability of each step of the implementation. Each Commission department reports on the
implementation of these recommendations in its annual activity report. Moreover, the state of play of the
implementation of these recommendations is presented on a regular basis to the Audit Progress Committee in
the context of its mandate.
The Court of Auditors also monitors the Commission’s implementation of its recommendations and provides
feedback, helping the Commission to enhance its follow-up activities. In its 2024 annual report, the Court of
Auditors reviewed the extent to which the Commission had pursued the implementation of 194 audit
recommendations addressed to it in 27 special reports published in 2021. Eleven recommendations were not
yet due for implementation at the time of the Court of Auditors’ follow-up review. Of the remaining 183
recommendations, the Commission had implemented 100 (55%) in full, 40 (22%) in most respects
and 34 (18%) in some respects. In one case (1%), no assessment of the implementation status was required,
as the Court of Auditors considered the recommendation to be no longer relevant. Of the eight
recommendations (4%) that the Court of Auditors considered not to have been implemented, the Commission
had not accepted five. Compared with the previous year, the total proportion of recommendations fully or
mostly implemented increased from 68% to 77%. The proportion of recommendations not implemented
decreased from 11% to 4%.
Annex 2 – Internal control and financial management
59
4. Outlook for 2026 and beyond
4.1. The preparation of the 2028-2034 multiannual
financial framework
In July 2025, the European Commission adopted its proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual
financial framework. This proposal introduces a fundamentally redesigned EU budget, centred on flexibility,
simplification and impact. It is structured around clearer political priorities, streamlining financial programmes
and national and regional partnership plans, ensuring targeted investments and reforms where they are most
needed. It also includes a reinforced system of own resources to finance the budget, so as to support EU
priorities while easing pressure on national budgets.
One of the main simplification measures proposed in the Commission proposal is the more
widespread use of simplified cost options and financing not linked to costs, which should both
significantly reduce the reporting obligations on recipients of funds, by focusing checks and controls on the
deliverables of the projects rather than on the costs, and reduce the complexity of the programmes, thus
reducing the error rates.
The proposal for a performance regulation (53) will provide the following: (1) a common methodology to
track EU budget expenditure supporting climate mitigation, climate adaptation, environment and social
objectives; (2) a common list of performance indicators; (3) a single report on performance; and (4) a single
gateway portal.
The harmonisation of expenditure tracking and performance indicators through a single common list of
intervention fields and indicators, as embedded in the proposal, is expected to generate further
efficiency gains and administrative savings in the long run. These potential savings may arise in
particular from the reduction in the total number of performance indicators from 5 000 to approximately 700.
The proposed Single Gateway portal – merging over 30 portals and dashboards into a single entry point –
should also further enhance transparency and accessibility by providing a single entry point for information on
the EU budget, including funding opportunities, and on implementation and results.
4.2. Large-scale review of the Commission’s organisation
and operations
The Commission initiated a discussion on the large-scale review of its organisation and operations in March
2025. Based on the results of extensive internal consultations, and considering experiences from previous
organisational change exercises, workstreams would focus around three main interwoven poles: structures,
processes, and people and culture. The final recommendations are expected to be submitted to the President
before the end of 2026, with implementation starting in 2027.
(53) Proposal for a regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing a budget expenditure tracking
and performance framework and other horizontal rules for the Union programmes and activities, COM(2025) 545 final of 16 July 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025PC0545&qid=1778582482205.
Annex 3 – The Recovery
and Resilience Facility
under NextGenerationEU
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
63
1. The Recovery and Resilience Facility–
an innovative and successful crisis
response tool
The Recovery and Resilience Facility (54) is the centrepiece of NextGenerationEU, established to
help EU Member States recover faster from the COVID-19 pandemic and become more resilient. It
provides a powerful tool at the EU level to support accelerated and ambitious green and digital transitions. In
2022, it was expanded to include REPowerEU chapters in Recovery and Resilience Plans, thus contributing to
the REPowerEU plan, the European Commission’s response to the economic hardship, high inflation and
energy crisis triggered by Russia’s unprovoked full-scale invasion of Ukraine.
The Commission assessed 34 payment requests, submitted by 24 different Member States (all
except Germany, Lithuania and Hungary) covering 1 174 milestones and targets in total (794 milestones and
380 targets). By the end of 2025, 52% of all milestones and targets with an indicative due date up until Q4
2025 had been assessed as fulfilled by the Commission and an additional 26% had been reported by the
Member States as completed. (55). The milestones and targets relating to the disbursements pertain to a large
scope of measures covering the six pillars of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation.
Recovery and Resilience Facility – implementation of milestones and targets
Source: European Commission.
(54) Regulation (EU) 2021/241 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 February 2021 establishing the
Recovery and Resilience Facility (OJ L 57, 18.2.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/241/oj) (the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation).
(55) This includes milestones and targets reported as delayed, on track or not completed based on October 2025 Member State reporting.
0
1 000
2 000
3 000
4 000
5 000
6 000
Fulfilled Completed (not assessed) Not completed
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
64
In 2025, the Commission disbursed a total of EUR 87.3 billion, including EUR 40.1 billion in
non-repayable support and EUR 47.2 billion in loans. The visual below presents the disbursements
made in 2025 per Member State.
Disbursements made in 2025 per Member State for non-repayable support and loans, including
pre-financing (million EUR)
Source: European Commission.
For the entire facility, this brought the total disbursements to EUR 393.4 billion out of a total envelope of
EUR 637.1 billion at the end of 2025 (see details in visual below).
Total non-repayable support Total loans
1 463
1 904
1 751
128
122
356
3 455
7 129
3 262
1 041
7 638
190
293
58
49
1 185
2 138
2 216
1 916
622
400
492
623
1 646
60
41
1 781
15 935
865
23 403
3 950
485
657
40
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czechia
Denmark
Estonia
Ireland
Greece
Spain
France
Croatia
Italy
Cyprus
Latvia
Luxembourg
Malta
Netherlands
Austria
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Slovakia
Finland
Sweden
Belgium
Bulgaria
Czechia
Denmark
Estonia
Ireland
Greece
Spain
France
Croatia
Italy
Cyprus
Latvia
Luxemb r
Malta
Netherlands
Austria
Poland
Portugal
Romania
Slovenia
Slovakia
Finland
Sweden
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
65
Disbursements made and to be made, at the end of 2025
Source: Recovery and resilience scoreboard.
1.1. Progress made in 2025 – ensuring timely implementation
Ensuring the timely implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility remained a central
priority for the Commission in 2025. Activities in 2025 centred on monitoring the execution of national
recovery and resilience plans, assessing Member States’ payment requests and streamlining recovery and
resilience plans to facilitate their full implementation by the end of 2026.
In June 2025, the Commission called on Member States to streamline their recovery and
resilience plans so as to maximise impact in light of implementation delays and the approaching end of the
Recovery and Resilience Facility in 2026 (56). The Commission provided guidance on plan revisions, stressing
that recovery and resilience plans should retain only those measures that can be fully implemented by
31 August 2026. This approach aims to simplify implementation and the assessment of payment requests
and to reduce administrative burdens, while ensuring recovery and resilience plans remain fully compliant
with the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation.
In 2025, 50 requests for revision were received and positively assessed by the Commission, as
Member States continued to revise their recovery and resilience plans to address implementation delays, to
mitigate external constraints and engaged in an effort to simplify milestones and targets. By the end of 2025,
543 milestones and targets had been removed, leading to a reduction of around 20% in the outstanding
number of milestones and targets left to be assessed in the final phase of the Recovery and Resilience
Facility. Regarding REPowerEU, in July 2025, the Council adopted the last chapter, for Bulgaria, which brought
the total number of REPowerEU chapters to 27, accounting for a total of EUR 57.6 billion of funding. As a
result of the revisions that took place in 2025, the total financial envelope under the Recovery and Resilience
Facility amounted to EUR 637 billion, split into EUR 360 billion in non-repayable support (a EUR 1 billion
increase compared to 2024) and EUR 277 billion in loans (a decrease of EUR 14 billion).
(56) See Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – NextGenerationEU – The
road to 2026, COM(2025) 310 final/2 of 4 June 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025DC0310&qid=1778678792265.
40.7
26.2
196.8
129.7
122.4
121.3
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Grants
Loans
Prefinancing Paid Planned
Total EUR 277.2 billion
Total EUR 359.9 billion
Loa
Gr
40.7
26.2
196.8
129.7
122.4
121.3
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Grants
Loans
Prefinancing Paid Planned
Total EUR 277.2 billion
Total EUR 359.9 billion
Loa
Non-repayable support
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
66
1.2. Achieving performance results
Member States use the funds provided by the Recovery and Resilience Facility to implement ambitious
reforms and investments that will make their economies and societies more sustainable, resilient and
prepared for the green and digital transitions.
The results obtained by the end of 2025 indicate that the facility is making a key difference in the lives of EU
citizens. The common indicators demonstrate the progress of the implementation of the recovery and
resilience plans towards common objectives and the overall performance of the facility.
Common indicator Results by the end
of 2025
Savings in annual primary energy consumption 37 568 052 MWh/year
Additional operational capacity installed for renewable energy 62 444 MW and
18 MW for hydrogen
Alternative fuels infrastructure (refuelling/recharging points) 940 866
Population benefiting from protection measures against floods, wildfires and other climate-related natural disasters
36.8 million
Additional dwellings with internet access provided via very-high-capacity networks 17.6 million
Enterprises supported in developing or adopting digital products, services and application processes
1.4 million
Users of new and upgraded public digital services, products and processes 2 402 million (57)
Researchers working in supported research facilities 231 136
Enterprises supported (small (including micro), medium and large) 4.9 million
Number of participants in education or training 30.7 million
Number of people in employment or engaged in job-searching activities 3.5 million
Capacity of new or modernised healthcare facilities 60.2 million
Classroom capacity of new or modernised childcare and education facilities 4.2 million
Number of young people aged 15-29 receiving support 12.7 million
Furthermore, the Recovery and Resilience Facility helped to deliver some key reforms during the first four
years of implementation, including the following.
• Ensuring access to medical care by establishing a reimbursement system for nurses to incentivise them
to work in remote areas and by increasing the share of people admitted to nursing training (Estonia).
• Enabling policymakers to better assess and limit regulatory burdens on small and medium-sized
enterprises, promoting a more supportive environment for their growth (Ireland).
• Streamlining and simplifying permitting procedures for renewable energy and electricity infrastructure.
The legislation reduces administrative burdens, sets clear deadlines, removes restrictions on self-
consumption and improves network capacity allocation (Spain).
• Bringing in legislation to encourage tax compliance and improve the effectiveness of audits and controls.
One reform improved the quality of the databases used to produce compliance letters (i.e. notices
through which the Italian tax authorities report discrepancies). As a result, the tax revenue generated by
compliance letters has increased by 30% compared to 2019 (Italy).
(57) The indicator counts the total number of uses rather than the number of unique individuals.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
67
• Introducing reforms to improve fiscal sustainability in the medium and long term. These include
improving the long-term fiscal sustainability of the pension system through changes to the first pay-as-
you-go pension pillar and improving the functioning of the second pension pillar, along with enhancing
fiscal discipline through binding multiannual expenditure ceilings (Slovakia).
In addition, the Recovery and Resilience Facility has contributed to unlocking the full potential of structural
reforms by complementing them with key investment. Some of this investment, with key steps already
completed, includes the following.
• Granting 147 557 tax credits to businesses to support innovation and digitalisation, through investment
in tangible and intangible capital goods, standard intangible assets, research and development,
innovation and training activities (Italy, EUR 13.4 billion).
• Creating more than 21 000 new study places in regional vocational education at upper secondary level,
with priority given to unemployed people or people with education levels below upper secondary
education (Sweden, EUR 92 million).
• Developing a dedicated platform and increased funding for school boards to support students in their
last year of school, aiming to mitigate learning losses due to the COVID-19 pandemic (Netherlands,
EUR 19.5 million).
• Upgrading the Clinical Hospital Centre Sestre Milosrdnice with modern medical equipment, digital tools
and a renovated neurosurgery clinic, to enable faster and more efficient care, an improved patient
experience and a 22% increase in treatment capacity. The hospital now serves more than 700 000
patients a year (Croatia, EUR 16.3 million).
• Rolling out early childhood interventions to support families in vulnerable situations during pregnancy
and early childhood, thereby promoting health equality and social fairness. The programme has achieved
full coverage in all districts (Austria, EUR 15 million).
• Bringing the Energy Data Centre into operation, thereby improving the preconditions for the connection of
renewable energy sources by streamlining required data. This allows the aggregation of flexibility while
improving the conditions for energy communities and the sharing of renewable energy sources (Slovakia,
EUR 3.3 million).
An overview of how the implementation of the Recovery and Resilience Facility and the national recovery and
resilience plans is progressing is provided through the recovery and resilience scoreboard and the map of
projects supported by the facility.
Each recovery and resilience plan is required to contribute at least 37% and 20%, respectively, to climate and
digital objectives. This is reflected in the significant budgetary contribution of the facility to both the green
and digital transitions.
• Climate contribution. EUR 264.2 billion from 2021 to 2025 (42.7% of the total envelope, including
non-repayable support and loans).
• Digital contribution. EUR 150.9 billion from 2021 to 2025 (24.4% of the total envelope, including non-
repayable support and loans).
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
68
2. Control results confirm the satisfactory
fulfilment of all milestones and targets
for payments made in 2025
2.1. A dedicated control environment to ensure the protection
of EU funds
The Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation sets out the respective roles and responsibilities
of Member States and of the Commission for protecting the EU budget. The facility is a fully
performance-based instrument, and, unlike the majority of other EU funding programmes, the Commission
does not reimburse Member States based on actual costs incurred for the reforms and investment included in
their recovery and resilience plans. Instead, the Commission pays predefined instalments solely when agreed
milestones and targets are satisfactorily fulfilled. The Recovery and Resilience Facility funds, once disbursed,
enter each national budget with no direct link to the expenditure incurred to finance the reforms and
investment. As per the regulation, Member States are responsible for ensuring that the facility is implemented
in compliance with EU and national rules and with the principles of sound financial management. The
Commission should be able to receive sufficient assurance from them in that regard.
Member States must put in place suitable monitoring and control systems to protect the
financial interests of the EU and to ensure that the use of funds complies with EU and national
law. These systems are described in detail in the recovery and resilience plans and were assessed by the
Commission before each plan was adopted. During the lifetime of the facility, Member States must ensure the
effectiveness of these control systems. Notably, they must undertake systematic work to ensure that the
systems prevent, detect and correct irregularities. If a Member State detects any specific irregularities, it must
take action to correct them and inform the Commission of them. If a Member State does not undertake the
necessary corrections in cases of fraud, corruption or conflict of interest, the Commission will reduce or
recover the affected amounts from the Member State. Moreover, if a Member State seriously breaches its
obligations under the financing or loan agreements, the Commission may apply a flat-rate correction to the
funds received by the Member State in the context of the facility.
The Commission has designed its control strategy to fully comply with its responsibilities
stemming from the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation (see overview in visual below).
• The Commission must ensure the legality and regularity of payments to the Member States,
which are solely linked to the satisfactory fulfilment of the milestones and targets. For this
purpose, the Commission carries out ex ante assessments of all the payment requests received
from the Member States; ex post audits for a selection of payment requests, milestones and targets;
system audits on milestones and targets; and an analysis of the Member States’ management
declarations and summaries of audits
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
69
• The Commission has the right to reduce and recover any amount, or ask for early repayment
of the loan, in cases of fraud, corruption or conflicts of interest affecting the financial interests of the
EU that have not been corrected and recovered by the Member State, or in cases where the information
and justification underlying a payment request is found to be incorrect, or for a serious breach of an
obligation resulting from the financing and/or loan agreement signed with the Member State. For this
purpose, the Commission makes an assessment of the control systems described in the plans
(and subsequent revisions) submitted to the Commission before their adoption. In addition, the
Commission carries out system audits on the protection of the financial interests of the EU in
the Member States over the entire duration of the facility and audits on the work done by the
national audit authorities. It also assesses the checks carried out by the Member States on
compliance with public procurement rules and State-aid rules, including the effectiveness of these
checks.
• The timely implementation of outstanding audit recommendations is key, in particular given that the
Recovery and Resilience Facility is approaching its final phase. The Commission continuously monitors
the implementation of the issued audit recommendations (58).
Recovery and Resilience Facility – overview of the control environment at the Commission level
Source: European Commission.
(58) A continued and close cooperation with the Member States allowed the Commission to close or preliminary close
90% of the issued recommendations.
Takes place before the Commission makes the payment to the Member State Takes place after the Commission makes the payment to the Member State Can take place anytime during the implementation of the plan
LEGALITY AND REGULARITY
PROTECTION OF THE FINANCIAL INTERESTS OF THE EU
Assessment of the satisfactory fulfilment of milestones and targets.
Analysis of Member States’ management declaration and summary of audits.
Assessment of the specific audit and control milestones.
Assessment of checks carried out by Member States on compliance with public procurement and State aid rules.
System audits on the protection of the financial interests of the EU.
Audits on the work done by national audit authorities.
Fact-finding missions to confirm the accuracy of information submitted
by the Member States.
System audits on milestones and targets.
Ex post audits on milestones and targets.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
70
The Commission makes a qualitative assessment of the control results and the level of risk
associated with the operations. Unlike other EU programmes, this assessment cannot be
quantified with an error rate. Error rates reflect a quantitative assessment, which is pertinent when the
expenditure can be directly attributed to a quantitative criterion. Payments in the context of the Recovery and
Resilience Facility are based on a qualitative assessment of the fulfilment of milestones and targets, which is
difficult to translate into quantitative terms. Even when milestones and targets have not been satisfactorily
fulfilled and a reduction will be made, this reduction cannot correspond to an amount of ineligible
expenditure. In addition, the investments and reforms included in the recovery and resilience plans are very
diverse, both within a Member State and between Member States, which prevents any statistical
extrapolation. In this context, a meaningful error rate cannot be determined.
In the course of 2025 and the first half of 2026, the Commission has consolidated the existing
audit and control architecture by introducing targeted improvements, including taking into account
new recommendations from the European Court of Auditors.
• The Guidance on the assessment of the internal control systems set in place by the Member
States under the Recovery and Resilience Facility, as well as the Guidance to Member States for
the preparation of the summary of audits under the Recovery and Resilience Facility were
updated. The key control points in the areas of public procurement and State aid were clarified
and expanded, following the recommendations stemming from the ECA Special Report 09/2025
on public procurement and State aid. And the guidance was complemented with best practices in
relation to recovery of amounts affected by fraud and for reporting of fraud and suspected
fraudulent cases, to address the recommendations issued by ECA in its Special Report 06/2026 on
tackling fraud in the RRF.
• The Commission adopted in April 2026 the Guidelines for Member States on operational aspects
related to the final phase and closure of the Recovery and Resilience Facility. It describes the final
steps of the programme’s implementation until the end of 2026 and the applicable procedures
and obligations beyond 2026, also in relation to audit and control. It recalls the regulatory
framework and provides additional information on how the Commission intends to operationalise
key aspects of the Facility’s closure. It also clarifies the Member States’ continued obligations as
regards the period beyond 2026 and provides final dates for Recovery and Resilience Facility-
related reporting obligations.
2.2. Control results are predominantly positive
2.2.1. Full approval of the revised plans following their assessment
In the context of the revision of the national plans, the audit and control systems of the
respective Member States were reassessed in 2025, taking into account all the new and additional
information obtained, since the original assessment took place, notably through the various audits carried out
by the Commission. In light of this information, the Commission considered whether the arrangements for the
audit and control system put forward by the Member States in the revised plans were (still) adequate. In
2025, a total of 50 revisions were approved and the Commission proposed one additional audit and control
milestone (for Slovakia).
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
71
2.2.2. Ex ante controls at the payment stage
In 2025, the Commission assessed and paid 34 payment requests submitted by 24 Member States,
corresponding to 794 milestones and 380 targets (1 174 in total), of which 11 were assessed as
not satisfactorily fulfilled. Parts of disbursements were subsequently suspended for the corresponding
payment requests submitted by Romania (1), Spain (1) and Bulgaria (2) and suspensions of payments were
applied amounting to EUR 1 737.5 million (59). The Commission also lifted the suspension for three milestones
and targets (Spain (1), Cyprus (1) and Czechia (1)) as the necessary measures had been taken to satisfactorily
fulfil the related milestones and targets. The Commission reduced one Member State’s financial contribution
for one milestone that remained not satisfactorily fulfilled by the end of the suspension procedure (60). In the
case of Belgium, while a suspension decision was adopted in 2024, the suspension was lifted in 2025 as the
national plan was subsequently revised.
Positive assessment of the specific milestones on audit and control for all
Member States
Since the beginning of the Recovery and Resilience Facility’s implementation, a total of 83 audit and control
milestones have been incorporated into the national plans of 24 Member States (61). By the end of May 2026,
56 had been assessed by the Commission as satisfactorily fulfilled, in 23 Member States. The
Commission assessed the achievement of these milestones based on desk reviews and in-depth analyses of
the evidence provided by the Member States. All of the remaining 27 audit and control milestones are related
to Hungary, which has yet to submit its first payment request.
Examples of such milestones
• Putting in place and implementing a repository system for monitoring the implementation of the
Recovery and Resilience Facility.
• The entry into force of laws or decrees setting out legal mandates or defining audit and control
procedures.
• Creating and implementing an action plan regarding the prevention of conflicts of interest in the
context of the Recovery and Resilience Facility and adopting an audit strategy ensuring
independent and effective auditing of the Recovery and Resilience Facility implementation.
In addition, as a follow-up to the positive assessment of the implemented audit and control milestones, 13
commitments were made by 11 Member States (Belgium, Ireland, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Lithuania,
Luxembourg, Poland, Romania and Finland) to ensure the continuous fulfilment of the related audit and
control milestones. All of the 13 commitments have been implemented (five in 2025), based on the
Commission’s preliminary assessment published alongside the respective payment requests.
(59) Romania (six milestones and targets, EUR 869.8 million), Spain (two milestones and targets, EUR 500.3 million),
Bulgaria (three milestones and targets, EUR 367.4 million). (60) In accordance with Article 24(8) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation, in relation to Czechia, for an
amount of EUR 16,85 million. (61) Of the 83 audit and control milestones: 72 from the onset, 10 added in the revisions that took place in 2023 and 1 in
2025.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
72
Analysis of management and audit summaries confirms the Commission’s
initial assessment
The Commission reviewed the management declarations and audit summaries accompanying the payment
requests submitted in 2025. For the payments for which funding was suspended in 2025 due to milestones
and targets not being satisfactorily fulfilled, the review of management declarations and summaries of audits
had previously raised doubts about their fulfilment, which were then confirmed by the Commission’s
assessment (62).
2.2.3. Ex post audits on milestones and targets confirm the
satisfactory fulfilment of milestones and targets
In 2025, the Commission carried out 23 ex post audits (63) on milestones and targets. These audits
are risk based, usually covering 100% of high-risk milestones and targets, along with some medium-risk
milestones and targets. The payment requests not audited included milestones and targets that were low risk,
or notably related to measures audited in previous years and/or had been audited by national audit
authorities or the European Court of Auditors providing reasonable assurance to the Commission. By the end
of May 2026, the Commission had audited 80 milestones and targets in total, comprising 69 high-risk
milestones and targets and 11 medium-risk milestones (64).
Based on its audit work, for the payments assessed in 2025 the Commission found no evidence
that the audited milestones and targets were not satisfactorily fulfilled at the time of payment.
Any other discrepancies identified between the data declared and the data audited remained within the
margin of 5% considered by the Commission for its assessment (65). In the case that the Commission
considers ex post that a milestone or a target was not reached, it will initiate financial corrections to recover
the undue part of the payment made. This has not happened for the payments made in 2025.
2.2.4. System audits on the protection of the financial interests
of the EU confirm the adequacy of the systems in place
Between the start of the facility and the end of May 2026, the Commission carried out 36 system
audits on the protection of the financial interests of the EU, covering all Member States at least
once, including one system audit in 2025, in five Member States: Ireland, France, Poland, Finland and
Sweden (66).In the context of these system audits and other audit work, the Commission verified in particular
whether the Member States regularly check compliance with State-aid and public procurement rules, including
(62) Eleven milestones and targets assessed as not satisfactorily fulfilled in 2025, leading to partial suspension of the
disbursements for the payment requests submitted by Bulgaria (2), Spain (1) and Romania (1). (63) These audits covered second payments for Belgium, Ireland, Luxembourg and Austria; third payments for Belgium,
Bulgaria, Denmark, Estonia, Ireland, Cyprus, Latvia, Malta, Austria, Poland, Romania and Finland; fourth payments for Czechia, France, Cyprus and Slovenia; fifth payments for Greece, Spain and Slovakia; sixth payments for Greece, Croatia and Portugal; and seventh payments for Croatia and Italy.
(64) Based on the risk assessment methodology, payments made in 2025 to Czechia (third payment request), Spain (fourth payment request), Italy (eighth payment request), Portugal (seventh payment request) and Finland (second payment request) were not subject to ex post audits on milestones and targets, as these payments did not include any high-risk milestones or targets.
(65) A minimal deviation from amounts specified in a milestone/target is defined as around 5% or less. (66) For Poland and Finland, further checks were performed via compliance audits, focusing on the work of national audit
bodies and two targeted system audits on public procurement and State aid in France and Ireland.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
73
the effectiveness of such checks. System audits also covered procedures to avoid double funding between the
Recovery and Resilience Facility and other EU programmes.
Based on the ongoing audit work, an overall improvement in the implementation of control
systems has been observed across the audited implementing and coordinating bodies. Member
States are taking corrective action in response to audit findings, and audit and control milestones have
provided an additional incentive for their timely implementation. The timely implementation of outstanding
recommendations is key, in particular given that the Recovery and Resilience Facility is approaching its final
phase. Therefore, the Commission continues to monitor the implementation of these recommendations
closely and regularly, in close collaboration with Member States and in line with agreed deadlines.
Several good practices have been observed among audited bodies. As acknowledged by the Court
of Auditors (67), the Commission’s audits are effective tools, which have led for instance to
improvements in the anti-fraud systems of the Member States by introducing procedures to detect potential
fraud, corruption, conflicts of interest and double funding – often supported by data-mining tools such as
Arachne (see Annex 2, Section 1.6.2). Other positive examples include staff training programmes designed to
raise awareness of fraud and corruption risks, and the use of the fraud risk assessment templates. Notable
progress has also been made regarding data collection.
Nonetheless, areas for improvement remain. These include improving controls to prevent conflicts of interest,
reinforcing procedures to verify the absence of double funding, ensuring compliance with publicity obligations,
further increasing participation in fraud awareness training and ensuring that suspected fraud cases are still
followed up and reported to the Commission in line with the specific guidelines (68) adopted in April 2026. In
2025, OLAF investigated 18 cases linked to the Facility.
The Commission can give reasonable assurance regarding the protection of the EU’s financial interests from
fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest, based on the outcomes of the system audit work carried out in
2025 and considering the results of the analysis of the management declarations and audit summaries
mentioned above, with the exception of one Member State (69).
For 2026, given that the Recovery and Resilience Facility will enter its final phase of implementation, the focus
is shifted towards more targeted selection of protection of the financial interests of the EU audits and combining
these with other types of audits for an efficient use of resources. The risk assessment performed in the first
quarter of 2026 led to plans of conducting additional protection of the financial interests of the EU audit work
in four Member States (Czechia, Italy, Netherlands and Sweden).
(67) European Court of Auditors, Tackling Fraud in the RRF – Work in progress – Special report 06/2026, Publications
Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2026, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2865/9261783. (68) Commission Notice C/2026/2647: Guidelines for Member States on operational aspects related to the final phase and
closure of the Recovery and Resilience Facility (69) Two individual cases of conflict of interests identified in Czechia in 2024 and one case in 2025.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
74
2.2.5. Controls on Member States’ obligation to ensure compliance
with public procurement and State-aid rules
Since 2023, the Commission has audited all Member States at least once regarding their obligation
to ensure compliance with public procurement and State-aid rules, under either system audits,
compliance audits or ex post audits, where applicable (70), as a result of the Court of Auditors’ recommendation
in the context of its 2023 annual report (71). This includes ensuring that the financing provided is properly used
in accordance with all applicable EU and national rules, particularly in the areas of public procurement and
State aid, including the effectiveness of such checks. In 2025, 12 Member States were checked on public
procurement and 14 on State aid. From January 2026 to date, public procurement has been checked in another
11 Member States, and State aid in nine Member States. These checks confirm that overall, Member States
fulfilled their obligation to ensure compliance with public procurement and State-aid rules.
In its Special Report 09/2025 (72), the Court of Auditors acknowledged the positive developments as regards
the enhanced checks on public procurement and State aid with the use of comprehensive checklists and
provided some targeted recommendations for further improvement. The Commission implemented all seven
accepted recommendations (73), following which the existing audit checklist on State aid was amended in early
2025 to reflect this more clearly, and rolled out immediately.
2.2.6. Audits of the national audit authorities
Since 2023, the Commission has performed an increasing number of audits to assess the
reliability of the work performed by the national audit authorities, encompassing two key areas: (1)
audits of national control systems, to ensure that national and EU rules are complied with (including public
procurement and State-aid rules) and that the EU budget is protected; and (2) audits of milestones and
targets. Furthermore, these audits include checks that the risk of double funding is adequately addressed. This
effort aims to further strengthen the effectiveness of the audit work performed at the national level while
minimising the duplication of audits and increasing the efficiency of the audit work overall, in the spirit of the
single audit approach. Since the start of the facility, 23 Member States have undergone a compliance audit or
have been subject to an audit that included a compliance dimension.
In a number of instances, areas for further improvement have been identified for example the need
to include deadlines for the implementation of recommendations by national audit bodies; better defining
follow-up procedures; improving audit manuals, checklists or documentation; improving the verification of
public procurement procedures or State-aid rules; and addressing staffing issues or issues with the
assignment of audit staff.
(70) To support this work, the Commission applied comprehensive checklists on public procurement and State aid across
all its audit activities. These checklists were introduced in April 2023 and formally approved in September 2023. In September 2024, the Commission enhanced its audit methodology by introducing specific sampling requirements for procurement procedures to be reviewed during audits, for each implementing body. The audit checklist was amended in early 2025 to reflect more clearly whether Member States have verified compliance with the conditions of relevant schemes, such as the General Block Exemption Regulation and the State-aid framework for research and development and innovation.
(71) European Court of Auditors, Annual reports on the implementation of the EU budget for the 2023 financial year and on activities funded by the 9th, 10th and 11th European Development Funds (EDFs) for the 2023 financial year, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2024, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2865/346460.
(72) European Court of Auditors, Systems for ensuring compliance of RRF spending with public procurement and state aid rules – Improving but still insufficient – Special report 09/2025, 2025, Publications Office of the European Union, Luxembourg, 2025, https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2865/2297025.
(73) To this end, the Commission updated two guidance documents in September 2025: ‘Guidance on the assessment of the internal control systems set in place by the Member States under the Recovery and Resilience Facility’ and ‘Guidance to Member States for the preparation of the summary of audits under the Recovery and Resilience Facility’.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
75
In early 2025, the methodological framework defining the conditions under which the Commission
can rely on national audit work for ex post audits of milestones and targets was refined. Under
this framework, the Commission may rely on the work of national audit bodies where Commission compliance
audits result in either an unqualified opinion or a qualified opinion with limited impact. In such cases,
Commission auditors may rely on the national audit bodies’ assessments and are not required to include in
their ex post audit selection any high-risk milestones and targets (74) already assessed as satisfactorily
fulfilled by those national bodies.
2.2.7. Follow up of Commission’s audit recommendations
The Commission has pursued a rigorous and enhanced monitoring of outstanding open
recommendations, in close cooperation with Member States’ authorities, to ensure that these are
implemented in a timely and efficient manner. When assessing Member States’ implementation of audit
recommendations, the Commission applies a well-defined methodology, thoroughly assessing Member States’
replies and supporting documents that evidence the implementation of the audit recommendations. The
recommendations are considered as ‘implemented’ only if sufficient, adequate and reliable evidence of
implementation is provided by the Member State. Where substantial progress has been made and only minor
issues remain, the residual importance of the finding may be downgraded. To date, 90% (2 400 out of 2 700
issued recommendations) are closed or assessed as ‘preliminary closed’. This follow-up activity is increasingly
important as the final phase of the Recovery and Resilience Facility is approaching.
2.2.8. Annual audit and management opinions
Based on the audit work described above, the Commission issued 24 annual audit opinions covering all
payments made in 2025 (75). These audit opinions were then used in addition to any other available information
to provide a management opinion on the payments made to the 24 Member States concerned in 2025.
Both audit opinions and management opinions provide a level of risk for the elements of the assurance and
thus support the conclusion on the overall declaration of assurance. The audit opinions provide a level of risk
on the legality and regularity of the payment; on the compliance by the Member States with all applicable
rules (76); and on the correction by the Member States of any amount due to the EU budget in cases of fraud,
corruption or conflicts of interest affecting the financial interests of the EU (77). The audit opinions are used by
the Commission’s operational units, together with other sources of information at their disposal (such as
annual implementation meetings and reports), as the basis for the management opinion provided to the
authorising officer by delegation in charge of the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Detailed information on the level of risk of each payment request is presented in the table in Section 2.2.9.
(74) In Croatia, Estonia and Greece, the Commission had performed compliance audits of the national audit authority and
was overall satisfied with the audit work conducted by the latter. Seven high-risk milestones and targets had already been audited by the audit bodies of these Member States and DG ECFIN relied on their results.
(75) The audit opinion is a formal assessment by the Commission’s responsible audit units on internal control systems for the Recovery and Resilience Facility and is supported by detailed assessments for each Member State containing a summary of the information from the Commission’s own audits, the audits of other bodies, national audit bodies, the Court of Auditors and the results of enquiries by the European Anti-Fraud Office.
(76) In accordance with Article 22(2)(a) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation, the Member State shall ‘check that the financing provided has been properly used in accordance with all applicable rules and that any measure for the implementation of reforms and investment projects under the recovery and resilience plan has been properly implemented in accordance with all applicable rules in particular regarding the prevention, detection and correction of fraud, corruption and conflicts of interests’.
(77) In accordance with Article 22(5) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation, the Commission may reduce proportionately the non-repayable support under the Recovery and Resilience Facility and, where applicable, recover any amount due to the EU budget in cases of fraud, corruption or conflicts of interest affecting the financial interests of the EU that have not been corrected by the Member State, or a serious breach of an obligation resulting from this agreement.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
76
2.2.9. Ongoing work of the Court of Auditors in the context of the
2025 statement of assurance
By 28 May 2026, the Commission had received the clearing letters from the Court of Auditors covering the 34
non-repayable support payments (78) made to 24 Member States in 2025. In addition, the Commission has
received three clearing letters on the Court of Auditors’ assessment of suspensions being lifted for three
payments in 2025. Since the Court of Auditors’ findings may be used to determine the level of risk of the
payments, the Commission assessed them when determining the level of risk for each payment made in
2025.
With respect to the clearing letters concerned, the Commission, after careful analysis, maintained its position
(based on its ex ante and ex post controls) that the milestones and targets included in the corresponding
payment requests had been satisfactorily achieved except for two targets related to a payment to Poland,
disbursed in December 2025. Additionally, the Commission also identified an error in its preliminary
assessment of one milestone and consequently sent a draft review report to the Member State concerned
(Italy) requesting additional information and justification regarding the satisfactory fulfilment of that
milestone.
2.2.10. Qualitative assessment of the legality and regularity of
payments and of compliance with Article 22(2)(a) and
Article 22(5) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation
indicates generally low/medium risk
The Commission’s qualitative assessment as regards the legality and regularity of the payments is based on
a combination of results from the following sources: (1) the Commission’s ex ante assessment of the
payment requests; (2) the Commission’s ex post audits on milestones and targets, taking into account the risk
profile of the milestones and targets submitted; and (3) the European Court of Auditors’ findings, if deemed
acceptable.
As a result, the Commission determines a level of risk to the legality and regularity of each payment and, for
each Member State, a level of risk to compliance with Article 22(2)(a) and Article 22(5) of the Recovery and
Resilience Facility Regulation. The level of risk can be classified as low, medium or high.
The Commission’s conclusions per payment request received are summarised in the following table.
(78) The Court of Auditors does not select loans in their sample.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
77
Qualitative assessment payments made in 2025
Level of risk
Legality and regularity
Compliance with
Applicable
rules
(a)
Obligation
to correct
(b)
Member State Payment
request
Audit
opinion
Manage-
ment
opinion
Overall Audit
opinion
Audit
opinion
Belgium Second Low Low Low Low Low
Belgium Third Low Low Low Low Low
Bulgaria Second Low Low Low Low Medium
Bulgaria Third Low Low Low Low Medium
Czechia Third Low Low Low Medium High
Czechia Fourth Low Low Low Medium High
Denmark Third Low Low Low Medium Medium
Estonia Third Low Low Low Medium Low
Ireland Second Low Low Low Low Low
Ireland Third Low Low Low Low Low
Greece Fifth Low Low Low Low Medium
Greece Sixth Low Low Low Low Medium
Spain Fourth Low Low Low Low Medium
Spain Fifth Low Low Low Low Medium
France Fourth Low Low Low Medium Medium
Croatia Sixth Low Low Low Low Low
Croatia Seventh Low Low Low Low Low
Italy Seventh Medium Medium Medium Low Low
Italy Eighth Low Low Low Low Low
Cyprus Second Low Low Low Low Low
Cyprus Third Low Low Low Low Low
Cyprus Fourth Low Low Low Low Low
Latvia Third Low Low Low Low Low
Luxembourg Second Low Low Low Low Low
Malta Third Low Low Low Medium Low
Netherlands Second Low Low Low Low Medium
Austria Second Low Low Low Medium Medium
Austria Third Low Low Low Medium Medium
Poland Third High High High Low Medium
Portugal Sixth Low Low Low Low Medium
Portugal Seventh Low Low Low Low Medium
Romania Second Low Low Low Medium Medium
Slovenia Fourth Low Low Low Low Medium
Slovakia Fifths Low Low Low Medium Medium
Finland Second Low Low Low Low Medium
Finland Third Low Low Low Low Medium
Sweden First Low Low Low Medium Medium
NB: Applicable rules: Article 22(2)a of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. Obligation to correct: Article 22(5) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation.
Source: European Commission.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
78
Overall, the Commission concludes the following.
• Regarding legality and regularity, the level of risk is high for the 3rd payment to Poland and is medium
for the 7th payment request to Italy and low for all of the other payments made. Based on the audits
and controls carried out, none of the milestones and targets included in the payments made were
assessed as not satisfactorily fulfilled. The Commission carefully analysed the results of the Court of
Auditors’ audits for payments made in 2025, and maintained its position that the milestones and targets
included in the corresponding payment requests were satisfactorily achieved with the exception of the 3rd
payment to Poland. A financial reservation was therefore introduced. The financial impact amounts to
EUR 326.1 million. This corresponds to a financial exposure representing 14.39% of the non-repayable
support paid to Poland in 2025 and 0.72% of total amount of non-repayable support paid in 2025.
• Regarding compliance with all applicable rules, namely public procurement and State aid (79), the level of
risk is medium for 9 Member States and low for the remaining Member States. Regarding the obligation
to make corrections in cases of fraud, corruption or conflict of interest, or a serious breach of obligations
resulting from the financing and loan agreements (80), the level of risk is high for Czechia, medium for
17 Member States and low for the remaining 6 Member States. For CZ on the basis of the audit results
obtained in 2024, which identified two individual cases of conflicts of interest, a financial reservation
was introduced in 2024 and maintained in 2025, as no corrective actions had been taken by the Czech
authorities neither at national level or at the level of the final recipients (81). The financial impact
amounts to EUR 16.85 million, representing 0.96% of non-repayable support paid to Czechia in 2025 and
0.04% of total non-repayable support paid in 2025 (82).
2.2.11. The authorising officer by delegation for the facility confirmed they
had reasonable assurance
In their conclusions on the assurance for the Recovery and Resilience Facility, the officer (83) confirmed they
had reasonable assurance on:
• the legality and regularity of the payments made in 2025 for the Recovery and Resilience Facility, based
on the positive assessment of the evidence of the satisfactory fulfilment of the milestones and targets
provided in the payment requests, on ex post audit work on the milestones and targets, and considering
the outcomes of the audit work carried out by the Court of Auditors in the context of its statement of
assurance 2025 (for clearing letters received and assessed by 28 May 2026) with the exception of one
payment for one Member State, as described in Section 2.2.10, for which a reservation was issued.
(79) Article 22(2)(a) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. (80) Article 22(5) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation. (81) The Commission has initiated the recovery procedure, starting with the contradictory procedure with the Member
State. The reply submitted by the Member State in the context of this contradictory procedure is to date under assessment. As a result, the correction has not yet been implemented. This reduces the level of risk to medium according to the risk level methodology however due to the other case in 2025 the overall risk is maintained as high for Czechia.
(82) In addition, another conflict-of-interest case was identified in Czechia in 2025, however no reservation is issued for this case, as the financial impact (EUR 10565) is below the de minimis threshold of EUR 5 million.
(83) The Director-General for Economic and Financial Affairs has been designated as the authorising officer by delegation for the Recovery and Resilience Facility.
Annex 3 – The Recovery and Resilience Facility
79
• public procurement and State aid and the respect of the obligation of Member States laid down in
Article 22(2)(a) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation to regularly check that the financing
provided in the context of the underlying transactions has been properly used in accordance with all
applicable rules, including the effectiveness of these checks, and that any measure for the
implementation of reforms and investment projects under the recovery and resilience plan has been
properly implemented in accordance with all applicable rules, in particular regarding the prevention,
detection and correction of fraud, corruption and conflicts of interest;
• the implementation of Article 22(5) of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation on the
proportionate reduction of the support under the facility and the recovery of any amount due to the EU
budget, or the request for early repayment of the loan, in the case of fraud, corruption or conflicts of
interest affecting the financial interests of the EU that have not been corrected by the Member State, or
a serious breach of an obligation resulting from the agreements referred to in Articles 15(2) and 23(1)
of the regulation, with the exception of a Member State, as described in Section 2.2.10, for which a
reservation was maintained.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Strasbourg, 16.6.2026
COM(2026) 824 final
ANNEX 4
ANNEX
to the
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE
COUNCIL AND THE COURT OF AUDITORS
Annual Management and Performance Report for the EU Budget – 2025 financial year
Important: this annex will be published as a website
In line with the European Commission’s digital strategy, and with the objective of improving the accessibility of performance information and the user experience, the ‘Programme performance statements’ annex will be published on the Europa website.
The present annex has been prepared in the current format with the objective of allowing its adoption by the College of Commissioners and its publication in the Official Journal of the European Union.
The PDF document to be published following the adoption of the Annual Management and Performance Report will feature the links to the web pages as illustrated below. Please note that the current links lead to the web pages from the previous year.
Programme Performance Statements home page
Heading 1: Single Market, Innovation and Digital
Horizon Europe
Euratom Research and Training Programme
ITER
InvestEU
Connecting Europe Facility (CEF)
Digital Europe Programme
Single Market Programme
EU Anti-Fraud Programme
Cooperation in the field of taxation (FISCALIS)
Cooperation in the field of customs (CUSTOMS)
European Space Programme
Secure Connectivity Programme
Heading 2: Cohesion and Values
Regional Policy
Support to the Turkish Cypriot community
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Technical Support Instrument
Protection of the Euro Against Counterfeiting (Pericles IV)
Union Civil Protection Mechanism (rescEU)
EU4Health
European Social Fund+
Erasmus+
European Solidarity Corps
Justice Programme
Citizens, Equality, Rights and Values programme
Creative Europe
HORIZON EUROPE PROGRAMME FOR RESEARCH AND INNOVATION
Communication
Heading 3: Natural Resources & Environment
Common Agricultural Policy
European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund
Fisheries organisations and agreements
Programme for Environment and Climate Action (LIFE)
Just Transition Mechanism
Heading 4: Migration & Border Management
Asylum Migration and Integration Fund
Integrated Border Management Fund
Heading 5: Security & Defence
Internal Security Fund
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania)
Nuclear Safety and Decommissioning
European Defence Fund
Act in Support of Ammunition Production (ASAP)
EU Defence Industry Reinforcement through Common Procurement Act (EDIRPA)
Heading 6: Neighbourhood & the World
Global Europe: Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument
European Instrument for International Nuclear Safety Cooperation
Humanitarian Aid
Common Foreign and Security Policy
Overseas Countries and Territories
Macro-Financial Assistance (MFA)
Pre-Accession Assistance
Ukraine Facility
Western Balkans Facility Growth Plan for Moldova
Special instruments and outside the MFF
European Globalisation Adjustment Fund for Displaced Workers
European Union Solidarity Fund
Innovation Fund
Brexit Adjustment Reserve
Social Climate Fund
HORIZON EUROPE PROGRAMME FOR RESEARCH AND INNOVATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
HORIZON EUROPE ............................................................................................................................................................ 6
EURATOM RESEARCH AND TRAINING .................................................................................................................. 27
ITER ...................................................................................................................................................................................... 35
INVESTEU .......................................................................................................................................................................... 42
CONNECTING EUROPE FACILITY ............................................................................................................................ 59
DIGITAL EUROPE PROGRAMME .............................................................................................................................. 76
SINGLE MARKET PROGRAMME ............................................................................................................................... 89
ANTI-FRAUD .................................................................................................................................................................. 106
FISCALIS .......................................................................................................................................................................... 116
CUSTOMS ....................................................................................................................................................................... 125
EU SPACE PROGRAMME .......................................................................................................................................... 134
EU SECURE CONNECTIVITY PROGRAMME ...................................................................................................... 151
REGIONAL POLICY ...................................................................................................................................................... 162
TURKISH CYPRIOT COMMUNITY .......................................................................................................................... 182
RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE FACILITY ............................................................................................................. 195
TECHNICAL SUPPORT INSTRUMENT ................................................................................................................. 209
PERICLES IV ................................................................................................................................................................... 223
CIVIL PROTECTION ..................................................................................................................................................... 231
EU4HEALTH ................................................................................................................................................................... 242
EUROPEAN SOCIAL FUND+ ................................................................................................................................... 252
ERASMUS+ ..................................................................................................................................................................... 273
EUROPEAN SOLIDARITY CORPS .......................................................................................................................... 287
JUSTICE PROGRAMME .............................................................................................................................................. 301
CITIZENS, EQUALITY, RIGHTS AND VALUES PROGRAMME ..................................................................... 313
HORIZON EUROPE PROGRAMME FOR RESEARCH AND INNOVATION
CREATIVE EUROPE PROGRAMME ........................................................................................................................ 326
COMMUNICATION ....................................................................................................................................................... 342
COMMON AGRICULTURAL POLICY ..................................................................................................................... 352
EUROPEAN MARITIME, FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE FUND ............................................................ 368
RFMOs and SFPAs ...................................................................................................................................................... 382
LIFE .................................................................................................................................................................................... 390
JUST TRANSITION MECHANISM .......................................................................................................................... 408
ASYLUM, MIGRATION AND INTEGRATION FUND ........................................................................................ 425
INTEGRATED BORDER MANAGEMENT FUND ................................................................................................ 433
INTERNAL SECURITY FUND ................................................................................................................................... 444
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING (LITHUANIA) ................................................................................................. 454
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING ............................................................................................................................ 459
EUROPEAN DEFENCE FUND .................................................................................................................................. 467
ACT IN SUPPORT OF AMMUNITION PRODUCTION (ASAP) ..................................................................... 477
EU DEFENCE INDUSTRY REINFORCEMENT THROUGH COMMON PROCUREMENT ACT (EDIRPA)484
NEIGHBOURHOOD, DEVELOPMENT AND INTERNATIONAL COOPERATION INSTRUMENT – GLOBAL
EUROPE .................................................................................................................................................................... 491
EUROPEAN INSTRUMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL NUCLEAR SAFETY COOPERATION .................. 522
HUMANITARIAN AID PROGRAMME ..................................................................................................................... 533
COMMON FOREIGN AND SECURITY POLICY .................................................................................................. 545
DECISION ON THE OVERSEAS ASSOCIATION, INCLUDING GREENLAND ........................................ 553
FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR MACRO-FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE .......................................................... 566
INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE (IPA) III ..................................................................... 573
EUROPEAN GLOBALISATION ADJUSTMENT FUND FOR DISPLACED WORKERS .......................... 591
EUROPEAN UNION SOLIDARITY FUND ............................................................................................................. 600
HORIZON EUROPE PROGRAMME FOR RESEARCH AND INNOVATION
INNOVATION FUND ................................................................................................................................................... 607
BREXIT ADJUSTMENT RESERVE .......................................................................................................................... 617
SOCIAL CLIMATE FUND ........................................................................................................................................... 621
UKRAINE FACILITY ...................................................................................................................................................... 624
REFORM AND GROWTH FACILITY FOR THE WESTERN BALKANS ....................................................... 640
GROWTH PLAN FOR MOLDOVA ........................................................................................................................... 654
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
6
HORIZON EUROPE
PROGRAMME FOR RESEARCH AND INNOVATION
Concrete examples of achievements
> 10 000
innovative outputs
(products, services,
processes, methods,
intellectual property
right applications, etc.)
were reported by the
end of 2025.
> EUR 20 billion
is the estimated
contribution to
sustainable
development goal
(SDG) 9 ‘Industry,
innovation and
infrastructure’ by the
end of 2025.
~ EUR 13 billion
was spent on digital
technologies by the end
of 2025, which is the
amount reached at the
end of Horizon 2020.
EUR 12.9 billion
in total co-investment
(private and public) was
collected from
participants in Horizon
Europe grants by the
end of 2025.
> EUR 3 billion
of leverage in
additional equity
investments for every
euro was invested in
start-ups by the
European Innovation
Council (EIC) Fund until
2025.
> 134 000
Horizon Europe
researchers were
involved in training,
mobility and access to
research and innovation
infrastructures by the
end of 2025.
22 500
peer-reviewed scientific
publications were
reported by the end of
2025 – a threefold
increase since last year.
EUR 9 billion
was spent on actions
that have gender
equality as a main or
important objective by
the end of 2025.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
7
Budget implementation
Budget programming(million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
11 507.6 12 240.2 12 435.1 12 909.9 12 771.3 12 994.5 12 841.0 87 699.5
NextGenerationEU 1 772.0 1 776.8 1 828.3 13.1 9.7 7.3 4.9 5 412.1
Decommitments made available again (*)
20.0 117.3 148.8 95.3 115.9 0.0 0.0 497.2
Contributions from other countries and entities
843.2 796.7 934.0 3 375.6 3 671.3 0.0 0.0 9 620.9
Total 14 142.8 14 931.0 15 346.2 16 393.9 16 568.1 13 001.8 12 845.9 103 229.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 75 667.4 103 229.7 73.3%
Payments 45 512.6 0.0 44.1%
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
8
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Horizon Europe peer-reviewed scientific publications
0 13% 179 000 in 2030 22 746 by 2025 compared to a
target of 179 000
On track
Researchers involved in upskilling (activities in framework programme projects)
0 54% 250 000 in 2030 135 765 by 2025 compared to a target of
250 000
On track
Research outputs shared through open knowledge infrastructure
0 85% 95% in 2030 80.6% in 2025 compared to a target of 95%
Moderate progress
Innovative products, processes or methods from framework programme and intellectual property right applications
0 > 100% 8 900 in 2030 10 156 by 2025 compared to a target of 8 900
On track
Full-time equivalent jobs created, and jobs maintained in beneficiary entities for the framework programme project
0 33% 288 185 in 2027 95 798.7 by 2025 compared to a target of
288 185
Moderate progress
Public and private investment mobilised with the initial framework programme investment
0 65% 20.0 in 2030 EUR 12.9 billion by 2025
compared to a target of
EUR 20 billion
On track
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
9
Outputs aimed at addressing identified EU policy priorities and global challenges
0 99.6% 100% until 2030 Milestones not achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 99.6% compared to a milestone of
100%)
On track
Outputs in specific research and innovation missions
0 71% 6 outputs annually until 2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 9 calls launched
compared to a milestone of 6)
On track
Framework programme projects where EU citizens and end users contribute to the co-creation of research and innovation content
0 81% 50% in 2030 40.7% in 2025 compared to a target of 50%
On track
Research and innovation results often take time to show measurable impact. Horizon Europe’s ‘Key
impact pathways’ track progress towards objectives over time using a set of 27 indicators. This
programme performance statement reports on nine output indicators, as these are currently the
only ones advanced enough to meaningfully assess progress.
Scientific objectives
The number of reported peer-reviewed publications has tripled compared to last year and now
stands at over 22 500. Based on trends observed in previous research and innovation framework
programmes, the tally is expected to increase exponentially towards the end of funded activities,
including beyond the end of the implementation period. Between 2021 and 2025, eight European
Research Council (ERC) grantees have received a Nobel Prize – the latest being Philippe Aghion in
2025. Impactful publications have also been funded by collaborative research projects, such as the
top climate research paper by media exposure in 2025.
Horizon Europe projects comprise at least 134 000 researchers involved in upskilling
activities. The figure is expected to increase further in the next years, especially after the total
number of research fellows in training and mobility under Marie Skłodowska-Curie actions is added
to the tally.
As a general requirement, programme beneficiaries should ensure open access to scientific
publications and underlying research data. As of the end of 2025, over 80% of all publications,
datasets and software produced by Horizon Europe projects are available in open access. While
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
10
annual trends are positive, this value is still not sufficiently close to the ambitious target currently
set for the programme (95%).
Horizon Europe also supports the activities of the Joint Research Centre (JRC), whose direct
research in non-nuclear fields was financed with EUR 285 million in 2025. Performance indicators
on publications and innovative outputs also include the contribution of JRC researchers.
Societal objectives
Horizon Europe contributes to all policy priorities of the EU. Almost all project outputs are relevant
for one or more policy priorities, including SDGs. EU missions are a major instrument oriented
towards societal impact. Achievements include the following.
• The ‘Cancer’ mission has developed 25 multi-country clinical trials, 42 new tools for
prevention, detection and treatment, and over 850 collaborations across research,
healthcare and policy.
• In the ‘Cities’ mission, 103 cities have formally committed to climate neutrality, with an
expected reduction of carbon dioxide emissions equal to approximately 6.2% of the
EU total in 2023.
• The community of practice of the ‘Adaptation to climate change’ mission, bringing
together over 600 active members, offered technical assistance to 236 regions and local
authorities in 2025.
• The ‘Ocean and waters’ mission supports the development by 2030 of the ‘European
Digital Twin Ocean’, a powerful infrastructure for data analysis, modelling development and
scenario analysis.
• The ‘Soil’ mission, through projects and support for the JRC’s EU Soil Observatory, is
making progress towards more harmonised and complete monitoring of key soil-health
parameters.
More than 3 150 projects include engagement activities with citizens or end users. Despite a
relative slowdown in comparison to 2024, the programme is still assessed to be on track towards
reaching its 2030 target of 50% of all projects.
Economic and technological objectives
Horizon Europe projects are reporting a substantial number of innovative outputs, including
intellectual property right applications. Over 10 000 were reported – already above the final target
set for the programme. Projects have supported almost 100 000 full-time equivalent jobs. The
number is likely higher, but monitoring of this metric is limited by the increasing adoption of lump
sum grants, which do not require beneficiaries to report personnel costs. While information about
the total impact of the programme on growth and employment in funded companies is not yet
available, preliminary estimates for the EIC Accelerator indicate a positive impact on sales
(+ 37%), number of employees (+ 27%) and investments received.
Moreover, Horizon Europe projects have brought in EUR 12.9 billion in private and public co-
investment, representing approximately 20% of total project costs, on track with objectives.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
11
Around EUR 7 billion of this co-investment comes from private for-profit companies. Alongside this
sum, the EIC Fund crowded in over EUR 3 billion of additional investment into EIC-supported
companies, with a leverage effect of over EUR 3.5 of co-investment for every euro of equity
invested by the EU.
Much of the direct financial leverage brought in by Horizon Europe comes from European
partnerships. As a major feature of the collaborative parts of Horizon Europe, they represent 42%
of the budget allocated to Pillar II, below the 50% limit set in the regulation. There are currently
54 European partnerships, with six more expected to be launched during the remainder of Horizon
Europe implementation.
European partnerships also encompass the Knowledge and Innovation Communities of the
European Institute of Innovation and Technology (EIT KICs). The KICs brought together more
than 4 000 organisations from business, research and education, and launched over 3 000 new
products and services on the market. EIT-backed start-ups have raised around EUR 15 billion in
external investments and have an overall combined valuation exceeding EUR 100 billion.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
12
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 4 515.7 4 739.8 4 945.0 4 988.9 4 590.4 4 792.0 4 168.8 32 740.5 35.0%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 792.9 1 178.3 1 350.2 1 118.1 1 133.1 1 269.7 1 178.7 8 020.9 8.6%
To achieve the aim of making the EU the world’s first climate-neutral continent by 2050, the
Horizon Europe Regulation states that actions under this Programme shall contribute at least 35%
of the expenditure to climate objectives.
The 2026–2027 Horizon Europe Work Programme will continue to allocate at least 35% of its
funding to climate objectives. Figures available today however suggest that as a whole – also
including bottom-up actions and “open portfolios” – Horizon Europe would get very close to meeting
the objective but is not yet assured to reach it. The Commission will propose an amendment
to the last Work Programme to ensure that the target is reached.
An important role in promoting green objectives is played by Pillar II’s Cluster 5, whose actions on
climate, energy and mobility contribute almost in their totality to climate action (more than EUR 1
billion per year) and Cluster 6, the most significant contribution to the biodiversity spending target.
Furthermore, the Industry part of Cluster 4 is assessed to contribute around EUR 650 million each
year to green objectives, notably decarbonisation of energy-intensive industries; circularity across
manufacturing and process industries; sustainable extraction of raw materials; secondary raw
materials; and safe-and-sustainable by design for materials and chemicals. The EIC is also
assessed to have committed over EUR 1 billion to support clean technologies.
Horizon Europe contributed at least EUR 4.4 billion to activities supporting biodiversity by end
2024. An additional EUR 3.6 billion is forecast to be committed by 2027. However, this level is
insufficient to meet the biodiversity expenditure target of 10% set for the last two years of Horizon
Europe. To address this gap, a dedicated budgetary reserve of EUR 230 million has been
established through a proposed amendment to the Work Programme 2026–2027 to fund a
horizontal biodiversity call. If the amendment is adopted, Horizon Europe will fund more
research and innovation relevant to biodiversity than ever before.
Horizon Europe strategically aligns with the EU's green spending objectives and the EU taxonomy
by prioritising sustainable investment. The programme ensures that funded activities contribute to
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
13
key environmental goals, such as climate change mitigation and adaptation, and
biodiversity conservation, while adhering to the ‘do no significant harm’ principle to prevent
adverse impacts. At the programming stage, the Horizon Europe work programme is co-created to
support research and innovation activities that respect the climate and environmental priorities of
the EU and cause no significant harm to them, where applicable. However, large parts of Horizon
Europe are not directly relevant to the taxonomy, such as activities in the health, security or digital
sectors.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
14
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 77.1 87.8 142.6 161.6 58.7 527.8
1 1 176.1 1 985.8 2 040.0 1 475.5 1 789.1 8 466.5
0* 9 782.1 9 770.5 10 252.5 11 272.8 8 610.3 49 688.2
0 472.3 396.1 0.0 0.0 2 313.1 3 181.5
Total: 11 507.6 12 240.2 12 435.1 12 909.9 12 771.3 61 864.0
Gender equality is a cross-cutting priority of Horizon Europe. Under the Programme,
research and innovation contribute to gender equality primarily through the effective integration
of the gender dimension in R&I content, i.e. the consideration of sex and gender differences in
research objectives, methodologies, data collection, analysis, and results. For this reason, the
integration of the gender dimension is a default requirement for most Research and Innovation
Actions (RIA), Innovation Actions (IA) and COFUND actions.
The total budget for actions where gender equality is the main objective (score 2) is EUR
161.6 million in 2024 (revised up from EUR 103.8 million in last year’s PPS) and EUR 58.7
million in 2025. Overall, between 2021 and 2024, the budget of actions assigned a score 2 has
increased by around 110%.
Key contributions are observed from the following programme parts:
Programme part
Score 2,
2024 (updated, million EUR)
Score 2,
2025 (estimate, million EUR)
Cluster 2 ‘Culture, Creativity and
Inclusive Society’ 8.629 20.4
European Research Council (ERC) 16.431 13.594
European Institute of Innovation and
Technology (EIT) 6.034 5.597
Cluster 1 (Health) 64.351 0
Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA) 34.657 not yet available
Examples of projects where gender equality is the main objective:
• The IMPROVE project supports victims of domestic violence—particularly those from
marginalised groups—by developing AI tools for reporting, detection, and assistance.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
15
• The GRASS Ceiling project (Cluster 6) addresses gender inequalities by co-designing
solutions with rural women innovators. Through community hubs, it brings together women
farmers, enterprise officers, financial institutions, and researchers to identify barriers, co-
create support systems, and generate new businesses, partnerships, and policy
recommendations.
Programme parts for which gender equality is an important but not main objective (score 1)
had a total budget of EUR 1 475.5 million in 2024 (revised up from EUR 1 391.2 million in
last year’s PPS) and EUR 1 789.1 million in 2025. Between 2021 and 2024, the budget
assigned a score 1 has increased by around 25%, with a further increase forecast for 2025.
The following programme parts had, in either 2024 or 2025, the highest budget assigned a
score 1:
Programme part
Score 1,
2024 (updated, million EUR)
Score 1,
2025 (estimate, million EUR)
Cluster 1 (Health) 227.4 540.0
Cluster 6 (Food, Bioeconomy, Natural
Resources, Agriculture and Environment) 66.6 329.9
Missions 152.5 171.45
WIDERA (Widening Participation and
Strengthening the European Research
Area 85.02 151.75
European Innovation Council (EIC) 350.2 109.0
Gender disaggregated information:
• As of January 2026, women coordinated 32% of Horizon Europe projects (6 281 women). There are large variations across the programme: the share of women is higher in social science-oriented actions (Cluster 2: 45%) and lower in industry-focused ones (Cluster 4: 23%).
• Women represent 53.1% of members of Horizon Europe boards and expert groups, with 55.6% in official expert groups (70 women) and 49.3% in special groups (40 women).
• Among Horizon Europe researchers, women accounted for 38.3% (101 142), compared to 61.6% men (162 705), while 0.05% identified as non-binary (128).
• European Research Council (ERC): in 2024, the ERC funded 85 women principal investigators under Advanced Grants, 212 under Starting Grants and 123 under Consolidator Grants.
• European Innovation Council (EIC): under the 2025 Accelerator March cut-off, women-led companies (female CEO or Chief Technology Officer or Chief Scientific Officer) represented 33% of funded start-ups (13 out of 39), an increase of 3 percentage points over 2024 receiving EUR 32 million in grants, while companies with women chief executive officers represented 23% of funded companies.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
16
• Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA): among fellows recruited under the 2024 calls, 42.7% were women (562 out of 1 315). Among researchers in MSCA research teams, women accounted for 38% of reported researchers.
Methodological note
For actions where the integration of the gender dimension in R&I content is mandatory, an ex post
assessment is needed to determine whether and how this requirement has been fulfilled. Until this
evidence becomes available, these actions are assigned a score 0*, meaning a likely but not yet
clear positive impact on gender equality. From this year, no 0* scores are assigned for parts of the
programme where integration of the gender dimension is not mandatory – for example, Marie
Skłodowska-Curie Actions, the European Research Council and the Joint Research Centre.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
17
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total % of 2021-
2025
Digital
contribution -* 2 452.9 4 297.1 3 588.0 2 494.1 12 832.1 18.9%
* Differently from last year, the distribution above is based on the date of signature of grant agreements, and there were no digital-
relevant grants signed in 2021. In line with the average time-to-grant of Horizon Europe grants (approximately 220 days from call
closure to grant signature), only 27 grants were signed in 2021 in Horizon Europe overall.
Digital-relevant expenditure is estimated based on a project-level tracking system applied to grants
that are relevant for the EU’s digital agenda. Based on this tracker, Horizon Europe has almost
reached the objective stated in the Regulation of at least EUR 13 billion spent on main digital
activities, the level attained in Horizon 2020. Expenditure in digital activities in signed grants is
estimated to be at least EUR 12.8 billion out of the Horizon Europe voted budget, which increases
to EUR 14.9 billion if third country contributions to the programme budget are considered.
The strategic plan for 2025-2027 continues this focus, directing research and innovation towards
tackling global challenges such as the digital transition.
Horizon Europe places a strong emphasis on digital innovation, reflecting the EU's strategic
priorities for digital transformation. It includes significant investments in areas such as AI, data
and robotics, advanced computing, quantum technologies, virtual worlds, cloud, future networks,
photonics and emerging technologies. The programme is designed to foster technological
advancements and support Europe's digital transition, contributing to overall competitiveness
and resilience.
Pillar II’s Cluster 4, ‘Digital, Industry and Space’ is providing almost EUR 8 billion in 2021-2027
for digital priorities, including support through Joint Undertakings for chips, high-performance
computing, and smart networks and services. In addition, the funding focusing on industry provides
almost EUR 1.5 billion in 2021-2027 (about a third of the total) for the digitalisation of industry.
The EIC has committed over EUR 1.5 billion in support for start-ups and technologies in critical
digitalareas for Europe’s future competitiveness and economic security, including AI, Quantum and
Semiconductors.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with Regulation (EU) 2024/795 (the STEP Regulation), Horizon Europe is one of the EU
budget instruments under direct management mobilised under the Strategic Technologies for
Europe Platform (STEP) to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European Union
in critical technology areas, fostering innovation, industrial leadership and strategic autonomy.
As stipulated in Article 4 of the STEP Regulation, Horizon Europe is one of the programmes that
can award the STEP (Sovereignty) Seal under its calls for proposals.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
18
• The European Innovation Council (EIC) is the main programme through which STEP is
implemented in Horizon Europe, focusing on supporting innovation in critical STEP sectors,
boosting investment and reducing strategic dependencies.
• In 2025, EIC Accelerator “Challenges” and the very first EIC STEP Scale-up call set aside a total
budget of EUR 550 million in support of technologies that fell within the scope and objectives
of the STEP. Support under the Accelerator comes in the form of grants, equity or through a
blend of grants and equity while equity-only support was provided under the STEP Scale Up
call.
• As of end-2025, and cumulatively since the inception of the implementation of STEP, a total of
83 project proposals has been awarded the STEP Seal under the STEP-relevant actions of the
EIC.
• In 2025, under Horizon Europe, STEP-relevant calls for proposals were also concluded under
Pillar II – Cluster 3 (EUR 3 million) and Cluster 1 (EUR 80 million), under the Chips Joint
Undertaking (JU) (EUR 150 million), under the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking (EUR 105
million) and under the Circular Bio-based Europe Joint Undertaking (EUR 150 million).
• Out of these calls for proposals, as of end-2025, only the submissions under the Clean
Hydrogen JU had been evaluated, resulting in the award of the STEP Seal to 46 project
proposals.
• STEP-relevant calls for proposals in the Space sector implemented within Pillar II – Cluster 4 of
Horizon Europe are covered in the programme performance statement of the Space
programme.
Contribution to reforms
The Horizon Europe Policy Support Facility (PSF) has provided national policymakers with
access to independent high-level expertise to help them design and implement reforms that
enhance the quality of their R&I investments, policies and systems, contributing to the
implementation of the European Research Area (ERA) policy agenda. With EUR 6 million in funding
from the Horizon Europe budget between 2021 and 2025, the PSF delivered 21 exercises across
30 countries – EU Member States and countries associated to Horizon Europe. These included 8
Country Reviews, 11 Mutual Learning Exercises (MLEs) and 2 PSF Open Activities.
The country-specific PSF exercises (PSF Country and PSF Open) have been effective in driving
reforms in several national R&I systems. In Romania, Greece, Croatia, and candidate country
Moldova, recommendations from the PSF Country and PSF Open exercises led to concrete policy
changes, legislative reforms, and new funding initiatives. For instance, PSF Country and PSF Open
in Greece informed the design and implementation of a new national support programme for
research infrastructures embedding principles of open science, digitalisation, and performance-
based funding.
The multi-country PSF Mutual Learning Exercise (MLE) promotes mutual learning between
national R&I policymakers and the identification of best practices regarding the design and
implementation of national R&I policies on a specific topic of common interest, resulting in a
significant positive impact on national policy initiatives. The PSF MLE on foreign interference
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
19
informed Ireland's national approach to research security, in particular how Irish authorities are
engaging with the national R&I community.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
20
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End
poverty in
all its
forms
everywhere
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 2.809 billion
Funded under Cluster 2 (Culture, Creativity and Inclusive
Society), the PREFIGURE project (grant agreement
No 101132777), with an EU contribution of € 2.78 million,
addresses the housing and energy crisis in Europe by targeting
energy poverty and housing inequalities through
innovative policies and social initiatives. The project supports
an inclusive green transition by focusing on equitable
renovation practices and vulnerable communities, helping
to reduce social disparities.
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 3.272 billion
Funded under Cluster 6 (Food, Bioeconomy, Natural
Resources, Agriculture and Environment), the AfriFOODlinks
project (grant agreement No 101084322), with an EU
contribution of € 11.82 million, improves food and nutrition
security through urban food system pilot actions in 15
African and 5 European cities and engaging more than 40
network cities. The project promotes healthy and
sustainable diets via inclusive multi-actor governance and
support for women- and youth-led agri-food businesses,
with a focus on vulnerable groups.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
21
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 13.188 billion
Funded under Cluster 1 (Health), the HEREDITARY project
(grant agreement No 101137074), with an EU contribution of
€ 9.99 million, supports early disease detection by
advancing secure integration and analysis of multimodal
health and genetic data. Research supported in part by
HEREDITARY has contributed to the identification of blood-
based protein markers associated with amyotrophic
lateral sclerosis (ALS), enabling detection significantly
earlier than current clinical diagnosis.
In 2025, through Horizon Europe’s direct actions, the Joint
Research Centre (JRC) published a European Quality
Assurance Scheme for Breast Cancer services. By
standardising protocols for early detection and treatment,
the scheme aims to reduce the variation in survival rates,
thereby reducing premature mortality and strengthening
health systems.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 5.870 billion
Funded under Cluster 5 (Climate, Energy and Mobility), the
project IMP_ACT (grant agreement No 101137351) supports
quality education for sustainability and climate action
by developing recommendations to measure learning
outcomes in climate change education. With an EU
contribution of € 5.00 million, the project focuses on action
competence and action-oriented learning, providing a
framework that strengthens feedback loops between
research, policy and educational practice.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 6.155 billion
Funded under the European Research Council (ERC), project
GENCOERCTRL (grant agreement No 101088427) examines
conflict-related coercive control against women
through qualitative research in Colombia, Northern Ireland
and Sri Lanka. With an EU contribution of € 2.00 million, the
project develops feminist methodologies and an ecological
analytical framework to make gendered harms visible and
to inform accountability and transitional justice
approaches addressing violence against women.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
22
SDG6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 4.356 billion
With an EU contribution of € 56.93 million, the co-funded partnership Water4All (grant agreement No 101060874) supports progress towards water security by coordinating a European research and innovation partnershipof 90 partners from 33 countries. The partnership strengthens water R&I
collaboration, supports the development and uptake of
innovative water resilience solutions, and promotes participatory and coordinated water management across policy, research and practice.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 8.746 billion
Funded under Pillar 2 – Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities
Mission, the ASCEND project (grant agreement
No 101096571), with an EU contribution of € 19.99 million,
supports affordable and clean energy in cities by delivering
two Positive Clean Energy Districts in Lyon and Munich
and engaging eight partner cities to prepare replication. The
project develops and disseminates scalable, cost-effective
district-level energy solutions to accelerate urban
energy transitions.
SDG8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 10.782 billion
Funded under Cluster 2 (Culture, Creativity and Inclusive
Society), the Link4skills project (grant agreement No
101132476) addresses rapidly changing labour markets by
using advanced AI tools that match skills with Europe’s
current and future needs. With an EU contribution of
€ 3.00 million, the project focuses on migration skill
corridors between EU countries and destinations including
Ghana, India, Indonesia, Morocco, Nigeria, the Philippines and
Ukraine. It developed an AI-Assisted Skill Navigator to
support stakeholders in making informed decisions about skill
identification, recruitment and workforce planning.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
23
SDG9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrializatio n and foster innovation
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 20.220 billion
Funded under Cluster 4 (Digital, Industry and Space), the
PRIMUS project (grant agreement No 101057067), with an EU
contribution of € 6.93 million, strengthened Europe’s plastic
value chains by enabling the safe recycling of
underutilised and hazardous plastics. The project
developed compliant technologies to remove harmful
substances, improve recyclate quality and support circular
industrial processes, reducing material losses, and
enhancing European manufacturing capacity.
The JRC Innovation Centre for Industrial Transformation and
Emissions (INCITE) scans for breakthrough technologies in
decarbonisation, depollution, resource efficiency and
circularity. INCITE promotes the uptake of these innovative
technologies in large industrial plants, supporting
sustainable industrial innovation and the development of
Europe’s regulatory framework in step with technological
progress.
SDG10: Reduce inequalities within and among countries
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 5.302 billion
Funded under Cluster 6 (Food, Bioeconomy, Natural
Resources, Agriculture and Environment), the INSPIRE project
(grant agreement No 101136592), with an EU contribution of
€ 5.00 million, supports social inclusion and well-being in
European rural areas by improving access to social
services for vulnerable groups. The project strengthens
social entrepreneurship, establishes Smart Village Labs,
and enhances inclusive governance and evidence-based
policymaking, helping to reduce territorial and social
inequalities.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 10.295 billion
Funded under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions (MSCA), the
GreeNexUS project (grant agreement No 101073437), brings
together 20 institutions from 9 European countries in a
multidisciplinary research and training programme focused on
urban environments. With an EU contribution of € 2.63 million,
the project develops evidence and approaches to support
urban greening, territorial regeneration and safer, more
accessible and walkable infrastructures, contributing to
healthier and more inclusive cities.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
24
SDG12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 10.786 billion
The European Innovation Council (EIC) Accelerator project
STOP WASTIN’ ME (grant agreement No 190149727), with an
EU contribution of € 2.50 million, developed a technology to
recover heavy metals from industrial wastewaters
without generating toxic sludge, using a supercritical
water process. By enabling high-purity metal recovery and
reuse while reducing waste and chemical inputs, the project
supported more circular and resource-efficient industrial
production.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 16.759 billion
Funded under Cluster 5 (Climate, Energy and Mobility), the
IM4CA project (grant agreement No 101183460), with an EU
contribution of € 14.74 million, strengthens climate action
by improving Europe’s capacity to monitor and understand
methane emissions. By combining satellite and ground-
based observations, the project provides data and methods
to better quantify methane sources, sinks, and trends,
supporting evidence-based mitigation and progress towards
EU and global climate targets.
In parallel, the wildE project (grant agreement No
101081251), with an EU contribution of € 8.5 million,
promotes climate-smart rewilding as a nature-based
solution. It enhances carbon storage and biodiversity,
providing projections and decision-support tools for
policymakers and stakeholders to foster resilient
ecosystems and support socio-economic objectives.
SDG14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 4.044 billion
The EIC Accelerator project BLUESURVEY (grant agreement
No 190175727), with an EU contribution of € 2.49 million,
developed an automated hardware–software system for
high-resolution seafloor mapping, improving the quality
and transparency of data used in marine environmental
assessments. By deploying this technology through a lease-
license model to stakeholders in the blue economy, the
project supports evidence-based ocean management and
the protection of marine ecosystems.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
25
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification , and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 6.412 billion
Biodiversa+ (grant agreement No 101052342) is a co-funded
European biodiversity research and innovation
partnership involving 75 organisations from 37 countries.
With an EU contribution of € 105.00 million, the partnership
strengthens biodiversity monitoring, supports coordinated
research programmes, and provides science-based evidence
to inform biodiversity conservation and restoration
policies in line with the EU Biodiversity Strategy for
2030. In 2025, the partnership launched its 5th yearly call,
focused on nature restoration. Under its previous call on
biodiversity and transformative change, it funded 35
research projects.
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 3.207 billion
Funded under the European Research Council (ERC), the
project TransLitigate (grant agreement No 101039648)
analyses transnational strategic litigation through four
comparative case studies covering climate change, land
use, extractive pollution and biodiversity protection.
With an EU contribution of € 1.47 million, the project develops
evidence on how cross-border collaborations among
lawyers and civil-society actors shape environmental
governance and access to justice, supporting stronger and
more accountable legal institutions.
SDG17 Strengthen the means of implementatio n and revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development
Yes Total EU contribution tagged for this SDG: € 10.127 billion
The project MSCAdvocacy (grant agreement No 101059907)
supported international research partnerships by
providing strategic alignment support for 20 partner
countries and 6 regions under the Marie Skłodowska-Curie
Actions. With an EU contribution of € 2.00 million, the project
strengthened cooperation between EU external R&I policy
objectives and national and regional MSCA mechanisms
through policy reviews, coordination missions and
recommendations for long-term international
collaboration.
Horizon Europe Programme for research and innovation
26
The estimated budget allocation to each sustainable development goal is based on a tagging system applied to Horizon Europe R&I topics, integrated with structured information reported by beneficiaries. The projects in the spotlight have been selected based on expert input and on a text mining algorithm internal of the Commission, which assigns an SDG relevance score for each project proposal and document. Several ERC examples have also been published in a 2024 study, “Transformative change for a sustainable future”.
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
EURATOM RESEARCH AND TRAINING
RESEARCH AND TRAINING PROGRAMME OF THE EUROPEAN
ATOMIC ENERGY COMMUNITY
Concrete examples of achievements
14 302
people have benefited
from upskilling
activities (training,
mobility and access to
infrastructure) since
2021.
2 760
scientific publications
on nuclear research in
peer-reviewed journals
have been funded by
Euratom since 2021.
770
doctorates in fusion
sciences have been
completed by students
supported by
Eurofusion since 2021.
622
masters’ degrees in
fusion sciences have
been completed by
students supported by
Eurofusion since 2021.
9 361
researchers have had
access to research
infrastructures through
support from the
Euratom programme
since 2021.
102
training sessions have
been delivered to
nuclear safeguards
inspectors and front-
line officers since 2021.
EUR 547 million
in public and private
investment has been
mobilised since 2021.
41
certified reference
materials on nuclear
technologies and
nuclear measurements
have been delivered by
the Joint Research
Centre since 2021.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
264.7 269.7 286.0 279.9 287.8 293.8 304.5 1 986.5
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
Contributions from other countries and entities
15.1 8.9 0.5 0.0 13.2 0.0 0.0 37.7
Total 279.8 278.6 286.5 279.9 301.0 293.8 304.5 2 024.2
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 1 458.0 2 024.2 72.0%
Payments 1 175.2 0.0 58.1%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of Euratom-funded peer-reviewed scientific publications
0 61% 4 500 in 2027 2 760 by 2025 compared to a target
of 4 000
Moderate progress
Reference materials delivered and reference data incorporated into a library
0 75% 55 in 2027 41 by 2025 compared to a target
of 42
On track
Number of outputs contributing to modifying international standards
0 80% 10 in 2027 8 by 2025 compared to a target of 8
On track
Number of technical systems provided and in use
0 74% 50 in 2027 37 in 2025 compared to a target
of 40
Moderate progress
Number of people having benefited from upskilling
0 72% 20 000 in 2027 14 302 in 2025 compared to a target
of 6 000
On track
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
activities under the Euratom programme
Number and share of Euratom projects producing policy-relevant findings
0 94% 50% for 2027 47% compared to a target of 50%
On track
Amount of public and private investment mobilised with the initial Euratom investment
0 68% EUR 800 million in 2027
EUR 547 million in 2025 compared to a
target of EUR 500 million
On track
Number of full-time- equivalent jobs created and jobs maintained in beneficiary entities for the Euratom project
0 n/a 11 000 in 2025 n/a No data
Progress in the implementation of the fusion roadmap – percentage of the fusion roadmap’s milestones established for the 2021- 2025 period reached by the Euratom programme
0 88% 95% in 2027 84% in 2025 compared to a target
of 95% in 2027
Moderate progress
The Euratom research and training programme’s budget is distributed among:
• indirect action in fusion research and development;
• indirect action in nuclear fission (nuclear safety, radiation protection, waste
management); and
• direct action undertaken by the Joint Research Centre of the European Commission.
In 2025, the Euratom programme made progress towards achieving its objectives. Of the 8 core
indicators reported, 5 are on track, and 3 show moderate progress. Following the Council’s adoption
of Regulation (Euratom) 2025/1304, which extended the programme to cover the 2026-2027
period, the Commission revised the targets to cover a seven-year period instead of the five years
initially planned.
The following section highlights the major achievements of the different actions carried out in
2025.
In the area of indirect action in fusion research and development, Euratom continued to play a
pivotal role.
In 2025, the Eurofusion co-funded partnership advanced Europe’s fusion roadmap by achieving
record long-duration, high-performance plasmas across key research facilities. A formalised
partnership with the ITER Organization has accelerated joint technical work and training, while the
2025 researcher and engineering grants continue to expand Europe’s specialised workforce for
future fusion power plants.
In parallel, the go4fusion project prepared the ground for a future fusion public–private partnership
by launching a European Fusion Stakeholder Platform, drafting a strategic research and innovation
agenda (due in 2026) and progressing an industry-led association and memorandum of
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
understanding for signature by the Commission in 2026. Euratom also worked with the European
Innovation Council to establish a dedicated Fusion EIC Accelerator call for 2026–2027 to support
high-technology-readiness-level projects led exclusively by small and medium-sized enterprises.
In nuclear fission research, the Euratom co-funded partnerships continued to play a key role. The
Pianoforte co-funded partnership, bringing together 108 partners across 26 countries, advanced
European radiation protection research through its third transnational open call, which selected six
projects on the health effects of dose variations, integrated environmental risk assessment and
the application of artificial intelligence and big data for emergency response. It also updated its
strategic research and innovation agenda through stakeholder consultation and launched new
training and doctorate calls to support the long-term sustainability of the radiation protection
workforce.
The EURAD-2 co-funded partnership on radioactive waste management entered its first full year
of operation, launching a second wave of research activities and hosting its first annual event in
Bologna, Italy. It opened its mobility programme, contributed to the FISA-EURADWASTE 2025
conference and published its first deliverables. With 121 participating organisations, EURAD-2 is
consolidating its role as a major European platform for the safe long-term management of
radioactive waste.
The CONNECT-NM co-funded partnership, dedicated to accelerating innovation in relation to
nuclear materials, successfully completed its first open call with a Euratom contribution of
EUR 13.5 million, selecting 17 collaborative projects involving over 70 participants. The projects
address advanced materials development and manufacturing, qualification, monitoring and
predictive modelling.
Concerning direct action, the Joint Research Centre has continued to advance nuclear research and
produced technical and scientific outputs, including 105 new peer-reviewed publications, 80% of
which are available via open access. In terms of technical outputs, six reference materials and
reference measurements were delivered, serving to improve nuclear standards. Four new technical
systems were developed, supporting Euratom inspectors in performing their duties in relation to
nuclear safeguards.
In 2025, the Joint Research Centre also strengthened nuclear expertise, skills and knowledge in
Europe by delivering 51 specialised training sessions across nuclear fields to 842 beneficiaries,
including students, young professionals, national officials and researchers. More specifically, 26
courses on nuclear safeguards and nuclear security directly contributed to advancing the
capabilities of 113 nuclear safeguards inspectors and 99 front-line officers. Additionally, through
the Joint Research Centre’s open access programme, 69 users from European research
organisations were able to access the 11 nuclear research infrastructures to conduct strategic
experimental research, thereby fostering greater collaboration and capacity building. The demand
for both training and access to the Joint Research Centre’s specialised research facilities remains
high, and represents an essential asset for the European researcher community.
The Joint Research Centre has also implemented policy support activities to monitor compliance
with Euratom legislation. These activities have been provided thanks to 16 service agreements with
Commission services in the areas of nuclear safety, security and safeguards. Concrete examples
include the analysis of eight Member States’ nuclear projects communicated under Article 41 of
the Euratom Treaty. In support of the Nuclear Safety Directive (Directive 2009/71/Euratom), the
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
Joint Research Centre contributed to the topical peer review on fire protection at nuclear
installations coordinated by the European Nuclear Safety Regulators Group. National reports and
programmes were also reviewed to monitor the implementation of the directive on the safe and
responsible management of radioactive waste and spent fuel (Directive 2011/70/Euratom). Joint
Research Centre experts supported projects under the European Instrument for International
Nuclear Safety Cooperation. The centre has been assisting in the effective implementation of
Euratom safeguards by analysing samples, conducting in-field measurements and providing
operational support at the on-site laboratory in La Hague, France, and by cooperating with the
International Atomic Energy Agency. The Joint Research Centre also provided technical assistance
to partner countries under the EU chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear centres of
excellence initiative. Finally, it conducted a benchmark exercise with Ukrainian authorities to assess
radiological and nuclear risks and strengthen emergency preparedness, and continued to inform
the consecutive amendments to Regulation (EU) No 833/2014 concerning restrictive measures
targeting Russia. Additional policy support highlights include the contribution to the eighth nuclear
illustrative programme, which forecast nuclear investment needs in Europe.
All of the abovementioned activities entailed the mobilisation of significant resources, both in terms
of staff and to guarantee the continued maintenance and operation of the Joint Research Centre’s
nuclear research infrastructure. Throughout the current programme, resources have been
constrained by higher operation costs due to persistent inflation and associated cumulative effects.
These factors have pressured the Joint Research Centre into adapting and recentring its research
capacities towards priority areas, leading to fewer technical outputs and decreased engagement in
research and development with a low level of technical readiness, while still striving to continue to
provide quality services to the Commission and the Member States, despite increased demand for
nuclear expertise.
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 121.3 125.1 140.1 148.9 145.0 126.0 140.5 947.0 47.7%
The 2021-2027 Euratom research and training programme contributes to climate mainstreaming,
as the programme’s general objective provides for complementing the achievement of Horizon
Europe’s objectives, inter alia, in the context of the energy transition (Article 3 of Council Regulation
(Euratom) 2025/1304 of 25 June 2025).
• 100% of the expenditure for fusion energy research contributes to the climate change
mitigation effort of the EU budget.
Research and innovation in fusion technology are pivotal to advancing the climate transition.
Research activities carried out by Eurofusion consortium, such as supporting the ITER project and
its successor, demonstrate that fusion power plants can significantly reduce greenhouse gas
emissions and mitigate climate change. Investment in fusion technology supports the development
of reliable, carbon-free energy solutions that can help meet the world's growing energy demands
while minimising environmental impact. By driving advancements in fusion research, the EU is
paving the way for a cleaner and more sustainable future.
• 40% of the fission-research-related expenditure contribute to the climate effort of the EU
budget. For instance, a portfolio of 11 projects supported with EUR 50 million of Euratom grants
during 2021-2025 provides knowledge and solutions for safe long-term operation of existing
EU nuclear power plants. These projects address a broad spectrum of challenges: the need to
further support the understanding of degradation and aging of different installations; new
safety innovations that can be retrofitted in existing installations; but also leveraging advanced
computational tools to produce more accurate and detailed data, which is essential for
validating and refining safety margins in nuclear power plants.
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 264.7 269.7 286.0 279.9 287.8 1 388.1
Total: 264.7 269.7 286.0 279.9 287.8 1 388.1
• Gender equality is a cross-cutting priority in the Euratom programme, as stated in recital
19 of Council Regulation (Euratom) 2025/1304. The integration of the gender dimension
into research and innovation content is a default requirement for all Euratom-funded
research actions. Furthermore, the Euratom programme is promoting gender equality
through sustainable institutional change by requesting that applicants (public bodies,
research organisations and higher education establishments) have in place a gender
equality plan as an eligibility criterion for research proposals (requirement shared with
Horizon Europe).
• The gender equality dimension is integrated into Euratom research and innovation and is
considered through at all stages of the research cycle. However, actions under the Euratom
Research and Training Programme 2021-2027 are classified as non-targeted interventions,
meaning they are not expected to have a significant impact on gender equality. As a result,
no specific disaggregated data on gender impacts are available.
Contribution to the digital transition
• The Commission places strong emphasis on the digital transition in Euratom calls for research proposals. In particular, 7 of the 11 topics (64%) under the 2023-2025 call in nuclear safety, radiation protection and waste management include, where appropriate, requirements for digitalisation and deployment of artificial intelligence, robotics, internet of things and big data. A specific contribution to the digital transition cannot be quantified, as it is not the main objective of these actions and no granular tracking system is in place.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Euratom programme supports research on the nuclear energy technologies (fission and
fusion) which are included in the STEP initiative. Pursuant to Article 2(1) of the STEP
Euratom Research and Training Research and training programme of the european atomic energy communit
Regulation, it concerns net-zero technologies, including nuclear, as defined by the Net Zero
Industrial Act in its Article 4.
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
ITER
EUROPEAN JOINT UNDERTAKING FOR ITER AND THE
DEVELOPMENT OF FUSION ENERGY
Concrete examples of achievements
39 500
annual jobs were
directly or indirectly
created by the
International
Thermonuclear
Experimental Reactor
(ITER) project between
2018 and 2024.
EUR 5.62 billion
in additional gross
value added between
2018 to 2024,
compared with a
situation where ITER-
related spending did
not occur and funds
were instead saved.
77%
of companies that
supplied goods or
services to Fusion for
Energy (F4E) between
2018 and 2024
reported significant
learning effects such as
new skills and improved
technical know-how.
1 648
publications were
directly linked to F4E
since its establishment,
and up to 5 388 when
supplier outputs are
included. Overall, the
evidence underlines
F4E’s role as a catalyst
for research,
technological upgrading
and cross-sector
innovation in high-tech
industries.
1st
joint EU–Japan
Tokamak will resume
operation in 2026 after
a period of repair and
enhancement in 2025.
The JT-60SA is the
biggest and most
advanced tokamak
fusion reactor in the
world. It has been built
and will be operated
jointly by the EU and
Japan under the
Broader Approach
cooperation agreement.
47%
of F4E spending is
allocated to high-tech
components such as
magnets, vacuum
vessels, blankets and
cryoplants. The rest is
dedicated to
infrastructure,
reflecting the EU’s role
as ITER host.
88%
of the joint objectives
agreed between the
ITER Organisation (IO)
and F4E for 2025 were
achieved.
2nd
European sector of the
vacuum vessel was
delivered in November
2025. The three other
sectors to be provided
by Europe will be
delivered between
March and October
2026.
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
864.0 710.1 549.8 436.3 486.5 852.4 663.0 4 562.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.6
Total 864.6 710.1 549.8 436.3 486.5 852.4 663.0 4 562.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 3 048.1 4 562.7 66.8%
Payments 1 750.5 0.0 38.4%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
The ITER Organisation (IO) schedule performance index is a measure of the
0 > 100% in 2025 100% Target not achieved in 2024 and achieved in
2025
On track
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
conformance of actual progress to the planned progress
The IO cost performance index is a measure of the conformance of the actual work completed to the actual cost incurred
0 > 100% in 2025 100%
Target achieved in 2024 and 2025
On track
• Since 2021, the ITER project has experienced major delays and cost overruns, mainly caused
by: (i) the fact that the previous baseline, i.e. the scope, schedule and cost of the project, was
overly ambitious with an underestimation of the ‘first-of-a-kind’ nature of many components
and activities, (ii) supply chain disruptions following the COVID-19 pandemic and Russia’s war
of aggression in Ukraine, which delayed the delivery of key components, (iii) the lack of quality
of key components delivered by domestic agencies, and that required repairs, and (iv) licensing
issues.
• This led to the revision of the ITER baseline – the project’s schedule, costs and scope – for the
third time. Its last version was presented by the ITER Organisation (IO) in 2024 and approved
by the ITER Council. According to the new baseline (baseline 2024), the start of the deuterium–
tritium experiments is postponed from 2035 to 2039.
• In 2025, the IO and domestic agencies continued to make good progress in the implementation
of the baseline 2024. For the period from January 2024 (start of the baseline 2024) until
December 2025, the ITER construction project reached a schedule performance index of 1.02
(102%) and a cost performance index of 1.12 (112%). Taken together, these performance
values indicate that the overall work execution is on and slightly ahead of schedule and, as a
whole, the work done by the IO is being executed under base estimate cost.
• The performance of F4E in 2025 is comparable to the record level achieved by end-2024. F4E
achieved 91% of its milestones for 2025, which is a constant and significant improvement with
respect to previous years: 57% of the milestones were achieved in 2022, 67% in 2023 and
84% in 2024. Of the 98 joint objectives for 2025 agreed between the IO and F4E, 86 were
achieved in 2025 – an increase of 27 since the previous reporting period.
• Recent progress at the ITER site has included preparing additional sectors of the vacuum vessel
(sub-parts of the vessel in which the fusion reaction will occur) for installation in the tokamak
pit and implementing the updated strategy for welding. Notably, the vacuum vessel sector
module #8 was lowered into the tokamak pit, making it the fourth sector module to complete
this operation.
• The critical ITER path activities were preserved, with important achievements in areas such as
divertor cassette bodies and buildings. In 2025, the project benefited from a closer integration
between the IO and F4E, in particular on the vacuum vessel deliveries. However, design
changes – which are often required for projects like ITER – complicate on-time delivery and
generate additional costs. F4E works closely with the IO to mitigate their impact.
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
• With this level of performance, the timely delivery of in-kind components is crucial, as are the
payments of in-cash contributions by the members, so that this does not become a constraint
on executing the baseline 2024 in the coming years.
• In recent years, rapid advances in fusion research – driven by both private investment and
growing global concern over climate change – have generated renewed optimism. Many voices,
including some within the fusion community, have begun to suggest that the commercialisation
of fusion energy may be imminent. While this optimism provides motivation and attracts
investment, it can also obscure the scale of the technical and financial challenges ahead.
Unrealistic expectations risk not only causing disappointment but also eroding public and
political confidence, which could in turn slow the very progress that ITER aims to accelerate.
While extraordinary efforts have been made to incorporate within ITER as many reactor-
relevant technologies as possible – including superconducting magnets, actively cooled plasma-
facing components, tritium handling and remote maintenance systems – its mission remains
fundamentally experimental. ITER’s objective is to explore and master the physics of long-pulse
burning plasma operation, not to close all the technological gaps required for a commercial
fusion power plant. Several key technology gaps will remain beyond ITER’s scope and will need
to be addressed through complementary research and development. Cost remains one of the
most significant barriers to fusion’s long-term success. Public and political expectations should
remain aligned with technical and physical reality, avoiding the risks posed by overpromising.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 857.1 703.0 548.5 429.2 481.6 844.0 655.0 4 518.4 99%
• The Commission considers that 100% of the ITER-related expenditure for the 2021-2027
period contributes to the climate effort of the EU budget. The project does not, however,
contribute to biodiversity mainstreaming or the clean air budgeting priorities.
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
• The climate-related expenditures are mainly mitigation measures. Indeed, the objective of the ITER project is to construct and operate an experimental fusion reactor, to explore and demonstrate the scientific and technological feasibility of sustainable fusion power generation. The successful realisation of ITER would determine whether fusion can become a major sustainable energy source, contributing to the EU’s strategy for long-term security in energy supply. Fusion could play a major role in the decarbonisation of our economies, as it can be a source of low-carbon, safe, reliable and predictable energy.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 864.0 710.1 549.8 436.3 486.5 3 046.7
Total: 864.0 710.1 549.8 436.3 486.5 3 046.7
• The ITER agreement does not include any objectives or reporting in terms of gender equality.
• However, the IO and the Fusion for Energy Joint Undertaking have set targets to improve the
representation of women in management positions. Between 2018 and 2025, the proportion
of female managers in F4E has progressively increased from 10% to 25%. In IO, this proportion
has recently dropped to 9%.
• Specific programmes have also been put in place to encourage female engineers to pursue a
career in the nuclear field (e.g. a partnership agreement between F4E and the International
Atomic Energy Agency for the Marie Skłodowska-Curie Fellowship Programme).
Gender disaggregated information:
• No information on gender-disaggregated information is collected under this programme.
Contribution to the digital transition
• The ITER agreement does not include any objectives or reporting in terms of the digital
transition.
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• ITER is an international research programme that aims to demonstrate the scientific and
technological feasibility of fusion as a future source of sustainable energy. A global
framework has been established among seven international partners (Euratom, China, India,
Japan, South Korea, Russia, and the United States) to construction and the future operation of
ITER; The European contribution to ITER is delivered through the Fusion for Energy (F4E) Joint
Undertaking.
• While the nuclear fusion is a technology that could qualify as critical in the sense of the
Regulation (EU) 2024/795 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 February
2024 establishing the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP), the ITER programme
is not eligible for financing under this initiative.
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes ITER is a key project for developing fusion energy, which has
the potential to provide a virtually limitless source of clean
energy.
ITER European joint undertaking for iter and the development of fusion energy
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes A big number of direct and indirect jobs are created through
ITER. The project supports the development of a skilled
workforce.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes ITER falls under the category of Research and Innovation,
both of which underpin the implementation of SDG9.
Furthermore, ITER involves a significant investment in
innovation and infrastructure development.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes ITER contributes to a clean energy transition while boosting
jobs and growth in the area of energy and climate.
InvestEU
INVESTEU
Concrete examples of achievements
EUR 397.11 billion
was mobilised
for investment between
2022 and 2025, of
which 67 % from the
private sector.
7.7 million
jobs
were created and
supported between
2022 and 2025.
3 million
additional households
and public or
commercial premises
improved their energy
consumption through
investments in energy
generation between
2022 and 2025.
150 558
small and medium-
sized enterprises and
mid-caps
were supported under
InvestEU’s small and
medium-sized
enterprises window
between 2022 and
2025.
2.1 million
additional households,
enterprises or public
facilities
obtained access to
high-speed internet
between 2022 and
2025.
3.8 million
people were covered by
improved healthcare
infrastructure
between 2022 and
2025.
3 313
new engagements for
advisory support to
public and private
counterparts
were carried out via the
InvestEU advisory hub
between 2022 and
2025.
1 747
new investment project
proposals
were published on the
InvestEU Portal
between 2021 and
2025.
InvestEU
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming (*)
693.0 1 430.2 504.5 1 201.0 598.2 1 022.7 291.5 5 741.1
NextGenerationEU 1 745.5 1 852.4 2 474.1 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 6 074.0
Decommitments made available again (**)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.8 35.9 255.6 283.7 455.0 0.0 0.0 1 030.9
Total 2 439.3 3 318.5 3 234.2 1 485.2 1 053.7 1 023.2 292.0 12 846.0
(*) Including shared management funds
(**) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Total 2021-2027
Complementary budget (*) 1 958.0
Common provisioning fund – blending operations 1 731.5
Advisory Hub – top-up from other programmes 226.5
(*) The following amounts are not included in the total budget of InvestEU above. They represent amounts delegated from other programmes for the InvestEU Fund blending operations and the Advisory Hub top-ups for 2021-2027
InvestEU
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 11 393.3 12 846.0 88.7%
Payments 8 263.0 0.0 64.3%
InvestEU
Implementation and performance (1)
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Investment mobilised (EU compartment) (*)
0 88% EUR 427 billion in 2027
EUR 363.82 billion by 2025
compared to a target of
EUR 427 billion
On track
Multiplier effect achieved (EU compartment) (*)
0 > 100% 14.7 in 2027 17.85 in 2025 compared to a target of 14.7
On track
Investment supporting climate objectives
0 > 100% 30% in 2027 48.5% in 2025 compared to a target of 30%
On track
Number of households and public and commercial premises with an improved energy consumption classification
N/A N/A N/A 3 million by 2025 N/A
Additional households, enterprises or public buildings with broadband access of at least 100 megabits per second upgradeable to gigabit speed, or the number of Wi-Fi hotspots created
0 N/AN/A 2.1 million by 2025
N/A
Number of enterprises supported under the small and medium-sized enterprises window
0 N/AN/A 150 558 by 2025 N/A
Number of engagements of the InvestEU advisory hub
0 N/AN/A 3 313 by 2025 N/A
Number of projects published on the InvestEU portal
0 > 100% 1 000 in 2027 1 747 by 2025 compared to a target of 1 000
On track
(*) The reported figures exclude performance guarantee operations.
(1) The indicated reporting figures are based on the latest available data as of end-2025 with the exception for the data
reported by one InvestEU implementing partner which is referring to end-November 2025.
InvestEU
• The InvestEU programme uses an EU budget guarantee to increase investment by lowering
risk for financial institutions and attracting private capital. At the end of 2025, the volume of
InvestEU operations approved by implementing partners reached EUR 83.88 billion,
corresponding to an EU budget guarantee of EUR 29.1 billion. The approved InvestEU
operations are expected to mobilise investments of EUR 397.11 billion, with 67% of this
coming from the private sector. At the same time, the investments supporting climate goals
account for 48.5% of the signed operations. The overall multiplier effect of the programme is
17.18, which means that, on average, every EUR 1 of EU budget funds mobilises EUR 17.18 of
investment. The programme’s overall multiplier effect demonstrates its success in mobilising
investment across key strategic sectors.
• Under the InvestEU Fund, the EU provides funding support through an EU budgetary
guarantee of an initial amount of EUR 26.2 billion and increased by EUR 2.9 billion to
EUR 29.1 billion following the entry into force of the Omnibus II Regulation (2). The InvestEU
Fund covers potential losses of the international financial institutions and national
promotional banks and institutions (NPBIs) implementing the fund’s support in the
marketplace (‘implementing partners’)..
• At the end of 2025, the total amount of guarantee under the programme stands at
EUR 34 billion, with EUR 4.9 billion added to the initial allocation and coming from three
sources.
o Member State compartments (EUR 2.8 billion). Member States can use it to
increase the offer of financial products in their jurisdictions by means of financial
contributions, using the Recovery and Resilience Facility, cohesion funds or
contributions from national funds. So far, eight Member State compartments have
been signed: Bulgaria, Czechia, Greece, Spain, Malta, Portugal, Romania and Finland.
o Contribution from other EU programmes, i.e. for blending operations
(EUR 1.6 billion). Nine EU programmes are expected to provide extra resources to
InvestEU: EU4Health, Innovation Fund, Horizon Europe, European Defence Fund,
European Space programme, Creative Europe, Digital Europe, European Maritime,
Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and European Social Fund.
o Non-EU country contributions (EUR 0.5 billion). Iceland and Norway made
contributions to the InvestEU Fund on the basis of Article 81 of the European
Economic Area Agreement.
• As of the end of 2025, almost 95% of the original EUR 26.2 billion EU guarantee was signed
with 18 implementing partners through guarantee agreements. This includes the agreement
with the European Investment Bank and the European Investment Fund (representing a 75%
(2) Regulation (EU) 2025/2005 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 December 2025 amending
Regulations (EU) 2015/1017, (EU) 2021/523, (EU) 2021/695 and (EU) 2021/1153 as regards increasing the efficiency of the EU guarantee under Regulation (EU) 2021/523 and simplifying reporting requirements, OJ L, 2025/2005, 23.12.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/2005/oj.
InvestEU
share of the EU budget guarantee, i.e. EUR 19.6 billion, signed in March 2022) plus 16
guarantee agreements with other implementing partners.
• Currently, under the programme, implementing partners provide over 55 different financial
products in the form of debt, equity and guarantees. Some of these products are
implemented directly, and others indirectly through financial intermediaries.
• For the EU compartment (including the European Free Trade Association country contributions
and blending operations), the expected investment mobilised is EUR 363.82 billion, of which
67% comes from the private sector. For the EU compartment, the multiplier reaches 17.9.
• The volume of operations signed (hence the amount of the InvestEU operation signed between the implementing partner and the final recipient or financial intermediary) amounts
to EUR 57.9 billion, of which EUR 17.6 billion corresponds to the EU guarantee.
• In 2025, the EUR 474.8 million commitments included the provisioning of the Common
Provisioning Fund under the EU compartment, from which future calls on the EU guarantee
are to be paid. This includes EUR 312.5 million from the EU general budget and
EUR 136.8 million of internal assigned revenue from predecessor financial instruments and
the InvestEU Fund. Furthermore, EUR 25.5 million was committed as external assigned
revenue from the European Free Trade Association country contributions to the InvestEU Fund.
• In 2025, EUR 108.8 million worth of commitments were carried out under the blending
operations that combine InvestEU support with support provided under other EU programmes,
allocated to the European Investment Bank, and to the European Investment Fund for top-up
operations. In addition, EUR 150 million was allocated from Horizon Europe to the European
Investment Bank for non-repayable transactions under the ‘Green premium agreement’ in
2022-2025. Furthermore, EUR 20 million was allocated from the European Social Fund to the
European Investment Fund and the Council of Europe Development Bank for operations
supporting microfinance and in the form of non-repayable support.
• By the end of 2025, Common Provisioning Fund compartments were also set up for the
receipt of the relevant amounts needed to provision the EU guarantee implemented under the
InvestEU Member State compartment. The compartment was included in the guarantee
agreements signed with the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the
European Investment Fund. Moreover, separate guarantee agreements were signed in 2023
with the Bulgarian Development Bank (Bulgaria) and the National Development Bank
(Czechia) to implement financial products under the Member State compartment.
• Under the InvestEU Guarantee (Member State compartments of the Common Provisioning
Fund), EUR 427.4 million was transferred as external assigned revenue from six Member
States (Bulgaria, Greece, Romania, Finland, Spain and Portugal), according to the schedules
laid down in the contribution agreements. As set out in the partnership agreements and
contribution agreements, EUR 16.2 million was also committed in 2025 as contributions to
the InvestEU Fund from the European Regional Development Fund for Czechia and Malta.
InvestEU
• At the end of 2025, the InvestEU advisory hub provided advisory support under 30 advisory
initiatives, covering all InvestEU policy windows and a diverse range of sectors, and had 3 313
ongoing or completed assignments.
• In 2025, the following commitments were made: EUR 59.3 million for the InvestEU advisory
hub (including EUR 49.3 million for the European Investment Bank and EUR 10 million for
other advisory partners), EUR 2.8 million for the InvestEU Portal and accompanying measures,
and EUR 113 million for support expenditure. In addition, under the advisory agreement with
the European Investment Bank, funds from several EU programmes were committed as top-
ups, for a total envelope for the European Investment Bank of EUR 37 million.
• Following the second call for expression of interest, an additional amount of EUR 5 million
was committed in 2025 through advisory agreement with InvestNL, the Dutch national
promotional bank and institution, and another EUR 5 were to be committed to another
selected partner institution, which subsequently withdrew its application in early 2026.
Furthermore, negotiations were initiated with another new advisory partner institution:
National Development Bank, the Czech national promotional bank and institution.
• In 2025, the InvestEU Portal continued the strategic partnerships with Bpifrance/Euroquity
and the European Business Angels Network, which involved participation in four physical
events, virtual pitching sessions, workshops and online coaching sessions. The InvestEU Portal
also maintained a strong presence at major start-up events to increase visibility and
commitment to supporting the start-up community, including at ‘Bits and Pretzels’,
‘WebSummit’, ‘Nexus2050’ and ‘TNW Conference’.
• In 2024, the interim evaluation of InvestEU (3) concluded that the programme is proving
crucial in addressing investment needs across Europe. This allows the implementing partners
to efficiently finance higher-risk activities, enabling investments in sectors such as space,
semi-conductors, the blue economy and quantum computing, laying the groundwork for the
EU’s long-term competitiveness. The evaluation also found that the InvestEU advisory hub
plays a key role by supporting project developers in preparing, developing and implementing
investment projects, whereas the InvestEU Portal has the potential to add value to the wider
investment ecosystem through matchmaking and pitching events funded by the EU. At the
same time, the interim evaluation found that reporting requirements burden affects the
operational efficiency of InvestEU. The Omnibus II Regulation aimed at addressing this issue,
inter alia, by simplifying reporting requirements.
(3) https://commission.europa.eu/strategy-and-policy/eu-budget/performance-and-reporting/programme-performance-
statements/investeu-performance_en#note-1.
InvestEU
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 1 181.5 1 589.2 1 536.7 735.4 478.3 307.0 87.6 5 915.8 46.1%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 13.0 17.7 17.2 7.9 5.6
61.4 0.5%
• To be noted that the climate contribution reported as of end-2025 amounts to 48.5%. The
estimates for the period from 2025 to 2027 are calculated based on the 30% InvestEU
climate target.
• InvestEU places strong emphasis on investments that have a positive impact on the climate
and the environment. The programme aims to allocate 30% of its overall financial envelope
to climate objectives, while 60% of investments from the sustainable infrastructure window
are expected to support the EU objectives on climate and the environment. These targets
provide strong incentives for financial institutions to develop financial products, in line with
the climate ambition of the programme.
• As of the end of 2025, the investment supporting climate objectives represented 48.5% of
the volume of operations signed both at the programme level and the EU compartment level.
Under the sustainable infrastructure window, the investment supporting climate and
environmental objectives amounted to 83.3% of the volume of operations signed under this
policy window. Overall, InvestEU is expected to help mobilise more than EUR 110 billion to
meet EU climate goals. At present, the EIB Group and several international financial
institutions and national promotional banks are already deploying dedicated green products.
• To guide the implementation of the InvestEU financial products, the Commission has
published sustainability proofing guidance (2) and climate- and environment-tracking
guidance (3). Investments above EUR 10 million are subject to sustainability proofing to
identify, assess and mitigate climate, environmental or social risks. All InvestEU-supported
investment will be tracked in terms of environmental and climate impact against the
methodology issued by the Commission. Both guidance documents integrate, where possible,
the EU taxonomy framework.
InvestEU
• InvestEU implementing partners have a choice to track the achievement of the climate and
environmental targets under the sustainable infrastructure window using the EU-taxonomy-
aligned criteria or the InvestEU climate and environmental markers. As of 31 December 2025,
42.2%of the aggregate InvestEU signed financing was tracked using EU-taxonomy-aligned
criteria for the purpose of determining the climate and environmental objectives. The EU-
taxonomy-compliant financing for the implementing partners who use the EU-taxonomy-
aligned criteria amounts to 74% of their volume of signed InvestEU operations.
• The reported investment on biodiversity (amounting to EUR 308.4 million) results in an
estimated EU contribution of EUR 61.44 million as of end 2025.
• In addition to these ambitious climate targets, the InvestEU Fund set up a dedicated scheme
to generate additional investment for the benefit of just transition territories – those
territories that will be the most affected by the socioeconomic consequences of the green
transition – as a complement to the Just Transition Fund and the Public Sector Loan Facility.
The investments supporting just transition backed by InvestEU amount to EUR 10.3 billion as
of the end of 2025. By mid-2025, the InvestEU Advisory Hub had provided advisory support
for 68 assignments, assisting investment projects in territories identified in the territorial just
transition plans with a total funding allocation of EUR 7.3 million.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 66.3 136.9 48.3 115.0 57.3 423.7
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 626.7 1 293.3 456.2 1 086.0 540.9 4 003.1
Total: 693.0 1 430.2 504.5 1 201.0 598.2 4 426.9
• (*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed
at the most granular level of intervention possible:
• 2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
• 1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as
the main reason for the intervention;
InvestEU
• 0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing
on gender equality);
• 0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on
gender equality.
• As of end 2025, the total InvestEU programme contribution to gender equality assigned with
score 1 amounts to EUR 407.4 million. The remaining amount of EUR 3.82 billion is marked
with score 0, since InvestEU is a demand-driven instrument and there was no specific budget
allocation to gender equality.
• InvestEU contributes to the achievement of priorities set out in the EU gender equality
strategy 2020-2025. Gender mainstreaming is ensured through the design and
implementation of targeted financial products and advisory initiatives. These initiatives
include the following items:
o The gender smart advisory initiative, which provides tailored advice and capacity-
building to improve access to financing for female-founded and female-led companies.
Its key objectives include increasing female representation in the investment
community (notably by identifying barriers, strengthening women’s capacity,
challenging unconscious biases, etc.), and increasing awareness of the funding gap
and of missed opportunities. This is being done through activities such as an annual
‘Empowering Equity Conference’ for women investors, a mentorship programme for
fund managers, a study of financial products by banks and other lenders focusing on
women and women-led businesses, and a gender-data learning programme for banks
focusing on strengthening commercial banks capabilities on collecting and using
gender data and improving access to finance for women entrepreneurs launched in
2025.
o EIF equity financing, where gender smart financing is one of the horizontal topics
implemented across the different thematic policy areas supported by the fund’s equity
products across all policy windows. At least 25% of equity financial intermediaries
supported by InvestEU through the EIF have to comply with the gender criteria. The EIF
has already exceeded this target, reporting 37% in October 2025.
• In 2024, the methodology for additional key performance indicator on investment supporting
gender equality was adopted by the InvestEU Steering Board. InvestEU implementing partners
can now report on a best effort basis, on the impact of InvestEU operations across all policy
windows on gender equality. As of the end of 2025, implementing partners had reported EUR
5.6 billion of investment supporting gender equality.
Gender disaggregated information: Not applicable.
InvestEU
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 223.1 303.6 295.9 135.9 96.4 1 054.9 9.1%
• As of the end of 2025, InvestEU had mobilised EUR 24.4 billion worth of operations
supporting digitalisation.
• Several implementing partners are implementing financial products to support digitalisation.
Amongst others, the EUR 3.64 billion allocated to the EIF ‘Innovation and digitalisation
guarantee’ financial product of the small and medium-sized enterprises window support
innovation- and digitalisation-driven small and medium-sized enterprises and small mid-caps.
The EU guarantee supports, among other things, innovative business models, supply chain
management, the acquisition of digital skills and support to service providers that enable and
support companies in the digitalisation of value chains, as long as the service providers focus
predominantly on the provision and adoption of digital products and services.
• Moreover, the joint small and medium-sized enterprises / research, innovation and
digitalisation window equity product implemented by the EIF includes a sub-product that
supports investments fostering the development of digital, cultural and creative industry
solutions.
InvestEU
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• No new product dedicated to STEP was launched as of December 2025. However, by design, on the basis of its existing portfolio of financial products, InvestEU can support projects consistent with the STEP objectives, in particular within its Research and Innovation Window and using relevant financial products such as the thematic financial products implemented by the EIB and certain venture capital financial products implemented by the EIF. In addition, top- ups to InvestEU from other EU programmes (such as the Innovation Fund, Horizon Europe, EU4Health, the European Defence programme and the Digital Europe programme) also support STEP-relevant investments. Thus, InvestEU is already making a substantial contribution to support STEP-relevant sectors of (a) digital technologies and services and deep-tech innovation, including within the digital connectivity infrastructure; and (b) clean and resource-efficient technologies within the energy eligible area / environment eligible area.
• The STEP Regulation allows Member States to allocate up to 6% of their Recovery and
Resilience (RRF) envelope to the InvestEU Member State Compartment to support projects
that contribute to STEP objectives (this is in addition to the 4% of the RRF envelope that
Member States can deploy via InvestEU towards more general objectives). This option would
allow the use of these RRF resources to stipulate financing contracts beyond the RRF deadline
(31 December 2026). As of December 2025, no Member State has made use of this
increased opportunity for STEP.
Contribution to reforms
• Non applicable
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
InvestEU
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
Y The InvestEU programme supports sustainable and
inclusive/social investments, economic progress and job
creation through micro-entrepreneurship, social economy,
education, training and skills and investments in social
infrastructure that contribute to alleviating poverty. A total
of 13 369 social or affordable housing units were built or
renovated through InvestEU support since the start of the
implementation of the programme in 2022. In the same
period, 116 863 recipients of microfinance and 4 238 social
enterprises were supported.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Y
InvestEU aims to contribute to better healthcare through
investments in renovation and expansion of health
infrastructure, and financial support dedicated to medical
research. For example, InvestEU finances a project that
covers the construction of 12 new long-term care centres,
three rehabilitation hospitals and four assisted-living
facilities in Spain.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Y
InvestEU support for inclusive and equitable education and
lifelong learning opportunities is channelled via social
investments for educational purposes, including
infrastructure in support of education. As of the end of 2025,
42 551 individuals have benefited from educational
programmes financed under InvestEU.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Y
InvestEU has backed total investments of EUR 5.6 billion
supporting gender equality as of December 2025. Also, the
InvestEU Advisory Hub aims to provide tailored advisory
support and capacity-building to improve access to finance
for female-founded and female-led companies.
InvestEU
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
Y
InvestEU operations contribute to the sustainable
management of water resources by helping projects in the
fields of water supply and wastewater treatment. As of
December 2025, implementing partners signed around EUR
979.4 million worth of operations supporting water
resources.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Y
Through the energy efficiency measures of the InvestEU
supported projects, the programme has contributed to the
production of over 43 372 megawatts of electricity from
renewable energy sources.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Y
InvestEU projects can support meaningful advancements
towards promoting sustained, inclusive and sustainable
economic growth, and full and productive employment and
decent work for all.
InvestEU
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Y
Under the InvestEU Fund, several implementing partners (for
instance the EIB Group, the European Bank for
Reconstruction and Development and the Nordic Investment
Bank) finance innovative projects and companies and
sustainable infrastructure investments, thus building resilient
infrastructure, promoting sustainable industrialisation and
fostering innovation.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
Y
The InvestEU programme provides financing and advisory
support for projects that might otherwise struggle to secure
private investment, enabling development in countries with
less-developed capital markets, where financial barriers
exist.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
Y The dedicated investments in economic and social
infrastructure projects under InvestEU support advancement
towards promoting resilient and inclusive infrastructure, and
further efforts to support service-rich integrated
infrastructure projects contribute to making cities more
inclusive and sustainable.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
Y
InvestEU support to inclusive business practices and small
and medium-sized enterprise growth and development
contributes to promoting sustainable production and
consumption practices.
InvestEU
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Y
Several implementing partners (e.g. the EIB Group, the
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the
Nordic Investment Bank and the Caisse des Dépôts et
Consignations) finance clean energy investments with low or
zero emissions, thus combating climate change and its
impacts.
SDG14: Conserve and sustainab ly use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainab le developm ent
Y
InvestEU is providing support to activities related to the
sustainable use of marine resources, aquaculture and other
elements of the wider bioeconomy. As of 31 December
2025, implementing partners signed around EUR 231.13
million for operations in the area of the blue economy and
the sustainable blue economy finance principles.
InvestEU
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Y
InvestEU contributes to sustainable forest management, in
line with the biodiversity-related priority areas which are to
be supported under various financial products deployed
under the InvestEU programme. As of December 2025,
implementing partners signed around EUR 308.36 million for
operations supporting biodiversity and ecosystems.
Connecting Europe Facility
CONNECTING EUROPE FACILITY
Concrete examples of achievements
4 898
alternative fuel
supply points were
supported by the CEF
during 2021-2027.
Under CEF I (2014-
2020) and CEF II
(2021-2027), the
deployment of
21 000 alternative
fuel supply points has
been supported.
518
electric locomotives
were equipped with
the European Railway
Traffic Management
System under CEF II.
Under CEF I and
CEF II, 1 324
locomotives in total
were supported.
Additionally, almost
3 000 kilometres of
European Railway
Traffic Management
System track-side
infrastructure were
deployed under CEF I
and CEF II.
220
kilometres of railway
lines were addressed
through closed
studies and works
under CEF II, and
4 700 kilometres in
total under CEF I.
13 000
megawatts of
electricity
transmission capacity
were added since
2021 to interconnect
electricity networks
and to facilitate the
integration of
renewable energy.
28 504
digital devices for
smart electricity grids
were installed via CEF
II actions.
222
new networks were
added under CEF II
for socioeconomic
drivers, enabling very
high-quality
connections for local
communities.
11 635
kilometres of CEF-
funded transport
corridors covered by
5G connectivity
infrastructure
(passive and/or active
network elements)
were added at the EU
level, for roads, rail
and inland waterways
under CEF II.
10 326
terabits per second of
additional capacity
was created under
CEF II, by deployed
backbone networks,
including submarine
cables.
Connecting Europe Facility
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial
programming 4 517.5 4 570.8 4 839.1 4 586.8 4 747.7 5 034.8 5 170.9 33 467.6
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments
made available
again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from
other countries
and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 4 517.5 4 570.8 4 839.1 4 586.8 4 747.7 5 034.8 5 170.9 33 467.6
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 23 259.7 33 467.6 69.5%
Payments 12 063.9 0.0 36.0%
Connecting Europe Facility
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of cross-border and missing links addressed with the support of the programme
0 83% 77 in 2029 64 cross-border and missing links
by 2025 compared to a target of 77
On track
Number of programme- supported actions contributing to the digitalisation of transport, in particular through the deployment of the European Rail Traffic Management System, the river information services, the intelligent transport systems, the vessel traffic management information system / e- maritime services and the single European sky air traffic management research programme
0 > 100% 130 in 2027 136 actions by 2025 compared to
a target of 130
On track
Number of alternative fuel supply points built or upgraded with the support of the programme
0 13% 38 000 in 2029 4 898 alternative
fuel supply points by 2025
compared to a
target of 38 000
On track
Number of transport infrastructure components adapted to civilian–military dual- use requirements
0 21% 140 in 2029 29 components by 2025 compared to
a target of 140
On track
Number of programme actions contributing to projects interconnecting Member State networks
0 42% 95 in 2030 40 actions by 2025 compared to
a target of 95
On track
Connecting Europe Facility
and removing internal constraints
Number of programme actions contributing to the improvement and digitalisation of grids and increasing energy storage capacity
0 64% 25 in 2030 16 by 2025 compared to a target of 25
On track
Number of programme actions contributing to the cost-efficient reaching of the target for EU shared renewable energy sources on the basis of cross-border cooperation in the area of renewables
0 35% 48 in 2030 17 actions by 2025 compared to
a target of 48
On track
Number of programme actions enabling 5G connectivity along transport paths
0 67% 46 in 2028 31 actions by 2025 compared to
a target of 46
On track
Connecting Europe Facility
• Between 2021 and the end of 2025, EUR 23.7 billion of the total EUR 25.8 billion Connecting Europe Facility transport sector budget has been allocated to projects, representing 92% of
the available budget. This amount (EUR 23.7 billion) corresponds to the total legal obligation arisen from the grants signed by the Commission as of 31 December 2025. Part of this amount will be committed in 2026-2027 using the principle of the annual instalments, in accordance with Article 4(5) of the CEF Regulation.
• Following the 2023 update to the CEF 2021-2027 work programme, the majority of these
funds were allocated to the 2023 and 2024 project calls. This strategic allocation resulted in
no remaining budget for new calls in 2025. Furthermore, the military mobility envelope of
EUR 1.7 billion was fully allocated by 2024. Any unused funds that become available in 2026
through the ‘use it or lose it’ principle will be redistributed via new funding opportunities, known
as ‘reflow calls’. In 2023, the Commission adopted a revised CEF Transport work programme,
outlining the final funding opportunities within the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework
for the years 2023 and 2024. The 2024 CEF calls, which closed in January 2025, attracted 258
submissions totalling EUR 9.5 billion in requested funds, well beyond the available budget.
EUR 3.02 billion was allocated to projects during the summer of 2025 for initiatives advancing
a sustainable, intelligent, eco-friendly and resilient transport network. This final allocation
exhausts the remaining funds under the current financial framework. With the 2024 call for
proposals, 72.8% of the CEF Transport budget was allocated to projects developing railways,
including cross-border connections. Among others, projects under the solidarity lanes initiative
were supported to improve transport connectivity with Moldova and Ukraine.
• The military mobility envelope of EUR 1.7 billion had also already been fully allocated in 2024.
Any unused funds that become available in 2026 through the ‘use it or lose it’ principle will be
redistributed through reflow calls.
• The CEF Alternative Fuels Infrastructure Facility blends grants with financial instruments from
international financial institutions and national promotional banks. The second call under the
facility was launched in February 2024, with cut‑offs in September 2024, June 2025 and March
2026. In 2025, the project selection for the first cut-off granted EUR 422 million to 39 projects
and EUR 600 million to about 70 projects for the second cut‑off. These projects support
charging and hydrogen refuelling infrastructure, the electrification of airports, onshore power
supply in ports and other alternative fuels infrastructures for the maritime sector. The third
cut‑off was cancelled due to exhaustion of funds.
• The first grant agreements under CEF II were signed in the third quarter of 2022. Therefore, the
first projects have been in full implementation for less than four years. Some smaller projects,
such as the deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure or preparatory studies, have been
Connecting Europe Facility
completed. However, large-scale construction projects take longer and are currently in full
implementation.
• As regards the Energy strand, in the first window for the development of projects of common
interest, CEF eligibility is limited to projects of common interest and projects of mutual interest
that belong to a given infrastructure category (essentially electricity, natural gas, hydrogen or
carbon dioxide networks). In the first five annual calls for proposals under this window for
projects of common interest and projects of mutual interest, the Commission awarded
approximately EUR 1 billion (2021), EUR 600 million (2022), EUR 570 million (2023),
EUR 1.2 billion (2024) and EUR 650 million (2025). In this period, CEF Energy grants were
awarded for 72 actions (24 for construction works, with a total of more than EUR 3.6 billion,
and 48 for studies, with a total of less than EUR 460 million). Out of these 72 grants, 21
concerned electricity projects and smart electricity grids (EUR 2.6 billion), 4 natural gas
(EUR 150 million), 19 carbon dioxide facilities (EUR 850 million) and 28 hydrogen projects,
including electrolysers (EUR 420 million). Among the projects selected for funding, there are
electricity interconnectors (Great Sea Interconnector, Aurora Line, ELMED), storage sites that
contribute to security of supply and enable a greater integration of renewables, and the first
building blocks of a future EU-wide carbon dioxide transport value chain. Following the revision
of the TEN-E Regulation in 2022, the 2024 call was the first one where hydrogen projects were
eligible, while support to natural gas projects was phased out.
• In 2025, the Commission awarded approximately EUR 650 million to 14 cross-border energy
infrastructure projects. For the first time, CEF Energy was used to finance a dedicated resilience
measure for electricity infrastructure relating to the Baltic Synchronisation. Also under this call,
CEF provided the first grant for works for a hydrogen project: Hydrogen Storage Gronau-Epe
RWE in Germany. Among the projects selected for funding, 6 are related to electricity
infrastructure including smart electricity grids (4 for works and 2 for studies) and 8 are
hydrogen infrastructure investments (1 works and 7 studies).
• Regarding the second window for cross-border renewable energy projects, seven calls for
funding proposals were launched between 2021 and 2025, with 17 actions awarded in total
(EUR 166.9 million) providing funding for preparatory studies and for technical studies and
works. The programme window is reinforcing its pipeline of viable projects (13 in Q1 2026) with
the organisation of an annual call for status proposals. There is a growing interest from
promoters (6 status applications received in the status call that just closed in February 2026),
which already translates into higher subscription rates for the funding calls (1.4 average for
the past three calls).
• The first CEF Digital multiannual work programme, covering the calls for 2021-2023, was
adopted in December 2021 and amended in April 2023, to take into account the evolution of
stakeholder preparedness and demand, along with the latest developments in policy priorities.
Notwithstanding the initial late start, the four calls followed the yearly planning schedule, with
good budget absorption, in particular for certain topics (such as submarine cables). The second
Connecting Europe Facility
CEF Digital multiannual work programme (covering 2024-2027) was adopted in October
2024 (4) and, based on that, the fourth call for proposals (2024 budget) was opened on
22 October 2024 with a closing date of 13 February 2025. In addition to the previous topics
(global gateways and 5G connectivity), the fourth call also supports quantum communication
(EuroQCI). The grant agreements for the projects following the fourth call had a 1.54 budget
oversubscription rate and a total awarded amount of EUR 389 million. Almost all grant
agreements, for projects concerning the deployment of global gateways (mainly submarine
cables), deployment of 5G Large Scale Pilots in smart communities and along major transport
paths and EuroQCI, were concluded in autumn 2025. The first four CEF Digital calls sum up (in
commitments) to over 63% of the total EUR 1.6 billion budget for CEF Digital.
(4) https://digital-strategy.ec.europa.eu/en/library/connecting-europe-facility-cef-multiannual-work-programme-2024-
2027.
Connecting Europe Facility
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 3 192.2 3 604.9 3 734.8 3 542.9 3 657.7 3 893.0 2 639.0 24 264.5 72.5%
• Under the CEF Transport strand, the projects mainly aim at completing and upgrading the
railway and inland waterway infrastructure along the trans-European transport network and
support the take-up of alternative fuels through the co-funding of charging infrastructure,
hence contributing to the Green Deal agenda for the decarbonisation of the transport sector.
As a result, appropriations committed to the co-funding of these projects correspond to around
78% of the overall Transport strand allocation. Notably, under the CEF 2024 call for proposals,
more than 72,8% of the budget was allocated to railway projects. Over 76% of the allocated
CEF Transport funding contributes to climate objectives, exceeding the 60% obligation in the
CEF Regulation.
• These investments in the development of electrified railway infrastructure (including associated
signalling subsystems), along with the deployment of infrastructure for zero-emission vehicles,
like electric charging points, and the installation of shore-side electricity for ships at berth are
all taxonomy-aligned activities.
• The programme’s Energy strand contributes to climate performance by supporting electricity,
smart grid and carbon dioxide transport infrastructure and cross-border projects in the field of
renewable energy. While CEF Energy contributed to climate objectives to 84% under the
previous multiannual financial framework, the climate contribution of the CEF II Energy strand
is estimated at over 90%. In addition, the Energy strand complies with the legislation on
biodiversity objectives, as stated in recital 5 of the CEF Regulation.
• Because of their nature, the programme’s Digital strand projects will contribute to the
digitalisation of other infrastructures and services, reducing their carbon footprint and making
them energy-efficient.
Connecting Europe Facility
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 4 517.5 4 570.8 4 839.1 4 586.8 4 747.7 23 261.9
Total: 4 517.5 4 570.8 4 839.1 4 586.8 4 747.7 23 261.9
• The programme has a 0 score for its contribution to gender equality. Based on the nature of
the infrastructure projects, it is not possible to disaggregate gender-specific data. Therefore,
the programmes is all classified under score 0.
• The programme, which supports basic infrastructural investments, does not have gender
equality as a deliberate objective. Also, at the present time and based on CEF I- and CEF II-
related regulations, the collection of gender-balance disaggregated data is not feasible for any
of the three strands.
• In the CEF Transport sector, the investments mainly concern major infrastructure projects on
the trans-European transport corridors, such as the development of railway infrastructure, port
infrastructure, digitalisation of transport, deployment of alternative fuels infrastructure, etc.
Transport of goods plays an important role for many of the projects, so users will not
necessarily be individuals. Compared to transport infrastructure at the local or regional levels,
which can have gender relevance depending on which concrete communities and locations the
infrastructure is connecting, CEF-financed infrastructure is not gender-specific and it is not
possible to disaggregate the data concerning gender.
• Similarly, the CEF Energy strand has supported investments for large infrastructure such as
electricity interconnectors, electricity storage sites, smart electricity grids, hydrogen network
infrastructure, and cross-border carbon dioxide networks, for which it is not possible to have a
disaggregation of gender-specific data.
Connecting Europe Facility
• As for the Digital strand, it supports the deployment of physical digital connectivity
infrastructures. It is not possible to have disaggregated gender-specific data on the subsequent
use of these connectivity infrastructures.
Gender disaggregated information:
• Under the CEF, the collection of gender-disaggregated data is not feasible across its three strands.
The programme focuses on the development of basic infrastructure, which does not include
gender-specific objectives.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 0.0 485.4 481.1 549.9 732.3 2 248.7 9.7%
• The digital contribution of CEF Transport was calculated based on the grants signed following
the calls for proposals launched in 2024. It is foreseen that this contribution will remain stable
in 2026. The 2024 CEF transport calls closed in January 2025, and the grant agreements have
been signed by end October 2025.
• As a result of the 2024 Transport calls for proposals for ‘Actions related to smart and
interoperable mobility’, 45 actions with programme co-funding of more than EUR 805 million
have been awarded. In particular, support has been provided to the digitalisation of the trans-
European transport network railway network, through the support to the European Railway
Traffic Management System technology.
• The Energy strand contributes to digitalisation of the energy system and further integration of
renewable electricity, notably by reducing bottlenecks in connection requests, improving grid
controllability and enabling innovative market solutions, as one of the main objectives of the
trans-European networks for energy priority thematic area of smart electricity grids. These
projects aim to modernise the grids so that consumers are empowered to become more
active players in the market, producing much of their own energy needs while offering a cost-
effective solution to balancing energy supply and demand. In the 2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025
Connecting Europe Facility
calls for projects of common interest and projects of mutual interest under the first window of
CEF Energy, five cross-border smart grid projects have been awarded grants for works and
studies worth more than EUR 400 million in total.
• Through its specific support to the deployment of digital connectivity infrastructure, the Digital
strand will contribute in its entirety to the digital transition policy goals, specifically to achieve
the targets set in the Digital Decade policy programme in terms of digitalisation of businesses,
public services and citizens. By supporting projects of common interest relating to the
deployment of safe, secure, sustainable and very high-capacity digital networks, including 5G
systems and EuroQCI, the programme’s digital actions contribute to the transformation and
modernisation of vertical sectors such as health, education and training, tourism,
manufacturing, transport or logistics, and to reinforce the protection of Europe’s governmental
institutions, their data centres, hospitals, energy grids, etc... by using innovative quantum
communication technologies.
• Enhanced digital connectivity will contribute to the digital readiness and competitiveness of the EU’s businesses and the industrial and public services ecosystem. It will give all citizens and businesses new opportunities to benefit fully from the digital single market and accelerate economic recovery and growth. The Digital strand will contribute to the inclusiveness of outermost regions and overseas countries and territories by connecting them with up-to-date submarine backbones and ensuring that they can also benefit from advanced fixed and mobile connectivity. It is financing coordination and support actions to promote the best practice projects addressing the deployment and take-up of 5G systems to support services of general interest in local, rural communities, contributing to the digital and green transitions of public services and businesses.Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
Connecting Europe Facility
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
YES CEF Energy supports SDG7 by promoting investments
contributing to the further integration of the internal energy
market and to sustainable development, by the integration
of energy from renewable sources and the development of
smart energy grids. An example is the commissioning, in
2025, of the Baltic Synchronisation project, which increases
the transmission capacity between the Baltic countries and
connect them to the European grid, thus strengthening the
internal electricity market, increasing security of supply in the
region and improving integration of renewable energy
sources in the region.
Connecting Europe Facility
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
YES CEF Transport supports SDG9 through investments in
sustainable, resilient and inclusive transportation systems, in
particular infrastructure. For example, 2024 saw the
finalisation of a CEF I project improving the rail access
infrastructure of the Port of Gdańsk (Poland) by the
reconstruction of over 70 kilometres of tracks, 13 railroad
and pedestrian crossings, the replacement of 221 switches
and the modernisation of 3 bridges, 2 viaducts and 18
culverts. Another action implemented European Rail Traffic
Management System level 2, baseline 3 upgrades on one
international prototype trainset (type Stadler Flirt 3C)
operating on the Rhine Alpine corridor and partially on the
North Sea Baltic Core Network corridors, between Belgium,
Germany and the Netherlands.
The CEF Digital strand supports SDG9 by funding actions
enabling uninterrupted connectivity along transport corridors
and high-capacity networks for digital global gateways.
Funded actions are already deploying 5G (passive/active)
infrastructure along the major trans-European transport
network corridors that would potentially enable seamless 5G
connectivity on highways and/or railways fostering the
adoption of connected and automated mobility. Another
example is the deployment of submarine cables connecting
remote areas with the EU and increasing networks’ capacity,
resilience and security.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
YES CEF Transport supports sustainable cities and communities.
In 2024, a CEF I project resulted in the preliminary designs
for the new Milan Segrate East Gate high-speed rail station,
and the metro line connection to Milan Linate Airport metro
station.
Connecting Europe Facility
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
YES The CEF programme contributes to the EU’s climate-related
goals, as indicated in the European Green Deal
communication and the European Climate Law adopted in
2021. The Transport strand strongly supports climate-
related investments, with 76% of the budget being dedicated
to those projects. For example, since 2014, 21 000 supply
points for alternative fuels have been supported along the
trans-European transport network. CEF is financing electric
charging points for cars and trucks as well as electricity
supply for vessels at berth in ports.
CEF Energy supports SDG13 by financing actions that
contribute to the decarbonisation of the energy system,
inter alia through the integration of renewable energy into
the grid and the transmission of renewable generation to
major consumption centres and storage. For example, the
interconnection between Finland and Sweden (Aurora line),
which was completed in 2025, will further guarantee
security of supply and also allow for better integration of
renewable energy in the overall region.
2014-2020 – Connecting Europe Facility
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation 2014-2020 Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 28 100.9 29 875.9 94.1%
Payments 23 615.3 0.0 79.0%
Key performance indicators
Connecting Europe Facility
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
CEF Transport – lines in service equipped with the European Railway Traffic Management System
0 54% 5 491 in 2024 2 946 by 2025 compared to a target of 5 491
Moderate progress
CEF Transport – number of supply points for alternative fuels
0 75% 21 272 in 2024
15 586 by 2025 compared to a
target of 21 272
On track
CEF Energy – system resilience – number of Member States
0 91% 22 in 2020 20 in 2025 compared to a target of 22
On track
Number of Wi-Fi hotspots supported by CEF
0 >100% 90 700 in 2023
92 570 in 2022 compared to a
target of 90 700
Achieved
• Under the predecessor programme for the 2014-2020 multiannual financial framework, more
than 1 000 actions signed under the Transport strand have been supported with an EU
contribution of EUR 23 billion, triggering around EUR 50 billion of private and public
investments. These have strongly contributed to paving the way for the achievement of the key
trans-European transport network and wider EU policy objectives addressing the removal of
bottlenecks and enhancing interoperability, ensuring sustainable and efficient transport
systems and optimising the integration and interconnection of transport modes.
• So far, the majority of grant agreements for projects under CEF Transport 1 have been closed.
These projects have utilised 93% of their allocated budgets, compared to the amount of the
latest grant agreement in force. The fact that the projects effectively used almost all the budget
means that these projects successfully met their objectives as defined in their grant
agreements, demonstrating efficient management and execution.
• In 2025, 309 projects were still ongoing corresponding to more than EUR 9 billion of the budget.
Due to the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and the geopolitical crisis in Ukraine leading to
increased prices for construction materials and a lack of workforce, the maximum duration of
the programme’s Transport actions was extended to the end of 2024. As of that date, all grant
agreements have ended and are in the process of closing.
• Not all projects have submitted an admissible final report by 31 December 2025, with European
Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency following up on 90 final reports still
pending.
Connecting Europe Facility
• The CEF-T 1 extension policy has supported projects in addressing delays generally (in planning,
permitting, procurement, technical aspects, and financing), although it has not been possible to
address all delays fully. Many projects were particularly impacted and delayed by the COVID
pandemic and the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine. This extension has partially
allowed the projects to overcome these delays and maximise the absorption of CEF-T funding.
• In terms of performance, during the 2014-2020 period, CEF Energy provided a total of
EUR 4.672 billion in funding to 149 actions contributing to 107 projects of common interest.
By the end of 2025, 132 of these actions were completed: 62 on electricity and storage, 61 on
gas, 3 on smart grids and 6 on carbon dioxide networks.
• The Commission closely monitors the progress of the projects of common interest, through
action status reports submitted by beneficiaries to the European Climate, Infrastructure and
Environment Executive Agency, but also through the yearly monitoring by national competent
authorities and the Agency for the Cooperation of Energy Regulators under the TEN-E
Regulation. It should be noted that a number of these large cross-border infrastructure projects
have faced technical challenges (e.g. for submarine electricity interconnectors), delays in
permitting procedures (sometimes caused by appeals) or supply chain issues (e.g. a limited
number of suppliers for equipment such as high-voltage cables).
• Under CEF I, 77% of the actions were studies, accounting for 10% of the total commitments
under the 2014-2020 multiannual financial framework, as preparatory studies are normally
much less budget-intensive than construction works. The largest share of CEF I funding goes
to works (90%), representing 23% of the total number of actions. Compared to CEF I, under the
calls organised so far under CEF II (2021-2024), 72% of the actions have been studies and
28% have been works, with the latter absorbing 86% of the available commitments.
• In general, the Energy core performance indicators for 2014-2020 reflect different angles of
the achievements of the EU’s energy policy, such as the end of Member States’ isolation, the
interconnection target levels (reflecting a Member State’s interconnection capacity as a ratio
of its internal electricity system), the increase of energy system resilience and the
diversification of gas supply sources, which are of the utmost relevance in minimising the effect
of the Russian full-scale invasion of Ukraine on energy markets.
• CEF Energy’s impact is measured in the long term, considering the time it takes to implement
large-scale energy infrastructure projects (between 5 and 10 years). In 2025, no further
progress was registered in terms of commissioned projects reducing Member States’ energy
isolation (six projects of common interest failing to reach the target), system resilience (two
Member States failing to reach the target), and level of interconnectivity (16 Member States
complying with the 15% interconnection target). The interconnectivity level, which is the same
Connecting Europe Facility
as last year, is affected by the increase in installed generation capacity (notably from
renewable energy sources) across all Member States (renewable energy generation projects
generally take less time to develop than electricity infrastructure projects).
• The success of the numerous actions for the implementation of energy infrastructure projects of common interest and their contribution to the policy objectives of the Trans-European Networks for Energy strategy is not yet fully reflected in the indicators, due to the long implementation time for large and technically complex energy infrastructure projects. In addition, delays have occurred because of external factors such as the COVID-19 sanitary crisis, the need to secure sufficient co-funding (from national or other sources), public procurement issues (e.g. complaints/appeals during tender procedures) and legal and environmental issues (e.g. permitting, spatial planning, other authorisations and land acquisition).
• For CEF Telecom, the WiFi4EU programme implementation ended in 2023 and resulted in 7 237 municipalities rolling out 9 152 networks with 93 181 access points. Municipalities committed to keeping these networks active for at least three years.
• By the end of 2025, although 98% of municipalities had already passed the 3-year monitoring period, 84% of them kept their networks active.
Digital Europe Programme
DIGITAL EUROPE PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
19
artificial intelligence
(AI) factories and 13
antennas were set up in
2024 and 2025 to drive
progress in AI
applications across
various sectors.
> 5 000
people were using two
high-precision digital
twins of the earth for
climate resilience at
scale and advanced
weather forecasts by
the end of 2025.
> 6 million
digital objects from
4 000 institutions
across Europe, with a
particular focus on 3D
data, were available on
the Cultural Heritage
Data Space by the end
of 2025.
> 1 quintillion (*)
operations per second
were achieved in 2025
by Jupiter, the first
European exascale
supercomputer,
empowering
researchers to advance
large-scale AI
development, climate
modelling, biomedicine,
etc.
> 61 000
people had benefited,
by the end of 2025,
from advanced digital
skills training to
become the ICT experts
of the future.
5
semiconductor pilot
lines were launched in
2025 as pioneering,
state-of-the-art
facilities where
European industry can
test, experiment and
validate next-
generation chip
technologies and
designs.
> 500
public authorities and
private companies have
been piloting the EU
Digital Identity Wallet
across more than 20
use cases (e.g. opening
bank accounts, digital
driving licenses, digital
travel credentials) since
2024.
> 250
tools were in place to
support the cyber
resilience of the EU by
end of 2025, including
tools relating to
cybersecurity
awareness,
infrastructure,
application vulnerability
scanning and phishing
mitigation services.
(*) One quintillion = 1 000 000 000 000 000 000.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
1 130.5 1 232.8 1 340.8 1 265.4 1 067.3 969.9 1 063.7 8 070.4
Digital Europe Programme
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
30.5 31.3 40.1 73.5 62.0 0.0 0.0 237.3
Total 1 161.0 1 264.1 1 380.9 1 338.8 1 129.3 969.9 1 063.7 8 307.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 6 219.5 8 307.7 74.9%
Payments 3 809.0 0.0 45.8%
Digital Europe Programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
High-performance
computing
infrastructures jointly
procured
7 87% 30 in 2029 26 by 2025 compared to a target of 30
On track
Co-investment in sites
for experimentation
and testing
0 > 100% EUR 180 million in 2027
EUR 188 million by 2023
compared to a target of
EUR 180 million
On track
Use of common
European libraries or
interfaces to libraries
of algorithms, use of
common European
data spaces and use of
sites for
experimentation and
testing related to
activities under this
regulation
0 72% 1 600 in 2030 1 151 by 2025 compared to a target of 1 600
On track
Users and
communities getting
access to European
cybersecurity facilities
0 > 100% 400 in 2028 2 659 by 2025 compared to a target of 400
On track
People who have received training to acquire advanced digital skills
0 94% 65 000 in 2027 61 111 by 2025 compared to a
target of 65 000
On track
People reporting an improved employment situation after the end of the training supported by the programme
0 19% 26 200 in 2027 5 090 by 2025 compared to a
target of 26 200
On track
Extent of alignment of the national interoperability framework with the European interoperability framework (on a scale of 1 to 4)
3.75 > 100% 3.78 in 2025 (5) 3.79 in 2025 compared to a target of 3.78
On track
Digital Europe Programme
Businesses and public sector entities that have used the European digital innovation hub services
0 32% 287 400 in 2029
93 085 by 2025 compared to a
target of 287 400
On track
(5) The value presents three limitations. KPI 22 (DESI - Digital Public Services Dimension) currently reflects the most up- to-date data available online (reference period: April 2024 to April 2025). In addition, KPI 33 (Total number of language resources in different Member States) currently reflects 2023 data. Considering that the previous ELRC- based data collection mechanism has been discontinued, data collection now falls under the Common European Language Data Space (LDS) and updated figures are expected but not yet available yet. Finally, data for 4 Member States are currently missing due to pending responses and reported as 'N/A'.
The digital Europe programme had delivered key flagship achievements in each of its specific
objectives by the end of 2025.
• Nineteen AI factories started to be deployed in 16 Member States, offering AI start-ups,
small and medium-sized enterprises and researchers access to AI-optimised high-
performance computers, AI training and technical expertise to promote cutting-edge research
and AI applications. AI factories benefit from the world-leading public supercomputing
network established by the European High-Performance Computing Joint Undertaking. The
first EU exascale supercomputer, Jupiter, has now reached its full performance of one
exaflop, or more than 1 trillion operations per second, officially ranking number four on the
latest TOP500 list of the world’s supercomputers. Its architecture delivers unprecedented
capability for large-scale simulations and advanced AI workloads. Additionally, the European
High-Performance Computing Joint Undertaking has inaugurated four quantum computers
and procured two more to address currently unsolvable scientific problems.
• EU-funded supercomputers are crucial for climate simulations under the Destination Earth
initiative. Central to this are two AI-driven digital twins – the extremes digital twin and the
climate change adaptation digital twin – which provide high-resolution simulations for
predicting short-term extremes and long-term climate impacts. To support the development
of AI and boost innovation, four highly specialised large-scale testing and experimentation
facilities for AI in the areas of agri-food, health, manufacturing and smart
cities/communities have been set up, in which more than 240 innovators have tested and/or
validated AI-based products, generating more than 50 new customers for these AI tools.
• Fourteen common European data spaces are being deployed. For instance, the Cancer
Image Europe platform provides a public catalogue of 83 medical imaging datasets (of
around 106 968 subjects) for nine cancer types, to aid in the development of AI-based cancer
solutions and thus shape the future of cancer diagnosis and treatment.
• Digital transformation needs to be accompanied by coordinated measures to ensure the EU’s
critical infrastructure is protected against increasingly complex cyber threats. For this
purpose, 27 national cybersecurity competence centres, 26 cybersecurity infrastructures
(cyberhubs) and over 250 cybersecurity tools have been deployed.
• To develop a workforce skilled in using these advanced technologies, digital Europe has
funded more than 1 580 new education and training programmes enabling over 61 000
Digital Europe Programme
participants to acquire expertise in key digital technologies, such as AI and data, cybersecurity,
semiconductors, cloud computing and robotics.
• To boost the digital transformation of start-ups, small and medium-sized enterprises, mid-
caps and public organisations, a network of 166 European digital innovation hubs has
been set up across all of the EU Member States and 10 associated countries. These hubs
have delivered over 67 000 services related to training (32%), networking (22%), technology
testing (28%) and funding (18%), and have reached thousands of organisations through
more than 9 800 events.
• To strengthen Europe’s semiconductor capacities, five semiconductor pilot lines were
launched in 2025 as pioneering, state-of-the-art facilities where EU industry can test,
experiment and validate next-generation chip technologies and designs. These facilities
bridge the gap between laboratory research and industrial-scale manufacturing, accelerating
Europe’s semiconductor innovation capacity.
• Digital Europe supports many other activities too, such as developing a European Digital
Identity Wallet, enhancing digital public administrations through interoperability measures
(e.g. the Interoperability Test Bed reached a total of 4.4 million validations and the
Interoperable Europe Portal hosts more than 2 900 interoperability solutions) or ensuring that
minors are protected when surfing online.
• The digital Europe budget is also being implemented through financial instruments.
EUR 83.63 million has been committed to support strategic digital technologies, such as AI,
quantum and cybersecurity. Under the Chips Fund, EUR 98 million has been committed for
investments in semiconductor technologies and applications. These investments are expected
to mobilise 14.2 times the amounts committed, facilitating access to finance for key
companies across Europe. Additional investments were unlocked through the InvestEU
Programme, with the digital Europe reinforcing its impact by blending resources with the EU
guarantee.
• The findings of the interim evaluation indicate that digital Europe has made substantial
progress and has also brought benefits to beneficiaries and users of the infrastructure that
has been developed, such as in the areas of market positioning, networking and
organisational development. However, challenges have nevertheless been identified, including
a lack of awareness of the programme; difficulties in combining regional, national and EU
funds; and administrative burdens when applying security restrictions to funded entities to
protect the EU’s security. The Commission has organised several activities aimed at
addressing these challenges, for instance outreach activities to ensure the smooth application
of security restrictions and seminars for Member States and beneficiaries to facilitate the
combination of funding.
Digital Europe Programme
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 95.6 154.5 82.9 56.8 21.6 21.2 43.6 476.2 5.9%
▪ Digital Europe contributes to climate adaptation mainly through the destination earth
initiative. One and a half years after its launch, destination earth has a vibrant community of
over 5 000 registered users and offers access to two digital twins, 30 services and 200
datasets. The extremes digital twin provides information on extreme weather events a few days
ahead, at very high spatial resolution (4.4 km globally, 500–750 m over Europe). The climate
change adaptation digital twin produces global multi-decadal climate projections and simulates
long-term climate impacts at very high spatial resolutions (currently up to 2050 and from 5 to
10 km).
▪ A small number of other actions are expected to have a non-marginal positive contribution to
climate change mitigation or adaptation objectives, for instance:
- The Digital Product Passport is an information system that provides data on a
product’s sustainability and environmental impact throughout its life cycle, from design to
disposal. The project has been conducting 13 pilots to test the passport in four value
chains: textile, electrical and electronic equipment, tyres and construction material.
- In addition, the EU energy saving reference framework will help conserve electricity
when there is a shortage of energy supply. The framework was validated across 17 pilots
in Europe, covering 56 use cases, such as energy savings, carbon footprint reduction and
grid resilience
- The Green Deal Data Space, currently being set up, will offer access to a variety of data
related to the environment and the EU’s climate objectives, for instance, by providing
detailed data on geospatial systems, localised water, soil and air pollution and energy
supply and consumption. This will support environmental monitoring, sustainable
production and circular economy objectives.
- The Agricultural Data Space will enable the agricultural sector to transparently share
and access data promoting its economic and environmental performance.
Digital Europe Programme
- Similarly, the Energy Data Space will provide access to data to foster the development
of innovative energy services to optimise the electricity grids and improve energy
efficiency.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 2.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 39.7 50.5 90.2
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 1 130.5 1 232.8 1 340.8 1 223.7 1 016.8 5 944.6
Total: 1 130.5 1 232.8 1 340.8 1 265.4 1 067.3 6 036.9
• In line with the Commission’s methodology to track gender equality related expenditure, the
programme has been attributed a gender score of 0 for most of its activities. The programme,
however, contributes to gender equality in the context of some of the training initiatives to
promote advanced digital skills organised under the ‘advanced digital skills’ specific objective,
in line with Article 7 of the Digital Europe Regulation, under which gender balance should
be taken into account.
• More specifically, the 2023-2024 Digital Europe work programme introduced activities
(EUR 8 million in total) to boost the development of digital skills from an early age,
particularly for girls, and to promote gender convergence in information and communications
technologies.
• The 2025-2027 Digital Europe work programme continues to fund activities to increase the
number of women in ICT. It supports, for instance, outreach activities, consultancy services
and workshops, to attract more women to ICT (EUR 3.5 million). In addition, projects to set up
four sectorial skills academies in quantum, AI, semiconductors and virtual worlds
(EUR 36 million) will also promote the participation of women in these academies.
• Organisations involved in the specialised educational programmes in key capacity areas
(funded under all digital Europe work programmes) also take steps to attract more women in
the funded academic courses, for example, through outreach activities and targeted
marketing activities aimed at women.
Gender disaggregated information
• Gender-disaggregated data are available for the newly designed education and training programmes covering key digital areas, such as AI, data science, cybersecurity, cloud computing, high- performance computing, quantum technologies, blockchain, semiconductors and robotics, as well as
Digital Europe Programme
interdisciplinary programmes in strategic sectors, such as agriculture, health, finance, business and manufacturing.
• By the end of 2025, a total of 61 111 participants took part in advanced digital education and training opportunities. Out of these participants, 19 333 were women, accounting for 32% of total enrolments. This percentage is higher than the percentage of women currently employed as ICT specialists in the EU (20%). The funded training sessions attracted more women in 2025 compared to 2024, where the percentage of women was 26%.
• The percentage of enrolments of women in higher-education programmes accounts for 30%, compared to 16% in self-standing academic modules and 34% in specialised short-term training courses for employees.
• The funding also covers financial support for participants, for instance, in the form of scholarships, fee waivers or internships. Financial support was offered by higher-education institutions to 1 188 students, of whom 600 were female, representing 51% of the supported students.
• Under the EU Code Week initiative over 152 000 activities were conducted to promote coding and algorithmic thinking attracting young participants from all over Europe, around half of which were girls.
• The year 2025 marked the launch of the annual Women in Digital Index, tracking the progression of women in ICT and digital careers across the EU and selected benchmark countries, highlighting gaps, and opportunities from education to leadership.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 1 130.5 1 232.8 1 340.8 1 265.4 1 067.3 6 036.9 100.0%
The full envelope of the digital Europe programme contributes to the digital transition. The contribution is therefore 100% of the budget committed in a given year.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with Regulation (EU) 2024/795 (the STEP Regulation), digital Europe is one of the EU
budget instruments in direct management mobilised under the Strategic Technologies for
Europe Platform (STEP) to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European
economy. As stipulated in Article 4, Digital Europe is also among the programmes authorised
to award the STEP (Sovereignty) Seal under its calls for proposals.
• In 2025, Digital Europe launched and closed three calls for proposals addressed to digital
technologies, for a total of four STEP-relevant topics, targeting European Digital Innovation
Hubs and the development of skills in the fields of generative AI, virtual worlds and quantum
Digital Europe Programme
technologies. As such, digital Europe dedicated a total budget of EUR 208 million for 2025 STEP-
relevant actions. objectives.
• As of end-2025, and cumulatively since the inception of the implementation of STEP, a total of
119 project proposals have been awarded the STEP Seal under STEP-relevant calls for proposal
of the digital Europe programme. This resulted in awarded grants for EUR 259.9 million.
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
Digital Europe Programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes Digital Europe is expected to contribute to this SDG through
the support provided for the digitalisation of the health
sector, in particular through the uptake of digital health
solutions and services. Over EUR 100.9 million of digital
Europe funds were invested by the end of 2025 in health-
related activities, such as the uptake of digital tools in
healthcare, a framework for digital twins and the European
Health Data Space, which enable the secure access to health
data to promote research, innovation, public health policy
and healthcare delivery across the EU. Additionally, the
Testing and Experimentation Facility for Health offers public
and private organisations the opportunity to test and
validate AI innovations for the health sector in real-life
settings. Other topics might also marginally contribute with
positive externalities, although healthcare is not their main
objective. Such is the case for support for specialised
education programmes in key digital technologies for
professionals in various areas, including the health sector.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes Digital Europe promotes learning opportunities in advanced
digital skills in key capacity areas like data and artificial
intelligence, cybersecurity, quantum and high-performance
computing. The support targets training opportunities for
future experts and upskilling of the existing workforce
through short-term training sessions reflecting the latest
developments in the abovementioned key capacity areas. An
example of such investment would be bachelor’s and
master’s programmes and academic modules in advanced
digital skills with a total support of over EUR 196 million and
involving over 600 organisations by the end of 2025.
Digital Europe Programme
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes Digital Europe is expected to contribute to bridging the
investment gap in Europe and to generate jobs and economic
growth. The programme is supporting the promotion of the
advanced digital skills needed for the deployment of the
technologies funded by the programme. An example of such
investment would be the Cybersecurity Skills Academy
involving over 40 beneficiaries with an investment of over
EUR 11.4 million by the end of 2025.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes Digital Europe is contributing to the broader digital
transformation of areas of public interest and of industry.
The acquisition and deployment of advanced
supercomputing capabilities aim to enhance Europe’s
industrial competitiveness. Moreover, the established
network of European Digital Innovation Hubs contributes to
the digitisation of industry and addresses issues of
technological accessibility, ensuring that businesses,
including small and medium-sized enterprises, have access
to cutting-edge technologies and finance for adapting to
digital change. The interoperable Europe action supports the
development of reusable interoperability
infrastructure/solutions, with the view to support the digital
transformation of the public sector and create capacity for
public authorities to collaborate effectively to set up
seamless cross-border services. As well, one example for an
infrastructure supporting competitiveness would be the 5
semiconductor pilot lines launched in 2025 as pioneering,
state-of-the-art facilities where European industry can test,
experiment, and validate next-generation chip technologies
and designs with a total investment of over EUR 38 million.
Digital Europe Programme
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
Yes A number of activities funded by digital Europe are expected
to contribute to more inclusive and sustainable cities and
communities. One example is the data space for tourism
(over EUR 9.3 million and over 60 participants), which aims
to enable more efficient crowd management at tourist
destinations, among other outcomes. This goal is also
supported by the data space for smart communities (with
over EUR 18.9 million in funding), allowing cities to have the
right data to model, for instance, energy use in buildings or
infrastructures. In addition, digital Europe is supporting the
large-scale roll-out of local digital twins across the EU
(EUR 19.9 million in funding). As a further step, virtual reality/
augmented reality and metaverse technology (over
EUR 13.6 million involving over 50 beneficiaries) will be
introduced, creating an immersive environment for citizens
and businesses: the ‘Citiverse’ can be used for virtual/real
spatial planning, management or navigation while also
enhancing the social, architectural, green and cultural
heritage dimensions of living spaces.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes A small number of actions under digital Europe contribute to
climate mitigation and adaptation. The destination earth
initiative contributes through the deployment of very high-
precision digital models of the earth enabling visualising,
monitoring and forecasting natural and human activity on
the planet in support of sustainable development. digital
Europe’s investment into destination earth exceeds
EUR 480 million by mid-2028. The destination earth initiative
is being implemented via contribution agreements by the
European Space Agency, the European Centre for Medium-
Range Weather Forecasts and the European Operational
Satellite Agency for Monitoring Weather, Climate and the
Environment from Space.
Digital Europe Programme
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes Contributions to this goal are expected from selected topics
that aim to support the digitalisation and interoperability of
public administrations, piloting of AI applications in law
enforcement domain, and the digital transformation of
justice and consumer protection. The digital transformation
of public administrations shall foster trust in online services,
improve service delivery and the convenience of services for
European businesses and citizens, and reduce digital
administrative barriers. An example of such investment
would be the work strand supporting the digitalisation of
justice and consumer protection with EU budget support of
EUR 32.5 million until 2024 and a planned budget of
EUR 33 million for 2025-2027.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
SINGLE MARKET PROGRAMME
PROGRAMME FOR SINGLE MARKET, COMPETITIVENESS OF
ENTERPRISES, INCLUDING SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED
ENTERPRISES, AND EUROPEAN STATISTICS
Concrete examples of achievements
21 891
non-compliant products
circulating on the single
market were detected
by EU market
surveillance authorities
in 2025.
285
judges were trained in
2025 under the grant
programme for training
of judges in EU
competition law.
808 000
SMEs have been
supported directly or
used advisory services
from the main projects
in 2025.
25 044
European standards
were successfully
implemented across the
EU in 2025.
98%
of the international
financial reporting
standards were
endorsed in the EU in
2025.
168 000
consumers received
personalised assistance
from the European
Consumer Centre
Network in 2025, which
helped them recover
over EUR 11.25 million
from non-compliant
traders.
102
training sessions were
organised in 2025
under the better
training for safer food
programme, with 3 578
total participants. In
addition, 9 440 people
participated in e-
learning courses.
905 000
people in total were
following Eurostat’s
social media channels,
notably Facebook,
Instagram, LinkedIn and
X in 2025.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial
programming 583.1 687.6 633.8 603.6 614.4 624.0 619.6 4 366.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments
made available
again (*) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from
other countries
and entities
35.1 14.4 24.9 22.3 20.4 0.0 0.0 117.1
Total 618.2 702.0 658.8 626.0 634.7 624.0 619.6 4 483.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 3 227.9 4 483.3 72.0%
Payments 2 422.3 0.0 54.0%
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of cases of non- compliance in the area of goods, including online sales
9 606 N/A N/A 21 891 by 2025 N/A
Number of entrepreneurs benefiting from mentoring and mobility schemes, including young, new and female entrepreneurs, and other specific target groups
0 31% 22 000 in 2027
6 746 by 2025 compared to a target
of 22 000
Moderate progress
Percentage of international financial reporting and auditing standards endorsed by the EU
0 98% 100% in 2027
97.56% in 2025 compared to a target
of 100%
On track
Number of position papers and responses to public consultations in the field of financial services from beneficiaries
0 68% 371 in 2027
251 in 2025 compared to a target of 371
On track
Number of successfully implemented national veterinary programmes
0 > 100% > 90% in 2027
100% in 2024 compared
to a target of
> 90% (*)
On track
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Number of successfully implemented national phytosanitary programmes
0 > 100% 95% in 2027
100% in 2024 compared
to a target of
95% (*)
On track
Number of web mentions and positive/negative opinions
480 000 > 100% 542 900 in 2028
653 900 in 2025 compared to a target
of 542 900
On track
(*) Data for 2025 is not yet available from the Member States.
The Single Market Programme (SMP) is the EU funding programme designed to help the single
market reach its full potential. The SMP was established by Regulation (EU) 2021/690 (5) for the
period of the 2021-2027 EU long-term budget. It serves as the EU’s principal funding instrument
for maintaining and advancing the single market. The SMP’s strategic focus on fostering economic
growth, reducing barriers and boosting cooperation aligns with its overarching objectives of
ensuring a robust and integrated single market.
Regarding programme performance in 2025, each pillar’s key actions suggest some degree of
effectiveness in achieving the general and specific objectives of the SMP. The implementation of
the programme continues to aim for efficient resource allocation and cost-effectiveness.
The mid-term evaluation (2021-2024) has shown that the SMP demonstrates internal coherence,
and the implementation in 2025 indicates that this trend has continued. There are no overlaps
between its pillars and areas of action, with each pillar focusing on different policy fields with
distinct regulatory frameworks. Alignment with other multiannual financial framework
programmes, whose activities are not duplicated by the SMP, and the EU regulatory framework, EU
strategies and broader objectives highlight its consistency (external coherence).
The programme has been shown to generate EU added value, which funding at the national level
could not have achieved. The financed activities allow the Commission to fulfil its legal obligations
to address issues falling within its competence remit or due to the nature of the challenges and
needs pertaining to the good functioning of the single market.
The objectives of the SMP and the activities implemented within all its pillars remain relevant to
the needs of the single market and prove some degree of adaptability to respond to emerging and
unforeseen challenges (e.g. COVID-19, Ukraine), even with a comparatively modest budget.
(5) Regulation (EU) 2021/690 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 28 April 2021 establishing a programme
for the internal market, competitiveness of enterprises, including small and medium-sized enterprises, the area of plants, animals, food and feed, and European statistics (Single Market Programme) and repealing Regulations (EU) No 99/2013, (EU) No 1287/2013, (EU) No 254/2014 and (EU) No 652/2014, OJ L 153, 3.5.2021, pp. 1–47, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/690/oj.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
The potential of the SMP for flexibility has brought some positive results, yet it has not been fully
exploited. In 2025, transfers of appropriations within the programme allowed to achieve 99.96%
implementation in commitments and 99.70% in payments (for appropriations expiring in 2025).
Considering the limited budget of the programme and a fixed programming schedule,
accommodating new policy priorities may pose a challenge without a substantially increased
budget.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 46.7 61.0 74.1 53.5 32.9 56.2 56.8 381.3 8.7%
There is no expenditure tracking relevant for Climate mainstreaming at programme level. However,
the objectives of the SMP are inherently linked to the success of the twin transitions for their
achievement and activities are aligned with the EU policy priorities including the European Grean
Deal mainly with
indirect impact. Funding fostering sustainable competitiveness while ensuring the protection of
consumers and citizens in the EU contributes to the transition towards a greener and more digital
internal market.
Internal Market:
Grants to EFRAG (previous name: the European financial reporting advisory group) support the
development of European sustainability reporting standards as provided for by the corporate
sustainability reporting directive, adopted on 14 December 2022. The directive is a key instrument
to support the EU sustainable finance agenda and important to meet the objectives of the European
Green Deal. EFRAG submitted the first set of 12 final draft European sustainability reporting
standards (ESRS) on 22 November 2022 covering 10 topical sustainability matters including
climate change, pollution, own work force and affected communities. The Commission adopted the
standards on 31 July 2023 and they apply as of 1 January 2024. EFRAG continued developing
further draft standards and implementation guidance during 2023 and 2024 (the focus in 2024
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
being on additional guidance aiming at providing support to companies for the implementation of
ESRS).
In 2025, EFRAG’s work was dominated by the Commission’s new mandate to produce a draft set
of simplified ESRS, following the publication of the first “Omnibus” proposal for amendments to
the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive of February 2025). After termination of a few
workstreams under the 2024 workplan (particularly draft sector standards for prioritised high-risk
sectors, preparing technical replies for the ESRS Q&A platform, implementation guidance on
transition plans) during the first quarter of 2025, EFRAG had to re-orient its complete work program
following the new Commission mandate. EFRAG needed to focus its resources on the development
of a set of simplified ESRS. EFRAG delivered the draft revised ESRS at the end of November 2025.
The delivery of the draft standard was supplemented by a cost-benefit-analysis and a
comprehensive basis of conclusion to the revised set of ESRS.
SMEs:
Supporting the green transition is a key objective of the ‘Eurocluster’ initiatives. At least 20% of
the budget of this action supports climate goals. This is achieved mainly by providing direct
financial support to SMEs (via cascading calls) to assist their adoption of new technologies leading
to higher sustainability. Some of the projects also enable market access to SMEs offering green
products and services. A total of EUR 30 million has been awarded in cascading calls to 2 000
SMEs. 1 700 innovative products/processes were identified, tested, or introduced, and 3 500 SMEs
benefited from internationalisation services.
The European Raw Materials Academy and the European Solar Academy were set up under the
SME pillar following the Net-Zero Industry Act and the Critical Raw Materials Act. The academies
enable further training modules to be provided for educating and training workforce. This provides
opportunities for SMEs across the solar value chain and in critical raw materials.
Enterprise Europe Network reporting notes that sustainability requests represent around 20% of
client queries, whereby client SMEs specifically come to the network to improve their sustainability
and digitalisation skills. Over 1/3 of innovation support services aim to improve the competence of
companies to innovate and manage change processes. 5 244 SMEs benefiting from third party
finance participate in projects for enhancing their competitiveness, sustainability, digitalisation,
and/or for innovating business processes. The tourism sector is supported by a variety of ongoing
actions, such as sustainable growth and building resilience in tourism and the European Green
Pioneer of Smart Tourism, rewarding smaller destinations that have implemented successful
strategies to boost sustainable tourism through green transition practices.
In 2025 the SME Pillar did not directly contribute to biodiversity mainstreaming. However, in the
‘SME fund’, an intellectual property rights project, a community plant variety voucher (up to
EUR 1 500) is available. This voucher is used for registering plant varieties in order to protect them
in the EU.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Standardisation:
Standardisation activities continue to support the green transition through targeted 2025 grants
that promote sustainability, climate action and resource efficiency. This includes preparatory work
to map needs and assess feasibility for future standards on biotechnology, bio-based materials
and bio-based and wood-derived products, helping to underpin sustainable value chains and
circular design. Support is also provided for standardisation in the field of accessible recharging
stations for electric road vehicles, facilitating interoperable and user-friendly charging
infrastructure across the Single Market. In addition, work on requirements and recommendations
for minimum CO₂ purity contributes to the reliability and safety of CO₂ value chains (including
capture, transport, utilisation and storage), while particle number size distribution standardisation
strengthens measurement and comparability in areas relevant to emissions and air quality,
reinforcing evidence-based environmental policy and enforcement.
Consumers:
The consumers pillarfurther supported consumers in the green transition by operationalising the
new, harmonised consumer information tools introduced under the Empowering Consumers for the
Green Transition Directive (Directive (EU) 2024/825). In particular, the Commission adopted the
harmonised notice on the legal guarantee of conformity and the harmonised label for the
commercial guarantee of durability, setting out their design and content to ensure consistent,
clear information at the point of sale across the Union (including in online settings). These tools
help consumers better understand their rights and facilitate informed choices in favour of more
durable products, thereby supporting more sustainable consumption patterns and circular business
models. This work was supported by the publication of a dedicated behavioural research study
underpinning the development of the harmonised notice and label, and by targeted engagement
with Member States (including dedicated exchanges/workshops) to facilitate consistent
implementation and enforcement.
In 2025, the consumer pillar concluded grant agreements for nine consumer education projects.
The funded projects collaborate with schools, families, municipalities and other consumer groups
to empower minors and other vulnerable consumers with consumer rights information. In Finland,
online news raises awareness of online fraud targeting the elderly. Initiatives in Norway, Belgium
and Hungary expand educational activities on sustainable food consumption and repair rights,
engaging thousands of consumers through innovative methods like gamified learning and
storytelling campaigns. Projects in Portugal and Catalonia focus on reaching underprivileged
communities with festive travelling stalls. The consumer pillar also funded activities of grant
beneficiaries such as studies, publications and seminars/workshops in the area of financial services
aiming at enhancing consumer representation and awareness raising in sustainable finance and
sustainable and transition investing
By establishing European networks for sharing best practices and educational strategies, these
projects not only foster collaboration among stakeholders but also effectively increase consumer
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
knowledge and resilience, reduce food waste, and enhance digital and financial literacy, paving the
way for more informed and sustainable consumer practices across the EU. In parallel, the consumer
pillar continued to promote repair and longer product lifetimes through follow-up work related to
the Directive on common rules promoting the repair of goods (Right to Repair), to be applied from
31 July 2026. An awareness raising campaign to promote the new consumer rights and an EU
online tool to facilitate consumer use of repair offers, including cross-border, was financed in this
respect.
European Statistics:
Eurostat offers grants for national authorities to develop statistics about the environment and
climate change. Also included are developments of environmental accounts, which is a statistical
framework that integrates economic and environmental data to assess how the environment
contributes to the economy and how economic activities affect the environment. Policy topics
include climate change mitigation, circular economy, natural capital, forestry and water.
Food and Feed:
In 2025, the Programme continued supporting measures to reduce food waste, fight against
antimicrobial resistance, combat animal diseases, zoonoses and plant pests through annual and
multi-annual grants to stakeholders, including Member State competent authorities. Emergency
measures to combat certain animal diseases, zoonoses, and plant pests contribute to halting
biodiversity decline. Antimicrobial use affects microbial diversity and potentially threatens the
health of ecosystems; therefore the EU is taking action to ensure prudent use of antimicrobials in
food-producing animals. All these actions contribute to the transition towards more sustainable
food systems which are key for combating climate change and environmental degradation and are
in line with Commission priorities.
In 2025, 92 workshop training sessions and 10 webinars were organised under the Better Training
for Safer Food (BTSF) programme with 3578 total participants and 9440 people participating in
BTSF eLearning courses. In addition, training sessions on the use of antimicrobials in farmed
animals took place in 10 Member States. In total, 802 farmers and veterinarians participated
physically, and 320 farmers and veterinarians followed the training online.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
0 583.1 687.6 633.8 603.6 614.4 3 122.6
Total: 583.1 687.6 633.8 603.6 614.4 3 122.6
Gender equality is not a deliberate objective of the programme nor for any of its pillars. This said,
certain actions may be identifiable for possible indirect gender impact, however only partly and
limited tracking is feasible to aim for a quantification of any impact on gender. Evidently, measures
supported under the SMP respect gender equality principles and take the gender dimension into
account.
Activities below in the strands of SME, Statistics produce gender related data or reporting,
however in most cases the funded interventions will not be marked 1 or 2. Gender perspective is
usually a sub-task and tools, therefore justifying the marking of “0” score.
SMEs:
Women entrepreneurs are supported through the ‘Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs’ and other
smaller specific actions dedicated to female entrepreneurship. Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs
has equal participation rates among men and women for new entrepreneurs and 70% male versus
30% female participation rates for host entrepreneurs.
European Statistics:
Eurostat systematically provides sex-disaggregated socio-economic indicators across a wide range
of statistical domains, including income and living conditions, labour market, health, education and
training, digital skills, and societal participation.
Recent developments have expanded this evidence base. In 2025 EU Statistics on Income and
Living Conditions indicators on self-reported experiences of discrimination in access to services
were released. Additionally, the working paper ‘Gender pay gaps in the European Union – 2025
edition - Statistical working papers - Eurostat’ analysed various factors influencing the unadjusted
gender pay gap. There is also EU-wide data available on gender-based violence, alongside new
time-use indicators on unpaid activities like household and family care, childcare, and indicators
on unmet needs for formal childcare services.
To address emerging policy needs, the equality and non-discrimination statistics task force is
working on improving data coverage and comparability. This involves developing clearer concepts,
systematic disaggregation and common methodological approaches concerning sex and gender
identity.
Gender disaggregated information:
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
• European statistics: Eurostat, in addition to domain-specific databases, is disseminating gender equality statistics via the following dedicated section on equality: https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/web/equality-non-discrimination/overview.
• The page focuses on an intersectional approach with data presented by multiple breakdowns. Women are not a homogeneous group and may face multiple and intersectional inequalities shaped by factors such as age, migration background, disability and socioeconomic situation. Below, are two examples of gender disaggregated data.
Source: Eurostat (lfst_hheredch)
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Source: Eurostat (earn_ses22_47) and (earn_gr_gpgr2)
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total % of 2021-
2025
Digital
contribution 5.4 5.5 5.2 6.0 8.0 30.1 1.0%
The SMP does not include support to activities with direct and explicit contribution to the goals of
the digital transition. However, the SMP ensures coordinated EU-level actions to tackle common
challenges such as the green and digital transition, and improve the functioning of the single
market. To some extent, some funding may be considered to contribute to the digital
transformation indirectly, supporting the resilience of the Single Market towards achieving the
green and digital transition of Europe’s industrial ecosystems. Digital tools embedded in the SMP
pillars are in line with the Commission’s digital strategy.
Competition:
The European Commission aims to establish innovative and optimised digital solutions to make competition enforcement more effective. In 2025, the modernisation of DG Competition’s case management landscape progressed further with the migration of the Antitrust instrument to the new system (CASE@EC) and by end Q1/2026 the last key instrument (Mergers) have also been migrated successfully. The implementation of a new solution (eAidRegister) to support
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Member States in complying with the updated state aid de-minimis regulations was completed and made available on 1 January 2026. Also, a pilot of a new eDiscovery solution with AI capabilities was completed successfully in 2025, with a scale-up to production level foreseen in 2026.
Internal Market Governance Tools:
By integrating more single market topics into the scope of the single digital gateway (such as
repairability of consumer goods), and expanding the coverage of topics already in scope (like
consumer guarantees and social security) the Your Europe portal continues to streamline and
simplify information provision and to curb the proliferation of overlapping portals and websites.
The number of national government webpages linked to Your Europe has increased to over 60.000.
The Internal Market Information System supports digital information exchanges between 12 000
national authorities for 103 administrative cooperation procedures in 21 policy areas of the single
market. It therefore replaces the need for at least 21 different information technology systems
and also ensures that digital tools are available to national authorities to enforce single market
rules for the benefit of citizens and businesses.
Market Surveillance:
The European Commission has developed several IT tools to support national Market Surveillance
Authorities (MSA), and to increase the surveillance capacity of MSA inspectors. These tools are
based on AI functionalities. The first system developed is a web crawler meant to detect non-
compliant and dangerous products sold online. The second tool supports inspectors in the
verification of mandatory documents accompanying the products, like the declaration of
conformity. Both tools went live in 2025, and are currently used by 1500 users. The Web Crawler,
is now used e.g. for the inspection of food products sold online and for the detection of counterfeit
products sold online.
SME
The Enterprise Europe Network’s service package includes advice to help SMEs prepare for and
implement the digital transition by adapting their processes, using digital technologies and
developing new products and services using new digital means. As of 2023 for instance, the
Enterprise Europe Network, the European digital innovation hubs and cluster organisations have
worked together to create guidelines on how to provide joint services to SMEs on digitalisation. The
Enterprise Europe Network provides basic services, and the hubs provide more advanced services
with the support of digital clusters. The scope of such collaboration is to create a single-entry point
for digitalisation-related services and thus accelerate the uptake of digital solutions by SMEs.
Within the Euroclusters projects, some have multiple aims, amongst which are digitalisation
services and solutions. Examples are projects to make the textile industry more circular, digital and
competitive (projects ELEVATEX and FutureProofTextile). As of December 2025, 5 244 SMEs
undertook business process innovation tied to technological adoption, leading to higher
sustainability or digitalisation.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Standardisation
European Standardisation advances the digital transition through targeted 2025 grants
strengthening cybersecurity, interoperability and the deployment of trusted digital solutions across
the Single Market. Work on cyber resilience supports the timely development of standards
underpinning the Cyber Resilience Act and reinforcing baseline cybersecurity requirements for
products with digital elements. AI standardisation for widespread adoption promotes trustworthy
and interoperable AI practices, supporting innovation and uptake across the European economy.
Further actions promote interoperability and scalable digital architectures through local digital twin
architecture and MIMs specifications, and support EUDI Wallet standardisation and technical
specifications, contributing to trusted digital identity and secure, user-centric cross-border services.
Consumers:
The consumer pillar remains committed to supporting consumers and ensuring they fully benefit
from the digital transformation that is radically changing their lives, offering opportunities while
addressing emerging challenges, particularly for vulnerable consumers. This includes initiatives
aimed at strengthening consumer protection in the digital realm, such as e-Enforcement Academy
project, which supports Member State authorities by providing expertise and practical toolkits. At
the same time, the consumer pillar addresses product safety by developing and constantly
improving tools that enable national authorities (Safety Gate) and consumers (Consumer Safety
Gateway) to report unsafe products. These tools are particularly important, because they allow
authorities to carry out their enforcement activities more quickly and efficiently.
Other initiatives, such as the Coordinated Actions on the Safety of Products (CASP), support market
surveillance authorities in a variety of ways: including through joint product safety testing, which
promotes the exchange of best practices and mutual learning, while also helping authorities
address emerging risk linked to new technologies . At the same time, the consumer pillar helps
develop processes and working methods, such as CASP Customs, which focuses on strengthening
collaboration between market surveillance and customs authorities, an area of high importance in
the current e-commerce environment. On the international front, the consumer pillar allowed for
projects with interntiaonal partners like UNCTAD that supported the development of a handbook to
implement product safety legislation across the world, based on an EU-initiated UN resolution. To
support evidence-based enforcement and policy actions, various studies have also been carried out
in different fields, including product safety in circular products, e-vulnerability, and new digital
technologies (study by the OECD). While the majority of the research (including interviews,
stakeholder workshops, and presentation of preliminary results at conferences) took place in 2025,
the studies will be published in 2026.
The funded activities also support tackling unfair online practices, such as dark patterns, unfair
personalisation, influencer marketing (including guidelines and tools for influencers and influencer
agencies on how to comply with relevant pieces of consumer legislation), and addictive design of
digital products – particularly when consumer vulnerabilities, especially those of children, are
exploited for commercial purposes. Additionally, the consumer pillar supports enforcement actions
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
such as sweeps, i.e. coordinated and simultaneous investigations across Member States in which
national enforcement authorities check compliance with consumer protection laws on websites and
online marketplaces. These actions focus in particular on social media influencers, misleading
practices, unsafe products, and non-transparent or fraudulent online practices. Moreover, the
consumer pillar financed studies, publications and events on digitalisation of financial services,
including on topics such as the use of AI in financial services and online investing with a view to
raise awareness, examine consumer protection issues and suggest ways to resolve them at a policy
level. The consumer Pillar also financed research supporting the impact assessment for the
proposed Digital Fairness Act, which aims to strengthen consumer protection in the digital
environment by addressing unfair online practices and ensuring greater transparency and fairness
for consumers.
European Statistics
Eurostat is contributing to this pillar through several major digital transformation initiatives,
including a project for the modernisation of its information technology systems for the production
of statistics, an innovative project on traffic and mobility data, and through a project for the
creation of a privacy-preserving computation platform for the processing of confidential data
across statistical organisations. Eurostat’s digital contribution in 2025 amounts to a total of
EUR 2 100 000.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
yes SMP supported grants on debt advice that helps prevent and
mitigate over-indebtedness, arrears, evictions, and the slide
into poverty.
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
yes Initiatives such as emergency measures for animal and plant
disease control, EU Reference Laboratories and the EU vaccine
bank for animal diseases, directly reduce risks to food security
by ensuring sustainable agricultural production and resilience
against outbreaks of diseases like African swine fever, avian
influenza, foot-and-mouth disease, lumpy skin disease, peste
des petits ruminants and sheep pox and goat pox.
SMP supports the European Food Bank Federation’s (FEBA)
activities to facilitate food donation and increase the share of
surplus food made available for human consumption, thereby
addressing both food security and preventing food waste. The
annual grant helps increase FEBA’s capacity to redistribute
food.
SMP funded training of veterinarians and farmers contributes
to prudent use of antimicrobials in food-producing animals,
thereby curbing the development of AMR, promoting
sustainable food systems and ensuring food security.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes The setting up of national systems for the collection of data
on the sales and use of antimicrobials in animals, funded by
SMP, contributes to the global fight against antimicrobial
resistance, by enabling an integrated analysis following the
One Health approach.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
YES The solar skills academy provides training for SMEs and
contributes to affordable and clean energy and the
availability of domestically produced solar photovoltaic
components. Euroclusters contribute through projects like
‘ELBE Eurocluster of Blue Energy’ and ‘building resilience and
accelerating transition to green and digital transition in
energy-intensive industries’ (Ingenious).
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
YES The Erasmus for Young Entrepreneurs scheme supports
business exchanges and allows mutual learning between
new and experienced entrepreneurs in the SME pillar. The
Enterprise Europe Network supported 731,878 SME clients
with information, advisory and partnership services and over
52,000 SMEs receiving advanced, resource-intensive expert
support with clients reporting an average increase in
turnover of nearly 20%.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
yes The grants for Member States and stakeholders to improve
measurement of food waste and help implement food waste
prevention actions contribute to the achievement of the SDG
12.3 Target.
Action grants supporting consumer education and
awareness-raising in sustainable consumption in general, as
well as more targeted action aimed at promoting repair, and
sustainable food consumption and reducing food waste
targeted at children. Behavioural research study that
supported development of a new harmonised label for
commercial guarantee of durability and a new harmonised
notice for legal guarantee.
Single market programme Programme for single market, competitiveness of enterprises, includingsmall and medium-sized enterprises, and european statistics
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
YES Up to 40% of Eurocluster call actions support SMEs adopting
new technologies leading to increased sustainability. The
tourism call for sustainable growth and to build resilience,
support SMEs to find innovative solutions and projects to
facilitate the exchange of best practices.
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
YES Eurostat regularly monitors progress towards the SDGs in
the EU context and coordinates the development of the EU
SDG indicator set (around 100 indicators). Its annual review
ensures highest quality and relevance of this indicator
set so that the most policy-relevant indicators are
included. Two thirds of the indicators are produced by the
European Statistical System. An annual report monitors the
progress of the EU towards the UN SDGs, complemented by
other communication products to target different user
groups. Eurostat analyses spillover effects on non-EU
countries. A graphical overview of status and progress of
each Member State towards the SDGs is included in the
country reports of the European semester.
Trainings are provided for the National Statistical Institutes
on producing harmonised and comparable social and
environmental statistics, national accounts, etc.
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
ANTI-FRAUD
THE UNION ANTI-FRAUD PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
1
customs patrol vessel
(of the ‘cutter’ type)
was delivered in 2025,
co-financed by the
technical assistance
part of the programme,
allowing improved
operations at sea,
preventing smuggling
and protecting the EU’s
finances and external
borders. Project value:
EUR 1 840 000.
1
web-based tool financed by the programme was put in place and modernised in 2025, enabling the collection of shadow-economy spatial data from various sources and facilitating the sharing of results from the data analysis (6). Project value: EUR 506 460
10.3 tonnes
of contraband cigarettes were seized in one Member State during a single operation in 2025, made possible by the use of an unmanned aerial system (mini drone) acquired with programme funding. Project value: EUR 635 383.
4
access keys allowing entry by multiple users to external (private) commercial databases were provided in 2025 to all 27 Member States’ law enforcement authorities, financed by the programme. This included access to company data, vessel movement tracing and trade statistics’ databases. Programme intervention value: EUR 1 034 661.
(6) https://experience.arcgis.com/experience/7577767807754220ae28b1eaac12e3b9.
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
EUR 20 417 621
worth of financial
damage to the EU
budget was recovered
in 2025 through 130
investigations and
surveillance activities
in one Member State,
supported by the use
of tools financed by
the programme.
Project value:
EUR 501 280.
1
co-funded two-day conference titled ‘The Future of the Anti-Fraud Architecture’ was organised in 2025 with support from the programme at a pivotal moment, as the EU’s anti-fraud framework underwent significant redefinition and recalibration. Project value: EUR 88 672.
3
information technology tools were financed for use by the Member States in 2025, including customs data-analysis tools and tobacco product identification tools. Programme intervention value: EUR 803 477.
9
joint customs
operations were
financially supported
through the programme
in 2025, facilitating the
fight against counterfeit
medicines and other
goods, illegal pesticides,
waste and wildlife
trafficking.
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming 24.1 24.4 24.9 25.5 27.4 26.9 28.7 181.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made
available again (*) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from
other countries and
entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget
Implementation
rate
Commitments 124.6 181.7 68.6%
Payments 84.1 0.0 46.3%
Total 24.1 24.4 24.9 25.5 27.4 26.9 28.7 181.7
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Satisfaction rate
of activities
organised and
financed
through the
programme
0 71% 95% annually
from 2026 to
2027
Milestones
achieved for 2021-
2025 (2025: 95%
compared to a
milestone of 94%)
On track
Percentage of
Member States
receiving
support in each
year of the
programme
81% 71% 87% in 2027 Milestones
achieved for 2021-
2025 (2025: 100%
compared to a
milestone of 85%)
On track
User
satisfaction rate
for the use of
the Irregularity
Management
System
72% 100% 72% annually
until 2024
Milestones
achieved for 2021-
2025 (2025: 74.5%
compared to a
milestone of 72%)
Achieved
Number of
mutual
assistance
information
items made
available and
number of
supported
mutual-
assistance-
related activities
18 639 > 100% 24 000 in 2024 58 192 in 2025
compared to a
target of 24 000
Achieved
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
• In line with Article 325 of the Treaty on the Functioning of the European Union,
the European Commission publishes an annual report on the protection of the
EU’s financial interests. In relation to the programme implementation – by
OLAF, the European Anti-fraud Office, on behalf of the European Commission
- of the technical assistance activities financed by the programme, the Customs
Control Equipment Instrument (managed by Directorate-General Customs and
Taxation) allowed the programme to continue its focus on advanced tools and
technologies (including data analysis) and generated valuable synergies and
complementarity across the two programmes, while avoiding any overlap.
• The programme’s first anti-fraud measures support component (Hercule)
provides grants to national competent authorities to enhance their capabilities in
investigating threats to the EU budget, including acquiring technical equipment
and facilitating training.
By funding diverse activities such as staff exchanges and specialised training, the
Hercule component promotes stakeholder collaboration and ensures that law
enforcement organisations keep their digital forensic skills up to date.
• The Irregularity Management System (IMS) is an electronic platform created by
the Commission (and managed by OLAF) for national authorities to report any
irregularities, including suspected or confirmed fraud, detected in areas where the
EU funds its policies aimed at Member States and candidate countries.
Building on the major upgrade to its underlying technology already in 2024,
several further developments were deployed in 2025 (with a value of
EUR 479 327), in particular one that allows for the dynamic adaptation of the
values of certain fields, in relation to the fund and the programming period
concerned.
• The financial assistance offered through the (OLAF managed) Anti-Fraud
Information System (AFIS, financed by the programme) supports a technical
information technology infrastructure that covers several applications. It aims to
facilitate the proper enforcement of EU law in customs and agriculture by
fostering information exchange and mutual administrative cooperation. IN 2025,
several major releases on the different IT-tools covered by AFIS went live.
(1) Several new versions of the Import, Export and Transit directory, to improve
the processing of duplicated, updated and deleted messages, adding new
transit message formats and daily updates from the SURV3 system.
(2) A new version of the Mutual Assistance System, implementing the retention
and anonymisation of cases and displaying additional information/details.
(3) A new, technologically updated version of the Container Status Message
directory with additional features, new carriers and new container trip
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
information models for existing carriers. A publication zone was prepared
for the fraud analytical platform. Furthermore, in 2025, the Anti-Fraud
Information System also supported nine joint customs operations.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
• Programme-funded projects have no direct relevance for climate or biodiversity policy.
Contribution to gender equality (million EUR) (*)
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.3
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 24.1 24.4 24.9 25.2 27.4 125.9
Total 24.1 24.4 24.9 25.5 27.4 126.1
(*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at the most granular level of
intervention possible:
2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as the main reason for
the intervention;
0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing on gender equality);
0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on gender equality.
• The programme falls under the gender score 0. This is because around 80% of
the programme’s yearly budget is used to finance the purchase of specialised
technical equipment, including information technology tools. Overall, the
programme has no significant bearing on the promotion of gender equality.
However, with regard to the procured training events, and more specifically the
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
ones directly organised by the Commission’s European Anti-Fraud Office
OLAF, with financial support from the programme, Member State authorities
are encouraged to aspire to a better gender balance in their selection of training
participants to these events.
Gender-disaggregated information
The European Anti-Fraud Office does not have any gender disaggregated data
collected during the implementation of the programme.
Meanwhile, the Office does encourage the participation of a significant
percentage of female law enforcement officers to the digital forensic analysis
and analyst training (DFAT) events. In 2023, 30.8% of training participants
were women, with 32.5% female participation in 2024.
In 2025, women represented 35.5% of the total number of successfully selected
applicants, or an increase of 9.3% compared to 2024. In total, 65 women were
selected (out of 192) to participate in the 2025 training sessions.
Contribution to the digital transition (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 11.6 12.6 11.6 12.1 15.2 63.1 50.1%
• The programme contributes to the Commission’s priority of digital transition
through its three components, as described below. The ‘technical assistance
activities’ part of the first component is considered to contribute by funding
those ‘digitalisation’ projects that are related (only) to the purchase and
implementation of hardware and software, including updates and maintenance
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
of the related information technology material to run such hardware or
software. In 2025, the programme granted 10 such projects (out of 21) for a
total grant value of EUR 5.5 million (representing 80% of the eligible costs).
• The second and third components (the Irregularity Management System and the
Anti-Fraud Information System) are considered to contribute in full to the
digital transition (policy support of law enforcement authorities in beneficiary
countries), since they are information technology platforms and tools that allow
the partners and the Commission to receive and share data and information. In
that sense, these two systems contribute to a more efficient and more user-
friendly management of data and information in all 27 participating Member
States, by improving the digital transition of their administrations.
• The budgeted amounts adopted in 2025 for the Anti-Fraud Information System
and the Irregularity Management System (respectively EUR 8.75 million;
EUR 1.018 million) have been considered for the calculation of the contribution
in 2025. This means that the overall total programme contribution to the digital
transition amounts to EUR 15.2 million.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG10
Reduce
inequalit
ies
within
and among
countrie
s
Yes The financial support provided by 20 technical assistance
(TA) projects, to be granted by the 2025 budget of the Union
anti-fraud programme, indirectly assists in harmonising
differentiated levels of (financial) resources and (budgetary)
capacities, helping to reduce as such inequality within and
among Member States’ administrations. It should be noted
that Ukraine has been associated with the Union anti-fraud
programme since 2024.
EUR 10.986 million is the total proposed amount to grant
20 selected projects in 2025, which usually start effective
implementation in Y + 1 (i.e. 2026 and beyond).
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
SDG16:
Promote peaceful
and
inclusive societies
for
sustaina
ble develop
ment,
provide access
to
justice
for all
and
build effectiv
e,
account
able and
inclusive
instituti
ons at
all
levels
Yes The programme indirectly helps building effective,
accountable and inclusive institutions in the Member States
at various levels of national and/or local administrations (law
enforcement agencies), in particular through support given
leading to an enhanced digital transition. Nearly
EUR 9.77 million has been allocated in 2025 to run, develop
and manage the Irregularity Management System and the
Anti-Fraud Information System. To this amount, the 5 grants
in 2025, selected for technical assistance projects in the
field of IT and digitalisation of law enforcement agencies
should be added, or a value of EUR 3.36 million, resulting in
a total amount of: EUR 13.1 million compared to
EUR 12.09 million in 2024 (or an increase of 8.6%). The
mentioned projects will run in 2026 and continue beyond, in
2027.
Support for reforms
• Not applicable
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Anti-fraud The union anti-fraud programme
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
FISCALIS
ACTION PROGRAMME FOR COOPERATION IN THE FIELD OF
TAXATION IN THE EUROPEAN UNION
Concrete examples of achievements
2 183 million
messages were
exchanged on the key
European electronic
systems in 2025.
326
modules for e-learning
on taxation (different
linguistic versions) were
in use in 2025.
30
European electronic
systems were in
operation in 2025.
9 889 million
consultations were
carried out in the
different common
components of the
European electronic
systems in 2025.
99.92%
was the availability of
the European electronic
systems (in time
percentage terms) in
2025.
5 786
participants took part in
438 virtual and
physical meetings
organised in 2025
under the general
collaboration actions
grant.
195
online collaboration
groups were supported
by the programme in
2025.
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
34.8 36.9 37.7 38.4 39.2 40.0 40.7 267.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.8
Total 34.8 37.0 37.8 38.8 39.5 40.0 40.7 268.5
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 185.5 268.5 69.1%
Payments 142.0 0.0 52.9%
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
EU law and policy application and implementation index – number of actions under the programme organised in this area
0 71% 23 annually in
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 37
compared to a milestone of 23)
On track
Learning index – number of tax officials trained by using common training material
0 > 100% 96 400 in 2027
219 499 by 2025 compared to a
target of 96 400 Achieved
Availability of European electronic systems
0 71% 99.50% annually
from 2021 to 2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 99.9% compared to a milestone of
99.5%)
On track
Availability of the common communication networks
0 43% 99.80% annually
from 2021 to 2027
Milestones achieved for
2021, 2023 and 2025. Milestones not achieved in 2022 and 2024 (2025: 99.9% compared to a milestone of
99.8%)
On track
Information technology simplified procedures for the national administrations and economic operators – number of economic operators registered
0 65% 41.4 million in
2027
27.1 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 41.4 million
On track
Information technology simplified procedures for the national administrations and economic operators – number of applications
0 70% 5.6 million in
2027
3.9 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 5.6 million
On track
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Collaboration robustness index – number of online collaboration groups
0 29% 206 annually from 2024 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021
and 2022. Milestones not achieved for
2023, 2024 and 2025 (2025: 195
compared to a milestone of 206)
On track
• In 2025, the programme continued to contribute to the overall EU priorities, including the digital
transition. Throughout the year, the programme sustained its support to tax authorities and
taxation in order to enhance the functioning of the internal market and protect the economic
and financial interest of the EU.
• The programme’s collaborative activities provided a forum to exchange expertise and best
practices among participating countries on one hand, and between them and the Commission
on the other. These exchanges touched mostly upon taxation and policy measures, including
their implementation.
• In 2025, the support to the development and maintenance of the European electronic systems
for taxation remained a key point of the programme. Nearly 60% of the Fiscalis programme
budget was devoted to the common components of the European electronic systems,
demonstrating the importance of the programme in the context of the digital transition and
simplification of public services in the area of taxation. Due to the signature of the collaborative
activities grant in 2025, which will be running until the end of the current multiannual financial
framework and related budget commitment, the percentage of the budget devoted to the
European electronic systems appears to be lower than in previous years.
• 30 European electronic systems funded by the programme were operational in 2025. The
programme was instrumental in guaranteeing business continuity via these systems for
taxation and the common communication networks CCN and CCN2. The availability of the
networks and the European electronic systems remained high without service disruptions, at
99.96% and 99.91% respectively.
• 2025 saw a slight increase of physical meetings, even though online collaboration remained
strong and in overall balance with in-person interactions, hence aligned with the Commission’s
greening efforts. The increasing proportion of physical meetings allowed for closer human
interaction and networking. Physical meetings are considered essential by many participants to
guarantee the networking opportunities created by the programme: nearly 83% of the
participants reported strong satisfaction with the networking possibilities offered through the
programme. With the programme in full swing, the collaboration activities bore a high number
of outputs and recommendations that were reported as useful and well-used in the
administrations.
• In terms of training, the number of tax officials trained through the common learning event
programme has increased considerably, resulting from a robust programme in the taxation
area. In addition, 326 e-learning modules were in use during 2025, of which 32 were in English
and 294 in other languages.
• Concerning the participation of non-EU countries in the Fiscalis programme, there are currently
nine candidate and potential candidates taking part in the programme, while negotiations are
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
ongoing with Armenia. The programme offers enlargement countries the possibility to
cooperate with the tax authorities of Member States and other candidates, and to learn the
sector-specific EU legislation and operational good practices from their peers, which should
help not only the acquis harmonisation but also its implementation. Several Fiscalis programme
activities were opened up for participation of enlargement candidate countries and potential
candidates for the first time in 2025.
• The overall progress of the performance indicators is on track, with some even significantly
surpassing the annual milestones.
• The number of active online groups on the Programme Information and Collaboration Space
platform decreased slightly compared to last year. The life cycle of a group on this space often
follows that of a specific project, meaning that once the project is completed, the corresponding
Programme Information and Collaboration Space groups also cease their activity. Therefore,
slight increases and decreases are considered normal.
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 4.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
4.1 1.5%
• As shown in the above table, during 2025 there were no actions that specifically contributed to
green budgeting priorities. However, the programme continued indirectly supporting the green
deal by means of reinforced digitalisation of taxation systems and related cooperation actions.
• In addition, the collaborative actions promoted greening priorities through the emphasis given to online or hybrid collaboration and networking, which accounted for almost half (46%) of all meetings in 2025.
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 34.8 36.9 37.7 38.4 39.2 187.0
Total: 34.8 36.9 37.7 38.4 39.2 187.0
• Most of the Fiscalis programme funding (approximately 58% of the programme’s budget)
relates to digital expenditure, in particular to the development and operation of European
electronic systems, which are non-targeted interventions regarding gender equality.
• The remaining types of expenditure (approximately 42% of the programme’s budget) relates
to collaboration activities, training sessions, studies and communication. None of these
activities have had any bearing on gender equality.
• Gender equality is relevant in the taxation policy domain, in light of, inter alia, taxation
redistribution and multiplier effects. This potential relevance at the policy level is however not
related to expenditures under the Fiscalis programme.
Gender disaggregated information:
The gender-disaggregated information is not applicable for the Fiscalis programme, considering that
the programme consists of interventions that are expected to have no bearing on gender equality (score
0). However, figures on female and male participants in a specific type of programme action (meetings
of the general collaborative action grant) are available for 2025 ( 7 ). It should be noted that these
activities represent 11% of the programme’s total implemented budget:
• 2 685 participants are indicated in the activity reporting tool as female; and
• 3 119 as male.
(7) The main beneficiaries of the programme are the tax authorities in the participating countries. In particular for the
collaborative activities grant, tax authorities decide at their own discretion whom they delegate to the specific programme events according to the activity’s tax-specific agenda and objectives. The data reflects the information available in the activity reporting tool on 3 February 2026.
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 22.2 34.7 31.6 33.7 22.5 144.9 77.5%
• The Fiscalis programme contributes – directly and indirectly – to the EU agenda for economic
recovery and long-term growth and fair taxation while advancing the digital transition.
• The programme allocates most of the budget to information technology capacity-building
actions, defined as a priority in the programme’s regulation (recital 12). Among the information
technology capacity-building actions supported by the programme, priority is given to the
European electronic systems that are necessary for the implementation of the general and
specific objectives of the programme.
• In 2025, the committed expenses for the development and maintenance of European electronic
systems were EUR 22.5 million (representing 58% of the programme’s budget for the year).
This volume is in line with the committed budget to information technology procurement under
the programme. The cumulative commitment appropriations devoted to the European
electronic system represented approximately 77.5% of the total envelope of the Fiscalis
programme.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
The Fiscalis programme is not per se a technical assistance programme, although the collaborative
actions under the programme could contribute to technical assistance. The Fiscalis programme's
collaborative or cooperation activities allow for bringing together national tax authorities of
participating countries, by means of:
1. meetings and similar ad-hoc events such as seminars workshops, working/study visits and
2. project-based structured collaboration such as networks, project groups, expert teams, task
forces, and monitoring activities.
Collaborative activities are a useful tool to implement the policy objectives and exchange best
practices. Both the participating countries and the Commission services can initiate such
collaborative activities.
Fiscalis
Action programme for cooperation in the field of taxation in the european union
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes The Fiscalis programme supports tax authorities to enhance
the functioning of the internal market, foster
competitiveness, fight tax fraud, tax evasion and tax
avoidance and improve tax collection. These are important
elements for compliant businesses to reap the benefits of
the internal market and sustain the Union economic growth.
The Programme secures this contribution through the
support to digitalisation, efficiency of the EU tax
administrations, as well as to the development of human
competency and training for tax officials.
As an example, in 2025, 113 766 professionals (including
tax officials and other tax professionals) benefitted from the
training opportunities offered in the customs & tax EU
learning portal developed with the support of the
programme.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes 58% of the Fiscalis programme budget in 2025 was devoted
to the development and operation of the common
components of the European electronic systems, a key
element in the digitalisation and in the simplification process
of public services in the area of taxation. The programme
funded in 2025 several new releases and updates of the
common components of the European Electronic Systems in
the area of taxation. Moreover, in 2025, the Fiscalis
programme funded projects in the area of artificial
intelligence for tax purposes.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
CUSTOMS
ACTION PROGRAMME FOR COOPERATION IN THE FIELD OF
CUSTOMS IN THE EUROPEAN UNION
Concrete examples of achievements
69
European electronic
systems in the field
of customs were in
operation in 2025.
9.4 billion
messages were
exchanged on the key
European electronic
systems in 2025.
99.94%
availability of the
Common
Communication
Network (CCN/CCN2)
in 2025.
85%
Percentage of
participants that
made use of a
working
practice/guideline
developed with the
support of the
programme in 2025.
6 003
participants took part
in 286 virtual and
physical meetings
organised under the
general collaboration
actions grant in 2025.
438 392
customs officials and
other customs
professionals were
trained in 2025.
857
e-learning modules
(including linguistic
versions) were in use
in 2025.
84.3%
quality scored by
participants in e-
learning courses in
2025.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
125.5 130.4 121.6 135.7 198.4 140.3 142.2 994.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.1 3.5 1.8 2.0 0.0 0.0 7.3
Total 125.5 130.5 125.1 137.5 200.4 140.3 142.2 1 001.5
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 711.1 1 001.5 71.0%
Payments 504.0 0.0 50.3%
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
EU law and policy application and implementation index – number of actions under the programme in this area
0 14% 20 annually from 2022 to
2027
Milestone achieved for
2021. Milestones not achieved from
2022 to 2025 (2025: 16
compared to a target of 20)
Moderate progress
Learning index – number of customs officials trained by using common training material
0 > 100% 186 140 in 2027
1.2 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 186 140
On track
Use of key European electronic systems – number of messages exchanged on the key European electronic systems / system components
0 > 100% 20 billion in 2027
29.3 billion by 2025 compared to
a target of 20 billion
On track
Use of key European electronic systems aimed at increasing interconnectivity and moving to a paper-free Customs Union – number of records consulted in key databases
0 72% 1.2 billion by 2027
864 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 1.2 billion
On track
Union Customs Code completion rate
75% 91% 100% in 2025 97.63% in 2025 compared to a target of 100%
On track
Best practices and guideline index – percentage of participants that made use of a working practice/guideline developed with the support of the programme
0 67% 75% annually from 2022 till
2027
Milestones achieved for 2022
till 2025 (2025: 85% compared to
a milestone of 75%)
On track
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
• In 2025, the programme’s different strands (8) continued to provide a platform to discuss the
most pressing issues for the Customs Union, including the challenges identified in the customs
reform proposal (9), such as e-commerce and the future Customs Data Hub, and supporting
enlargement countries in their task of integration into EU customs legislation and its
application.
• The reporting period also demonstrated the continued vital role of digital systems in customs
procedures and processes and witnessed the work towards full delivery of the systems under
the Union Customs Code in 2025 (10). In this respect, support to the development of the
European digital customs environment remained a focal point of the programme (69 systems
supported) and a top priority in the Customs Union. In 2025, 88% of the programme budget
was dedicated to supporting the development and maintenance of the European electronic
systems for customs.
• The high demand for these networks and systems is evidenced by the volume of messages and
consultations via these applications. In 2025, the number of messages continued to rise, with
9.4 billion exchanged. Similarly, consultations increased and, with the growing use of the digital
customs environment, we can expect further growth in the coming years, particularly after the
full implementation of the Union Customs Code systems.
• The availability of CCN/CCN2 remained high without service disruptions, at 99.98% and 99.91%
respectively. Values are above the target set for 2025 (set at 99.8%). Furthermore, in 2025 the
CCN availability was challenged but successfully coped with, considering the significantly
increased data volume compared to 2024 due to system deployment related to the Union
Customs Code, mainly including the import control system, the central electronic system of
payment information and e-commerce data in surveillance.
• The Union Customs Code completion rate is 97.63%. This indicator is based on the revised
Union Customs Code work programme of 2023 (11) and reflective of the progress achieved for
common components, along with the effort required to support national administrations for the
testing, deployment and conformance requirements. It is slightly below the target due to the
impact of the delays in Member States in transitioning their national systems into operations
which requires a continuation of the activities on the common components. Among the 17
Union Customs Code projects, 12 are in operation. The New Computerised Transit System (NCTS
P6) and Centralised Clearance for Import (CCI P1/P2) projects are in the deployment phase with
Member States, albeit with delays. Three Union Customs Code projects are exclusive national
projects (UCC Notification of arrival, Presentation notification and Temporary storage, UCC
Special procedures and UCC National import systems upgrade).
(8) Programme groups; working visits; seminars; training opportunities; common digital systems; expert teams.
(9) Proposal for a Regulation of the European Parliament and of the Council establishing the Union Customs Code and the European Union Customs Authority and repealing Regulation (EU) No 952/2013, COM(2023) 258 final of 17.5.2023, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52023PC0258.
(10) Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/2879 of 15 December 2023 establishing the Work Programme relating to the development and deployment for the electronic systems provided for in the Union Customs Code, OJ L, 2023/2879, 22.12.2023, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2023/2879/oj.
(11) See footnote 3.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
• 100% of IT projects were in ‘green’ status, i.e. in line with the requirements provided for in the
multiannual strategic plan for customs.
• In 2025, the number of actions in the area of EU law and policy reflect the move towards more
inclusive, macro-level actions, leading to the establishment of fewer actions, while the actual
volume of activity behind these actions is at a stable high level.
• Actions promoting best practices continued to be above the target in 2025, accounting for 51
out of a total of 86 actions. A significant proportion of these actions consisted of working visits
between Member States, or between enlargement countries and Member States. This
demonstrates the added value of the Customs programme, actively fostering collaboration
betweenbeneficiaries.
• As in previous years, the number of recommendations and guidelines – 1 723 – continued to
be above the target (428), indicating the clear benefit associated with the actions (12). This was
reflected in the percentage of participants that made use of a working practice or guideline
developed, which continued to increase and was above the target at 85%.
• 167 online collaboration groups were active in 2025, where discussions could take place on a
range of customs issues, such as the digital systems mandated by EU law, training, sanctions,
etc.
• In 2025, out of the total 286 meetings, 145 were online, 136 were physical and 5 were hybrid.
The high proportion of online meetings reflects the Commission’s greening agenda. Despite the
small decrease of in-person meetings compared to 2024, survey respondents indicated that
the activities they took part in provided them with good networking opportunities (79%).
• In terms of training, 438 392 customs officials were reported as having been trained in
2025 (13). In addition, counting also the various linguistic releases, 857 e-learning modules were
in use, facilitating participation across the customs community. As regards the quality of e-
learning courses provided in 2025, the satisfaction rate recorded was 84.3%, which is above
the target (75%) and the highest during the current programme period. In particular, the good
result for content can be explained by the development in 2025 of new courses in the areas of
the New Computerised Transit System, the Customs Risk Management System (CRMS2) and
the Customs Control Equipment Instrument.
• The programme also continued building synergies with and contributing to the Commission’s
horizontal priorities, such as the digital transition and green budgeting priorities.
(12) Action managers providing feedback explained their difficulties to quantify the number of working
practices/guidelines and recommendations, given the wide range of activities supported by the programme and their specificities. The numbers reported can thus be explained given the broad interpretation of the indicator.
(13) The data includes the number of professionals who followed the courses in the EU portal, together with the number of tax
officials who participated in common learning event programme activities and digital training sessions supported by the
programme, as recorded in the activity reporting tool. The number has to be understood not as unique officials and professionals
trained, but as the number of officials and other professionals trained in different courses. These figures depend heavily on
estimates provided by the end users at the time of download regarding the potential number of officials using the courses. For
example, some administrations estimate that fewer officials will use individual training courses, while others provide higher
estimates.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 4.1 0.1 0.0 0.0
4.1 0.4%
• In accordance with the table above, there were no actions that specifically contributed to green budgeting priorities in 2025. However, the programme continued indirectly supporting the Green Deal by means of reinforced digitalisation of electronic systems in the field of customs and related cooperation. These systems ensured strong links with greening, climate and environmental protection, specifically the EU single window environment for customs, and also through systems such as quotas, surveillance, the risk management applications and export control systems (e.g. in terms of waste exports).
• In addition, the collaborative actions promoted greening priorities through the emphasis given to online or hybrid collaboration and networking, which accounted for more than half (52.45%) of all meetings in 2025.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 125.5 130.4 121.6 135.7 198.4 711.6
Total: 125.5 130.4 121.6 135.7 198.4 711.6
• The majority of the Customs programme —accounting for 88% of the budget in 2025—related to digital expenditure. This focused particularly on the development and operation of European electronic systems, which are non-targeted interventions regarding gender equality.
• The remaining types of expenditure, relates to collaboration activities, training sessions, studies and communication. None of these activities has had any bearing on gender equality.
• Gender equality is relevant in the customs policy domain, among others, in light of the different impacts, challenges and opportunities that customs and trade policies can have on people, and of the importance of diversity and inclusion regarding the performance and quality of service within customs administrations. This potential relevance at the policy level is however not related to expenditures under the Customs programme.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
Gender disaggregated information:
The gender disaggregated information is not applicable for the Customs programme, considering
that the programme consists of interventions that are expected to have no bearing on gender
equality (score 0). However, figures on female and male participants in a specific type of
programme action (meetings of the general collaborative action grant) (14) are available for
2025. It should be noted that these activities represent less than 1% of the programme’s total
implemented budget, and shows a fairly balanced breakdown, although, as in previous years,
there is a prevalence of male officials designated by national customs to attend meetings:
• 2718 participants are indicated in the activity reporting tool as female; and
• 3285 as male.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 116.6 125.3 113.4 131.7 175 662.0 93.0%
• The programme allocated the majority of its budget (88% in 2025) to the digital transition,
which is defined as the top priority in the programme’s regulation (recital 16). Among the
information technology capacity-building actions supported by the programme, priority is
given to the European electronic systems that are necessary for the implementation of the
general and specific objectives of the programme. In 2025, nearly EUR 175 million were
allocated to information technology procurement from the Customs programme and this
volume is in line with the committed budget under the programme.
(14) The main beneficiaries of the programme are the customs/tax authorities in the participating countries. In particular
for the collaborative activities grant, customs/tax authorities decide at their own discretion whom they delegate to the specific programme events according to the activity’s customs/tax-specific agenda and objectives. The data reflects the information available in the activity reporting tool on 5.2.2026.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Non-applicable
Contribution to reforms
• The Customs programme is not per se a technical assistance programme, although the
collaborative actions under the programme could contribute to technical assistance. The
Customs programme's collaborative or cooperation activities allow for bringing together
national customs administration officials of participating countries, by means of:
o meetings and similar ad-hoc events such as seminars workshops, working/study visits
and
o project-based structured collaboration such as networks, project groups, expert teams,
and monitoring activities.
Collaborative activities are a useful tool to implement the policy objectives and exchange best
practices. Both the beneficiariesand the Commission can initiate such collaborative activities. •
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
YES The Programme’s contribution to the development of
efficient, modern customs is an essential element to ensure a
proper balance between effective controls and safety within
the Single Market, and the facilitation of legitimate trade
through paperless, efficient customs processes, a cornerstone
for the economic prosperity of the EU. The programme secures
this contribution through the support to digitalisation,
efficiency of the Customs Union and operations, as well as at
developing human competency and training for customs
officials.
As an example, 857 eLearning modules were used in 2025,
128 in English, and 729 in different languages.
Extending the global reach of the training offered undoubtedly contributes towards the objectives of the programme, and ultimately, to the Customs Union’s performance.
Customs
Action programme for cooperation in the field of customs in the european union
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
YES 88% of the Customs programme budget in 2025 was devoted
to the development and operation of the common
components of the European Electronic Systems, a key
element in the digitalisation of public services in the area of
customs to ensure the Customs Union can respond to 21st
century challenges and protect the Single Market in a context
of growing and complex international trade.
The Programme excelled in delivering common components
of the European Electronic Systems (EES), reflecting
significant economies of scale and positively impacting cost-
effectiveness and operational efficiency. For example, the
Programme has advanced its digital infrastructure by
implementing key systems like the New Computerised Transit
System Phase 5. This expansion extends to 42 countries,
illustrating progress in facilitating efficient and cost-effective
customs operations.
EU Space Programme
u space programme
EU SPACE PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
620
spacecraft were
protected thanks to EU
space surveillance and
tracking in 2025.
35
GOVSATCOM
governmental resource
products formed part of
the initial common
Union pool by 2025,
including raw capacity
and end-to-end
capacity services,
acquired by 5
resource providers:
Greece, Spain,
France, Italy and
Luxembourg.
74
activations of the
Copernicus Emergency
Management Service in
2025.
450 000
registered users of the
Copernicus climate
change service. This
corresponds to an
increase of 90 000
compared to the
previous year.
760+
companies were
supported by CASSINI
actions (matchmaking,
business accelerator). In
2025, over 170
CASSINI-backed
companies raised over
EUR 850 million of
investment, had an
opportunity to attend
11 matchmaking
events and held over
1 100 meetings with
investors, corporates
and other customers.
24
Galileo satellites were
active and operational.
EU Space Programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
1 977.3 2 008.2 2 045.1 2 088.0 2 050.7 2 094.4 2 124.1 14 387.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
123.4 103.0 115.9 276.7 254.2 0.0 0.0 873.2
Total 2 100.7 2 111.2 2 161.0 2 364.7 2 304.9 2 094.4 2 124.1 15 260.9
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 10 922.3 15 260.9 71.6%
Payments 9 231.9
60.5%
EU Space Programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of EGNOS and LPV- 200 procedures published
690 96% 1 150 in 2027 1 104 in 2025 compared to a target of 1 150
On track
EU user satisfaction: Galileo services
80% 96% 90% in 2027 86% in 2025 compared to a target of 90%
On track
EU user satisfaction: EGNOS services
85% 98% 90% in 2027 88% in 2025 compared to a target of 90%
On track
Share of Galileo- enabled receivers worldwide
64% 100% 70% in 2027 70% in 2025 compared to a target of 70%
On track
Share of EGNOS- enabled receivers worldwide
63% 97% 65% in 2027 63% in 2025 compared to a target of 65%
Moderate progress
Amount of data generated by the Sentinel satellites (petabytes per year)
35 million 70% 125 million in 2029
88 million in 2025 compared to a
target of 125 million.
On track
EU Space Programme
Galileo
Activities focused on ensuring the continuity of service provision. In 2025, a dual-satellite launch
added two new satellites to the constellation, bringing the total to 24 satellites in nominal slots
and 3 satellites in spare slots (hence making Galileo ready for the declaration of the Galileo open
service full operation capability). Extensive work was done for the preparation of this capability,
which is planned for 2026. The Galileo open service navigation message authentication initial
service was declared in July 2025, while the Galileo high accuracy service and the Galileo search
and rescue service continue to provide excellent performance. The Galileo emergency warning
satellite service continued its pilot test phase, with 12 Member States already participating. In
addition, new signals (the ‘Quasi-Pilot’ in E5 frequency) started to be broadcast from four satellites
in 2025, with eight more satellites to come in 2026.
EGNOS
EGNOScontinued to deliver quality services, despite unfavourable space weather conditions in
2025 due to the solar cycle peak (and the consequent increase in solar eruptions). The development
of the new generation (EGNOS V3) continued, with discussions with industry to stabilise the
development schedule and reduce significant risks. A new development plan is planned for early
2026. Finally, despite more than 10 years of continuous high quality service provision, EGNOS
suffered a service interruption in October 2025 of limited duration (four days). A dedicated inquiry
board analysed the causes and issued recommendations, which will be implemented.
EU Earth observation component – Copernicus
The Copernicus programme prioritised continuity of satellite data and services, development of
additional missions, and increased market uptake of its data. Operations and services ran
uninterrupted throughout 2025, with all EU contribution agreements in place. Four new Copernicus
Sentinel satellites/instruments were launched. The Copernicus Climate Change Service ranked 2025
as the third-warmest year on record, after 2023 and 2024. By Q3 2025, the Copernicus Emergency
Management Service was activated nearly 74 times, notably during the exceptional 2025 wildfire
season. A new dynamic purchasing system improved agility and lowered barriers for new European
space companies. Uptake of Copernicus data was further boosted through the Copernicus data
space ecosystem, supporting machine learning and AI use. International efforts focused on
implementing existing partnerships and contributing to UN programmes. The Earth Observation
Governmental Service is proposed under the European Competitiveness Fund Regulation
proposal for the 2028-2034 multiannual financial framework as an Earth observation component
alongside Copernicus.
Space situational awareness
The Space Situational Awareness component addresses space hazards through three
subcomponents:
• Space surveillance and tracking: in 2025, registered satellites increased to over 600,
including many non-EU operators. Information-sharing with mega-constellations advanced,
EU Space Programme
re-entry services were opened globally, and preparations to add four new Member States
to the EU SST Partnership progressed, raising the partnership membership from 15 to 19
in 2026.
• Space weather events: preparations for an EU space weather service advanced, with
procurement planned for early 2026 and operations expected in late 2026.
• Near-Earth objects: activities focused on preparedness, including studies on deflection
missions, research networking and the development of a European catalogue.
Space surveillance and tracking also underpinned the EU space traffic management approach, with
progress in stakeholder coordination, voluntary measures, capacity-building and international
cooperation in 2025.
Governmental satellite communications component (GOVSATCOM)
The framework for the GOVSATCOM component of the Space Programme was completed with the
implementing acts adopted until 2025, defining the service portfolio, operational and security
requirements and ground infrastructure (15). By 2025, the ground infrastructure for initial services
was fully developed, validated and security-accredited, ahead of the start of operations expected
in Q1 2026. Procurement of existing governmental satellite communication resources for the initial
GOVSATCOM common Union pool was finalised in 2025, with contracts signed with five Member
States (one of the contracts was signed in January 2026). Users will access 35 service products
across multiple frequency bands and wide geographical coverage. Research supporting service
uptake and technology development continues through EUSPA and ESA.
CASSINI
All CASSINI actions were fully deployed in 2025 to strengthen the EU space sector competitiveness. The CASSINI Investment Facility expanded to 19 supported venture capital funds. The CASSINI Investment Facility has also contributed to the InvestEU Programme through blending with the EU guarantee, helping to mobilise additional investments. The Commission organised 11 matchmaking events, engaging over 170 start-ups and 230 investors and corporates. Winners of the CASSINI Challenges were announced in October 2025, with 32 companies sharing EUR 1.15 million in prizes. Two hackathons on space applications for healthcare and consumer experience attracted over 800 participants from 20 countries. The CASSINI Business Accelerator continued supporting 40 EU space small and medium-sized enterprises annually, reaching 120 companies by 2025. New talent initiatives included the launch of CASSINI Space Camps for teenagers and the Space Career
(15) Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1054 of 30 May 2023 laying down rules for the application of
Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the service portfolio for the Governmental Satellite Communications services offered by the system established under the Union Space Programme, OJ L 141, 31.5.2023, pp. 49–56, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2023/1054/oj; Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2023/1055 of 30 May 2023 setting out the rules on the sharing and prioritisation of satellite communication capacities, services, and user equipment to fulfil the function referred to in Article 66(2) of Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council, OJ L 141, 31.5.2023, pp. 57–66, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2023/1055/oj; Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/3195 of 18 December 2024 laying down rules for the application of Regulation (EU) 2021/696 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the location of the GOVSATCOM Hub, OJ L, 2024/3195, 20.12.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2024/3195/oj.
EU Space Programme
Launchpad, which awarded vouchers to 59 applicants in 2025. The Space Career Launchpad supports student and graduate placements in the space sector and helps companies recruit talent. In 2025, 59 applicants received prize vouchers worth EUR 1 000–2 000 for securing positions through the platform.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 254.9 296.9 324.3 336.1 367.6
1 579.8 11.0%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 120.0 165.0 165.0 930.0 6.5%
• The EU space programme (and the EU Secure Connectivity programme) places great emphasis
on the sustainability of the space sector and the green transition and has a key role to play. On
one hand, EU space data and services enable other sectors to achieve their green ambitions
and harness the potential of the green transition; on the other hand, the EU space industry
sector itself must transform and adapt to comply with the EU environmental policies and
legislation and hence improve its practices throughout its entire value chain. To reduce the
environmental impact of space activities and set out a standardised method to assess
environmental impacts, a European Parliament-backed pilot project was rolled out in 2024,
aimed at developing a sector-specific life cycle assessment method – Product Environmental
Footprint Category Rules (PEFCR) for the space sector. In 2025, space companies were invited
through an open call to participate in the supporting studies which are conducted as part of the
development of PEFCR for Space (26 June – 30 September 2025). By the end of 2025, an open
consultation on the first draft document of the Product Environmental Footprint Category Rules
for the space sector (PEFCR4Space) was conducted (15 October - 1 December 2025). The
received feedback (over 200 contributions) will be analysed and integrated into the evolved
draft of the PEFCR for the space sector that will be subject to a second consultation in 2027.
To support the implementation of the PEFCR4Space once finalised (by 2027), an open call for
tender was launched on 29 October 2025 for PEFCR4Space support measures.
EU Space Programme
• Copernicus contributes significantly to the implementation and monitoring of the EU's climate
policy, both in terms of climate mitigation and climate adaptation. This includes honouring the
EU's international obligations, such as those under the United Nations Framework Convention
on Climate Change. Copernicus’ land monitoring, marine environment monitoring and
atmosphere monitoring services notably contribute to this, and the Climate Change Service is
fully dedicated to supporting climate change policies and the transition to a carbon-neutral
society and economy.
• Remote sensing and the services offered by Copernicus, in particular the land monitoring
service, the climate change service and the marine environment monitoring service play an
increasingly important role in supporting biodiversity conservation and restoration. Today,
products and tools offered by these services contribute to monitoring changes in ecosystems
and biodiversity loss and are used in the context of the EU Biodiversity Strategy, the
Convention on Biological Diversity and reporting on the Sustainable Development Goals.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 1 977.3 2 008.2 2 045.1 2 088.0 2 050.7 10 169.3
Total: 1 977.3 2 008.2 2 045.1 2 088.0 2 050.7 10 169.3
• In 2025, no dedicated budget was allocated specifically for gender equality. However, several initiatives contributed to its promotion.
• The European space sector is on an upward trajectory but faces many challenges in terms of workforce. A comprehensive analysis identified that the industry is aging, male dominated and there is a critical gap between the hard and soft skills provided by current educational curricula. To answer the needs of the industry the Commission launched in 2024 and concluded in 2025 the pilot phase of the Space Career Launchpad 16, a platform aimed at university students and young graduates to give them experience through internships, with a particular focus on New Space companies. By offering a wide range of internships and entry level jobs in various fields, and by actively encouraging participation from underrepresented groups, including women, the Commission wants to spark
16 https://starseu.net/spacecareer/
EU Space Programme
interest in the space sector and show the exciting career opportunities. The goal is to bridge the skills gap and foster a skilled, inclusive, and diverse workforce.
• To spark interest in pursuing a vocation in the space sector, the Commission has also designed a pilot version of the CASSINI Space Camps, in 2025. With the support of local ecosystems, from companies to educational/training entities and other relevant actors, the camps offer exciting opportunities for cooperation, learning and sharing experiences.
• The CASSINI Space Camp is built on a five-pillar foundation (5 I’s) – Innovative, Inclusive, Impactful, Interdisciplinary, and Inspirational - and aims to inspire young girls as much as boys by showcasing diverse role models from the space sector and highlighting the contributions of women in space science and technology. Activities and materials are developed to appeal to all genders, ensuring that teenage girls feel equally welcomed and encouraged to participate It is targeted at teenagers in the age group of 14-18 and the goal is to teach them about the space industry, the use of space on Earth and the European space programmes.
• In January 2025, DG DEFIS launched the DIVERIS Network, aiming at promoting equal opportunities and inclusive practices in the space and defence sectors by bringing together individuals, companies, research organisations, public bodies, and civil society actors across Europe. Its work focuses on building a resilient and diverse workforce, increasing representation, attracting and retaining talent, raising awareness, and contributing to EU policies aligned with post-2025 equality strategies. By the end of 2025, the network had a total of 63 members.
Gender-disaggregated data:
• The European space industry is quite specific in terms of age and qualification structures. The industry maintains a rather stable age structure. The employment distribution by age exhibits a larger proportion of employees in the 49-58 age range, with an average age of employees around 44, with a slight difference between women and men. About a fifth of space industry employees are women.
• Women accounted for roughly 23% of employment in the upstream segment in Europe in 2024 a
share that has remained stable over the last decade.
EU Space Programme
(Source: ASD Eurospace (2024))
EU Space Programme
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 334.3 487.5 369.6 708.6 704.6 2 604.7 25.6%
• The services that will be provided under the GOVSATCOM component of the EU space
programme are expected to boost the digital transition in Europe and worldwide. Programme
activities are aimed at facilitating the further development of high-speed broadband and
seamless connectivity, and secure and cost-effective satellite communications services for
governmental satellite communication users.
• Copernicus Earth observation data are inherently digital, similarly the Copernicus information
products are made available in digital format. These products have been enablers of the
digitalisation of concerned administrative workflows and for the stakeholders involved.
Copernicus contributes to significant reduction of reporting and documentation burden and
delays. Further the evolution of Copernicus will involve technologies such as artificial
intelligence, high-performance computing, digital twins.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with Regulation (EU) 2024/795 (the STEP Regulation), Horizon Europe is one of the EU
budget instruments in direct management mobilised under the Strategic Technologies for
Europe Platform (STEP) to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European
economy. As stipulated in Article 4, Horizon Europe is also among the programmes that can
award the STEP (Sovereignty) seal under its calls for proposals.
• In 2025, five topics under one call for proposals were flagged under Horizon Europe’s Cluster 4
– Space programme as contributing to STEP objectives. The specificity of these calls is that they
are for cross-country multi-beneficiary projects. The total budget allocated to these topics
amounts to EUR 53 million and Article 22(5) of the regulation establishing Horizon Europe
applied to both calls. The article provides for the possibility to exclude from the calls for
proposals entities controlled by non-associated non-EU countries or by entities established in
such countries.
• Since the inception of STEP implementation in early 2024 and as of end-2025, a total of 7
STEP-relevant Space projects have been awarded the STEP (Sovereignty) Seal and funded with
EUR 32.4 million. These correspond to the projects awarded under the STEP-relevant Space
calls of 2024: as of the end of the 2025, the evaluation of the submissions to the STEP-relevant
Space calls of 2025 had not yet been concluded.
EU Space Programme
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable •
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
Yes The Copernicus Emergency Management Service (CEMS)
offers a Global Human Settlement Layer (GHSL), a strategic
knowledge infrastructure to make human presence on Earth
visible, measurable, and actionable. GHSL provides global,
open, and comparable data on population, built-up areas,
and settlements, empowering institutions worldwide to make
informed decisions in urban development, risk management,
climate action, and sustainable planning.
Built on cutting-edge Earth Observation, open science, and
methodological transparency, GHSL transforms complex
global challenges into shared, evidence-based
understanding, supporting risk exposure mapping and
poverty risk mitigation.
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
Yes The EU space programme is providing innovative solutions
with huge potential of making agriculture more productive
and sustainable.
For example, Earth Observation data provided by the
Copernicus Land Monitoring Service (CLMS) help national
institutions in monitoring crop conditions, providing early
warnings on failing crops and predicting crop yields. This
enables a considerable improvement in the use of fertilizers,
fuel and pesticides resulting in healthier food and a reduced
environmental impact.
Galileo and EGNOS, in turn link data to specific geographical
coordinates and provide geolocation, tracking and positioning
in support of smart agriculture.
EU Space Programme
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes EU space services provided by Galileo and Copernicus are
key for the development of smart health apps benefiting
users worldwide. For example, there are numerous consumer
apps for checking daily sport and fitness activity and
performance levels, encouraging a healthy lifestyle. There
are apps used for patients monitoring like for instance for
localizing patients with Alzheimer’s, to oversee patients with
cardiac conditions and help with issuing emergency call
warnings if needed, or apps used for guidance to assist the
visually impaired.
The Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service issues daily
air quality forecasts at global scale accounting for
pollutants’ emissions or the consequences of events such as
large wildfires or volcanic eruptions. This is valuable and
reliable information for assessing health impacts.
The eCall initiative helps saving lives by speeding up the
emergency response times in case of a road accident. This
initiative requires all new car types sold in the European Union
to be fitted with eCall devices that are using space data from
Galileo and EGNOS. eCall devices automatically dial the
European emergency number 112 to alert rescue services in
the event of an accident while also communicating their
accurate and exact location. It is estimated that eCall, in its
first 10 years of operation, will save more than 2 000 lives in
Europe, avoid almost 20 000 severe injuries and significantly
reduce the severity of injuries in 15% of all accidents involving
damage to health.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes The EU Space Programme, particularly through Copernicus,
advances SDG 4 by providing open-access satellite data that
enrich educational resources, helping students and educators
develop skills in data analysis and environmental sciences. It
supports research opportunities and offers training
initiatives, equipping learners with competencies for careers
in technology and environmental fields. By enhancing
curricula and fostering innovation, Copernicus significantly
contributes to quality education.
EU Space Programme
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes The EU Space Programme, with Copernicus at the forefront,
contributes to SDG 5 on gender equality by promoting
inclusivity and diversity within STEM fields, historically
underrepresented by women. It supports initiatives and
educational programmes aimed at encouraging girls and
women to pursue careers in science, technology, engineering,
and mathematics, including space and Earth observation
sectors. By ensuring equitable access to training and
resources, Copernicus helps dismantle gender barriers and
fosters an environment where women can thrive as
researchers, innovators, and leaders in the space industry.
These efforts contribute to more balanced representation
and empowerment in scientific and technological domains.
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
Yes EU space technologies play a crucial role in optimizing
drinking water processing operations to achieve higher
quality.
For example, the Copernicus Land Monitoring Service (CLMS)
systematically provides real time information on the state of
global inland water bodies and their seasonal replenishment,
lake and river water levels, temperature, turbidity and trophic
state, including potential water availability from snow and
ice cover. Better information and forecasts help a broad
range of water managers adapt their strategies when
dealing with water allocation, flood management, ecological
status and industrial water use to mitigate the effects of
climate change.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes The EU Space Programme, including Copernicus, plays a key
role in advancing clean energy by providing critical satellite
data that supports environmental monitoring and
sustainable energy initiatives. Copernicus offers Earth
observation data that tracks climate change, maps
renewable energy resources, and monitors air quality,
helping to optimize energy production from renewable
sources like wind, solar, and hydropower. By offering
accurate, real-time information on environmental conditions,
the programme aids decision-making, promotes energy
efficiency, and supports the transition to a low-carbon
economy across Europe.
EU Space Programme
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes The EU Space Programme, including Copernicus, boosts
competitiveness and economic growth by providing valuable
satellite data that enhances decision-making across various
sectors. Copernicus offers Earth observation data that
supports industries such as agriculture, transport, and
disaster management, driving innovation, efficiency, and cost
savings. By enabling businesses to access precise, real-time
information, the programme fosters the development of new
technologies, services, and applications, creating new market
opportunities and enhancing the EU’s global economic
position. This data-driven approach not only strengthens
existing industries but also spurs the growth of emerging
sectors in the digital economy.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes The EU space-based technologies are key enablers for smart
and sustainable transport and, in particular, for connected
and autonomous driving. In road transport, using navigation
and positioning services by Galileo leads to a range of
innovative applications that enable smart mobility and multi-
mode transport digitalisation with optimised travel routes, in
turn allowing for a reduction in CO2 emissions. In air
transport, using EGNOS for efficient definition of flight
routes helps reduce fuel consumption and CO2 emissions.
Copernicus data and information will be used to assess the
energy efficiency of residential areas and to monitor the
impact of the related energy efficiency policies.
EU Space Programme
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
Yes EU space services provided under the EU space programme
are key enablers for smart cities, making urban planning
more efficient. By using Galileo and EGNOS for navigation,
positioning and timing, city services that are essential for
instance for operating and managing public transportation,
power supply, connectivity, waste management, and much
more, can be considerably improved and at a lower cost.
Copernicus provides valuable satellite images and insights
about urban areas. These include information about land use
and land cover classification, urban growth and urban green
areas, which policymakers use to improve life in cities. The
Copernicus Climate Change Service provides information on
city-scale climate helping city planners to mitigate the
effects of heat waves for their citizens. The Copernicus
Emergency Management Service (CEMS) provides
information for emergency response in relation to different
types of disasters, including floods, as well as for related
prevention, preparedness, response and recovery activities.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
Yes The development of PEFCR4Space establishes clear Product
Environmental Footprint Category Rules for the space sector,
contributing to Sustainable Development Goal 12 by
promoting sustainable consumption and production through
standardised environmental impact assessments and
improved resource efficiency.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes The Copernicus Climate Change Service routinely monitors
the Earth’s climate and its evolution. It provides routine
access to key indicators on a number of Essential Climate
Variables (temperature, sea-ice, CO2, etc.) and is therefore a
powerful tool to monitor the success of the implementation
of the Paris Agreement. The Copernicus Atmosphere Service
provides already today information on greenhouse gas
concentrations and on sources. A new application for
monitoring methane hotspots was launched in 2025.
EU Space Programme
SDG14: Conserve and sustainab ly use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainab le developm ent
Yes Copernicus is helping governments identify the sources of oil
pollution. It is also a powerful tool used by fisheries control
administrations from across the EU, to make maritime
surveillance more effective. The combined use of Copernicus
satellite images with vessel positioning information provided
by Galileo reinforce the monitoring activities and help
authorities detect and track movements and activities in
restricted fishing grounds. The Copernicus Marine Service
reported on Sustainable Development Goal 14 (‘Life below
water’) regarding the impact of climate on waters
acidification and eutrophication, which have a direct impact
on marine ecosystems.
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Yes The EU space programme provides reliable services and
reports supporting the formulation, implementation and
monitoring of policies to protect natural environments and
biodiversity (EU biodiversity strategy for 2030). Benefiting
users worldwide, the Copernicus Climate Change Service
develops tailored information products on key indicators
such as temperature, sea ice and CO2 levels. In addition, the
Copernicus Atmosphere Monitoring Service uses near-real-
time observations of the location and intensity of active
wildfires to estimate the emissions of pollutants that may
impact biodiversity in the affected areas.
EU Space Programme
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes The EU space programme contributes to this SDG by
providing trustworthy data, products, applications and
services in support of EU’s soft diplomacy. Copernicus, by
offering vital Earth observation data, supports transparency,
informed decision-making, and evidence-based policy. This
information aids governments and institutions in effectively
managing resources, monitoring borders, and responding to
crises, thereby promoting peace and stability. Additionally, by
supporting initiatives that enhance data accessibility and
collaboration, Copernicus fosters trust among international
entities, strengthening justice and the development of
robust, accountable institutions.
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
Yes The EU space programme, in particular via Copernicus
services, has developed numerous partnerships at global,
regional, national and local levels with institutional, non-
governmental and private actors to support the
implementation of the SDGs.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
EU SECURE CONNECTIVITY PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
1
concession contract
was signed with
SpaceRISE in December
2024, for establishing
an innovative public–
private partnership for
a duration of 12 years,
to develop, deploy and
operate the IRIS²
satellite constellation.
16
EU Member States (17)
signed an
administrative
arrangement on IRIS²
frequency filings by the
end of 2025.
13
legislative initiatives on
IRIS² were adopted by
2025, including acts
addressed to other
institutions and other
autonomous acts
(Commission
Implementing Decisions
and internal
Commission Decisions)
and amendments.
6
IRIS² exploitation
workshops were
organised in Member
States during 2025 to
explore the
opportunities for
potential national user
communities.
17
competent secure
connectivity authorities
were designated by
Member States (18) and
followed preparatory
onboarding activities,
allowing them to be
connected to the
GOVSATCOM hub so as
to manage and
determine access rights
to users.
(17) Belgium, Bulgaria, Czechia, Germany, Estonia, Spain, France, Croatia, Cyprus, Hungary, Malta, Netherlands, Austria,
Portugal, Slovakia, Finland. (18) Belgium, Czechia, Denmark, Germany, Estonia, France, Italy, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Hungary, Poland,
Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Finland.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 186.3 213.4 404.6 320.7 243.0 1 367.9
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 0.0 0.0 186.3 213.4 404.6 320.7 243.0 1 367.9
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 804.2 1 367.9 58.8%
Payments 439.4 0.0 32.1%
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Member State governments and EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies can access an initial set of governmental services in 2024 (*)
No access
TBD NA
NA
Member State governments and EU institutions, bodies, offices and agencies can access full operational capability that meets the user needs and demand determined in the service portfolio in 2027 (*)
No access
TBD NA
On track
Percentage of geographical availability of all deployed governmental services within Member State territories (*)
NA NA NA NA NA
Programme participants and number of non-EU countries and international organisations participating in the programme in accordance with Article 39 of the programme regulation
0 0 3 0 On track
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Programme participants participating in the programme in accordance with Article 11 of the programme regulation
0 0TBD 0 On track
Number of satellites per orbital slot (in 2025, 2026 and 2027)
0 01 0 On track
Number of start-ups, small and medium-sized enterprises and mid-caps involved in the programme and the related percentages of contract value
0 NA TBD NA NA
Greenhouse gas footprint of development, production and deployment of the programme
0 TBD 22.6 On track
(*) IRIS² initial services are expected to begin in 2029. In the meantime, initial governmental satellite communication services will be provided as from 2026 under the GOVSATCOM component of the EU space programme, which constitutes the first building block of IRIS². For more information on GOVSATCOM, see the ‘EU Space Programme’ programme performance statement.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
• Delivering on the Union secure connectivity priority flagship, the development of a multi-orbital
satellite constellation of around 290 satellites – IRIS² (Infrastructure for resilience,
interconnectivity and security by satellite) – continued at full speed on the basis of a
competitive and innovative public–private partnership established under a 12-year concession
contract signed with the SpaceRISE consortium in 2024. The main concessionaire will be
responsible to develop, deploy and operate IRIS². Activities are on track, working towards
confirming the system design and for ensuring that all Member States have guaranteed access
to sovereign satellite communication connectivity under full European control as soon as
possible.
• During 2025, several important sub-contracts were signed with core consortium team
members and key suppliers. The system requirement review, a key milestone for consolidating
the baseline for the overall system design of the IRIS² infrastructure, was concluded on
19 November 2025, followed by the IRIS² service review that started on 24 November 2025
and is expected to conclude by early 2026.
• IRIS² services will be provided using a phased approach. Initial governmental services are
expected in 2026 under the GOVSATCOM component of the EU space programme – a system
designed to pool and share satellite communication services with Member States and
authorised users – and which constitutes the first building block of IRIS². The start of
GOVSATCOM operations was announced on 14 January 2026.
• Building on this framework, a broader range of satellite communication services with global
coverage, featuring secure and low-latency connectivity, will be gradually made available for
governmental, defence and commercial users. Commercial GOVSATCOM services are expected
by 2027 and initial IRIS² services by 2029. The goal is to provide connectivity and sovereignty
for all of Europe, with guaranteed access for all Member States and under full European control.
• A Commission Implementing Decision was adopted in April 2024, determining the location of
the IRIS² control centres (19) in France, Italy and Luxembourg. A gradual deployment of activities
is underway to complete the space and ground infrastructure of the IRIS² space constellation,
aiming to meet the needs of governmental users.
• Activities took place to ensure a high level of security for IRIS². A Commission decision on the location of security monitoring sites for IRIS² and GOVSATCOM was adopted on 17 November 2025.
• To ensure the availability of frequencies, an administrative arrangement on IRIS² frequency filings has been active since 2024, with 16 Member State signatories by the end of 2025. The IRIS² programme relies on the continuation of existing frequency licences from some Member States, signed over to the Commission for the IRIS² governmental (‘Hardgov’) services. Filings for the IRIS² commercial (‘Lightgov’) services will be covered by private initiatives, which will be managed by the SpaceRISE consortium.
• As regards market uptake activities, a preparatory action to develop innovative and
interoperable user terminals for European secure satellite communication services was under
(19) Commission Implementing Decision (EU) 2024/1067 of 12 April 2024 laying down rules for the application of
Regulation (EU) 2023/588 of the European Parliament and of the Council as regards the location of the control centres belonging to the ground infrastructure of the Union Secure Connectivity Programme, OJ L, 2024/1067, 16.4.2024, http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2024/1067/oj.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
definition, seeking to enable production and market penetration through the use of open
standards. A preliminary market consultation was conducted from July to September 2025,
allowing interested market players to provide feedback and support the development of
terminals that can be used with the EU’s satellite communication systems.
• Negotiations with third parties were pursued in view of establishing international agreements
with Norway and Iceland for their participation in the Union secure connectivity programme and
in GOVSATCOM. A similar process is underway to allow for the opening of formal negotiations
with Ukraine.
• Overall, the programme is monitored closely on the basis of a set of indicators intended to
measure the extent to which the specific objectives of the programme have been achieved, and
with a view to minimising administrative burdens and costs. To that end, the annex to
Regulation (EU) 2023/588 establishes a set of key performance indicators. Data and results for
the key performance indicators relating to the IRIS² system and services performances will only
become available once the IRIS² infrastructure starts to be deployed (space, ground and user
segments). In addition, the service definition document applicable to the programme will define
more detailed key performance indicators with minimum performance levels to allow for
tracking results, once available.
• The programmatic risks are closely monitored and mitigated. Based on the experience from the
first years of implementation of the programme, the main challenges related to the
simplification of the complex governance structures, which came about under the SpaceRISE
consortium, the acceleration of activities whilst countering possible delays for ongoing activities
(i.e. when defining baselines or selecting sub-contractors) and redressing concerns about the
technological readiness of the space sector to deliver on innovative and cost-efficient solutions.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0
0.1 0.0%
• The EU secure connectivity programme (and the EU space programme) places great emphasis
on the green transition and has a key role to play. On one hand, EU space data and services
enable other sectors to achieve green ambitions and harness the potential of the green
transition; on the other hand, the EU space industry sector itself must transform and adapt to
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
comply with the EU environmental policies and legislation and hence improve its practices
throughout its full value chain.
• While the space-based assets do not themselves emit greenhouse gases while in use, their
manufacturing and associated ground facilities do have an environmental impact.
Procurements and contracts related to the EU secure connectivity programme therefore include
provisions on environmental and space sustainability measures aimed at minimising and
offseting the greenhouse gas emissions generated by the development, production and
deployment of the infrastructure, as well as provisions establishing a scheme to offset the
remaining greenhouse gas emissions. Carbon offsetting should be preferably done via carbon
removal, applying consensus methods on accounting for greenhouse gas removal as soon as
they become available.
• Green procurement principles were pursued to set in place the infrastructure that will be providing communication through space and avoiding the deployment of ground networks, submarine cables, high power cables or fibres (buried in the ground or above the ground). No significant harm will therefore be done to the sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources.
• In addition, procurements and contracts will include provisions on measures to prevent light
pollution, the use of appropriate collision-avoidance technologies for spacecraft and the
submission and implementation of a comprehensive debris mitigation plan to ensure the
avoidance of debris by the satellites of the constellation.
• To reduce the environmental impact of space activities and set out a standardised method to
assess environmental impacts, a European Parliament-backed pilot project rolled out in 2024
and continued in 2025, aimed at developing a sector-specific life cycle assessment method –
Product Environmental Footprint Category Rules (PEFCR) for the space sector. In 2025, space
companies were invited through an open call to participate in the supporting studies which
are conducted as part of the development of PEFCR for Space (26 June – 30 September
2025). By end 2025, an open consultation on the first draft document of the Product
Environmental Footprint Category Rules for the space sector (PEFCR4Space) was conducted
(15 October - 1 December 2025). The received feedback (over 200 contributions) will be
analysed and be integrated in the evolved draft of the PEFCR for space that will be subject to
a second consultation in 2027. To support the implementation of the PEFCR4space once
finalised (by 2027), a open call for tender was launched on 29 October 2025 for
PEFCR4Space supportive measures.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 186.3 213.4 404.6 804.3
Total: 0.0 0.0 186.3 213.4 404.6 804.3
• The regulation states that the programme should contribute to the development of advanced skills in
space-related fields and support education and training activities, along with promoting equal
opportunities, gender equality and women’s empowerment, in order to realise the full potential of EU
citizens in that area. In this respect, the Commission will promote and encourage the increased
participation of women.
• In 2025, no dedicated budget was allocated specifically for gender equality. However, several initiatives
contributed to its promotion.
• The European space sector is on an upward trajectory but faces many challenges in terms of workforce.
A comprehensive analysis identified that the industry is aging and male-dominated, and that there is a
critical gap between the hard and soft skills provided by current educational curricula. To answer the
needs of the industry, the Commission launched in 2024 and concluded in 2025 the pilot phase of the
Space Career Launchpad (20) platform aimed at university students and young graduates to give them
experience through internships, with a particular focus on ‘new space’ companies. By offering a wide
range of internships and entry-level jobs in various fields, and by actively encouraging participation
from under-represented groups, including women, the Commission wants to spark interest in the space
sector and showcase its exciting career opportunities. The goal is to bridge the skills gap and foster a
skilled, inclusive and diverse workforce.
- In January 2025, DG Defence Industry and Space launched the DIVERIS network, aiming at promoting
equal opportunities and inclusive practices in the space and defence sectors by bringing together
individuals, companies, research organisations, public bodies and civil society actors across Europe. Its
work focuses on building a resilient and diverse workforce, increasing representation, attracting and
retaining talent, raising awareness and contributing to EU policies aligned with the post-2025 equality
strategies. At the end of 2025, the network had a total of 63 members.
• The Commission will also support initiatives to raise awareness of gender equality in the area of
space.
(20) https://starseu.net/spacecareer/.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Gender disaggregated information:
• The European space industry is quite specific in terms of age and qualification structures. The industry maintains a rather stable age structure. The employment distribution gender shows that about a fifth of space industry employees are women.
• Women accounted for roughly 23% of employment in the upstream segment in Europe in 2021, a
share that has remained stable over the last decade.
Source: Eurospace, 2022.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-
2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 0.0 0.0 186.3 213.4 404.6 804.3 100%
• The services that will be provided under the programme are expected to boost the digital
transition in Europe and worldwide. The programme was adopted in 2023 and the first activities
were rolled out in 2025, following the signature of the main concession contract in December
2024. The concessionaire is expected to support and facilitate the further development of
worldwide high-speed broadband and seamless connectivity under the IRIS² programme.
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
EU Secure Connectivity Programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes In 2025, DG DEFIS launched the DIVERIS Network aimed at
promoting equal opportunities and inclusive practices in the
space and defence sectors, to build a resilient workforce and
attract and retain talent. The network brings together
individuals, companies, research organisations, public bodies,
and civil society actors across Europe.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes The services that will be provided under the EU secure
connectivity programme are expected to contribute to
several goals of sustainable development by connecting
remote areas and areas with limited terrestrial connectivity
infrastructure. A major programme objective is to improve
secure connectivity over geographical areas of strategic
interest of the EU, in particular Africa and the Arctic, and
support the sustainable development and social cohesion in
these regions.
Ensuring environmental and space sustainability is another
key programmatic focus where the new European
constellation will satisfy space sustainability criteria and be
an example of good practices in space traffic management
and in space surveillance and tracking promoting responsible
behaviour in space.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
Yes The development of PEFCR4Space establishes clear Product
Environmental Footprint Category Rules for the space sector,
contributing to Sustainable Development Goal 12 by
promoting sustainable consumption and production through
standardised environmental impact assessments and
improved resource efficiency. Also, in line with the Secure
connectivity Regulation (EU) 2023/588 and it Article 8 on
Environmental and space sustainability, the EU secure
connectivity will mitigate and offset GHG emissions linked to
the manufacturing and launch activities of the space system.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
REGIONAL POLICY
COHESION FUND AND EUROPEAN REGIONAL DEVELOPMENT FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
500 000
businesses are covered
by selected projects
toto receive support for
innovation, growth and
competitiveness in the
form of grants, equity,
guarantees, loans and
advice.
1.63 million
households are covered
by selected projects to
provide access to very-
high-capacity
broadband.
224 000
enterprises are covered
by selected projects to
provide access to very-
high-capacity
broadband , boosting
productivity and
competitiveness.
318 000
households are covered by selected projects to save energy and costs through improved efficiency.
59.8 million
people are covered by selected projects to benefit from new or modernised health services.
45 million
people are covered by selected projects to be better protected against climate-related natural disasters.
65 million
hectares of land are
covered by selected
projects to be protected
against wildfires.
Note: The above values represent cohesion policy achievements by the end of December 2025 and are
aggregated from the ERDF/CF and Interreg Europe programmes based on data reported as of March 2026.
Up-to-date values are available on the Cohesion Open Data Platform.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
255.2
42 624.6 44 863.5 46 093.4 47 324.7 40 613.2 42 023.0 263797.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 234.7 120.2 135.7 0.0 0.0 490.6
Total
255.2 42 624.6 45 098.2 46 213.6 47 460.4 40 613.2 42 023.0 264 288.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Budget programming REACT-EU (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
NextGenerationEU 24 038.5 5 904.7 38.4 3.0 22.0 0.0 0.0 30 006.6
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 24 038.5 5 904.7 38.4 3.0 22.0 0.0 0.0 30 006.6
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Commitments 178 777.8 264 288.3 67.6%
Payments 43 693.9 16.5%
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 REACT-EU (million
EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 29 988.0 30 006.6 99.9%
Payments 29 888.5 30 006.6 99.6%
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Enterprises supported to innovate
0 Actual results: 25.18%, selected
operations: 63.7%
126 000 in 2029
31 714 enterprises (selected operations:
80 458 enterprises) by 2025 compared to a target of 126 309
enterprises
On track
Small and medium-sized enterprises supported to enhance growth and competitiveness
0 Actual results: 29.6%, selected
operations: 73.1%
450 000 in 2029
132 993 small and medium-sized
enterprises (selected operations: 328 668
small and medium-sized enterprises) by 2025
compared to a target of 449 656 small and
medium-sized enterprises
On track
Additional dwellings and enterprises with very-high- capacity broadband access
0 Actual results: 14.4% for
dwellings and 16.5% for
enterprises, selected
operations: 70% for dwellings and
90.7% for enterprises
2.3 million dwellings and
247 500enterprises
in 2029
335 148 dwellings (selected operations:
1 630 241 dwellings) by 2025 compared to a
target of 2 329 960 and 40 945 enterprises
(selected operations: 224 536 enterprises),
compared to a target of 247 532 enterprises
On track
Savings in annual primary energy consumption
296 144 570
MWh/year in 2021
Actual results: 5%, selected operations:
25.1%
70 848 915 MWh/year
(target value of 225 million
megawatt- hours/year in
2029 compared to
the baseline of 296 144 570 MWh/year in
2021)
3 559 194 MWh/year (selected operations:
17 804 186 MWh/year) by 2025 compared to a
target of 70 848 915MWh/year
Moderate progress
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Additional production capacity for renewable energy
0 Actual results: 16.9%, selected
operations: 55.1%
8 500 megawatts in
2029
1 434 MW (selected operations: 4 687 MW) by 2025 compared to a
target of 8 501 MW
On track
New, upgraded, reconstructed or modernised TEN-T railways
0 Actual results: 8.2%, selected
operations: 62.5%
4 140 kilometres in
2029
340 km (selected operations: 2 591 km) by
2025 compared to a target of 4 143 km
On track
New or modernised capacity for healthcare facilities
0 Actual results: 13.3%, selected
operations: 87.4%
68 million people/year in
2029
9 million people/year (selected operations:
59.7 million people/year) by 2025 compared to a target of 68.3 million
people/year
On track
Population covered by strategies for integrated territorial development
0 Actual results: 15.9%, selected operations: 71%
168 million people in 2029
26.7 million people (selected operations:
119.5 million people) by 2025 compared to a target of 168 million
people
On track
Based on SFC2021 data as transmitted by Member State / managing authority and available on 13 March 2026.
The 2021-2027 programme implementation is accelerating. As of the end of 2025, Member States
had selected operations amounting to 63.4% of their European Regional Development Fund
(ERDF) / Cohesion Fund (CF) allocation (including Interreg Europe), EUR 185 billion under the ERDF
and EUR 37 billion under the CF (including national co-financing).
The 2021-2027 selection rate is comparable to the previous programming period, considering that
the 2021-2027 programmes were adopted on average more than seven months later than those
in 2014-2020 due to the COVID-19 crisis, the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine and the
energy crisis. At the same time, the simultaneous implementation of the Recovery and Resilience
Facility with shorter implementation deadlines created challenges relating to the administrative
capacity of the Member States.
As of 31 December 2025, total net payments (including pre-financing) of EUR 39.9 billion had been
disbursed (15.2% of the ERDF and CF allocations). While payment rates for the ERDF and the CF
increased significantly in 2025, they somewhat fell behind in comparison with 2014-2020.
Reasons for this include the delayed start of the 2021-2027 programme implementation and the
large backlog of unpaid claims at the end of 2025, which resulted in EUR 9.5 billion in interim
payments being made only in 2026. ERDF and CF payment rates are expected to continue
accelerating in 2026. Based on the latest Member State forecasts submitted at the end of January
2026, and considering the effects of the midterm review of cohesion policy, by the end of 2026,
implementation should fully catch up and even exceed the implementation level of the 2014-2020
period (sixth year of implementation).
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
The midterm review of programmes in 2025 opened up an opportunity to reallocate available
financial resources to the strategic investment priorities: competitiveness; defence and civil
preparedness, with priority given to dual use; water resilience; sustainable and affordable housing;
and energy security, with a focus on energy interconnectors and related infrastructure. The
respective amendment of the ERDF/CF Regulation (21) entered into force in September 2025, and
25 Member States had proposed financial reallocations amounting to 34.6 billion via 186
programme amendments . Reallocations were supported by various incentives such as additional
pre-financing, higher rates of co-financing and longer eligibility periods, with even stronger levels
of support for eastern border regions in recognition of their heightened security challenges. Further
simplification measures included faster selection for projects awarded the seals of excellence and
for important projects of common European interest, along with the easing of rules for thematic
concentration, climate contribution and investment in large enterprises across more regions.
In order to ensure a smooth implementation, the Commission is in close contact with counterparts
in the Member States and is monitoring the situation closely. Mitigation measures for those
programmes experiencing difficulties entail reprogramming in particular (including in the context
of the midterm review), but also streamlining procedures and promoting simplification through the
use of financing not linked to costs, simplified cost options and financial instruments, with a
positive impact on implementation prospects.
In the 2025 budget, the allocation for the ERDF and the CF together was EUR 47.1 billion for
mainstream programmes (EUR 40.1 billion for the ERDF and EUR 7.0 billion for the CF) in
commitment appropriations. Of this amount, EUR 46.1 billion has been committed, representing
97.8% of the total allocation. The remaining amount corresponds to suspended commitments for
three Hungarian programmes (22) (EUR 1 billion).
The performance data reported by programmes (23) at the end of 2025 show notable progress in
implementation compared to the previous year. in particular the corporate common indicators (24)
linked to the support for small and medium-sized enterprises aimed at boosting innovation and
competitiveness, as well as investments in digitalisation, energy, transportation, health and
education infrastructure. 18 out of 25 corporate common output indicators are on track and show
sufficient progress to achieve their planned targets by the end of the programming period. A limited
number of corporate common output indicators linked to social and environmental digital and
physical infrastructure) show pronounced progress compared to the previous year.
(21) Regulation (EU) 2021/1058 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 on the European Regional
Development Fund and on the Cohesion Fund (OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 60, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1058/2025-09- 20).
(22) Council Implementing Decision (EU) 2022/2506 of 15 December 2022 on measures for the protection of the Union budget against breaches of the principle of the rule of law in Hungary (OJ L 325, 20.12.2022, p. 94, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/dec_impl/2022/2506/oj).
(23) In line with the provisions of Article 42, Annex VII and Annex XVII of Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 24 June 2021 laying down common provisions on the European Regional Development Fund, the European Social Fund Plus, the Cohesion Fund, the Just Transition Fund and the European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund and financial rules for those and for the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund, the Internal Security Fund and the Instrument for Financial Support for Border Management and Visa Policy (OJ L 231, 30.6.2021, p. 159, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/1060/2025-10-25).
(24) As defined in Annex II to Regulation (EU) 2021/1058.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
The midterm evaluation of the 2021-2027 programming period, carried out in 2025, confirms that
the ERDF, the CF and the Just Transition Fund are well suited to addressing regional disparities and
territorial challenges, and the multilevel governance model allowing the involvement of regions
and local authorities in programming and implementation has clear added value in enhancing the
effectiveness, ownership and impact of ERDF / CF / Just Transition Fund programme
implementation. The evaluation also confirmed the importance of administrative capacity as a key
prerequisite for effective implementation, and of capacity-building actions where needed.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming
91.7 15 323.2 16 128.1 16 570.2 17 012.9 14 600.1 15 107.0 94 833.3 35.9%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming
15.6 2 611.0 2 748.1 2 823.5 2 898.9 2 487.8 2 574.1 16 159.1 6.1%
Cohesion policy uses a ‘categorisation system’ to capture information of the thematic content of
the 2021-2027 programmes. The multiannual thematic allocations are used to calculate the
indicative share of investments under each annual commitment, as set out above. There are several
tracking tools (e.g. climate, biodiversity, clean air, gender, digital).
The legislation set up minimum thresholds for two of the tracking mechanisms: climate and
biodiversity mainstreaming.
For climate mainstreaming, the ERDF and the CF will contribute 30% and 37% respectively of the
EU contribution. Following the entry into force of Regulation (EU) 2025/1914 (25), if either fund
exceeds its climate contribution target, the excess can be counted toward helping the other fund
meet its own climate contribution target. Based on the adopted 2021-2027 programmes, the
planned targets have, in any case, largely been exceeded, reaching 33% for the ERDF and 56% for
the CF. This climate tracking data story presents in detail the cohesion policy support for climate
action.
For biodiversity, the ambition is to provide 7.5% of annual spending under the multiannual financial
framework to the funds governed by Regulation (EU) 2021/1060 (the Common Provisions
(25) Regulation (EU) 2025/1914 of the European Parliament and of the European Council of 18 September amending Regulations
(EU) 2021/1058 and (EU) 2021/1056 as regards specific measures to address strategic challenges in the context of the mid- term review (OJ L, 2025/1914, 19.9.2025, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2025/1914/oj).
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Regulation). Based on the adopted programmes, 6.1% has been earmarked so far for activities
tackling the loss of biodiversity. This biodiversity tracking data story, available on the Cohesion
Open Data Platform, presents in more detail the cohesion policy investments benefiting biodiversity.
For clean air, based on the adopted 2021-2027 programmes, 18% of the planned EU amounts will
be used to support interventions with a main objective of improving air quality, or with a substantial
co-benefit for improving air quality.
The allocations to the different green budgeting objectives overlap to some extent. The amounts
for the different cross-cutting priorities should not be directly aggregated to avoid double counting.
Data stories on the Cohesion Open Data Platform present the data and the methods for tracking
in more detail.
In relation to the taxonomy for sustainable activities, the Cohesion Policy Funds system of 193
intervention fields has undergone an alignment with the taxonomy in the context of
NextGenerationEU green bond reporting. As a result, groups of intervention fields were assessed
as ‘fully aligned’, ‘substantially aligned’, ‘partially aligned’ or ‘not covered’. According to the planned
values from the adopted cohesion policy programmes and from the taxonomy perspective, around
EUR 79.87 billion was assessed as being fully aligned, EUR 37.29 billion as partially or
substantially aligned, while EUR 146.36 billion was assessed as not covered.
Under the climate tracking methodology, both mitigation and adaptation measures are supported.
Mitigation measures include significant investments in renewable energies, energy efficiency and
clean urban transport measures. Adaptation includes risk prevention linked to adjusting to the
current and future effects of climate change. However, no explicit assignment of the different
intervention fields to mitigation or adaptation has been made and there is some overlapping.
Finally, there is likely to be under-reporting of adaptation measures where they are linked to
infrastructures that bear a 0% climate coefficient.
In addition to climate tracking, the ‘do no significant harm’ principle was applied by national
authorities in the assessment of the investment priorities contained in the programmes before
adoption. Member States are responsible for the implementation of this principle.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 1.5 245.1 257.9 265.0 272.1 1,041.6
1 17.8 2,971.6 3,127.7 3,213.4 3,299.3
12,629.9
0* - - - - - -
0 236.0 39,407.9 41,477.9 42,614.9 43,753.4 167,490.1
Total 255.2 42,624.6 44,863.5 46,093.4 47,324.7 181,165.5
Cohesion policy uses a ‘categorisation’ information system, which includes a gender equality
dimension to capture information on the gender contribution of the 2021-2027 programmes.
These multiannual thematic allocations are used to calculate the indicative share of investments
under each annual commitment as set out above.
Based on the adopted programmes, close to 8% of the planned ERDF/CF EU amounts will be used
to support interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality or
interventions that have gender equality as an objective.
For example, the Women Business HUB project contributes to a better business environment for
women in border regions between Croatia and Serbia. Based on data that indicates a higher
percentage of unemployed women and obstacles for women to start their own businesses, the
partnership of the WBH project is determined to foster economic empowerment of women
entrepreneurs and minimise the impact of these obstacles.
The gender tracking data story, available on the Cohesion Open Data Platform, presents in detail the cohesion policy support for gender equality based on the latest adopted programmes. .
Gender-disaggregated information
There is no information available, as the data is not disaggregated by gender.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution
30.0 5 010.9 5 274.1 5 418.7
5 563.4
21 297.0 11.5%
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Based on the adopted programmes, close to 12% of the planned EU amounts will be used to finance interventions that support the digital transition. The calculation of the amount for the digital transition is based on coefficients applied to the intervention fields in Annex 1 to the Common Provisions Regulation. In the case of digital tracking, the amounts calculated are based on the assessment by Commission services of the relevance of planned thematic allocations. The reported amounts are based on the planned amounts in adopted programmes at the end of 2025. The cumulative planned contribution to this horizontal objective is presented proportionately to financial implementation of annual budgetary commitments.
The digital tracking data story, available on the Cohesion Open Data Platform, presents in detail
the cohesion policy support for the digital transition.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
The ERDF is one of the EU programmes mobilised to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience
of the European economy, in line with the STEP Regulation. STEP investments can be supported
under existing priority axes and/or under new STEP-dedicated priorities, if a Member State amends
one or more of its ERDF programmes.
As of 31 December 2025, the Commission has adopted 77 programme amendments, including
STEP-dedicated priorities, amounting to EUR 10.8 billion of ERDF allocations (in addition to
amounts reprogrammed under the European Social Fund Plus and the Just Transition Fund).
Eighteen Member States made use of this possibility through programme amendments (Belgium,
Bulgaria, Croatia, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Italy, Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Netherlands,
Poland, Portugal, Romania, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain). Italy has allocated the most significant
amounts to STEP – about 30% of the total STEP reallocations – followed by Spain (16%) and
Germany (12%).
The biggest share of the STEP ERDF allocation is used for productive investments in all three STEP
sectors (EUR 6.6 billion). Research- and innovation activities received EUR 2.7 billion, while skills
development was allocated EUR 410 million. Around EUR 1.1 billion of the STEP investments go to
other activities, such as technology transfer and support for business incubation, spin-offs and
start-ups, along with services linked to the low-carbon economy and resilience to climate change.
Zooming into productive investments by type of enterprise, large enterprises account for
EUR 3.7 billion and small and medium-sized enterprises for EUR 2.8 billion of the reprogrammed
amounts. The distribution of allocations across STEP sectors is quite proportionate: digital
technologies and deep-tech innovation are set to receive EUR 2.3 billion, clean and resource-
efficient technologies EUR 2.3 billion and biotechnologies EUR 1.9 billion.
Contribution to reforms
Under cohesion policy, reforms are supported via the enabling conditions. These ensure that the
necessary conditions for the effective and efficient use of the funds are in place. These cover:
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
• policy and strategic frameworks, to ensure that the strategic documents at the national and
regional levels which underpin investments are of high quality and in line with EU
standards;
• regulatory frameworks, to ensure that implementation of operations co-financed by the
funds complies with the EU acquis.
The progress in the fulfilment of these conditions since the adoption of programmes in 2022 is
significant. At the end of December 2025, only 1.3% of the ERDF/CF/ESF+ allocations remain
blocked by unfulfilled enabling conditions, compared to 22.3% at the time of adoption.
The mid-term evaluation of the 2021-2027 programming period showed that enabling conditions
were instrumental in establishing strategic policy frameworks, systems and other arrangements,
thus ensuring the funds’ effective and efficient implementation. At the same time, the European
Semester has provided an effective mechanism for improving coherence between national and
subnational policies and strategies and common priorities of Member States.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
yes No poverty. In Budapest (Hungary), the Affordable Housing
for All (AHA) project, supported under the European Urban
Initiative (EUI)’s Innovative Actions, addresses the dual
challenge of the energy and housing affordability crises by
developing an Integrated Housing Service Model. The
initiative combines the repurposing of an unused public
building into near-zero energy social housing with a set of
flexible, affordable and energy-efficient housing solutions
tailored to the needs of vulnerable groups. At the heart of
the project is the DemoHub, which will transform a former
school building into 26 high-quality, energy-efficient
housing units co-designed with community input. In parallel,
AHA is developing a service portfolio to support energy
efficient and flexible housing. Community engagement
plays a central role, with awareness campaigns,
placemaking events and collaboration with social workers
and NGOs.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 5 million
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes Good health and well-being. The TRUST project in
Salamanca (Spain) aims to modernise the care system for
dependent people by integrating AI-based voice recognition,
IoT sensors, and predictive analytics. The project seeks to
streamline administrative procedures, improve service
coordination, and provide dedicated support for informal
caregivers through a Caregiver Support Programme. All
solutions will be demonstrated in the Innovation & Care
Centre, a renovated municipal hub for training, testing, and
community engagement. Through these measures, TRUST
strengthens the city’s care system, enhances personalised
care, and improves support for both professional and
informal caregivers.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 4.4 million
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
yes Quality education. The Carmen Sylva project in Eforie Sud
(Romania) aims to improve the quality of life by creating a
multifunctional centre for education, culture, and recreation
and upgrading urban road infrastructure. The centre will
offer high-quality learning environments and educational
programs for residents, supporting lifelong learning, skills
development, and social inclusion, particularly for
vulnerable groups. By combining educational, cultural, and
recreational services in a single, accessible facility, the
project strengthens human capital, encourages community
engagement, and enhances the usability and attractiveness
of public spaces for both permanent residents and
Romanian and foreign tourists, promoting long-term
sustainable development.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 4.4 million
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
yes Gender equality. The Digital Skills for Women project in
Rotterdam (Netherlands) aims to increase labour mobility
and employment opportunities for women by providing
training in digital skills and ICT (information, communication
and technology) functions. The project targets women
working in vulnerable professions, such as care and
administration, offering accessible digital skills workshops
and tailor-made reskilling pathways into ICT roles, with
guaranteed job opportunities upon completion. By focusing
on women with migrant backgrounds, the initiative
promotes inclusivity while addressing the local ICT labour
shortage. Through these interventions, the project supports
more generally sustainable career development, enhances
participation in the digital economy, and strengthens social
and economic inclusion for women.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 640 000
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
yes Ensure clean water and sanitation for all. In Sardinia
(Italy) the island’s public water company has digitalised and
centralised its water service, providing drinking water to
over 1.6 million residents. It has improved its service quality
by developing a centralised data control and acquisition
system that enables real-time monitoring, remote
management, and tools for simulating and optimising water
resource flows. This will enable better planning of targeted
interventions to ensure water availability in the context of
increasing water stress in the region.
Thanks to significant funding from cohesion policy over the
last two programming periods, the area of Castelli Romani,
Italy has been equipped with three new sewage treatment
plants capable of providing an additional service for
approximately 75 000 equivalent inhabitants, as well as a
new sewer network, spanning approximately 70 kilometres.
Total EU amount planned for this goal: EUR 13.4 billion
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
yes Affordable and clean energy. Interleuven, together with
the municipality of Tervuren (Belgium), is developing the
Keiberg-Vossem sustainable business park as an energy-
self-sufficient site. It is powered mainly by solar energy and
supported by heat storage. The project uses PV panels and
solar collectors to generate heat in sunny periods, which is
stored in large underground water basins and later used for
heating during colder months, significantly reducing reliance
on the electricity grid. The park aims to form a renewable
energy community and serve as a reference model for
sustainable energy solutions for business parks, residential
areas, and other developments.
Total budget of the project: EUR 2.6 million, total allocation
for this goal: EUR 45 billion up to 2029
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
yes Decent work and economic growth. InnoRenew CoE is a
research institute in Slovenia focused on renewable
materials and sustainable buildings, emphasizing innovative
wood-based solutions and the transfer of scientific
knowledge to industry. InnoRenew CoE advances the
regional forest-based industry through research–industry
collaboration and promotes sustainable economic growth.
The institute was selected as a finalist in the New European
Bauhaus Prizes 2024 for its integration of sustainability,
aesthetics, and inclusivity.
Total amount planned for this goal: EUR 29.4 billion
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
yes Industry, innovation and infrastructure. In Coimbra
region in Portugal, the project ‘Innovation Hub Lavoisier’
developed a Circular Economy Innovation Humb to create a
comprehensive and strong innovation ecosystem in the field
of Circular Economy, enabling the development and transfer
of knowledge and technology to the market. The total
budget of the project was EUR 1.6 million.
Total amount planned for this goal: EUR 112.7 billion.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
Yes Reduced inequalities. The Tatary District Revitalisation
project in Lublin (Poland) aims to reduce socio-economic
inequalities by modernising degraded urban areas, namely
the expansion and reconstruction of an amphitheatre and
the construction and redesign of a square. The project
incorporates accessible design, including ramps, profiled
slopes, and removal of architectural barriers, and uses
energy-efficient and nature-inspired solutions such as LED
lighting and wooden elements in small architecture. The
revitalised area, part of a larger green recreational zone
dating from the 1960s-70s, will provide a safe, inclusive,
and attractive public space for the community. The project
enables the organisation of outdoor cultural and
educational events and encourages local engagement,
activating and integrating residents while improving urban
functionality and public order.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 2.4 mill
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
yes Sustainable cities and communities. In Athens (Greece),
the Cooling Havens project, supported under the European
Urban Initiative’s (EUI) Innovative Actions, reintroduces
water as a key element of urban resilience. It turns water-
sensitive design into a strategic response to extreme urban
heat and flash floods. By installing blue-green features such
as rainwater gardens, bioswale wetlands and sewer-mining
water systems in neighbourhoods, the project cools public
spaces, enhances local climate comfort, and revives shared
community assets. Beyond physical interventions, the
initiative fosters environmental stewardship through the
creation of a new Athens Water School and a Digital Lab for
Water Memories, providing educational programmes that
build skills among students, citizens and municipal officials.
Total ERDF budget granted: EUR 5 million
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
yes Responsible consumption and production. The project
‘SMARTFARM’ is a research and development project in the
region of Nitra Region in Slovakia. It generates original
scientific knowledge, innovative approaches and
technological solutions for the sustainability and
competitiveness of primary agricultural production. Total
budget for the project is EUR 11.5 million.
Total amount planned for this goal: EUR 7.7 billion
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
yes Climate action. The urban areas of Riba-Roja and
Paterna (Valencia, Spain), share the protected wildland
zone ‘La Vallesa’, which is part of the Natural Park ‘Parque
Natural del Turia’, located in a highly urbanised
environment. The wildland-urban interface between this
park and these two cities is subject to the growing risk
posed by forest fires, further impacted by the effects of
climate change. The GUARDIAN project addresses wildfire
risk by combining the use of recycled water for fire
mitigation and protection, providing water spraying
patterns automatically programmed. Furthermore, soil and
vegetation works (reduction of tree density, ladder fuels,
pruning, shrub spacing, slash and vegetation debris
reduction etc.) are carried out, improving the ecologic
conditions and the fire resilience of the Vallesa forest.
Total amount planned for this goal: EUR 120 billion
SDG14: Conserve and sustaina bly use the oceans, seas and marine resource s for sustaina ble develop ment
Yes Life Below Water. The Interreg project ‘PlasticBusters
MPAs’ has contributed to maintaining biodiversity and
preserving natural ecosystems in pelagic and coastal Marina
Protected Areas. Regions in Spain, France, Italy, Greece,
Croatia and Albania participate in this project which defines
and implements a harmonized approach against marine
litter. It entails actions that address the whole management
cycle of marine litter, from monitoring and assessment to
prevention and mitigation.
Total budget for this project is EUR 5 million.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Yes Life on land. The project Urban Biodiversity Parks in Turku
(Finland) reflects the New European Bauhaus principles
by promoting urban ecological restoration and regeneration
through the creation of biodiversity parks and pilot green
spaces. It reflects Turku’s ambition to become one of the
world’s leading ‘nature and climate cities’. The project aim is
to establish a 20-hectare biodiversity park, providing a
recreational area – while also serving as a platform for
community engagement and experiential learning. The
concept is being piloted in Turku’s Skanssi area, with more,
smaller pilots planned in other suburban neighbourhoods.
Total amount planned for this goal: EUR 9.5 billion.
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
2014-2020 – Regional policy
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation 2014-2020 Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 261 575.20 261 575.20 100.00%
Payments 261 049.02
99.80%
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Researchers working in improved research infrastructure facilities
0 >100% 94 430 in 2023
134 500 in 2023
Achieved
Enterprises receiving support
0 >100% 2.493 million in 2023
2.991 million in 2023
Achieved
Additional employment in supported enterprises
0 >100% 381 200 in 2023
503 300 in 2023
Achieved
Population covered by improved health services
0 >100% 103 million in 2023
144.9 million in 2023
Achieved
Additional capacity of renewable energy production
0 >100% 8 900 in 2023
13 400 in 2023
Achieved
Population benefiting from forest fire protection measures
0 >100%38 million in 2023
47 million in 2023
Achieved
Households with an improved energy consumption classification
0 >100%596 500 in 2023
841 800 in 2023
Achieved
Trans-European transport networks – total length of new and reconstructed railway lines
0 >100% 2 900 in 2023
3 000 in 2023 Achieved
Regional Policy Cohesion fund and european regional development fund
Total length of new or improved tram and metro lines
0 >100%500 in 2023
1 445 in 2023 Achieved
Figures provided above are based on the data transmitted by the programmes in their Final Implementation Reports and available to the Commission on 13/03/2026. Given the eligibility end date of 2023, the 2014-2020 programmes are in the closure process. The total net payment rate as of 31 December 2025 is 99.8%.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
TURKISH CYPRIOT COMMUNITY
EU AID PROGRAMME FOR THE TURKISH CYPRIOT COMMUNITY
Concrete examples of achievements
99
primary and
secondary schools
were modernised
between 2021-2025.
153 kilometres
of sewerage network
were renovated
between 2021-2025.
958
small and medium-
sized enterprises and
agricultural
businesses received
grants worth over
EUR 10.7 million
between 2021-2025.
683
Turkish Cypriots were
given educational
opportunities in EU
Member States
through EU
scholarships between
2021-2025.
48
grants totaling
almost EUR 10 million
were awarded to
Cypriot civil-society
organisations
between 2021-2025.
104
cultural heritage sites
across Cyprus were
renovated, restored
and protected
between 2021-2025,
with EU support
reaching over
EUR 12 million.
500 kilowatt-peak
is the capacity of
solar panels installed
between 2021-2025.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
32.0 34.3 33.6 34.3 35.5 36.2 36.2 242.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 32.0 34.3 33.6 34.3 35.5 36.2 36.2 242.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 169.5 242.0 70.1%
Payments 90.2 0.0 37.3%
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Cross-Green-Line trade volume
0 56% EUR 9.0 million in 2029
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 14.4 million compared to a
milestone of 7.0 million)
On track
Number of civil- society organisations having received EU support in the form of a grant
0 92% 52 in 2029 48 by 2025 compared to a target of 52
On track
Number of individuals having benefited from a scholarship
0 33% 145 annually from 2027
Milestones achieved for 2021, 2022 and 2025, but not for 2023 or 2024 (2025: 142 compared to a milestone
of 140)
On track
The aid programme for the Turkish Cypriot community is allocated a budget of EUR 241 million
under the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework. In 2025, it met its financial targets and
delivered results across its six objectives in a challenging operational environment.
Implementation of the Commission’s largest confidence-building measure in Cyprus with major
economic impact, the bi-communal Halloumi/Hellim EU protected designation of origin scheme,
continued. By 2025, 4 Turkish Cypriot producers and 24 farms were certified. Bureau Veritas
achieved full accreditation for undertaking public health and animal health inspections in the
community. Delays in the start of these inspections negatively impacted the motivation of Turkish
Cypriot stakeholders to take part in the protected designation of origin scheme. The Commission
raised the issue with the authorities of the Republic of Cyprus throughout the year with a view to
ensure progress.
Long-standing efforts to strengthen EU-aligned food safety and animal health management,
agriculture and rural development in the Turkish Cypriot community showed progress. The first
ever sheep and goat breeding programme was launched in 2025 and the EU Agricultural
Knowledge and Innovation System brought opportunities to a key economic sector. Since 2024, 19
farms and 7 dairies were awarded grants to improve their standards. Thanks to long-term EU
assistance, the Turkish Cypriot community mobilised quickly to roll out emergency actions to
contain a foot-and-mouth disease outbreak in December 2025. Given the severity of the disease
and its economic impact, long-term EU support to this sector is to be anticipated.
Given their key role in economic development, the Commission continued to invest in upgrading
the production standards and systems of small and medium-sized enterprises, specifically those
with potential for trade across the Green Line. A total of 932 grants with a value of EUR 8 million
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
were awarded since 2021, The bi-communal ‘StartUps4Peace’ programme celebrated its 10th
anniversary with a record number of applications received.
In terms of infrastructure development, 153 kilometres of sewerage pipes were laid to replace
damaged septic tanks that can contaminate groundwater. More recent investments included
water/wastewater management, energy efficiency, air quality and noise measurement measures
and the launch of bi-communal projects such as the rehabilitation of the Pedios river/Kanlidere,
supporting people-to-people contact across communities.
Education continued to be a key priority area for the aid programme, with assistance focusing on
vocational education and training, lifelong learning and the professional development of teachers.
During 2021-2025, 683 scholarships were awarded to Turkish Cypriots to study in a Member State,
contributing to bring the community closer to the EU.
In terms of confidence-building measures, 104 cultural heritage sites were restored or conserved
across the island during 2021-2025. The Commission continued its support to the Committee on
Missing Persons and the bi-communal technical committees established by the leaders of the two
communities. Civil society was boosted through 48 grants provided during 2021-2025, while 18
young Turkish Cypriots were granted scholarships in 2025 to study at the United World Colleges.
The technical assistance and information exchange instrument enabled more than 250 expert
mobilisations from Member States helping draft EU-aligned local legal texts, conduct studies and
improve knowledge of EU acquis. They ensured that plant products traded across the Green Line
meet EU standards. The total value of all products traded across the Green Line amounted to
EUR 14.4 million in 2025.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.6%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 1.7 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 2.5 1.0%
The aid programme is strictly related to the reunification of Cyprus and operates in relation to six
fixed objectives. Although green budgeting priorities are not featured among the six objectives, the
programme has contributed to greening priorities directly as follows:
• Implementation of infrastructure development initiatives in the area of the environment. The
aid programme has undertaken significant investments in constructing, installing, refurbishing
or extending major water, wastewater and waste infrastructure including sewage networks,
wastewater treatment plants in Nicosia, Famagusta and Morphou. This has had a direct
impact on the state of the environment of the Turkish Cypriot community, encouraging
sustainable management of natural resources and preventing contamination. Support has
also included promotion of the use of renewable energies, including through the installation
of solar panel systems;
• Technical assistance to ensure long-term capacity in the Turkish Cypriot community in the
area of the environment;
• Grants awarded to civil-society organisations, including projects contributing to sustainable
fisheries, wildfire management, wetlands conservation as well as environmental
management, awareness raising and educational activities.
Given the emphasis on the environment as one of the infrastructure areas to be supported under
the aid programme, it is to be noted that the infrastructure objective has received a third of the
total resources allocated to the aid programme since its inception. The investments that have been
made since the establishment of the taxonomy, which are aligned with the specific objectives of
Regulation (EC) No 389/2006, are listed in the table below (for the period between 2022 and
2025).
Climate change mitigation EUR 2 152 855,00
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Climate change adaptation EUR 250 000,00
Sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources EUR 1 638 800,00
Transition to a circular economy EUR 941 300,40
Pollution prevention and control EUR 3 113 960,00
Protection of biodiversity and ecosystems EUR 4 517 700,00
The amounts come from different apportionment levels to the specific objectives of the total
investment values. The apportionment factors are assigned when projects make a substantial
contribution to the specific objectives, do not harm others and comply with the minimum
safeguards and technical criteria.
The projects funded in 2022 include the establishment of a capacity-building programme on the
environment and air quality, environmental inspection and monitoring supplies as well as the
production of a geochemical agent map in the western part of Cyprus and measures to increase
energy efficiency in local communities. In 2023, additional investment was made to bolster local
energy-efficiency strategies and to provide a grant for a research project on marine pesticides. In
2024, two projects aimed at increasing the environmental monitoring and noise-control capabilities
of the Turkish Cypriot community were financed. In 2025, the EU funded the Pedieos river/Kanlidere
linear park project, dedicated to the conservation of the riverbank and the creation of green spaces
for the residents of the divided city of Nicosia. Equally, it funded a photovoltaic park for the
wastewater treatment plants of Famagusta and Morphou, and a set of weather monitoring stations
for climate change adaptation.
The principles established in the taxonomy are considered at the following stages in the project management cycle.
• At the time the financing decision is programmed and drafted.
• At the time of commitment (when certain amendments are inevitable or more specificity is needed in terms of objectives and targets).
• When catering for all reporting needs (before, during and after project implementation).
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.3 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 1.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
0 31.7 34.3 32.9 34.3 35.5 168.7
Total: 32.0 34.3 33.6 34.3 35.5 169.7
The aid programme is strictly related to the reunification of Cyprus and operates in relation to six
fixed objectives. Gender priorities are not featured among the objectives. However, the programme
contributes to gender equality in the following ways:
• promoting the inclusion of women in social and economic life;
• promoting EU values and inclusiveness, particularly in schools;
• providing direct support (via grants) to civil-society organisations addressing equality
issues (including women, young people, older people, people with disabilities, LGBTIQ
people and vulnerable groups); promoting gender equality education, prevention of
domestic violence and sexual health education in schools; and
• participation of women in the peace-building process, including through support to the bi-
communal technical committee on gender.
Gender equality is a critical consideration for many aid programmes funded civil-society projects.
The programme funds civil society actions whose main objective is to advance gender equality
and actions which contribute to gender equality.
The following civil society grants aiming to promote gender equality were successfully completed
in 2025:
• ‘The helix project’ (EU budget EUR 199 924,32) contributed to better safeguarding the
human rights of LGBTIQ persons,
‘United action against human trafficking’ (EU budget EUR 190 000) focused on joint bi-
communal action for the protection and support of survivors of human trafficking.
The on-going grants that contribute to gender equality by targeting LGBTIQ rights, the fight against
human trafficking, the protection and the economic and political empowerment of women are:
• “Human rights platform” (EU budget EUR 1 450 000),
• ‘Women to support living’ (EU budget EUR 199 473,39),
• ‘Partnership for improving women’s access to productive resources’ (EU budget
EUR 165 000),
• ‘Increasing women economic inclusion and women economic partnership across the
Green Line’ (EU budget EUR 156 933,96),
• ‘Sustainable wetlands initiative for Famagusta’s transformation’ (EU budget EUR 125
000),
• ‘Women making peace - a grassroots intervention for a united Cyprus’ (EU budget EUR
124 940,74).
The structural impact of these activities on gender equality in the Turkish Cypriot community has
not been measured, given that the main focus of the programme remains the reunification of the
island.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Gender disaggregated information:
Not applicable
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 1.0 2.6 0.0 1.4 0.0 5.0 2.9%
The aid programme is strictly related to the reunification of Cyprus and operates in relation to six fixed objectives. Digital priorities are not featured among the objectives. However, the programme contributes to digital priorities in the following ways:
• The Commission is funding the digitalisation and online accessibility of the cultural
heritage of Cyprus, creating digital resources including the 3D models of four monuments
and 360 ° virtual tours for 29 others. A multiplayer game based on the Othello Tower was
developed and a digital archive featuring 67 monuments established, preserving
important historical data. The initiative is integrated into the Technical Committee on
Cultural Heritage's website for enhanced user experience. The total investment amounts
to EUR 229 610.
• A digital database developed under the EU legal and linguistic support project monitors
and stores EU-supported legal texts and includes templates and training materials. The
total value of this investment is EUR 29 060. In addition, a bilingual educational game on
the Minecraft platform is being developed to teach young people about Cyprus’ linguistic
heritage, promoting multilingualism by incorporating Greek and Turkish languages The
cost of the game is estimated at EUR 40 000, and the end of 2025 marked the final
stages of development and further implementation.
• A contract worth EUR 207 740 for technical assistance in transitioning to digital
broadcasting and freeing the 700 MHz frequency band was signed in 2022, followed by a
EUR 2 383 878.91 supply contract. The project enhanced digitalisation of television in the
Turkish Cypriot community, improving bandwidth efficiency, image and audio quality,
channel capacity and compatibility with computers and the internet.
• In 2022 a EUR 186 400 contract was signed for technical assistance in deploying an
island-wide animal identification database in Cyprus followed by a EUR 1 299 511
contract in 2024, for its development in the Turkish Cypriot community. This integrated
digital management system is in the process of being developed. Once finalised, it will
support animal health and well-being while enhancing agricultural and livestock
productivity and sustainability.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
Not applicable
•
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
Yes Zero Hunger. The multiannual action eunite-Uniting
Cyprus for Business funded under the aid programme
encompasses two strands which contributed to SDG2: (i)
eunite: Halloumi/Hellim PDO aims to improve public and
animal health in the Turkish Cypriot community (TCc),
and promotes EU food safety standards in the dairy
sector and (ii) eunite: AgriBusinessstrengthens the
Turkish Cypriot agriculture and rural development
sectors by implementing an Agriculture Knowledge and
Innovation System (AKIS), including support to high-
potential value chains. The total budget allocated to
these two strands of the programme between 2021-
2025 amounted to more than EUR 20 million.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes Good health and well-being. A series of civil society grants
promoting health and well-being were funded under the aid
programme between 2021 and 2025 for approximately
EUR 1.6 million. These included actions relating to awareness
raising and advocacy on patients’ rights, elderly rights, LGBTIQ
inclusivity in the education and health sectors, children’s
health and wellness, empowering people with disabilities and
research on the effects of dysmenorrhea on women’s quality
of life in Cyprus.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes Quality education. The aid programme has provided
support for curriculum reform, the continuous
professional development of teachers and
the modernisation of vocational education and training,
along with improved labour-market practices. The
Curriculum Development for VET, a 5-year long project
reforming VET was successfully concluded in 2025, with
a total EU investment of over EUR 2.6 million. As a result
of the programme a methodology to transform VET
education into a modularised education programme was
introduced in the Turkish Cypriot community and local
capacity was built to strengthen the sustainability of the
reforms.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes Gender Equality. On-going civil society grants funded
under the aid programme target the protection and the
economic and political empowerment of women are:
‘Women to support living’ (EU budget EUR 199 473,39)
‘Partnership for improving women’s access to productive
resources’ (EU budget EUR 165 000), ‘Increasing women
economic inclusion and women economic partnership
across the Green Line’ (EU budget EUR 156 933,96),
‘Sustainable wetlands initiative for Famagusta’s
transformation’ (EU budget EUR 125 000), ‘Women
making peace - a grassroots intervention for a united
Cyprus’ (EU budget EUR 124 940,74) and ‘Human rights
platform’ (EU budget EUR 1 450 000).
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
Yes Ensure clean water and sanitation for all. The
aid programme has prioritised under its infrastructure
objective the upgrading of water treatment, distribution
and sanitation infrastructure. In 2025, construction
works for the new sewerage line of Mandres/Hamitkoy,
with 13.6 km of pipes, has been completed. Around 1300
families will be able to connect to the sewage system,
and they will not use anymore the septage tanks, which
represents a financial burden for the inhabitants as well
as an environmental risk. A new septage acceptance
station to allow proper discharge of household septage
to the bi-communal wastewater treatment plan of
Nicosia was completed in 2025 at a cost of
EUR 2.1 million.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes Affordable and clean energy. The aid programme has
supported the increased uptake of renewable energies
throughout its lifetime. In 2023 and 2024, 500 kWp of
solar PV systems were commissioned in Lefka/Lefke
(EUR 320 000), Kormakitis (EUR 20 000), and at the
Agricultural Research Institute of Morphou (EUR 362
682). Works for the installation of a 1 018 kWp solar PV
system at the bi-communal wastewater treatment plan
of Nicosia commenced at the end of 2025.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes Decent work and economic growth. The multiannual
action eunite-Uniting Cyprus for Business funded under
the aid programme encompasses one strand which
contributed to SDG8: eunite:SME with a total budget of
more than EUR 8 million. eunite:SME aims to support
companies and other actors across various value chains
to meet EU standards, to support innovation and
encourage entrepreneurship. A total of 45 companies
were awarded grants close to EUR 2 million in 2024, to
start or grow their business across the Green Line.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
Yes Sustainable cities and communities. The bi-
communal Technical Committee on Cultural Heritage
contributes specifically to SDG 11.4 ‘Strengthen efforts
to protect and safeguard the world’s cultural and natural
heritage’. The committee received more than
EUR 12 million in EU support in the 2021-2025 period
(representing around 80% of the committee’s budget).
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Yes Life on land. Six grants with a totalEU contribution of
EUR 783 760 were awarded in 2025 under the Civil
Society call, covering issues related to sustainable
fisheries, green waste management, reducing the
damage of wildland fires on biodiversity, ecological
sustainability of the wetlands, legal activism and
advocacy for environmental protection.
Turkish cypriot community EU Aid Programme for the Turkish Cypriot Community
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes Peace, justice and strong institutions. The
aid programme is supporting bi-communal projects that
promote confidence building and reconciliation between
the two Cypriot communities.
As of 2021, 23bi-communal projects,were selected
funding under the civil society calls for proposals (to a
total amount of EUR 2.25 million). The projects support
bi-communal dialogue and civic engagement in the
areas of confidence building, human rights protection
and anti-discrimination, fighting human trafficking,
health, environment, culture and sports.
The ‘Human rights platform’ grant (EU budget
EUR 1 450 000) focuses on five thematic areas: anti-
human trafficking; refugee rights; LGBTIQ rights;
democratic participation in decision-making; detention
conditions and freedom from torture.
A direct grant allocated in 2024 to the ‘Cyprus Dialogue
Forum: strengthening collaborative spaces for dialogue and
shared knowledge creation’ project (EU budget
EUR 1 700 000) brings together around 80 stakeholders, such
as political parties, trade unions, professional associations and
civil-society organisations from both communities, to create
joint visions and instruments that support a wider peace
process in Cyprus.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
RECOVERY AND RESILIENCE FACILITY
Concrete examples of achievements
37 568 052 mega
watt-hours/year
of total savings in
annual primary energy
consumption by mid-
2025 (Common
indicator 1).
4 909 834
enterprises, including
small and micro,
medium and large ones,
supported through both
monetary and in-kind
support by mid-2025
(Common indicator 9).
62 444 megawatts
of additional
operational capacity of
renewable energy
installed by mid-
2025 (26) (Common
indicator 2).
36 840 373
people benefited from
protection measures
against climate-related
natural disasters by
mid-2025 (Common
indicator 4).
17 565 216
additional dwellings
gained access to very
high-capacity internet
networks by mid-2025
(Common indicator 5).
940 866
newly installed or
upgraded refuelling and
recharging points for
clean vehicles by mid-
2025 (Common
indicator 3).
2 402 256 254
users of new and
improved public digital
services, products and
processes by mid-2025
(Common indicator 7).
12 676 811
young people aged 15-
29 received support
through the
programme, including
monetary and in-kind
support, such as
education, training and
employment support,
by mid-2025 (Common
indicator 14).
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming 98 034.0 136 389.6 104 552.6 2 524.7 1 069.0 23.7 14.0 342 607.5
NextGenerationEU loans 153 876.2 12 211.9 110 211.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 276 300.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0
(26) In comparison to the total megawatts of additional installed operational capacity of renewable energy reported for
2024, the indicator decreased. This is linked to a downward revision of this common indicator for one Member State in the last reporting round, which impacted the overall indicator.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 20 000.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 20 000.0
Total 251 910.2 148 601.5 234 764.5 2 524.7 1 069.0 23.7 14.0 638 907.5
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 342 607.5 342 607.5 100.0%
Payments 237 500.0 0.0 69.3%
Cumulative budget implementation for additional grants at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 19 986.5 20 000.0 99.9%
Payments 14 414.1 0.0 72.1%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Savings in annual primary energy consumption
n/a n/a n/a 37.6 megawatt-hours/year n/a
Alternative fuels infrastructure
n/a n/a n/a 940 866 n/a
Additional dwellings with internet access provided via very high- capacity networks
n/a n/a n/a 17.6 million n/a
Users of new and upgraded public digital services, products and processes
n/a n/a n/a 2.4 billion n/a
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Enterprises supported n/a n/an/a 4.9 million n/a
Number of participants in education or training
n/a n/an/a 30.7 million n/a
Capacity of new or modernised healthcare facilities
n/a n/a n/a 60.2 million n/a
Number of young people aged 15–29 receiving support
n/a n/an/a 12.7 million n/a
• The Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF) is an innovative, performance-based instrument,
where funds are disbursed solely on the basis of the progress in the achievement of the
reforms and investments that Member States committed to implement in their recovery
and resilience plans.
• In June 2025, the Commission published the communication ‘NextGenerationEU – The road
to 2026’ (27), adopted on 4 June 2025, in which it called on Member States to streamline
their recovery and resilience plans (RRPs) to maximise impact in light of implementation
delays and the approaching end of the RRF in 2026. As a result of requests for amendments
submitted by Member States, the Council adopted 18 simplified Council Implementing
Decisions by end-2025. This resulted in the removal of 543 milestones and targets, a 20%
reduction in the outstanding number of milestones and targets left to assess in the final
phase of the RRF.
• The streamlining of the plans in 2025 led to a EUR 13.7 billion reduction in the overall
amount of loan support across seven Member States. In addition, in December 2025 the
Commission adopted a proposal for an amended Council Implementing Decision for Spain,
reducing the loan support by EUR 60.5 billion. To a large extent, the reduction of loan
support reflects implementation issues with some measures that led to their removal from
the plan, and the need to ensure maximum absorption of the grants committed for the
recovery and resilience plan.
• Overall, the Council adopted 50 Council Implementing Decision revisions in 2025 where
measures were adjusted or replaced by more suitable alternatives. The last REPowerEU
chapter of Bulgaria was adopted by the Council in 2025.
• All revised RRPs comprise reforms and investments that contribute to the six policy pillars
of the RRF, and most exceed the climate and digital contribution targets set in the RRF
Regulation (Article 18(4)). For the RRF as a whole, the estimated climate contribution
amounts to about 42% of the total allocation and the digital contribution to more than 25%
of the RRF total allocation.
• In 2025, the Commission assessed 34 payment requests submitted by 24 Member States.
These covered 1 163 milestones and targets in total (783 milestones and 380 targets).
(27) Communication from the Commission to the European Parliament and the Council – NextGenerationEU – The road to
2026, COM(2025) 310 final/2 of 4 June 2025, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52025DC0310&qid=1776332986450.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
• Upon assessment of these payment requests, the Commission disbursed a total of
EUR 87.3 billion in 2025 (out of which EUR 40.1 billion in grants and EUR 47.2 billion in
loans). The total disbursements made from 2021 to 2025 amounted to EUR 393.4 billion,
out of which EUR 237.5 billion were grants (66% of the total EUR 360 billion RRF grant
envelope by end-2025) and EUR 155.9 billion in loans (56% of the total EUR 277 billion
RRF loan envelope by end-2025).
• Eleven milestones and targets were assessed as not satisfactorily fulfilled in 2025 and part
of the related disbursements was subsequently suspended. This concerned payment
requests submitted by Bulgaria, Spain and Romania. The Commission also lifted the
suspension for three milestones and targets in 2025 for Czechia, Spain and Cyprus, as the
necessary actions were taken to satisfactorily fulfil the related milestones and targets.
• The Commission reduced one Member State’s (Czechia) financial contribution in accordance
with Article 24(8) of the RRF Regulation for one milestone that remained non-satisfactorily
fulfilled by the end of the suspension procedure. In the case of Belgium, while a suspension
decision was adopted in 2024, the suspension was rescinded in 2025 as the RRP was
subsequently revised.
• The Commission also assessed that a milestone that was previously satisfactorily fulfilled
had been reversed by Spain, leading to the suspension of EUR 626.6 million on 7 July 2025.
Spain had six months from the adoption of the suspension decision to take corrective
measures and ensure that the milestone can again be assessed as satisfactorily fulfilled.
• By the end of 2025, 50% of all milestones and targets with an indicative due date up until
Q4 2025 had been assessed as fulfilled by the Commission and an additional 26% were
reported by the Member States as completed.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 104 166.6 61 447.6 97 076.7 1 044.0 442.0 9.8 5.8
264 192.5
41.5%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 4 020.9 2 371.9 3 747.2 40.3 17.1 0.4 0.2 10 198.0 1.6%
Recovery and Resilience Facility
• The RRF is expected help achieve the EU’s targets to reduce net greenhouse gas emissions
by at least 55% by 2030 and to reach climate neutrality by 2050. The RRF regulation
requires that at least 37% of the total allocation of each RRP shall support measures that
contribute to climate objectives. Overall, adopted RRPs have exceeded the target, with more
than 42% of the total plans’ allocation contributing to climate objectives (as calculated
according to the climate tracking methodology, using Annex VI of the RRF regulation).
• The implementation of measures related to the green transition has made progress, with
1202 out of 2815 milestones and targets (42.7%) contributing to the green transition pillar
assessed as fulfilled as of end-2025, and 411 or 14.6% reported as completed by Member
States.
• Payment requests in 2025 included 436 fulfilled milestones and targets linked to the green
transition pillar. 299 related to investment measures and 137 to reform measures. They
aimed, among other things, at continuing energy-efficiency renovations of buildings,
adapting regions to climate change, decarbonising industrial processes, supporting the
green hydrogen value chain, and fostering innovation and research projects in green
solutions.
• The RRF makes a significant contribution to environmental sustainability in the broader
sense by addressing climate change and pollution, protecting nature, biodiversity and water
resources and promoting circular economy while not doing any significant harm to any of
the six environmental objectives of the EU Taxonomy. The assessment of the measures
under the Taxonomy criteria is possible with the use of intervention fields. Some of them
set conditions that are fully, substantially or partially aligned with the criteria defined in the
Taxonomy regulation, which have to be reflected in the scope and design of the measures
for being eligible under the respective intervention fields. Measures with an estimated cost
of EUR 199.5 billion are fully or substantially aligned with the Taxonomy sustainable
contribution criteria for climate change mitigation and adaptation, while measures with
further EUR 56.1 billion estimated costs are partially aligned with these criteria.
• In 2025, the Council adopted the REPowerEU chapter for Bulgaria, making additional
resources available to support measures contributing to REPowerEU. This brought the total
number of REPowerEU chapters to 27, accounting for total estimated costs of EUR 57.6
billion.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 4 894.4 2 887.2 4 561.3 49.1 20.8 12 412.7
1 2 240.2 1 321.5 2 087.7 22.5 9.5 5 681.3
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Recovery and Resilience Facility
0 244 775.6 144 392.8 228 115.6 2 453.2 1 038.7 620 775.9
Total: 251 910.2 148 601.5 234 764.5 2 524.7 1 069.0 638 869.9
• In order to report on the number of measures with a focus on gender equality and the share of
such measures included in each RRP, the Commission, in consultation with Member States, has
assigned a tag to measures with a focus on gender equality28. Following the recent
simplification efforts,29 measures contained in the RRPs were streamlined and their number
significantly reduced. However, measures with a gender flag were not particularly affected by
the simplification, as they diminished from 136 to 130. Of these, 8 measures support children
and the youth, 19 contribute to climate objectives, and 19 to digital objectives, with one of
them supporting green and digital objectives at the same time.
• The 123 gender flagged measures contained in RRPs include 72 investments and 51 reforms,
mirroring the unique feature of the RRF which combines reforms and investments to optimise
the long-lasting impact of the EU budget on the ground. These measures include 207
milestones and targets in 25 RRPs, of which 117 are already assessed by the Commission as
fulfilled, and 35 are reported by Member States as completed.
• As set out in Article 4 of the RRF Regulation, mitigating the social and economic impact of the
COVID-19 crisis on women is a clear objective of the Facility. Member States are required to
explain how the measures in their RRPs contribute to gender equality and equal opportunities
for all and the mainstreaming of these objectives.
• RRPs contain a wide range of measures contributing to gender equality. These include
investments and reforms specifically designed to tackle inequalities based on gender (score 2,
contributing to this objective with around EUR 12.4 billion over the lifetime of the RRF) and
other type of investments and reforms which are directly or indirectly contributing to gender
equality (score 1, corresponding to around EUR 5.7 billion. An example of RRP measure
specifically designed to tackle gender-inequalities is the Portuguese reform to combat
inequalities between women and men, which awards a seal to companies with a narrow gender
pay gap. An example of RRP measures directly or indirectly contributing to gender equality
include investments and reforms improving the access to and the quality of long-term care, for
which women traditionally take a disproportionate burden in households (such measures
feature in the RRPs of AT, CY, CZ, EE, LT, PL, SK, SI, ES).
Gender disaggregated information:
• Member States report gender disaggregated data for results and outputs achieved with RRF support within common indicators 8, 10, 11 and 14.
• For example, research facilities supported by the RRF, employed 34 900 male, 23 400 female researchers full-time equivalent in 2025 (common indicator 8).
• So far, participants in education and training supported by the RRF amounted to a total of 12.9 million participants across all age groups. Out of the total, 7.7 million female, 5.2 million male were reported (common indicator 10).
28 Based on the methodology set out in the Delegated Act on social expenditure reporting under the RRF (Delegated
Regulation 2021/2105) 29 Commission Communication “NextGenerationEU - The road to 2026” (June 2025)
Recovery and Resilience Facility
• The total number of 7 million people in RRF-supported employment or job searching activities, is subdivided into 3.7 million female, 3.3 million male across all age groups (common indicator 11).
• The number of young people aged 15-29 receiving support by the RRF, amounted to 863 200 male, and 893 400 female (common indicator 14).
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 59 518.3 35 109.8 55 467.4 596.5 252.5 150 944.6 24.4%
Recovery and Resilience Facility
• The Recovery and Resilience Facility significantly contributes to the digital transformation in the
EU. The RRF regulation requires that at least 20% of the total allocation in each RRP support
digital objectives. The adopted RRPs exceed this target, with around 25%of the total allocation
of the plans contributing to the digital transformation (as calculated according to the digital
tagging methodology set out in Annex VII of the RRF regulation).
• By the end of 2025, important steps had been taken to implement digital measures, for
example those related to the digital transformation of social services, the digital equipment of
educational facilities, or the creation of cybersecurity platforms. At the end of 2025, 987 or
close to half of digital-related milestones and targets were assessed by the Commission as
fulfilled, and 330 (15%) were reported by Member States as completed.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with Regulation (EU) 2024/795 (the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform
(STEP) Regulation), the RRF is one of the instruments mobilised under STEP to strengthen the
competitiveness and resilience of the European economy. By integrating STEP priorities into
their RRPs, Member States can channel resources towards the development and scaling up of
critical technologies.
• The STEP Regulation amended the RRF Regulation, allowing Member States to allocate up to
6% of their RRF financial allocation to their InvestEU Member State compartment, specifically
for measures supporting investment operations contributing to STEP objectives. This allocation
is in addition to the existing option of transferring up to 4% of a Member State’s financial
allocation to the Member States’ InvestEU Member State compartment for broader purposes,
allowing a combined total transfer of up to 10%. Furthermore, when revising their RRPs,
Member States are required to consider projects awarded the STEP Seal (Sovereignty Seal) as
a priority.
• As of 31 December 2025, no RRPs had been amended to include a project awarded with
the STEP Seal and no Member State had made use of the increased opportunity to use the
InvestEU Member State compartment to support STEP objectives.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Contribution to reforms
• In the framework of the Recovery and Resilience Facility (RRF), Member States are delivering
on the reforms and investments included in their RRPs. The RRF brought about a new stimulus
and financial incentives for implementing critical and long-awaited reforms, thanks to the
requirements of the Regulation and to the novel link between reforms and investments.
• The implementation of reform measures tends to be frontloaded compared to that of
investments, across all RRF policy pillars, as reforms often serve a “preparatory” function vis-
à-vis the relevant investments, notably to maximise the impact of the latter30.
• Reforms are distributed across the six RRF policy pillars, with a greater number of measures
under the pillars covering growth-and resilience-enhancing policies (see chart 1). The pillars
represent many EU priorities reflected in the Country Specific Recommendations (CSRs)
addressed by the Council to Member States in the context of the European Semester. As such,
RRF-supported reforms are expected to successfully address long-standing challenges
identified in the CSRs.
Chart 1: Milestones and targets per pillar (weighted)
Source: European Commission
• The CSR assessment published as part of the 2025 European Semester Spring package
(COM(2025) 200 final) demonstrates an increase in the implementation of CSRs adopted in
2019 and in 2020 compared to the implementation before the RRF. By June 2025, the share
30 The six policy pillars include ‘’Green transition’’; ‘’Digital transformation’’; ‘’Smart, sustainable and inclusive growth’’;
‘’Social, territorial cohesion’’; ‘’Health and economic, social and institutional resilience’’ and ‘’Policies for the next generation’’. A measure can contribute to multiple pillars at the same time, having a main and a secondary policy pillar, which can themselves vary between sub-measures.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
of CSRs adopted in 2019-2020 and recording at least some progress reached 79%. By
comparison, before the RRF, 62% of the CSRs adopted in 2015-2016 had recorded at least
some progress in 2021 (i.e. after the same amount of time for implementation). This shows
that the incentives provided by the RRF, with its performance-based approach and link between
payments and reform implementation, contributed to reinforcing the implementation of CSRs.
• RRF policy pillars such as “Smart, sustainable and inclusive growth” or “Health, and economic,
social and institutional resilience” show the fastest implementation progress so far. These have
a relatively larger share of reform-related milestones and targets, compared to pillars on
“Green transition” and “Digital transformation” which comprise a higher share of investment-
related milestones and targets.
• Milestones and targets can be divided in two broad categories, respectively those related to
“Preparatory and regulatory processes” - the majority in reform measures - and those resulting
in the “Delivery on the ground” of a concrete outcome, with the latter more tied to investment
measures (see chart 2).
• Reform-related milestones and targets fulfilled by the end of 2025 concern firstly the entry
into force of new legislation (745) as well as the adoption of strategies or frameworks (283),
and the preparation or evaluation of policies (214). These three categories display the highest
share of fulfilled milestones and targets, consistent with the implementation logic of the RRF:
preparatory and regulatory processes are implemented first and they are followed by on-the-
ground delivery and tangible results as the implementation of milestones and targets
progresses.
• The reform milestones and targets related to “Delivery on the Ground”, show a lower rate of
progress. This is in line with the type of projects covered by these milestones and targets. For
instance, projects offering financial support often have a longer implementation timeline and
will only be completed towards the end of 2026.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Chart 2: Fulfilled milestones and targets per each category
Note: The different colours highlight different sub-groups: “Preparatory and regulatory processes” (dark blue),
“Delivery on the ground” (medium blue) and “Delivery on ground” (lighter blue). To be noted that “delivery on the
ground” milestones and targets mostly encompass investment measures, not shown in the chart above.
Source: European Commission analysis
To illustrate such preparatory reform measures which are followed by delivery on the ground:
• Estonia approved a Strategic framework for Hospital Network Development Roadmap and
changed the reimbursement system for doctors and pharmacists in order to incentivise the
health workforce to work in remote areas. This was followed by an increase in the number of
people enrolled in nursing training.
• Poland modernised applicable rules and process on renewable energy permitting and
deployment. This was followed by the mobilisation of private sector investments in renewable
energy capacity.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the entry into force
of a Reform of the Minimum Income Scheme in Bulgaria.
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported research and
innovation projects on plant-based organic food production
in Denmark.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the modernisation
of public healthcare through the extension of the Invasive
Radiology Unit and the enhancement of Paphos General
Hospital in Cyprus.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the strengthening of
the dual education system in Italy, combining formal
education and learning experience in the workplace, the
transformation of classrooms in digital learning
environments and the strengthening of STEM programs in
schools.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported a reform to reduce
the gender pay gap in Portugal.
SDG6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the deployment of
more efficient and effective drinking water supply and
saving infrastructures in Greece.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the construction of
low-energy housing in Latvia.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
SDG8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported improvements to
the labour legislation with the aim to reduce the number of
temporary contracts and to increase the levels of minimum
wage relative to average wage in Croatia.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the upscaling of a
biomethane industrial installation in Ireland.
SDG10: Reduce inequalities within and among countries
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the implementation
of solutions for digital public services to persons with
disabilities in Lithuania.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported a reform obliging
large cities in Poland to purchase only zero-emission buses.
SDG12: Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the installation of
photovoltaic capacity in business premises in Luxembourg.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the adoption of an
energy taxation reform adjusting electricity and gas tariffs
to incentivise businesses and households to limit their
energy consumption, switch to more climate-friendly
sources of energy and reduce CO2 emissions in the
Netherlands.
SDG14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the restoration of
over 100 kilometres of coastline to protect and restore
maritime eco-systems in Spain.
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported the reforestation of
forests that are resilient to climate change in Czechia.
Recovery and Resilience Facility
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
Yes By the end of 2025, the RRF supported a reform transferring
prosecution cases from the police to the Attorney General’s
office and supporting the recruitment of additional offices
to the Attorney General’s office in Malta.
Technical Support Instrument
209
TECHNICAL SUPPORT INSTRUMENT
Concrete examples of achievements
300
requests for reform
support projects were
introduced by 27
Member States under
the 2026 Technical
Support Instrument
(TSI) call.
30
reform support projects
translating into 176
reforms (national
components of
projects) were selected
under the 2026 TSI call.
8
multi-country projects
were selected under the
2026 TSI call, and will
address common
challenges faced by
Member States through
the development of
common approaches,
peer learning and
exchanges of good
practices.
66
exchanges under a
single project of public
administration
cooperation exchanges
were selected under the
2026 TSI call.
109
reforms were selected
in 2025 to help the
Member States to
improve their business
environments, close the
innovation gap, build a
net-zero economy and
promote the EU’s
security.
130
reforms were selected
in 2025 to support the
Member States
regarding the digital
transition in 2025, with
a particular focus on
artificial intelligence
and innovative
technologies.
Almost 2 000
people from the 27
Member States
attended the 2025 TSI
Annual Conference in
Brussels, both in person
and online.
98%
of the projects selected
for funding under the
2024 and 2025 calls
were either running or
had been completed at
the end of 2025.
Technical Support Instrument
210
Budget programming and implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial
programming 116.4 118.7 121.1 123.5 121.0 52.5 112.2 765.3
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments
made available
again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions
from other
countries and
entities
0.0 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.4
Total 116.4 125.1 121.1 123.5 121.0 52.5 112.2
771.70
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation
rate
Technical Support Instrument
211
Commitments 606.50
771.7 78.6%
Payments 420.7 54.5%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Cooperation and
support plans concluded
0 > 100% 20 annually from
2021 to 2027
The TSI provided
support to all
Member States
(27)
On track
Number of support
measures
0 > 100% 250 in 2021 till
120 in 2027
Average results
(182) from 2021-
2025 versus
average
milestones (177)
On track
The objectives set in the
cooperation and support
plans, which have been
achieved due, inter alia,
to the technical support
received
0 > 100% 70% annually
from 2021to
2027
Average results
(80%) from 2021-
2022 versus
average
milestones (70%)
On track
2025 was the fifth year of implementation of the TSI programme, following the adoption of the programme
regulation in February 2021. Throughout the five TSI annual cycles (2021-2025), more than 900 projects
supported close to 1 600 cutting-edge reforms in all 27 Member States in a vast array of public policy areas,
which contributed to good progress in the achievement of TSI objectives.
The TSI projects are helping the Member States to address reforms in key priority areas to strengthen the
EU’s resilience and competitiveness and to have a positive impact on citizens’ lives across the EU. In
2025, two thirds of the projects aimed at addressing common reform needs across the EU, such as to
improve the quality of public administration, provide a better business environment for small and medium-
sized enterprises or make energy systems fit for the green and digital transitions.
In line with the key priority to strengthen the EU’s competitiveness, in 2025 the TSI supported 109 reforms
to help Member States improve their business environment, close the innovation gap, build a net-zero
economy and promote the EU’s economic security. Of those, the TSI supported 38 reforms in 22 Member
Technical Support Instrument
212
States to reduce unnecessary administrative burdens for small and medium-sized enterprises, to promote
start-ups and scale-ups and to enable them to be more productive, competitive and resilient.
Increasing the capacity of Member States’ public administrations and their cross-country
collaboration is vital for the modernisation of the EU. Within the framework of the TSI 2025 exercise, 119
reforms assisted all Member States in strengthening their public administrations to effectively tackle current
and future challenges. In line with the communication on enhancing the European administrative space,
adopted in October 2023, the TSI supports efforts by the Member States to converge on closing skills gaps,
enabling digital transformation and preparing administrations to lead the green transition, as shown in the
project video.
The design of the programme continues to address common challenges for Member States through 40
multi-country projects in the 2025 TSI to promote the development of common approaches and include
peer learning and the exchange of best practices. For example, 14 Member States (Belgium, Czechia,
Germany, Ireland, Greece, France, Croatia, Cyprus, Austria, Poland, Romania, Slovenia, Finland and Sweden)
joined forces to participate in a TSI multi-country project that focuses on improving Member States’ capacity
to effectively implement EU tax legislation at a minimum level of 15% for large corporations in the European
Union. The objective of the project is to ensure the high-quality, timely and effective implementation of this
legislation.
On 12 May 2025, the TSI midterm evaluation was released, providing key insights into the implementation
of the TSI. The evaluation was conducted halfway through the TSI’s implementation period (2021-2027) to
assess its early progress and impact. It covers projects implemented between 2021 and 2023 in all 27
Member States, scrutinising a total of 611 technical support projects with an overall budget of
EUR 359 million. The evaluation found the TSI’s implementation to be broadly successful, and that it
effectively addressed Member States’ needs and strengthened their administrative capacity. Multi-country
projects and flagship initiatives also fostered collaboration and supported EU policy goals. However, the
evaluation stresses that achieving long-term sustainable results depends on consistent and systematic
follow-up by Member States on the technical support provided.
TSI projects usually last between one and three years after the adoption of the financing decision. The final
results and the assessment of the level of achievement of the project outcomes are then captured via the
TSI feedback mechanism within 18 months of the closure of the project.
The reported progress on the result and impact indicators demonstrates that the TSI programme is
delivering in line with expectations in helping Member States to design reforms, implement EU legislation
and modernise their public administrations. It should be noted that, while the TSI is by nature an on-demand
instrument, all Member States have consistently requested support since 2021.
Technical Support Instrument
213
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 22.9 23.1 18.2 24.7 16.2
105.1 13.7%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 1.6 1.5 6.9 6.7 5.3
22.0 2.9%
In 2025, the TSI continued to support Member States in the implementation of the European Green Deal.
Technical support has helped Member States design and implement reforms on climate change mitigation,
biodiversity, tackling green washing and sustainability reporting, climate change adaptation, energy,
environment and the circular economy, sustainable mobility and the just transition.
The TSI programme’s contribution to the green budgeting priorities covered a broad number of actions such
as the following.
• In line with the EU climate goals, TSI focused also on accelerating the transition to clean and
sustainable energy. TSI worked in close collaboration with NextGenerationEU to support Romania in reforming its energy sector, strengthening energy independence and deploying renewables - as new onshore wind and photovoltaic projects - at scale, as shown in the project video.
• As the EU Member States’ annual energy renovation rates should at least double by 2030 according to the European Commissions’ Renovation Wave Strategy, the TSI gave guidance to Austria, Ireland and Lithuania to address their specific barriers to building renovation and decarbonisation.
• In the area of green public finance, the TSI continued supporting Member States in developing and
strengthening green budgeting practices. The TSI supported Croatia, Cyprus, Czechia, Denmark, France, Ireland, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, and Spain in improving how public budgets integrate climate and environmental priorities, through tools such as green budget tagging, spending reviews, performance frameworks, and stronger governance and administrative capacity. The project also supports peer learning through exchanges among national administrations to share practical experience in applying green budgeting methods.
• In terms of climate change adaptation, the TSI continued supporting Member States to adapt and
update their national climate adaptation strategies and action plan, and to achieve their
targets. For example, Cyprus and Slovakia received EU Technical support to assess climate risks and design 120 adaptation measures, from nature-based solutions to better coordination across sectors, as shown in the project video.
• With regard to climate mitigation, TSI addressed the social impacts by supporting the preparation of the Social Climate Plans in ten Member States. Belgium, Croatia, Czechia, Denmark, Finland, Greece, Latvia, Lithuania, Romania and Slovakia were supported in developing robust and effective
Technical Support Instrument
214
Social Climate Plans, protect vulnerable households, transport users and, micro-enterprises from price impacts of the EU Emissions Trading System.
• The TSI supports biodiversity through a multi-country project focused on integrated environmental monitoring and adaptive management of coastal wetlands, helping Belgium, Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands and Spain, in analysing site-specific pressures for marine spatial planning and adaptive protected area management. This integrated approach is essential for implementing the EU Nature Restoration Law, as it promotes habitat restoration and ecosystem recovery while delivering solutions that transcend national boundaries and address shared cross-border challenges.
Since the TSI regulation does not specify targets related to green expenditure and TSI is a demand-driven
instrument, it is not possible to provide an estimate on the future thematic expenditure.
Due to its nature, the programme is not covered by the EU taxonomy regulation for sustainable activities.
None of the eligible actions for technical support listed in Art. 8 of the Technical Support Instrument
Regulation is aligned with the economic activities described in Annex 1 of the Delegated Regulation (EU)
2021/2139. Therefore, there is no taxonomy relevant expenditure financed by the programme to declare.
Technical Support Instrument
215
Contribution to gender equality
Gender score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.4 6.2 16.2 21.2 2.3 46.3
1 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.1 1.9 3.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 116.0 112.5 103.8 102.1 116.9 551.3
Total: 116.4 118.7 121.1 123.5 121.0 600.6
Under the TSI programme, a broad array of actions has been taken to promote gender equality in
institutional and legislative reforms. The TSI emphasises gender equality as a cross-cutting priority,
promoting the integration of the gender dimension in projects. .
The TSI continues shaping tailor made expertise to ten Member States (Cyprus, France, Germany, Greece,
Ireland, Italy, Malta, Portugal, Romania, and Spain), embedded into national reform programmes under the
TSI Flagship project Gender mainstreaming in public policy and budget processes. The objective is to support
these administrations in applying gender mainstreaming and gender impact assessment, and in
bolstering their budgeting policies through gender-responsive budgeting.
Additionally, the TSI programme supports the Equality bodies of three Member States (Belgium,
Finland and Portugal) to assess the implications of artificial intelligence technologies on discrimination and
equality. Through this Technical Support project, equality bodies are expected to increase their readiness to
uncover discrimination in public administration’s deployment of artificial intelligence, including providing
legal assistance to those who are discriminated against by artificial intelligence, in line with the EU and
Council of Europe standards and national legislation.
As well, the TSI is improving girls’ and women’s interest and participation in ICT in Poland with different
tools and proposals, complementing the ongoing work started under the Digital Competence Development
Programme (DCDP). The project allows Poland to better understand and monitor the reasons behind the low
participation of women in ICT, monitor the changes in social awareness and perceptions and, ultimately,
increase the number of women in the ICT sector.
Other gender equality projects aim to enhance the national strategy and frameworks to support victims of
crimes in Estonia, Portugal and Malta, and facilitating the financial independence of young people in Greece.
The ‘Gender Flagship Capitalisation Conference – Best Practices & Lessons Learned’ took place in October
2025 and showcased how the TSI supports gender mainstreaming.
Gender-disaggregated information
Not available.
Technical Support Instrument
216
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 15.2 28.0 35.6 35.0 35.8 149.6 24.9%
In 2025 the TSI has been providing Member States with support in a number of projects related to the
digital transition, in line with the Europe fit for the digital age action plan and the communication
strategy on the 2030 digital compass: the European way for the digital decade.
In 2025, 130 reforms to support the digital transition have been selected, with a strong focus on artificial
intelligence and innovative technologies. supporting Member States to reap the productivity gains from
technology towards tomorrow's economy.
Several digital transition projects started recently. For example, the project “FutureProof Education” supports
schools in Belgium, Germany, Ireland, Luxemburg and Sweden to develop guidance for the responsible and
meaningful use of artificial intelligence in schools, as well as to set up artificial intelligence literacy
programmes.
Launched in October 2022, the EU Supervisory Digital Finance Academy continues tosupport in his
Second edition (2025-2028) the Member States' financial supervisors in tackling the risks and making the most of the benefits associated with the digital transformation in the area of finance. This multi-
country project involves 37 supervisory authorities from 26 Member States.
Additionally, the TSI supported Spain implementing measures to set up the semantical and
technical bases for the Statistical Interoperability Node for data exchange across government
bodies at the regional and national level. In addition, it piloted with the National, Canarian, and Andalusian Statistics Institutes to test and evaluate the feasibility of the proposed architecture through the design and development of an operational proof of concept. The initiative enhanced data interoperability, streamlined processes, and supported evidence-based decision-making, as shown in the project video.
A TSI flagship initiative on digital financial literacy will support Croatia, Finland, France, Latvia and Lithuania to address the challenges arising from the increasing use of digital channels to complete complex financial transactions.
The TSI supported Poland's digital farming transformation project, facilitating a comprehensive analysis of breakthrough technologies and providing recommendations and capacity-building initiatives to enhance farmers' awareness and uptake.
Technical Support Instrument
217
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes Under the TSI 2025, the ‘Safe and Supportive Schools Project’
improves the institutional capacity of the Romanian education
system to foster a healthy school environment in which social and
emotional learning, psychosocial support, well-being and mental
health is entirely part of a whole-school approach. The project
ensures a secure and nurturing learning environment for students,
while addressing the lack of preventive measures and cooperation
between services, as well as the need for socio and emotional
learning programs in schools.
SDG4: Ensure inclusiv e and equitabl e quality educati on and promote lifelong learning opportu nities for all
Yes The TSI promotes equal access to inclusive education across Italy,
Portugal and Spain. The programme provides support to the three
countries in their efforts to improve their inclusive education
systems and practices, strengthening their systems’ capacity and
making sustainable changes. Stakeholders at all levels were
involved in sharing knowledge and experience with other countries.
The technical support supports the education authorities to improve
the design and increase the quality and consistency of the
implementation of the policy measures fostering inclusive
education.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empow er all women and girls
Yes Under the TSI 2025, a number of new gender related projects
started recently. For instance, the TSI project on the ‘Assessment on
the effectiveness of work-life balance and gender equality policies
in the labour market’ is helping Portugal to address its demographic
challenges and, to promote a more inclusive and equitable society,
contributing to the country’s sustainable economic development and
competitiveness.
Technical Support Instrument
218
SDG6: Ensure availabil ity and sustaina ble manage ment of water and sanitati on for all
Yes The TSI supports Croatia in reducing water losses in the supply
of drinking water, thereby increasing water efficiency, reducing
water stress and improving availability of clean water. The project
foresees the development of methodologies to break down at local
level the adopted National Plan for water loss reduction. The TSI
previously gave technical support for the development of the
National Plan, which was adopted in May 2024.
SDG7: Ensure access to afforda ble, reliable, sustaina ble and modern energy for all
Yes In 2025, the TSI supported Cyprus to study photovoltaic
installation in dams and reservoirs, including Energy Storage
Systems. The project assisted Cyprus in assessing the feasibility
and potential of floating photovoltaics, pumped hydroelectric
energy storage solutions, and offshore renewables. In particular the
project delivered technical specifications and recommendations for
adjustments in the respective legal frameworks, identified relevant
funding instruments, as well as good practices from other EU
Member States.
SDG8: Promot e sustaine d, inclusiv e and sustaina ble economi c growth, full and producti ve employ ment and decent work for all
Yes The TSI project ‘Enhancing EU Mining Regional Ecosystems to
Support the Green Transition and Secure Mineral Raw Materials
Supply’, aims at enhancing the EU’s mining regional ecosystems to
contribute to the green transition and the EU Strategic Autonomy in
mineral raw materials, while improving citizens’ well-being in
mining regions. The project focuses on the mining ecosystems of 10
regions across Greece, Finland, Portugal, Spain and Sweden. The
project delivers a common Framework of Action to protect the
environment and enhance social acceptance, enhancing innovation
and sustainable practices, supporting circular economy and regional
growth, resilience and long-term value creation.
Technical Support Instrument
219
SDG9: Build resilient infrastr ucture, promote inclusiv e and sustaina ble industri alizatio n and foster innovati on
Yes The TSI project ‘Rail Baltica’ contributes to the development of
common approaches for the effective cross border management of
the Rail Baltica to connect Estonia, Lithuania, and Latvia to the
central EU rail network. For instance, enhancing common
approaches in Public Service Obligations (PSOs), infrastructure
management and in particular the rail access charging framework
,as well as the development of a successful financial model for the
Rail Baltica.
SDG10: Reduce inequali ties within and among countrie s
Yes The TSI, in collaboration with the Council of Europe, supported
Finland’s national and local stakeholders in enhancing the inclusive
integration of Third Country Nationals by improving multi-level
multi-stakeholder cooperation. The project improved the community
relations in Finland in a range of areas including, migrant’s
participation, education, cultural and social life, urban planning,
business, labour market, anti-discrimination and multilingualism.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlem ents inclusiv e, safe, resilient and sustaina ble
Yes The TSI supports the City of Rome to mitigate and adapt to climate-
related risks, particularly the urban heat island (UHI) effect. The
project mapped the areas facing higher UHI risks and delivered
draft action plans for two pilot areas, drawing on international good
practices and a co-design process with key stakeholders. To ensure
the sustainability of the technical support, the project also provided
dedicated trainings, strengthening their technical and operational
capacity to implement UHI measures. The project also supported
peer-to-peer exchanges with cities facing similar UHI challenges,
through a workshop and two study visits organised under the TAIEX
(Technical Assistance and Information Exchange) instrument.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes The TSI supports Cyprus and Slovakia on the revision and update of
their National Strategy Adaptation to climate change and align
them with the updated EU framework on climate adaptation.
Support measures included revising the national strategy using new
climate information, conducting risk assessments, strengthening
institutional capacities, engaging stakeholders, and assessing
nature-based solutions
Technical Support Instrument
220
SDG14: Conserv e and sustaina bly use the oceans, seas and marine resourc es for sustaina ble develop ment
Yes The TSI supported Portugal to identify opportunities to strengthen
its maritime strategy. The project delivered recommended actions,
policy options and governance tools to inform the development the
Strategic Plan 2030, with a particular focus on advancing three
strategic objectives: decarbonisation, digitalisation, and
sustainability. These recommendations were grounded in an
assessment of existing capacities and operations and informed by
consultations with stakeholders.
SDG16: Promot e peacefu l and inclusiv e societie s for sustaina ble develop ment, provide access to justice for all and build effectiv e, account able and inclusiv e instituti ons at all levels
Yes In 2025 the TSI supported Belgium, Czechia, Estonia, Greece, ,
Latvia, Lithuania, and the Netherlands in the project ‘Building
capacity for evidence-informed policymaking in governance and
public administration in a post-pandemic Europe’ The project aims
to build capacity of participating EU Member States to improve the
effectiveness of their public administration, through greater
capacity for supply and uptake of scientific knowledge, evaluation
and evidence in policy making.
Technical Support Instrument
221
SDG17 Strengt hen the means of implem entation and revitaliz e the Global Partners hip for Sustain able Develop ment
Yes This multi-country TSI project ‘Building Policy Coherence for
Sustainable Development (PCSD)’ supports bridging existing gaps in
implementing the 2030 Agenda and its Sustainable Development
Goals (SDGs) in Austria, Italy and Slovakia. The project enhances
policy coherence for sustainable development (PCSD). It
encompassed measures to implement policy coherence principles
and practices, enhancing the approaches to address global
challenges.
Support to reforms
By bringing together expertise from different backgrounds, such as from international organizations,
the private sector, and from other Member States, the Technical Support Instrument helps Member States
to carry out reforms that create jobs, inclusive societies and sustainable growth.
In 2025, the Technical Support Instrument continued to support smart, sustainable and socially
responsible reforms in a wide range of policy areas while strengthening all types of administrative
capacities, especially the internal administrative mechanisms for reforms across the EU. For instance, the
TSI multi-country project ‘Sustainability in Local Public Finances - SLPF’ focuses on developing the
foundations for "SDG Budgeting" in local governance systems. The project supported delivering city-specific
and joint reports assessing SDG budgeting practices, while developing tailored methodologies, KPIs, and
action plans with a view to improve budgeting coherence, transparency, and resource allocation. This helped
lay the groundwork for institutionalized SDG-oriented financial management benefiting around 5 million
residents and serving as a transferable model for other EU municipalities.
The TSI support to EU’s competitiveness continues to show significant results, as recently reported in the
TSI Annual Report 2024. The programme contributed to the achievement of a wide range of competitiveness
drivers, fostering the functioning of the single market to improving capacity of Member States to deliver
reforms for trade and open strategic autonomy. For example, the public administration cooperation
exchange multi-country flagship project aims to promote cooperation and cross-border exchanges
among Member States to build administrative capacity and prepare the next generation of policymakers in
the EU, giving the opportunity to more than 800 civil servant to exchange experience between 2023 and
2025. It leverages Technical Assistance and Information Exchange (TAIEX) between administrations
of different Member States.
Furthermore, in the framework of 2026 the TSI will provide support regarding the implementation of
country-specific recommendations (CSR) and crucial reforms in the Member States. The programme will
address technically difficult-to-implement CSRs targeting highest implementation needs and challenges.
Technical Support Instrument
222
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
Not applicable
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
PERICLES IV
EXCHANGE, ASSISTANCE AND TRAINING PROGRAMME FOR THE
PROTECTION OF THE EURO AGAINST COUNTERFEITING
Concrete examples of achievements
444 000
counterfeit euro
banknotes were
detected in 2025 (*).
335 290
counterfeit euro coins
were detected in
2025 (*).
11
illegal workshops
(mints and print shops)
were dismantled in
2025 (*).
11
competent authorities
applied to the
programme from 2021
to 2025.
99.64%
of respondents across
actions taking place in
2025 indicated being
satisfied or highly
satisfied.
97.80%
of respondents across
actions taking place in
2025 indicated that the
programme has a
moderate or high
impact on their
activities in protecting
the euro against
counterfeiting.
(*) These indicators, while linked to the protection of the euro, should be considered as ‘context’ indicators, as the results are greatly influenced by factors external to the programme, such as counterfeiting activity and the detection rate consequence of the activities or the competent national and EU authorities.
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.9 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 6.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 6.2
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 4.3 6.2 69.3%
Payments 3.4 0.0 54.4%
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Counterfeit euro banknotes detected in circulation
0 0% 671 000 annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones not achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 444 000 compared to a
target of 671 000)
Moderate progress
Counterfeit euro coins detected in circulation
0 0% 174 112 annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones not achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 335 290 compared to a
target of 174 112
Moderate progress
Illegal workshops dismantled
0 0% 22 annually from 2021 to 2027
Milestones not achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 11
compared to a target of 22)
Moderate progress
Competent authorities applying to the programme
0 46% 24 in 2027 11 by 2025 compared to a target of 24
Moderate progress
Satisfaction rate of participants in the actions financed by the programme
0 71% 75% annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 99.6% compared to a target of 75%)
On track
Feedback of participants on the impact of the programme on their activities in protecting the euro against counterfeiting
0 71% 75% annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 97.8% compared to a target of 75%)
On track
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
• In 2025, Pericles IV continued to support the Member States and to assist the competent
national and EU authorities in protecting euro banknotes and coins against counterfeiting and
related fraud.
• While the number of counterfeit coins detected exceeded the set target, the number of
counterfeit banknotes detected was lower than the target but has followed an increasing
trend. At the same time, the number of illegal workshops dismantled was lower than
expected. It should be underlined that the link between the programme and these indicators is
only indirect, as a variety of external factors (including the progress of police investigations,
the amount of counterfeit production and the methods of distribution) play an important role
in the development of the indicators.
• The indicators that are more directly linked to the programme, such as the satisfaction rate of
participants in the actions taking place in 2025 and the feedback from those who have
already participated in previous Pericles actions, showed very positive results. While the
number of unique applicants to the programme is increasing, it remains lower than the target.
• 2025 saw the implementation of 10 Pericles IV projects.
o Two projects funded under procurement (contracts):
▪ a seminar on legislative and institution building to protect the euro in Ukraine
(June 2025),
▪ the seminar ‘Enhancing detection of unfit euro coins’ (November 2025);
o Eight projects funded under a call for proposals (grants).
▪ Purchasing equipment (video spectral comparator) by the Polícia Judiciária
(Portuguese Criminal Investigation Police) for the Cape Verdean Criminal Police
(Polícia Judiciária) and a technical training course (in March 2025) on using this
equipment (project Counteract).
▪ In March 2025, the Bank of Portugal organised the ‘Euro Protection 2025’
conference (one-day seminar and two days of workshops with case studies) in
Lisbon, Portugal. It involved participants from Angola, Austria, Belgium, Brazil,
Bulgaria, Cape Verde, Croatia, Cyprus, France, Germany, Greece, Guinea-Bissau,
Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Montenegro, Mozambique,
Netherlands, North Macedonia, Portugal, São Tomé and Principe, Serbia,
Slovenia, Spain and Türkiye.
▪ A technical training course on combating currency counterfeiting was organised
by the Investigation Brigade of the Bank of Spain in November 2025 in Quito,
Ecuador. There were participants from 11 Latin American countries (Argentina,
Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Costa Rica, Ecuador, Mexico, Panama, Paraguay, Peru
and Uruguay) and from Spain, France and Italy.
▪ Croatian National Bank experts provided eight technical training courses in
2025, in Montenegro (in February), North Macedonia (in February), Serbia (in
March), Albania (in June), Türkiye (in April), Kosovo (31) (in May), Bosnia and
Herzegovina (in May) and Greece (in June). A final meeting took place in Türkiye
(in September) with the countries where the training courses took place.
(31) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with United Nations Security Council
Resolution 1244/1999 and the International Court of Justice opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
▪ A technical training course was organised (in June 2025) by the Bank of Spain
(BDE) for participants from 12 Member States, 4 candidate countries and 1
potential candidate country with the title ‘Training activity on counterfeit coins
analysis for technical experts (TA-coins 2025)’.
▪ The Currency Anticounterfeiting Unit of the Italian National Gendarmerie
organised a staff exchange (February to December 2025) entitled ‘SEITACC5’,
which involved 3 Member States (Greece, Italy and Austria), 2 candidate
countries (Moldova and North Macedonia), 1 potential candidate country
(Kosovo) and Bosnia and Herzegovina.
▪ A staff exchange (title: NCO (National Central Office) Uruguay Project) was
organised by the Investigation Brigade of the Bank of Spain with Uruguay
which ran in two phases: in May 2025, staff from Spain visited Uruguay and, at
the end of June/beginning of July 2025, participants from Uruguay visited
Spain.
▪ A staff exchange (project 2024-IT-INTEGRATE) with Türkiye was organised by
the Guardia di Finanza (Italy) in February and April 2025.
• The 3 94 participants in Pericles IV projects came from 50 countries: 40% from euro-area
Member States, 3% from non-euro-area Member States, 25% from non-EU countries in
Europe, 16% from Latin America, 6% from EU institutions, 9% from Africa and 1% from other
regions.
• With respect to the professional background of participants, members of police forces
represented 46% of the total. Experts from national central banks represented 37%,
members of the judiciary 3%, national mints 1%, customs 1%, the coin-processing machine
industry 5%, EU institutions 6% and other categories 1%.
• The implementation of the programme therefore met the transnational and multidisciplinary
dimensions required under Regulation (EU) 2021/840 (32), displaying a high degree of
diversification.
• During its fifth year of implementation, a total of 10 projects (seven grants and three
procured projects) were committed under the Pericles IV programme.
• The interim evaluation of the Pericles IV Programme concluded that the programme is
delivering on its objective of contributing to the prevention and combating of euro
counterfeiting, thereby preserving the integrity of euro banknotes and coins. The programme
has ensured an efficient use of resources and has proven effective in improving information
exchange, technical skills, institutional frameworks and operational capabilities in combating
euro counterfeiting, both in EU Member States and in non-EU countries. It has successfully
facilitated networking and collaborative investigations, leading to significant achievements
such as investigations resulting in the seizure of counterfeit euros and the dismantling of
criminal organisations. By providing technical training, seminars, staff exchanges and studies,
(32) Regulation (EU) 2021/840 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2021 establishing an exchange,
assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting for the period 2021-2027 (the ‘Pericles IV’ programme), and repealing Regulation (EU) No 331/2014, OJ L 186, 27.5.2021, p. 1, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2021/840/oj.
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
the programme has supported measures undertaken by Member States, especially where
national funding is limited.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
• N/A
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 4.4
Total: 0.9 0.9 0.8 0.9 0.9 4.4
The programme targets experts in protection of the euro against counterfeiting irrespective of
gender. The programme is thus all classified under score 0.
Gender disaggregated information:
Gender-disaggregated data is not collected under this programme.
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
Contribution to the digital transition
• N/A
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• N/A
Contribution to reforms
• N/A
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes By preventing and combating counterfeiting and related
fraud, Pericles preserves the integrity of the euro banknotes
and coins, thus strengthening the trust of citizens and
business in the genuineness of these banknotes and coins
and therefore enhancing the trust in the Union's economy,
while securing the sustainability of public finances.
Pericles IV Exchange, assistance and training programme for the protection of the euro against counterfeiting
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes Pericles contributes to innovation in the development of
secure currency and anti-counterfeiting technologies.
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
CIVIL PROTECTION
UNION CIVIL PROTECTION MECHANISM
Concrete examples of achievements
103
new requests for
assistance were
received and processed
by the Emergency
Response Coordination
Centre in 2025.
Furthermore, Ukraine
updated 39 existing
requests and an
additional 19 other
requests, opened in
2022-2024, continued
to be active during
2025.
27
prevention and
preparedness projects
in the EU Member
States and the Union
Civil Protection
Mechanism (UCPM)
participating states
were selected for
funding in 2025, and
two peer reviews (Italy
and Land Brandenburg)
were completed under
the UCPM peer review
programme in 2025.
9 million
people are estimated to
have benefited from
energy-related
donations deployed
under the UCPM to
Ukraine in 2025.
38
UCPM experts were
deployed from 17
Member States and
participating states, in
addition to 15
Emergency Response
Coordination Centre
liaison officers.
61
training activities were
delivered in 2025,
including 45 training
courses, workshops and
training-of-trainers
courses, with 821
course places offered
to experts, and 12 EU
module exercises and
one full-scale exercise.
153
response capacities
were committed to the
European Civil
Protection Pool by the
end of 2025, of which
118 were available for
immediate deployment
as registered response
capacities under the
pool.
729
patients from Ukraine
were supported through
medical evacuation
operations in 2024.
These operations have
supported a total of
4 800 patients since
2022.
1
new strategy – the
preparedness union
strategy – was
launched in 2025. This
flagship initiative,
launched by the
Commission and the
High Representative for
Foreign Affairs and
Security Policy, aims to
strengthen the EU’s
capacity to anticipate,
prevent and respond to
an increasingly complex
risk landscape. The
strategy is supported
by a 63-item action
plan.
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
182.6 354.3 253.0 240.3 211.5 202.7 180.0 1624.5
NextGenerationEU 678.9 684.6 683.1 2.8 2.3 3.9 3.5 2 059.1
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
23.7 22.5 26.7 9.4 12.2 0.0 0.0 94.4
Total 885.2 1 061.4 962.8 252.5 226.0 206.6 183.5 3 778.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 3 388.0 3 778.0 89.7%
Payments 2 396.6
63.4%
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Response time of the
UCPM to a request for
assistance in the EU
0 14% Three hours
annually
Milestone achieved in
2024, but not in 2021,
2022, 2023 and 2025
(2025: 7 hours
compared to a target of
3 hours)
Deserves
attention
Response time of the
UCPM to a request for
assistance outside of
the EU
0 29% 10 hours
annually
Milestone achieved in
2023 and 2024, but not
in 2021, 2022 and 2025
(2025: 71 hours
compared to a target of
10 hours)
Deserves
attention
Adequacy of response
of the UCPM in the EU
0 71% 90% annually
from 2024
Milestones achieved for
2021-2025 (2025:
100% compared to a
milestone of 90%
On track
Adequacy of response
of the UCPM outside of
the EU
0 43% 86% annually Milestones achieved for
2021-2023, but not in
2024 and 2025 (2025:
78% compared to a
target of 86%)
Deserves
attention
Number of committed
and certified
capacities included in
the European Civil
Protection Pool
60 57% > 60 annually Milestones achieved for
2021-2023 and 2025,
but not in 2024 (2025:
117 compared to a
target of 60)
On track
Number of Member
States that provided
the Commission with a
summary of risk
assessments and an
assessment of risk
27 29% 27 annually Milestone achieved in
2024 and 2025, but not
for 2021-2023 (2025:
27 compared to a target
of 27)
On track
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
management
capability
Level of awareness of
EU citizens on the level
of risk of their region
N/A N/A > 64% N/A No data
• In 2025, the Commission has been working towards strengthening overall preparedness and
resilience in Europe in an all-hazard, whole-of-society, whole-of-government approach. The
preparedness union strategy was adopted in March 2025 along with a 63-item action plan.
Out of these 63 actions, 30 aim to embed a ‘preparedness by design’ approach across EU
policies and instruments.
• One of the first deliverables of the strategy is the cross-sectoral EU stockpiling strategy,
which was adopted in July 2025 together with the strategy on medical countermeasures.
• The European Civil Protection Pool was further strengthened as the primary reserve of
response capacities available for UCPM response operations. The number of certified and
registered European Civil Protection Pool resources increased by 19.4% in the past year. In
2025, these capacities were deployed for consular and medical evacuations, forest firefighting
and emergency medical support.
• Through the Union Civil Protection Knowledge Network, the UCPM continued to increase the
level of preparedness of emergency response operations. The year 2025 saw a significant
increase in events and engagement, particularly on the Knowledge Network Platform, with the
number of community members growing by 45%, from 1 291 to 1 875 during 2025.
• To support resilience in Member States and other countries participating in UCPM, in 2025 the
EU budget co-financed 27 prevention and preparedness projects, including 13 under the
single-country grants to disaster risk management authorities (Track 1) and 14 under the
multi-country grants known as ‘KAPP’.
• The Technical Assistance Financing Facility entered its second year of implementation, in
partnership with the World Bank and the Global Facility for Disaster Reduction and Recovery.
Under the knowledge and capacity building component of the Technical Assistance Financing
Facility, a series of reports published in 2025 set out practical measures to strengthen
Europe’s preparedness for wildfires and earthquakes. In addition, the Technical Assistance
Financing Facility is supporting two actions of the preparedness union strategy, both focusing
on population preparedness.
• The year continued to be marked by Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the response
to the situation in the Middle East, the European wildfire season, a major earthquake in
Myanmar and hurricane Melissa in the Caribbean. The emergency response to Ukraine, which
includes 39 updated requests in 2025, is the largest operation under the mechanism so far,
with over 156 584 tonnes of life-saving assistance delivered since the conflict started.
• Following continued massive bombardments of critical infrastructure in Ukraine, the UCPM
kept deploying critical energy infrastructure for repairs, including large transformers and an
entire thermal power plantdonated by Lithuania, along with generators and other electrical
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
material. The operation is the largest, most complex operation implemented under the UCPM
so far.
• During the 2025 European wildfire season, the UCPM was activated 18 times in response to
wildfires, with 16 activations in Europe and two outside of Europe. The countries affected
included Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Greece, Montenegro, Portugal, Spain and
Syria. The programme co-financed the standby availability of rescEU aerial forest firefighting
capacities, including 18 firefighting planes and four helicopters in case of requests for
assistance.
• Four out of seven indicators reached their targets in 2025. The ones that did not were
‘Adequacy of response of the UCPM in the EU’and the two indicators on response time of the
UCPM. Civil protection is a Member State capacity based on solidarity. The EU can only
encourage responses from Member States. Furthermore, the number of types of hazards
responded to (wildfires, conflicts, floods, etc.) has increased, as has the geographic expanse of
the mechanism. Not all hazards have the same time sensitivity, nor is responding in
geographically distant areas always sufficiently viable.
• The amount of assistance requested through the UCPM has continued to grow, as has the
duration of civil protection operations. The Emergency Response Coordination Centre has
managed a high number of simultaneously open requests for assistance (approximately
averaging 20 at any given time). The types of assistance requested have become more
complex and diverse. The response to Ukraine has increased in logistical complexity and the
centre is coordinating growing numbers of medical evacuation operations from Gaza and
Ukraine.
• With future challenges linked to climate change and the ongoing evolution of the risk
landscape, including security-related risks, an increase in the number of activations with
deployments to high-risk areas is expected. The security set-up for high-risk areas (e.g.
Egypt/Sinai, Ukraine) has been enhanced, and further discussions are ongoing to strengthen
the Emergency Response Coordination Centre.
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 78.1 289.6 191.5 111.6 139.4
810.3 22.1%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 43.1 30.3 14.8 74.4 65.8
228.4 6.2%
• The mechanism will continue contributing to the overall Commission objective of climate
mainstreaming through its various activities. A key achievement since 2019 has been the
creation ofthe dedicated reserve of rescEU capacities in the area of forest firefighting through
the rescEU.
transition phase, resulting in a total of 28 additional capacities to support Member States in
forest
firefighting activities. This additional support aims to reduce the devastation caused by
wildfires –
including increased carbon dioxide emissions – and is considered a key climate-related
achievement.
• In 2025, investment in early warning and information systems linked to climate-related
hazards has continued. Stable contributions to the development of the early warning
component of the Copernicus Emergency Management Service enabled the upgrading and
continuous uninterrupted operation of systems, despite increased needs (e.g. record burned
areas in Europe stretching EFFIS capacities). As a part of a comprehensive process and
analysis, two lessons learned meetings took place in 2025 focusing exclusively on operations
caused by climate related hazards, identifying challenges and bringing forth best practices for
preparedness and response.
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Contribution to gender equality (*)
Gender
Score 2021 20 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 182.6 354.3 253.0 240.3 211.5 1 241.7
Total: 182.6 354.3 253.0 240.3 211.5 1 241.7
(*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at the most granular level of
intervention possible:
2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as the main reason for the
intervention;
0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing on gender equality);
0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on gender equality.
• One of the aims is gender-sensitive civil protection, including addressing specific
vulnerabilities and exchanges on the issue of support for victims of gender-based violence
during disasters. Gender equality is promoted throughout the disaster risk cycle and raises
awareness of the principles of non-discrimination and inclusiveness, alongside a gender-
inclusive approach in response activities and ensures that the gender component is
considered.
• In 2025 two dedicated UCPM eLearning modules on EU Academy target the topics on
“Cultural sensitivity and Gender” and “Exploring the core themes of Diversity & Inclusion” took
place, thereby offering an online training to the UCPM community on the principles of
Diversity and Inclusion and how to create an inclusive and safe environment in EU civil
protection working context, both with affected population on missions as well as within the
teams.
Gender disaggregated information:
• No sets of data disaggregated by gender are compiled under the UCPM. As a result, the voted budget implementations committed to the mechanism haven been preliminarily marked in the 0 category.
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Contribution to the digital transition
The objective of the programme is to promote solidarity in face of disasters. The programme
therefore does not contribute to the digital horizontal priority.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
Not applicable
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes On top of the Medevac (medical evacuations) operations
occurring almost every week since early 2022 in the context
of Russia´s war of aggression against Ukraine (729 patients
transported from Ukraine to EU hospitals in 2025), other
Medevac operations took place in 2025, notably Palestinian
patients directly evacuated from Gaza (344 patients and
941 relatives) by 14 hosting countries. The UCPM also
supported in 2025 the response of epidemics (Mpox,
Marburg, Ebola) in countries such as Democratic Republic of
the Congo, Sierra Leona, Uganda and Rwanda.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Yes The EU has commissioned a new comparative study to
identify the extent to which preparedness is integrated into
early childhood and primary school curricula, including
teacher education and teaching materials, across the EU
Member States as well as selected Participating States to
the UCPM and comparable third countries, as well as a
repository of good practices and teachers’ resources. The
study will constitute the base for the development of
guidelines for the inclusion of preparedness in early
childhood and primary education curricula in 2026.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
SDG6: Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all
Yes The EU provides safe drinking water, sanitation, and hygiene
support through its humanitarian aid and Civil Protection
Mechanism, with its main objective to save and preserve life
and alleviate the suffering of populations facing severe
environmental health risks and water insecurity in the
context of anticipated, ongoing and recent humanitarian
crises, for example in Ukraine. The UCPM has also been
active in responding to flooded areas with non-food items,
health and Water Access, Sanitation and Hygiene material,
such as the response to Melissa Hurricane in the Caribbean
(Jamaica, Cuba) and in earthquake affected areas such as
Myanmar. These donations were offered by Member States
and the Emergency Response Coordination Centre co-funded
transport and deployment costs.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes The UCPM has continued to provide energy related support
to Ukraine, including an entire Thermal Power Plant donated
by Lithuania, large equipment donated by Germany and
Sweden and other electrical material and generators. These
donations allow Ukraine to repair and restore energy
production and transmission.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
Yes
SDG10: Reduce inequalities within and among countries
Yes The UCPM Training, Exercises and Exchange of Expert
Programmes promote gender balance, equality and
consideration of vulnerable groups and persons with
disabilities, including in exercise projects and scenarios.
Further, the UCPM deployable training curricula mainstreams
Diversity and Inclusion (D&I) in all training courses, with
dedicated D&I learning objectives and simulated exercise
scenarios and injects on D&I, accompanied by a 1) D&I
Handbook, 2) D&I Manual for UCPM trainers, as well as 3)
Training of Trainers for all UCPM training staff.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
Yes
Civil Protection Union civil protection mechanism
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
EU4HEALTH
EU PROGRAMME FOR A HEALTHIER AND SAFER UNION
Concrete examples of achievements
100
high-standard
Comprehensive Cancer
Centres covering all EU
Member States
will collaborate in an EU
network launched in 2025
by the Joint Action
‘European Network of
Comprehensive Cancer
Centres’ to ensure that by
2030, 90% of eligible
patients across the EU have
access to high-quality
cancer care.
2.66 million
patients with rare conditions
benefited from access to
diagnosis and treatment in
the 24 European reference
networks by the end of 2025.
16
EU Member States and
Norway
are exchanging Patient
Summaries and
ePrescription cross-border
using the MyHealth@EU
infrastructure.
30
joint inspections of medical device manufacturers
took place between 2024-2026 under the Joint Action on Reinforced Market Surveillance for Medical Devices and In Vitro Diagnostics to implement the relevant rules under the regulatory framework for medical devices and in vitro diagnostics.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
33
countries are participating in
the Joint Action for Scaling-
up of National Systems for
Vector Threat Detection and
Control Capacity,
align with EU health and
climate goals, to develop
and implement
countermeasures for control
of disease-transmitting
vectors, including physical,
biological and chemical
methods.
12
beneficiaries from seven
Member States have
established the European
Vaccine Hub
by aligning existing nationally
funded vaccine research and
development investments into
a collaborative network for
end-to-end vaccine delivery,
leveraging their extensive
expertise in vaccine discovery,
development, clinical trials
and manufacturing.
4
loan agreements have
been signed
under the HERA Invest
mechanism to support the
research and development
of medical
countermeasures and
technologies to address
priority cross-border health
threats.
325 million
doses of vaccines or
monoclonal
antibodies
could be produced
using reserved
manufacturing
capacities, with
priority
manufacturing
rights activated in
the event of a future
public health
emergency, to
ensure the timely
availability of
suitable medical
countermeasures for
EU citizens.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
329.1 839.4 739.3 753.4 582.6 687.9 635.3 4 567.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
8.7 20.9 21.4 27.3 16.6 0.0 0.0 95.0
Total 337.8 860.4 760.6 780.7 599.2 687.9 635.3 4 661.9
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 3 337.4 4 661.9 71.6%
Payments 1 789.1 0.0 38.4%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of Member States implementing best practices regarding health promotion, disease prevention and
addressing health inequalities
0 > 100% 20 in 2031 26 in 2025 compared to a target of 20
Achieved
Preparedness and response planning of the EU and of Member States for serious
cross-border threats to health
0 94% 32 in 2027 30 in 2025 compared to a target of 32
On track
Number of actions aimed at increasing the security and continuity of the global supply chains and addressing dependence on imports from non-EU countries for the production of essential active pharmaceutical ingredients and medicinal products in the EU
1 25% 13 in 2027 4 in 2025 compared to a target of 13
On track
Number of production facilities with enhanced capacities in increasing security and continuity of supply for medical countermeasures, raw materials and components at
the EU level
0 80% 5 in 2027 4 in 2025 compared to a
target of 5
On track
Number of audits conducted in the EU and in non-EU countries to
ensure good manufacturing
practices and good clinical practices
10 > 100% 65 in 2027 75 in 2025 compared to a target of 65
Achieved
Number of healthcare and public health staff trained
0 54% 3 050 in 2027
1 649 in 2025 compared to a target of 3 050
Moderate progress
Number of Member States participating in the European
7 50% 27 in 2031 17 in 2025 compared to a target of 27
On track
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
health data space
Number of studies supporting the evaluations of legislative and non- legislative health union
policies
0 52% 25 in 2027 13 in 2025 compared to a target of 25
Deserves attention
Number patients diagnosed and treated by the members of
European reference networks
1 million > 100% 2.66 million in 2027
2.66 million in 2025 compared to
a target of 2 million
Achieved
The Commission adopted the interim evaluation report on 25 November, accompanied by a staff working document, and the 2024 Programme Performance Statement on 19 June 2025.
The 2025 budget for investments in crisis preparedness and response actions represents
more than half of the annual budget. The investments significantly support the implementation
of obligations under Regulation (EU) 2022/2371 on serious cross-border threats to health. These
include increasing preparedness, prevention and response planning against vector-borne diseases,
setting up EU Reference Laboratories, improving integrated surveillance systems in participating
countries and providing training to (public) health professionals. The programme also supports
several actions to help participating countries reach the UN sustainable development goal as
regards HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis and hepatitis. Further investments strengthen the EU Early Warning
and Response System.
Despite the EUR 1 billion budgetary reduction for EU4Health, actions are in line with the expected
planning, supporting new projects while sustaining and expanding ongoing activities. The threat
prioritisation process guides the Health Emergency Preparedness and Response Authority’s support
for the development of crisis-related products, with a focus on innovation of medical
countermeasures for various health threats (pathogens with pandemic potential, chemical-
biological-radiological-nuclear materials and agents, vector-borne threats and antimicrobial
resistance).
Investments have targeted supporting innovation (HERA Invest, access to critical products during
potential future health emergencies (‘EU-FAB’ call) and upscaling human resources knowledge
(training programme for public health officials). The EU4Health programme has also contributed
to the InvestEU Programme through blending with the EU guarantee, which contributed to the
mobilisation of additional investments. In particular, the programme contributed EUR 130 million
via an InvestEU top-up for EIB investments into innovative life science projects in the area of
medical countermeasures.
For setting up a coordinated surveillance system under the ‘One Health’ approach for cross-border
zoonotic pathogens that threaten the EU, EU4Health has financed nine direct grants (around
EUR 20 million) to Member States (from 22 Member States and Norway); the European Food Safety
Agency assessed that One Health surveillance has substantially improved early detection capacity,
geographical coverage and cross-sectoral collaboration for avian influenza and other zoonoses.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
The actions on health promotion and disease prevention are on track to reach their targets,
contributing to reduction of the burden of non-communicable diseases and addressing health
determinants. The Joint Action ‘Prevention-oriented Rights-based Approach to Support Mental
Health in Vulnerable Population Groups’ is supporting a mental-health-in-all-policies
approach (33) (34) through the implementation of three best practices by 17 participating Member
States. Additionally, 662 professionals across various sectors were trained in adopting a
comprehensive approach to mental health, focusing on vulnerable groups. In 2025, the Joint Action
on Cardiovascular Diseases and Diabetes supported the safe hearts plan, delivering a framework
for standardised, evidence-based screening programmes for cardiovascular diseases. Support was
also provided for the implementation of tobacco-control legislation.
The health systems and healthcare workforce supports policies that aim to generate country-
specific and cross-country knowledge on health systems, to strengthen the resilience of Member
States’ health systems, including by transferring best practices in primary care, and to enhance
access to healthcare. In 2025, the fifth cycle of the ‘State of health in the EU’ project delivered 29
country health profiles (also for Iceland and Norway), highlighting the latest challenges and policy
responses in national health systems. Moreover, an interactive dashboard was launched, allowing
for dynamic analyses of country health profile data. In 2025, three EU4Health actions concluded
the development of guidelines for Member States on how to assess and improve affordability and
access to healthcare services, and produced evidence on the role of healthcare in reducing poverty.
EU4Health is financing a framework contract to fund the Member States in implementing the
Health Technology Assessment Regulation. The implementation of these actions is on track. In
2025, 13 joint clinical assessments were initiated and 40 patients and clinicians were consulted.
The Health Technology Assessment IT platform is fully operational, with 1 044 users onboarded in
2025. Seven joint scientific consultations have already been finalised. Several joint clinical
assessment reports are expected to be published by the end of 2026.
The EU4Health programme includes initiatives supporting the implementation of the
pharmaceutical strategy and legislation, such as the Joint Action ‘Increasenet’ (35). This Join Action
is progressing very well and is significantly contributing to the implementation of the
pharmaceutical legislation through building competence of assessors in national competent
authorities by means of e-learning materials, and a practical toolkit to facilitate the authorities’
interaction with academia and on-the-job learning, and a coaching pilot programme that currently
supports 78 trainee assessors, 48 shadow assessors and 3 Increasenet teams. However with
respect to other areas of implementation of legislation, more efforts have to be made to meet the
needs of healthcare systems, improve resilience of supply chains and avoid shortages of medicines.
(33) JA MENTOR project website (n.d.), https://ja-mentor.eu/.
(34) European Commission (n.d.), ‘Best Practice Portal’ website, https://webgate.ec.europa.eu/dyna/bp-portal/.
(35) JAZMP (n.d.), Increasenet project website, https://www.jazmp.si/en/eu-projects/increasenet/.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
EU4Health actions have significantly contributed to support work on innovation, preparedness and
training of national authorities under the regulation on substances of human origin (36), along with
building awareness among professionals (more than 5 000 establishments across the EU).
The EU4Health programme is funding actions supporting the implementation, evaluation and
revision of the medical devices and in vitro diagnostics regulations, such as the EU database on
medical devices (Eudamed), the monitoring of availability of devices and diagnostics, 30 joint
inspections of manufacturers and the strengthening of notified bodies’ capacity. The
implementation of these actions is on track and work is progressing very well, with more than
13 000 certificates issued and the first four Eudamed modules becoming mandatory for use in
May 2026. Funding is also provided for the designation of seven European Reference Laboratories,
which are significantly contributing to the safety assessment of in vitro diagnostics.
The Joint Action ‘Global Health Impact’ established mechanisms for closer coordination between
the EU institutions and Member States and therefore strengthens the EU’s leadership in global
health. Adequate monitoring and regular contacts were put in place throughout 2025, ensuring
thorough implementation oversight, including a follow-up action to ensure the continuation of
coordination and monitoring of the global health strategy implementation.
EU4Health investments addressing rare diseases have targeted IT tools for diagnosis and treatment, such as the telemedicine tool CPMS 2.0 – Clinical Patients Management System. The European reference networks system was further developed, also supported by EUR 77.4 million in EU4Health grants (2023-2027), and efforts to integrate this system into national healthcare systems (through the Joint Action on Integration of ERNs into National Healthcare Systems) continued, with deliverables expected in early 2027. The Orphanet review found that the 24 European Reference Networks cover 97% of the 6 352 classified rare diseases, leaving only 3% (approximately 190) to be addressed.
The digital strand spending in 2025 helped to facilitate the preparations for the implementation of the European health data space, showing good progress in reaching the 2027 targets. The financial support focused on supporting Member States’ work on preparing for the connection to the cross-border digital health infrastructure for primary use of data MyHealth@EU and developing the secondary-use cross-border digital health infrastructure HealthData@EU. Two new Member States joined MyHealth@EU in 2025, making a total of 17 countries (including Norway) participating in cross-border exchange of health data. Grants were established for setting up and expanding the capabilities of health data access bodies for enabling the reuse of health data, as a follow-up action to the 2022 direct grants currently supporting 21 countries (20 Member States and Norway). The timely implementation of this strand depends on resources and specialised technical expertise in Member States. To address this need, the Commission is providing extensive support to Member States through the eHealth Network, in the eHealth Member States Expert Group and the Community of Practice for secondary uses of health data.
In all, 24 actions were successfully launched in 2025 under the implementation of the cancer
cross-cutting approach, which is well on track to achieve the objectives of Europe’s beating cancer
plan. For example, collaborative work in the field of cancer is ongoing under the Joint Action
(36) Regulation (EU) 2024/1938 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 13 June 2024 on standards of quality
and safety for substances of human origin intended for human application and repealing Directives 2002/98/EC and 2004/23/EC, OJ L, 2024/1938, 17.7.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1938/oj.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
‘Enhancing the Digital Capabilities of Cancer Centres in Europe to Improve Prevention and Care’ to
improve e-health, telemedicine and remote monitoring systems, and to enhance access to and
exchange of health data in existing and future cancer centres.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 7.3 0.5 0.9 0.1 0.0
8.9 0.2%
The 2025 annual work programme provides programmed funding for 15 initiatives addressing environmental risk factors and contributing to adaptation/resilience to consequences of climate change, in a ‘One Health’ approach under the crisis preparedness strand. The initiatives funded under EU4Health programme do not have a direct contribution to the climate, biodiversity and clean air horizontal priorities. However, for ensuring a high level of human health protection in all EU policies the initiatives funded by the programme are implemented, where applicable, in line with the ‘one health’ approach, which recognises that human health is connected to animal health and to the environment, and that measures to tackle threats to health must consider those three dimensions. The funds programmed for ‘one health’ measures in 2025 amounted to about EUR 147 million and this amount will be revised once the actions are signed. The amounts have varied over the last five years, with a total budget of about EUR 586 million during that period.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.9 7.9
1 15.0 75.9 23.3 20.0 13.9 148.1
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 314.1 763.5 716.0 733.4 560.9 3 087.9
Total: 329.1 839.4 739.3 753.4 582.6 3 243.9
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
(*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at the most granular level of intervention possible:
➢ 2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality; ➢ 1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as the
main reason for the intervention; ➢ 0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing on gender
equality); ➢ 0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on gender
equality.
The EU4Health programme aims to keep all people healthy and active for longer, irrespective of
gender. Several initiatives focus on gender specific medical conditions or devices (such as prostate
cancer or women-health silicone-containing medical devices) and provide relevant information for
the purpose of gender tracking under the EU4Health programme. The European Cancer Inequalities
Registry initiative provides sound and reliable data to identify inequalities in cancer prevention and
care across the Member States, Norway and Iceland. One of the inequality dimensions explicitly
addressed is differences between men and women, through the inclusion of data on the cancer
burden and certain risk factors disaggregated by sex. Certain other topics address a specific policy
focus on gender differences (cancers caused by infections, vaccine-preventable cancers,
addressing communicable diseases) and on equity dimension, aiming at reducing inequalities and
differences across population groups (particularly women, children and other groups) in various
fields (e.g: cardiovascular health, non-communicable diseases). The 2025 annual work programme
budget allocated around EUR 21.5 million to initiatives considered relevant to gender, which is
around the average annual contribution of the first four programming years. The data that will
allow disaggregation by gender are expected to become available in late 2026.
Gender disaggregated information: Where relevant information on the gender dimension will be retrieved from the collection of data on
several indicators that focus on gender-predominant related diseases (such as prostate cancer,
vaccination coverage for human papillomaviruses in eligible girls – (indicator 7.3)). In addition, in the case
of certain indicators (the age-standardised five-year net survival rate for paediatric cancer and the
percentage of the population covered by cancer registries reporting information on colorectal and
paediatric cancer stage at diagnosis), relevant data that can be disaggregated.
In the case of other indicators, very limited gender disaggregation may be possible when data become available (the indicators ‘Number of actions addressing the prevalence of major chronic diseases per Member State, by disease, gender, and age’, ‘Number of actions addressing the age prevalence of tobacco use, if possible, differentiated by gender’ and ‘Number of actions addressing the prevalence of harmful use of alcohol, if possible, differentiated by gender and age’). Future collection of action-level indicators may provide relevant information on gender dimension/equality of funded initiatives throughout the implementation of the programmed actions, and data will be reported accordingly.
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 86.1 140.1 67.0 80.8 72.4 446.3 13.8%
The EU4Health programme has contributed substantially to the digital transition between 2021-
2025 with a total programmed budget of EUR 502 million supporting actions in the following
intervention fields: (i) human capital – information technology services and applications for digital
skills and digital inclusion; support for the development of digital skills; (ii) digital public services –
government information and communications technology solutions, e-services and applications; e-
health services and applications (including e-Care, immersive virtual reality to improve health
literacy, dedicated IT platforms to support SOHO oversight activities for authorities and ensure
interoperability among national competent authorities, development of databases (e.g., EUDAMED)
the internet of things for physical activity and ambient assisted living), and digitalisation in
healthcare (such as developing predictive models and screening tools for cardiovascular diseases
and diabetes risk).
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
In line with Regulation 2024/795 (the “STEP” Regulation), EU4Health is one of the EU budget
instruments in direct management and indirect management mobilized under the Strategic
Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP) to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of
the European economy. As stipulated in Article 4, EU4Health is also among the programmes
authorized to award the STEP (Sovereignty) Seal under its calls for proposals.
In 2025, six actions were considered as relevant for Strategic Technologies for Europe
Platform (STEP), for a total budget of EUR 254 million. In line with the mission of HERA,
these actions aim to support the development and supply of medical countermeasures, new
diagnostic tests for vector borne diseases and financing manufacturing investments and capacity.
In 2025, EU4Health did not award any grant or STEP seal under STEP-relevant actions: results for
two calls for proposals launched and closed in 2025 are expected to come in 2026.
Contribution to reforms
Initiatives funded by EU4Health relate to reforms that Member States need to carry out in response
to country-specific recommendations issued under the European Semester. Initiatives implemented
across all of the strands of EU4Health contribute to Member States’ efforts to address country-
specific recommendations relating to improving the resilience, accessibility and effectiveness of
health systems; ensuring the supply of critical medical products; addressing shortages of health
Eu4health Eu programme for a healthier and safer union
professionals; supporting the reskilling and upskilling of the health workforce; strengthening
primary care; taking forward the deployment of e-health services; and supporting disease
prevention measures.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
YES The EU4Health programme and its annual work programmes deliver
actions to implement the ‘Healthier together’ initiative, Europe’s Beating
Cancer Plan, the comprehensive approach to mental health, and
addresses key risk factors to reduce premature mortality from non-
communicable diseases. The Programme also funds actions that are
producing guidance to improve healthcare access, contributing to SDG
3.8. The Programme also funds actions to address SDG 3.3 to end the
epidemics of HIV/AIDS, tuberculosis, neglected tropical diseases and
combat hepatitis, water-borne diseases and other communicable
diseases. The Programme funds actions to address SDG 3.D to
strengthen the capacity of countries for early warning, risk reduction
and management of national and global health risks.
SDG10: Reduce inequali ties within and among countrie s
YES Under Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, the EU4Health programme and its
annual work programmes contributes to the European Cancer
Inequalities Registry initiative. This provides sound and reliable data to
identify inequalities in cancer prevention and care across the EU27,
Norway and Iceland. The EU4Health programme supports actions that
identify and implement cost-effective and evidence-based practices to
reduce the burden of non-communicable diseases and address health
inequalities between Member States.
European Social Fund+
EUROPEAN SOCIAL FUND+
Concrete examples of achievements
16 million
people had been
supported by the end
of 2025 thanks to
the shared
management strand
of the European
Social Fund Plus
(ESF+).
4.9 million
participants in the
ESF+ have entered
employment, have
gained a
qualification, are in
education or training
or are actively
searching for a job.
1.7 million
participants had
found a job (including
being self-employed)
by the end of 2025
thanks to the shared
management strand
of the ESF+.
2.2 million
participants had
gained a qualification
by the end of 2025
thanks to the shared
management strand
of the ESF+.
660 000
participants were in
education or training
by the end of 2025
thanks to the shared
management strand
of the ESF+.
342 000
participants engaged
in job searching upon
completing their
interaction with the
ESF+.
31 million
people benefited
from food assistance
in 2025 under the
shared management
strand of the ESF+.
7 689
job placements were
created under the
direct management
strand of the ESF+
(employment and
social innovation) in
the 2021-2025
period (EURES
targeted mobility
scheme).
European Social Fund+
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
174.0 15 967.8 16 373.9 16 816.3 17 232.3 14 154.6 14 561.8 95 280.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
7.2 2.6 2.9 3.6 3.6 0.0 0.0 19.9
Total 181.2 15
970.4
16 376.8
16 819.8
17 235.9
14 154.6
14 561.8 95 300.6
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Budget programming REACT-EU (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
NextGenerationEU 15 434.9 5 151.8 11.5 1.3 13.5 0.0 0.0 20 613.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 15 434.95 151.8 11.5 1.3 13.5 0.0 0.020 613.0
European Social Fund+
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 66 343.1 95 300.06 69.5%
Payments 14 315.8 0.0 15.0%
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 REACT-EU (million
EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 20 596.0 20 613.0 99.9%
Payments 20 246.5 0.0 98.2%
European Social Fund+
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Unemployed participants reached
0 26% 21.5 million in 2029
5.5 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 21.5 million
On track
Number of participants aged 55 years and above reached
0 25% 6.4 million in 2029
1.6 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 6.4 million
On track
Participants with lower- secondary education or less reached
0 26% 31.1 million in 2029
8.2 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 31.1 million
On track
Participants considered part of disadvantaged groups reached
0 42% 10.9 million in 2029
4.6 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 10.9 million
On track
Total number of end recipients benefiting from food, material or voucher/card support
0 26% 135.7 million in 2029
35.2 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 135.7 million
On track
Number of children below 18 years of age benefiting from food, material or voucher support
0 18% 43.6 million in 2029
7.9 million in 2025 compared to
a target of 43.6 million
On track
Number of information-
sharing and mutual- learning activities
0 63% 191 in 2029 120 by 2025 compared to a target of 191
Moderate progress
Number of social experimentations
0 93% 14 in 2029 13 by 2025 compared to a target of 14
On track
The performance of programmes is regularly discussed during the annual performance review meetings, in
accordance with Article 41 of the Common Provisions Regulation. As the ESF+ programmes were adopted
in late 2022, the time available to achieve the milestones was reduced from four years to just over two
years; however, managing authorities were aware of the challenges involved in setting milestones under
these conditions.
From the second half of 2024, implementation began to accelerate, and managing authorities reported the
selection of over EUR 23 billion in projects (16% of the total ESF+ budget) from June to December 2024. In
European Social Fund+
2025, budget implementation continued, with nearly EUR 7 billion in interim payment requests submitted
by Member States and paid out. By 2025, the number of cost claims received had caught up with the levels
observed at the same stage of the previous two multiannual financial framework periods, confirming that
implementation is gaining momentum and supporting our assessment that the indicators can be considered
to be on track even though the actual results are lagging somewhat behind the milestones and targets.
Project selection continued to expand thereafter, reaching about EUR 92.5 billion by December 2025 (around
66% of the budget). This strong expansion of the project pipeline confirms that implementation on the
ground has gained momentum.
This positive trend is further reinforced by the simplification measures introduced to facilitate delivery and
accelerate absorption, which are expected to support progress towards the targets and underpin the ‘on
track’ assessment. In 2025, DG Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion continued to work towards
simplifying the implementation of the ESF+. According to the data from the study on the uptake of simplified
cost options and financing not linked to costs, almost 50% of the ESF+ budget is implemented through their
use, thus making it the frontrunner among all funds encompassed by the Common Provisions Regulation.
Whereas the use of simplified cost options had already been a reality for the last several years, the uptake
of financing not linked to costs has also been increasing. In 2025, five new schemes for financing not linked
to costs in Croatia, Lithuania, Poland and Romania (two schemes) were approved by the Commission. By the
end of January 2026, 13 schemes for financing not linked to costs had been adopted by the Commission in
10 Member States (Estonia, France, Croatia, Cyprus, Latvia, Lithuania, Hungary (2), Poland (2), Portugal and
Romania (2)), amounting to EUR 5.1 billion. To support Member States in preparing such schemes, DG
Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion provides continuous support and guidance, including by making
available nine models for schemes relating to financing not linked to costs (one on individual learning
accounts; three based on existing RRF measures in the fields of education and skills, employment and social
inclusion; two for the integration of migrants and refugees; and three using common indicators as triggers
for payment). In addition, within the framework of the Transnational Network on Simplification, six other
models were prepared by the Member States’ representatives.
Since the adoption of the legislative framework for cohesion policy, including the ESF+, major geopolitical
and economic events have reshaped certain EU strategic priorities. The midterm review in 2025 therefore
provided an opportunity not only to assess the state of implementation but also to refocus programmes on
emerging challenges and strategic priorities, while further accelerating delivery through simplification. In
this context, 50 programme amendments were initiated, mobilising EUR 1.54 billion from the ESF+ for the
development of skills in the areas of civil preparedness, the defence industry and cybersecurity, and for
adaptation linked to decarbonisation and newly created STEP priorities.
In parallel with the acceleration in financial implementation and the simplification efforts described above,
the pace at which results are delivered has also picked up compared to 2024. The ESF+ continues to promote
sustainable and quality employment, education and social inclusion, having supported 16.0 million
participants by the end of 2025 (37). Participation is distributed across the three thematic objectives, with
4.6 million participants in the broad policy area of employment, 6.5 million in education and training
operations and 4.8 million under social inclusion objectives.
Overall, this has resulted in 4.9 million positive short-term results, meaning that participants have entered
employment, have gained a qualification, are in education or training or are actively searching for a job.
The ESF+ primarily reaches those who are out of work due to inactivity or unemployment, accounting for
11.8 million participants. More than half of all participants (8.2 million) are low-skilled, with lower secondary
(37) The monitoring of outputs and results in ESF+ is based on the single participation record. For ease of reading, the
terms ‘participation’, ‘participant’ and ‘person’ are used interchangeably in this document.
European Social Fund+
education or less (ISCED 0-2). With 3.6 million children and 3.9 million young people aged 18 to 29
supported, the ESF+ provides significant assistance to younger generations. Vulnerable groups also benefit
substantially from ESF+ support, including 1.3 million people with disabilities, 2 million non-EU nationals
and 312 000 homeless participants to date.
The implementation of the ESF+ direct and indirect management (employment and social innovation – EaSI)
strand is globally on track, and is improving as execution progresses. The number of EaSI/ESF+ information-
sharing and mutual-learning activities is making progress, with 30 activities in 2024 and 26 in 2025. This
number will increase, as further commitments can still be made in 2026. The number of jobs created under
the targeted mobility scheme is expected to rise further in the coming years, as confirmed by a clearly rising
trend (the number of jobs created in 2023 increased by 26% compared to 2022, and 27% if we compare
2023 with 2024). Transnational cooperation activities to accelerate the transfer and scaling up of social
innovations are taking place under the ESF+ social innovation initiative. With a current budget of
EUR 132 million, this initiative is implemented under indirect management by the Lithuanian European
Social Fund Agency and was officially launched in November 2022. In 2025, this agency launched two calls
for proposals (implementing the disability employment package and piloting a skill guarantee for workers
in transition) and continued implementing the five calls for proposals that were launched in previous years.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.4 1 263.7 1 303.7 1 396.6 1 370.5 817.8 843.2 6 996.0 7.3%
The ESF+ supports the climate change objectives by promoting green skills and jobs and contributing to the
green economy. Climate actions can be undertaken under the majority (if not all) of the ESF’s investment
priorities (whether in the context of support for small and medium-sized enterprises, vocational education
and training systems, lifelong learning or youth employment measures, among other things). It is for this
reason that the Commission decided to add a dimension to the ESF to track climate change expenditure:
the ESF+ secondary theme. All expenditure under the ESF secondary theme has a 100% coefficient.
This contribution corresponds to the amount earmarked for the secondary theme (01) ‘Contributing to green
skills and jobs and the green economy’ in the ESF + programmes.
Regulation (EU) 2024/795 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 29 February 2024 establishing
the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP) introduced two new intervention fields, including145b
(Support for the development of skills or access to employment in clean and resource-efficient
technologies), which is dedicated for actions specific to the strategic technologies and also have a 100%
contribution coefficient for climate change objectives.
European Social Fund+
Regulation (EU) 2025/1913 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 18 September 2025 amending
Regulation (EU) 2021/1057 establishing the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) as regards specific measures
to address strategic challenges introduced – among others – financial incentives and flexibilities to provide
support for training aiming at skilling, upskilling and reskilling with a view to adaptation of workers,
enterprises and entrepreneurs to change contributing to the decarbonisation of production capacities under
dedicated priorities, with the objective of maintaining competitiveness, sustainability and innovation during
the green transition.
The ESF+ promotes green skills and jobs and contributes to the green economy by:
• supporting the labour force by enhancing knowledge and skills to develop, produce, use and apply new
efficient and low-carbon technologies in a broad range of sectors and by matching these skills to jobs;
• offering support to the labour force to alleviate any negative impact on employment as a result of
shifting to a low-carbon and climate-resilient economy, namely job cuts in energy-intensive industries;
• facilitating the industrial adjustment linked to the decarbonisation of production processes and products,
while supporting skilling, job maintenance and quality job creation throughout the decarbonisation
process. Through this type of investment, the programme also partially supports the development of
biodiversity-relevant skills and jobs. However, the contribution of the ESF+ to biodiversity is marginal
compared to the broader contribution to climate.
European Social Fund+
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 507.5 1 439.4 688.6 706.0 3 341.4
1 0.0 14 775.4 13 384.2 14 162.1 14 521.5 56 843.1
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 174.0 685.0 1 550.3 1 965.6 2 004.8 6 379.7
Total: 174.0 15 967.8 16 373.9 16 816.3 17 232.3 66 564.3
The ESF+ Regulation provides for the obligation of the Member States and the Commission to
support specific targeted actions to promote gender equality mainstreaming and increase the
participation of women in employment, to support the improvement of work/life balance and
combat the feminisation of poverty and gender discrimination in the labour market, education and
training. Once the targeted measures are included in the programme, the specific thematic enabling
condition requires the Member States to put in place a national strategic policy framework for
gender equality.
Moreover, when selecting operations, Member States must set and apply criteria and procedures
that are non-discriminatory and transparent, ensure accessibility for persons with disabilities,
ensure gender equality and take account of the EU Charter of Fundamental Rights.
ESF+ allows Member States to develop work-life balance policies, including in the workplace, ensure
gender-sensitive policies, increase the labour-market participation of women, provide access to
affordable and accessible care services for children, older persons or persons with disabilities, as
well as tackle gender stereotypes.
ESF+ is the biggest cohesion policy contributor to gender equality, with almost EUR 85 billion
planned to contribute to gender equality through gender mainstreaming and around EUR 4.3 billion
to support actions targeting gender equality.
As regards the reporting requirements, the Member States are obliged to report, where relevant,
the indicator data broken down by gender (women, men and non-binary, in accordance with the
national law).
The amounts provided correspond to those earmarked for the gender codes of the Common
Provisions Regulation: ‘01’ for gender targeting (corresponding to a score of 2), ‘02’ for gender
mainstreaming (corresponding to a score of 1) and ‘03’ for gender neutral (corresponding to a
score of 0).
Gender equality is also a horizontal priority for the direct and indirect management strand of the
ESF+ and should be taken into account in all activities. To identify to what extent the employment
and social innovation strand is successful in mainstreaming horizontal principles in EaSI-supported
European Social Fund+
activities, the performance framework of the strand includes an indicator on the percentage of
stakeholders who declare that the activities funded through EaSI promote gender equality and
non-discrimination. This indicator is directly linked to sustainable development goal 5: gender
equality.
Gender-disaggregated information
• All common indicators on participants are broken down by gender. In ESF+ shared
management, Member States transmit data twice a year on supported participants with a
gender breakdown. By the end of 2025, ESF+ had supported 16 million participants, of whom
8.4 million were women, 7.5 million were men and 118 000 were non-binary.
European Social Fund+
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 0.0 55.5 686.3 1001.4 1 728.5 3 471.2 5.2%
The digital transition is supported by the ESF+ through its investment in digital skills and jobs. In
particular, the amounts provided correspond to those allocated for ‘Developing digital skills and
jobs’ (secondary theme 02) in ESF+ programmes. For tracking digital expenditure, the intervention
field grid from Annex VI of the Recovery and Resilience Facility Regulation is used.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
In line with Regulation (EU) 2024/795 establishing the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP), the ESF+ is one of the EU budget instruments under shared management mobilised to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European economy. STEP investments under ESF+ can be supported through existing priority axes or through new STEP-dedicated priorities, following amendments to one or more ESF+ programmes by Member State.
The regulation also introduced important changes to ESF+ financing to facilitate the implementation of STEP initiatives. It provides for an exceptional pre-financing rate of 30% for programme priorities dedicated to STEP objectives, aimed at accelerating the launch of projects contributing to the EU’s technological advancement and strategic autonomy. In addition, the maximum co-financing rate for these priorities has been increased to 100%, encouraging Member States to implement STEP-related projects and supporting faster uptake of critical technologies across the EU. In December 2025, the Defence Mini-omnibus Regulation extended the scope of STEP to a fourth sector covering investments in defence.
In line with ESF+ objectives, STEP also supports actions addressing skills shortages and promoting up- and re-skilling of workers.
By the end of December 2025, Member States have programmed EUR 2.1 billion of ESF+ funding
to support STEP measures.
The STEP Regulation has introduced a new ESF+ secondary theme – 11: Contributing to skills and
jobs in digital technologies and deep tech innovation, clean and resource-efficient technologies, and
biotechnologies, as well as two new intervention fields: 145a Support for the development of skills
or access to employment in digital technologies and deep tech innovation, biotechnologies and 145b
Support for the development of skills or access to employment in clean and resource-efficient
technologies. The latter has a 100% coefficient for the calculation of support for climate change objectives and 40% coefficient for the support to environmental objectives.
On 31 December 2025, the selected operations for STEP priorities amounted to just over EUR 80 million (EU and national contributions combined), with the vast majority directed towards
intervention field 145a, related to skills in digital, deep tech and biotechnologies.
European Social Fund+
Contribution to reforms
DG Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion commissioned the Study supporting the impact
assessment of the future European Social Fund proposal – Achieving structural change: conditions
for success in the areas of ESF+ intervention, published in 2025, that provides a comprehensive
analysis of how the European Social Fund Plus (ESF+) facilitates systemic reforms across the EU.
Between 2014 and 2022, the research identified 293 distinct reforms within the Member States,
mapping the specific causal mechanisms and conditions that enable successful policy shifts. The
study underscores the role of the ESF+ as a strategic instrument in the European social policy
landscape, evaluating its contribution to long-term structural change alongside other national and
EU funding streams.
The findings detail the diverse levels of financial investment provided by the ESF and ESF+ across
these 293 identified reforms. The data show that the fund provided a significant backbone for
many initiatives, with 5.1% of reforms receiving 75-100% of their support from the ESF/ESF+, and
another 5.8% supported at a level of 51-75%. Furthermore, the ESF/ESF+ contributed between
25% and 50% of the support for 12.7% of the identified reforms, while for 25% of the reforms,
the fund provided up to 25% of the necessary support.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
European Social Fund+
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
YES
2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In Bulgaria, the ESF+ supports a project modernising social
protection systems, with the goal of improving access for
vulnerable groups, including children and people with
disabilities. By enhancing the capacity of staff, the Agency of
Social Assistance (ASA) will ensure adequate care by offering
those in need competent and multi-component support, in line
with new technologies and ensuring an improvement in their
quality of life. The establishment of a single call centre in the
ASA with a toll-free telephone number for users connected to
all territorial structures, will ensure centralised processing of
queries and rapid response to issues. This initiative ensures
faster, more efficient support, helping prevent social isolation
and improve quality of life.
Member State: Bulgaria
EU Contribution: EUR 13 508 946.96
Duration: 24 February 2025 – 24 January 2028
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In Greece, the Social Solidarity Network is tackling extreme
poverty by providing essential food and material assistance to those in need. Through the project 'Grid of Actions to Address
Material Deprivation', the Region of Peloponnese is delivering
basic supplies to vulnerable households while offering social
inclusion support. Beneficiaries, including recipients of the Guaranteed Minimum Income, receive not just aid but also
administrative and integration assistance.
Member State: Greece
EU Contribution: EUR 25 353 903.44
Duration: 2 April 2024 – 31 December 2029
European Social Fund+
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In Poland, the Active Despite Cancer project is supporting cancer
patients aged 18-64 in Wielkopolska region through
comprehensive rehabilitation. Led by the Alina Pienkowska
Cancer Prevention and Epidemiology Centre in Poznań (OPEN),
the project builds on a successful pilot to improve physical
fitness, mental well-being, and employability for 2 500
patients. The initiative offers physiotherapy, dietetics,
psychological support, and training for medical staff. By enhancing rehabilitation services, the project helps patients
regain independence and return to work.
Member State: Poland
EU Contribution: EUR 3 856 221.23
Duration: 1 September 2024 – 31 August 2028
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In France, the ESF+-co-financed 'Visa métiers' qualifications training scheme (2022–2023) aims to strengthen the skill
needs of low-qualified individuals and support economic actors
in the region by providing targeted professional training. The
initiative, implemented by the Pays de la Loire Region’s professional and continuing training service, focuses on sectors
facing labour shortages, including industry, construction,
agriculture/landscape, logistics transport, and services to
people. The scheme primarily targets jobseekers and individuals
under judicial supervision, offering them personalised training
pathways tailored to their skills and competencies. By fostering
professional integration and qualification, the ‘Visa métiers’
project seeks to empower individuals who are distant from the
labour market, contributing to the region’s economic
development and social inclusion, aligning with the goal of
promoting lifelong learning opportunities for all.
Member State: France
EU Contribution: EUR 26 965 800.00
Duration: 1 January 2022 – 31 December 2025
European Social Fund+
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In Austria, the project ‘FairPlusService’, co-financed by the ESF+,
aims to enhance the professional development and further
training of formally low-skilled and unqualified women,
fostering equal opportunities and empowerment. The initiative
targets women with limited formal qualifications, offering a
range of measures to support employment, such as providing
compact training and short learning units to stimulate
continuous skill development, as well as tailored consulting and
coaching services for both Austrian companies and the women
themselves. The project focuses on key sectors such as trade,
tourism, health and social care, and education, where advisory
services are delivered to bridge skill gaps and promote career
advancement. These services are complemented by
comprehensive outreach efforts and broad knowledge-sharing
initiatives to ensure long-term impact. Overall, the project seeks to promote long-term employment stability, gender equality,
and labour market participation for some of Austria’s most
vulnerable women.
Member State: Austria
EU Contribution: EUR 2 408 047.46
Duration: 14 November 2023 – 13 November 2028
European Social Fund+
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
The ESF+ supports a project designed to integrate unemployed
individuals, employed persons with disabilities, and
economically inactive residents into the labour market. The
initiative targets vulnerable groups, including long-term
unemployed individuals, persons with disabilities or mental
health conditions, refugees, individuals over 55, and young
adults under 29. The project offers a range of measures to
facilitate employment, such as creating subsidised jobs in
collaboration with employers, adapting workplaces for persons
with disabilities, and providing financial support for regional
mobility to help participants cover transport and
accommodation costs during their first four months of
employment. The project also includes professional suitability
assessments, skills development programs for young adults
and persons with disabilities, and support for overcoming addictions through therapy and counselling. Psychological and
mentorship services are provided to boost participants'
confidence and help employers better understand the needs of
these target groups. Overall, the project aims to promote long- term employment stability, social integration, and labour
market participation for some of Latvia's most vulnerable
populations.
Member State: LatviaEU
Contribution: EUR 43 537 650.00
Duration: 1 June 2023 – 30 June 2028
European Social Fund+
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
The ESF+ funds a three-year project in Gothenburg focused on
reducing child poverty by enhancing children's and young
people's participation in school and leisure activities. The project
specifically targets children aged 6-18 living in Gothenburg
neighbourhoods with high relative poverty rates. It involves
close collaboration with the City of Gothenburg's school and
social services, housing companies, volunteer organisations,
and local stakeholders. This initiative builds upon the ‘School as
Arena/Lights On’ framework, which aims to equalise
opportunities for children from disadvantaged backgrounds and
ensure their right to a fulfilling childhood. By providing
structured leisure activities under the supervision of trusted
adults, the project creates safe environments that positively
influence children's academic success and future development,
helping reduce the gap of opportunity with their peers.
Member State: Sweden
EU Contribution: EUR 971 592.70
Duration: 1 March 2023 – 28 February 2026
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
YES 2021-2027 ESF+ (shared management)
In Romania, the ESF+ funds a project aimed at reducing poverty
and social exclusion among marginalised Roma and non-Roma
communities, with a particular focus on the Roma minority
population. The initiative operates under the Community-Led Local Development (CLLD) mechanism, implementing
integrated measures to provide quality, sustainable, and
affordable services. These include housing support, person- centred care and modernisation of social protection systems,
with special attention to children and disadvantaged groups,
with the goal of fostering inclusive growth and improved living
conditions for vulnerable populations in the region.
Member State: Romania
EU Contribution: EUR 834 674.40
Duration: 1 January 2024 – 29 December 2029
European Social Fund+
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
YES 2021-2027 ESF+, EaSI strand (direct management)
The NewEcoSmart project aims to create an inclusive social
innovation approach to reskill and upskill adults in rural areas,
helping them adapt to the green and digital transitions in their
current jobs or find new employment opportunities within
habitat-related sectors. The initiative also promotes social
entrepreneurial skills to encourage sustainable business
models aligned with circular and socially responsible practices.
The project brings together industry representatives, vocational
training institutions, and social innovation actors, with support
from public authorities, educational providers, and third-sector
organisations. Focusing on rural regions in Spain, Portugal, and
Italy with strong manufacturing traditions, NewEcoSmart
identifies and addresses the green, digital, and entrepreneurial
skill gaps among adults over 45, small and medium-sized
enterprises, and micro-firms. It develops a digital transformation toolkit for social economy actors to adopt
innovative approaches that support the twin transition, tests
and validates these methods in selected territories, and
expands its impact through prizes and grants.
Member State: Italy, Spain, Portugal
EU Contribution: EUR 812 159.54
Duration: 1 August 2023 – 31 July 2025
European Social Fund+
2014-2020 Multiannual Financial Framework – European Social
Fund (ESF)
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 93 619.5 93 630.6 100.0%
Payments 93 242.4 0.0 99.6%
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Participants in employment, including self- employment, upon leaving the ESF intervention
14% > 100% 24% in 2023
35% of participants
in 2023 compared to a target
of 24%
Achieved
Participants gaining a qualification upon leaving the ESF intervention in education, training and vocational training for skills and lifelong learning
0 > 100% 23% in 2023
26% of participants
in 2023 compared to a target
of 23%
Achieved
Inactive young people not in employment, education or
0 > 100% 0.26 million in 2020
0.33 million inactive
participants in 2023
Achieved
European Social Fund+
training gaining a qualification or in employment upon leaving the youth employment initiative intervention
compared to a target
of 0.26 million
By the end of 2023, a total of 76 million (38) participations were reported in ESF interventions with
objectives focusing on employment, education and social inclusion. Of these participations, a total
of 25.5 million were reported to have gained a qualification, entered employment or education, or
became engaged in job-searching, translating to an overall success rate of around 34 %.
The ESF (excluding YEI) has been successfully promoting sustainable and quality employment (in
line with specific objective 1). Operations that promote sustainable and quality employment
supported more than 16 million participations and led to 6.7 million positive short-term results (i.e.
people either found a job, gained a qualification or otherwise improved their labour market
position). 3.5 million participants entered employment after participating in an ESF-supported
intervention, which amounts to a total of 35% of participations recorded for unemployed and
inactive persons. This is well above the target of the core performance indicator set in the 2014-
2020 multiannual financial framework for this objective (24%).
In the field of social inclusion (specific objective 2), the ESF contributes to reducing poverty in the
EU, typically through attention for active inclusion, by targeting specific groups such as low-skilled
people, (long-term) unemployed, older people, people with disabilities, and people with a
migrant/foreign background. At the end of 2023, this specific objective had supported more than
17 million participations and led to almost 5 million positive results. Around 0.8 million inactive
participants were engaged in job searching upon leaving, which amounts to 12.5% of all
participations recorded for inactive persons.
In the area of education and training (specific objective 3) almost 27 million participations were
recorded for all operations in education, of which 9 million had achieved an individual short-term
result by the end of 2023. Almost 7 million participants gained a qualification through ESF
investments with an education objective, which represents 26% of all participations recorded in
this objective. This is above the target defined as core performance indicator by 2023 (23%).
Another 1.5 million persons were in education/training when they left the intervention. As expected,
the numbers of people engaged in education were higher than those engaged in job search or
those that had entered employment.
Institutional capacity investments (specific objective 4) have supported projects targeting public
administrations or public services at the national, regional or local level. Interventions mainly
contributed to public officials gaining a certain type of qualification (0.5 million out of 1.1 million
(38) The monitoring of outputs and results in ESF is based on the single participation record. For ease of reading, the terms
‘participation’, ‘participant’ and ‘person’ are used interchangeably in this document.
European Social Fund+
participants). The most meaningful results were procedural, such as improvements in the
administrative time required for certain procedures, or specific positive results for organisations,
public administrations, the judiciary, and civil society organisations. Good examples include the
numbers of institutions implementing certain IT systems, revised and/or simplified procedures, and
increased regulatory scrutiny.
In the field of support for young people not in employment, education or training (specific objective
5), by the end of 2023 a total of 7.4 million young people had benefited from YEI support. Of these,
almost 1.8 million were in education/training, gained a qualification or were in employment,
including self-employment, upon leaving the YEI supported intervention.
Regarding fostering crisis repair and resilience, the programme amendments across the EU after
the introduction of REACT-EU in 2020 resulted in an aggregated additional EUR 19.6 billion of
European funds available for implementation of ESF across the various objectives (EUR 20.2 billion
when including national co-financing). Most of these funds were allocated to supporting
employment objectives (EUR 12.5 billion), followed by investments in education (EUR 3.4 billion)
and social inclusion (EUR 2.4 billion). Remaining investments were reserved for institutional
capacity (EUR 0.7 billion) and other support (EUR 0.6 billion).
While the investments under this objective are directed to existing investment priorities, they
focused transversally on crisis repair and fighting the COVID-19 pandemic, as well as future-
oriented investments. They were also used to finance emergency support measures for Ukrainian
refugees in 2022.
Under the 2014-2020 programming period, investments through CARE and FAST-CARE amounted
to EUR 1.428 billion of which EUR 972 million came from the ESF (EU contribution:
EUR 949 million).
REACT-EU investments have been almost completed by the end of 2023, with a total of
EUR 20.3 billion (over 100%) selected and over 50% had been declared as expenditure already.
Implementation of the transversal REACT-EU investments with employment objectives show
slightly lower implementation rates as expenditure declared (43%).
Operations under the REACT-EU thematic objective reached an additional 7 million participations,
leading to more than 7.2 positive short-term results.
2014-2020 Multiannual Financial Framework – Fund for
European Aid to the Most Deprived (FEAD)
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
European Social Fund+
Commitments 3 813.7 3 813.7 100.0%
Payments 3 645.2 0.0 95.6%
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of people receiving assistance from the fund
0 > 100% 12.7 million annually from 2015 to 2020
14 million in 2023
compared to a target
of 12.7 million
Achieved
Around 14 million people benefited from FEAD in 2023, with more then 300 000 tonnes of food
and almost 67 million meals distributed. More than 950 000 people were supported through basic
material assistance and almost 50 000 people received vouchers.
Among the persons benefitting, 49% were women; 26% were children; 11% were above 65 years
old; 20% were migrants, people with a foreign background or minorities; 7.5% were people with
disabilities; and around 3% were homeless. Compared to the preceding years, slightly less people
benefited from FEAD type support and the amount of distributed food was lower. This has to be
seen in the context of overlapping support in the year 2023, where some Member States already
started the implementation of ex-FEAD type activities under the ESF+.
By the end of 2023, FEAD had successfully delivered assistance in 27 Member States, making good
progress towards its objectives. Most Member States (23 out of 27) had distributed food and/or
basic material assistance together with accompanying measures (operational programme I) and
four Member States continued to run social inclusion programmes (OP II).
ERASMUS+
ERASMUS+
Concrete examples of achievements
More than
1.5 million
participants
took advantage of
Erasmus+ mobility in
2025.
Close to 61 900
unique organisations
were involved in
Erasmus+ projects in
2025.
More than 51 000
Ukrainian nationals
have participated in
Erasmus+ mobility
programmes since
2022.
4.4 million
European student cards
had been issued by
universities and other
institutions by the end
of 2025.
35%
of Erasmus+ cooperation
partnerships supported
digital transformation
in 2025.
43%
of budget cooperation
projects supported the
environment and
climate change in
2024.
More than 13 500
Erasmus Mundus
scholarships have been
awarded since 2021.
19%
was the estimated
share of participants
with fewer
opportunities in
learning mobility
activities in 2025.
ERASMUS+
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
2 663.0 3 420.7 3 684.0 3 806.1 3 977.2 4 284.3 4 578.4 26 413.8
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
256.0 209.2 243.9 304.1 291.3 0.0 0.0 1 304.5
Total 2 919.0 3 630.0 3 927.9 4 110.2 4 268.5 4 284.3 4 578.4 27 718.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 18 768.3 27 718.3 67.7%
Payments 16 381.4 0.0 59.1%
ERASMUS+
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of participants in learning mobility activities – learners (education and training)
0 77% 5 million in 2027 3.8 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 5 million
On track
Number of participants in learning mobility activities – staff (education and training)
0 88% 1.4 million in 2027
1.3 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 1.4
On track
Number of participants in virtual learning (education and training)
0 > 100% 224 300 in 2027 411 998 by 2025 compared to a
target of 224 300
On track
Number of organisations and institutions taking part in the programme (youth)
0 61% 156 210 in 2027 95 824 by 2025 compared to a
target of 156 210
On track
Number of organisations and institutions taking part in the programme (sport)
0 76% 11 422 in 2027 8 624 by 2025 compared to a
target of 11 422
On track
Number of small-scale partnerships supported by the programme (education and training)
0 76% 8 700 in 2027 6 605 by 2025 compared to a target of 8 700
On track
Share of projects addressing climate objectives under cooperation projects (youth)
0 71% 25% in 2027 Milestones achieved for 2021
till 2025 (2025: 33% compared to
a milestone of 20%)
On track
ERASMUS+
• In 2025, the Erasmus+ programme continued to support transnational learning mobility,
cooperation between organisations and policy development.
• The programme continued to roll out the numerous initiatives contributing to achieving the
European education area and initiatives under the union of skills following the adoption of the
Commission communication on the latter in March 2025. The programme supported flagship
initiatives such as Erasmus+ teacher academies, European universities and centres of
vocational excellence.
• On 15 July 2025, the Commission adopted the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027
Erasmus+ programme and the final evaluation of the predecessor programme. The interim
evaluation showed that the programme is on track to achieve its key outputs, results and
impacts, despite significant disruptions from the COVID-19 pandemic in its early stages. It
also identified some areas for improvement, in particular regarding monitoring and evaluation
arrangements, which will inform the next stages of programme implementation and the post-
2027 programme.
Delivering on main priorities
• In 2025, the programme also continued to focus on its four main cross-sector priorities
(inclusion and diversity, environment and the fight against climate change, digital
transformation and participation in democratic life, and common values and civic
engagement) by supporting projects and specific activities. More information on the green
and digital priorities can be found below (in the ‘Contribution to horizontal priorities’
section).
• The inclusion priority is measured through a varied set of indicators, tracking the number
of participants with fewer opportunities taking part in the different strands of the
programme, but also showing the inclusiveness of the programme through the number of
newcomer organisations reached thanks to the simplification measures introduced in the
new programme. The Commission thoroughly revised the funding rules for learning
mobility participants in 2023-2024, adapting unit cost rates to improve the programme’s
inclusiveness in times of rising inflation.
• The programme framework of inclusion measures was adopted in 2021 to reinforce
inclusion measures that had already been implemented and to help adapt them to
different circumstances in the Member States. With these measures in place, which also
include the setting up of national inclusion plans and the nomination of inclusion contact
points in each national agency, the programme opens up opportunities for many people to
have a learning experience in another country, in particular by reaching out to increasing
numbers of people with fewer opportunities. These measures are starting to bear fruit,
with an estimated share in 2025 of 19% of participants with fewer opportunities under
key action 1 of the programme (compared with 13% in 2022).
• SALTO (support advanced learning and training opportunities) resource centres provide
support to both national agencies and beneficiaries for the quality implementation of the
ERASMUS+
four priorities across Erasmus+ and the European Solidarity Corps, fostering synergies
among the programmes.
Democratic participation and EU values
• In line with Regulation (EU) 2021/817 (the Erasmus+ Regulation), the 2025 Erasmus+
annual work programme reaffirmed the key role of the programme in strengthening
European identity and values and in contributing to a more democratic EU. Entities that
are beneficiaries of EU projects have the obligation to commit to and ensure the respect
of EU values. In 2025, 4 382 projects under key action 2 supported democratic
participation. In addition, 94% of participants in mobility activities declared that they feel
more European, while 92% were more aware of European values.
• In 2025, Jean Monnet actions in other fields of education and training aimed to (1)
empower teachers to teach about the EU and (2) improve learning outcomes on EU
matters, strengthen EU literacy and create interest in the EU and democratic processes
among learners, thus promoting active citizenship education. The Jean Monnet actions in
the field of higher education continued to stimulate teaching, learning and research in
European integration matters; promote policy debates inside and outside Europe; and
contribute to spreading knowledge about the EU through the 246 selected projects.
• Youth participation activities aim to enhance young people’s skills and competences and
to foster active citizenship. This initiative complements the existing support for non-
formal learning activities, such as youth exchanges, which bring together young people
from different countries to meet, share experiences and learn outside their formal
educational system. From 2021 to 2025, almost EUR 120 million was devoted to this
initiative, and it was expected to generate participation opportunities for more than
640 000 young people.
The international dimension
• Erasmus+ continues to deliver strong results in its international action, as reflected in
consistently high budget absorption rates. As budget allocations have remained broadly
stable over the years, similar results are expected in 2026 to those achieved in 2025. In
particular, in 2025, the programme supported around 1 200 international credit mobility
projects aiming to provide opportunities to more than 50 000 higher education students
and staff to take advantage of the opportunity for mobility worldwide. Also in 2025,
through Erasmus Mundus actions, around 139 higher education institutions from 31
countries were involved in the development of joint international master’s degree
programmes. Some 2 400 Erasmus Mundus scholarships were also granted to students
from more than 140 countries during the year, and since the launch of the programme in
2004 some 39 000 such scholarships have been awarded. Furthermore, 321 capacity-
building projects were selected in 2025 to promote cooperation among institutions and
organisations engaged in higher education, vocational education and training, and youth
and sport.
Continuing support for Ukraine
ERASMUS+
• Since the start of Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine, the Erasmus+ programme
has mobilised more than EUR 200 million, thanks to its built-in flexibility, to support
projects promoting educational activities and facilitating the integration of people fleeing
the war into their new learning environments. Participating organisations have been
encouraged to tailor their activities to address these challenges effectively. Key action 1
(learning mobility) projects have been mobilised, given their capacity to support incoming
mobility from Ukraine and facilitate the integration of learners and staff, with over
51 000 Ukrainian nationals participating in mobility projects since 2022. Sector-specific
priorities under ‘partnerships for cooperation’ (key action 2) in the fields of education,
training and youth are specifically aimed at supporting those affected by the war. Grants
supporting this priority have amounted to EUR 48 million since 2023. Additionally, the
international dimension of the programme has provided support to organisations, learners
and staff in Ukraine through activities such as capacity-building projects in higher
education, vocational education and training, and youth and sport, with a total of
EUR 31 million contracted in grants for Ukrainian organisations since 2022.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 228.3 385.4 444.8 477.0 529.3
2 064.9 7.8%
• The actions supported by the programme contribute to the overall climate objective, both by
the prioritisation of the green transition in the cooperation activities and by the promotion of
green practices at the project level throughout the programme.
• In this respect, the programme supports the use of innovative and awareness-raising
practices to make learners, staff and youth workers true factors of change (e.g. save
resources, reduce energy use and waste, compensate carbon footprint emissions, opt for
sustainable food and mobility choices).
• Funding rules have been revised so that from 2024, sustainable travel became the default
option, with the programme offering stronger incentives for those who travel in a sustainable
way. Participants in learning mobility activities are thus encouraged to prioritise green travel
as their first choice when planning their trip.
ERASMUS+
• The framework for implementing the green priority in Erasmus+, prepared in cooperation with
the relevant thematic SALTO and in consultation with many stakeholders, was published at
the end of 2024. It outlines the importance of the priority on the EU’s political agenda and
provides an overview of the measures and mechanisms to implement it in the programme.
The yearly contribution to climate objectives is based on beneficiary organisations’ applications
for receiving funding for the cooperation of projects (Key action 2) with climate-related topics.
The environment and the fight against climate change are among the horizontal priorities of the
programme which aim to support, across all sectors, awareness-raising about the green
transition, environmental and climate-change challenges. Examples of cooperation projects
addressing climate objectives can be found in the Erasmus+ annual report 2024 and the
Erasmus+ project result platform.
ERASMUS+
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 291.8 292.1 360.9 283.7 158.7 1 387.2
1 457.8 705.8 782.3 916.0 1 014.2 3 876.1
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 1 913.4 2 422.8 2 540.9 2 606.4 2 804.3 12 287.8
Total: 2 663.0 3 420.7 3 684.0 3 806.1 3 977.2 17 551.1
• In line with the principles of the 2020-2025 gender equality strategy, Erasmus+ contributes
to fostering equality, including gender equality, in all of the sectors it addresses. The
programme seeks, inter alia, to help overcome gender stereotypes in education and
educational careers and strengthen the promotion of participation of women in the area of
science, technology, engineering and mathematics education, especially in engineering,
information and communication technologies and advanced digital skills. For instance, the
programme contributes to fostering gender balance in higher education institutions, across
fields of study and in leadership positions; in the vocational education and training sector, it
supports targeted measures promoting gender balance in traditionally ‘male’ or ‘female’
professions and addressing gender and other stereotypes. The main programme indicators
are disaggregated by gender when relevant and possible.
• Regarding interventions of which the principal objective is to improve gender equality (score
2), the yearly contribution to gender is based on beneficiary organisations’ applications for
receiving funding for cooperation projects (Key action 2) with gender-related topics.
• Regarding interventions with a neutral impact on gender equality (score 0), the yearly
contribution to gender is the difference between the programme’s budget as indicated in the
relevant annual work programme and the yearly contribution to gender based on beneficiary
organisations’ applications for receiving funding for cooperation projects (Key action 2) with
gender-related topics.
• The data are provisional, as the final results will only be available upon completion of the
projects (normally 2-3 years after they start).
• Due to the specificities of the Erasmus+ programme, it is not possible to fully discern gender
contribution from voted budget implementation commitments only. The split presented in the
table above represents a pro-rata repartition based on the score proportions of the total
implementation included in the relevant annual work programmes. This total of
ERASMUS+
EUR 5 263 million (39) includes other sources of funding on top of the voted budget
implementation.
Gender-disaggregated information
• Erasmus+ supports gender equality and encourages all genders to participate in mobility activities. In 2024, 60% of the provided mobility opportunities were taken up by women. The gender distribution varies depending on the field of education; adult education has the highest percentage of women (69.3%), followed by school education (65.3%), higher education (60.4%), youth (57.6%), vocational education and training (54.3%) and sport (41.7%). Examples of cooperation projects addressing inclusion and diversity, including gender equality, can be found in the Erasmus+ Annual Report 2024 and on the Erasmus+ project result platform.
(39) Linked to interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality (i.e. a gender score of 2) and to
interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective, but not as the main reason for the intervention (i.e. a gender score of 1).
ERASMUS+
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 531.7 777.3 873.1 427.8 254.0 2 863.8 16.3%
• Erasmus+ is heavily mobilised to respond to the necessary digital transformation of
education and training, youth and sport. The year 2022 saw the launch of the SALTO digital
resource centre, with the aim of supporting the qualitative implementation of the digital
priority in the programme and for bringing programme and policy closer in the field of digital
education. To this end, relevant guidelines for the creation and implementation of a digital
strategy in Erasmus+ were launched in 2024.
• The mobility actions of the programme provide an increased number of opportunities to
acquire and develop digital skills, through initiatives such as the digital opportunity
traineeships scheme. The programme also complements physical mobility by promoting
distance and blended learning. Moreover, it has a broad offer of learning opportunities
focusing on basic and advanced digital competence development and virtual exchanges, and
it supports cooperation projects on digital education.
• The programme supports the implementation of the 2021-2027 Digital Education Action
Plan. In line with the action plan priorities, the programme contributes to the development of
digital skills and competences, promotes accessible and high-quality digital learning, fosters
teachers’ capacity to use digital tools, services and content to enhance student learning and
develop student digital skills, provides blended learning opportunities (combinations of more
than one approach to the learning process, blending school-site and distance-learning
environments, and digital and non-digital learning tools). Erasmus+ also supports European
online platforms for virtual cooperation and digital education.
• Following the 2023 adoption of the digital education and skills package, consisting of two
Council recommendations, one on key enabling factors for successful digital education and
training and one on the provision of digital skills and competences, two expert groups were
set up on: (i) the development of guidelines and quality requirements for accessible, well-
designed and high-quality digital education content, and (ii) the development of guidelines on
high-quality informatics. In the Communication on the Digital Education Action Plan 2021-
2027, the Commission committed to undertake its comprehensive review in 2024 and
propose additional or new measures if necessary. Consultation activities were launched in
April 2024, and a series of stakeholder-focused events took place throughout 2024 and
2025. Additional consultation activities will be carried out in the first half of 2026. The results
of the consultation process and evidence gathering will be published as a Commission Staff
Working Document, which will accompany the 2030 Roadmap on the future of digital
education and skills. Throughout 2024, the Commission continued to implement the ‘SELFIE’
ERASMUS+
tool (‘self-reflection on effective learning by fostering the use of innovative educational
technologies’), which currently has been used by 6.7 million users in 32 875 schools in 88
countries.
• The European Digital Education Hub was launched in 2022. In December 2024, the hub
community counted 6 000 members. Six squads were established, gathering around 25
members focusing on topics such as hybrid learning spaces, safety and security, immersive
learning, digital wellbeing, featuring and explainable AI. The higher education interoperability
workgroup, established within the hub, produced in December 2024 a draft version of the
higher education interoperability framework, offering practical guidelines and tools to enable
interoperability among learning and teaching systems in higher education. These guidelines
and tools were tested by the workgroup, in preparation for the framework’s official launch in
February 2025.
• The European Student Card Initiative aims at making it as easy as possible for students
across Europe to be mobile. Through its key components –the Erasmus+ Mobile App, the
European Student Card and the digitalisation of student mobility management via Erasmus
Without Paper– the initiative constitutes a real revolution for the simplification of the way
higher education institutions manage student mobility. By the end of 2025, the Erasmus+
Mobile App had been downloaded more than 275 000 times and 4.4 million European Student
Cards had been produced. The Erasmus Without Paper network has become the default
option for higher education institutions to prepare intra-European student mobility for studies.
By the end of 2025, a total of 290 000 interinstitutional agreements and 540 000 learning
agreements had been digitally exchanged and approved by partners.
• The yearly contribution to digital objectives is, among others, based on beneficiary
organisations’ applications for receiving funding for cooperation projects (Key action 2) with
digital-related topics. Results also include centralised projects supporting digital education
and managed directly by DG Education, Youth, Sport and Culture, and digital platforms
supporting learners, staff and organisations.
• The data are provisional as the final results will only be available upon completion of the
projects (normally 2-3 years after they start).
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
ERASMUS+
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
x The mobility project ‘staying strong’ has been designed to
support the physical, mental, and emotional well-being of
young people by promoting healthy ways to manage stress
and anxiety. Through workshops, sports, creative activities,
and non-formal education, participants developed
confidence, healthy habits, and important soft skills. By
working together and sharing their experiences locally, they
learned how small lifestyle changes can improve personal
well-being and strengthen their communities.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
x The ‘share the music for inclusive learning in education’
(Smile) project was designed to support teachers in
addressing this challenge by providing a practical framework
and showcasing best practices for managing inclusion and
diversity in education. Its primary goal is to offer pre-primary
and primary school teachers new knowledge, key
competencies and ready-to-use educational materials to
effectively use music as a pedagogical tool for inclusive
education.
Additionally, the project aims to help teachers develop their
social and digital skills through its digital repository and
online training resources. While the project has been
designed for teachers, the ultimate beneficiaries are the
students, whose well-being and academic performance are
expected to improve as a result of these integrated inclusive
practices.
ERASMUS+
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
x The general objective of the project ‘step forward for women
in basketball’ (Promise) is to promote the inclusion and
participation of girls and women in basketball at all levels of
responsibility through the design, implementation and
evaluation of a holistic intervention programme. The project
is fully aligned with the Erasmus+ Sport specific priority
‘combating violence and tackling racism, discrimination, and
intolerance in sport (including gender equality)’. It conducts
focus groups involving all participant federations and 216
European stakeholders to assess the current situation of
women in basketball, along with the programme
methodology, which will be implemented in all six of the
countries involved (Bulgaria, France, Ireland, Kosovo (40),
Portugal and Spain).
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
x The project ‘fast-tracking women into new tech careers and
supporting successful female-led start-ups’ (Femme
forward) is a forward-looking project targeting the low
representation of women in digital jobs and start-ups.
Through an innovative and comprehensive training
programme, women with various backgrounds are
empowered to either start a career in tech or employ their
experience and knowledge to set up a tech start-up. The
project supports women with various backgrounds with a
special focus on: migrants and refugees whose qualifications
are not recognised in the EU; professionals and women who
want to change careers for better job prospects; young
graduates with non-tech degrees who want to move into
tech positions; women who have a tech business idea and
want to make it a reality; women re-entering the labour
market after maternity, etc.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
x The project ‘youth and city’ aims to provide training and
resources to empower young people to actively participate in
the development of their cities. By involving them in the
planning process, the project hopes to create more inclusive
and environmentally friendly communities.
(40) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion
on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
ERASMUS+
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
x ‘La jeunesse européenne contre la crise de l’eau’ is a youth
project aimed at mobilising European youth to address the
water crisis affecting several European countries by working
collaboratively to promote awareness, education, community
action, and the implementation of innovative and sustainable
solutions for water management.
.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
x The project ‘digitally for climate’ (Digi4clima) established
international cooperation to contribute to raising awareness
of two global issues – the fight against climate change and
digital transformation. It aimed at developing and promoting
a digital learning tool on climate change that provides
knowledge, raises awareness of environmental sustainability
and promotes digital literacy. The tool supports teachers
when educating primary school students about the
dangerous effects of climate change on earth, developing a
caring attitude towards nature, making them aware of the
consequences of their daily actions, and encouraging them
to live in a more environmentally friendly way.
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
x Under the action for ‘Capacity building in higher education’,
the project ‘Academic alliance for reconciliation in the field
of higher education in peace, conflict transformation, and
reconciliation studies in the Middle East and North Africa’
aimed at building capacity in the field of higher education in
peace, reconciliation and conflict transformation studies in
the Middle East and North Africa.
European solidarity corps
EUROPEAN SOLIDARITY CORPS
Concrete examples of achievements
More than
1 100 000
young people have
expressed an interest in
joining the European
Solidarity Corps by
registering since the
launch of the new-
generation programme
in 2021.
More than 12 000
projects have received
programme grants
since the launch of the
programme in 2021.
Nearly 5 500
organisations have
participated in projects
supported by the
programme since its
launch in 2021.
More than
120 000
opportunities for young
people have been
created under the
programme since 2021.
More than 50%
of participants in
volunteering activities
since 2021 have been
people with fewer
opportunities.
About 63%
of the total number of
programme participants
since its launch in 2021
have been women.
European solidarity corps
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
135.7 141.4 144.2 144.0 146.9 149.8 152.9 1 015.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
11.0 7.0 7.4 8.2 9.3 0.0 0.0 42.9
Total 146.7 148.4 151.6 152.2 156.2 149.8 152.9 1 057.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 738.4 1 057.8 69.8%
Payments 612.3 0.0 57.9%
European solidarity corps
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of participants in solidarity activities
0 66% 187 688 in 2027 124 789 by 2025 compared to a
target of 187 688
On track
Number of organisations holding a quality label
0 77% 5 155 in 2027 3 958 by 2025 compared to a target of 5 155
On track
Share of participants with fewer opportunities
0 71% 30% annually from 2022
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 54.2% compared to a
milestone of 30%)
On track
Share of activities that address climate objectives
0 71% 20% annually from 2025
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 45%
compared to a milestone of 20%)
On track
European solidarity corps
• After five years of implementation, the programme’s volunteering projects are using the allocated budget to a very large extent, due to the high demand by young people for volunteering opportunities. However, the number of young people who can be supported with the available budget is lower than initially expected. This is due to the lower-than-estimated take-up of short-term volunteering activities, which are less costly, and the higher-than- estimated take-up of long-term activities.
• Short-term activities, lasting two weeks to two months, cost on average 8–10 times less than long- term activities, which last several months to one year. While the original budget split was estimated at 35% for short-term and 65% for long-term activities, it was assessed in real terms to be closer to 15% and 85% respectively, largely explaining the implementation figures in terms of volunteer numbers. Inflation and a higher-than-expected level of participation by young people with fewer opportunities also contributed. The resulting reduction in participant numbers was partly offset by the co-delegation of Horizon Europe mission funds to the European Solidarity Corps in 2023 and 2024, a concrete example of effective programme synergy. This co-delegation ended in 2025 for the remainder of the current multiannual financial framework.
• Rising inflation and overall hosting costs have put increased pressure on the costs of corps participants. The Commission increased individual support rates for the 2023 European Solidarity Corps call to help participants cope with rising living costs. In 2024, funding rules were further revised to strengthen inclusiveness and ensure full support for volunteers through their host organisations. Funding for volunteering teams was also improved by removing the cap that had previously been applied. This should help to increase the number of participants in the corps for the final years of the programme. As a tangible result, the ratio of participants has now reached 20% for short-term and 80% for long-term activities.
• The programme focuses, via support for projects and for specific activities, on four main transversal priorities: promoting inclusion and diversity; contributing to the green and digital transitions; contributing to democratic participation; and contributing to EU values. In 2021, a specific priority, ‘Prevention, promotion and support in the field of health’, was added to mobilise volunteers in addressing the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and the recovery. In 2022, two priorities were indicated: ‘Promoting healthy lifestyles’ and ‘Preservation of cultural heritage’. In 2023, relief for people fleeing armed conflicts and other victims of natural or human-made disasters was added. The latter was maintained in 2024, and was seconded by fostering positive learning experiences and outcomes for young people with fewer opportunities. In 2025, promoting waste management and recycling solutions was added to the list of annual priorities.
• The programme and its entire community once again showed extreme resilience and adaptability by quickly mobilising to provide relief to Ukrainian residents fleeing Russia’s war of aggression, along with communities across the EU that offered them a safe haven.
• Launched in 2022, the European Voluntary Humanitarian Aid Corps is a centralised initiative that allows the deployment of young volunteers in non-EU countries. The first call for proposals was published in the 2022 programme guide, enabling organisations that had been awarded the specific quality label to request funding for volunteering opportunities in support of humanitarian aid projects. As 2023 was the first year of implementation, and based on the results of the first three calls, we can make more accurate estimates for the following years, notably regarding deployment in teams, which is much lower than had initially been expected. In practice, the number of volunteers is now expected to be much lower than the initial estimate, but their deployments are expected to last longer.
• The 2018-2020 European Solidarity Corps final evaluation and the 2021-2027 European Solidarity Corps interim evaluation were adopted on 1 April 2025 (41). The evaluations highlight the significant
(41) Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee
and the Committee of the Regions on the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 European Solidarity Corps and final evaluation of the 2018-2020 European Solidarity Corps, COM(2025) 144 final, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
European solidarity corps
impact of the European Solidarity Corps in promoting inclusion, diversity and democratic participation, reinforcing European identity and values:
o 71% of participants would not have found similar opportunities without the programme; o the participation of young people with fewer opportunities has steadily grown, from 25% in
2018 to 40% in 2023; o the programme’s impact has doubled, proving cost-effective despite challenges such as
inflation, which led to increased unit costs in 2023 and 2024; o the humanitarian aid strand has seen overwhelming interest, with nearly 200 000 expressions
of interest since its launch in 2023, vastly outnumbering the available placements.
• While the programme has demonstrated remarkable success, the evaluation outlines a number of challenges in key areas that require attention.
o Inclusion. Outreach and support for young people from disadvantaged backgrounds could be
strengthened. o Funding. The budget needs to be aligned with growing demands to sustain impact. o Digital efficiency. IT systems should be further improved and administrative burdens should
be reduced. o Geographical balance. Wider participation across all EU Member States should be
encouraged. o Non-EU nationals. Possible improvements to visa arrangements should be considered. o Alignment of the humanitarian aid strand. The purpose of the humanitarian aid strand
should be clarified and the age limit of that strand aligned with the rest of the programme.
content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2025:144:FIN; Commission staff working document – Evaluation – Accompanying the document ‘Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 European Solidarity Corps and final evaluation of the 2018-2020 European Solidarity Corps’, SWD(2025) 75 final, https://eur- lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025SC0075.
European solidarity corps
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 20.8 15.8 16.5 17.8 19.5
90.4 8.9%
• The programme contributes to the mainstreaming of climate action by targeting
organisations and young people wishing to tackle current societal challenges, including
climate action, through projects that benefit people and communities across Europe and
beyond. A coefficient of 40% is applied to the relevant projects’ budgets, in accordance with
the EU climate coefficients methodology. Young people between the ages of 18 and 30 can
take part in a wide range of solidarity activities, such as tackling societal challenges,
supporting vulnerable people and contributing to positive change in communities across
Europe and beyond, all while gaining valuable skills. Climate action, the environment and
nature protection are increasingly popular areas within the programme. A strategic approach
towards carbon-neutral and more environment-friendly post-2020 EU programmes for
education, training, youth, sport and solidarity is under preparation. Meanwhile, the
programme already supports sustainability and climate action in the following ways:
o supporting projects with the themes of climate action and sustainability;
o assigning a dedicated priority in its specific calls for ‘Volunteering teams in high-
priority areas’ to climate change and sustainability;
o promoting sustainable awareness among programme participants.
• Since 2021, the programme has supported projects and activities aiming to protect, conserve
and enhance natural capital, to raise awareness about environmental sustainability and to
enable behavioural changes linked to individual preferences, consumption habits and
lifestyles. The programme supports initiatives aimed at preventing, mitigating or repairing the
adverse effects of extreme weather events and natural disasters, along with activities that
provide support to affected communities in the aftermath of such events or disasters.
• In general, the programme promotes the incorporation of green practices into all projects,
regardless of the main focus of their activities. Organisations and participants involved with
the programme should have an environment-friendly approach when designing their
activities. Activities contributing to other existing EU initiatives in the area of environmental
sustainability (e.g. the new European Bauhaus) are highly encouraged. In 2025, a climate
related topic (Promoting waste management and recycling solutions) was included in the list
of priorities for the Volunteering Teams in High Priority Areas.
European solidarity corps
• Funding rules have been revised so that, from 2024, sustainable travel became the default
option, and the programme offers stronger incentives for those who travel in a sustainable
way. Participants are encouraged to prioritise green travel as their first choice when planning
their trip.
• Combining funding from the programme and Horizon Europe EU missions in 2023 and 2024
further mobilised young citizens to give their time to climate and environmental projects and
to health projects, linked to the goals of the missions. The extra budget allocated from these
missions to the programme addressed the following priorities: green, health, digital, culture,
civil security and food bioeconomy. As a result, 2023 saw a 18% increase of volunteers
participating in projects addressing the green priority. However, in 2025 the Horizon Europe
Programme Committee decided to discontinue the co-delegation agreement between the
Corps and Horizon Europe Missions, prioritising funding for core research and innovation
topics.
• The yearly contribution to climate objectives is based on beneficiary organisations’
applications for receiving funding for projects with climate-related topics. The environment
and the fight against climate change are among the horizontal priorities of the programme,
which aims to support awareness raising about the green transition and about environment
and climate-change challenges. Examples of European Solidarity Corps projects addressing
the climate objectives can be found in the European Solidarity Corps – Report 2021-2023 and
on the European Solidarity Corps projects results platform.
European solidarity corps
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 17.3 50.8 80.5 59.8 68.1 276.5
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 118.4 90.6 63.7 84.2 78.8 435.7
Total: 135.7 141.4 144.2 144.0 146.9 712.3
• The programme aims to promote social inclusion by facilitating access for young people with fewer opportunities. In some cases, young people need additional support in facing obstacles such as gender-based discrimination, harassment and gender-based violence. A number of solidarity and volunteering projects address issues such as the promotion of gender equality, the fight against sexual violence, the promotion of LGBTIQ+ equality, etc.
• Regarding interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality
(score 2), the total yearly contribution to gender is based on beneficiary organisations’
applications for receiving funding for projects with gender-related topics (e.g. of which
promotion of equality between women and men in the fields of arts and sports, fighting
violence and discrimination against women and girls).
• From the beginning of the programming period, 20 970 were women, representing 61% of all
participants in this group.
• Regarding interventions with a neutral impact on gender equality (score 0), the total yearly
contribution to gender is the difference between the programme budget as indicated in the
relevant annual work programme and the yearly contribution to gender, based on beneficiary
organisations’ applications for receiving funding for projects with gender-related topics.
• Due to the specificities of the European Solidarity Corps programme, it is not possible to fully
discern gender contributions from voted budget implementation commitments only. The split
presented in the table above represents a pro rata distribution based on the scores’
proportions of the total implementation included in the relevant annual work programmes.
This total of EUR 276.5 million (42) includes administrative credits on top of the voted budget
implementation.
(42) Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee
and the Committee of the Regions on the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 European Solidarity Corps and final evaluation of the 2018-2020 European Solidarity Corps, COM(2025) 144 final, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=COM:2025:144:FIN; Commission staff working document – Evaluation – Accompanying the document ‘Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions on the interim evaluation of the 2021-2027 European Solidarity Corps and final evaluation of the 2018-2020 European Solidarity Corps’, SWD(2025) 75 final, https://eur- lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52025SC0075.
European solidarity corps
Gender-disaggregated information
• The European Solidarity Corps supports gender equality and encourages women to participate in volunteering and solidarity projects. 63% of the total number of programme participants since the launch of the programme in 2021 are women, while 36% are men. See also the European Solidarity Corps – Report 2021-2023. Examples of gender-related projects addressing gender equality can be found on the European Solidarity Corps project results platform .
European solidarity corps
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 11.8 32.2 50.3 44.7 40.5 179.5 25.2%
• The programme aims to help Europeans, regardless of their gender, age and background, to
live and thrive in the digital age through projects and activities that help to improve digital
skills in general or foster digital literacy, and to develop an understanding of the risks and
opportunities of digital technology.
• In general, the programme promotes the use of appropriate information, communication and
technology tools in all projects, regardless of the main focus of their activities.
• The yearly contribution to digital objectives is based on beneficiary organisations’ applications
for funding for projects with digital-related topics.
• 2022 saw the launch of the Digital SALTO (Support Advanced Learning and Training
Opportunities) with the aim of supporting the qualitative implementation of the digital priority
in the programme and of bringing the programme and youth policy closer towards the digital
objectives.
• The European Solidarity Corps also supports virtual cooperation and digital education through
the European Solidarity Portal embedded in the European Youth Portal, which manages the
registration and implementation of volunteering and solidarity activities. In 2025, the
European Solidarity Corps portal counted 284 243 new registrations. The European Solidarity
Corps App was analysed during 2025 and although it continued to be downloaded and used
with a total of 11 682 unique users in 2025 (compared to 13 315 in 2024), the quality of
content posted by users did not satisfy the objectives that had been initially set. After
consultation with National Agencies, it was decided to decommission the ESC APP. Continuous
improvements are being made to the European Youth Portal mobile version to align with the
App features for young people seeking opportunities.
• The digital transformation is among the horizontal priorities of the programme, which aims to
improve digital skills in general, or foster digital literacy, and to develop an understanding of
the risks and opportunities regarding digital technology. Examples of European Solidarity
Corps projects addressing the digital transformation can be found in the European Solidarity
Corps – Report 2021-2023 and on the European Solidarity Corps project results platform.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
European solidarity corps
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable
European solidarity corps
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
x The programme plays an important role in supporting health
and social care systems, improving people’s experience of
care, building stronger relationships between services and
communities. Through its activities, it also aims at mobilising
volunteers around key health challenges, such as those
related to cancer, mental health and wellbeing overall.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
x The programme aims, among other things, at developing the
skills and competences of participants for professional,
social and civic development. In addition, given its strong
focus on inclusion, this includes young people with fewer
opportunities (38.9% of the total participants in 2025,
including young people with disabilities.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
x The programme aims at removing social obstacles for
participation of people facing gender-based discrimination,
among other reasons. It also supports projects dealing with
the issue of gender equality, such as focusing on changing
mentalities, sensitising communities to gender and diversity
or contributing to breaking down barriers for women’s access
to employment. For example, Humanitarian Aid Volunteers
can be recruited as gender experts to promote gender
sensitivity and mainstreaming of gender considerations in
disaster risk management in affected communities.
European solidarity corps
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
x All programme actions contribute to increase the
employability of the young people who participate, as shown
by several studies. This is achieved through a combination of
outcomes, for example the acquisition of new skills,
increased autonomy, increased knowledge of foreign
languages. Additionally, solidarity projects can further help
the entrepreneurial and innovative spirit of young
participants. Finally, the emphasis on inclusion aims to
ensure that everyone can reap these benefits, including
people with fewer opportunities.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
x Through its activities, the programme aims to strengthen
cohesion and solidarity. It supports projects and activities
actively addressing the issue of inclusion in society. Special
attention ensures that activities supported by the
programme are accessible to all young people, notably the
most disadvantaged ones. To this end, special measures are
in place to promote social inclusion, the participation of
young people with fewer opportunities, as well as to take
into account the constraints imposed by the remoteness of
the outermost EU regions and overseas countries and
territories. Similarly, the participating countries should
endeavour to adopt all appropriate measures to remove
legal and administrative obstacles to the proper functioning
of the programme. These include – wherever possible and
without prejudice to the Schengen acquis and EU law on the
entry and residence of non-EU nationals – resolving
administrative issues that create difficulties in obtaining
visas and residence permits.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
x Through its activities aiming at addressing societal
challenges, the programme supports efforts to promote
sustainable development of urban areas, and to protect and
safeguard Europe’s cultural heritage. In call year 2023, 85
solidarity projects have been awarded, with a focus on the
development of disadvantaged rural and urban areas.
European solidarity corps
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
x The programme aims at integrating green practices into all
projects and activities, and promoting environmentally
sustainable and responsible behaviour among participants
and participating organisations. Organisations and
participants should thus have an environment-friendly
approach when designing and implementing their activities.
The programme also supports projects and activities
addressing the topics of environmental protection,
sustainability and climate goals, and aiming to protect,
conserve and enhance natural capital, as well as raising
awareness about environmental sustainability and enabling
behavioural changes for individual preferences, consumption
habits and lifestyles.
Justice programme
JUSTICE PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
5 million
exchanges of
information occurred in
2025 in the European
criminal records
information system.
17 173
justice professionals
were trained in 2024
through cross-border
training activities
funded by action grants
and training provided
by the European
Judicial Training
Network under its
operating grant.
4.3 million
Visits were made to
pages addressing the
need for information on
cross-border civil and
criminal cases on the
European e-Justice
Portal in 2025.
455
civil-society
organisations involved
in action and operating
grants funded under
the three specific
objectives of the justice
programme were
reached by support and
capacity-building
activities in the 2021-
2025 period.
More than
1.3 million
people are expected to
be reached through the
activities funded by the
justice programme in
2025 alone.
Justice programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
46.7 43.6 39.8 41.8 41.9 41.7 41.4 297.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.3
Total 46.7 43.6 39.8 42.0 42.0 41.7 41.4 297.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 213.6 297.3 71.9%
Payments 169.2 0.0 56.9%
Justice programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Exchanges of information in the European criminal records information system
4.1 million 79% 6 million in 2027 Average result in 2021-2025: 4.8 million
compared to a target of 6 million
On track
Members of the judiciary and judicial staff who have participated in training activities
0 >100% 15 000 in 2027 17 173 in 2024 compared to a
target of 15 000
On track
Hits on the European e- Justice Portal / pages addressing the need for information on cross- border civil and criminal cases
1.4 million 90% 2.8 million in 2027 Average result in 2021-2025: 2.7 million
compared to a target of
2.8 million
On track
Facilitate and support judicial cooperation in civil and criminal matters: civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity-building activities
0 >100% 105 in 2027 112 by 2025 compared to a target of 105
On track
Support and promote judicial training: civil- society organisations reached by support and capacity-building activities
0 >100% 154 in 2027 182 by 2025 compared to a target of 154
On track
Facilitate effective and non-discriminatory access to justice for all: civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity-building activities
0 59% 273 in 2027 161 by 2025 compared to a target of 273
On track
Justice programme
The justice programme's implementation in 2025 ran smoothly. Under the three open calls for proposals (action grants on judicial cooperation, judicial training and access to justice/e-justice), with a total indicative budget of EUR 15.4 million, 165 project proposals were submitted and 94 projects were selected for funding (the evaluation of the biennial call for proposals on access to justice is still ongoing). The programme also funded operating grants to justice framework partners and the European Judicial Training Network. In 2025, the programme continued to support action by the Council of Europe in the area of justice: the network of prison-monitoring bodies, the delivery of the SPACE report (an annual report on prison statistics providing clear insights into the detention situations in the Member States) and the Council of Europe’s European Commission for the Efficiency of Justice annual study on the efficiency, quality and independence of justice systems among the EU Member States. In addition, procurement contracts, for a total of EUR 9.2 million, were concluded in 2025 to support the development and maintenance of IT tools and key EU policies in the justice field through activities such as a study to support the impact assessment for the revision of the Eurojust Regulation, along with various other studies and EU-level conferences.
In 2025, no specific challenges significantly affected the performance of the programme, mainly due to its flexibility and efficient financial management. Where beneficiaries encountered implementation challenges, targeted amendments to the grant agreements were introduced to adjust activities or timelines. These changes provided the necessary flexibility for projects to continue delivering results, while maintaining full compliance with the grant agreement and ensuring the sound financial management of EU funds. The use of lump sums strengthened efficient financial management by shifting the focus from detailed cost verification to the delivery of quality outputs. This simplification reduces errors and allows for a greater focus on results and effective implementation. The introduction of lump sums for all justice action grant calls is still relatively recent, and in 2025 applicants remained in the learning phase. However, experience shows clear progress: applicants are increasingly able to define clear, measurable outputs, providing more detailed descriptions of deliverables and better justifying cost estimates. The overall understanding of the lump-sum scheme has improved, contributing to higher-quality projects being funded, as the EU’s contribution is now paid based on the implementation of the work packages rather than as a reimbursement of costs.
The indicators that measure the performance of the justice programme show that the programme’s objectives are on track.
Indicators for specific objective 1: judicial cooperation in civil and criminal matters
In 2025, the Member States exchanged almost 5 million messages through the European criminal records information system, a decentralised IT system operated by the central authorities of the Member States. This shows steady growth since the post-COVID-19 period. In total, in the 2021- 2025 period, 112 civil-society organisations, funded via action and operating grants under this specific objective, were reached by support and capacity-building activities.
Indicators for specific objective 2: judicial training
Justice programme
The justice programme is a key player in the area of judicial training, where the results demonstrate an improvement in the impact of the programme’s measures in this field. In 2024, 6 252 justice professionals took part in training supported by the justice programme’s action grant for judicial training. Moreover, under the specific annual training programmes of the European Judicial Training Network, which are also supported via the programme, the number of participants increased from 9 320 in 2023 to 10 921 in 2024. The data for 2025 will be available by December 2026, following the preparation of the annual report on European judicial training. However, the network’s work plan anticipates reaching 10 000 participants, including 3 000 through pure training activities. In total, in the 2021-2025 period, 182 civil-society organisations, funded via action and operating grants funded under this specific objective, were reached by support and capacity-building activities.
Indicators for specific objective 3: access to justice
In 2025, the number of hits on the pages of the European e-Justice Portal relating to cross-border civil and criminal topics set a new record, reflecting the significant demand for information on these issues and the relevance of these web pages in ensuring access to justice for all EU citizens. Although the 2024 milestone had already been surpassed in 2022, visits continue to grow, with the average number of monthly visits doubling since 2024.
In total, in the 2021-2025 period, 161 civil-society organisations funded via action and operating grants funded under this specific objective (access to justice) were reached by support and capacity-building activities.
Justice programme
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0%
All projects funded under the justice programme must align with EU policy interests and priorities,
including environmental objectives. Beneficiaries are encouraged to limit the number of
participants from each co-beneficiary attending in-person meetings, to organise project meetings
in blended ways (in person, online or hybrid) and to prefer rail travel when it is an efficient
alternative to air travel. Activities should also contribute to climate mainstreaming in line with the
Commission communication on the European Green Deal.
In 2025, no projects funded under calls for proposals for judicial cooperation, judicial training and
access to justice/e-justice specifically targeted climate or environmental issues or directly
contribute to climate or biodiversity mainstreaming, as the work programme includes no ‘green’
priorities.
Several procurement contracts in 2025 supported the ‘do no significant harm’ principle through
their implementation methods (such as online meetings, IT services, and web applications).
However, none were identified as directly contributing to climate or environmental goals based on
their content.
Justice programme
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.7
1 14.9 20.1 7.5 19.6 18.6 80.9
0* 15.1 11.4 19.6 6.5 10.9 63.5
0 16.7 12.1 12.4 15.4 12.2 68.7
Total: 46.7 43.6 39.8 41.8 41.9 213.8
Gender score 2. Unlike in 2023 and 2024 where an awarded project contributed to score 2, in
2025 no such project was identified in the justice programme (typically score 2 projects may be
awarded under the access-to-justice call for action grants victims’ rights priority and this call’s
evaluation was not completed in 2025).
Gender score 1. In 2025 all priorities (judicial cooperation, judicial training, and access to justice)
contributed to score 1. Projects scoring 1 accounted for about 45% of the total budget, a similar
level to last year which shows continuous attention to gender equality. Funding to the European
Judicial Training Network remains a major contributor of the total budget contributing to score 1.
The network receives an operating grant and fosters a shared understanding of EU legislation
across Europe, while also helping justice professionals develop non-judicial skills, including gender
expertise. By training justice professionals of all genders, the network strengthens their capacities
and promotes gender equality.
Gender score 0*. About 26% of the budget was allocated to score 0*. Around two-thirds of action
grants promoting judicial cooperation show potential to advance gender equality, highlighting
judicial cooperation as a valuable tool in this area. However, to contribute more directly to gender
mainstreaming, judicial cooperation activities could be strengthened by integrating specific gender-
focused objectives and providing targeted training on gender issues. Similarly, around two-thirds
of the operating grants show comparable potential, although their contribution to gender
mainstreaming will be reassessed at the end of 2026.
Gender score 0. 29% of the budget is allocated to score 0. This part of the budget funds
procurement contracts that focus to a very large degree on IT tools development and management.
In fact, 99% of the procurement budget of around EUR 9.8 million is allocated to this score.
Under the exercise for the 2025 budget, the gender scores from finished projects awarded in past
years that initially received a 0* score were revisited, and in case the projects realised their
potential to promote gender equality a new score was assigned (on the basis of final project
reporting) and its budget reassigned to contribute to the new score total.
Justice programme
Gender-disaggregated information
• The programme collects gender-disaggregated data on the target audience, as follows. First, the number of participants (people involved in or targeted by projects), disaggregated by gender, is collected through a dedicated form that is filled in by the beneficiaries at the start of their projects. Thus, the data are best estimates of the beneficiaries implementing the projects. The data inserted are tracked via key performance indicators on how awareness-raising, mutual-learning and training activities have reached the programme’s target group. The data are disaggregated by gender and encompass data on female, male and non-binary people. In 2025, 308 988 participants were reached through awareness-raising activities, of whom 196 407 were female, 107 734 male, and 4 847 non- binary. 110 539 participants were reached through mutual learning activities, of whom 46 181 were female, 64 035 male and 323 non-binary.
• Overall, the programme reaches people of all genders. About half of the people estimated to have been reached by the programme identify as female. Somewhat less than 50% identify as men. The remainder of the people estimated to have been reached, about 1%, identify as non-binary. The balance in the share of women and men that are estimated to have been reached by the programme reflects the inclusiveness of the programme’s activities.
• Second, through the EU Survey on Justice, Rights and Values, the programme collects sex- disaggregated data. For example, survey data provide an insight into the percentage of respondents indicating that they are engaged in civic activities at the local, national or EU levels. The survey is accessible to all participants in justice-programme-funded activities at the following link: https://ec.europa.eu/eusurvey/runner/Justice_2021-2027.
Justice programme
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 6.1 6.6 11.0 10.6 10.3 44.5 20.8%
The digital transition is a cross-cutting objective of the programme, embedded across all three
specific objectives. An enhanced focus on digitalisation and digital technologies, including the
development of digital skills for the judiciary and judicial staff, is essential to ensure that the justice
programme remains relevant for its target groups. This is reflected in the share of the programmes’
budget dedicated to the digital transition, through grants and procurement contracts.
Regarding the contribution of grants to the digital transition, several projects with a clear
digital focus were awarded under the various calls for proposals, reflecting a strong need in this
area.
In the area of judicial cooperation in civil and criminal matters, the iSupport project in particular
will facilitate the take up of its digital tool by improving training, in particular with the use of
information technology, thus enhancing the digital skills of legal practitioners and users. Moreover,
by preparing the advent of the EU Digitalisation Regulation and assessing the feasibility of further
connections to iSupport with courts, citizens, and legal practitioners, the project will advance the
digitalisation of justice systems across the EU.
In the area of judicial training, the JUST AI-BLOC EU project provides hands-on training on AI and
Blockchain technologies, equipping judges, prosecutors, lawyers, and judicial officers with essential
digital skills for the evolving justice landscape. By promoting practical use of AI-powered analytics
and Blockchain-based evidence management systems, it actively supports the digitalisation and
modernisation of justice systems across the EU.
The call for proposals for action grants to support transnational projects in the field of e-justice,
victims’ rights and procedural rights is still under evaluation. It is expected to significantly
contribute to the digital transition, with one of its main objectives being the digitalisation of justice
systems at the EU and national levels (as far as they have an EU dimension).
Regarding the contribution of procurement contracts to the digital transition, several
digitalisation-related contracts were signed in 2025, amounting to approximately EUR 7.1 million.
These funds mainly financed information and communication technology contracts, as well as the
maintenance of the e-Justice Portal.
While the justice programme increasingly supports the digital transition, high digitalisation costs
put significant pressure on its limited budget, requiring careful resource planning and close budget
monitoring. Despite these challenges, the programme continues to advance the EU’s digital
transformation by expanding digital initiatives and modernising judicial cooperation, making justice
Justice programme
systems more efficient, accessible, and interconnected. This is supported by the November 2025
adoption of the DigitalJustice@2030 strategy and the 2025-2030 European judicial training
strategy, which provide a long-term policy framework for the systematic digital transformation of
justice across the EU.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
The justice programme only indirectly supports the STEP objectives. It does so in two ways:
• in general, the programme contributes to strengthening respect for rule-of-law principles,
which is also a precondition for creating the right conditions for a stable environment for
investment in strategic technologies;
• more specifically, in terms of strategic technologies, the programme is raising awareness
on artificial intelligence applications in the field of justice to ensure that their use respects
fundamental rights and EU values, along with transparency and fairness.
Contribution to reforms
The justice programme contributes indirectly to national reforms by supporting initiatives at the
EU level that equip Member States and their judicial systems with the necessary knowledge, tools
and skills to be active players in the EU area of justice.
Training of judicial practitioners can indirectly support reforms in Member States by improving the
consistent application of EU law, promoting the exchange of best practices, and strengthening
professional networks across jurisdictions. These effects can influence judicial practice and
institutional approaches over time, thereby facilitating the adoption or effective implementation of
reforms at national level.
Judicial cooperation can indirectly support reforms in Member States by revealing practical
obstacles in cross-border procedures, encouraging alignment with EU standards, and facilitating
the exchange of institutional practices among judicial authorities. These interactions may influence
national legal frameworks and contribute to improvements in the functioning of justice systems
over time
Justice programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes, the justice
programme contributes
to SDG3
By supporting organisations working with victims of crime, the
justice programme contributes to improved health outcomes.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes, the justice
programme contributes
to SDG5
The Justice Programme Regulation stipulates in Article 4 that
gender equality should be promoted in all funded activities.
This is particularly the case for the ‘access to justice’ specific
objective, which promotes activities that support victims’
rights and helps victims of crime to receive gender-sensitive
support. Also, under the ‘judicial training’ specific objective
training activities funded by the programme help legal
practitioners and judicial staff to build gender expertise and
raise awareness of gender aspects when applying and
interpreting EU law. Projects for which gender equality is a
significant, though not the principal, objective and awarded in
2025 have a total value of over EUR 16 million.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
Yes, the justice
programme contributes
to SDG10
Thanks to the cross-border nature of the activities supported
under its three specific objectives, the justice programme
mainly supports transnational projects involving justice
professionals from various Member States. By supporting
judicial cooperation, funding the sharing of good practices,
providing training on EU law and promoting awareness-raising
activities, the programme contributes to reducing inequality
and discrimination among EU citizens and among Member
States in the justice field.
Justice programme
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes, the justice
programme contributes
to SDG16
One of the three specific objectives of the justice programme
is to facilitate effective and non-discriminatory access to
justice for all, including by electronic means (e-justice).
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
Yes, the justice
programme contributes
to SDG17
The programme contributes to the goal as it is particularly
successful in building long-lasting partnerships and in
fostering the creation and awareness of EU-level networks.
This ensures that projects funded by the programme have a
long-term impact and that cooperation between Member
States on justice matters across the EU is strengthened and
sustained. In 2025, the programme supported justice
framework partners and continued its support for the
European Judicial Training Network. In total, the justice
programme provided nearly EUR 15.8 million in support to
these EU-level networks.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
CITIZENS, EQUALITY, RIGHTS AND VALUES PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
More than 6 500 civil-society organisations have been supported by the citizens, equality, rights and values programme since 2021.
49
European citizens’ initiatives were registered between 2021 and 2025.
At least 79 million
people are expected to be
reached by 2021-2025 citizens,
equality, rights and values
programme projects.
More than 2 000
projects were funded between
2021 and 2025.
93.4%
of participants assessed the
events in which they
participated in 2025 as good
or very good.
62
calls for proposals took place
between 2021 and 2025.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
98.9 214.9 214.3 218.6 237.7 291.9 311.9 1 588.3
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.1 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.8
Total 99.0 214.9 214.3 219.0 238.1 291.9 311.9 1 589.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 985.4 1 589.0 62.0%
Payments 658.8 0.0 41.5%
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity- building activities under the EU values strand
0 71%
6 300 in 2027
4 499 by 2025
compared to a target of 6 300
On track
Civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity- building activities under the equality, rights and gender equality strand
0 > 100% 847 in 2027
1 291 by 2025
compared to a target
of 847
On track
Civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity- building activities under the citizen’s engagement and participation strand
0 > 100% 2 372 in 2027
5 124 by 2025
compared to a target of 2 372
On track
Civil-society organisations reached by support and capacity- building activities under the Daphne strand
0 > 100% 1 120 in 2027
1 438 by 2025
compared to a target of 1 120
On track
Transnational networks and initiatives focusing on European
0 90% 1 500 in 2027
1 346 by 2025
compared to a target of 1 500
On track
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
memory and heritage as a result of programme intervention
The citizens, equality, rights and values (CERV) programme continues to deliver strong results and is progressing well towards achieving its objectives. This was confirmed by the programme’s midterm evaluation, which shows that most performance indicators have met or exceeded their milestones.
By 2025, CERV had supported 6 737 civil-society organisations across all Member States and eligible non-EU countries through operational support and capacity-building initiatives. Between 2021 and 2025, 2 155 projects were funded, and they are expected to reach at least 79 million people, thereby demonstrating the programme’s wide outreach and strong EU added value. Implementation remained robust in 2025, reflecting the programme’s operational maturity and its capacity to manage a growing portfolio under direct management. In particular, CERV successfully launched and managed 11 calls for proposals in 2025 with a total budget exceeding EUR 130 million, while continuing to monitor a large number of ongoing projects across the four strands. Interest in CERV funding continued to increase, with 4 675 applications submitted in 2025, confirming the programme’s strong relevance for civil-society organisations, public authorities and local actors. Several large calls launched in 2025 – particularly under the equality, charter and European remembrance strands – were still under evaluation or contractualisation at year end; their results are expected to further strengthen programme performance in the next period. CERV also supported high-visibility award schemes that promote accessibility, inclusion and equality at the local level. Through the Access City Award and the European Capitals of Inclusion and Diversity Award, the programme recognised cities and towns across the EU in relation to concrete initiatives advancing accessibility for people with disabilities and fostering inclusive, discrimination-free communities. Examples include Zaragoza, Valencia and Rennes for accessibility, and Utrecht, Bilbao and Kraków for inclusion and diversity. These awards contributed to raising awareness, sharing good practices and encouraging peer learning among local authorities, thereby amplifying the programme’s impact beyond direct beneficiaries. Support for participatory democracy remained a key achievement. In 2025, CERV allocated over EUR 1.9 million to support the European citizens’ initiative. Six new initiatives were registered during the year, addressing topics such as sustainable food systems, building renovation, air passenger rights and human rights in the EU’s external action. Between 2021 and 2025, 49 initiatives were registered, with a record four initiatives reaching the threshold of 1 million signatures, confirming growing citizen engagement at the EU level. At the same time, implementation highlighted various challenges. The demand for funding continues to exceed the available resources, particularly in areas such as equality, gender equality and fighting violence against women and children, which may limit the programme’s capacity to fully respond to needs. To address this, calls increasingly prioritised initiatives with the highest expected level of impact and encouraged the use of re-granting schemes, allowing intermediary organisations to redistribute EU funding to a larger number of small grassroots organisations. In
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
addition, clearer guidance and information for applicants helped improve the quality and focus of proposals submitted under highly competitive calls.f Operational challenges persist for some applicants, in particular grassroots organisations and small municipalities, including difficulties relating to proposal-submission IT tools. The continued use of lump-sum funding and re-granting schemes also required that additional support be given to applicants and intermediaries to ensure high-quality proposals and effective implementation. Overall, CERV shows strong performance in relation to its key performance indicators, high demand and growing visibility, while continuing to adapt its delivery tools to maximise impact and accessibility within the existing budgetary framework.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 2.8 2.8 5.9 2.2 0.0 0.0 13.7 0.9%
• While CERV’s core mission is to promote EU values, fundamental rights, equality and citizens’
participation — and not to deliver climate mitigation or adaptation policies, projects
contributed to raising citizens’ and stakeholders’ awareness of environment-related topics
through a variety of activities, events, conferences, summer-camps and debates. These
initiatives have sparked meaningful discussions on sustainability, the EU Green Deal, and eco-
culture, helping to foster community engagement on environmental issues. Projects addressed
a wide range of topics, including the circular economy, climate resilience (such as the right to
repair), urban sustainability, energy transition and energy poverty, biodiversity, sustainable
food systems, waste management, fast fashion and ethical consumption. The climate and
environmental justice were also at the core of several projects, underlining the unequal
impacts of climate change on vulnerable or marginalised people.
• The main challenges projects faced, revolved around ensuring inclusive participation and
representation of diverse stakeholders, as well specific target groups such as single women in
vulnerable situation and minorities, addressing environmental issues in a context of
competing interests and reaching out to rural communities in order to foster active
engagement in remote areas.
• Overall, projects enhanced democratic participation in environmental policy-making by
bringing citizens’ ideas to local-, national- and EU-level stakeholders through structured
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
dialogue, thus fostering citizens’ ownership of the EU and environmental policies. The projects
will continue to provide opportunities for citizens led environmental action, participation and
engagement in addressing environmental issues and promotion of sustainable practice.
• While the programme does not include dedicated calls on climate change mitigation or
adaptation, many initiatives contributed indirectly to these objectives by promoting
sustainable behaviours, supporting Community resilience and encouraging innovative,
participatory responses to environmental challenges.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 22.0 35.7 28.3 46.4 59.4 191.8
1 68.9 141.5 126.3 120.5 128.3 585.6
0* 0.0 10.6 45.9 31.9 23.8 112.2
0 8.0 27.1 13.7 19.8 26.1 94.7
Total: 98.9 214.9 214.3 218.6 237.7 984.4
• Gender score 2. CERV contributed strongly to the three pillars of the EU Gender Equality
Strategy, with 25% of the programme’s budget having gender equality as a primary objective.
In 2025, this was mainly driven by the Daphne call, which aims to prevent and combat
gender-based violence and violence against children where EUR 15.4 million out of
EUR 23 million contributed to score 2. Award of grants under the EQUAL call is not yet
completed resulting in a lower contribution to score 2 compared to previous years.
Procurement activities such as the LGBTQI subgroup, the European Network of Legal Experts
in Gender Equality and Non-Discrimination, and training seminars for judges and legal
practitioners on EU gender equality and non-discrimination legislation, also contributed to
score 2, with EUR 4.7 million out of EUR 24.4 million.
• Gender score 1: Overall, approximately 54% of the programme budget was allocated to
gender score 1, demonstrating strong gender mainstreaming across programme initiatives.
Several calls contributed significantly to gender score 1 by integrating gender equality as an
important cross-cutting objective, such as the Child rights call, supporting the implementation
of the EU Strategy on the Rights of the Child with 81% of its EUR 17 million budget, and the
Citizens’ Engagement and Participation call, promoting inclusive democratic participation and
civic engagement with 79% of its EUR 33 million budget.
Operating grants supporting organisations working on disability rights and EU values also
contributed substantially, with EUR 23.5 million allocated.
• Gender score 0*: Although the CERV programme promotes equality, non-discrimination and
participation in an intersectional manner, some initiatives have limited direct contribution to
gender equality, with around 10% of the programme budget receiving a score of 0*. In 2025,
this was mainly linked to certain projects where the primary focus of funded activities was
not specifically gender-related. Nevertheless, there remains potential to further strengthen
gender mainstreaming in these initiatives, notably through more systematic gender-sensitive
project implementation, data collection and evaluation.
• Gender score 0: Only a low share of around 11% of the programme’s budget is allocated to
score 0. Within this score are included the programme’s administrative budget as well as
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
programme elements that do not contribute to gender equality such as support from the
Commission to national data protection authorities via a specific call for proposals to promote
data protection and collaboration between competent authorities in the EU. Under the
exercise for the 2025 budget, the gender scores from finished projects awarded in past years
that initially received a 0* score were revisited, and in case the projects realised their
potential to promote gender equality a new score was assigned (on the basis of final project
reporting) and its budget reassigned to contribute to the new score total.
Gender-disaggregated information
The programme collects gender-disaggregated data on the target audience as follows.
• The number of participants (people involved or targeted by projects), disaggregated by gender, is collected through a dedicated form that is filled in by the beneficiaries at the start of their projects. Thus, the data are best estimates of beneficiaries implementing the projects. The data inserted are tracked via key performance indicators tracking how awareness raising, mutual learning, and training activities have reached the programme’s target group disaggregated by gender and encompassing data on female, male and non-binary people. For example, based on the 2025 estimates reported by beneficiaries of CERV-funded projects, awareness-raising activities reached around 300 000 participants, including approximately 190 000 women, 105 000 men and around 5 000 non-binary participants. In addition, mutual-learning activities reached around 110 000 participants, including approximately 46 000 women, 64 000 men and around 300 non-binary participants.
Overall, the programme reaches people of all gender. Based on the estimated data, a bit more than half of the people estimated to have been reached are female, while a bit less than 50% of people estimated to have been reached are male. Approximately 1% of the people reached were estimated to be non-binary. Considering the programme dedicated support for non-binary people, their comparative low share on the people the programme reached could be based on factors such as social acceptance bias when making estimates. Taking the potential bias in estimates into account, the data still indicate that the programme’s design promotes gender equality as people of all gender are reached and women and men are approximately equally involved in the programme’s activities.
• Second, through the EU Survey on Justice, Rights and Values, accessible to all participants in CERV- funded activities at https://ec.europa.eu/eusurvey/runner/CERV_2021-2027 the programme collects sex-disaggregated data on various areas such as the percentage of respondents indicating that they are engaged in civic activities at the local, national or EU levels.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total % of 2021-
2025
Digital
contribution 1.1 5.1 1.6 1.4 18.2 27.3 2.8%
• The CERV programme contributes to the digital transition by supporting initiatives that
strengthen democratic participation and citizens’ empowerment through digital means.
This includes in particular:
(1) the development and use of digital and e-democracy tools to enhance citizens’
engagement in democratic life;
(2) media literacy and counter-disinformation initiatives, enabling citizens to critically
engage in the online information environment; and
(3) support for the European citizens’ initiative, notably through its online platform,
enabling secure and accessible digital participation by citizens, including through
electronic identification (e-ID).
• In 2025, CERV support to digital objectives increased significantly, mainly driven by the
Citizens engagement and participation (CIV) call. The CIV 2025 call budget increased to
EUR 33 million, compared to EUR 25.4 million under the previous call, and included a
dedicated priority on countering disinformation and promoting media literacy. Based on
the analysis of awarded projects, 51 projects, representing an estimated
EUR 16.25 million, include initiatives contributing to digital indicators, notably in the areas
of e-democracy, media literacy and digital skills.
• Digital aspects are cross-cutting across CIV 2025 priorities, as projects widely rely on
online tools and platforms to foster citizens’ participation and engagement in democratic
processes at the local, national and European levels.
• In addition, the CERV programme contributes to digital objectives through the European
Citizens’ Initiative, with around EUR 2 million in 2025 dedicated to the operation and
further development of the online platform of the European citizens’ initiative,
strengthening the digital infrastructure underpinning participatory democracy at the EU
level.
Contribution to reforms
• The CERV programme may contribute to national reforms indirectly, by supporting initiatives
implemented at the EU level that strengthen the capacity of Member States and relevant
stakeholders to apply EU law and uphold EU values. In particular, projects funded under the
EU values strand support activities such as training, peer learning, exchange of practices,
development of guidance materials and practical tools for public authorities, judicial actors
and civil society organisations.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
• For example, several projects support training and capacity-building activities for judges,
lawyers and civil society organisations on the application of the EU Charter of Fundamental
Rights, including workshops and guidance materials to improve the use of EU fundamental
rights standards in national proceedings. Other projects facilitate peer-learning and exchange
of practices between civil society organisations and national authorities on protecting civic
space and promoting the rule of law, including the development of practical toolkits and
monitoring methodologies that can be used by stakeholders at the national level.
• These initiatives may contribute to addressing structural challenges identified in EU-level
processes, including follow-up to findings and recommendations of the Rule of Law Reports,
by enhancing awareness, administrative practices and implementation capacity at the
national level. Through such support, CERV complements national reform efforts while not
directly financing or steering reform measures.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
x The programme supports projects for the inclusion of all to
quality education, including minority groups such as Roma
youth or people living with a handicap, and organisations
promoting lifelong learning opportunities at all ages.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
x The programme made specific contributions to gender
equality by providing dedicated funding to support Member
States to transpose the Pay Transparency directive. The
programme also bolstered with its long-term investments in
two- to three-year long projects the capacity of
organisations fighting gender-based violence. Through its
scheme for financial support to third parties under the EU
values strand, the programme provides funding via
intermediaries to European small and grassroot
organisations enabling them to engage at the local level and
promote an active civil society, empower active and
informed citizens to counter gender-based discrimination
and promote gender equality. In 2025, about every fourth
euro the programme committed had the primary goal to
promote gender equality. The results of the programme’s
interim evaluation confirm that the programme helped build
gender expertise among its stakeholders and is effective in
promoting gender equality.
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Promote
sustained, inclusive and
sustainable economic
growth, full and
productive employment
and decent work for all
Via the equality, rights and gender equality strand, the
programme supports projects for equal access to work, equal
participation in labour market, diversity in public and private
sector organisations and the elimination of barriers to career
progression in all sectors.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
Reduce inequality
within and among
countries
The programme, through transnational projects sharing good
practices, trainings and awareness rising activities,
contributes to the reduction of inequalities and eliminating
discrimination between EU citizens and among countries.
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
x Via the citizens' engagement and participation strand and
the EU values strand, the programme promotes inclusive
society and the rule of law. Funds support entities which
contribute to make our common values, rights and equality
and rich diversity alive and vibrant
Citizens, equality, rights and values programme
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
x The programme contributes to the goal, especially through
the re-granting calls, which aim to build capacity of small
and grass-roots civil-society organisations and also promotes
strong partnerships for the intermediaries.
Creative europe programme
CREATIVE EUROPE PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
15
Oscar nominations
were received for six
films supported by the
programme’s media
strand and released in
2025, including nine for
Sentimental Value
(which also won in
Cannes and received six
European Film Awards
and a Golden Globe).
Additionally, 13 video
games whose
development was
supported by the media
strand received 34
nominations in the
most important
industry competitions in
2025 (43).
7 274
artists and cultural
professionals had
benefited from mobility
by the end of 2025
thanks to the culture
moves Europe initiative.
42
projects had been
supported through the
perform Europe open
call by the end of 2025.
Projects comprised
more than 187 partners
showing 63 artistic
works from all
performing arts
disciplines across all of
the creative Europe
countries.
The 40th
anniversary
of the European
Capitals of Culture
initiative was
celebrated in 2025.
Since 1985, more than
70 cities have used the
title to celebrate
diversity, strengthen
their European identity
and shape their future
through culture.
616
films have been
released in cinemas
across Europe, outside
of their production
country, thanks to the
distribution grants
signed in 2022.
EUR 340 million
was committed by the
end of 2025 by private
investors in the
European audiovisual
and video game sectors
thanks to the four
contracts already
signed between
MediaInvest and
investment funds, out
of a target of
EUR 400 million by
2027.
150
investigative journalism
projects, involving more
than 250 journalists,
are supported for up to
2024 months since
their selection in 2025
in two cascading grants
for journalism
partnerships.
15.6 million
cinemagoers saw a
non-national European
film in one of the more
than 1 200 cinemas
belonging to the Europa
Cinemas network in
2025.
(43) The Game Awards, Indie Game Awards, Tribeca Games, Game Developers Choice Awards, IGF, DEVGAMM, A Maze,
Swedish Game Awards, Golden Joystick Awards, TIGA Awards, Venice Immersive and VR Awards.
Creative europe programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
306.4 406.5 332.8 334.8 352.2 397.0 417.3 2 547.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
10.1 13.3 11.5 14.7 12.0 0.0 0.0 61.6
Total 316.5 419.8 344.3 349.5 364.2 397.0 417.3 2 608.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 1 790.6 2 608.7 68.6%
Payments 1 402.6 0.0 53.8%
Creative europe programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Transnational partnerships created with the support of the programme
0
>100%
990 in 2027 1 066 by 2025 compared to a target of 990
On track
The number of projects supported by the programme addressed to socially marginalised groups
0 >100% 279 in 2027 301 by 2025 compared to a target of 279
On track
The number of participants in learning activities supported by the programme who consider that they have improved their competences and increased their employability
0 56% 15 760 in 2027 8 895 compared to a target of
15 760
On track
The number of people accessing European audiovisual works from countries other than their own and supported by the programme
0 71% 93 million in 2027
65.7 million by 2024 compared to
a target of 93 million
On track
Creative europe programme
• In 2025, calls for ‘cooperation projects’ and ‘circulation of European literary works’ took place:
the call for cooperation projects received a record number of applications (1 648), with 122
projects selected. Regarding the circulation of European literary works action (with a budget
of EUR 5 000 000), the call selected 46 projects, out of 180 proposals received, to translate
473 literary works by 578 writers. These works are to be translated by 528 translators. The
books originate from 37 source languages and will be translated into 24 target languages.
• Culture moves Europe reached an important milestone with the conclusion of its first
implementation phase (2022-2025) in July 2025. The scheme confirmed significant demand
and impact, with more than 15 000 applications submitted, and mobility grants were
awarded to 7 274 individual artists and cultural professionals, supporting 3 666 projects
under the individual mobility strand and funding 282 residency projects. Building on these
results, a new contribution agreement was signed in July 2025 with the Goethe-Institut,
ensuring the continuity of the scheme for the 2025-2028 period.
• New selections took place for two cultural prizes supported by the programme (the Music
Moves Europe Awards and the European Union Prize for Literature) recognising artistic
excellence at the European level, highlighting artists and authors with cross-border reach.
Furthermore, the European Heritage Awards / Europa Nostra Awards recognised 30
outstanding cultural heritage achievements from 24 European countries, and 13 new sites
were selected for the European Heritage Label, further strengthening the network of places
recognised for their symbolic European value. The preparatory work to launch the new Simone
Veil Prize was successfully concluded with the nomination of a consortium. The new annual
award will spotlight how cultural heritage can serve as a catalyst for civic engagement and
social cohesion, while also reflecting the important contribution of Jewish cultural heritage to
Europe’s identity. The first award ceremony is expected to take place in the last quarter of
2026.
• The culture strand continued in 2025 to provide strong and visible support to Ukrainian
cultural and creative sectors: the second special call for Ukraine, launched with an initial
budget of EUR 5 million, was reinforced by the Commission during the Ukraine Recovery
Conference in July 2025, bringing its total budget to EUR 7 million. Four projects were
ultimately selected.
• The media strand carried out 14 calls (including one that was still ongoing in January 2026).
With a budget of EUR 182 million, they attracted 2 165 eligible proposals, requesting 3.6
times more than could be accommodated. This showed a year-on-year increase in demand,
from 2.8 times the budget requested in 2024. In fact, in order to satisfy the requests of only
those 672 applicants whose projects were assessed as being of high quality (an evaluation
score of above 70%), but were rejected due to insufficient funding, the budget would have to
be doubled (they requested EUR 180 million; a sixfold increase since 2021). Notably, the
success rate has dropped sharply in diverse calls such as co-development (from 41% in 2021
to 12% in 2025), video game development (from 59% to 15%), skills (from 57% to 17%) and
innovative business models (from 45% to 9%). A total of 739 grants were signed by the end
of 2025. Out of the 97 grants signed with more than one beneficiary, 36 brought together
Creative europe programme
partners from countries with a different audiovisual capacity. Altogether, 743 different
companies benefited as indirect grantees of collaborative projects.
• As every year, numerous works created with the support of the media strand received
international professional recognition. Some key achievements include, in the 2024/2025
winter award season, six films supported by the media strand gathering 16 Oscar
nominations. Flow and Emilia Perez each won both an Oscar and a Golden Globe. Of the films
premiering in 2025, eight films won 12 prizes at the Berlinale, including two key awards (the
Golden Bear for Dreams and the Silver Bear for El Mensaje). Five films won five awards in
Cannes (including the Grand Prix for Sentimental Value and the Jury Prize for Sirat). Two key
animation prizes went to Arco and Little Amelie in Annecy. In Venice, 19 works were featured,
including two in the main competition and two in the Venice Immersive section of the festival.
In early 2026, six films were nominated for Oscars, in 15 categories (Sentimental Value, Sirat,
The Ugly Stepsister, Cutting Through Rocks, Arco and Little Amelie), and five films won 10
awards at the European Film Awards.
• The cross-sectoral strand carried out five calls, which attracted 391 eligible applicants (100
more than in the previous year) requesting almost 11 times the value of the EUR 27 million
budget. This included 67 proposals, notably on news media collaborations and media literacy,
for a value of EUR 41 million, that were assessed as being of high quality but were not
funded due to insufficient funds. Success rates in journalism partnerships and in media
literacy were at the lowest level since 2021, at 7% and 5% respectively. Twenty-six grants
had been signed by the end of 2025, of which 21 were partnerships, involving 111 partners.
Nine out of the 21 grants with multiple beneficiaries featured partners from countries with
different capacities. The growing needs of the news media sector and its strategic role for
European democracies was reflected in the announcement of a media resilience programme
by the President of the European Commission in September 2025.
• Ukraine joined the media and cross-sectoral strands of creative Europe in 2025, benefiting
from support from the former to distribute Ukrainian films in the EU and to strengthen media
pluralism.
• The MediaInvest blending tool, supported in 2025 with EUR 10 million from the media strand,
encourages private investment from venture capital and equity investors into the audiovisual
and video game sectors. It blends public funds – from Creative Europe, InvestEU and the
European Investment Fund – with private investments to obtain commercially viable projects.
Implementation is on track to surpass the targeted EUR 400 million of private investment
mobilised in audiovisual and games between 2022 and 2027.
• The joint final evaluation of creative Europe for 2014-2020, the interim evaluation of creative
Europe for 2021-2027, the interim evaluation of the European Capitals of Culture initiative
for 2020-2033 and the evaluation of the European Heritage Label were successfully adopted
in 2025, covering key initiatives and policy frameworks supported under creative Europe.
Together, these evaluations assessed effectiveness, efficiency, relevance, coherence and EU
added value, providing robust, evidence-based findings to support ongoing implementation
and to inform the preparation of the next multiannual financial framework and future legal
bases.
• Evidence collected within the framework of the evaluation showed that the culture strand’s
support for mobility, cultural networks and platforms helped to reinforce capacity and skills in
Creative europe programme
the cultural and creative sectors and to internationalise the careers of many cultural
professionals. The culture strand funded almost 300 000 mobility days between 2014 and
2020, and more than 160 000 between 2021 and 2023. It also encouraged cultural diversity
and the circulation of European cultural works, with over 4 500 translations of literary works
between 2014 and 2023. Through its intrinsic European dimension, the strand played an
important role in fostering cross-border partnerships, with 4 200 organisations getting
involved in transnational projects between 2014 and 2020, and 2 500 between 2021 and
2023. Furthermore, it helped the cultural and creative sectors attract new audiences beyond
national and linguistic borders. For the 2014-2020 period, cultural activity funded under the
culture subprogramme was accessed (online or offline) at least 91.5 million times. The strand
also participated in the EU’s efforts to tackle major issues such as sustainability, social
inclusion and gender equality, and it contributed to the EU diplomatic efforts in the field of
culture. It showed a great capacity for adaptation when various crises hit the cultural and
creative sectors, such as the COVID-19 pandemic or the Russian war of aggression in Ukraine.
• The evaluation showed that the media strand has appreciably strengthened the transnational
circulation of European films and series, in a sector significantly fragmented along national
borders. On average, EU films and series supported by this strand could be viewed by
audiences in 9.5, 6.6 and 3.2 more Member States – across TV, cinema and video-on-demand
respectively – than comparable EU works that did not receive funding from the media strand.
EU films and series supported by the media strand attracted at least 241 million more
admissions across borders than works that were not supported. The Europa Cinemas network,
supported by this strand and responsible for 40% of tickets sold for non-national European
films, increased its geographical coverage by 32% to reach over 750 municipalities. The share
of supported European co-productions has increased substantially from 36% under the first
creative Europe programme to 84% under the second, significantly higher than the market
average for works that are not supported (13.7%). This included an increase from 5% to 30%
in co-productions between countries with different capacities between the first and second
programmes. Works that were supported during development were more likely to be released
than the market average.
• Under the cross-sectoral strand, the evaluation highlighted the essential role played by the
creative Europe desks in the effective operation of the programme. Desks are well regarded
and used by beneficiaries for information about the programme, in line with their objective to
provide information about support available through the programme and to assist potential
beneficiaries in application processes, including applicants with less experience of creative
Europe. Regarding initiatives under the cross-sectoral strand implemented in the form of open
calls for proposals, the evaluation found that the creative innovation lab has gradually provided
added value by funding multidisciplinary projects that address common challenges, in particular
reaching wider audiences and monetisation, through the harnessing of digital applications.
Similarly, the new news media initiatives responded with high added value to the problems of
this sector. The evaluation found that the introduction of market-led instruments into creative
Europe in 2017 was very successful. The Cultural and Creative Sectors Guarantee Facility
leveraged almost EUR 2 billion in loans and reduced the shortfall in access to debt finance by
up to 30%. This line of activity has been developed in 2021-2027 period in the form of
MediaInvest.
Creative europe programme
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 80.8 96.7 85.0 105.1 67.1
434.7 17.1%
• In the 2021-2027 programme, ecological concerns are taken into account in the design and
implementation of all funded projects, as a cross-cutting issue, in order to reduce their impact
on the environment. The programme does not directly support climate mitigation initiatives;
however, environmental sustainability remains one of the priorities of the programme and is
referred to in all of its calls.
• In 2025, the Commission continued looking into ways to introduce environmental,
sustainable, and proportional measures effectively and efficiently in creative Europe actions,
addressing the objectives of the European Green Deal, while respecting the core values of the
programme. A new document focused on the quality assessment of green aspects in creative
Europe (culture strand) projects was published. This document offers valuable guidance for
both applicants and evaluators, covering key concepts, essential questions, and basis to
assess environmental sustainability aspects included in projects. The work of the network of
greening contact points among the creative Europe desks (culture strand only) set up in 2023
continued in 2025 as well, offering capacity building and exchanges of ideas and good
greening practices.
• The culture strand continued to play a crucial role in building attitudes to tackle the climate
challenge by integrating sustainability into the cultural and creative sectors: in 2025, a new
consortium has been selected, following the Music Moves Europe call on greening of the
music sector, and will start as from January 2026 working to address the sector’s
environmental footprint, conducting research, building capacity and providing financial support
for green innovation.
• Media and cross-sectoral strands: almost all proposals submitted within the media strand are
requested to provide a strategy to improve the greening of the industry (except for two
actions where this is not applicable). Changes implemented in the markets and networks
action and the media 360° action meant that supported events (49 yearly) had to start the
process of obtaining sustainability certification. A focus on greening was also proposed in the
talent and skills action, in order to improve greening skills within the audiovisual industry.
14/25 training projects supported in 2025 included a greening component.
Creative europe programme
• In 2024, the Commission procured a European carbon calculator to standardise and compare
carbon dioxide measurement in audiovisual productions across the Member States. The Media
Carbon Calculator was officially launched in November 2025. It is free for use to audiovisual
producers and greening consultants in all Member States and complements existing national
calculators through a ‘plug-in’ approach. Following a six-month beta-testing phase, outreach
activities have been organised with producers, existing calculators and stakeholders, involving
over 500 industry professionals across the Member States.
• The programme will step up its action in the years to come to support climate mitigation in
the design of its annual work programmes.
• The yearly contribution to climate objectives is based on beneficiary organisations’
applications for funding for projects with climate-related topics.
Creative europe programme
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 24.4 21.4 15.3 147.8 64.2 273.1
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 282.0 385.1 317.5 187.0 288.0 1 459.6
Total: 306.4 406.5 332.8 334.8 352.2 1 732.7
• Under the programme, special attention is given to applications presenting adequate
strategies to ensure gender balance, a cross-cutting priority in all strands as of the 2021
annual work programme.
• The culture strand is anchored in policy development and EU policy cooperation in the field of
culture, in line with the 2018 new European agenda for culture, the 2019-2022 Council work
plan for culture and the culture compass for Europe, the new overarching strategic
framework aimed at giving direction, coherence, and ambition to EU cultural policy, adopted
by the College in November 2025.The programme mainstreams inclusion and diversity, and
supports the 2020-2025 gender equality strategy. Special attention is given to applications
presenting adequate strategies to ensure gender balance, inclusion, diversity and
representativeness. Many projects aim at strengthening gender equality in cultural and
creative projects, including mentorships or sector-specific evaluations. These projects and
their results are shared through programme supported networks. Furthermore, the
cooperation scheme includes an inclusiveness priority encouraging projects to focus on
gender issues: explore, test and disseminate innovative gender equality practices.
• For the media and cross-sectoral strands, the 2021-2027 strategy of the audiovisual sector
envisages policy development by including gender activities in all actions. Its focus has
moved from gender alone to a broader concept of diversity. Since 2021, the media strand
has encouraged companies to include gender and inclusiveness strategies, and the 2021-
2022 evaluations show that almost all applicants have applied this. Applicants are requested
to show actions to support diversity and gender equality. Since 2022, the training scheme
includes a module targeting women, based on capacity building and mentoring opportunities.
• Due to the specificities of the programme, it is not possible to fully discern gender
contribution from voted budget implementation commitments only for the years 2021-2023.
The split presented in the table above represents a pro-rata repartition based on the score
proportions of the total implementation included in the relevant annual work programmes.
This total of EUR 61.1 million includes administrative credits on top of the voted budget
implementation.
Creative europe programme
• Data for 2024 and 2025 have been calculated by a new corporate reporting system called
KPI Tool. The reason for the exponential increase is that in the KPI Tool, the selection of
priorities is available both at the application and reporting stages. In 2025, 189 projects with
a budget of EUR 67.1 million addressed the Commission sub-priorities ‘An economy that
works for people – Social fairness’ and ‘An economy that works for people – A union of
equality’ (44).
• In the media strand, 570 projects which can be tied to an individual title in 2025
(development, TV/VOD production and Films on the Move grants) supported gender equality.
Women were directors of 47% of them and authors of the script in 48%. These numbers
outperform market standards and oscillate around those values since 2021 (for directors the
number went from 42% in 2021; for scriptwriters it peaked at 51% in 2024, from 43% in
2021). Additionally, 1% of the directors and scriptwriters identified as non-binary.
Gender disaggregated information
The participation of women in the programme is reported in the following three indicators:
• number of artists and cultural and/or creative players (geographically) mobile beyond national borders due to programme support, by country of origin: in 2025, the initial results, encompassing both direct and indirect (culture moves Europe) actions, indicate that around 56% of the grantees were women;
• number of participants in the creative innovation labs call and news media actions activities: in 2025, the results show that 51% of the participants were women;
• number of participants in audiovisual learning activities supported by the programme who assess they have improved their competences and increased their employability: the results from 2022- 2024 show that 58% of the respondents who gave positive feedback were women.
(44) Data on 2025 are subject to change.
Creative europe programme
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 151.9 202.0 147.8 285.1 119.6 906.5 52.3%
• Regulation (EU) 2021/818 sets out that the creative Europe programme contributes to the
digital transition of the cultural and creative sectors.
• The culture compass for Europe, the new overarching strategic framework for cultural policy,
highlights the need to turn towards an EU that draws on cultural and creative sectors to be
more competitive and resilient, among other, harnessing digital technologies and AI. In the
cooperation projects under the culture strand, the digital priority to help the European cultural
and creative sectors to undertake or accelerate their digital transition is included as the first
or second priority in the project application. Several cooperation projects work on digital
innovation, developing, testing and adapting technological tools based on AI to better address
the challenges and needs of the sectors, while creative Europe networks have (among others)
an objective to help the European cultural and creative sectors to fully take advantage of new
technologies to enhance their competitiveness and to seize the opportunities that AI offers for
them, from protecting the discoverability of European cultural content, to developing
audiences and supporting human creativity.
• Many schemes under the media strand encompass a strong digital dimension. The ‘innovative
tools and business model’ scheme supports the use of innovative tools to improve content
creation; monetisation, exploitation, discoverability and reach more audiences. The ‘Video
games and immersive content’ scheme is dedicated to supporting the development of digital
content The ‘Talents and skills’ scheme was revamped to foster the adaptation of audiovisual
and gaming professionals to the digital transition. Support is also given to television and
online content for exploitation by digital platforms and TV broadcasters. In addition, European
video-on-demand networks are supported in their efforts to screen a significant proportion of
European works. In distribution, both theatrical and online channels are funded. Support for
film markets and festivals has been adapted to support hybrid events online and promote
videogames and immersive content.
• In 2025, several proposals were designed to bridge creative Europe objectives and the AI
Continent Action Plan to foster uptake of AI in creative sectors. The selected proposals, to be
implemented in 2026, cover interactive and immersive storytelling, discoverability of media,
music and literary content. This group may be further enlarged in 2026.
• Under the cross-sectoral strand, the Creative Innovation Labs call encourages innovative
approaches for content creation and distribution, taking into account the opportunities of the
digital transition. In addition, support for news media collaborations focuses on addressing
the digital transformation in the production and monetisation of quality journalism. Some
Creative europe programme
noteworthy projects ongoing in 2025 which help the news media industry adapt to the digital
economy are Do-Jo (Collaborative Donation Solution for Journalism), which built up the
business model of micro-donations and revenue sharing and IQ Media upskilling journalists in
AI and big data.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
• Participation in the media and cross-sectoral strands is subject to fulfilment of the conditions
set out in the Audiovisual Media Services Directive. Through that, the creative Europe media
strand accelerates regulatory alignment of non-EU countries participating in the programme
in the area of audiovisual regulation. Moreover, by supporting the work of the newly created
Media Services Board, the creative Europe media and cross-sectoral strands underpin the
implementation of the EU media regulatory acquis in the EU Member States.
Creative europe programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
x The Cultural and Creative Sectors Guarantee Facility
financed a study on the social impact of news media in
2021. Results show that healthy, thriving news media
ecosystems increase the wellbeing of citizens. Support for
cross-border journalism projects and media literacy projects
in the cross-sectoral strand increases the diffusion of
knowledge in society and helps mutual understanding. The
media strand supports a network of cinemas (Europa
Cinemas) which are local community centres. Collective
experience of attending cinema increases wellbeing and
having a cinema in the community is valued even by those
who do not go there often. Participation and access to
cultural activities, two of the pillars of the programme, have
a significant impact on health in general, as well as on
mental health.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
x The skills and talents action in the media strand is an
example of promoting lifelong learning – it supports courses,
training sessions, workshops, etc. directed at audiovisual and
gaming professionals to adapt to new creative market and
digital developments.
Creative europe programme
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
x As described in the cross-cutting issues of the programme –
gender equality section. For example, the films supported
under the media strand with ‘Films on the move’ show a
higher average share of key female creators than in the
market. Several projects funded under the European
Cooperation Projects scheme are relevant to this sustainable
development goal, in particular the one addressing gender
inequalities in the cultural and creative sectors. creative
Europe networks of cultural and creative organisations also
contribute to the sharing of good practices promoting gender
equality in the sector.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
x Through the support provided to artists and cultural
professionals, creative Europe promotes sustained, inclusive
and sustainable economic growth, full and productive
employment and decent work for all. For example, the
European platforms for emerging artists promote fair,
inclusive, and diverse frameworks supporting emerging
artists careers. Platforms must develop in their strategies
effective ways to ensure and promote better working
conditions and fairer remuneration, skill development and
life-long learning as well as artistic freedom.
Support for audiovisual and media industries has multiplier
effects on competitiveness, and thus economic growth.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
x All creative Europe actions have an international
collaboration aspect. On the European scale, the media
strand introduced an array of measures to ensure a more
level playing field in the European audiovisual ecosystem,
broadening participation and promoting collaborations
among countries with different capacities). The share of
supported works involving collaborations between low
capacity and high-capacity countries has increased from less
than 5% in 2014-20 to around 30% between 2021-2023.
Creative europe programme
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
x In the 2022 creative Europe work programme, the creative
innovation labs call had a special angle: the projects should
contribute to the New European Bauhaus framework for
inclusive and sustainable product and experience design. The
programme also develops synergies with the New European
Bauhaus with projects such as the medium-scale European
cooperation project ‘ARCH-E, European Platform for
Architectural Design Competitions’, which aims to promote
high-quality architectural solutions for the built environment
by increasing the use of architectural design competitions in
Europe.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
x See the cross-cutting issues section – environmental
requirements. The programme promotes green solutions,
especially on the supply side, through bonus points that can
be obtained in applications having sustainable working
modalities (in the media strand). The same strand also
launched a carbon calculator translation tool to make it
easier for co-producers to comply with different carbon
regulation regimes in 2025. The culture strand supports
projects promoting sustainability and greener practices: in
2025 a new consortium has been selected to work on the
greening of the music sector, conducting research, building
capacity and providing financial support for green innovation.
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
x Creative Europe decides on the distribution of the grants
transparently and on a merit basis. Audits are established
across the programmes and overseen by the Commission
and other implementing institutions. The work programme
for each year is accepted by Member States. Access to the
programme is encouraged through a network of country
desks, which reach out and explain to potential applicants
how to apply. Actions supporting news media under the
cross-sectoral strand will strengthen media freedom and
pluralism. Access to trustworthy information will also be
enhanced by actions promoting news media production and
distribution.
Creative europe programme
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
x The media strand supports co-production funds located in
the EU supporting international coproductions. With support
from this strand, 98 international films were supported
between 2021 and 2025.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
COMMUNICATION
FINANCIAL INTERVENTION OF THE COMMUNICATION POLICY AREA
Concrete examples of achievements
47 seconds
was the estimated
actual YouTube
engagement rate in
2025, based on
YouTube Analytics data.
25 000
political reporting
products were provided
by the Commission’s
Representations,
covering reactions on
EU topics in all Member
States in 2025.
1 265
audiovisual products
(messages, interviews,
statements, clips) were
provided to the College
of Commissioners in
2025.
90%
of users were satisfied
with the answers
received from the
Europe Direct contact
centre in 2025.
89 000
people (including virtual
visitors) visited the
visitors’ centre in 2025.
9 636
information and
engagement activities
were performed by the
Europe Direct centres in
2025.
80.69%
of the target audience
was reached by
corporate campaigns.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
106.7
107.6
108.5
109.5
110.4 111.4
112.2
766.3
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total
106.7
107.6
108.5
109.5
110.4 111.4
112.2
766.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 542.6 766.3 70.8%
Payments 509.1 0.0 66.4%
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Political reporting
products provided
by the
Representations
covering reactions
on EU topics in all
Member States
0
56%
1 200 annually from 2022 to
2029
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 2 500 compared to a
target of 1 200)
On track
Audiovisual
products provided
to the College of Commissioners
0 56% 1 000 annually from 2022 to
2029
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 1 265 compared to a
target of 1 000)
On track
Target audience
able to recall the
messages of
corporate
campaigns
0 44% 25% annually from 2024 to
2029
Milestones achieved for
2021-2023 and 2025 (2025: 81%
compared to a target of 25%)
On track
Users satisfied with
the answers
received from the
Europe Direct
contact centre
0 56% 86% annually from 2024 to
2029
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 90%
compared to a target of 86%)
On track
Engagement rate on
social media
0 11% 60 seconds annually from 2021 to 2027
Milestones not achieved for
2021, 2022, 2024 or 2025. Milestone
achieved for 2023 (2025: 47 seconds
compared to a target of 60)
On track
For indicator 3, the methodology measuring the percentage of target audience reached by
corporate campaigns has changed.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
The communication actions in 2025 ensured that the College received up-to-date communication
advice and intelligence. Information and communication services addressed citizens directly, with
messages aligned with the Commission’s policy priorities.
In 2025, the programme continued to communicate on the seven headline ambitions of the von
der Leyen Commission, set out in ‘Political Guidelines for the next European Commission 2024-
2029’. In particular, the communication focused on two strands. The first central strand aims at
strengthening, improving and further targeting the efforts to communicate effectively to the media
and about the Commission’s and the EU’s political priorities. The second, local strand, aims at
engaging more widely with citizens and stakeholders on the ground through its Representations
and local networks. In particular, through Representations in Member States, a series of local
campaigns werte designed and launched to showcase the benefits of the EU budget and the
upcoming discussions on the next multiannual financial framework, providing concrete examples
of the results of the implementation of NextGenerationEU and focusing on specific subjects of
relevance at the national level.
The Representations reported regularly to the College of Commissioners with intelligence on the
ground across the Member States while cooperating at the national, regional and local levels.
The number of audiovisual products (messages, interviews, statements, clips) in 2025 exceeded
the target of 1 000. Due to the increase in visits from members of the College outside Brussels
(requiring audiovisual coverage), and the fact that the new College had taken office, the drop in
audiovisual products registered in 2024 was mostly recovered in 2025, with an increase of the
production of audiovisuals of 15% compared to 2024.
Overall, users were satisfied with the answers received from the Europe Direct contact centre in
2025. The satisfaction rate in 2025 was 90% against a target of 86%.
In 2026, the new model of Europa Direct centres will be launched, involving different geographical
coverage, new contractors and a new relationship with the citizen. Although the aim of the new
model is to better inform citizens at the local level, it is unknown, above all in the first period of
deployment of the new model, whether citizen satisfaction will still be at the current satisfactory
level.
In 2025, the average view duration on YouTube was 47 seconds against a target of 60 seconds
(down from 52 seconds in 2024). DG Communication started to produce shorter videos (maximum
1 minute) because that has become the current practice on social media (e.g. reels on YouTube).
This explains the shorter engagement time on YouTube. We cannot exclude that, if the strategy to
shorten the videos to increase their effectiveness continues, in the future the target value will need
to be revised as not fully reflecting the new communication strategy of the platform.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 4.2 1.6 0.5 0.7 0.0 n/a n/a 6.9 0.9%
DG Communication uses all available communication channels (notably via the Representations)
to disseminate different corporate communication messages, including messages on climate
change and the effect of this change on people.
DG Communication’s activities contribute to both climate change mitigation and climate change
adaptation by raising awareness about clean, home-grown energy and energy independence,
emphasising their benefits to the planet, climate, security, and shared values. Therefore, DG
Communication is taxonomy-compliant.
One very relevant example is the NextGenEU local campaigns, which communicated on the benefits
of funded project in various areas, namely clean energy, reduction of energy consumption,
reforestation, etc.
The main communication campaigns currently planned do not focus on greening contribution,
although messages on the importance of the greening priorities and the Commission’s action on
this policy priority might be present in these campaigns.
This is without prejudice of possible unplanned requests of campaigns and communication on
climate, greening and climate mainstreaming. No forecast is carried out internally in DG
Communication with this granularity.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 106.7 107.6 108.5 109.5 110.4 542.7
Total: 106.7 107.6 108.5 109.5 110.4 542.7
Currently, DG Communication is not systematically collecting data on indicators with sex/gender
disaggregation dimensions, since the communication actions developed by are of a horizontal
nature and generally not directed to specific groups based on sex/gender (i.e. other criteria are used
to define target groups).
However, DG Communication is committed to ensuring equality mainstreaming. To this end, the
working group on equality was created in March 2021 and includes representatives from all DG
Communication directorates. The group produced a working plan on equality, endorsed by senior
management, and monitors its implementation.
The equality working plan covers external communication and aims at mainstreaming equality in
communication practices, also in support of the work of other Directorates-General. The equality
plan also covers internal communication and aims at mainstreaming equality.
Some of its objectives are shown below.
• Facilitate community management on social media across Commission services with respect
to diversity of EU societies and in line with EU messaging on equality. The repository is
available for consultation by all Directorates-General.
• Ensure that people with disabilities have improved access to documents and publications
managed by DG Communication, including Representations. Progress is monitored by the
Equality Coordinator in DG Communication with regular reporting to the Task Force on
Equality, in coordination with the Publication Office (OP) (OP indicator: the percentage of
accessible publications out of all general publications produced by the Office; OP target 2029:
65%).
• Facilitate inclusive and accessible communication practices by all Directorates-General using
DG Communication framework contracts. Progress is monitored by the Equality Coordinator
with regular reporting to the Task Force on Equality.
• Contribute to promoting equality topics to EU audiences. Management indicator: number of
equality topics included in CN agendas or information products. Target: four per year.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
• Improve awareness among staff of equality issues relating to management and internal
communication practices and external communication practices. Information should be
available to all staff and promoted regularly.
Gender disaggregated information:
• Not available.
Contribution to the digital transition
Contribution to digital transition is only indirect, through communication activities. The digital
transition embraces a large array of aspects (such as tools for a common industry strategy, tools
for technology transfer, commercialisation of research and development and better integration in
value chains, development of skill capabilities for digitalisation, support to entrepreneurial
discovery processes, cooperation between academia and businesses) which are not mapped and/or
measured. There is no envisaged dedicated communication actions on the digital transition but it
communicates separately on these aspects: it is not possible to gauge the impact of this
communication on the various aspects of its priority.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
Communication activities make substantial contribution in communicating the positive impact of
the RRF in Member States.
Our NextGenerationEU local and national campaigns demonstrate how RRF is boosting Europe’s
economy and making our societies stronger and more resilient, delivering tangible results for
Europeans through its many projects. As the largest ever stimulus package undertaken in the EU,
it is leading by example and setting the blueprint for a new growth model based on a clean,
innovative and inclusive economy and digital and tech sovereignty.
By investing in healthcare, NextGenerationEU is contributing to a fairer, more caring society,
equipped for the challenges that lie ahead.
By supporting education and skills, it is helping prepare our workforce for new opportunities in a
tech-driven world.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
By assisting our SMEs and young entrepreneurs, it is also nurturing innovation, creating jobs and
spurring future growth.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
•
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU corporate (“Make it Strong”
theme). Corporate campaigns, content and messages remain
in general at top level, addressing the general public and
communicating on broad political issues, showcasing for
example how NextGenEU supports the modernisation of
education. These address issues relevant to the sustainable
development goal 4.
SDG7 Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU local campaigns (lie the
campaign ‘Go Circular in Ireland), DG Communication
corporate campaigns, content and messages remain in
general at top level, addressing the general public and
communicating on broad political issues, showcasing for
example how NextGenEU supports access to affordable and
clean energy. This addresses issues relevant to SDG7.
SDG8 Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU corporate (“Make it Strong”
theme). Corporate campaigns, content and messages remain
in general at top level, addressing the general public and
communicating on broad political issues, showcasing for
example how NextGenEU supports businesses, research and
skills. These address issues relevant to the sustainable
development goal 8.
SDG9 Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU corporate and local
campaigns (“Make it Strong” theme). DG Communication
corporate campaigns, content and messages remain in
general at top level, addressing the general public and
communicating on broad political issues, showcasing for
example how NextGenEU supports businesses, research and
skills. These address issues relevant to the sustainable
development goal 9.
Communication Financial intervention of the communication policy area
SDG11 Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU corporate campaign (“Make it
Green” and “Make it Digital” themes). DG Communication
corporate campaigns, content and messages remain in
general at top level, addressing the general public and
communicating on broad political issues. These may address
issues relevant to the sustainable development goal 11 but
there is no direct link between the two.
SDG13 Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Indirectly Through the NextGenerationEU local campaigns. DG
Communication local campaigns, content and messages
address the general public and communicate on broad
political issues, showcasing for example how NextGenEU
supports clean energy transition. These address issues
relevant to the sustainable development goal 13.
Common agricultural policy
COMMON AGRICULTURAL POLICY
Concrete examples of achievements
5.5 million
farmers benefited from
direct payments in
2024.
311 500
young farmers
(including 90 000
women) were
supported in setting up
businesses and
receiving
complementary income
support in 2024.
Over 24 million
livestock units (20.5%
of the total) benefited
from common
agricultural policy (CAP)
support for improved
animal welfare in 2024.
41 million
hectares (25.3% of EU
farmland) were covered
by biodiversity
conservation and
restoration
commitments in 2024.
11.3 million
hectares (7% of EU
farmland) were
provided with CAP
support for organic
farming in 2024.
40 million
hectares in areas with
natural constraints
(24.7% of EU farmland)
received additional
income support for
natural constraints in
2024.
19.1 million
children benefited from
school schemes in the
2024/2025 school year.
2.1 million
beneficiaries accessed
advice or training or
took part in EIP-AGRI
operational group
projects in 2025.
Common agricultural policy
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
55 712.9 53 096.6 53 626.9 53 673.1 53 199.1 53 341.9 53 999.9 376 650.4
NextGenerationEU 2 365.7 5 688.5 0.3 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.0 8 055.6
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 58 078.6 58 785.0 53 627.2 53 673.4 53 199.5 53 342.3 53 999.9 384 706.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 277 534.4 384 706.0 72.1%
Payments 276 539.0 0.0 71.9%
Common agricultural policy
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Agricultural factor income 2021: 129 n/a
Overall increase in the long term
Index above the baseline each
year from 2022 to 2025 (2025 index
value: 149)
n/a
Farm modernisation: share of farms receiving investment support to restructure and modernise, including to improve resource efficiency
0 26% 4.17% in 2029
1.1% in 2024 compared to a
target of 4.17%
Moderate progress
Better supply chain organisation: share of farms participating in producer groups, producer organisations, local markets, short supply chain circuits and quality schemes supported by the CAP
0 39% 7.49% in 2029
2.9% in 2024 compared to a
target of 7.49%
On track
Contributing to climate change mitigation: greenhouse gas emissions from agriculture
2021: 375 n/a Overall decrease in the long term
Index under the baseline each
year from 2022 to 2023 (2023 index
value: 360)
n/a
Carbon storage in soils and biomass: share of utilised agricultural area under supported commitments to reduce emissions or to maintain or enhance carbon storage
0 33% 34.74% in 2029
Milestones achieved for 2023 and 2024 (2024: 38.2% compared to a milestone of
31.28%)
On track
Number of hectares under environmental practices (conditionality, eco-schemes, agri- and forest-environment- climate management commitments)
0 n/a n/a 148 million in
2024 n/a
Agricultural area under organic farming 0 n/a n/a 10.81% in 2023 n/a
Common agricultural policy
Generational renewal: number of young farmers benefiting from setting up with support from the CAP
0 83% 377 470 in 2029 311 563 by 2024
compared to a target of 377 470
On track
Leader coverage: share of rural population covered by local development strategies
2022: 62.59% 99% 66.27% in 2029 65.7% in 2024 compared to a
target of 66.27% On track
Improving animal welfare: share of livestock units covered by supported actions to improve animal welfare
0 96% 22.69% in 2029 21.7% in 2024 compared to a
target of 22.69% On track
Enhancing performance through knowledge and innovation: number of persons benefiting from advice, training, knowledge exchange or participating in European Innovation Partnership operational groups supported by the CAP
0 32% 6.6 million in
2029
2.1 million by 2024 compared to
a target of 6.6 million
On track
Common agricultural policy
On 19 February 2025, the European Commission adopted the Commission communication ‘A vision
for agriculture and food’. This communication presents a roadmap to guide EU action towards
achieving an attractive, competitive, resilient, future-oriented and fair agri-food system for current
and future generations of farmers and agri-food operators. Aligned with the EU competitiveness
compass, the vision calls for a reduction in unnecessary red tape to enhance competitiveness.
Farmers across the EU face several challenges due to excessive administrative obligations that
often fail to reflect the realities on the ground. This regulatory burden slows down farm operations,
drains resources, discourages innovation and investment and leads to a low level of acceptance of
requirements by farmers.
The legislative amendments to the CAP that were adopted in December 2025 tackle these
challenges, targeting the administrative burden, streamlining on-farm controls and fostering their
replacement by technology based on monitoring implementation, crisis response and investment
needs. They include the on-farm simplification of requirements; better recognition of diverse
farming practices, such as organic farming; streamlined support for small and medium-sized farms
through simplified payments; and action to boost competitiveness, including enhanced access to
financial tools. The Commission also published a roadmap for further simplification action, which
set out the planned initiatives, the tools and an indicative timeline required to deliver further
improvements on the CAP’s secondary legislation and on areas outside of agriculture impacting
farmers.
The Commission adopted a proposal for the amendment of the organic basic act on 16 December
2025. It aims to simplify certain rules of the basic act to enhance the competitiveness of the
organic sector, while upholding its high standards. As part of the comprehensive approach to
burden reduction for farmers, operators and public authorities, the Commission presented a
roadmap for further action aimed at reviewing additional elements of the organic legal framework,
in particular the organic secondary legislation.
The EU–Mercosur Agreement is part of a broader strategy to diversify markets and impact sources
in times when we can rely less on our traditional agri-food partners. Farmers’ interests remain
central to the EU’s approach.
Performance results in 2025 (2024 production year) – preliminary analysis
The CAP strategic plans cover the period between 1 January 2023 and 31 December 2027. Member
States submit their annual performance reports covering the implementation of their respective
CAP strategic plans during the previous financial year, and in so doing report their progress in
achieving the goals of the set indicators. This report concerns the implementation of CAP strategic
plans in the financial year that ran from 16 October 2024 to 15 October 2025, covering the 2024
production year. Please note that the indicator values presented here show the EU values and that
they are still preliminary.
Economic sustainability
The CAP plans support the economic sustainability of the agriculture sector in many ways. Member
States have programmed interventions to provide income support to farmers, with specific
attention being paid to small farms, farms in specific areas where farming is less profitable (e.g.
Common agricultural policy
mountain areas) and farms that are active in specific sectors facing difficulties. To improve viability
in the event of significant production or income losses, some Member States have programmed
risk management schemes to help farms cover risks that are inherent to agriculture. Similarly,
interventions have been programmed to support investment and to improve the position of farmers
in the value chain by supporting cooperation between farmers.
Overall, the interventions supporting economic sustainability are being implemented according to
plan. Income support interventions have been part of the CAP for a long time, and their continuation
in the CAP plans was rather straightforward for the Member States. 91% of the agricultural land
in the EU is covered by income support interventions.
However, some parts of the CAP plans are implemented less successfully. This concerns, in
particular, interventions in the area of risk management, and to a lesser extent interventions that
target farm modernisation. As for interventions in other areas, the simultaneous implementation
of the rural development plans (under the previous period, running until 2025) had an impact on
the implementation of interventions under CAP plans. Regarding farm modernisation,
implementation has picked up compared to last year, but it is still modest compared to what was
planned. This can partly be explained by the difficult economic situation in many Member States,
which has led to higher interest rates and high inflation, thus delaying the decision to invest in new
assets. It is expected that the uptake of this measure will gather pace in the coming year and that
Member States will reach their targets, while also benefiting from the flexibilities introduced in the
simplification package (e.g. the use of simplified cost options).
Climate and environmental sustainability
Member States have programmed interventions to provide support to farmers and other
beneficiaries, contributing to European climate action (mitigation and adaptation to climatic
changes), protecting natural resources and improving biodiversity in agricultural areas. The
combination of compulsory requirements (conditionality) and support for voluntary initiatives (e.g.
area-related schemes, green and non-productive investments, innovation, knowledge exchange
and cooperation) aims at enhancing the uptake of farming practices that benefit the climate,
natural resources and biodiversity.
The interventions supporting climate and environmental sustainability are being implemented
according to plan. Preliminary data from Member States for the 2025 financial year show diverse,
but overall good, progress in meeting the annual milestones in the plans for most environmental
and climate-related result indicators, with a further increase in utilised agricultural area covered
by farming practices contributing to the various objectives. As examples, measures to enhance
carbon sequestration and storage in soils and biomass have been carried out on 38% of the EU’s
agricultural area. Further progress has been achieved towards protecting and improving soils, with
53% of the EU’s agricultural area covered by relevant practices. More sustainable use of pesticides
was implemented, with relevant practices covering 32% of the EU’s total agricultural area.
Likewise, commitments on sustainable nutrient management were carried out on 16% of the EU’s
agricultural area.
However, although interventions for the development of organic agriculture and the preservation
of habitats and species remain slightly below the average planned targets, progress compared to
the previous year is noted (with 7% and 25% of the related area covered by support, respectively).
Common agricultural policy
With regard to non-productive investment relating to natural resources and biodiversity, the
planned targets have been exceeded. By contrast, investment in renewable energy from agriculture
and forestry is still lagging behind set targets. For several interventions under rural development,
many Member States were still finalising the implementation of equivalent initiatives within the
former rural development programmes for the 2014-2022 period, delaying the implementation of
the respective interventions under the CAP strategic plans. This mainly concerns forestry initiatives
such as investment in restoring wooded areas and afforestation.
Social sustainability
The social sustainability of the CAP extends from supporting generational renewal to promoting
social inclusion and smart villages. It also covers the Leader (liaison entre actions de
développement de l'économie rurale – links between activities for the development of rural
economy) initiative.
In terms of installation aid for young farmers, significant progress has been made, exceeding
expectations. The number of young farmers who received support in 2025 was higher than planned,
reaching 311 000 beneficiaries in 2025, 45% of the total value for the entire programming period.
70% of the final target (supporting 448 000 young farmers) has already been reached. Support
for growth and jobs in rural areas also saw strong progress, with over 270 000 jobs created in
2025, overshooting what was initially planned by 6%.
The implementation of Leader was also well on track, with a growing coverage rate, slightly above
the planned value and showing steady progress from 2024.
The share of the rural population benefiting from improved access to services and infrastructure
(connecting rural Europe) demonstrated a strong upward trend, advancing from below the planned
result in 2024 to slightly exceeding the value in 2025 by reaching a coverage rate of more than
16%.
Similarly to other forms of economic or environmental investment, the implementation of these
interventions in 2025 has been affected by the closure of 2014-2020 measures for rural
development plans and various external circumstances, such as the current economic context (high
inflation, supply delays, stagnating economic growth and limited access to external financing). This
is still leading to delays, in particular in the implementation of rural development investment.
For measures relating to animal health and welfare, both the reduction in antimicrobial use and
the support for improved welfare reached the planned values, with steady progress over the
programming period.
Common agricultural policy
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming
17 083.6 17 557.3 13 086.5 24 134.1 24 563.3 24 549.1 24 607.7 145 581.7 37.8%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming
9 943.2 9 236.2 9 033.8 8 791.1 9 236.7 9 236.7 9 236.7 64 714.4 16.8%
The enhanced green architecture of the 2023-2027 CAP includes a range of instruments that can
contribute to protecting and restoring natural resources and biodiversity and to the fight against
climate change. This is in line with the CAP’s specific objectives on these areas.
The reinforced conditionality links area- and animal-based support to meeting a number of
statutory management requirements and nine standards for good agricultural and environmental
conditions. Conditionality is also the baseline for other incentive measures supported by the CAP.
The wide area coverage (90% of EU farmland) and the compulsory nature of conditionality amplify
its positive effects. In addition, the eco-schemes – the new instrument put in place by the 2023-
2027 CAP and representing at least 25% of direct payments – are being used by Member States
to contribute to various environmental objectives, including climate change and biodiversity.
Moreover, rural development measures such as agri-environment-climate commitments, organic
farming, Natura 2000 payments and non-productive investments make an important contribution
to biodiversity and climate objectives. So do measures for knowledge building, innovation and
cooperation, and training and provision of farm advice.
According to the CAP Strategic Plans Regulation, from 2023 onwards, measures under the CAP are
expected to contribute 40% of the overall financial envelope of the CAP, at the EU level, to climate-
related objectives. Using information provided by Member States, the Commission will account for
the CAP contribution using the EU climate coefficients. This climate-relevant expenditure serves as
input to monitor progress on the goal for climate mainstreaming across all EU programmes, with
a target of 25% of EU expenditure contributing to climate objectives.
The methodology developed to track the biodiversity contribution of the 2023-2027 CAP takes into
account the CAP architecture and its increased green ambition. As from the draft budget 2024, the
contribution of the CAP to biodiversity is estimated by the Commission through the application of
EU coefficients (100%, 40% and 0%) and weighting factors (100%, 70% and 50%) that aim to
reflect the differentiated contribution of each type of intervention towards the biodiversity
Common agricultural policy
objective. This includes direct and indirect contributions, including whether the support is subject to
conditionality. The CAP is the policy with the highest level of support for biodiversity, representing
57% of the support from the multiannual financial framework.
Common agricultural policy
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 113.2 113.2 226.5
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 55 712.9 53 096.6 53 626.9 53 559.9 53 085.9 269 082.1
Total: 55 712.9 53 096.6 53 626.9 53 673.1 53 199.1 269 308.6
The 2023-2027 CAP includes, for the first time in the history of the policy, a specific reference to
the need to enhance the participation of women in farming and to improve the situation of rural
women.
As a result, attention was paid to recognising the importance of gender issues and the need to
increase the participation of women in farming and to improve the socioeconomic situation of
rural women. Member States were encouraged and requested to improve the participation of
women and young people in the governance structures of local action groups.
In the vision for agriculture and food, the Commission announced the creation of Women in
Farming Platform. It is meant to strengthen women’s engagement and equal opportunities in the
farming sector thanks to the initiatives undertaken by the platform’s members. It will serve as a
forum to discuss and exchange good practices and experience in order to attract more women to
farming. The Commission is finalising preparations to launch the platform in March this year.
Two Member States introduced specific interventions that aim to enhance gender equality;
therefore, those interventions should receive a gender score of 1.
The Spanish CAP strategic plan introduced complementary income support for young farmers,
where the aid amount is increased by 15 percentage points in each of the 20 regions in the case
of female owners applying for this aid. In addition, some regions apply enhanced support rates
for women under rural development interventions, such as investments in holdings (Galicia,
Aragon, Baleares), investments in infrastructure (Aragon), participating in quality schemes for
agricultural products and foodstuffs (Basque Country and Aragon) or investments in agri-food
industries (Valencia). However, calculating Rural Development indicative financial allocations
specifically earmarked for gender equality purposes is not feasible and this is not included in the
estimate.
Ireland introduced three interventions with a clear gender mainstreaming component.
- Farm capital investments. The target agriculture modernisation scheme provides
women farmers with a higher support rate for aid.
Common agricultural policy
- European innovation partnerships. Support under stream A of this intervention will be
provided for bottom-up innovative projects including approaches to support gender
balance in farming in Ireland. One example is the ‘making farms work for women’ project,
which addresses the specific needs of women in areas such as machinery handling and
livestock management.
- A knowledge transfer programme. To address the cross-cutting CAP policy objective of
gender balance, knowledge transfer groups can be set up for participation by women only.
Gender mainstreaming works in particular when women are involved and empowered in the
decision-making process. In this light, the majority of Member States imposed a requirement for
Leader decision-making bodies to be composed of at least 50% women. In the sample of data
for the monitoring and evaluation of local action groups (45), out of the total of 27 183 people,
there were 10 543 women. Currently these data cannot be associated with the budgets, but it
will be possible in 2026, when local action groups will add their budgets to the database.
Furthermore, according to the CAP Strategic Plans Regulation, Member States must organise a
partnership including, where relevant, bodies responsible for promoting social inclusion,
fundamental rights, gender equality and non-discrimination. Most Member States committed
explicitly in their CAP strategic plans to include organisations representing the rights of women in
CAP partnerships and monitoring committees. Finally, the 2023-2027 CAP strengthened the
collection of data disaggregated by gender.
Gender-disaggregated information
Total number of farmers receiving CAP support directly (provisional data for 2024): 5 604 178:
• women: 1 768 426 (31.56%); • men: 3 553 350 (63.41%); • non-binary: 250 (0.00%); • no prevalence: 209 340 (3.74%); • prefer not to say: 72 812 (1.30%).
(45) Shared fund management common system data for monitoring and evaluation cover local action groups selected in
2023: n = 1 775 out of an expected total of approximately 2 600 local action groups; data from 20 Member States on the number of women in decision-making bodies for local action groups. This information is available by local action group and by Member States. More data will be available by end of April 2025 for the local action groups selected in 2024.
Common agricultural policy
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total % of 2021-
2025
Digital
contribution 66.8 61.7 69.2 180.9 0.0 378.5 0.1%
Digitalisation of the agricultural sector and rural areas can be regarded as instrumental in
strengthening their competitiveness and contributing to several sustainability-related policy
objectives, including environmental and socio-economic sustainability.
The 2023-2027 CAP brings forward digitalisation in agriculture as it forms an inherent part of its
cross-cutting objective on ‘Modernising the sector by fostering and sharing of knowledge,
innovation and digitalisation in agriculture and rural areas, and encouraging their uptake’. For the
first time, Member States set out digitalisation strategies under their CAP strategic plans outlining
how they intend to support the sustainable digital transformation of agriculture and rural areas
under the CAP and in synergy with other programmes, such as the Recovery and Resilience Facility,
the Connecting Europe Facility, Horizon Europe and the digital Europe programme.
The CAP supports digitalisation mainly through investments, but also though eco-schemes and
agro-environmental-climate commitments. It also supports the expansion of broadband
connectivity in rural areas, the development of digital skills, and advisory services on digital matters
though knowledge exchange and cooperation.
The European Agricultural Fund for Rural Development made an important contribution to support
broadband infrastructure and various ICT solutions in rural areas. This has had a positive effect on
the quality of life of EU citizens, with nearly 13 million people living in rural areas benefiting from
improved access to ICT services and infrastructure. In addition, smart villages initiatives are
supported under Leader. The CAP also stimulates the digital transformation of public
administrations, enabling the integration of digital technologies into agricultural administrative
systems, such as the integrated administration and control system.
Methodology.
- 2021-2023. Declared expenditure for focus area 6C on enhancing the accessibility, use
and quality of information and communication technologies in rural areas.
- 2024. Data are retrieved from the annual performance for all interventions linked with R3
‘Digitalising agriculture’: share of farms benefiting from support for digital farming
technology through CAP. Quantifying the exact amount of expenditure directly associated
with the digital-related interventions is not feasible for the moment. Most of the
interventions linked with R3 are also linked to other result indicators.
Common agricultural policy
- 2024. Data for 2024 are an estimate of the total gross realised expenditure (EU funds).
Common agricultural policy
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
Yes The CAP is supporting productivity and efficiency gains, and
thereby contributing to SDG 2.The EU school scheme
supports the distribution of fruit, vegetables and milk to
schools across the European Union as part of a wider
programme of education about European agriculture and the
benefits of healthy eating. The consumption of fresh fruit
and vegetables and of milk in the EU does not meet
international or national nutritional recommendations, while
that of processed food that is often high in added sugar,
salt, fat or additives is on the rise. Unhealthy diets, together
with low physical activity, result in overweight and obesity.
This is why the EU takes action to help children follow a
healthy diet and lead healthy lifestyles. In the 2023/2024
school year, 18.0 million children benefited from this
scheme, with a budget of EUR 200 million in 2025.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
Yes
Common agricultural policy
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes The CAP offers explicit support for setting up, expanding and
improving broadband infrastructure and for the provision of
broadband internet access (i.e. improved connections to
infrastructure) and access to e-government. The contribution
from the CAP budget to the digital transition for the 2021-
2024 period amounted to at least EUR 378 million (some
support for digitalisation under the CAP cannot be tracked
yet), as part of the EU’s broader efforts to modernise and
innovate agricultural practices and rural development. This
allocation supports the implementation of digital
technologies in areas such as precision farming, smart rural
services and digital infrastructure development, contributing
to the EU’s goals for a more sustainable and competitive
agricultural sector.
Common agricultural policy
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
Yes
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes
SDG15:
Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Yes Recent production and market trends show the importance
that the area of organics has gained over the last decade.
Organic farming responds to specific consumer demand for
sustainable food products, promoting more sustainable
farming practices and contributing to the protection of the
environment and improved animal welfare. The share of the
EU’s agricultural area under organic farming increased
from 5.9% in 2012 to 10.8% in 2023, corresponding to an
increase from 9.5 million to 17.4 million hectares, both
conversion and maintenance. The financial allocation for
specific area or animal-based payments for organic farming
planned in the CAP Strategic Plans amounts to
EUR 14.7 billion.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
EUROPEAN MARITIME, FISHERIES AND AQUACULTURE
FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
6 397
fishing vessels
benefited from the
European Maritime,
Fisheries and
Aquaculture Fund
(EMFAF) between 2022
and 2024. 45% of the
vessels supported
belonged to the small-
scale coastal fishing
fleet.
231
businesses achieved a
higher turnover with
support from EMFAF
between 2022 and
2024.
2 691
actions contributing to
good environmental
status were selected
between 2022 and
2024. These include
nature restoration,
conservation, protection
of ecosystems,
biodiversity, and animal
health and welfare.
2 009 tonnes
per year of new
production capacity has
been created in
fisheries and
aquaculture since 2022.
115
new jobs have been
created as a result of
EMFAF support since
2022.
608
jobs have been
maintained as a result
of EMFAF support since
2022.
18 046
entities benefited from
promotion and
information activities
with EMFAF support
between 2022 and
2024.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
109.1 1 134.4 1 103.1 1 070.2 946.3 803.5 812.9 5 979.4
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 109.1 1 134.4 1 103.1 1 070.2 946.3 803.5 812.9 5 979.4
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 4 360.3 5 979.4 72.9%
Payments 1 128.6 0.0 18.9%
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Businesses
created
0 2%
491 in 2029 9 by 2024 compared to a target of 491
On track
Jobs maintained 0 4% 17 266 in 2029 624 by 2024 compared to a
target of 17 266
On track
Persons benefiting 0 8% 177 415 in 2029 15 074 by 2024 compared to a
target of 177 415
On track
Actions contributing to good environmental status, including nature restoration, conservation, protection of ecosystems, biodiversity, and animal health and welfare
0 12% 22 010 in 2029 2 691 by 2024 compared to a
target of 22 010
On track
Energy consumption leading to carbon dioxide emissions reductions
0 62% 9.26 kWh per tonne litres/h in
2029
5.74 in 2024 compared to a target of 9.26
On track
Number of small and medium-sized enterprises supported
0 36% 14 000 in 2029 5 025 by 2024 compared to a
target of 14 000
On track
Number of small-scale coastal fisheries vessels
supported
0 42% 7 000 in 2029 2 905 compared to a target of
7 000
On track
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Challenges in implementation
With the 2014-2020 programming period implementation phase completed, and with the
transition to the European Maritime and Fisheries Fund programme closure process, Member States
were able to devote increased attention to EMFAF programme implementation in 2024.
Accordingly, EMFAF support (committed funding) increased from 9% (EUR 560 million) to almost
25% (EUR 1 516 million) of the total fund allocation during the year. This can be further broken
down into rates of 24% for shared management and 32% for direct and indirect management.
EMFAF expenditure (total eligible EMFAF expenditure declared by the final beneficiaries, as verified
by the managing authority and on the basis of which the beneficiary will be paid) rose from 2% to
just over 8% (EUR 505 million). In 2024, the number of operations increased substantially, from
3 883 to 17 527. The EMFAF midterm evaluation concludes that EMFAF ‘appears to be more
advanced than the [European Maritime and Fisheries Fund] in the middle of the programming
period’, signalling faster implementation.
Achievements and challenges regarding programme performance
The EMFAF midterm evaluation
The achievements and challenges relating to performance are directly connected to those of
implementation. The EMFAF midterm evaluation, which assessed the position as of 30 June 2024,
focused primarily on the progress up to that date, given that implementation was still at an early
stage at that time.
The evaluation cited the effective level of stakeholder involvement during EMFAF programme
preparation, but indicated that delivery systems could be simplified further at the Member State
level. Increased legal flexibility in the Common Provisions Regulation (notably regarding audit and
control requirements) and an improvement in the EMFAF monitoring system (most notably via
enhanced indicators and associated guidance) were seen.
The evaluation also noted improved coherence between EMFAF and the common fisheries policy:
EMFAF sets minimum targets for specific common fisheries policy areas, such as biodiversity
protection and data collection and control, and offers increased aid intensity rates in key areas (in
particular for the landing obligation, small-scale coastal fisheries and outermost regions). It also
shows good alignment with other Common Provisions Regulation funds, common agricultural policy
funds and LIFE programmes.
The evaluation found that, overall, EMFAF provides the incentives to support research, data
collection and fisheries control and to facilitate the adoption of sustainable fishing practices, with
programmes taking due account of the needs of local communities. Thanks to the investments
made by fishers and national administrations, and through the support of the European Maritime
and Fisheries Fund and subsequently of EMFAF, fishing has become more sustainable and far fewer
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
stocks are now overfished in the EU, but greater efforts are needed to restore stocks to healthy
levels, including with the help of the fund.
EMFAF faces challenges, notably in terms of organisational capacity, the need for consistent
training and skills development, especially at the national level, while there is still room to simplify
and optimise the effectiveness of the delivery system and to address the social aspects and
challenges of the sector.
Shared management implementation and indicators
EMFAF is making significant contributions in the areas of small-scale coastal fishing
(EUR 274 million committed) and the landing obligation (EUR 174 million committed), and to other
priorities.
Although the data remain limited, positive trends are seen across all indicators. The 2029 targets
have been compiled using the targets set by Member States in their programmes. For some (e.g.
the number of small and medium-sized enterprises supported, the number of vessels equipped
with specific devices), progress has so far been very good. For others (e.g. jobs created and
maintained, persons benefiting), the trend will become clearer over time.
The main challenge in assessing performance is the time lag between the receipt of validated data
(from which anomalies have been identified and removed) and the (more recent) position on the
ground as periodically reported by Member States. The latest provisional data, for 2025, are
reassuring, as they show substantial increases, most notably in the first four indicators listed
above, and thus significant progress in performance.
In 2025, a total of EUR 554.9 million was paid to the Member States under shared management
(EUR 26.7 million in pre-financing and EUR 528.2 million in payments relating to cost claims).
Direct management implementation
The primary aim of operations implemented under direct and indirect management is to help
fishing communities strengthen their resilience, to innovate and to adapt to the changing
environment. This includes making better use of the support available through EU funding
instruments. In particular, this covers support for innovation and the diversification of economic
activities, support for the energy transition, and increased gear selectivity.
In 2025, all commitment appropriations under direct management were implemented. The
initiatives supported were in the field of maritime policy, scientific advice, international ocean
governance, regional fisheries organisations and activities delegated to the agencies under the
umbrella of the United Nations.
For shared management at the level of specific objectives, the highest commitment rates can be
observed for the specific objectives ‘Technical assistance’ and ‘Control and data collection’,
respectively with 36% (in 2023, 15.4%) and 34% (in 2023, 14.6%) of the total available allocations
provided for these specific objectives.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Under EMFAF priority 1 (fostering sustainable fisheries and the restoration and
conservation of aquatic biological resources), scientific advice is an essential element of
decision-making under the common fisheries policy. The provision of scientific advice to the
Commission and to some regional fisheries management organisations (notably the North-East
Atlantic Fisheries Commission) has been ensured by renewing the various contractual
arrangements in place, such as the grant agreement with the International Council for the
Exploration of the Sea, the administrative arrangement with the Joint Research Centre and the 121
ad hoc contracts signed with the Scientific, Technical and Economic Committee for Fisheries.
Regional fisheries management organisations are vital for promoting sustainable fisheries under
international law. The EU’s voluntary contributions to 17 regional fisheries management
organisations have supported scientific knowledge, improved fisheries governance, enhanced
compliance and helped combat illegal fishing.
Under EMFAF priority 2 (fostering sustainable aquaculture activities and processing and
marketing of fishery and aquaculture products, thus contributing to food security in the
EU), several initiatives were financed, including an Aquaculture Assistance Mechanism (with a
budget of EUR 1 210 030 over two years, from July 2024 to June 2026); continuing the operations
of the European Market Observatory for Fisheries and Aquaculture Products (with an annual budget
of EUR 3 648 000, renewed automatically three times); and maintaining the information system
on commercial designations of fishery and aquaculture products (with an annual budget of
EUR 265 000, renewed automatically three times). The EU Aquaculture website offers information
about different kinds of aquaculture in the Member States, but also a detailed knowledge database
that makes results from relevant research projects available to the sector and the broader public.
This should support further innovation and competitiveness in the sector. Two market-related
projects (the European Market Observatory for Fisheries and Aquaculture Products and the
information system on commercial designations of fishery and aquaculture products) allow the
Commission to meet its legal obligation to provide market intelligence to the attention of
stakeholders and policymakers, as provided for by Article 42 of Regulation (EU) No 1379/2013 on
the common organisation of the markets in fishery and aquaculture products.
Under priority 3 (enabling a sustainable blue economy in coastal, island and inland areas
and fostering the development of fishing and aquaculture communities), in 2025, the fund
continued to finance the EU Maritime Spatial Planning Platform and the Blue Forum for sea users,
aiming to hold a dialogue between stakeholders in different blue economy sectors to develop
synergies between their activities and reconcile competing uses of the sea. The 2025 edition of
European Maritime Day took place in Cork, Ireland, in May. The event, which brings together a wide
range of European maritime stakeholders to discuss matters of common interest, has been running
annually since 2008.
2025 saw the launch of four regional flagship projects supporting the sustainable blue economy
in EU sea basins, focusing on smart specialisation and on regenerative ocean farming and algae
innovation: Seagrow, ocean gardens, MED-Hubs and Atl.A-HUB.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
The European Marine Observation and Data Network has continued to provide marine data on a
findable, accessible, interoperable and reusable basis, resulting in annual benefits of between
EUR 150 million and EUR 400 million through increased productivity and innovation for users of
the data and reduced uncertainty on the state and dynamics of our seas and oceans.
In 2025, the Union also financed the blue economy observatory, which will continue to provide
relevant economic analysis, data and knowledge.
Additional investments were mobilised under the InvestEU Programme, with the EMFAF
contributing through blended financing alongside the EU guarantee. Since 2021, EMFAF has
contributed the amount of EUR 77.5 million to a thematic financial instrument blended with
guarantees under the InvestEU programme and contributions from the European Investment Bank
for a sustainable blue economy. It is expected to leverage equity investment from other private
and public investors for European blue-economy entrepreneurs by 2028.
Under priority 4 (strengthening international ocean governance), the programme continued
to promote the objectives of the EU’s international ocean governance agenda by providing support
to international organisations and regional and sectoral bodies that are active in promoting the
conservation and sustainable use of the ocean. It also supported the implementation of the EU’s
Arctic policy, notably through the successful EU Arctic Forum and dialogues in June 2025 in Kittilä,
Finland.
In 2025, EMFAF contributed to the ratification of the Agreement under the United Nations
Convention on the Law of the Sea on the Conservation and Sustainable Use of Marine Biological
Diversity of Areas beyond National Jurisdiction (BBNJ) through a grant to the Trust Fund of the
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea and the Division for Ocean Affairs and the Law
of the Sea. This enabled delegates from developing countries to attend the meetings of the
Preparatory Commission for the BBNJ Treaty. In addition, financial support was provided to the
interim Secretariat of the BBNJ (i.e. the Division for Ocean Affairs and the Law of the Sea) for its
operation and for the organisation of four regional workshops to support ratification and early
implementation.
https://www.un.org/depts/los/convention_agreements/convention_overview_convention.htmThe
BlueInvest Africa event in Togo in 2025 generated great interest, with pitching applications and
business-to-business meetings. Entrepreneurs’ feedback has been very positive, fostering a
growing BlueInvest Africa community, which will lead to the development of a BlueInvest platform.
The EU continued to support the Food and Agriculture Organization of the United Nations in
combating illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing by promoting international instruments and
tools, such as the Food and Agriculture Organization’s Agreement on Port State Measures, the
Compliance Agreement, the UN Fish Stock Agreement and guidelines relating to illegal, unreported
and unregulated fishing. Additionally, the EU enhanced the participation of developing countries in
relevant meetings and assisted the Food and Agriculture Organization in advancing the Guidelines
on Sustainable Aquaculture and cooperation on small-scale fisheries. During the year, the EU also
signed an agreement with the World Bank to contribute to their Global Program for the Blue
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Economy (ProBlue Trust Fund), with the aim of boosting the implementation of EU priorities in the
field of the sustainable blue economy and ocean preservation.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 34.7 598.1 588.0 591.0 482.5 423.0 428.5 3 145.8 52.6%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 52.5 339.0 331.9 320.9 279.0 245.9 246.6 1 815.9 30.4%
EMFAF programmes do not finance taxonomy-relevant expenditure, as the programmes focus on
the fisheries and aquaculture sector and the marine environment, with no corresponding fisheries
categories covered by the Taxonomy Regulation. However, EMFAF is strongly linked with the
preservation and restoration of marine biodiversity for healthy ecosystems. The most recent
available data show that, of the EUR 2.9 billion envisaged as contributing to climate mainstreaming
across all the EMFAF shared management programmes, EUR 1.3 billion has been committed and
EUR 555 million spent. For biodiversity, almost EUR 1.5 billion has been allocated, EUR 653 million
committed, and EUR 271 million spent. Furthermore, EMFAF is structured in such a way that all
operations financed fall under the ’do no significant harm’ principle on which the taxonomy is
based.
As of December 2024, 6 118 operations under shared management, worth EUR 600 million, were
reported by Member States as dealing with climate change (2023: 883 operations worth
EUR 180 million). The contribution of EMFAF to EU climate and environmental objectives is tracked
through the application of environmental and climate markers and reported on regularly within the
monitoring framework of the fund.
In relation to biodiversity, management and monitoring of marine protected areas has received the
largest tranche of support, followed by restocking of aquatic species. Retrieval and disposal of
marine litter continue to rank highly. Regarding operations on climate change, investments in
sustainable aquaculture continue to feature strongly, but have been eclipsed by operations in
respect of permanent and temporary cessation (the latter two areas account for over half (3 129)
of the 611 operations cited above).
Under the operations implemented through direct and indirect management, EUR 217 million is
expected to contribute to climate change objectives (in 2021-2027), and EUR 329 million for
biodiversity (in the same period) mainly driven by maritime policy, regional fisheries management
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
organisation grants and scientific advice action. EMFAF does not have objectives relating to clean
air. No data are available in this respect.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 2.5
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 109.1 1 134.4 1 100.6 1 070.2 946.3 4 360.6
Total: 109.1 1 134.4 1 103.1 1 070.2 946.3 4 363.1
(*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at
the most granular level of intervention possible:
• 2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
• 1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not
as the main reason for the intervention;
• 0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing
on gender equality);
• 0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on
gender equality.
As of December 2024, Member States reported the contribution to gender equality at
EUR 218 million (committed) and EUR 33 million (paid to beneficiaries) under EMFAF (shared
management and direct and indirect management). 1 834 operations were concerned.
Gender inequality in the fisheries sector is influenced by the following factors:
• the participation of women and men in fisheries subsectors;
• women’s invisible work in the fisheries sector;
• women’s participation in decision-making.
The EU’s fisheries policy promotes sustainable fish stocks and sustainable marine ecosystems as
a precondition for a competitive European fishing industry. Although the gender-equality dimension
is not present in EMFAF in the form of gender-specific objectives and measurable gender
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
commitments, the fund covers broader gender-related aspects in line with the equality provisions
set out in the Common Provisions Regulation.
Of the two ‘women in the blue economy’ projects supported under direct management since May
2023 for a total amount of EUR 2.57 million, the project WIN-BLUE was completed in July 2025,
while WIN-BIG is expected to be fully implemented by end of September 2026.
Of the EMFAF support provided as of December 2024 (EUR 1 517 million), 90% (EUR 1 372 million)
was provided to legal persons. The EUR 145 million of support for natural persons comprised
EUR 120 million for those who defined themselves as male, EUR 14 million for those defining
themselves as female, EUR 5 million for non-defined and, with EUR 6 million attributable to
multiple individuals. In terms of the number of operations, however, 43% were attributed to natural
persons, with a predominance of male beneficiaries.
Gender disaggregated information
n/a
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 4.5 95.1 92.1 87.9 78.0 357.6 8.2%
The digital contribution envisaged for EMFAF to EUR 453 million, or 9%, of the total allocation to
the Member States (for the 2021-2027 programming period). The digital contribution relating to
EMFAF operational expenditure under direct and indirect management is estimated at
EUR 33 million (for the same period).
Most of the commitments were made to actions supporting control and enforcement; to data
collection and analysis, and the promotion of marine knowledge; and to maritime surveillance and
security.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
Not applicable.
Contribution to reforms
Not applicable.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
program
me
contribut
e to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant
SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere
YES See SDG 2 below.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
YES By promoting the conservation of the
marine living resources and the protection
of the marine ecosystem, EMFAF
contributes to the sustainability of the EU
fisheries sector’s production of healthy,
high-quality food, and thus to SDG 2 and
SDG 3. One example concerns the
transformation of local trout, tuna, and
line-caught mackerel into high-value
smoked products and zero-waste rillettes,
creating reliable seafood protein sources
for regional gastronomy and international
markets amid global food scarcity
pressures. The company diversifies
sustainable fish utilisation, boosting its
turnover growth by 32% while supporting
small-scale fishers and coastal food
security through short supply chains. The
project fosters stakeholder cooperation
across local fisheries, processing, and
culinary sectors.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
YES See above, SDG 2.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
YES See the section on gender equality above.
Emfaf European maritime, fisheries and aquaculture fund
SDG14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
YES The main objective of EMFAF is to support
the implementation of the common
fisheries policy and the integrated maritime
policy, thereby contributing first and
foremost to SDG 14. One example is a
project that protects marine ecosystems by
creating artificial reef habitats that rapidly
attract 50+ fish species and benthic
organisms, relieving fishing pressure
through strict bans while generating
EUR 200 000 in annual diving tourism
revenue. The patented reefs spark marine
revival on degraded sandy bottoms,
combining research from Hellenic Centre
for Marine Research with coastal
entrepreneurship to enhance biodiversity
and sustainable blue growth.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
RFMOs and SFPAs
REGIONAL FISHERIES MANAGEMENT ORGANISATIONS AND
SUSTAINABLE FISHERIES PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENTS
Concrete examples of achievements
96%
of conservation
measures adopted by
regional fisheries
management
organisations (RFMOs)
in 2025 for the
management of the
stocks under their
purview were in line
with scientific advice.
19 out of 20
tuna and tuna-like
stocks targeted by the
EU fleet in 2025 were
fished at a sustainable
level.
21 500
jobs are created or
maintained through
sustainable fisheries
partnership agreements
(SFPAs) each year
(6 500 direct, 15 000
indirect).
30%
of estimated spending
under SFPAs was used
directly to support
sustainable fisheries
policies in non-EU
countries.
91%
of stocks are not
experiencing
overfishing.
87%
of the total commercial
tuna catch comes from
stocks at healthy levels
of abundance.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
151.6 159.3 116.8 129.9 117.1 160.5 175.6 1 010.8
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 151.6 159.3 116.8 129.9 117.1 160.5 175.6 1 010.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 674.6 1 010.8 66.7%
Payments 650.3 0.0 64.3%
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Sustainable fisheries agreements in force
12 43% 15 annually from 2026 to 2027
Milestones achieved for
2021-2023, not in 2024 and 2025
(2025: 12 compared to a
milestone of 14)
On track
Fishing possibilities for EU vessels – tuna
129 71% 150 annually from 2026 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025
(2025: 145.4 compared to a
milestone of 140)
On track
Fishing possibilities for EU vessels – mixed
264 57% 300 annually from 2026 to
2027
Milestones achieved for
2021-2023 and 2025, not in 2024
(2025: 281 compared to a
milestone of 280)
On track
Conservation measures based on scientific advice adopted, for all species under the purview of RFMOs of which the EU is a member
0 80% 90% annually from 2021 to
2025, except for 2024 where the target was 95%
Milestones achieved for
2021, 2022, 2024 and 2025, not
2023 (2025: 96% compared to a
milestone of 90%)
On track
Sustainable management of emblematic tuna and tuna-like species as per relevant scientific advice; in particular, highly significant tuna and tuna-like species are fished at sustainable levels
17 100% 19 in 2025 19 in 2025 compared to a target of 19
Achieved
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Overall, the EU remains one of the key drivers of progress in RFMOs, increasing their performance
with concrete proposals. The EU’s voluntary contributions to RFMOs played a key role in their
provision of scientific advice.
The EU budget continued to deliver on the commitment of the EU to achieve more sustainable
fisheries worldwide: for the current reporting period, 50 out of 52 conservation measures adopted
by RFMOs for key species fished by the EU fleet were in line with scientific advice (i.e. 96% of all
conservation measures adopted by RFMOs of which the EU is a member). This result shows an
improvement since 2023 (88%) and is above the target of 90%.
In total, 19 out of 20 tuna and tuna-like stocks fished by the EU fleet are in good shape. This is set
against an overall context whereby, in 2025, 65% of tuna and tuna-like stocks were at a healthy
level of abundance, 9% were overfished and 26% were at an intermediate level. In terms of
exploitation, 91% of the stocks are not experiencing overfishing, 4% are experiencing overfishing
and 4% are at an intermediate level. In relation to catch, 87% of the total catch comes from
healthy stocks in terms of abundance. This is because skipjack stocks contribute to more than half
of the global catch of tuna, and most of this fish stock is in a healthy state. Regarding exploitation,
90% of the total catch comes from stocks that are not experiencing overfishing.
Regarding SFPAs, the general objective has been to implement and renew the network of
agreements and active protocols to contribute towards resource conservation and the sustainable
exploitation of marine resources in the waters of the partner non-EU countries, and to promote
continuity in the activities of the EU’s long-distance fishing fleet in non-EU waters, while supporting
the development of a sustainable fisheries sector in the partner countries.
On some occasions, negotiations took longer than expected because the financial expectations of
the partner countries could not be met, which implied some disruption in the activities of the EU
fleet in these territorial waters. The fight against illegal, unreported and unregulated fishing also
had an impact. For example, the renegotiation of the protocol with Senegal was suspended due to
the identification of Senegal as a non-cooperating country. Finally, certain protocols (e.g. regarding
Morocco (46)) were impacted by judgments of the Court of Justice of the European Union, which
also led to the interruption of fishing activities.
In the context of the implementation of the protocols, which is an important part of the
programme’s performance and concerns both access conditions for EU vessels and the monitoring
of sectoral support, joint committee meetings were held regularly with all partner countries.
Direct employment generated by SFPAs includes crew on board EU vessels benefiting from fishing
opportunities in SFPAs and covers both EU and non-EU nationals. In 2025, this employment had an
annual average of 6 500, including 3 650 EU nationals and 2 850 nationals of non-EU countries.
As for indirect jobs, the activities of EU vessels under SFPAs are estimated to support an additional
(46) Judgment of the Court of Justice of 27 February 2018, Western Sahara Campaign UK, C-266/16,
ECLI:EU:C:2018:118, https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal- content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A62016CJ0266&qid=1776172606271.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
annual average of 15 000 jobs in the fish processing sector of the partner non-EU countries, 9 000
of which are jobs for women. SFPA protocols have also reinforced the provisions regarding the
social dimension of fishing and the social rights benefiting fishers.
The horizontal SFPA study completed in 2023 shows that SFPAs generate substantial revenue for
the EU and the partner countries. A percentage of the catches made within the framework of SFPAs
is landed in non-EU countries, where the catch is processed, thus generating added value for the
local economy and job opportunities. Certain SFPAs were also able to generate economic benefits
for the partner countries in sectors such as shipyards and port activities.
Regarding the budget implementation, 5.5% of the 2025 commitments (all of which have now
been paid) was spent on paying membership fees to RFMOs. The rest of the appropriations were
spent on fishing access for the EU fleet to the waters of non-EU countries, mostly in West Africa
and in the Indian and Pacific Oceans, and on contributing to the sustainable development of their
local fishing activities.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 15.7 17.7 9.5 9.3 0.0 22.3 22.3 106.0 10.5%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 18.8 21.1 13.3 15.3 16.4 26.3 26.4 137.5 13.6%
Climate change
The actions financed by the European Commission support the integration of climate change
considerations in the management of the marine biological resources and their ecosystems, with
the final objective of promoting their adaptation and resilience to climate change, in RFMOs and at
a bilateral level through SFPAs.
Climate change considerations are, where appropriate and available, incorporated into the scientific
and stock management discussions in RFMOs. They are also incorporated into the SFPAs.
In total, in the 2021-2027 period, SFPAs and RFMOs will contribute an estimated EUR 109.9 million
to this priority. The contribution of the SFPAs represents 40% of the sectoral support, whereas the
contribution of the RFMOs represents 40% of the total amount allocated.
Biodiversity
The actions financed by the European Commission in RFMOs are consistent with the objectives of
the EU biodiversity strategy to conserve marine stocks, prevent the loss of biodiversity and protect
fragile ecosystems. RFMOs promote the sustainability of the stocks and their ecosystem. This
includes not only the sustainable management of targeted species, but the implementation of
mitigation measures for by-catch species (turtles, vulnerable shark species, rays, seabirds, etc.)
and the protection of vulnerable marine ecosystems (e.g. corals).
An area where the EU actions on climate change and biodiversity come together is the support for
the development of management procedures and management strategy evaluation frameworks
for key fish stocks, that are robust to uncertainties, including those introduced or exacerbated by
climate change. In that regard, the EU will promote the development of dedicated robustness tests
that could provide meaningful proxies for designing future management procedures that are
resilient to stressors driven by climate change.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Likewise, SFPAs support some actions to enhance the scientific capacity of non-EU countries in
areas covering both the conservation of marine resources and the assessment of the effect of
climate change, with concrete measures regarding, for example, the management of marine
protected areas.
In addition, actions supported through the sectoral support component of SFPAs promote long-
term resource conservation, ecosystem protection measures, the fight against illegal fishing and
the sustainable development of our partners’ local fisheries sector, with a positive effect on
biodiversity.
In total, in the 2021-2027 period, SFPAs and RFMOs will contribute an estimated EUR 137.5 million
to this priority. The contribution of the SFPAs represents 40% of the sectoral support, whereas the
contribution of the RFMOs represents 100% of the total amount allocated.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 151.6 159.3 116.8 129.9 117.1 674.7
Total: 151.6 159.3 116.8 129.9 117.1 674.7
(*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at
the most granular level of intervention possible:
2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as the
main reason for the intervention;
0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing on
gender equality);
0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on gender
equality.
Gender-disaggregated information.
Not available.
Regional fisheries management Organisations and sustainable fisheries partnership agreements
Contribution to the digital transition
RFMOs and SFPAs do not target projects with a digital component.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG14: Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
YES The programme promotes the conservation and sustainable
use of the oceans, seas, and marine resources for example by
improving management measures adopted following
scientific advice and by promoting healthy tuna stocks in the
Atlantic and Indian Oceans, and through the governance
framework established by SFPAs with a number of non-EU
countries.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
LIFE
PROGRAMME FOR THE ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE ACTION
Concrete examples of achievements
About 5 000 000
cubic metres of water
are saved every year.
Over 5 000 000
citizens are breathing
cleaner air across
Europe.
Over 14 000 000
tonnes fewer
greenhouse gas
emissions have been
produced.
Over 8 000
gigawatt-hours of
energy are saved every
year.
3 600 000
citizens are less
vulnerable to the
impacts of climate
change.
Over 2 000 000
hectares of natural
habitats have been
restored by LIFE
projects
Over 3 000
gigawatt-hours more
renewable energy is
produced every year.
500 000
kilograms less
dangerous chemicals
are being used per year.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
738.8 755.5 758.4 767.7 782.3 813.6 845.7 5 462.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
1.1 1.1 1.4 1.4 3.6 0.0 0.0 8.8
Total 739.9 756.6 759.8 769.3 786.0 813.6 845.7 5 470.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 3 808.4 5 470.7 69.6%
Payments 1 528.0 0.0 27.9%
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Population benefiting from an improvement in
air quality
2.5 million > 100% 4.6 million in 2030
5.3 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 4.6 million
Achieved
Reduction in greenhouse gas emissions (tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year)
12 million 47% 16.5 million in 2030
14.1 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 16.5 million
On track
Population benefiting from a reduction in their vulnerability to the adverse effects of climate change
1.7 million > 100% 3.1 million in 2030
3.6 million by 2025 compared to
target of 3.1 million
Achieved
Additional annual renewable energy production (gigawatts per year)
0 71% 4 463 in 2030 3 153 by 2025 compared to a target of 4 463
On track
Habitats where loss of biodiversity is being halted or reversed (hectares)
1.6 million 30% 3.1 million in 2030
2 million by 2025 compared to a
target of 3.1 million
On track
Additional annual primary energy savings (gigawatts/year)
0 99% 8 344 in 2030 8 332 by 2025 compared to a target of 8 344
On track
Reduction in the production and use of dangerous chemicals (kilograms per year)
300 000 78% 543 121 in 2030 489 205 by 2025 compared to a
target of 543 121
On track
Area of land with improving soil quality (hectares)
4 200 > 100% 7 500 in 2030 10 637 by 2025 compared to a target of 7 500
Achieved
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
LIFE comprises four subprogrammes: (1) nature and biodiversity; (2) circular economy and quality
of life; (3) climate change mitigation and adaptation; and (4) clean energy transition.
In 2021-2024, the LIFE programme financed around 900 projects that mobilised more than
EUR 4.3 billion, including EUR 2.4 billion of LIFE funds and EUR 1.9 billion from other sources.
In 2025, the programme saw a record level of demand, reaching around 1 100 applications across
all subprogrammes, with increases of 125% for circular economy and quality of life, 56% for
nature and biodiversity, 38% for climate mitigation and adaptation and 35% for clean energy
transition, compared to 2023. The overall EU funding requested exceeded EUR 3.1 billion, including
EUR 940 million each for nature and biodiversity and for circular economy and quality of life,
EUR 600 million for climate mitigation and adaptation and about EUR 660 million for clean energy
transition.
The nature and biodiversity subprogramme has financed 170 projects, contributing to improved
conditions for around 560 wild species and more than 2 million hectares of habitats. Notable
examples include the EUR 4.8 million mosaic of LIFE project, restoring over 550 hectares of
grassland habitats across eight Natura 2000 sites in Croatia; the EUR 8.5 million LIFE riverflow
project, improving river connectivity across eight rivers in Latvia and restoring over 1 034 km of
waterways; and the EUR 17 million Repeat project, restoring 1 044 hectares of raised bogs and
fens in three Natura 2000 sites in the Hannover region.
In response to the calls for proposals from 2021 to 2024, the circular economy and quality of life
programme funded 180 projects focused on resource efficiency, air and soil quality, water
resilience and the management of waste and dangerous chemicals. These projects represent an
investment exceeding EUR 1 billion, with LIFE contributing EUR 530 million. They include innovative
initiatives aimed at advancing circular economy practices, such as solutions for plastics, textiles,
waste management and the recovery of critical raw materials. These include innovative initiatives
such as the EUR 5.7 million Sircular project, which will pioneer a new industrial-scale technology to
recycle end-of-life solar panels, recovering high-purity silicon and silver that are usually lost. By
combining innovative physical and hydrometallurgical processes, the project intends to turn waste
into valuable raw materials while drastically cutting energy, water use and carbon dioxide
emissions. This solution contributes to Europe’s circular economy and will allow new sustainability
standards to be set for the fast-growing solar sector. Other examples include the EUR 3 million
waste4growth project, which aims to transform insect farm waste into high-value biostimulating
organic fertilisers, unlocking the hidden potential of insect frass, which is an unused insect farm
by-product. Through an innovative recycling and microbial enrichment process, the project aims to
convert 1 500 tonnes of frass per year into products that improve soil health, boost crop resilience
and replace synthetic fertilisers. This scalable solution is expected to reduce greenhouse gas
emissions, create green jobs and strengthen Europe’s circular and climate-resilient agriculture. The
EUR 2.8 million Hermes project will test in situ an innovative on-site solution to permanently
stabilise mercury in contaminated soils, avoiding excavation and transport risks. The technology
will be demonstrated at former major European mining sites in Spain and Italy. It is expected to
reduce mercury leaching by over 90% and to drastically cut air and groundwater pollution. By
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
restoring polluted land and enabling safe revegetation, the project has the potential to turn toxic
legacy sites into valuable, reusable territories.
Since the beginning of the programming cycle (2021-2024 calls), the climate change mitigation
and adaptation subprogramme has financed 123 projects, including 112 standard action
projects and 11 strategic integrated projects. Across the programming period, this corresponds to
a total project value of EUR 681 million and a requested EU contribution of EUR 399.2 million. The
projects selected in 2025 from the 2024 calls for proposals include 24 standard action projects,
which will receive EUR 66 million, and two strategic projects, which will receive EUR 25.8 million.
Calls for standard action projects and strategic projects launched in 2025 are set to award
EUR 61.5 million and EUR 30 million respectively to successful proposals.
Successful projects under the climate change mitigation and adaptation subprogramme include
the NEW HYTS project, which is receiving EUR 4.6 million in funding. It will demonstrate the
possibilities for the local production, distribution and use of green hydrogen for road transport in
the Netherlands, helping create the right conditions for a rapid uptake of green-hydrogen-fuelled
heavy-duty vehicles of different kinds. Another remarkable initiative is the EUR 1.9 million Flopres
project, which is set to develop participatory decision-making processes in Poland and Slovakia for
the management of water risks and disasters, based on up-to-date information, increased
knowledge and strengthened collaboration among stakeholders, experts and the public.
Finally, the clean energy transition subprogramme received 309 eligible proposals, with a total
value of EUR 433 million and a requested EU contribution of EUR 408 million (94%), representing
an increase of more than 13% compared to 2024 and a substantial increase of 38% compared to
2023.
Since its inception in 2021, this subprogramme has funded 267 projects, with a total EU
contribution of EUR 427 million addressing capacity building, investment mobilisation and market
uptake to support the clean energy transition.
One such initiative is the EUR 1.8 million Exquisheatproject, creating a framework to standardise
heat pump solutions for the food industry across six countries, with at least 20 new installations,
aiming at strengthening EU competitiveness and manufacturing capacity of strategic net-zero
technologies. Other examples include the EUR 1.8 million IncentEU project, supporting new district
heating and cooling networks in Tallinn (Estonia), Barcelona (Spain) and Strasbourg (France) using
low‑temperature renewables and waste heat; the EUR 1.7 million BAIL‑RENOV project, building an
integrated service for property owners in France with a renovation one-stop shop, end‑to‑end
support and tailored financing; and the EUR 1.8 million SHINEproject, equipping local and regional
authorities with operational support services to expand energy communities in four pilot countries
and 11 ambassador countries.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 440.4 434.7 457.8 463.9 421.6 468.7 485.6 3 172.7 58.1%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 353.3 382.6 393.4 377.3 387.2 404.5 433.7 2 732.0 50.0%
The LIFE programme is the European Union's dedicated financial instrument for environment,
nature, and climate action. Over more than three decades, it has served as a catalyst for the
implementation of EU environmental and climate legislation, supporting the transition toward a
sustainable, climate-neutral, and nature-positive Europe.
LIFE finances projects that accelerate decarbonisation, protect and restore ecosystems, promote
sustainable resource use, and support the shift toward clean energy. A defining strength of the
programme lies in the synergies it fosters between climate and nature objectives, recognising that
biodiversity loss and climate change are deeply interconnected and that solutions addressing both
simultaneously generate the most durable outcomes. LIFE plays a particularly important role in
bridging the gap between policy ambition and on-the-ground implementation, supporting public
authorities, businesses, non-governmental organisations and civil society in all Member States and,
increasingly, in a few candidate countries.
As clarified in the LIFE multiannual work programme for 2025-2027, and in line with the LIFE
Regulation, the Commission seeks to ensure that each action financed by the LIFE programme lives
up to the green oath to ‘do no harm’ and does not undermine any of the objectives of the other
LIFE subprogrammes, while looking for the development of synergies with other programmes and
policies with a view to pursuing a holistic vision of the environment.
A significant share of LIFE funding is directed toward activities qualifying as environmentally
sustainable under the EU Taxonomy Regulation, contributing to the six environmental objectives
defined by the Taxonomy framework without causing significant harm to others. For instance, the
LIFE programme launches call every year under the Climate Change Mitigation and Adaptation and
the Clean Energy Transition Subprogrammes, which specifically target two of the six EU Taxonomy
objectives.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
While an evaluation at programme level would be necessary, it is assumed that all standard action
projects (except those targeting climate and environment governance and information) are
taxonomy relevant, as they provide a substantial direct contribution to the Taxonomy
environmental objectives. Therefore, based on a high-level analysis all standard action projects are
considered as a first approximation to LIFE expenditure that is relevant to Taxonomy1.
The results delivered by LIFE are substantial and measurable. On climate, LIFE projects have
achieved a reduction of 14 162 593 tonnes of CO₂ equivalent per year, annual primary energy
savings of 8 332 gigawatt-hours, and additional renewable energy production of 3 153 gigawatt-
hours per year. Over 3.5 million citizens have benefitted from reduced vulnerability to climate
change.
On nature and biodiversity, biodiversity loss has been halted or reversed across 2 048 647 hectares
of habitats, and 557 species have benefitted from conservation efforts.
Beyond these figures, LIFE has generated significant multiplier effects, catalysing additional
investment, influencing policy frameworks, and producing transferable methodologies replicated
across Member States.
Notwithstanding these achievements, the programme faces several challenges, as covered below.
• The available funding remains modest relative to the overall investment gap and the
number of competing priorities. As a result, many good proposals cannot be supported –
leaving expectations unmet, stakeholders frustrated and promising initiatives without
support.
• The capacity to absorb funding effectively continues to pose challenges in certain Member
States.
• The transition between programming periods, compounded by ongoing negotiations on the
multiannual finance framework, creates operational uncertainty that requires proactive
management, with the post-2027 framework that is not fully clarified.
• Measuring and communicating impact at programme level requires improvement.
Significant results – such as governance improvements, knowledge transfer, and catalytic
effects – remain largely invisible in aggregate reporting.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 2.1 2.5 1.0 2.1 1.9 9.6
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 736.7 753.0 757.4 765.6 780.4 3 793.1
Total: 738.8 755.5 758.4 767.7 782.3 3 802.7
While the LIFE programme’s primary focus is on climate and environment, rather than gender
equality as such, a gender dimension is nonetheless considered where relevant. In certain areas of
intervention, understanding how men and women relate differently to environmental, climate and
energy issues – such as exposure to harmful chemicals including endocrine disruptors and
persistent organic pollutants, unequal vulnerability to climate impacts, and disparities in access to
and benefits from the clean energy transition – helps to identify and address specific gender
vulnerabilities. The gender equality perspective can also be included as component of
multidimensional projects. An example is GENDER4POwer project (which mobilises EUR 2.0 million),
a project that focuses on contrasting energy poverty by piloting gender‑responsive, citizen‑driven
building renovations, across six countries, in alignment with the Gender Equality Strategy and the
Energy Efficiency Directive.
Gender-disaggregated information
• Given that collecting data on contributions to gender equality would generally require a level of granularity that does not align with the principle of proportionality, gender-disaggregated data are not systematically collected, except in cases where gender equality constitutes a significant focus of a project as a whole.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 11.0 7.5 6.0 0.0 2.8 27.3 0.7%
While the LIFE programme’s primary focus remains on environmental, climate and clean energy
objectives, it increasingly contributes to the digital transition by supporting projects that harness
digital technologies as enablers of more effective and scalable solutions. Digital tools – including
remote sensing, data analytics, artificial intelligence, and digital monitoring platforms – are being
integrated into LIFE-funded projects to improve the collection and use of environmental data,
enhance the management of ecosystems and natural resources, optimise energy systems, and
strengthen climate monitoring and reporting capacities. Concerning specifically clean energy
transition projects, the EUR 1.8 million LiveBetter project puts emphasis on the digital transition.
The project aims at accelerating digital transformation and decarbonisation of the building sector
by piloting a dedicated platform and Artificial Intelligence based services for certification,
inspection, performance management, renovation and demand‑response activation, across six
countries.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP): Not applicable.
Contribution to reforms
• The LIFE programme plays a key role in supporting environmental reform across EU Member
States, primarily by helping to translate EU-level environmental and climate strategies into
concrete national action.
• At the heart of this effort, LIFE Strategic Projects were specifically created to catalyse the
implementation of EU environmental and climate plans and strategies at the Member State
level.
• Such projects help Member States make better and more coordinated use of other EU funding
sources, including agricultural, structural, regional and research funds, as well as national
funds and private sector investments.
• In addition, they strengthen the strategic capacities of authorities and stakeholders to ensure
the long-term sustainability of project actions and results
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
• The European Court of Auditors' Special Report No 25/2025 on LIFE Strategic Projects
recognised their role in bridging the gap between strategy and implementation, specifically
acknowledging their role in involving key stakeholders, mobilising additional funding, and
promoting continuity even in the face of national policy shifts and budgetary uncertainty —
thereby underscoring their significance in advancing the EU’s environmental and climate
objectives.
• In this context, the draft Council conclusions on the Special Report further acknowledged the
importance of LIFE Strategic Projects in supporting the implementation of the EU’s
environmental and climate plans and the strategies of each Member State, and call upon the
Commission to reflect on the effectiveness and added value of both the Strategic Projects and
the LIFE programme, recognising the successful results they have achieved so far.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1 End poverty in all its forms everywhere
The LIFE programme
does not aim to end poverty.
However, some projects may
include activities
directed at not leaving anyone behind and/or
to promote social justice in
reaching climate
neutrality.
The ’Addressing local energy poverty through the creation of energy renovation offices’ (ReHABITA) project aims to alleviate energy poverty by promoting deep energy renovations of energy inefficient homes of vulnerable families in municipalities Spain, Romania, Bulgaria, Latvia and Croatia. It deploys one-stop-shops (the ReHABITA Offices) to deliver integrated home renovation services, guiding citizens through the process of energy-refurbishing their houses. The objective is to renovate 500 dwellings, providing benefits to 1 250 citizens through these renovation works and generating a 37% reduction or 2 144 MWh/year in energy consumption per household.
SDG2 End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
The LIFE programme promotes
sustainable
agriculture in
some of its projects.
The main objective of the ‘LIFE TRIPLET: Digitalisation of efficient fertigation management for a sustainable agriculture’ (LIFE TRIPLET) project is to implement, demonstrate and disseminate a digital crop-monitoring tool to optimise the sustainable fertigation strategy and to promote its large-scale use in woody crops in water-scarce Mediterranean agroecosystems. The project will test the tool on farms in different regions of Spain, integrating Artificial Intelligence techniques as well as real-time pest and disease monitoring in the pilot plots. The project expects the proposed technology to reduce production costs by more than 10% through saving water, energy and nutrients, while also increasing crop yields by 20%.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG3 Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
The LIFE programme
aims to ensure
healthy lives, as it supports
pollution reduction.
The ‘innovative technologies to monitor and reduce non- exhaust emissions, particles and microplastics of vehicles and pavements to improve air quality and human health’ (Neeve) project focuses on improving air quality by reducing the emissions from wearing down motor vehicle brake pads, tires, roads themselves, and unsettling of particles on the road (non- exhaust emissions). These pollutants contribute significantly to particulate matter concentrations in the air and pose environmental and health risks. The project develops and demonstrates innovative methods for measuring and reducing these emissions, including by designing, developing and testing low-polluting vehicle and road components like brake pads/discs. The project will also implement strategies to promote and replicate the innovations across the EU.
SDG4 Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
LIFE promotes lifelong
learning, specifically on
sustainable practices and green skills.
Several projects
implement knowledge
sharing, awareness raising and
training activities.
The project BUILD UP Skills United (BUSUnited) is a collaborative initiative under the Clean Energy Transition subprogramme. It builds upon the success of the Buildskills projects, which support training and qualification initiatives for the energy transition, particularly addressing energy efficiency in buildings, heating and cooling, and on-site renewable energy. Such projects are implemented inter alia in Ireland, Spain, France, Lithuania, the Netherlands, Austria and Poland
The BUSUnited project aims to create a community of practice (CoP), integrating previous efforts and enhancing the capacity of national and EU-level stakeholders through coordinated knowledge sharing, capacity building, and cross-sectoral collaboration. The project starts with a pilot of 10 CoPs focused on critical areas such as sectoral skills needs, demand-side mechanisms and national skills roll-out, resulting in outputs such as guidelines, training tools, policy briefs, funding recommendations, and digital platforms to support the dissemination and uptake of best practices
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG6 Ensure availability and sustainable management of water and sanitation for all
LIFE aims to ensure
sustainable
water
management, as it supports
pollution prevention, the
climate- resilient,
sustainable use and
management of water, and
the improvement
of the ecological
status of water bodies.
The ‘desalination for environmental sustainability and LIFE’ (Desalife) project aims to demonstrate and validate a groundbreaking zero-emission desalination technology using wave energy. The project pilots a small fleet of innovative devices called ‘desalination buoys’ at the Arucas-Moya desalination plant in the Canary Islands. Each buoy is expected to produce 500 cubic metres of fresh water per day. With four buoys operational by the end of the project, they will produce 2 000 cubic metres of fresh water daily – equivalent to the daily water consumption of approximately 15 000 households. The project thus supports equitable access to safe and affordable drinking water for all, to address water scarcity, and to share knowledge and build capacity in developing countries regarding water- and sanitation-related activities and programmes.
SDG7 Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
LIFE aims to ensure access
to affordable,
reliable,
sustainable
and modern
energy for all, specifically
thanks to its subprogramme for the clean
energy transition.
The ‘consumers leading the EU’s energy ambition response through uptake of heat pumps’ (Clear-HP) project aims to facilitate consumers’ access to heat pumps – a decarbonised solution for heating. The project accompanies consumers throughout the whole purchasing journey and addresses financial and regulatory barriers. The project engages at least 43 000 consumers in collective purchase campaigns across seven countries and brings them together with European and international consumer organisations and heat pump associations to empower consumers for the clean energy transition. They provide information on the availability and suitability of heat pumps for their homes; identify available financing opportunities; develop partnerships with heat pump suppliers and installers; launch collective purchase schemes; and upskill installers of heat pumps. The project triggers EUR 3.5 million of new investments in renewable energy sources technologies, two gigawatt hours of primary energy savings, and reductions of 639 tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent in greenhouse gas emissions within the project duration.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG8 Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all
LIFE is a catalyst for
investments in innovative
green businesses that
will help generate more
jobs, both directly and
indirectly, and thereby
contribute sustained,
inclusive and
sustainable
economic
growth.
SDG9 Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialisation and foster innovation
LIFE aims to foster
innovation by
catalysing investments
into innovative green solutions.
The ‘BIOfabricated cellulose for personal CARE and quality of LIFE’ (BIOCARE4LIFE) project proposes a new cost-effective, biobased and biodegradable substance, EcoFLEXY, to replace fossil-based carbomers (also known as microplastics) to be used in the personal care industry. The project focuses on scaling production, optimising processes, and securing commercial validation of EcoFLEXY. By the project's end, EcoFLEXY will prevent the release of 259 tons of microplastic annually, with this figure rising to 1 289 tons per year by 2034. The project supports the transition for a circular economy as well as the elimination of hazardous chemicals to human health (i.e. carbomers), the protection of marine and terrestrial ecosystems from microplastics and the reduction of greenhouse gas emissions.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG10 Reduce inequalities within and among countries
In specific cases, LIFE can help to reduce
inequalities within and
among
countries by supporting adequate
policies, laws and regulations responding to
the environment, climate and
energy emergencies and tackling
economic and social injustice.
The ‘Public Building Renovation Accelerator Network’ (RENOVA) project aims to support small and medium-sized public authorities in overcoming competence and organisational barriers to public building renovation in Italy. It proposes the establishment of a national network of local hubs, starting with four pilots in Vincenza, Rome, Naples and Brindisi, with a central hub for support. The local hubs will deliver standardised, high-quality supportive services to public authorities, covering technical, legal, and financial aspects, and promote industrialised renovation solutions and Energy Performance Contracts (EPCs). Until its end, the project estimates to engage 50 municipalities as well as promote the renovation of 14 public buildings (residential, educational) to nearly-Zero energy/Zero-emission standards, with potential to reach 1 835 buildings within 5 years post-project. The project will trigger EUR 14.4 million investments during implementation, scaling to EUR 2 000 million within 5 years.
SDG11 Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
LIFE aims to make cities
and human
settlements
more resilient
and
sustainable.
The ‘beautifying cities through nature: implementation of biodiversity-friendly NBS framed by the New European Bauhaus in 3 pilot neighbourhoods of Spain, Italy and Hungary’ (Seedneb) project applies solutions of the New European Bauhaus and nature-based solutions in three municipalities: Lorquí (Spain), Potenza (Italy) and Dunaújváros (Hungary). The project will demonstrate urban strategies and onsite interventions based on nature, such as green roofs and facades. These can foster biodiversity, reduce the impact of heat waves and improve the well-being of their residents.
The project will re-naturalise three buildings and their surroundings (cultural centre, private housing block, school), provide technical and administrative for the implementation of nature-based solutions in private buildings, develop local communication strategies to raise close-to-nature behaviour and increase capacity while involving citizens.
SDG12 Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
LIFE aims to ensure
sustainable
consumption and
production
patterns, specifically through its
subprogramme circular
economy and quality of life.
The main objective of the ‘fibre to fibre full circularity in the textile sector through novel polyester recycling technologies’ (Politex) project is to reduce and eliminate the amount of polyester textiles that are currently sent to landfills or incinerated, thereby moving to a more circular textile production process. The project implements new recycling methodologies for polyester polyethylene terephthalate and processes to depolymerise polyester textiles into their basic constituents.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG13 Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
LIFE aims to
take urgent
action to
combat climate
change and
its impacts, specifically through its
subprogramme climate change adaptation and
mitigation.
The ‘Fast recharging energy service everywhere on the road’ (FREESVEE) project supports the transition to electric mobility by offering high-level technology solutions for public ultra-fast charging of electric vehicles anywhere. Through the deployment of two different solutions for charging stations, both in highly and sparsely populated areas, with or without grid connection, the project will reduce the costs of deploying infrastructure for sustainable mobility, thus accelerating the energy transition away from fossil fuels in road transport. It is expected to contribute to renewable energy production – more specifically 314.78 gigawatt-hours/year – by the end of the project.
SDG14 Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainable development
LIFE aims to enhance the
conservation and
sustainable
use of the oceans, seas
and marine
resources for
sustainable
development
by specific projects on nature and biodiversity.
The project ‘Improving connectivity, hydrology, habitats and water resilience in aquatic ecosystems’ (ImproveAquaticLIFE) supports Sweden in improving the conservation status of species and habitats listed in the Habitats Directive and reach a ‘good’ ecological status as defined by the Water Framework Directive and Marine Framework Directive. The project covers 20 catchments, 4 coastal areas, 67 Natura 2000 sites and 9 County Administrative Boards across 15.5% of the entire country. By carrying out large-scale restoration work across river basins and coastal areas in southern Sweden, the project is expected to restore over 135 hectares of habitats and species to a more natural conditions and contribute to creating blue-green infrastructure covering more than 1.3% of the EU target to restore 25 000 km of free-flowing rivers by 2030.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG15 Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and halt biodiversity loss
LIFE aims to protect,
restore, and
promote the
sustainable
use of terrestrial
ecosystems,
sustainably manage
forests,
combat desertificatio
n, and halt
and reverse land
degradation
and halt biodiversity
loss,
specifically through its
subprogramme on nature and biodiversity.
The ‘Model care for forest habitats and species associated with forest habitats and trees’ (LIFE Model Forest) project establishes a comprehensive model for the care of diverse forest habitats and the species associated with them. It aims to address issues related to the historical dominance of monocultures, especially related to pine and spruce, over large areas in Czech Republic and Poland. The project will be implemented across 20 Natura 2000 sites, with the aim of improving forest habitats conditions over an area of at least 1 900 hectares and non-forest habitats over an area of at least 26 hectares through the planting of native tree and shrub species, protection of seedlings, eradication of invasive plant species, and maintenance of treeless areas. It also engages a wide variety of forest management stakeholders – namely, government bodies, forest managers, forest landowners – through workshops, excursions and conferences to increase awareness on emerging trends in forest ecosystem management within Natura 2000 sites, especially regarding the impacts of climate change.
SDG16 Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
LIFE promotes access to
justice on environmental
matters by increasing the capacity of an EU network of environmental
prosecutors and supporting
projects on environmental governance.
The ‘supporting governance action to improve the prevention, prosecution and law enforcement of wildlife crime’ (Wildlifecrime) project supports the recovery of endangered species by preventing wildlife crime. This can be achieved by enabling the necessary governance conditions for successful wildlife crime investigations along the law enforcement chain, starting with civil society and competent authorities under investigation until judiciary. Geographically, the project focuses on six hotspots in Germany and Austria. It tackles prevention, case management, prosecution and conviction of any crimes detected. It identifies bottlenecks and shortcomings to improve effectiveness at all stages. The project will help to: strengthen reliable cooperation between supportive non-governmental organisations and governance authorities against wildlife crime; improve the subsequent steps along the governance process and boost replication among governance partners across Europe; and support the shaping of adequate policies to effectively and efficiently fight wildlife trade.
LIFE Programme for the environment and climate action
SDG17 Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development
LIFE does not have an
objective to revitalise
global partnership
for
sustainable
development.
Just transition mechanism
408
JUST TRANSITION MECHANISM
Concrete examples of achievements
5
years of existence of
the Just Transition
Platform have
marked half a decade
of continuous support
to regions most
severely hit by
consequences of the
transition towards
climate neutrality.
54
territories have
benefited from
advisory support
through the Just
Transition Platform
and the Joint
Assistance to Support
Projects in European
Regions partnership.
EUR 5.7 billion
of funding has been
granted to projects
supporting economic
diversification and
businesses.
EUR 2.3 billion
of public investments
have been mobilised
by the Public Sector
Loan Facility (3rd
pillar of the JTM) in
Czechia, Greece,
Spain, France, the
Netherlands and
Sweden.
EUR 2.1 billion
of funding has been
granted to projects
supporting skills,
education and labour
market assistance.
11 900
companies are
earmarked to receive
support from the Just
Transition Fund (JTF).
19 290
participants gained a
qualification through
projects funded under
the JTF.
28 900
jobs are aimed to be
created through
projects selected
under the JTF.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
4.0 1 534.8 1 610.2 1 635.7 1 611.8 1 337.2 1 365.0 9 098.6
NextGenerationEU 5.4 4 982.1 5 815.5 6.0 59.5 0.0 0.0 10 868.5
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
46.3 121.5 104.6 252.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 524.7
Just transition mechanism
409
Total 55.6 6 638.3 7 530.3 1 894.1 1 671.3 1337.2 1 365.0 20
491.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 17 176.9 20 491.8 83.8%
Payments 7 601.3 37.1%
Implementation and performance (*)
Key performance indicators
Baselin
e
Progress Target Results Assessment
Enterprises
supported
0 Actual results:
7.2%.
Selected
operations: 37.9%
31 400 enterprises in 2029
2 267 enterprises
(Selected operations: 11 911 enterprises)
compared to a target of 31 402 enterprises
On track
Additional production capacity for renewable energy
0 Actual results:
8.6%.
Selected
operations: 37%
3 094 megawatts in 2029
267 megawatts
(Selected operations: 1 145 megawatts)
compared to a target of 3 094 megawatts
Moderate progress
Additional
capacity for
waste
recycling
0 Actual results:
0%.
Selected
operations: 4.5%
877 822 tonnes/year in 2029
0
(Selected operations: 39 307 tonnes/year)
compared to a target of 877 822 tonnes/year
Moderate progress
Jobs
created in
supported
entities
0 Actual results:
2.7%.
Selected
operations: 55.4%
52 152 in 2029 1 387
(Selected operations: 28 915)
compared to a target of 52 152 jobs created in supported enterprises
On track
Just transition mechanism
410
Annual
users of
new or
modernised
public
transport
0 Actual results:
0%.
Selected
operations:
> 100%
17.5 million users/year in 2029
0
(Selected operations: 17.8 million users/year)
compared to a target of 17.5 million users/year
Moderate progress
Overall
investment
mobilised
0 Actual results:
3.1%. Selected
operations: 51.7%
EUR 5 268 million in 2029
EUR 162 million
(Selected operations: EUR 2 722 million)
compared to a target of EUR 5 268 million
Moderate progress
Greenhouse
gas
emissions
reduced,
where
relevant
0 Actual results:
38% 9 086 000 tonnes CO2
equivalent/year in 2029
3 479 876 tonnes CO2 equivalent/year
(Selected operations: 1 811 587 tonnes CO2
equivalent/year)
compared to 9 086 286 tonnes CO2
equivalent/year
On track
(*) Based on SFC2021 data as transmitted by Member States / Managing Authorities and available
on 13 March 2026.
Pillar I – the Just Transition Fund
The JTF is implemented in all EU Member States through 70 territorial just transition plans, which
support 96 territories strategically selected to maximise the fund’s impact. This framework
provides a solid basis for achieving the fund-specific objective of mitigating the negative effects
of the transition to climate neutrality. All investments must demonstrate a link with transition
pathways, resulting in negative impacts, challenges and needs in the most-affected territories.
The initial implementation of the JTF experienced a relatively slow start, mainly due to the time
required to establish programme frameworks, approve territorial just transition plans and develop
a sufficiently mature project pipeline. However, implementation has since accelerated. At the end
of 2025, the selection of projects at the EU level stood at 57.8% of the total allocation (an increase
of 20% compared with 38.1% in December 2024), showcasing a project pipeline with the potential
to translate into spending and the achievement of output and result targets. The EU payment rate
amounts to 37.7% of the total JTF budget at the end of 2025. JTF performance is monitored by
the Commission in various ways, including through active participation in programme monitoring
committees, annual performance reviews and data regularly transmitted by Member States, along
with the mid-term evaluation exercise.
The Commission published the mid-term evaluation of the 2021-2027 cohesion policy
programmes, incorporating a review of the JTF as required by Article 14 of the Just Transition
Fund Regulation. This review highlights the JTF’s effectiveness in enhancing a place-based,
partnership-driven and integrated approach beyond the current framework used for other funds.
Just transition mechanism
411
Moreover, the JTF’s partnership strategy ensured effective participatory planning. Additionally,
the review underscores that the JTF provided incentives to accelerate decarbonisation by linking
EU funding to decarbonisation commitments.
The Commission continues to address implementation challenges. This is particularly important in
view of the strict payment deadline for the NextGenerationEU resources by the Commission at the
end of 2026. The Commission has been working with Member States to identify and promote the
take-up of targeted acceleration measures and is closely monitoring the situation. The Commission
promotes these options through a series of technical meetings organised for implementing bodies
in Member States.
The 2025 mid-term programme review presented an opportunity to reallocate resources and
expand the scope of activities eligible under the JTF. The mid-term review of programmes
regulatory amendment enabled water investments, widened the scope of housing investments and
facilitated support to ‘Seal of Excellence’ projects. Programmes with JTF allocation could also take
advantage of extended eligibility and decommitment deadlines, along with additional pre-financing
in case of sufficient reallocations towards new mid-term review of programmes investment
priorities (for housing and the strategic technologies for Europe platform (STEP)).
Technical assistance through the Just Transition Platform (JTP), deployed by the Commission,
focused on advising lagging Member States to accelerate JTF implementation. Additional streams
of support were available via the Joint Assistance to Support Projects in European Regions
partnership and the Technical Support Instrument.
Pillar II – Just transition scheme under InvestEU (under the lead of DG Economic and
Financial Affairs)
To implement Pillar II under the JTM, a dedicated just transition scheme under the InvestEU
programme has been established to support investment benefiting the territories identified in the
territorial just transition plans. The scheme focuses on economically viable investments aligned
with just transition objectives.
By mid-2025, the InvestEU advisory hub partners reported 68 assignments providing advisory
support for a total of EUR 7.3 million to projects benefiting territories identified in the territorial just
transition plans.
As of the end of December 2025, the InvestEU Fund implementing partners reported a total of
EUR 10.33 billion of investment mobilised by operations under the JTM. These operations are
supporting projects in territories identified in territorial just transition plans, or projects that benefit
the transition of those territories, even if they are not located in the territories themselves, but only
when funding outside the just transition territories is key to the transition in those territories.
Pillar III – the Public Sector Loan Facility
The first call for proposals was launched in July 2022. Its final submission deadline took place in
September 2025. During this call for proposals, 16 grant agreements (18% of the budget of the
grant component) were signed in six Member States (Czechia, Greece, Spain, France, the
Just transition mechanism
412
Netherlands and Sweden) in five different sectors (sustainable transport, healthcare, energy
efficiency, cultural and social infrastructure and economic diversification).
An additional 22 projects, corresponding to 24% of the budget, have been selected by the Public
Sector Loan Facility (PSLF) evaluation committee. The European Investment Bank’s assessment of
the corresponding loans is ongoing and must be finalised before grant agreements can be signed.
The total public investment mobilised by the PSLF until 2025 amounts to EUR 2.3 billion, of which
EUR 210 million in grants awarded by the Commission, EUR 1.3 billion in loans from the European
Investment Bank and EUR 830 million from other sources of funding.
The initial call for proposals under the PSLF has exceeded expectations, given its anticipated role
as an instrument with stronger uptake towards the end of the programming period. The interim
evaluation of the PSLF, covering implementation until early 2025, concluded that the facility is
relevant but that its uptake had been limited due to competition from higher grant-rate
instruments, complex dual grant–loan procedures and minimum loan size constraints, especially
for smaller projects. In addition, national allocations have not matched demand across Member
States. However, projects amounting to 42% of the total PSLF grant budget have already been
selected.
In terms of technical assistance, the PSLF has been aiding Member States’ public authorities since
2022 in developing investment plans and tangible projects, which are expected to substantially
boost investment volumes benefiting from PSLF support in 2026 and 2027, and fully consume the
budget available under the second call of the PSLF, which was launched in October 2025.
In the context of amendments to simplify and optimise the use of several investment programmes
including InvestEU, the European Fund for Strategic Investments and legacy financial instruments,
the budget of the PSLF grant component was reduced by EUR 175 million in 2025. After these
redeployments, the maximum budget available for the PSLF grant component was recalculated at
EUR 1.141 billion, together with the estimated European Investment Bank loan contribution ranging
between a maximum of EUR 6 billion and EUR 8 billion.
Just transition mechanism
413
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 9.1 6 317.4 7 198.4 1 591.5 1 620.1 1 296.2 1 323.2 19 356.0 96.9%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 0.4 245.4 279.7 61.8 62.9 50.4 51.4 752.0 3.8%
Cohesion policy uses a categorisation information system to capture information on the thematic
content of the 2021-2027 programmes. These multiannual thematic allocations are used to
calculate the indicative share of investments under each annual commitment, as set out above.
There are several tracking tools (e.g. climate, biodiversity, clean air, gender, digital).
The allocations to the various green budgeting objectives overlap to some extent. The amounts for
each priority should not be directly aggregated, as that would result in double counting. Data stories
on the Cohesion Open Data Platform present the data and the methods for tracking in more detail;
see for example the climate tracking data story available on the platform.
In relation to the EU taxonomy of sustainable activities, the JTM directly helps to deal with the
negative social, economic, environmental, demographic and health impacts of the climate
transition. While all Member States can benefit from the JTM, funding is targeted at those regions
most negatively affected by the transition towards climate neutrality. For these reasons, the JTF is
considered under climate tracking using a 100% climate coefficient for all allocations under the
intervention fields.
Taking a more conservative approach in relation to the JTF assessment under the taxonomy for
sustainable activities, REGIO has used the cohesion policy funds system of 182 intervention fields,
which have undergone an analysis of alignment with the taxonomy in the context
of NextGenerationEU green-bond reporting. As a result of that analysis, groups of intervention
fields were assessed as ‘fully aligned’, ‘substantially aligned’ / ’partially aligned’ or ‘not
covered’. This system is used under cohesion policy shared management as an alternative to
project-based analysis, not least because of the burden of assessing tens of thousands of projects
over a programme period. When applying the results of this assessment to the 2021-2027 JTF
budget, the following financial amounts can be reported: EUR 2.15 billion is ‘fully aligned’,
Just transition mechanism
414
EUR 5.24 billion is ‘substantially/partially aligned’ and EUR 12.25 billion is ‘not covered’ (these are
primary interventions to support economic diversification and the reskilling of workers).
For biodiversity investment and mainstreaming in the 2021-2027 period, Member States plan
expenditure totalling 3.8% of the total JTF envelope.
In addition to climate tracking, the ‘do no significant harm’ principle is applied. Member States are
responsible for the implementation of this principle throughout the programming period. The JTM
supports those regions facing the most serious socioeconomic challenges due to the transition
process. These regions will need to phase out certain activities and restructure their industries.
By addressing the investment needs of the territories that are most negatively impacted by the
transition towards a climate-neutral economy, the PSLF will provide a key contribution to
mainstream climate action. It covers a wide range of sustainable investments, including in relation
to biodiversity, provided that such investments contribute to meeting the development needs of
territories that are caused by the transition towards the EU’s 2030 climate target - as established
in Regulation (EU) 2021/1119(2) - and climate neutrality in the EU by 2050, as described in the
TJTPs. The PSLF is implemented by a call for proposals. Therefore, its final contribution to climate,
biodiversity and clean air is subject to the applications and advisory support requests it receives.
Just transition mechanism
415
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 9.1 10.3 2.3 2.3 24.0
1 2.2 1 539.7 1 754.5 387.9 394.9 387.9
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 7.1 4 968.1 5 660.9 1 251.5 1 274.1 1 251.5
The JTM aims at ensuring that the transition to a climate-neutral economy happens in a fair way,
leaving no one behind, independent of gender and age. Territorial just transition plans should,
where relevant, address demographic challenges in the regions affected by the transition.
Investments (e.g. in reskilling/upskilling and diversification of the economy) should take into
account the equal treatment of all genders.
In 2025, gender equality expenditure was at 23.6% of total allocation. Numerous JTF projects
support gender mainstreaming by addressing issues of energy poverty, energy efficiency in
housing, reskilling of the workforce and diversification of economy-supporting start-ups led by
women.
For the third pillar, the contribution to gender equality is specifically mentioned in the application
form that the applicants need to complete. Among other things, applicants are asked to explain the
project’s impact on gender equality and how they approach this issue. They also have to explain
how the project helps to fill gender gaps that may be linked to just transition, how the activities
will contribute to improve the situation and how it will contribute to the promotion and
advancement of gender equality and non-discrimination mainstreaming. For each proposal, the
elements will be analysed by the Commission as part of the assessment of the ‘Relevance and
impact’ award criteria.
Among the projects supported by the PSLF up to now, investments in mobility supported in France
are in line with public transport providers’ gender equality strategies. For example, Nantes’s public
transport provider has adopted an integrated gender equality approach, notably to ensure a gender
security dimension in the use of public transport, but also to achieve a gender-balanced
participation in employment and training. Lille’s public transport provider is implementing a multi-
year action plan that focuses on professional equality and combating stereotypes. It aims to ensure
equal opportunities by implementing diversity policies that prevent gender-based discrimination
and undertakes specific actions against gender-based harassment. In Sweden, gender
mainstreaming is ensured in PSLF-supported investments in the sector of affordable housing, in
line with Swedish law.
Regarding gender categorisation, the JTF uses a categorisation information system, which focuses
specifically on the gender equality dimension, to capture information on the gender contribution of
Just transition mechanism
416
the 2021-2027 programmes. These multiannual thematic allocations are used to calculate the
indicative share of investments under each annual commitment. Based on the adopted
programmes, about 25% of the planned EU amounts will be used to improve gender equality or
interventions that have gender equality. For the 2021-2027 period, the gender tracking data
story available on the Cohesion Open Data Platform presents cohesion policy support for gender
equality in more detail.
Gender disaggregated information:
No data are available for gender disaggregation. All JTF programmes have to describe the social impact of the transition to climate neutrality: how it is primarily linked to employment, with direct consequences for the livelihoods of households and families, social exclusion and gender implications.
For the PSLF, two indicators are disaggregated by gender: in terms of the estimated number of jobs created by the PSLF for the signed grant agreements, 50% (6 042 out of 12 232) are declared by applicants to be filled by women. In terms of the individuals which should be reached by the signed PSLF projects, 51% (EUR 2 211 730 out of EUR 4 312 161) are estimated to be women.
Just transition mechanism
417
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 1.2 866.2 986.9 218.2 222.1 2 294.7 13.3%
The reported amounts are based on the planned amounts in adopted programmes at the end of
2025. The cumulative planned contribution to this horizontal objective is presented proportionately
to financial implementation of annual budgetary commitments.
Addressing the impacts of the transition towards a climate-neutral economy also means
digitalisation. By the end of 2025, almost EUR 2.3 billion was invested in digitalisation, including
for the digitalisation of public and private service. By investing over EUR 150 million in digitalisation
of businesses, a special focus was made on small and medium-sized enterprises (business
development and internationalisation, including productive investments, e-commerce, digital
innovation hubs and digital processes) and on innovation clusters, including businesses, research
organisations and public authorities and business networks.
Just transition mechanism
418
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with the STEP Regulation, the JTF is one of the EU programmes in shared management mobilising significant STEP investments strengthening the competitiveness and resilience of the European economy. Six programme amendments were adopted in 2025 (Denmark, France, Germany, Greece and Spain), adding new STEP dedicated priorities or topping up the existing ones for EUR 325 million. A total JTF support mobilised so far for pursuing STEP objectives amounts to EUR 946 million.
• The biggest share of STEP support under the JTF is used for productive investments (around EUR 662 million). Investments in research and innovation-related activities cover EUR 107 million and investments in skills development cover around EUR 35 million. Around EUR 141 million of the STEP investments go to other activities, such as supporting business incubation, spin-offs and start-ups or promoting the circular economy research and innovation processes.
• The productive investments can be further broken down by type of enterprise (small and medium-sized enterprises for around EUR 354 million and large enterprises account for around EUR 308 million) and by the three STEP target investment areas (digital technologies and deep-tech innovation projects to receive EUR 178 million, clean and resource-efficient technologies around EUR 409 million, and biotechnologies around EUR 75 million).
Contribution to reforms
As a result of its conditionality (granting the funding only if a transition process towards a climate- neutral economy has been demonstrated in a given territory), the JTF has been key in speeding up coal phase-out in the EU. Several Member States (e.g. Czechia, Hungary, Romania, Slovenia) did not have a coal phase-out date before the establishment of the fund. The TJTPs provide a clear decarbonisation commitment at the national level and outline the transition pathway, including in terms of job creation and preservation.
For the carbon-intensive regions, the JTF was an opportunity to reflect on how the transformation of carbon-intensive industries (such as steel, cement or chemicals) could be achieved without creating negative spillovers in communities and places. The JTF played a transformative role in local economies of JTF territories. Moreover, the JTF was instrumental in examining the impacts of the transition on workers, skills and communities, beyond a mere focus on technologies and innovation. For insular and archipelago-type regions, the JTF provided a new opportunity for the transition to decarbonisation of certain fossil-fuel activities.
Just transition mechanism
419
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
yes No poverty. Bulgaria received EUR 1.2 billion from the
JTF to create new jobs and economic activities for a just
transition in the Bulgarian regions of Stara Zagora,
Kyustendil and Pernik. They face the biggest socio-
economic challenges in phasing out coal and reducing
CO2 emissions. Energy efficiency measures in residential
buildings focused on energy-poor households and
vulnerable consumers will help tackle energy poverty.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes Good health and well-being. In the Netherlands, the JTF will support the elderly population through project development for a Health Tracker. It will observe heath issues as chronical illness at the workplace and do research on how an early drop out of the labour market can be prevented and how to improve occupational health.
In Galicia, Spain, the PSLF finances the expansion and modernisation of the A Coruña university hospital complex, significantly strengthening the region’s public healthcare system. Through a nearly EUR 60 million EU grant combined with an EIB loan and regional funding, the project delivers state-of-the-art, sustainable medical infrastructure that will provide more efficient, accessible and high-quality healthcare services to around 564 000 people. By improving healthcare capacity and quality, addressing the needs of an ageing population, and enhancing resilience and accessibility of health services, the PSLF directly contributes to better health outcomes and quality of life, while also supporting a just transition through job creation and long-term socioeconomic stability in the region.
Just transition mechanism
420
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
yes Quality education. One of the main goals of JTF investments is to support workers in the coal- and carbon- intensive industries with extensive training programmes for up- and reskilling to the new green sectors and to be prepared for the economic diversification planned for the regions. Overall, JTF aims to support classroom capacity of education facilities for 162 368 persons.
In Poland, in Slaskie region, a social and educational activity centre is created on brownfield site after the former Rozbark mine by building new functions: socio- educational, commercial and sanitary areas along with the surrounding area as a zone of socio-educational activities.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
yes Gender equality. JTF aims to address gender-related challenges during the transition to a climate-neutral economy, through direct measures and mainstreaming. It focuses on promoting women’s participation in upskilling, entrepreneurship and workplace representation. For instance, in the Netherlands, the JTF support for the project ‘Women in Technics’ addresses labour mobility challenges by unlocking opportunities for women in technology. The aim is to employ 100 women in the IJmond region, fostering innovation and diversity.
Just transition mechanism
421
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
yes Affordable and clean energy. Germany is utilising EUR 2.5 billion from the JTF to support regions heavily impacted by the coal phase-out, such as North Rhine- Westphalia, Brandenburg, Saxony, and Saxony-Anhalt. The funding supports the structural transition away from coal-fired power generation, particularly in the Rhenish coalfield and the northern Ruhr area. It includes investing in renewable energy and rehabilitating former carbon- intensive sites. Thanks to JTF the Northern part of the Ruhr area will move from a coal-based industry to an industry based on renewable energy.
The PSLF supports the expansion of Mijnwater’s sustainable district heating and cooling network in Zuid- Limburg, Netherlands, enabling the large-scale deployment of reliable, low-carbon and renewable energy solutions. The project reduces dependence on natural gas by using geothermal energy from disused mine tunnels and smart, demand-driven energy exchanges that recycle waste heat and cold. By extending the network to over 5 400 households and businesses, including social housing, the PSLF improves access to affordable, clean and modern energy services, enhances energy efficiency, lowers CO₂ emissions, and supports a just and inclusive energy transition aligned with national and EU climate objectives.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
yes Decent work and economic growth. In Spain the JTF is fostering economic growth by supporting regions heavily affected by the closure of coal mines and power plants, allocating EUR 869 million for 2021–2027. The support focuses on diversifying economy and retraining workers in areas like Asturias. Asturias receives over one- third of the JTF funding, with significant investments also directed towards Andalusia to transform industrial ecosystems. The JTF promotes local business creation, the circular economy, and the rehabilitation of industrial sites, as well as support reskilling workers, providing job search assistance, and investing in renewable technologies to facilitate employment transitions.
Just transition mechanism
422
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
yes Industry, innovation and infrastructure. Estonia is utilizing EUR 354 million from the JTF for 2021-2027 to drive industrial innovation, primarily in the Ida-Viru region, to move away from oil shale. Key initiatives include investing in rare-earth magnet production, sustainable materials R&D, and economic diversification. EUR 18.75 million JTF investment supports a new rare- earth magnet factory in Narva, aiming to create 1 000 jobs and foster a R&D center. Moreover, JTF supports R&D activities at the University of Tartu for greener technology, digital innovation, and clean energy solutions.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
yes Reduced inequalities. The JTF supports the territories most affected by the transition towards climate neutrality to avoid regional inequalities growing. Across all 27 Member States, the JTF focuses on supporting the workers and regions most impacted by the transition, investing in new employment opportunities and in training and reskilling for workers and their families. The objective is to enable them to benefit from the economic diversification brought by renewable energy and modern, competitive industries.
Just transition mechanism
423
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
yes Sustainable cities and communities. In Poland, the city Katowice receives JTF support to be more sustainable and for local initiatives such as the Nikiszowiec Just Transition Centre to help diversify the local economy and support retraining and innovation.
In Ireland’s Midlands (Laois, Offaly, Longford, Westmeath, Roscommon and other local districts), dozens of local community initiatives have received JTF funding to boost sustainable development.
The PSLF supports integrated investments that make cities more inclusive, accessible, resilient and environmentally sustainable, particularly in regions undergoing structural transition. Through projects such as the construction of seven energy-efficient housing complexes in Skellefteå (Sweden) providing around 750 affordable social housing units, the PSLF helps cities accommodate population growth linked to the green industrial transition.
Complementary support in Czech regions further strengthens sustainable communities through energy- efficient student housing, upgraded public spaces and multifunctional community infrastructure.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
yes Responsible consumption and production. In France, the JTF will support a project to develop an industrial unit for recycling lithium-ion batteries. The project is based on a breakthrough, eco-efficient technology for recycling end-of-life batteries and production waste from battery manufacturing plants. Its solution is based on the extractive capacities of carbon dioxide. The aim of this approach is to recover critical metals in an environmentally friendly way, so that they can then be reused industrially. The JTF is providing funding for the removal of technological barriers to enable the innovative recycling process to be transposed to industrial scale.
Just transition mechanism
424
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
yes Climate action. All 27 Member States are supported by JTF to mitigate the socioeconomic consequences of the transition process towards climate-neutrality. For instance, Romania received over EUR 2 billion from the JTF to support climate action and transition away from coal by 2032. The funds target regions heavily reliant on carbon-intensive industries—specifically Hunedoara, Gorj, Dolj, Galați, Prahova, and Mureș—focusing on economic diversification, worker retraining, and environmental rehabilitation.
SDG15 yes Life on land. The Just Transition Fund supports the economic diversification and reconversion of the territories concerned by transition towards climate- neutrality in all 27 Member States. In Czechia, Moravian- Silesian Region, an old coal mine is transformed into a family-friendly educational and recreational park. The site will also include a carbon-neutral information centre building, that will feature educational spaces.
Asylum, migration and integration fund
ASYLUM, MIGRATION AND INTEGRATION FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
38 935
places in reception
accommodation
infrastructure were set
up in line with the EU
acquis between 2021
and 2025.
33 672
people were trained in
asylum-related topics
between 2021 and
2025.
126 015
people participated in
pre-departure
measures or received
pre-departure
assistance between
2021 and 2025.
39 829
people were resettled
between 2021 and
2025.
58 251
people received
reintegration assistance
between 2021 and
2025.
Asylum, migration and integration fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
497.6 1 398.7 1 484.3 1 502.4 1 914.8 2 091.1 2 151.2 11 040.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0,00 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 497.6 1 398.7 1 484.3 1 502.4 1 914.8 2 091.1 2 151.2 11
040.1
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
From 2021 onward, the initial financial programming for the Asylum, Migration and Integration
Fund (AMIF) has undergone several modifications.
In terms of reductions, a total of EUR 4.3 million was transferred to other shared management
funds through Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation – specifically, EUR 1.1 million to the
Border Management and Visa Policy Instrument and EUR 3.2 million to the Internal Security Fund.
In addition, AMIF was reduced by EUR 48.1 million to finance a legislative initiative requiring
additional resources for the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-
Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice to develop the Eurodac database in
the context of the Pact on Asylum and Migration. A further EUR 4.5 million was also transferred to
the support expenditure budget line.
In terms of reinforcements, AMIF has been considerably strengthened through various measures.
It received EUR 81 million via annual budget procedures and absorbed EUR 93 million of unused
appropriations from home affairs agencies (the European Border and Coast Guard Agency and the
European Union Agency for Asylum). Further reinforcements included EUR 21 million under the pact
and Ukraine specific action, EUR 74 million from the Solidarity and Emergency Aid Reserve,
EUR 100 million mobilised from the margin of heading 4 of the multiannual financial framework,
EUR 1 million from technical assistance and EUR 128 million through the national programme
midterm review of the Thematic Facility. Furthermore, as part of the midterm revision of the
Asylum, migration and integration fund
multiannual financial framework, AMIF was further reinforced by EUR 810 million for the 2025-
2027 period.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 6 811.1 11 040.1 61.7%
Payments 3 818.2 0.0 34.6%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of people placed in alternatives to detention
0 4% 10 443 in 2029 453 by 2025 compared to a
target of 10 443
Deserves attention
Number of participants in language courses who have improved their proficiency level in the host-country language upon leaving the language course by at least one level in the common European framework of reference for languages or the national equivalent
0 11% 379 378 in 2029 41 089 by 2025 compared to a
target of 379 378
On track
Number of participants who applied for long- term status
0 >100% 9 024 in 2029 15 635 by 2025 compared to a target of 9 024
On track
Number of returnees voluntarily returned
0 44% 242 269 in 2029 107 739 by 2025 compared to a
target of 242 269
On track
Asylum, migration and integration fund
Number of returnees who were removed
0 7% 220 489 in 2029 14 602 by 2025 compared to a
target of 220 489
Moderate progress
Number of applicants for and beneficiaries of international protection transferred from one Member State to another
0 67% 7 133 in 2029 4 771 by 2025 compared to a target of 7 133
On track
Number of people resettled
0 74% 53 827 in 2029 39 829 by 2025 compared to a
target of 53 827
On track
Number of people admitted through humanitarian admission
0 55% 65 879 in 2029 36 068 by 2025 compared to a
target of 65 879
On track
• The AMIF is implemented under shared, direct and indirect management. The largest share of
resources (56%) is allocated to the Member States’ programmes under shared management.
The remaining share (44%) is allocated to the Thematic Facility, which is programmed by the
Commission to support priorities with high EU added value, with evolving challenges and that
respond to emerging or unforeseen needs.
• The 2025 voted budget for AMIF amounted to EUR 1 914.8 million in commitment
appropriations. (47) This amount included EUR 972.9 million for initial allocations to Member
States’ programmes; EUR 223.8 million for the midterm review; EUR 715 million for the
Thematic Facility covering EU measures, the European Migration Network, emergency
assistance, relocation and resettlement; and EUR 3.2 million for technical assistance.
• The programmed initiatives under the Thematic Facility to be implemented under
direct/indirect management include calls for proposals to support, for example, the protection
of migrant children; support for the EU Talent Pool to recruit skilled jobseekers from non-EU
countries; and support for policy dialogue and operational cooperation with non-EU countries
in the field of migration. In 2025, the Thematic Facility provided emergency assistance to a
Member State dealing with a situation of exceptional migratory pressure. The Thematic
Facility also provided additional support to Member States to implement the Pact on
Migration and Asylum and to host displaced people from Ukraine benefiting from temporary
protection.
• As regards performance in direct management and indirect management, in view of
their specific nature and legislative objectives, the performance of transnational EU actions
and emergency measures cannot be fully captured by the key performance indicators.
However, they effectively complement the implementation of the policy objectives at the
national level through Member States’ programmes by developing policy analyses,
innovations, transnational mutual learning and partnerships, and by testing new initiatives
and measures across the EU and providing financial assistance to address urgent and specific
needs in the event of duly justified emergency situations.
(47) These amounts exclude transfers related to Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation (EU) 2021/1060.
Asylum, migration and integration fund
• The largest share of the EU’s financial contribution to Member States’ programmes is
allocated to specific objective 1 on strengthening and developing all aspects of the common
European asylum system (36%). This is followed by specific objective 2 on strengthening and
developing legal migration, and promoting and contributing to the effective integration and
social inclusion of non-EU nationals (28%); specific objective 3 on contributing to countering
irregular migration, enhancing effective, safe and dignified return and readmission, and
promoting and contributing to the effective reintegration in non-EU countries (18%); and
specific objective 4 on enhancing solidarity and the fair sharing of responsibility between the
Member States (13%).
• Financial implementation in Member States’ programmes is progressing well across all
specific objectives, with specific objective 4 demonstrating the highest commitment rate
(95%) and the highest financial implementation rate (66%) of the AMIF objectives. The
majority of commitments under this objective are dedicated to resettlement and
humanitarian admission.
• While indicator performance varies in Member State programmes, positive progress is
observed under specific objectives 1, 2 and 4. Overall, the indicators under specific objective 3
demonstrate the least progress. Nonetheless, the indicators on returnees voluntarily returned,
returnees who have received reintegration assistance and participants in training activities
are performing well.
• Overall, AMIF continues to demonstrate progress in both financial and performance
terms. By the end of 2025, AMIF had reached a total commitment rate of 70% and a total
implementation rate of 31% in the Member States’ programmes across all specific objectives.
While progress across the AMIF indicators varies, advancements are clear across all specific
objectives.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0%
• The programme regulation aligns the EU’s overarching commitment to the Paris Agreement
and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, acknowledging – without prescribing
Asylum, migration and integration fund
fixed target – the EU’s broader ambition to allocate at least 30% of its total budget to
climate action and 7.5% to biodiversity in 2024 (rising to 10% in 2026-27).
• Recognising the interplay between climate and biodiversity objectives, contributions might
materialise through measures such as sustainable procurement for small-scale assets, IT
infrastructure or building upgrades (e.g. renewable energy adoption, insulation
improvements), provided these adhere to criteria favouring low-climate-impact solutions.
While no binding requirements yet govern national programming or project selection, Member
States are invited to give preference to environmentally sustainable initiatives where feasible.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 497.6 1 398.7 1 484.3 1 502.4 1 914.8 6 797.8
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total: 497.6 1 398.7 1 484.3 1 502.4 1 914.8 6 797.8
• The programme is committed to the horizontal approach of the EU budget, in which equality
between women and men, rights and equal opportunities for all and the mainstreaming of
these objectives should be considered and promoted throughout the preparation,
implementation and monitoring of relevant programmes, as stipulated in Article 6 of the
programme regulation.
• In the broader context, to receive payments from the Commission, the Member States’
programmes for Home Affairs funds will have to comply with several horizontal enabling
conditions, one of which concerns the effective application and implementation of the EU
Charter of Fundamental Rights, including the equality of men and women. The horizontal
enabling conditions must be fulfilled throughout the entire programming period, and Member
States must report on their application to the programme monitoring committee and the
Commission.
• The programme regulation specifically stipulates that eligible measures need to consider the
human-rights-based approach to the protection of migrants, refugees and asylum seekers and
should, in particular, ensure that special attention is paid to, and a dedicated response is
provided for, the specific situation of vulnerable persons, in particular women, unaccompanied
Asylum, migration and integration fund
minors and victims of trafficking in human beings. AMIF may have an important impact on
gender equality, but any interventions supported from the fund do not have gender equality as
their principal objective. Therefore, the interventions contributing to gender equality are
reported under gender score 1.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a
• It is considered that activities under the following specific objectives of the programme may
partially contribute to the goal of digital transition:
o strengthening the common European asylum system;
o strengthening and developing legal migration to the Member States;
o contributing to countering irregular migration.
• However, since the legal basis for the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework and the
programme regulation did not envisage that expenditure contributing to the goal of digital
transition should be tracked, it is not possible to develop a tracking methodology to estimate
the amount of such expenditure.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable.
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG Does the programme
contribute to the goal? Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
Asylum, migration and integration fund
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
Yes ‘The children’s rights check digital – improved quality
for sheltering refugee children’ runs from 2023 to
2026, with a total budget of EUR 1 649 758 (of which, an
EU contribution of EUR 1 215 208). The project aims to
improve reception and accommodation conditions for refugee
children and their families. To achieve this, accommodation
operators and authorities need to be able to evaluate the
accommodation situation. Children, parents and professionals
can be interviewed digitally easily with the Child Rights Check.
To this end, the previous child rights check tool will be further
developed as a digital self-evaluation tool.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes The project ‘SchlaUA – Das Beste von beidem’ ran from 2022
to 2024, with a total budget of EUR 2 214 853 (of which, an
EU contribution in the agreement of EUR 1 974 345). This
project transitioned into the new project ‘SchlaUA 2.0’
running from 2024 to 2027, with a total budget of
EUR 7 130 487 (of which, an EU contribution of
EUR 6 417 437). The project aims to provide Ukrainian
students with a Ukrainian degree in Munich (Atestat Pro Povnu
Zagal’nu Serednyu Osvitu). This is done in cooperation with
two partner schools in Ternopil, the education authority there
and the Ministry of Science and Education of Ukraine.
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
Yes Regional development and protection programme North
of Africa phase 7 is running from 2025 to 2028 with a
budget (EU grant amount maximum) of
EUR 37 500 000. The main objective of the proposed action
is to help non-EU countries in North Africa and across the
Atlantic and Mediterranean migration route to consolidate
their migration and asylum systems and build their capacity
to provide adequate reception, protection and durable
solutions for vulnerable migrants, asylum seekers and
refugees.
In line with the concept of the programme, the priorities
identified in the 2023-2025 AMIF annual work programme for
EU actions, the proposal builds on and expands the ongoing
projects implemented in Algeria, Egypt, Libya, Mauritania,
Morocco, Niger and Tunisia under the previous programmes
with specific reference to the protection component.
Integrated border management fund
INTEGRATED BORDER MANAGEMENT FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
15 046
pieces of equipment
were purchased for
border crossing points
and border surveillance
purposes in 2021-
2025.
18 890 780
visa applications were
made using digital
means in 2021-2025.
1 634
means of land
transport for border
control tasks were
purchased in 2021-
2025.
259
information-technology
functionalities for visa
processing purposes
were developed,
maintained or upgraded
in 2021-2025.
1 558
pieces of customs
control equipment were
purchased with
Customs Control
Equipment Instrument
funds and put into use
at EU border crossing
points and customs
laboratories by the end
of 2025.
58.67%
border crossing points
and customs
laboratories with
equipment that meets
the common list of
equipment that should
be available per
customs laboratory for
2025, close to the
target of 60% for the
first half of the
Customs Control
Equipment Instrument’s
implementation.
100%
is the satisfaction rate
for programme
management support
and guidance
(information collected
via an annual online
survey addressed to
recipients of Customs
Control Equipment
Instrument funds).
Integrated border management fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
289.0 999.2 1 205.3 1 257.8 1 344.6 1 345.1 2 014.7 8 455.8
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.5 0.0 0.0 176.8 88.7 0.0 0.0 266.0
Total 289.5 999.2 1 205.3 1 434.6 1 433.3 1 345.1 2 014.7 8 721.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
The Integrated Border Management Fund comprises two components: the Border Management and
Visa Instrument (BMVI) and the Customs Control Equipment Instrument (CCEI).
From 2021 onward, the initial financial programming for the BMVI has undergone several
modifications.
In terms of reductions, a total of EUR 5.7 million was transferred from the BMVI to the Internal
Security Fund through Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation. In addition, the BMVI was
reduced by EUR 500.1 million to finance various legislative initiatives requiring additional resources
for home affairs agencies (the European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Cooperation, the
European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of
Freedom, Security and Justice, the European Union Drugs Agency). Further reductions included
EUR 21 million under the pact specific action, EUR 3.2 million transferred to the support expenditure
budget line, and EUR 0.02 million transferred to the European Border and Coast Guard Agency.
In terms of reinforcements, the BMVI has been substantially strengthened through various
measures. It received almost EUR 620.8 million from the Structural Funds within the framework of
the Greek Partnership Agreement. Further reinforcements included EUR 107.5 million through
annual budget procedures, EUR 49.6 million from unused appropriations from home affairs
agencies (the European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Cooperation, the European Union
Agency for Law Enforcement Training, the European Border and Coast Guard Agency and the
European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-Scale IT Systems in the Area of
Integrated border management fund
Freedom, Security and Justice), EUR 1.1 million from the Asylum, Migration and Integration Fund
through Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation, EUR 0.83 million from technical
assistance, EUR 78 million through the national programme midterm review of the Thematic
Facility and EUR 181 million stemming from fines in 2025. The BMVI will be further reinforced by
the Schengen associated countries’ contribution in 2026-2027. Furthermore, as part of the
midterm revision of the multiannual financial framework, the BMVI was further reinforced by
EUR 1 billion for the 2025-2027 period.
As for the CCEI, its total budget for the entire 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework
amounts to EUR 930 307 000. This represents a EUR 76 100 000 decrease from the original CCEI
budget following a reinforcement in commitment appropriations for the customs programme, to
support the implementation of new political initiatives in the field of centralised customs systems,
and a reinforcement in commitment appropriations for the Carbon Border Adjustment Mechanism,
linked to information technology investments to deliver on the simplification measures proposed
by the Commission in February 2025. These reinforcements have been compensated by an
equivalent reduction in commitment appropriations from the CCEI.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 5 227.1 8 721.8 59.9%
Payments 2 379.9 0.0 27.3%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of items of equipment registered in the technical equipment pool of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency
0 16% 2 777 in 2029 456 by 2025 compared to a target of 2 777
On track
Integrated border management fund
Number of items of equipment put at the disposal of the European Border and Coast Guard Agency
0 40% 1 492 in 2029 592 by 2025 compared to a target of 1 492
On track
Number of initiated/improved forms of cooperation of national authorities with the Eurosur National Coordination Centre
0 1.5% 134 in 2029 2 by 2025 compared to a target of 134
Deserves attention
Number of addressed recommendations from Schengen evaluations and from vulnerability assessments in the area of border management
0 5.5% 2 875 in 2029 157 by 2025 compared to a target of 2 875
N/A
Number of new/upgraded consulates outside the Schengen area
0 27% 810 in 2029 222 by 2025 compared to a target of 810
On track
Number of addressed recommendations from Schengen evaluations in the area of the common visa policy
0 16% 2 610 in 2029 423 by 2025 compared to a target of 2 610
N/A
Number of visa applications using digital means
0 29% 64.2 million 18.9 million by 2025 compared to
a target of 64.2 million
On track
Percentage of border crossing points and customs laboratories with equipment that meets the common list of equipment that should be available per customs laboratory / type of border crossing
0 73% 80% in 2027 58.7% by 2025 compared to a target of 80%
On track
The BMVI is implemented under shared, direct and indirect management. The majority of resources,
totalling EUR 4.38 billion (55%), are allocated to Member States’ programmes under shared
management. The remaining share of EUR 3.57 billion (45%) is allocated to the Thematic Facility,
a financial instrument managed by the Commission and offering flexibility in the management of
the BMVI in addressing priorities with a high level of EU added value or responding to urgent needs.
The midterm review of the Member States’ programmes under the BMVI Regulation, and the
revision of the 2021-2027 multiannual financial framework, provided additional budgetary
resources to support the implementation of the Pact on Migration and Asylum. In particular, the
revision of the multiannual financial framework provided an additional EUR 1 billion for the BMVI.
Integrated border management fund
The 2025 voted budget for the BMVI amounted to EUR 1232.9 million in commitment
appropriations. (48) This amount included EUR 528.2 million for initial allocations to Member States’
programmes, EUR 171 million for the midterm review, EUR 530.9 million for the Thematic Facility,
covering specific actions, EU actions and emergency assistance, and EUR 2.7 million for technical
assistance.
The largest share of the EU’s financial contribution in Member States’ programmes is allocated to
specific objective 1 on European integrated border management (87%), reaffirming the focus on
enhancing control of the EU external borders. Of these allocated resources, 39% relates to border
surveillance purposes, and in particular to equipment – including means of transport – for border
surveillance. It is followed by specific objective 2 on the common visa policy (8%), under which the
main achievements relate to the digitalisation of visa processing, the deployment of staff to
consulates in non-EU countries and the development or upgrading of large-scale information
technology systems.
While supporting key initiatives across both specific objectives, the largest share of Thematic
Facility resources is allocated to specific objective 1, representing approximately 94% of the
Thematic Facility envelope for the BMVI. Within this allocation, a substantial portion is dedicated
to the pact specific action (57%), supporting Member States’ preparedness for the full
implementation of the Pact for Asylum and Migration. Additional allocations support the
technology- and equipment-focused specific actions (42%) mentioned above, along with the
special transit scheme for Lithuania (1%).
Financial implementation shows overall progress, with both specific objectives showing a 59%
commitment rate, suggesting that implementation will likely accelerate towards the end of the
programming period. Under specific objective 2, the greatest progress was seen in operations
supporting the visa information system (around EUR 120 million of EU resources committed,
amounting to 75% of the allocation for this type of intervention).
As regards performance in direct management and indirect management, in view of their specific
nature and legislative objectives, the performance of transnational EU actions and emergency
measures cannot fully be captured by the key performance indicators. However, these indicators
effectively complement the implementation of the policy objectives at the national level through
Member States’ programmes by developing policy analyses, innovations, transnational mutual
learning and partnerships, and by testing new initiatives and measures across the EU and providing
financial assistance to address urgent and specific needs in the event of duly justified emergency
situations.
As of 2025, most indicators demonstrated solid progress, especially output indicators. Specific
objective 2 has already exceeded its target for projects supporting visa digitalisation (109.68%),
while specific objective 1 shows strong implementation regarding asylum applications at border
crossing points. Result indicators are progressing more gradually, but the revised 2029 targets
reflect increased ambition following the midterm review.
Customs Control Equipment Instrument
(48) These amounts exclude transfers related to Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation (EU) 2021/1060.
Integrated border management fund
The instrument’s funding committed until the end of 2025, after the first two calls in 2021 and
2023, amounts to EUR 558 million for a total of 88 grants awarded to customs administrations in
all 27 Member States. It aims to improve the overall performance of the customs union by focusing
on five priorities in order to (1) ensure EU safety and security; (2) strengthen the capacity of
customs services to mitigate and adapt to international crises; (3) address the challenges in dealing
with the exponential growth in e-commerce; (4) contribute to the European Green Deal; and (5)
continue to promote innovation in customs control equipment, including the interoperability of the
equipment. Although no work programme was finalised for the year 2025, with its adoption being
postponed to 2026 to integrate the results of the equipment risk assessment exercise and priority
control areas actions, the CCEI has made substantial progress towards achieving its objectives of
supporting the customs union and helping customs authorities act as one to protect the interests
of the EU by following and supporting the implementation of CCEI projects from the first and
second calls.
Key achievements
• Successful project implementation. Since the programme was initiated, 88 grant
agreements have been signed, supporting the long-term aim of the harmonised application
of customs controls by the Member States by co-financing the purchase, maintenance and
upgrading of relevant and reliable state-of-the-art customs control equipment that is
secure, safe and environmentally friendly. This equipment is strategically deployed at high-
traffic areas including seaports, airports and other critical transportation hubs, and at
customs laboratories, contributing to adequate and equivalent customs control results
across the customs union.
• Improved key performance indicator results. The result of the CCEI’s main indicator
improved significantly compared to previous years as a result of a change in the method
of data collection applied by DG Taxation and Customs Union for border crossing points.
Under the new method, Member States were requested to provide the Commission with
details on the availability of equipment at each border crossing point, significantly
simplifying and streamlining the complex background calculation used previously. The
overall result for 2025 (58.67%) is considered reliable, and it makes realistic the objective
of reaching the envisaged target of 80% by the end of the programme. The overall result
for customs laboratories is 51.27% (49).
• Financial commitment. Approximately EUR 510.5 million has been allocated to support
Member States in acquiring state-of-the-art equipment. This financial commitment
underscores the programme’s crucial role in modernising EU customs operations.
• Operational milestones. The projects funded by the CCEI are multiannual by nature (the
average length being three years) and, by the end of 2025, eight additional projects had
(49) The customs control equipment available at each customs laboratory is checked against the ideal common list of
equipment required for the analysis of specific types of samples. To calculate the degree of adherence to this ideal list, the methodology was slightly modified this year to determine the level of adherence at the Member State level, in accordance with their common practices. Nevertheless, the common list of equipment should be further refined to account for new equipment types that could be equally effective for analysing samples.
Integrated border management fund
been finalised, making a total of 19 projects completed so far out of the 88 grants
agreement signed (with four additional projects in their final reporting stage) (50). The
presence of over 1 500 pieces of CCEI-funded equipment already in operation at EU border
crossing points (915 new items of equipment) and customs laboratories (643 new items of
equipment) is a testimony to the programme’s impact.
• Adaptability to external factors. The programme has shown flexibility in responding to
external geopolitical and economic shifts, in particular through amendments and by
tailoring the project requirements for the upcoming invitation to submit proposals.
Main challenges
• Procurement delays. National procurement procedures launched following the CCEI
funding agreed for Member State projects faced significant delays due to security and
cybersecurity concerns and budgetary constraints. These delays have affected the timely
execution of certain projects, challenging the overall implementation timeline.
• Complex geopolitical influences. Russia’s ongoing invasion of Ukraine and the
subsequent EU sanctions have affected trade flows at some border crossing points and
made the programme’s implementation more complex.
• Security challenges from non-EU vendors. The fact that some critical equipment
vendors are non-EU-owned entities poses security risks.
Mitigation measures
• To address procurement challenges, the CCEI Coordination Group provided enhanced
guidelines on security, while the Commission continued to proactively engage in
providing steering to support Member States in their project implementation.
• The activation of enhanced monitoring protocols for projects deemed by the
Commission to be at higher risk of partial implementation failure aims to ensure better
compliance with reporting obligations and maintain project progression, mitigating the
impact of delays and incomplete reports.
• The EU coordinated risk assessment on detection equipment. The assessment,
performed and finalised in 2025 under the NIS2 Directive in cooperation with experts from
the 27 Member States and competent Commission services, provided for a coherent EU
approach to the security of the detection equipment. Specifically, it allowed an approach to
be developed to deal with high-risk suppliers and stricter security requirements to be
integrated into all stages of procurement, ultimately ensuring the integrity of the equipment
and related sensitive data and supply chains.
In conclusion, the CCEI has demonstrated notable progress in achieving its strategic objectives,
contributing positively to harmonised, secure and effective customs operations across the EU.
(50) Nineteen additional CCEI projects are expected to end between 2026 and 2027.
Integrated border management fund
Despite external challenges, the programme’s strategic initiatives continue to support the Member
States in navigating complex environments, thus ensuring the continued protection of the EU’s
financial and economic interests. The insights gained from ongoing evaluations and risk
assessments will play a crucial role in refining future action, emphasising security and customs
harmonisation aligned with the evolving global landscape.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.2 0.0%
• The programme regulation aligns the EU’s overarching commitment to the Paris Agreement
and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, acknowledging - without prescribing
fixed target - the EU’s broader ambition to allocate at least 30% of its total budget to climate
action and 7.5% to biodiversity in 2024 (rising to 10% in 2026-27).
• Recognising the interplay between climate and biodiversity objectives, contributions might
materialise through measures such as sustainable procurement for small-scale assets,
information technology infrastructure or building upgrades (e.g. renewable energy adoption,
insulation improvements), provided these adhere to criteria favouring low-climate-impact
solutions. While no binding requirements yet govern national programming or project
selection, Member States are invited to give preference to environmentally sustainable
initiatives where feasible.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Integrated border management fund
0 289.0 999.2 1 205.3 1 257.8 1 344.6 5 096.0
Total:
• The Integrated Border Management Fund and the BMVI are committed to the horizontal
approach of the EU budget, in which equality between women and men, rights and equal
opportunities for all and the mainstreaming of these objectives should be considered and
promoted throughout the preparation, implementation and monitoring of relevant
programmes.
• In the broader context, to receive payments from the Commission, the Member State
programmes for Home Affairs funds have to comply with the horizontal enabling conditions,
one of which concerns the effective application and implementation of the Charter of
Fundamental Rights of the European Union, including the equality of women and men. The
horizontal enabling conditions must be fulfilled throughout the entire programming period, and
Member States must report on their application to the programme monitoring committee and
the Commission.
• As regards the types of action supported by the BMVI, gender-specific issues are not specifically
tackled. The interventions supported from the fund do not significantly support gender equality
and managing authorities have not submitted gender-disaggregated data. Therefore, no
contribution to gender equality is reported (score 0).
• The CCEI does not have activities that contribute to the Gender Equality goals.
Gender-disaggregated information Reporting on gender disaggregated data is not mandatory under the BMVI. Managing authorities can decide, if they wish, to transmit gender-disaggregated data for indicators focusing on individuals. As of 2025, no managing authorities had opted to transmit gender-disaggregated data. Due to the nature of the programme, the CCEI was excluded from reporting on gender-disaggregated data.
Integrated border management fund
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 51.8 290.6 359.2 376.0 453.7 1 531.2 30.0%
• It is considered that activities under the following specific objectives of the Integrated Border
Management Fund and the BMVI may partially contribute to the goal of digital transition by:
o supporting effective European integrated border management at the external borders;
o supporting the common visa policy.
• The amounts contribute to activities and interventions relating to the digitalisation of
administration (government information and communications technology solutions, e-services,
etc.) covering dimensions of digitalisation of public services (e.g. the visa information system)
and skills (information technology training) by supporting investments in large-scale
information technology systems (such as the entry/exit system, the European travel information
and authorisation system, the Schengen information system and the visa information system),
interoperability between systems, the Eurodac database, automated border surveillance (such
as automated border control gates) and identification systems at borders.
• The CCEI does not have activities that contribute to the goals of the digital transition.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable.
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable.
Integrated border management fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
yes EURLO Vietnam 2 running from 2025 until 2026 with a total
budget (EU grant amount) of EUR 0.9 million and EURLO
CENTRAL ASIA 2 running from 2026 until 2028 with a total
budget (EU grant amount) of EUR 1.5 million. The actions
contribute indirectly to SDG 10, by strengthening
international cooperation on migration management. Through
capacity-building, networking of Immigration Liaison Officers,
and improved cooperation with non-EU-country migration
authorities, the projects support more effective and
coordinated migration governance, facilitating orderly and
responsible migration management between the EU and
partner countries.
Internal security fund
INTERNAL SECURITY FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
174
joint investigation
teams were in action
between 2021 and
2025.
43
projects were
implemented in the
area of crime
prevention between
2021 and 2025.
4 751
staff were involved in
cross-border operations
between 2021 and
2025.
3 635
items of equipment
were purchased in the
areas of preventing and
combating crime,
terrorism and
radicalisation and
managing security-
related incidents, risks
and crises between
2021 and 2025.
Internal security fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
70.0 254.1 309.9 322.8 340.1 330.4 286.4 1 913.8
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 70.0 254.1 309.9 322.8 340.1 330.4 286.4 1 913.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
From 2021 onward, the initial financial programming for the Internal Security Fund (ISF) has
undergone several modifications. The initial ISF envelope amounted to EUR 1.93 billion (51).
In terms of reductions, the ISF was reduced by EUR 36 million to finance legislative initiatives
requiring additional resources for home affairs agencies (the European Union Agency for Law
Enforcement Cooperation, the European Union Agency for the Operational Management of Large-
Scale IT Systems in the Area of Freedom, Security and Justice) and the EU centre to prevent and
combat child sexual abuse. It was further reduced by EUR 1.6 million through a transfer to the
European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Training.
In terms of reinforcements, the ISF was strengthened by EUR 8.9 million through Article 26 of the
Common Provisions Regulation – specifically, EUR 3.2 million from the Asylum, Migration and
Integration Fund and EUR 5.7 million from the Border Management and Visa Instrument. It also
received an additional EUR 7 million between 2021 and 2026 through various annual budget
procedures and absorbed EUR 4.5 million of unused appropriations from the following home affairs
agencies: the European Union Agency for Law Enforcement Cooperation and the European Union
(51) Commission staff working document – Evaluation – Mid-term evaluation of the Internal Security Fund (ISF) for the
2021-2027 programming period, SWD(2025) 274 final of 16 September 2025, https://ec.europa.eu/transparency/documents- register/api/files/SWD(2025)274_0/090166e52237d25e?rendition=false.
Internal security fund
Drugs Agency. Further reinforcements included EUR 0.9 million from technical assistance and
EUR 61 million through the national programme midterm review of the Thematic Facility.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 1 296.2 1 913.8 67.7%
Payments 681.4 0.0 35.6%
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baselin
e
Progres
s
Target Results Assessmen
t
Number of information and communication technology systems made interoperable in the Member States / with security-relevant EU and decentralised information systems / with international databases
0 6% 775 in 2029 48 by 2025 compared to a target of 775
On track
Number of administrative units that have set up new or adapted existing information exchange mechanisms/procedures/tools/guidan ce
for the exchange of information with other Member States / EU agencies / international organisations / non-EU countries
0 5% 176 in 2029 9 by 2025 compared to a target of 176
Moderate progress
Internal security fund
Estimated value of assets frozen in the
context of cross-border operations
0 4% EUR 331 millio n in 2029
EUR 13 million by 2025
compared to a target of
EUR 331 millio n
Moderate progress
Quantity of illicit drugs seized in the context of cross-border operations by type of product
0 10% 214 997 kg in 2029
22 196 kg by 2025
compared to a target of
214 997 kg
Moderate progress
Quantity of weapons seized in the context of cross-border operations by type of weapon
0 11% 2 774 in 2029 302 by 2025 compared to a
target of 2 774
On track
Number of initiatives developed/expanded to prevent radicalisation
0 15% 114 in 2029 17 by 2025 compared to a target of 114
On track
Number of critical infrastructures / public spaces with new/adapted facilities protecting against security- related risks
0 6% 942 in 2029 56 by 2025 compared to a target of 942
On track
• The fund is implemented under shared, direct and indirect management. The largest share of
the resources (68%) is allocated to the Member States’ programmes under shared
management. The remaining share (32%) is allocated to the Thematic Facility, a financial
instrument managed by the Commission offering flexibility to support priorities with high EU
added value, with evolving challenges and that respond to emerging or unforeseen needs.
• The 2025 voted budget for the ISF amounted to EUR 336.6 million in commitment
appropriations. (52) This amount included EUR 195.5 million for initial allocations to Member
States’ programmes; EUR 54.7 million for the midterm review; EUR 84 million for the
Thematic Facility covering specific actions, EU actions and emergency assistance; and
EUR 2.45 million for technical assistance.
• The largest share of the EU’s financial contribution in Member States’ programmes is
allocated to specific objective 3 on strengthening Member States’ capabilities in fighting
organised crime and terrorism (41%), followed by specific objective 1 on the exchange of
information (39%). Specific objective 2 on operational cross-border cooperation accounts for
the smallest share (14%).
• While supporting key initiatives across all objectives, the largest share of the Thematic
Facility’s funding (59%) for specific actions (shared management part of the Thematic
Facility) has been allocated to specific objective 2, to mitigate the imbalance in funding
(52) These amounts exclude transfers related to Article 26 of the Common Provisions Regulation (EU) 2021/1060.
Internal security fund
allocation, for example to develop information systems, such as the Secure Information
Exchange Network Application (specific objective 1); to develop long-term activities under the
European multidisciplinary platform against criminal threats (specific objective 2); and to
enhance the uptake of innovative digital technologies, including artificial intelligence, by law
enforcement authorities (specific objective 3).
• Financial implementation shows strong overall progress at this stage of the programming
period, following a relatively slow start. Specific objective 1 has a high commitment rate
(70%) and the highest financial implementation rate at 31% among the three objectives,
which is particularly notable given the technical complexity of the information-systems-driven
initiatives. The even higher level of commitments (77%) under specific objective 3 indicates
that implementation will likely accelerate towards the end of the programming period. In
contrast, specific objective 2 remains the objective with both the smallest EU contribution
(EUR 175 million) and the lowest commitment rate (58%), reflecting Member States’
prioritisation of the other objectives.
• By the end of 2025, the fund showed positive progress in terms of indicator performance.
Output indicators generally showed good progress across all objectives, with specific objective
2’s equipment purchases (59%) and cross-border operations (73%) performing particularly
well. Conversely, result indicators were progressing more slowly. In particular, some Member
States had raised their 2029 target indicators compared to the previous year, reflecting
growing ambitions in parallel with increased resources following the midterm review.
• As regards performance in direct and indirect management, in view of their specific nature
and legislative objectives, the performance of transnational EU actions and emergency
assistance cannot be fully captured by the key performance indicators focused on capacity
building and intensifying cross-border cooperation. However, these instruments effectively
complement the implementation of the policy objectives at the national level through
Member States’ programmes by developing policy analyses and innovations, transnational
mutual learning and partnerships, and by testing new initiatives and measures across the EU
or addressing urgent and specific needs in the event of duly identified emergency situations.
Internal security fund
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0.0 0.0%
• The programme regulation aligns with the EU’s overarching commitment to the Paris
Agreement and the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, acknowledging – without
prescribing a fixed target – the EU’s broader ambition to allocate at least 30% of its total
budget to climate action and 7.5% to biodiversity in 2024 (rising to10% in 2026-27).
• Recognising the interplay between climate and biodiversity objectives, contributions might
materialise through measures such as sustainable procurement for small-scale assets, IT
infrastructure or building upgrades (e.g. renewable energy adoption, insulation improvements),
provided these adhere to criteria favouring low-climate-impact solutions. While no binding
requirements yet govern national programming or project selection, Member States are invited
to give preference to environmentally sustainable initiatives where feasible.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 70.0 254.1 309.9 322.8 340.1 1 296.9
Total: 70.0 254.1 309.9 322.8 340.1 1 296.9
Internal security fund
• The programme is committed to the horizontal approach of the EU budget, in which equality
between women and men, rights and equal opportunities for all and the mainstreaming of
these objectives should be considered and promoted throughout the preparation,
implementation and monitoring of relevant programmes.
• In the broader context, to receive payments from the Commission, the Member States’
programmes Home Affairs funds must comply with several horizontal enabling conditions,
one of which concerns the effective application and implementation of the EU Charter of
Fundamental Rights, including the equality of men and women. The horizontal enabling
conditions must be fulfilled throughout the entire programming period, and Member States
must report on their application to the programme monitoring committee and the
Commission.
• As regards the types of action supported by the programme, gender-specific issues are not
specifically tackled. The interventions supported by the ISF do not significantly support gender
equality, and managing authorities have not submitted gender-disaggregated data. Therefore,
no contribution to gender equality is reported (score 0).
Gender-disaggregated information
• Reporting on gender-disaggregated data is not mandatory under the ISF. Managing authorities can decide, if they wish, to transmit gender-disaggregated data for indicators focusing on individuals. As of 2025, no managing authorities had transmitted gender-disaggregated data.
Internal security fund
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-
2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 29.9 108.7 132.6 138.1 145.5 554.8 42.8%
• It is considered that activities under all specific objectives of the programme may partially
contribute to the goal of digital transition by:
o improving and facilitating the exchange of information between and within competent
authorities and relevant EU bodies, offices and agencies and, where relevant, with non-
EU countries and international organisations;
o improving and intensifying cross-border cooperation, including joint operations, between
competent authorities in relation to terrorism and serious and organised crime with a
cross-border dimension;
o supporting the strengthening of Member States’ capabilities in relation to preventing
and combating crime, terrorism and radicalisation, and managing security-related
incidents, risks and crises.
• The amounts contribute to activities and interventions relating to the digitalisation of
administration by improving and facilitating the exchange of information between and within
law enforcement authorities and other bodies (e.g. passenger name record – advanced
passenger information, Schengen information system II, secure information exchange network
application, Prüm II, etc.); improving and intensifying cross-border operational law
enforcement cooperation; and supporting the strengthening of Member States’ capabilities
in relation to preventing and combating serious and organised crime, cybercrime,
terrorism and radicalisation.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable.
Internal security fund
Contribution to reforms
• Not applicable.
Internal security fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes ALUNA – Child-protection based strategies to fight
against sexual abuse and exploitation crimes’ is
running from 2023 till 2025 with a budget (EU grant
amount) of EUR 3 599 886. Child sexual abuse and
exploitation are among the worst forms of violence against
children and constitute serious crimes that know no borders.
The fight against these awful crimes is a global fight that
involves governments, law enforcement agencies, civil society,
communities, and, of course, companies. ALUNA project
proposes an innovative, ambitious, interdisciplinary,
international child-protection-centred approach to fight
against child sexual abuse. ALUNA focuses on the three main
components (Prevention, Investigation, and Victim Assistance)
to establish a coordinated contribution with law enforcement
authorities to develop an appropriate approach addressing
specific needs and providing protection to childhood.
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania) Nuclear decommissioning assistance programme of the ignalina nuclear power plant in Lithuania
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING (LITHUANIA)
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING ASSISTANCE PROGRAMME OF THE
IGNALINA NUCLEAR POWER PLANT IN LITHUANIA
Concrete examples of achievements
100%
of fuel assemblies were
removed from the pools
and are safely stored in
casks in the interim
spent fuel storage
facility by the end of
2022.
45%
of materials (out of
180 000 tonnes of
materials) were
dismantled from the
reactor buildings,
controlled areas and
clean areas by
December 2025.
100%
of optioneering studies
and conceptual designs
for reactor core
dismantling were
delivered by July 2025.
The following stages
are on track.
100%
of decommissioning
licenses were issued for
Unit 1 and Unit 2 by
October 2024.
1 848
reactor channels (out of
2 052) have been
dismantled at Unit 1.
447 tonnes
of materials have been
removed from reactor
areas R1 and R2 at Unit
2.
2 026 tonnes
of materials have been
removed from reactor
areas R1 and R2 at Unit
1.
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania) Nuclear decommissioning assistance programme of the ignalina nuclear power plant in Lithuania
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
72.5 98.9 68.8 67.1 74.7 74.6 82.4 539.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 72.5 98.9 68.8 67.1 74.7 74.6 82.4 539.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 382.0 539.0 70.9%
Payments 73.9 0.0 13.7%
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania) Nuclear decommissioning assistance programme of the ignalina nuclear power plant in Lithuania
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Very low
radioactivity waste
disposed of
0 40% 29 020 m3 in
2030
11 665 by
2025
compared to a
target of
29 020
On track
Low and
intermediate
radioactivity waste
disposed of
0 28% 9 202 m3 in
2030
2 606 by 2025
compared to a
target of 9 202
On track
Metal dismantled 0 57% 4 341 tonnes
in
2028
2 473 by 2025
compared to a
target of 4 341
On track
• In the 2020-2027 period, the decommissioning operator will remove all peripheral
components from the reactor shafts. The transfer of the last fuel assemblies in 2022 from
the reactor buildings into storage casks and then to the interim spent fuel storage facility
opened the way to the dismantling of the reactor core systems, starting with the R1 and R2
zones (upper and bottom part, ongoing), followed by the R3 zone (central part, not yet
started). Dismantling is now proceeding at a good pace, with an average of 4 000 tonnes
of metallic waste coming from the dismantling of structures, systems and components per
year. About 82 000 tonnes out of 180 000 tonnes (estimated total amount of structure,
systems and components) have been dismantled by the end of 2025.
• For the dismantling of the reactor shafts (R3D project), given the first-of-kind nature of the
activity, two international and experienced companies were requested to deliver an
optioneering study and a following conceptual design, to prove the feasibility of the activity.
The optioneering studies were delivered in July 2024 and the conceptual designs in July
2025.
• Concerning radioactive waste management, the landfill repository was completed in 2021
and went into operation in 2022. Currently, about 11 665 m³ out of 15 000 m³ of class A
waste have been disposed of. The low-level and intermediate-level waste produced so far
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania) Nuclear decommissioning assistance programme of the ignalina nuclear power plant in Lithuania
is temporarily in storage buildings on site, waiting for the availability of the near surface
repository. The contract for the construction of the repository was signed in April 2024 and
it is expected to start operation in 2029.
• In August 2024, the contract for the dismantling of steam drum separators entered into
force and progressed as planned throughout 2025.
• The results of the R3D optioneering studies and subsequent conceptual designs highlighted
the need to revise the overall decommissioning baseline. The initial estimation of 2018 did
not rely on a detailed study – since the Ignalina decommissioning is a first-of-a-kind
operation – and appeared to be quite optimistic. After the involvement of two experienced
companies, the need to revise the schedule emerged as absolutely necessary. This exercise
is still ongoing and will result in a shift of the decommissioning end date; the operator is
putting in place adjustments and strategic decisions to minimise the impact.
Contribution to horizontal priorities.
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
This programme does not provide a specific contribution to the green budgeting priorities.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 72.5 98.9 68.8 67.1 74.7 382.0
Total: 72.5 98.9 68.8 67.1 74.7 382.0
• The gender equality perspective was considering in developing Council Regulation (EU)
2021/101. Nonetheless, nuclear decommissioning is the primary and sole objective of the
programme, which, as such, has no significant impact on gender equality and does not collect
gender-disaggregated data.
Nuclear Decommissioning (Lithuania) Nuclear decommissioning assistance programme of the ignalina nuclear power plant in Lithuania
Contribution to the digital transition
• There is no specific contribution to digital transition provided by this programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
Yes The programme aims at optimising waste management,
following a waste hierarchy approach whereby disposal is
the last resort, after having maximised opportunities for re-
use and recycling. This involves increasing the circularity of
materials in the economy, reducing the amount of waste
ending up in landfills. Such an approach not only reduces
environmental pressure but also provides economic and
social benefits. Special efforts are put to remove any
residual radioactive contamination from dismantled and
removed materials (concrete, steel, metals in general),
thorough verification of compliance with clearance levels in
line with Euratom Basic Safety.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
NUCLEAR DECOMMISSIONING
FINANCIAL PROGRAMME FOR THE DECOMMISSIONING OF
NUCLEAR FACILITIES AND THE MANAGEMENT OF RADIOACTIVE
WASTE (BULGARIA, SLOVAKIA AND THE JOINT RESEARCH CENTRE)
Concrete examples of achievements
4
pressurisers of the
primary circuit were
decontaminated at
units 1-4 of the
Kozloduy (Bulgaria)
nuclear power plant by
mid-2025.
126
is the average factor of
radioactive waste
volume reduction
achieved by the plasma
melting facility during
the campaign of 2025.
2
reactors and all
associated circuits were
completely dismantled
at the Bohunice
(Slovakia) V1 nuclear
power plant.
98%
of metals issued from
the dismantled
Bohunice rectors were
decontaminated,
verified and recycled as
non-radioactive
material by the end of
2025.
19
steam generators were
dismantled from the
Kozloduy (Bulgaria)
units 1-4 by the end of
2025.
1 048 tonnes
of radioactive waste
and materials were
processed at the Joint
Research Centre (JRC)
Ispra site between
2021 and 2025.
50%
of all radioactive waste
was managed and
removed at the JRC
Geel site between 2021
and 2025.
35
decommissioning
knowledge products
were shared between
2021 and 2025.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
69.2 43.9 56.5 60.5 70.5 78.6 89.8 469.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 69.2 43.9 56.5 60.5 70.5 78.6 89.8 469.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 297.3 469.0 63.4%
Payments 146.3 0.0 31.2%
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Kozloduy – radioactive waste stored or disposed of (tonnes)
0 21% 10 240 in 2030
2 204 by 2025 compared to a
target of 10 240
Deserves attention
Kozloduy – metal dismantled (tonnes)
0 71% 10 868 in 2030
7 669 by 2025 compared to a
target of 10 868
On track
Bohunice – low- level radioactive waste disposed of (tonnes)
0 77% 1 943 in 2027
1 497 by 2025 compared to a
target of 1 943
On track
Bohunice – metal dismantled from reactor buildings and components (tonnes)
0 26% 31 792 in 2027
8 341 by 2025 compared to a
target of 31 792
Deserves attention
JRC Ispra – radioactive waste processed (metric tonnes)
0 28% 3 725 in 2027
1 048 by 2025 compared to a
target of 3 725
Moderate progress
JRC Geel – fraction of materials and radioactive waste removed
0 50% 100% in 2027
50% in 2025 compared to a
target of 100%
Moderate progress
JRC Karlsruhe – materials/waste managed and removed
0 66% 80% in 2027 66% in 2025 compared to a target of 80%
On track
JRC Petten – materials and radioactive waste removed
0 40% 100% in 2027
40% in 2025 compared to a
target of 100%
Moderate progress
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
Number of knowledge products disseminated (53)
0 61% 57 in 2027 35 by 2025 compared to a target of 57
On track
• Kozloduy programme.
- Despite some delays at the start of its implementation, the Kozloduy programme is making good progress with dismantling and radioactive waste management. Improvements in sorting and processing materials allowed the planned fraction of free-released materials to be exceeded. This partly explains the significantly lower amount of radioactive waste stored or disposed of.
- Dismantling activities inside the reactor buildings are progressing according to the detailed decommissioning plan. The activity had started at a slower pace than planned in the 2014-2020 period but is now recovering steadily. It still remains too slow, however, and the timely achievement of the objectives for 2021-2027 is still at risk.
- In 2025, the Commission continued its actions launched in 2024 regarding the programme management capacities of the decommissioning operator SE RAW. After a dedicated 3-day workshop organised by the Commission, the operator produced a fully resourced and project- based programme schedule, reorganised its organisational structure for delivering the decommissioning programme, supplied its critical decisions regarding the decommissioning strategy with the necessary justifications and performed a risk analysis at the programme level.
- The programme has also made progress in dismantling the auxiliary buildings. The plasma melting facility has now been in industrial operation for several years and the construction works for the national disposal facility are being finalised. As its hot commissioning seemed to be further delayed for no justified reasons, the Commission imposed 1 April 2026 as the ultimate start date for the hot commissioning of the national disposal facility.
- The similar designs of the Kozloduy and Bohunice reactors provide an opportunity to share experiences, methods and tools, thus reducing risks and costs. In practice, it has allowed the decontamination of the primary circuits of Kozloduy nuclear power plant units 1-4 to be completed below budget and faster than planned, following on from experience at the Bohunice V1 nuclear power plant, by reusing the decontamination equipment transported from the Bohunice site. Unfortunately, it has not been possible to also transfer the technology for the fragmentation of the steam generators.
- In accordance with the performance baseline, the completion date for the Kozloduy programme remains 2030. However, a probabilistic analysis showed that the schedule had a less than 1% probability of success. This led the decommissioning operator to rethink its decommissioning strategy and prepare a new programme baseline. The operator submitted the proposed updated baseline in Q4 2025, which would extend the programme completion date to the end of 2032. An evaluation by the Commission and external experts indicated that the updated baseline was much more realistic. It will be implemented in the work programme from 2026 onwards.
• Bohunice programme.
- The dismantling of the large components in the Bohunice V1 reactor building has been completed. - Significant unforeseen additional radioactive contamination of the concrete of the reactor shafts
and the spent fuel pools resulted in higher amounts of very-low-level radioactive waste, which is partially being disposed of in the Mochovce (Slovakia) disposal facility and partially on site as material for backfilling.
(53) Such as guidance notes, case studies and reports.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
- Concerning the other indicators for Bohunice, namely the low-level radioactive waste disposed of and the metal dismantled from the reactor building, the results were on track in relation to the planned values for 2025.
- The delay was essentially caused by the fact that competitors in the tender filed complaints and appeals against the decisions taken, which led to an extremely long tendering process. The contract was signed at the end of 2024 and during 2025 the activities focused on the detailed planning of the demolition and preparing the regulatory approval.
• JRC’s decommissioning programme.
- At the Ispra site, progress in 2025 on the three main work streams (nuclear material and waste management, and decommissioning) included:
o the start of dismantling activities of two facilities: the old liquid effluents treatment station and the hot-cell laboratory (in which the dismantling works are well advanced);
o the preparation of operational plans for the decommissioning of the ESSOR nuclear research reactor, with the aim to submit them in 2026 as soon as the global decommissioning plan is approved;
o progress in the licensing tasks for the alienation of fresh nuclear material and completion of the preliminary revamping works in hot cells to centralise storage of irradiated nuclear material;
o preparation of batches and completion of all authorisation processes for radioactive metal melting;
o the update of the design for the recovery of the so-called ‘Roman pits’ (i.e. underground concrete ducts in which metallic radioactive waste was disposed of);
o the signature of a contract for the construction of the grouting station; o the conclusion of a call for tender for decommissioning support on all JRC sites, and
supplying a first lot of final waste package containers.
- At the Geel site, life cycle management of nuclear installations continued with systematic integration of end-of-life and decommissioning constraints. In parallel, preparatory technical actions for dismantling were initiated, including the preparation of glove boxes for future dismantling operations, increased characterisation of low-level radioactive waste to improve waste stream definition and downstream management readiness, and advancement of decommissioning planning for Building 010 through preparatory activities and supporting technical assumptions.
- At the Petten site, an additional set of historical radioactive wastes was disposed of in 2025, and waste-specific contractual activities progressed, with one contract fully completed and all related waste evacuated and transferred to the COVRA processing and storage facility. In parallel, the strategic assessment of governance and management scenarios for the decommissioning of the High Flux Reactor was finalised and provides a technical basis for structured discussions with the Dutch authorities, while preparatory work to update the decommissioning plan towards the 2027 milestone was initiated.
- At the Karlsruhe site, work progressed on consolidating the decommissioning strategy, including the definition of decommissioning and waste management approaches and the structuring of the associated waste inventory. In parallel, following the reopening of the KTE waste treatment pathway, a significant reduction of the legacy waste backlog was achieved through the processing and evacuation of 62 waste drums and the emptying and preparation for dismantling of 10 glove boxes, alongside continued preparation of additional glove boxes and increased characterisation of low-level radioactive waste and the completion of a specific contract defining the terms of reference for the update of the decommissioning plan.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
- Finally, in 2025, JRC has almost reached its goals in terms of number of knowledge products shared (such as guidance notes, case studies and reports). In 2026, the JRC will increase the generation and sharing of knowledge products linked to decommissioning and waste management. These knowledge products cover, for example, application of remotely-operated equipment for cutting pipelines in reactor sub-flow areas and removing radioactive sources from storage facilities, V1 NPP Operation termination strategy, public awareness approaches for nuclear decommissioning and radioactive waste management, and incineration of radioactive waste in bitumen matrix.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.3 0.2 0.7 3.2 0.0
4.5 1.0%
• This programme provides no specific contribution to the green budgeting priorities
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 69.2 43.9 56.5 60.5 70.5 300.7
Total: 69.2 43.9 56.5 60.5 70.5 300.7
• The gender equality perspective was considered in developing Council Regulation (Euratom)
2021/100. Nonetheless, nuclear decommissioning is the sole objective of the programme,
which, as such, has no significant impact on gender equality.
Nuclear Decommissioning Financial programme for the decommissioning of nuclear facilities and the management of radioactive waste (Bulgaria,Slovakiaand the joint research centre)
Contribution to the digital transition
• This programme provides no specific contribution to the digital transition.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
x One of the objectives of the programme is to demonstrate
the feasibility of decommissioning nuclear power reactors
and other nuclear facilities. As such, the programme has a
direct impact on the sustainability of the nuclear production
of energy in the EU (25% of the EU’s electricity production)
and on the public acceptability of nuclear energy within
Europe, hence contributing integrally to the SDG on
Affordable and clean energy.
SDG9:
Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
x Part of the programme is oriented to developing radioactive
waste treatment and management routes in the beneficiary
MS, including the construction or the improvement of
radioactive waste disposal facilities. Examples that illustrate
the contribution of the programme to SD9 (Industry,
Innovation and Infrastructure) include the installation of a
Plasma Melting Facility for volume reduction of the
radioactive waste, construction of disposal facilities for very
low level, low level and intermediate level radioactive waste,
etc. …
European Defence Fund
EUROPEAN DEFENCE FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
> EUR 4.1 billion
was allocated to the
European Defence Fund
(EDF) for the 2021-
2024 period to support
collaborative defence
research and
development projects
focused on
technologies and
products addressing
Member States’ needs
in line with commonly
agreed priorities.
26
Member States, plus
Norway and Ukraine,
hosted the 1 653 legal
entities participating in
the EDF projects
awarded from 2021 to
2024.
43% of the unique legal
entities participating in the 225 projects
supported under the EDF in the 2021-2024
period were self- declared small and
medium-sized enterprises (SMEs).
EUR 590 million
was allocated to
support collaborative
research and
development under the
EDF precursor
programmes from
2017 to 2020, namely
the preparatory action
on defence research
and the European
defence industrial
development
programme.
European Defence Fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
945.7 940.4 945.7 1 023.8 1 388.7 999.6 1 042.3 7 286.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
23.7 22.0 25.9 34.2 37.0 0.0 0.0 142.8
Total 969.4 962.4 971.6 1 058.0 1 425.7 999.6 1 042.3 7 429.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 5 392.5 7 429.0 72.6%
Payments 2 597.9 0.0 35.0%
European Defence Fund
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Collaborative research: number of funded actions
0 n/a n/a 132 from 2021 to 2024
n/a
Collaborative research: share of recipients that did not carry out research activities with defence applications before the entry into force of the fund
0 n/a n/a 81% (54) from
2021 to 2024
n/a
Collaborative capability development: share of number of funded actions that address the capability shortfalls identified in the capability development plan
0 n/a n/a 100% n/a
Job creation/support: defence research and development employees supported in funded
actions
0 n/a n/a 22 500 from 2021 to 2024 (2)
n/a
(1) The value corresponds to the newcomers to the EDF (participants in awarded research and development projects). It does not
necessarily mean that these newcomers had not previously carried out research activities with defence applications before the
entry into force of the fund (12 May 2021), for which consolidated information is not available. (2) A macroeconomic study conducted as part of the EDF interim evaluation estimates that the EDF will contribute to the creation of
around 35 000 jobs across the EU by 2030.
European Defence Fund
• The EDF fosters the competitiveness and innovation capacity of the European defence
technological and industrial base by supporting collaborative defence research and
development actions. Over the last years, through its incentives for cross-border cooperation,
the EDF has made a major contribution to reducing fragmentation within the European defence
technological and industrial base. To date, 225 EDF projects involve 1 634 unique
participants from 26 Member States, Norway and Ukraine, including entities from
regions where defence industry activity has traditionally been limited.
• In April 2025, the European Commission selected for funding 63 new defence industrial
projects under the EDF 2024 calls. These projects focus on critical technologies, including
artificial intelligence, quantum technologies and air defence, with the potential to drive
transformative change in the European defence sector. The EDF continues to be a major entry
point for small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs), mid-caps and research organisations.
SMEs account for 39% of unique participants and receive around 27% of EU funding.
Mid-caps represent 4% of participants and receive around 6% of funding. The EDF Work
Programme 2025 was published on 30 January 2025, allocating close to EUR 1 billion to
support collaborative research, development and innovation in Europe’s defence sector. By
16 October 2025, the Commission had received a record 410 project proposals in response
to the EDF 2025 calls for proposals, leading to funding awards exceeding EUR 1 billion. This
marked an unprecedented level of interest since the fund was launched in 2021 and
represented an increase of 38% compared to 2024, demonstrating the growing relevance
and attractiveness of the EDF. To stimulate disruptive innovation and attract new market
entrants, the EDF 2025 calls included dedicated funding under the European Defence
Innovation Scheme (EUDIS), allocating over EUR 400 million to support defence
innovation, among which over 140 million to support small-and medium- sized
enterprises in developing, prototyping and testing breakthrough defence technologies.
• In 2025, EUDIS continued to strengthen support for non-traditional defence actors, with a
particular focus on SMEs and start-ups. Two EUDIS Hackathons were organised across 16
locations in Europe, bringing together more than 800 participants. In 2025, EUDIS launched its
Business Accelerator and Matchmaking initiatives. The first cohort of the EUDIS Business
Accelerator supported 20 innovative companies. EUDIS Matchmaking delivered five in-person
events in different EU countries and two online events, facilitating targeted connections
between innovators, investors, corporates and end-users. EDF has also contributed to the
InvestEU Programme through blending with the EU guarantee, which contributed to the
mobilisation of additional investments. In particular, EDF contributed EUR 80 million via an
InvestEU top-up to the equity instrument, which is under indirect management by the European
Investment Fund for the target area of defence. Under the Defence Equity Facility the
European Investment Fund, approved ten operations and signed investment agreements with
eight funds (venture capital, private equity and private debt), strengthening access to finance
for defence SMEs and small midcaps.
European Defence Fund
• On 17 December 2025, the Commission adopted the EDF Work Programme 2026,
earmarking EUR 1 billion for collaborative research and development in the field of defence.
Commonly agreed critical defence capability priorities remain at the forefront, with half of the
budget dedicated to major capability developments.
• In June 2025, the Commission published the EDF Interim Evaluation, which confirmed that
the fund has significantly reduced duplication, strengthened SME participation and fostered
pan-European cooperation. The findings also underlined the need for a substantial increase
in defence research and development resources under the 2028-2034 multiannual
financial framework.
• The EDF continued to deliver strong value for money. A macroeconomic study conducted as
part of the EDF Interim Evaluation indicates significant long-term impacts on the defence
industry and the labour market. It estimates that every euro invested is expected to generate
more than EUR 4.5 in economic return by 2040, even before accounting for spillovers into
civilian technologies and wider industrial innovation. The study also estimates that the EDP will
support the creation of more than 35 000 jobs across the EU by 2030. These projections
are underpinned by the EDF’s contribution to reducing financial and technical risks for industry
and to strengthening cross-border collaboration along defence supply chains.
• The EDF Interim Evaluation identified a set of challenges that particularly relate to the need
to simplify procedures and facilitate access for new entrants, while maintaining a balanced
participation across the defence ecosystem. In addition, further reflection is required on how to
better ensure continuity of effort across the full development cycle, from lower to higher
technology readiness levels and prototyping and, more broadly, between research and
development, industrialisation, production ramp-up and procurement. Finally, the evaluation
underlined the importance of strengthening support for defence innovation and exploring
options for faster and leaner funding cycles in order to integrate innovative solutions more
rapidly, including in the context of the next multiannual financial framework.
• Building on the findings of the EDF Interim Evaluation, DG Defence Industry and Space has
started to pursue additional simplification measures up to 2027 and in preparation for the
next multiannual financial framework.
• In line with the ‘White Paper for European Defence – Readiness 2030’, the Commission
proposed major simplification initiatives through the mini-omnibus and the Defence
Readiness Omnibus. Two key measures will already apply from 2026. First, the administrative
burden linked to company ownership verification has been significantly reduced by extending
the validity of ownership control assessments from 18 to 36 months. Second, EDF grant
award criteria have been simplified, notably for SMEs and disruptive non-thematic calls, to
provide simpler, faster and more flexible support to innovators. These changes reduce
application documentation requirements by around half, allowing companies to save
substantial time and resources. Taken together, these measures are expected to generate total
cost savings exceeding EUR 100 million per year for both industry and the Commission.
• In addition, all EDF projects will be able to use the Financial Support to Third Parties
mechanism, further facilitating the participation of start-ups and SMEs through simplified
access to funding and easier integration into collaborative projects.
European Defence Fund
• Building on the EDF Interim Evaluation outcomes, the combined effect of these simplifications
and the shorter duration of disruptive projects is expected to accelerate the integration of
new defence solutions and enable more cost-efficient development of innovative technologies,
with the potential to shorten overall timelines by up to 28 months.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming (55) 82.8 19.3 25 40 93 50 N/A 310.1 4.3%
• The overall budget for EDF implementation is not specifically intended to target climate and
biodiversity mainstreaming or clean air directly. However, it may generate indirect positive
climate effects, as capability development projects and defence research increasingly take into
account the importance of sustainability in defence activities.
• The budget allocated to EDF calls under the category of action ‘Energy resilience and
environmental transition’ for the period 2021-2024 amounts to EUR 167.1 million.
• Over the period 2021-2024, a number of projects funded under the European Defence Fund
have demonstrated strong potential to contribute to energy resilience and environmental
transition in the defence sector. These initiatives address challenges related to energy efficiency,
sustainable resource management, and a reduced environmental footprint in military
operations. Notable examples include the INDY project, which develops a strategic roadmap for
energy independence and efficient deployable military camps; NOMAD, which focuses on
next-generation electrical energy storage solutions for forward operating bases; and
NEUMANN, which explores energy-efficient propulsion and advanced electrical and thermal
management systems for future air dominance platforms. Further initiatives include HEGAPS,
developing hybrid energy grid and propulsion coordination systems; MINEFIELD, which
advances energy-autonomous smart textiles capable of generating and storing power for
soldier systems; and ARCHYTAS, which investigates novel artificial intelligence accelerators
(55) Data are based on the EDF Multiannual Indicative Budget Summary presented in the EDF Work Programme 2026 for the
category of action ‘Energy resilience and environmental transition’.
European Defence Fund
designed to optimise energy consumption and computational efficiency. Additional projects
such as CALIPSO address innovative emission-reducing propulsion solutions for land and
naval platforms, while IMMUNE focuses on lighter and more sustainable personal protection
equipment. Complementing these efforts, ZEROWASTE explores circular approaches to
transform military equipment waste into energy and food resources, and S.W.I.F.T.
investigates advanced water reuse and purification technologies to ensure a safe and
sustainable water supply for deployed forces. Together, these projects illustrate the growing
integration of energy efficiency and environmental considerations within defence research and
innovation supported by the European Defence Fund.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 945.7 940.4 945.7 1 023.8 1 388.7 5 244.3
Total: 945.7 940.4 945.7 1 023.8 1 388.7 5 244.3
• In line with the EDF Regulation, the Commission seeks to achieve a balanced composition within
the independent expert groups, including on gender balance.
• Efforts are continuously made to seize all relevant opportunities related to the promotion of
gender equality, e.g. side events and workshops or including gender equality aspects in
communication activities and events.
• In January 2025, DG DEFIS launched the DIVERIS Network, aiming at promoting equal
opportunities and inclusive practices in the space and defence sectors by bringing together
individuals, companies, research organisations, public bodies, and civil society actors across
Europe. Its work focuses on building a resilient and diverse workforce, increasing representation,
attracting and retaining talent, raising awareness, and contributing to EU policies aligned with
post-2025 equality strategies. At the end of 2025, the network had a total of 63 members.
Gender disaggregated information
• Not applicable.
European Defence Fund
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% 2021-
2025
envelope
Digital
contribution ( 56)
240.9 224.5 245.0 284.0 0.0 994.4 19%
The EDF supports digital transition across multiple categories of action, including digital
transformation, cyber, disruptive technologies, and information superiority, as well as air combat,
ground combat, and naval combat, where collaborative combat technologies and systems are
developed.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• In line with Regulation 2024/795 (the “STEP” Regulation), the European Defence Fund
(EDF) is one of the directly managed EU budget instruments mobilised under the Strategic
Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP) to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European economy. In accordance with Article 4, the EDF is also one of the programmes authorised to award the STEP (Sovereignty) Seal under some of its calls for proposals.
• To date, STEP-relevant EDF projects have been funded with EUR 406.93 million, with
a total of 29 EDF project proposals awarded a STEP Seal by the European Commission.
• As a result of the entry into force on 23 December 2025 of the ‘Defence mini-omnibus EU
Regulation: incentivising defence-related investment in the EU budget to implement the
ReArm Europe Plan’, the scope of STEP, initially focusing on digital, clean, and bio
technologies, was extended to a fourth sector, namely defence technologies.
• This extension was complemented by a recent mid-term review of the cohesion policy
regulatory framework, which aims to support funding in EU-selected priorities, including
competitiveness (through STEP) and defence.
(56) Data are based on the EDF Multiannual Indicative Budget Summary presented in the EDF Work Programme 2026,
representing the cumulative value of amounts corresponding to the categories of action ‘Digital transition’, ‘Cyber’, ‘Information superiority’, and ‘Disruptive technologies’.
European Defence Fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern
energy for all
The EDF supports research and development projects focused
on increasing the energy efficiency of military equipment and
facilities, and energy-saving technologies for defence
applications.
The budget allocated to EDF calls under the category of
action ‘Energy resilience and environmental transition’ for
the period 2021-2024 amounts to EUR 167.1 million.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic
growth, full and productive employment and decent work for
all
The EDF investments in defence research and development
stimulate economic growth by supporting and creating highly
qualified jobs and fostering innovation in the defence
industry throughout the EU, Norway and Ukraine.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and
sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
The EDF supports projects aimed at fostering innovation in
defence technology and infrastructure. This includes
research into advanced materials, cybersecurity solutions,
autonomous systems, and other cutting-edge technologies
relevant to defence applications. By investing in these areas,
the EDF helps strengthen Europe's industrial base and
improve its technological capabilities.
European Defence Fund
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
ACT IN SUPPORT OF AMMUNITION PRODUCTION (ASAP)
THE EU PROGRAMME TO SUPPORT THE EU INDUSTRY IN RAMPING
UP ITS PRODUCTION CAPACITIES IN AMMUNITION AND MISSILES
Concrete examples of achievements
31
projects were launched
in 2024 under the Act
in Support of
Ammunition Production
(ASAP) programme.
16
EU Member States, and
Norway, are
participating in the
programme in 2024-
2027.
> EUR 1.5 billion
in total investment is
expected to be
leveraged by the end of
2027 through EU
funding, combined with
contributions from the
European defence
industry, Member
States and Norway.
2 million
is the objective at the
European level for the
annual production
capacity of 155 mm
artillery shells, to which
projects supported
under ASAP are already
contributing.
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 157.0 343.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 500.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 15.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 15.9
Total 0.0 0.0 157.0 358.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 515.9
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 515.9 515.9 100.0%
Payments 225.9 0.0 43.8%
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of single
entities in the
selected projects
0 n/a n/a 31 unique
participants by
2025
n/a
Number of
Member States in
which these
entities are
established
0 n/a n/a 16 Member
States and
Norway by 2025
n/a
Number of
proposals
submitted
0 100% 82 82 proposals
submitted by
2025
Achieved
Number of funded
projects
0 n/a n/a 31 projects
funded by 2025
n/a
Value and share of
contracts awarded
to small and
medium-sized
enterprises and
mid-caps
0 n/a n/a EUR 182.9 million,
or 35.7% of the
overall budget, by
2025
n/a
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
ASAP fosters the efficiency and competitiveness of the EU’s defence technological and industrial
base to support the ramping up of production capacity and the timely delivery of relevant defence
products through industrial reinforcement.
The ASAP work programme was adopted on 18 October 2023, with a total budget of
EUR 500 million, supplemented by an additional contribution of approximately EUR 16 million from
Norway.
Five calls for proposals were launched on 18 October 2023. The European defence industry
demonstrated significant interest, submitting 82 proposals across all calls. Once these proposals
had been evaluated, 31 projects were selected for funding with a budget in excess of
EUR 500 million to stimulate the production of ammunition. The award decision for ASAP projects
was announced in June 2024, with all grant agreements being signed by the end of 2024.
The programme is currently supporting the implementation of projects in the following areas.
• Explosives. Seven projects, with a portfolio budget of around EUR 124 million.
• Powder. Eleven projects, with a portfolio budget of around EUR 248 million.
• Shells. Seven projects, with a portfolio budget of around EUR 90 million.
• Missiles. Five projects, with a portfolio budget of around EUR 50 million.
• Testing and reconditioning. One project, with a portfolio budget of around EUR 2 million.
The selected projects will address bottlenecks throughout the ammunition and missile supply
chains in the EU and Norway by supporting the industry in rapidly adjusting to new market trends
and reducing dependencies. For instance, ASAP will help with extending or modernising existing
lines, creating new lines, setting out plans to repurpose old ammunition, securing value chains and
addressing skills gaps.
In general, projects are expected to be completed within a maximum of 36 months after grant
signature. To avoid potential delays to industrial initiatives contributing to ensuring the effective
supply and timely availability of ammunitions and missiles, ASAP provides for a retroactivity clause
so that initiatives that began after 20 March 2023 may be eligible for EU support.
An evaluation report, as provided for in the ASAP Regulation (Regulation (EU) 2023/1525 on
supporting ammunition production), was published on 8 July 2024. ASAP’s implementation has
demonstrated the effectiveness of an emergency instrument in the European defence industry,
one of its key achievements being the contribution to reaching the production capacity target of
over 2 million artillery shells per year, a milestone expected to be achieved by the end of 2026.
The main challenges in ASAP implementation include potential delays caused by supply chain
disruptions, logistical difficulties and environmental permitting requirements for new industrial
production facilities.
In order to address ASAP implementation challenges, the defence readiness roadmap 2030,
presented in October 2025, outlines measures to secure critical materials, streamline permitting
and authorisation processes and support Member States in overcoming administrative or
procedural bottlenecks that could delay implementation.
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
Building on this approach, future initiatives under the European defence industry programme will
continue the same logic, reinforcing industrial capacities in the production of defence equipment
and ammunition.
A further evaluation report to the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union on
the implementation of ASAP is envisaged for the fourth quarter of 2026.
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
• The overall budget for ASAP implementation was not specifically intended to target climate or
biodiversity mainstreaming directly. However, it may have indirect positive effects on climate
by benefiting certain industrial entities participating in the programme.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 157.0 343.0 0.0 500.0
Total: 0.0 0.0 157.0 343.0 0.0 500.0
• ASAP is not directly targeted at gender equality initiatives. However, it continues to make
indirect contributions by gradually raising awareness of the related aspects within the EU’s
defence technological and industrial base.
Gender-disaggregated information
• Not applicable
Act in support of ammunition production (asap) The EU programme to support the eu industry in ramping up its production capacities in ammunition and missiles
Contribution to the digital transition
• The overall ASAP budget was not specifically intended to directly target the digital transition,
but it takes related aspects into account, considering new technological developments within
the EU's defence technological and industrial base. This includes, for example, technological
advancements related to the modernisation of production lines and the establishment of new
ones.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG9: Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and sustainable industrialization and foster innovation
Yes ASAP will support the extension and modernisation of
existing production lines, as well as the establishment of
new ones based on new construction & operational
standards.
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
EU DEFENCE INDUSTRY REINFORCEMENT THROUGH
COMMON PROCUREMENT ACT (EDIRPA)
PROGRAMME TO ADRESS THE EU’S MOST URGENT AND CRITICAL
DEFENCE CAPABILITY GAPS AND INCENTIVISE THE EU MEMBER
STATES TO PROCURE DEFENCE PRODUCTS JOINTLY
Concrete examples of achievements
EUR 310 million
is the total budget of
the EU Defence
Industry Reinforcement
through Common
Procurement Act
(Edirpa) programme for
2024-2026, which will
facilitate access for
participating Member
States to urgently
needed defence
products.
EUR 11 billion
is the procurement
value of defence
products for the armed
forces of Member
States expected to be
leveraged by the
programme.
5
cross-border projects
have been chosen to
support more
coordinated and
efficient defence
procurement among EU
Member States.
20
Member States were
involved in the
preparation of projects
under Edirpa, some of
which are engaging in
common defence
procurement for the
first time.
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 0.0 250.2 40.0 0.0 0.0 290.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 8.8 1.0 0.0 0.0 9.8
Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 258.9 41.1 0.0 0.0 300.0
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 300.0 300.0 100.0%
Payments 63.0 0.0 21.0%
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress (*) Target Results Assessment
Number of
proposals submitted by
applicants
n/a n/a n/a 12 at the end
of 2024 n/a
Number of
projects selected for
funding
n/a n/a n/a 5 at the end
of 2024 n/a
Average
number of
Member States
involved in a
consortium /
associated countries
involved in a
consortium
concerning the
projects
selected for funding
n/a n/a n/a 6 at the end
of 2024 n/a
Estimated
value of the
common
procurement
contracts by
consortia of
Member States
and associated
countries
n/a n/a n/a EUR 11 billion at the end of
2024 n/a
Actual financial
contribution of the EU to each
action
n/a n/a n/a
EUR 60 million per action at the end of
2024
n/a
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
• Edirpa was adopted by the co-legislators on 18 October 2023 and is implemented through a single work programme that was adopted by the Commission on 15 March 2024.
• The Edirpa Instrument will facilitate access for all Member States to defence products that
are urgently needed. By rewarding defence procurement cooperation among Member States,
Edirpa aims to offset the complexity often associated with common procurement.
• On 14 November 2024, the European Commission approved funding for five cross-border
projects related to the common procurement of air and missile defence systems, ammunition
and platforms to support more coordinated and efficient defence procurement among Member
States, as follows.
Procurement of air and missile defence systems. Two projects will bolster joint air
and missile defence capabilities. The Mistral project supports the common procurement
of Mistral very-short-range air defence systems by seven Member States (Denmark,
Estonia, Spain, France, Cyprus, Hungary and Romania). Another project, JAMIE (joint air
missile defence initiative in Europe), will support the common procurement of IRIS-T
SLM medium-range air defence systems by five Member States (Bulgaria, Germany,
Estonia, Latvia,and Slovenia). These are systems for protection against air threats such
as combat aircraft, attack helicopters and unmanned air systems.
Procurement of modern armoured vehicles. Edirpa will also support the
procurement of the Common Armoured Vehicle System, a modern armoured carrier for
protected troop transport, by four Member States (Germany, Latvia, Finland and
Sweden). These modern armoured vehicles offer high performance and unprecedented
mobility.
Procurement of ammunition. In two further projects, Edirpa will support the common
procurement of 155 mm artillery ammunition, namely the CPoA 155mm project,
involving six Member States (Denmark, Croatia, Italy, Lithuania, the Netherlands and
Poland), and the HE 155mm project, involving four Member States (Germany, Denmark,
Estonia and the Netherlands).
• Aggregating EU demand on a wider scale will provide the defence industry in the EU with stronger and more long-term signals to ramp up its manufacturing capacities and make the defence market ready to face a changed security environment. Buying more, together and European-made will also improve the interoperability of EU defence systems and capabilities.
• Edirpa was designed as a short-term instrument to incentivise collaborative procurement by Member States through financial support from the EU.
• Following the adoption of the award decision, the Commission engaged with the participating Member States to prepare the implementation phase, including the drawing up of grant agreements and the clarification of procedural and contractual steps required at the national level.
• During 2025, the Commission coordinated with the national authorities responsible for the procurement procedures to monitor the progress of the preparatory work and to ensure alignment with the requirements of the programme.
• It is expected that all procurement measures will enter the implementation phase by the end of 2026, with meaningful reporting data likely to become available gradually.
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
• The main challenges in implementing Edirpa stem from the complexity of common defence procurement and the need for effective coordination between Member States within the contractual framework.
• To address implementation challenges, the defence readiness roadmap 2030, presented in October 2025, also highlighted the importance of secure supply chains, harmonised permitting procedures and smoother national approval processes for procurement contracts. This reinforces Edirpa’s objective to enable collaborative acquisitions across Member States and to minimise delays linked to administrative or regulatory hurdles.
• Future actions under the European defence industry programme will continue this logic, ensuring that collaborative procurement efforts translate effectively into operational outcomes.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
The overall budget for Edirpa implementation was not intended to target climate and biodiversity
mainstreaming directly.
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 250.2 40.0 290.2
Total: 0.0 0.0 0.0 250.2 40.0 290.2
Edirpa is not directly targeted at gender equality initiatives. Nevertheless, indirect contributions
supporting the gradual raising of awareness of this horizontal Commission priority are continually
made as opportunities arise.
Gender-disaggregated information
Not applicable
EU defence industry reinforcement through common procurement act
(edirpa) Programme to adress the eu’s most urgent and critical defence capability gaps and incentivise the eu member states to procure defence products jointly
Contribution to the digital transition
Edirpa is not directly targeted at the digital transition; however, it takes the digital transition into
account in view of emerging technological developments within the EU defence technological and
industrial base. In this context, the award criteria include elements related to the competitiveness
of the EU defence technological and industrial base and its adaptation to structural changes,
including technological transformation.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
Edirpa indirectly supports and contributes to some SDGs, but the programme was not created directly to deliver on all 17 SDGs.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
NEIGHBOURHOOD, DEVELOPMENT AND INTERNATIONAL
COOPERATION INSTRUMENT – GLOBAL EUROPE
Concrete examples of achievements
220 000
extremely vulnerable
Sudanese people (in
particular women and
young people) were
assisted by emergency
response rooms in
2025.
1.3 million
refugees from 280 000
households in Türkiye
received cash transfers
as beneficiaries of the
social safety net
programme in 2025.
5 734 793
migrants, refugees and
internally displaced
people or individuals
from host communities
were protected or
assisted between 2021
and 2025.
120 000
new jobs have been
created and 80 000
small and medium-
sized enterprises have
been supported through
the EU4Business
initiative in the Eastern
Neighbourhood since
2023.
400
journalists and media
employees of 17 media
outlets were supported
in Moldova in 2024-
2025, to counteract
foreign information
manipulation and
interference in the
context of elections.
276 859
smallholders were able
to increase their
sustainable production,
access to markets or
land security between
2021 and 2025.
420
schools were restored
and 59 constructed
across Tunisian
governorates from
2018 to 2025, thanks
to EUR 22.5 million in
EU support under the
school modernisation
programme.
5 295 545
people were given
access to improved
drinking water sources
or sanitation facilities
between 2021 and
2025.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
12 259.0 12 424.0 12 016.8 11 364.5 11 103.1 9 881.9 10 284.8 79 334.1
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
6.0 33.1 1 037.8 77.7 31.7 0.0 0.0 1 186.3
Total 12 265.0 12 457.1 13 054.6 11 442.2 11 134.7 9 881.9 10 284.8 80 520.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 61 886.1 80 520.7 76.9%
Payments 29 826.4 0.0 37.0%
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Proportion of
population
below the
international
poverty line
8.08% 8% 3.9% in 2030 7.7% in 2024
compared to
a target of
3.9%
Moderate
progress
Number of
individuals with
access to
improved
drinking water
sources and/or
sanitation
facilitation with
EU support
0 21% 25.6 million
in 2030
5.3 million in
2025
compared to
a target of
25.6 million
On track
Number of
students
enrolled in
education:
primary
education,
secondary
education, and
number of
people who
have benefited
from institution-
or workplace-
based
vocational
education and
training / skills-
development
interventions,
supported by
the EU
0 3% 116.7 million
in 2030
3 million in
2025
compared to
a target of
116.7 million
Moderate
progress
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Number of
migrants,
refugees and
internally
displaced people
or individuals
from host
communities
protected or
assisted with EU
support
0 22% 25.1 million
in 2030
5.7 million in
2025
compared to
a target of
25.1 million
On track
Number of
countries and
cities with
climate-change
and/or disaster-
risk-reduction
strategies with
EU support
0 3% 730 in 2030 22 in 2025
compared to
a target of
730
On track
Greenhouse gas
emissions
avoided with EU
support (Ktons
of CO2
equivalent)
0 0% 62.8 million
in 2030
2 432 in
2025
compared to
a target of
62.8 million
Moderate
progress
Leverage of
investments and
multiplier effect
achieved
12 0% 10 in 2030 0 in 2024 No data
Number of
individuals
directly
benefiting from
EU-supported
interventions
that specifically
aim to support
civilian post-
conflict,
peacebuilding or
conflict
prevention
0 > 100% 49.6 million
in 2033
50.8 million
in 2024
compared to
a target of
49.6 million
in 2033
Achieved
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
• In 2025, the European Commission advanced the EU’s Global Gateway initiative, strengthening
strategic partnerships worldwide through sustainable investment. Key milestones included the
EU–African Union Summit and the Global Gateway Forum, scaling up the Africa–Europe
investment package and implementing the Samoa Agreement with the Organisation of African,
Caribbean and Pacific States. The EU–Community of Latin American and Caribbean States
Summit solidified ties with Latin America and the Caribbean, with more than 80 projects
advancing under the Global Gateway Investment Agenda, including regional electricity
integration and sargassum valorisation. In Asia and the Pacific, the EU–Central Asia Summit
secured a EUR 12 billion investment package, while Indo-Pacific partnerships (e.g. with Australia
and Japan) focused on connectivity and critical raw materials.
• In the digital sector, the EU International Digital Strategy drove initiatives like the EU–Latin
American and Caribbean supercomputing network and Mozambique’s Digital Economy Package.
Climate action saw progress via the Africa–Europe Green Energy Initiative, NaturAfrica and Just
Energy Transition Partnerships, alongside circular economy and critical raw materials supply
chain investments.
• Transport infrastructure projects prioritised green shipping, railways and urban mobility,
aligning with the Sustainable Transport Investment Plan. Human development efforts included
health system strengthening (e.g. the Gavi Pledging Summit), education (12% budget allocation
over 2021-2024 of International Partnerships actions), and water-sanitation programmes.
Migration governance improved through partnerships with Mauritania and Senegal, while fragile
contexts (e.g., Afghanistan, the Democratic Republic of the Congo) received EUR 121.5 million
for resilience and peacebuilding.
• Multilateralism was reinforced via cooperation with the United Nations (UN) and International
Financial Institutions (IFIs), including a new EU–World Bank agreement, and the Team Europe
approach remained central, ensuring private sector engagement and human-rights-based
investment.
• EU support in the Eastern Neighbourhood continued to advance EU policy objectives on the rule
of law, connectivity, energy and local development, despite a challenging geopolitical
environment. Key achievements include the launch of a rule-of-law practitioners’ community
through the Warsaw workshop with the Polish Presidency of the Council of the European Union,
and continued support for justice reforms via the Venice Commission’s Quick Response
Mechanism, which funded six opinions for Armenia and Moldova. Energy transition efforts
progressed through the EU4Energy programme, supporting Moldova’s and Ukraine’s alignment
with the EU energy acquis on the enlargement track. The Covenant of Mayors East attracted
growing numbers of signatories, particularly in Moldova and Ukraine. The Mayors for Economic
Growth programme advanced local economic development through mission-oriented portfolios
and targeted energy resilience support in Moldova’s security zone. However, Russia’s war of
aggression against Ukraine and regional instability continue to constrain implementation
timelines and absorption capacity.
• The European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus (EFSD+) performed its central role in
delivering on the Global Gateway by sharing the risks of development finance partners when
they mobilise their own resources, thereby attracting additional investors, particularly from the
private sector.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
• The EU budget extended guarantee covers for European Investment Bank loans of
approximately EUR 4 billion, which are expected to leverage EUR 14 billion in total investment,
and open architecture guarantees for EUR 2.5 billion, with an estimated total investment of at
least EUR 5 billion. Blending operations of the European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus,
in the same period, amounted to an EU contribution of EUR 1.5 billion and are projected to
leverage EUR 23 billion in investment.
• The Commission continued to strengthen its engagement in the Middle East. In Syria, post-
Assad-regime developments led to reinvigorated EU relations and increased support for the
country’s recovery efforts. Further EU support contributed to Syria recording its largest-ever
number of primary education students in 2025. In Lebanon, the Commission focused its efforts
on supporting the country’s reform agenda and post-conflict recovery action. A Strategic and
Comprehensive Partnership was signed with Jordan, backed by a financial and investment
package for 2025-2027, estimated at EUR 3 billion. Further EU support contributed to the
highest number of students enrolled in primary education recorded in 2025 in Syria.
• The Commission advanced the EU’s strategic goals in the Gulf region with an emphasis on
energy, digital, investment, research and people-to-people exchanges. This included launching
Strategic Partnership Agreements with Gulf Cooperation Council countries. In Yemen, the focus
is on providing support for mediation and humanitarian assistance together with support for
livelihoods and social protection. In 2025, Yemen had the largest number of people (within the
Middle East and North Africa region) benefiting from vocational education and training to
develop skills with EU assistance.• The Commission continued to uphold peace and stability in 2025 through 85 new crisis-
response interventions, to the amount of EUR 228.85 million, and 35 new thematic
interventions, to the amount of EUR 112.45 million. This included responding to Russia’s war of
aggression against Ukraine, supporting the Middle East peace process, addressing instability in
Lebanon, Sudan and Syria and fighting disinformation in Moldova and the Sahel. Interventions
focused on peace mediation, conflict prevention, demining, maritime security and cybersecurity,
energy resilience, fighting terrorism and organised crime, and human rights accountability.
• Additionally, the Commission implemented 16 new interventions, to the amount of
EUR 42.71 million, to support EU foreign policy needs in 2025, leveraging the EU’s worldwide
influence in areas such as environmental protection, foreign information manipulation and
interference, and public and cultural diplomacy.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 1 909.4 3 570.1 3 208.5 3 036.9 2 790.2 2 684.0 2 759.0 19 958.2 25.2%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 529.7 920.8 1 020.6 1 112.9 880.4 1 017.8 1 017.9 6 500.1 8.2%
• The Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe
(NDICI – Global Europe) Regulation states that actions under NDICI – Global Europe are
expected to contribute 30% of its overall financial envelope to climate objectives. According to
preliminary estimates, the EU has allocated approximately XX% of its NDICI – Global Europe
funding to actions that contribute to addressing climate change during the 2021-2025 period.
• In the next years, it is important to sustain the strengthening of the climate change dimension
in Global Gateway investments and other NDICI – Global Europe funded actions to ensure that
they continue contributing to the green transition in all relevant sectors such as sustainable
energy, urban mobility, transport, agriculture/value chains, digital, circular economy and waste
management, water infrastructure, land and integrated coastal management.
• Robust processes and tools are in place to ensure effective mainstreaming of climate change,
environment and disaster risk reduction considerations across relevant actions, including by
checking and reviewing all actions at early stage. The European Commission developed a
comprehensive toolbox to better mainstream environment and climate change in EU
cooperation, the Greening EU cooperation toolbox which aligns with the European Green Deal
as well as the Global Gateway strategy. Capacity building of Commission staff in headquarters
and delegations is being ensured through a series of training sessions and webinars.
• The EU is actively advancing the green transition in the Eastern Partnership through targeted
programmes delivering concrete results. The EU4Climate Resilience programme
(EUR 17 million) provides technical support and pilot projects to strengthen climate adaptation
at municipal level, helping partner countries meet their Paris Agreement commitments and
align with EU legislation. Building on this, the EU4Ggreen Recovery East programme
(EUR 21.3 million), launched in 2025, supports water management, approximation of the EU
environmental acquis, and the promotion of circular economy practices within the private
sector.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
• Regarding the biodiversity objective more specifically, the programme contributed 7.22% over
the 2021-2024 period. Preliminary calculations for 2025 indicate a slightly increased
aggregated contribution of 7.34% over the 2021-2025 period. However, these efforts will need
to be sustained during the remaining period of the Multiannual Financial Framework, with a
view to support the Commission’s political ambitions for biodiversity and the achievement of
the 10% overall MFF target for 2026 and 2027. Therefore, a comprehensive approach—
combining the development of a substantial portfolio of biodiversity-related measures with the
mainstreaming of biodiversity across relevant sectors and initiatives—should be further
strengthened to reverse the downward trend observed in 2025 and comply with the
Commission’s ambitions.
• The New Pact for the Mediterranean seeks to enhance collaboration on clean energy and
technology to foster a shared space of peace and prosperity in the Mediterranean region. Using
the advantages of the region’s renewable resources, the Trans-Mediterranean Energy and Clean
Tech cooperation initiative aims to attract substantial private sector investments in renewable
energy and clean technology within the Middle East and North Africa region. Key objectives
include improving energy efficiency, boosting renewable energy and hydrogen production,
integrating electricity markets, and strengthening the region’s energy resilience and
diversification. A focus on circular economy principles presents economic opportunities and
incentivises research and innovation. Addressing subsidies in some countries’ energy systems
to improve macroeconomic stability, and ensuring biodiversity and ecosystem risks are
assessed, is crucial.
• In the realm of Mediterranean forest governance, the proposal addresses challenges stemming
from intense wildfires and socio-economic factors such as urbanisation, inadequate
environmental governance, and rural depopulation. These exacerbate climate impacts and
negatively influence biodiversity, soil, and regional development. Enhanced forest governance
emphasises prevention through sustainable management rather than fire suppression. Drawing
from European expertise, the programme targets the restoration of 8 million hectares of
degraded land, focusing on land productivity and ecosystem services. Efforts include
implementing harmonised policies, facilitating participatory, science-based policymaking, and
promoting gender-sensitive approaches. The initiative aims to safeguard biodiversity, water
security, and climate resilience by fostering cooperation across borders and improving forest
management to reduce socio-economic disparities.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 178.5 143.9 630.0 427.8 119.8 1 500.0
1 8 658.5 11 337.3 10 948.4 9 560.8 8 420.8 48 925.8
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 3 422.0 942.8 438.4 1 375.9 2 562.5 8 741.6
Total: 12 259.0 12 424.0 12 016.8 11 364.5 11 103.1 59 167.4
• The NDICI – Global Europe Regulation requires that at least 85% of all new external actions
under the instrument contribute to gender equality as a significant (a gender policy marker
score of G1 from the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development’s Development
Assistance Committee) or principal objective (a score of G2) and that at least 5% of those
actions should target gender equality as principal objective.
• Between 2021 and 2025, the share of external actions contributing to gender equality and
women’s empowerment reached 83%, and of those, 4.7% (about 90 programmes at the
country, regional and global levels) had gender equality as principal objective.
• For instance, among the actions scoring G2, the Advocacy, Coalition Building and Transformative
Feminist Action (ACT) Programme is a EUR 22 million initiative funded by the European Union
and implemented by UN Women. The programme strengthens women’s rights movements to
advocate and work with public authorities on policy and legal reforms and accountability
mechanisms to end all forms of violence against women and girls, particularly in contexts of
shrinking civic space.
• In 2025, through the advocacy, coalition building and transformative feminist action
programme, women’ rights organisations and activists shaped more than 20 global and
regional normative and policy processes, such as the adoption of the Mercosur Agreement on
the Mutual Recognition of Protection Measures for Women in Situations of Gender-Based
Violence, the ratification of ILO Convention 190, and continental justice and accountability
frameworks, notably the African Union Convention on Ending Violence against Women and Girls.
• In March 2025, The African Union Commission, the United Nations, and the European Union
signed the regional agreement on the implementation of the Spotlight Initiative Africa Regional
Programme 2.0, which aims to drive action against Violence against Women and Girls (VAWG),
harmful practices, and to promote sexual and reproductive health and rights across Africa.
• Gender equality continues to be mainstreamed across Global Gateway flagships initiatives.
Examples are the FinnFund’s Africa Connected Programme, marked G1, which is in its second
year of implementation and deploys one third of the EU guarantee to reduce the gender digital
gap divide in rural areas. The Micro, Small, and Medium Enterprises (MSME) Platform and its
successor EDFI MSME Plus support micro, small, and medium-sized enterprises in sub-Saharan
Africa and the EU Neighbourhood with a target job creation rate of 50% for women.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
• A recent independent evaluation of the implementation of GAP III published in December 2025
points to existing leeway for increasing the impact of EU actions through political dialogue,
gender mainstreaming and targeted measures supported by a strong Team Europe approach
as well as the need to further integrate gender lenses in Global Gateway sectorial investments.
• The EU has driven measurable progress on gender equality across the Eastern Partnership.
Through the EU4 Gender Equality Reform Helpdesk (2021-2025), 3 149 government employees
strengthened their skills in gender-responsive budgeting, gender mainstreaming, and gender
impact assessments. The EU4 Gender Equality component, implemented by UN Women and the
United Nations Population Fund, reached over 8.2 million people in 2025 with messages
challenging gender stereotypes and preventing violence against women and girls, while 3 505
participants across five partner countries engaged in innovative activities including Fathers’
Schools and community dialogues. Policy dialogue advanced through the fourth Eastern
Partnership Working Group on Gender Equality in Moldova, focusing on women’s access to
justice, and a high-level event co-organised by the European Commission and SIDA in Brussels,
which highlighted the need for systemic transformation and showcased gender-lens investing
initiatives supporting women-owned businesses and women in non-traditional professions.
• In 2025, the EU also supported gender-sensitive conflict and resilience analyses to underpin
responses to crises (e.g. in the Central African Republic, Ethiopia, Israel/Palestine (57),
Mozambique, Somalia and Ukraine). It also influenced peace processes such as that in the
Middle East to incorporate gender equality objectives. Supporting women’s organisations within
peace structures, like the Women’s Advisory Council for Middle East Peace, the EU strengthens
women’s role in conflict prevention and resolution, which makes peacebuilding more inclusive
and sustainable.
• The Commission supported women’s role in counterterrorism through their inclusion in law
enforcement, investigation and prosecution activities. It will help set up a practitioners’ network
to share best practices and peer support.
Gender-disaggregated information
Not applicable
(57) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the individual positions
of the Member States on this issue.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 1 493.4 2 986.4 2 176.9 1 998.6 2 011.4 10 666.8 18.0%
• In 2025, the EU strengthened the implementation of the Global Gateway digital pillar and the
EU’s role as a trusted partner for human-centric digital transformation in partner countries. The
adoption of the EU International Digital Strategy provided a strategic framework for an
integrated EU tech business offer, combining secure connectivity, trustworthy artificial
intelligence, cybersecurity, space-based services, trusted digital infrastructure and Digital Public
Infrastructure. This translated into key initiatives such as the EU-LAC supercomputing network,
the Blue Raman flagship and the Digital Economy Package launched in Mozambique. The
D4DHub remained a key platform to facilitate investments at scale in a Team Europe approach
and deliver a sustainable and human-centric digital transformation globally. Also, the EU
initiated a new program to strengthen digital partnerships and digital cooperation in the Asia
and the Pacific region in areas such as the digital economy, connectivity, governance,
entrepreneurship, skills, standardisation, and security of technologies and infrastructure,
including subsea cables.
• The EU advanced the digital transition across the Eastern Partnership (EaP) through flagship
programmes delivering tangible impact. The EU4Digital Facility accelerated regulatory
alignment, supported Moldova’s and Ukraine’s integration into the EU roaming area, and
developed an innovative AI tool to facilitate acquis transposition in candidate countries. Its
EU4Digital Academy equipped users across the region with essential digital skills through free
online training. The Eastern Partnership’s connect programme strengthened research
collaboration by providing high-speed internet to universities and research institutes across the
region. EU4Innovation East fostered entrepreneurship by organising major Startup Summits in
Armenia and Moldova and providing incubation and early-stage funding to local startups.
• In the Mediterranean region, the Hannibal project, adopted in 2024 is supporting Tunisia with
the financing of over EUR 200 million worth of investment in the country’s network, including
connection to the EU via the Medusa submarine cable, fibre roll-out and fibre backbone
modernisation, the upgrading of mobile networks and investment in a new cybersecure 5G
mobile core infrastructure.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG Does the programme
contribute to the goal? Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
yes The EU-funded Strengthening Institutional and
Economic Resilience in Yemen (SIERY) project,
implemented by UNDP in Yemen, drives poverty
reduction through targeted economic and institutional
interventions amid the country’s severe crisis, where
millions face food insecurity and unemployment. By
empowering local authorities and communities, it
creates sustainable livelihoods without relying solely
on short-term aid. SIERY generates jobs via grants to -
sized enterprises and skills training for thousands,
including women entrepreneurs, boosting household
incomes in conflict zones. Infrastructure like schools,
water systems, and agri-centres improves access to
essentials, reducing daily hardships for over 7 million
people. Local governance strengthening ensures
equitable service delivery, fostering self-reliance and
economic recovery in districts hit hardest by poverty.
Revolving funds and market linkages, such as in
Hadramaut’s export sectors, enable ongoing business
growth and resilience against shocks. The EU
contribution to this programme was EUR 69.8 million
in 2020 to 2025.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
yes Extreme poverty and hunger are predominantly rural,
with smallholder farmers and their families making
up a significant proportion of the poor and hungry.
Understanding and acting on the interlinkages
between supporting sustainable agriculture,
empowering small farmers, promoting gender
equality, ending rural poverty, ensuring healthy
lifestyles, adequate nutrition, and tackling climate
change is thus key to achieving SDG2. The degree of
complexity requires investments across diverse
sectors, stakeholders and objectives, and a robust
Team Europe dynamic. For example, in 2025 at the
Nutrition for growth event in Paris, the EU pledged
EUR 3.4 billion to support nutrition for 2024-27. A
2025 compendium highlighted the complementary
initiatives of the European Commission and 14
Member States, and showed that 73% of GAIN’s
Nourishing Food Pathway (NFP) programme budget
comes from the European Commission and the
governments of Germany, the Netherlands and
Ireland, demonstrating Team Europe’s strong
engagement on nutrition. The NFP programme
currently operates in 11 countries, where assistance
specifically aims to enhance the consumption of safe
and nutritious foods in a sustainable manner. It
encompasses six key workstreams: policy coherence,
amplifying the voices of youth and women, improving
market access, leveraging private sector finance,
integrating nutrition with environmental
considerations, and conducting monitoring and
evaluation.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes The Team Europe initiative on manufacturing and
access to vaccines, medicines and health technologies
(MAV+) collaborates with African partners to enhance
local pharmaceutical systems and manufacturing
capacity. This initiative adopts a comprehensive
approach across supply, demand, and enabling
environment, with six key work streams focusing on
industrial development, market shaping, regulatory
strengthening, technology transfer, access to finance,
and research and development. Its goal is to facilitate
access to quality, safe, effective, and affordable
health products, aligning with the United Nations’ SDG
target 3.8. With over EUR 2 billion mobilised, MAV+
operates through 89 projects and 42 implementing
partners, ensuring coordination among stakeholders. It
supports specific countries like Senegal, Rwanda,
South Africa, Ghana, Egypt, and Nigeria in
strengthening their pharmaceutical ecosystems and
production capabilities. MAV+ aims for continent-wide
benefits, leaving no one behind and fostering
collaboration with the African Union and its health
agencies. At the regional level, MAV+ contributes to
consolidating initiatives such as the Africa CDC
Platform for Harmonised African Health
Manufacturing and the African Medicines Agency. It
addresses financing gaps through partnerships and
innovative financing mechanisms such as Human
Development Accelerator financial vehicle, a
collaboration between the European Commission, the
European Investment Bank and the Gates Foundation.
By December 2025 the instrument has provided
innovative funding to support the development of the
pharma and health industry in Africa for a total of
EUR 237 million.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
yes EU investments 2021-2024 through the Global
Partnership for Education (GPE) have contributed to
giving 5 951 302 girls and boys access to a primary
education and 1 925 000 students to secondary
education. GPE is the largest global fund and unique
multistakeholder partnership solely dedicated to
transforming education in lower-income countries to
ensure that every girl and boy in all partner countries
can get 12 years of quality education plus one year of
preschool. The partnership currently includes
approximately 90 partner countries, while most
financial support goes to the lowest income and crisis-
affected countries, making sure no child is left behind.
In its contribution to SDG4, the EU has put a specific
emphasis on supporting teachers. During the first two
years of implementation, the EUR 100 million Regional
Teachers Initiative for Africa has already mapped the
status of teacher policies in 40 countries, carried out
research on teachers’ job satisfaction.
In the Eastern Neighbourhood region, the programme
‘Supporting Education Reforms in the Eastern
Partnership region’ is the first regional programme in
the education sector, promoting education reforms
and Quality Education. The objective of this action is
to support the strengthening of education systems in
the Eastern Partnership countries, with a particular
focus on the governance and the financing of the
education systems. This programme contributes to
improved equity, gender equality, quality and
performance of education systems.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
yes The NDICI – Global Europe Regulation requires at least
85% of all new external actions under the instrument
to contribute to gender equality as a significant or
principal objective. At least 5% of those actions should
target gender equality as the principal objective.
Between 2021 and 2024, the share of external actions
contributing to gender equality and women’s
empowerment reached 84%, very close to the target,
and of those, 4% (over 80 programmes at country,
regional and global levels) had gender equality as
principal objective. For instance, the Advocacy,
Coalition Building and Transformative Feminist Action
(ACT) Programme is a EUR 22 million initiative funded
by the European Union and implemented by UN
Women. The programme strengthens women’s rights
movements to advocate and work with public
authorities on policy and legal reforms and
accountability mechanisms to end all forms of
violence against women and girls.
Additionally, the EU’s support for the Global Survivor’s
Fund has resulted in advancing reparations for survivors of conflict-related sexual violence and
driving historic national policy breakthroughs (e.g.
Ukraine’s world-first wartime reparation law) while
strengthening the global reparations ecosystem through research, advocacy, and innovation. More than
4 000 survivors and their families – almost 26 000
individuals – in 26 countries have received interim
reparative measures since 2020, with new projects in South Sudan, Nigeria, and Timor Leste for 2025. 96%
of survivors in Guinea, 92% in Iraq, and 85% in Türkiye
have reported an improved sense of dignity, autonomy
and agency.
In the Eastern Neighbourhood region, the
EUR 7.7 million EU4Gender Equality programme
(Phase II, 2023–2026) continues to promote equal
rights and opportunities for women and men. The
programme focuses on challenging gender
stereotypes, preventing gender-based violence, and
encouraging men’s participation in care work. In the
Middle East and North Africa (MENA) region, the
European Commission continued to support women’s
economic empowerment, through bilateral and
regional initiatives, combining policy dialogue, support
for women’s entrepreneurship and employment, and
access to finance with financial instruments. A new
regional EU-UN Women initiative was prepared,
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
aiming at boosting women employment in the Middle
East and North Africa through private sector
engagement in the care, green and STEM economies.
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
yes To work on all dimensions of SDG6, and notably target
6.5 to implement integrated water resources
management at all levels, in 2025 the EU continued
the implementation of the Team Europe initiative on
transboundary water management for sustainable
development and regional integration in Africa with
the commitments of 2 new programmes around the
Mono river and the presentation of its first
implementation report that highlighted an increase of
60% in contributions to EUR 672 million with 56
actions. The Commission, together with the EIB,
continued to develop actions to reach its target to
support improved access to safe drinking water and
sanitation to 70 million people by 2030. For instance,
in 2025 the EU further developed phase III of the
Bakheng water access programme. The treatment
plant with a total cost of EUR 609 million, financed at
over 80% by Team Europe (EU, EIB, AFD), supplies
clean water to the rapidly growing urban population of
2.3 million and industry in Phnom Penh.
Since its launch in 2022, the EU4Environment – Water
and Data programme (EUR 12.75 million) has already
delivered tangible results, notably pioneering COVID-
19 monitoring in urban wastewater across Armenia,
Azerbaijan, Georgia, and Moldova. Additionally, the EU
is supporting Water Security in Jordan, including
through a Team Europe Initiative on Sustainable Water
that is covering both support for infrastructure and
reforms. It notably includes the flagship initiative
‘Amman-Aqaba Water Desalination and Conveyance
project’, a EUR 5 billion investment programme, that
the EU is supporting through a EUR 97 million grant
plus EUR 300 million loan.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
yes In 2025, accelerating the global energy transition
remained a top priority for the implementation of the
Global Gateway, which made significant progress in
several regions.
The Africa–Europe Green Energy Initiative (AEGEI) is
the main Global Gateway Team Europe initiative to
support renewable energy generation, energy access,
grid connection, the just transition, energy efficiency
including clean cooking and green hydrogen and
derivatives in Africa. The initiative advanced with key
projects including the launch of the construction of the
Zambia-Tanzania Interconnector (620 km), the launch
of the first zero-emissions green-iron hydrogen project
in Namibia (Hylron) and the Mpatamanga Hydro Power
Project (350 MW) on Malawi’s Shire River.
In November 2025, at the margin of the G20 in South
Africa, President von der Leyen and the President of
South Africa Ramaphosa co-hosted the final pledging
conference under Scaling up Renewables in Africa
campaign. Running from November 2024 to
November 2025, the campaign was able to secure a
total EUR 15.5 billion, as well as additional
commitments, in clean energy generation and access
for households to electricity in Africa.
In Central Asia, continuous progress has been made,
namely with the Rogun Hydropower Plant Project
which will serve as an anchor for a regional electricity
market in the region, and the Kambar Ata Dam Project,
which will ensure the region’s sustainable water
supply. In South Asia, the implementation of the
Regional Energy Connectivity Global Gateway Flagship
project, which aims to increase cross-border electricity
trade, moved forward. In Southeast Asia work
continued implementing the Just Energy Transition
Partnerships in Indonesia and Vietnam aiming at
decarbonising the energy generation sector in just and
sustainable manner.
In Latin America and the Caribbean, during the CELAC-
EU Summit held in November 2025 in Colombia, LAC
partner countries endorsed the EU’s Regional
Electricity Integration initiative to support the
electricity integration of the region through clean
electricity generation, transmission and
interconnection infrastructure. As part of this initiative,
the EIB signed an EUR 1 billion financing initiative to
strengthen electricity transmission and generation
infrastructure in Central America. The EU continues to
support the emerging green hydrogen economy in the
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
region, including through the Euroclima program in
Chile, Brazil or Uruguay.
In Eastern Partnership countries the EU4Energy
programme continued to provide technical assistance
in aligning with the EU energy acquis and standards.
By helping these countries develop robust and
sustainable regulatory frameworks, the programme
fostered an investment-friendly environment for
renewable energy and energy efficiency, contributing
to enhanced energy security, broader access to
affordable energy, and an accelerated energy
transition across the region. Complementing these
efforts, EU-supported investments in energy and
transport interconnectivity between
Eastern and Central European countries and the EU
are strengthening infrastructure resilience against
climate change, environmental challenges, and hybrid
threats. The EU’s energy agreement with Azerbaijan
further supports these objectives.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
yes Private sector development has been at the heart of
the EU’s action in partner countries for years and is
at the core of Global Gateway strategy. Engaging the
private sector is key to make Global Gateway
investments truly impactful. Sustainable investments
in core sectors such as infrastructure, energy, digital,
health, education and research rely on local
companies, generating jobs and supporting the
growth of micro, small and medium-sized enterprises.
For example, the flagship Team Europe Initiative
‘Invest in Young Businesses in Africa’ (IYBA), launched
in 2021, helps young businesses and entrepreneurs in
Africa grow strong, sustainable, and inclusive
businesses. It aims to create decent jobs and
dynamic entrepreneurial ecosystems. Its focus is on
entrepreneurs, especially on women and youth
throughout Africa, notably in the most fragile
countries. Until 2025, under the umbrella of the
Team Europe Initiative ‘Invest in Young Businesses in
Africa’, regional programmes were active in Benin,
Kenya, Senegal, South Africa, Togo, Mozambique,
Tanzania, Uganda, Malawi and Cameroon. For
instance, the IYBA Women Entrepreneurship for Africa
programme was launched as a pilot in 2020. Its first
phase (2020-2023) enabled to train 2 420 women
entrepreneurs, who received seed capital of
USD 5 000 each, while 99 women entrepreneurs
received second stage financing up to EUR 50 000. In
total, 10 565 jobs were secured and 6 371 additional
decent jobs were created in supported businesses.
The programme is now in its second phase (2024-
2027) with 1 971 women having completed an
entrepreneurship training and 751 of them having
received a USD 5 000 grant each so far.
The regional Team Europe Initiative on Jobs through
Trade and Investment in the Southern Neighbourhood
currently brings together more than 90 projects with
a combined budget of approximately EUR 3 billion,
implemented by the Commission, France, Germany,
Italy, Spain, Sweden, the EBRD and the EIB. The
initiative aligns European support for trade and
investment promotion, skills development, vocational
training and entrepreneurship to foster decent job
creation in the Middle East and North Africa region.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
yes In 2025, the EU continued to support the digital
transition in the Eastern Partnership region through a
number of bilateral and regional actions. For example,
the EU4Digital Facility continued to provide technical
support to accelerate regulatory alignment and the
adoption of the digital transformation acquis,
including in support of Ukraine and Moldova’s
integration into the EU roaming area (which came into
effect on 1 January 2026). The EU4Digital Facility also
supported the establishment of an artificial
intelligence tool to ease the transposition of the EU
acquis in candidate countries’ domestic legislation
(eAccession). It further launched a regional digital
skills platform (EU4Digital Academy), providing free-
of-charge online classes on cyber-security, digital
marketing and digitalisation of businesses to more
than 11 000 users in all Eastern Partnership countries.
In addition, the Global Gateway flagship initiative EU-
Africa-India Digital Corridor (Blue Raman,
EUR 37 million) supports the development of a 11 700
km long trusted and secure intercontinental submarine
cable system, connecting Europe to India with
intermediate landings in the Mediterranean, the Middle
East and Eastern Africa, in line with the India-Middle
East-Europe Economic Corridor (IMEC). Blue Raman
will provide secure, trusted and ultra high-speed digital
connectivity contributing to increased digital resilience
for Europe and its partners, bridging the digital divide
and fostering development and innovation solutions.
The project is co-developed with GÉANT, the European
Investment Bank and partner institutions in India and
Eastern and Southern Africa, while deployment and
manufacturing are driven by the private sector,
leveraging European technology.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
yes NDICI – Global Europe finances a growing number of
global, regional and country initiatives that support
inequality reduction in partner countries. To ensure
that inequality reduction is systematically integrated,
the Inequality Marker (I-Marker) was developed to
track the contribution of EU external action to SDG
10. In 2025, 62% of our initiatives contributed to
reducing inequalities, compared to 59% in 2024, with
strong integration across regions including sub-
Saharan Africa (76%) and Latin America (62%). In
2025, over 35 countries were supported through
bilateral programmes to strengthen their social
protection systems, while a further 19 countries
received technical assistance to accelerate the
digitalisation of these systems through the Digital
Convergence Initiative. For example, with the Team
Europe Initiative on Trade, Investment and
Connectivity for Agriculture and Forestry (TICAF), the
EU is supporting targeted interventions that reduce
structural inequalities along coffee, tea and forest-
based value chains. Through the Green CUP project,
co-funded and implemented with Agence Française
de Développement, approximately 4 300 smallholder
coffee and tea producers in northern Lao PDR are
being supported to improve household incomes, skills
and market access, notably through strengthened
cooperatives and fair-trade models that promote
more equitable benefit-sharing and inter-ethnic
cohesion. Particular attention is paid to women’s
economic empowerment: over 1 200 women coffee
producers have already been trained through the
Women-Leaders Programme, enhancing their
participation and leadership within value chains.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
yes City-to-city cooperation is central to the EU’s efforts to
deepen partnerships and foster resilience. EU urban
and local initiatives enable European and North
American cities and municipalities to collaborate on
shared priorities, exchange expertise, and tackle urban
challenges. These programmes enhance local
capacities, build enduring networks, and support
innovation, creating a strong foundation for mutually
beneficial partnerships and deeper EU engagement
with North American cities. Concrete initiatives include
projects such as the EU Cities Gateway (EUR 4 million
since 2025) and the Transatlantic Sustainable
Transition Initiative (EUR 4 million since 2024).
To support the shift towards clean and inclusive urban
mobility worldwide, the MobiliseYourCity Partnership
was established in 2015. With over 100 partners, it
leads globally in sustainable urban mobility planning,
policy development, and investment in transport for
developing and emerging economies. It includes 79
member cities across 39 countries, totalling over
155 million people, along with 16 member countries,
and has allowed member cities and countries to
leverage EUR 1.75 billion for implementation.
Moreover, in 2025, the EU launched the third phase of
its flagship initiative Mayors for Economic Growth
(M4EG, 2025-2028, EUR 8 million), implemented by
UNDP, reinforcing its support for local economic
development across the Eastern Partnership since
2017. This new phase empowers cities and towns in
Armenia, Moldova, and Ukraine to tackle challenges
such as rural depopulation, job creation, climate
change, and the digital transition, with a strengthened
focus on local economic development planning and
access to finance. In 2025 alone, M4EG unlocked
approximately EUR 1 million to support local
governments in leading their own economic
transformation.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
yes NDICI – Global Europe finances a growing number of global, regional and country initiatives that support sustainable consumption and production and the transition to inclusive green and circular economies in partner countries, thereby also contributing to tackle the root causes of climate change and biodiversity loss. In 2025, the EU contributed to the implementation of SDG12 with circular economy actions in over 40 countries through global initiatives, and in more than 80 additional countries via EU- supported regional and national initiatives in Africa, Asia and Latin America and the Caribbean. For example, the project Green Recycling Enterprises Engaging in New Technology for a Circular Economy in Zambia (GREEN Tech4CE), dedicated to fostering sustainable and inclusive economic growth in Zambia, launched financial support for enterprises, business development service providers through calls for applications aiming to catalyse EUR 20 million in new investment.
The EUR 20.9 million SWITCH to Circular Economy Value Chain (SWITCH2CE) project, coordinated by UNIDO, has continued to work with EU multinational companies to support small and medium-sized enterprises(suppliers) within selected value chains (textiles, electronics and Information and Communication Technology (ICT), plastic and plastic packaging) to adopt circular economy practices. For example, in Bangladesh pilots with multinationals from the textiles sector demonstrated strong proof of concept for valorising textiles production waste. Over 16 700 tons of textiles waste have been digitally mapped, 10% traced to recycling and up to 150 000 garments produced from recycled input.
Furthermore, the EU facilitated multilateral
cooperation on sustainable consumption and
production. This included contributions to global and
regional initiatives, such as the launch of the African
Union Circular Economy Action Plan in July 2025, the completion of a joint publication on national circular
economy roadmaps in Latin America and the
Caribbean in May 2025.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
yes In 2025, the commitments and disbursements under
the Team Europe Initiative on Climate Change
Adaptation and Resilience in Africa far exceeded the
initial EUR 1 billion announced at its launch,
demonstrating Team Europe’s strong political support
for addressing regional priorities in climate change
adaptation and disaster risk reduction across sub-
Saharan Africa. To date, the Team Europe Initiative has
unified forty interventions to enhance risk and asset
data, strengthen governance and early-warning
systems, promote access to finance, and increase
financial protection against climate risks. In 2025, two
major initiatives were launched: The EUR 100 million
Regional Responses to Climate Displacement in sub-
Saharan Africa programme aims to strengthen the
resilience of displacement-affected communities in
the Lake Tanganyika basin and the Southern
Africa/South-West Indian Ocean tropical cyclone basin.
The Africa–EU Space Partnership enhances the
adaptive capacity and resilience of vulnerable
populations by utilising space-based technologies to
monitor environmental changes, forecast extreme
weather events, and support early warning systems.
The EU is driving local climate action in the Eastern
Neighbourhood through the third phase of the
Covenant of Mayors East. The programme supports
local authorities in securing finance for the
implementation of their Sustainable Energy and
Climate Action Plans and continues to expand the
network of signatories committed to the 2030 targets.
Crucially, it empowers local communities, with a
particular focus on women and youth, to take an active
role in climate action, while responding to war-related
needs and building local resilience and capacity.
Further, the ‘Sustainability Pathways for EU Business
Ties with Argentina, Colombia and Brazil’ projects
(EUR 2.7 million since 2024) foster transatlantic
cooperation and regulatory alignment on green technologies, deforestation and environmental
regulation by engaging stakeholders across
government, industry, and civil society to enhance
awareness of the EU regulatory landscape, facilitate
information exchange, and promote innovative tools,
including digital and satellite technologies.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG14: Conserve and sustainab ly use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainab le developm ent
yes In 2025, the EU continued to demonstrate a strong
commitment to the achievement of SDG14 with the
launch of a technical assistance facility under the
Global Ocean Programme to support involvement of
partner countries in protection and sustainable use of
areas beyond national jurisdictions. Implementation of
regional ocean programmes has started in the Pacific
(EUR 20 million), Western Indian Ocean
(EUR 58 million), Central Africa (EUR 42 million), West
Africa (EUR 59 million) and Southern Africa
(EUR 11 million), aiming at strengthening regional
ocean governance, sustainable blue economy
development and conservation of marine areas, in an
integrated seascape approach. A programme has also
been launched regarding ocean prediction capacities in
sub-Saharan Africa (EUR 7 million), in alignment with
target SDG 14.a on developing research capacity and
transfer marine technology.
Through the project European Union for Improving
Environmental Monitoring in the Black Sea
(EU4EMBLAS), the EU played a key role in assessing
the consequences of the oil tanker accidents in the
Black Sea in December 2024, while continuing to
advance education and awareness efforts to strengthen the knowledge about and protection of the
Black Sea ecosystem.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
yes Through the EuroMed Justice VI programme
(EUR 6 million – 2024-2027), Southern
Neighbourhood countries continue enhancing cross-
border judicial cooperation for the countering of
trafficking in human beings and smuggling of
migrants, and the confiscation of crime proceeds and
asset recovery. The programme contributes to
protecting citizens in EU neighbouring countries
against criminal activities through strengthened
international judicial cooperation in respect of the rule
of law, human, and fundamental rights. It has helped
create sustainable mechanisms for cross-regional
cooperation, as well as strengthen regional judicial
training platforms, and develop practical tools for
technical assistance, reporting, and cooperation.
Target countries are Algeria, Egypt, Israel, Jordan,
Lebanon, Libya, Morocco, Palestine and Tunisia.
In Ukraine, the EU supports justice and victim
rehabilitation, to ensure accountability for atrocity
crimes. It enables the documentation, investigation,
prosecution and adjudication of crimes related to the
deportation of children, while supporting the
reintegration of returned children.
In Syria, the EU ensures the safe return and protection
of civilians by clearing mines and unexploded
ordnance and facilitating an accountable weapons and
ammunition management system. With almost 1 000
incidents and 1 800 casualties caused by explosive
ordnance since December 2024, more than 60% of
them in agricultural land and grazing areas, this
remains a priority area for the EU. Support includes
mapping stockpiles and contaminated areas, securing
unsecured weapons and curbing the proliferation of
small arms and light weapons. More than
EUR 41 million was allocated to contribute to human
security, safety, stability, and the prevention of
violence in Syria in 2025.
In Gaza, the unprecedented scale of destruction
following the 2023-2025 hostilities generated more
than 61 million tonnes of debris. The EU is supporting
the risk-managed removal, recycling and reuse of
post-war debris while ensuring the dignified recovery,
forensic documentation and identification of human
remains uncovered during debris-clearance
operations. More than EUR 31 million was directly
targeted in 2025 to restore safe access to basic
services and enable early recovery for crisis-affected
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
communities in Gaza, while reducing safety,
environmental, and public-health risks associated with
conflict-generated debris.
In Armenia, the EU supported resilience to hybrid
threats, including countering foreign information
manipulation and interference and cyberattacks
through improved monitoring, detection, analytical and
response capabilities, as well as awareness raising and
strategic communication efforts. This initiative also
promotes cross-border media cooperation, working
with journalists and editors from Armenia and
Azerbaijan, to mitigate foreign information
manipulation and interference risks to the peace
process.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
yes In line with SDG17, the EU maintained its support for
policy coherence and coordination as well as dialogue
with regional organisations, notably the Union for the
Mediterranean (UfM) as the main institutional
interlocutor, but also with other actors, such as the
Anna Lindh Foundation and the League of Arab States.
The EU’s support for the UfM Secretariat contributes
to enhancing multistakeholder partnerships which
mobilise and share expertise aiming at the
achievement of the sustainable development goals
(SDGs 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14 and 15, among others)
in the Euro-Med countries. In 2025, the UfM held
several events, with the support of the European
Commission, emphasising its role in engaging in
dialogue and contributing to the formulation of the
Pact for the Mediterranean. The support for the Anna
Lindh Foundation contributes to the promotion of more
inclusive and pluralistic societies through its support
for civil society and its focus on cultural diversity.
In addition, the EU continued to support civil society
organisations and local authorities through its
Framework Partnership Agreements with global civil
society networks and associations of local authorities
as well as through the Policy Forum on Development
established since 2013 as a space for
multistakeholder dialogue on EU development policies.
Partnering with these actors on agreed common
objectives contributes to effective implementing
policies and programmes that meet people’s needs,
reduce inequalities, and fulfil the central commitment
of the 2030 Agenda to leave no one behind. It
promotes multistakeholder partnerships which
mobilise and share expertise aiming to the
achievement across all the SDGs. In 2025, the EU also
strengthened its collaboration with civil society and
local authorities by organising side event with civil
society and Youth in the context of joint summits with
regional organisations such as CELAC and the African
Union.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Support for reforms
In delivering on the Global Gateway through NDICI – Global Europe, the Commission promotes
reforms to support the investment enabling environment in partner countries, in accordance with
the EU policy priorities and in complementarity with all Team Europe stakeholders. These reforms
relate to the country economic governance (e.g. public procurement, public investment
management or debt management) or are considered enablers for successful Global Gateway
flagship projects (e.g. upgrading the regulatory framework for the production/commercialisation of
solar or wind power, or for operators in strategic transport corridors). More examples can be found
in the 2025 Management plan (58) on the implementation of the EU’s external action instruments.
The support for investment enabling environment is also pursued through the 360-degree
approach applied by the Commission in its rollout of the Global Gateway. This approach entails the
systematic application, tailored to the context, of the six key principles set out in the Global
Gateway Communication, which guide the selection, implementation and monitoring of all Global
Gateway investments: (1) democratic values and high standards; (2) good governance and
transparency; (3) equal partnerships; (4) green and clean; (5) security-focused; and (6) catalysing
private sector investment. Several of these principles are linked to legal obligations, notably
mainstreaming human rights, democracy, rule of law, gender equality, environmental protection
and the fight against climate change, in line with the Treaty and the NDICI – Global Europe
Regulation.
Incentives for reforms are also provided by the favourable financing conditions offered through
budget support, the European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus that aims to unlock public
or private investments, or thanks to technical assistance fostering domestic capacities for reforms.
In conjunction with the European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus (EFSD+), budget support
is a powerful instrument to support policy dialogue with partner countries. It promotes critical
reforms creating an enabling environment for Global Gateway investments, by enhancing prudent
macroeconomic management (including debt sustainability), sound public policies, better allocation
of resources, results monitoring and accountability. Budget support also creates capacity for
establishing policy, regulatory, and institutional preconditions for sustainable investments (e.g.
tariff frameworks, state-owned enterprises governance, public investment management systems)
and contributing to capacity development. It comes with technical assistance and is increasingly
considered in coordination with, or in preparation for, investments backed by the EFSD +
(guarantees and/or blending).
Budget support promoted regulatory reforms in Vietnam’s, Benin’s, and Solomon Islands’ energy
sectors. It encouraged renewable energy, notably by allowing EU development finance institutions
(DFIs) to fund these investments directly with EU blending support. In the context of Global Gateway
(58) European Commission: Directorate-General for International Partnerships, ‘Management plan 2025’,
https://commission.europa.eu/document/download/46e1fbbe-01db-4e9d-a80f-
d516a61000c5_en?filename=intpa_mp_2025_en.pdf&prefLang=de.
Neighbourhood, development and international cooperation
instrument – Global Europe
Flagship projects, such synergies are also sought, for instance, in Kyrgyzstan and Jamaica for
digitalisation, Liberia, Rwanda and Uzbekistan for agriculture value chains and Mauritania for green
hydrogen.
In Egypt, Jordan, Tunisia and Armenia, this effort to promote reforms is complemented by
dedicated Strategic and Comprehensive Partnerships. In March 2025, the Regulation establishing
the Reform and Growth Facility for the Republic of Moldova was adopted. Financial support under
the Facility is disbursed upon the successful implementation of reforms in the Reform Agenda. In
the neighbourhood region, macro-financial assistance financed by NDICI – Global Europe plays an
equally important role to promote reforms.
In both Morocco and Jordan, a large budget support portfolio promotes reforms in various sectors
such as renewable energies, circular economy water, skills, social protection or public
administration modernisation/digitalisation for a more conducive business environment et
upgraded regulatory frameworks. In Jordan, this is articulated with the macro-financial assistance.
In Egypt, reform promotion is supported through macro-financial assistance only, along its three
pillars (economic stabilisation; competitiveness and business environment; green transition). In
Palestine, the support provided to the Palestinian Authority (Pegase) comes with a reform matrix
and, in other fragile/recovery contexts in the Middle East and North Africa region, the EU contributes
to strengthening core administrative and public finance management functions are always being
supported (Libya, Yemen, Lebanon, Iraq and, since 2025, Syria).
This support for reforms with capacity development is coordinated with the International Monetary
Fund, the World Bank Group, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)
and EU Member States.
In the Neighbourhood region, twinning and TAIEX helped modernising public administrations
through analysis and policy development, legal guidance, technical expertise, drafting laws and
regulations, system and procedure design and development, as well as facilitating job shadowing,
workshops, and study visits. Twinning is deployed to support the transition towards a green, digital
and inclusive economy and covers all sectors of the EU body of legislation.
Several indicators of the Global Europe Results Framework (GERF) measure reforms and
demonstrate the following in 2025:
• 21 countries supported by the EU to strengthen revenue mobilisation, public financial
management and/or budget transparency (GERF 2.19)
• 16 countries and cities with climate change and/or disaster risk reduction strategies: (a)
developed or (b) under implementation (GERF 2.5)
• 5 countries supported by the EU to (a) develop and/or revise, (b) implement digital-related
policies/strategies/laws/regulations (GERF 2.10) a) 4 and b) 1
• 3 countries supported by the EU to strengthen investment climate (GERF 2.16)
• 215 government policies developed or revised with civil society organisation participation
through EU support (GERF 2.29)
• 17 countries supported by the EU to conduct elections and/or improve their electoral process
(GERF 2.26)
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
EUROPEAN INSTRUMENT FOR INTERNATIONAL NUCLEAR
SAFETY COOPERATION
Concrete examples of achievements
3 457
people participated in
the training and
tutoring programme
between 2014 and
2025 with the support
of the instrument.
29
countries benefited
from EU assistance in
relation to nuclear
safety between 2014
and 2025.
163
legal and regulatory
documents were
prepared, introduced
and/or revised in the
beneficiary countries
with the support of EU
expertise between
2022 and 2025.
52
nuclear waste
management and
strategy documents
were developed
between 2022 and
2025 thanks to the
support of the
instrument.
3
nuclear master’s
courses were
implemented by the
education programme
financed by the INSC in
2025.
4
out of 7 priority sites
have been fully
remediated in Central
Asia, thanks to the
instrument’s
contributions to the
Environmental
Remediation Account
managed by the
European Bank for
Reconstruction and
Development by 2025.
63%
of all destroyed or
looted critical
equipment was
restored or replaced in
key facilities within the
Chornobyl exclusion
zone in Ukraine,
excluding the New Safe
Confinement, by 2025.
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
37.6 38.6 39.9 41.8 44.3 47.2 50.9 300.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.6
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 37.6 38.6 39.9 41.8 44.9 47.2 50.9 300.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 229.0 300.8 76.1%
Payments 100.2 0.0 33.3%
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of countries
benefiting from EU
support in
developing a culture
of safety for nuclear
energy
0 95% 20 in 2027 19 in 2025
compared to
a target of
20
On track
Number of
regulatory
documents
produced in
beneficiary
countries with the
support of EU
expertise
0 > 100% 20 in 2027 153 in 2025
compared to
a target of
20
Achieved
Number of nuclear
safeguards
authorities
benefiting from
Commission-funded
projects
0 > 100% 3 in 2027 47 in 2025
compared to
a target of 3
Achieved
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
The European Instrument for International Safety Cooperation (INSC) builds on the recognised and
successful assistance and cooperation with partner countries that has been in place since 1991
within the scope of the Euratom treaty.
Improvements in the governmental, legal and regulatory frameworks that ensure the safe use of
nuclear energy is based on the transfer of regulatory practices used in the EU Member States.
The reaction to Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine since February 2022 demonstrated that
the instrument can meet the needs of partners under challenging and constantly evolving
conditions. The provision of support to Ukraine to address the consequences of the unprovoked
Russian invasion and continued aggression is a priority. This includes restoring stolen, looted and
destroyed nuclear and radiation protection related infrastructure in Ukraine.
The INSC-funded programmes in Ukraine continued to be implemented without delays, despite
war-related hardship conditions such as insecurity and frequent electricity blackouts. These
achievements were made possible due to the determination and resilient efforts of the Ukrainian
beneficiaries, the implementing partners and the coordination efforts of the EU through its support
organisations in Ukraine.
The main implementation modalities used by the INSC include direct management (37%) with non-
profit organisations and the private sector and indirect management (63%) via Member State
agencies such as Enabel, Expertise France, the Ministry of Foreign Affairs of Finland and the
Swedish International Development Cooperation Agency, and international organisations such as
the International Atomic Energy Agency.
The main achievements of the INSC until 2025 are as follows.
• The EU’s contribution to the International Chornobyl Cooperation Account, managed by the
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development for the reconstruction of nuclear-safety-
related infrastructure in Ukraine, allowed the bank to start its ambitious programme to support
continued infrastructure development at the Chornobyl nuclear power plant and to procure
firefighting equipment and vehicles for the safe management of radioactive waste in the
Chornobyl Exclusion Zone.
• The EU has contributed to the financing of the International Atomic Energy Agency, which
facilitated permanent missions, and other expert missions to Ukrainian nuclear facilities,
including the permanent mission to the temporarily occupied Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant.
• In Armenia, the EU purchased emergency cooling pumps to ensure continued core cooling in
case of a beyond-design-basis accident, financed by the INSC, as part of the implementation
of the recommendations of the European Nuclear Safety Regulators Group post-Fukushima
stress tests of the nuclear power plant in Medzamor.
• The environmental remediation in Central Asia, as implemented via the European Bank for
Reconstruction and Development through the Environmental Remediation Account, addresses
the legacy of former uranium mining and milling legacy sites. So far, four sites have been fully
remediated: Min-Kush and Shekaftar in Kyrgyzstan and Charkesar and Yangiabad in Uzbekistan.
Mailuu-Suu’s remediation in Kyrgyzstan is ongoing. Funding from both the previous and present
multiannual financial framework nuclear safety instruments have been used.
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
• In Iran, the instrument continued to fund the implementation of the EU’s commitment under
Annex III of the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, the ‘Iran Nuclear Deal’, relating to civil
nuclear cooperation with Iran until the re-imposition of sanctions in September 2025.
• In Ghana, INSC support continued for the development of a strategy on regulatory assessment
in case of the potential introduction of small modular reactors.
• In Egypt, a new contract for EU support under the instrument was signed to support the Egyptian
Nuclear and Radiological Regulatory Authority.
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 7.3 0.5 0.9 0.1 0.0
8.9 0.2%
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0%
• The amount committed under climate mainstreaming relates to the environmental
remediation programme in Central Asia (Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Uzbekistan), aiming at
cleaning up and restoring former uranium legacy sites. So far, four sites have been fully
remediated, i.e. Min-Kush and Shekaftar in Kyrgyzstan and Charkesar and Yangiabad in
Uzbekistan, Mailuu-Suu's remediation, in Kyrgyzstan is ongoing.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 34.3 31.5 35.1 38.9 42.9 182.7
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 3.3 7.1 4.8 2.9 1.4 19.5
Total: 37.6 38.6 39.9 41.8 44.3 202.1
• The INSC continues to promote gender equality through its training, tutoring and education
programme, where the gender balance is encouraged in the selection of participants from
partner countries.
Gender disaggregated information:
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
• In 2025, 20 students followed the master’s degree level course in Masters in Decommissioning (Decomplex) financed by the INSC, 5 of whom were women, and 25 started the third session of the master’s degree level in nuclear safeguards (SaTE) financed by the INSC, 12 of whom were women. SaTE started in 2022 and Decomplex in 2025.
• In the Tutoring & Training Programme financed under INSC, 329 people were trained, 135 of whom were women (41%).
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Contribution to the digital transition
• Not applicable
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes Transfer of EU experience in the area of nuclear safety,
radiation protection, radioactive waste management,
decommissioning and nuclear safeguards
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes Activities are gender sensitive
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
Yes Environmental remediation and radiation protection
contributes to reduced risk of pollution
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes Nuclear safety regulators in partner countries are enforced
in their independence
New contract to support the Egyptian Nuclear & Radiological
Regulatory Authority
Contribution to Strengthening of Nuclear Safeguards
Regulatory Regime in EU candidate countries.
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
Yes International coordination in particular with the International
Atomic Energy Agency is a design feature of the instrument.
Support for reforms
The Instrument for International Nuclear Safety Cooperation has among its the objectives to
transfer the EU Acquis, which includes the nuclear safety directive with one of the main provisions
to have an independent safety regulator. The engagement with third countries aims therefore to
strengthen the independence of nuclear safety, radiation protection radioactive waste
management and safeguards regulators in line with Euratom standards and best practices. The
engagement is implemented by EU experts who support the alignment and the development of
procedures, guidelines, directives, regulations, laws and strategic plans in countries like Egypt,
European instrument for international nuclear safety cooperation
Jordan, South Africa, Nigeria and Ghana. With candidate and accession countries, INSC engages to
harmonise their nuclear legislative framework further with Euratom’s acquis, as in Armenia, Serbia,
Bosnia-Herzegovina, Ukraine and Türkiye.
Humanitarian aid programme
HUMANITARIAN AID PROGRAMME
Concrete examples of achievements
EUR 2.56 billion
of humanitarian aid
was provided to the
most vulnerable in
2025.
110
countries received
humanitarian aid from
the EU in 2025.
2.8 million
girls and boys benefited
from the education in
emergencies initiative
in 2025.
6 780 tonnes
of humanitarian aid
material were
transported via 127
chartered flights, along
with sea and land
routes, through reliefEU
in 2025.
Humanitarian aid programme
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
2 168.1 2 441.8 2 408.0 2 494.8 2 568.9 1 962.5 1 962.4 16 006.6
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
9.9 5.7 11.9 11.0 5.7 0.0 0.0 44.2
Total 2 178.0 2 447.5 2 419.9 2 505.9 2 574.6 1 962.5 1 962.4 16
050.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 12 118.3 16 050.8 75.5%
Payments 12 237.9 0.0 76.2%
Humanitarian aid programme
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Geographical coverage of the EU humanitarian aid: percentage of countries in need of humanitarian assistance benefiting from EU-supported operations
0 14% 100% annually from 2022 to
2027
Milestone achieved for 2021. Milestones not
achieved for 2022-2025 (2025: 9% compared to a
target of 100%)
Moderate progress
Percentage of humanitarian aid funding targeting actions in forgotten crises
0 71% > 15% annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 25% compared to a target of
15%)
On track
Number of interventions of humanitarian aid operations funded by the EU budget
0 71% 177 annually from 2021 to 2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 265 compared to a target of
177)
On track
Percentage of the initial budget for humanitarian aid allocated to education in emergencies
0 71% 10% annually from 2021 to
2027
Milestones achieved for 2021-2024, but not in
2025 (2025: 10% compared to a target of
10%)
On track
Number of children reached with EU education in emergencies assistance
0 57% 1.86 million children annually
from 2021 to 2027
Milestones achieved for 2021, 2022, 2024 and
2025. Milestone not achieved for 2023 (2025: 2.8 compared to a target
of 1.86)
On track
Percentage of humanitarian assistance grants including elements of disaster preparedness, resilience and disaster risk reduction
0 0% 75% from 2024 to 2027
Milestones not achieved for 2021-2025 (2025: 42.7% compared to a
target of 75%)
Deserves attention
Humanitarian aid programme
• The EU humanitarian aid programme performed well in 2025 in providing emergency
assistance to people worldwide, particularly those most vulnerable who had been hit by
human-induced disasters and the impact of natural hazards. Together, the EU and its Member
States are providing around 33.8% of the global share of committed humanitarian aid
contributions. Following the foreign aid policy shift in the United States, and the closing of
USAID, the EU’s role as the key global humanitarian donor is growing rapidly.
• Owing to the strong operational knowledge and technical expertise of its unique network of
humanitarian field offices, and working through a range of humanitarian partners, EU
humanitarian assistance has been delivered even in those areas most difficult to reach. In
2025, more than 25% of the EU initial humanitarian budget was spent on forgotten crises,
one in three operations included disaster preparedness and 10% of the budget was allocated
to safe and quality education.
• There are multiple global drivers of humanitarian disasters. The hardened geopolitical context
is most urgently felt by those in need, with widespread violations of international
humanitarian law and a disregard for human dignity. The same can be said for the impacts of
climate change, which are exacerbating tensions and fuelling existing regional conflicts and
protracted crises.
• As Russia’s war of aggression against Ukraine entered its fourth year, with drone strikes and
long-range strikes daily, around 12.7 million people required urgent humanitarian assistance.
In 2025, the EU allocated EUR 220 million to humanitarian needs, bringing the total amount
of humanitarian assistance provided by the EU budget to EUR 1.25 billion since February
2022. EUR 220 million was committed to address the needs of Palestine (59). The entire
population of Gaza (2.1 million) are facing acute food insecurity. Sudan continues to be the
world’s largest displacement crisis; in 2025, the EU allocated over EUR 273 million in response
to the crisis. The eastern Democratic Republic of the Congo has experienced dramatic conflict
escalation, and human rights violations, international humanitarian law violations and sexual
and gender-based violence occur daily. Over EUR 129 million in humanitarian aid funding and
through EUHAB flights, was allocated to the African Great Lakes region in 2025.
• In 2025, ReliefEU capacities responded to 20 crises affecting 18 countries, deploying a range
of air and multimodal transportation services, including 127 chartered flights, and logistics
services with seven warehouses operating in Chad, Lebanon and Palestine. ReliefEU funding
was mobilised 118 times in 60 countries, providing a total of EUR 53.5 million in first-line
emergency humanitarian funding.
• In delivering humanitarian aid, the following three main risk areas are repeatedly considered
in activities under the programme.
o Access risk, referring to the increasing number of countries where authorities are limiting
access to populations needing assistance, for instance in Ethiopia, Myanmar/Burma,
Palestine and Ukraine.
o Safety and security risks in humanitarian operations, i.e. the complex and multifaceted
threats faced by humanitarian personnel. These include violence, kidnapping and sexual
assault, with local staff often being most vulnerable. 2025 saw a record number of aid
(59) This designation shall not be construed as recognition of a State of Palestine and is without prejudice to the
individual positions of the Member States on this issue.
Humanitarian aid programme
workers killed, which underscores the urgent need for strengthened security risk
management systems.
o The significant humanitarian financial crisis, exacerbated by the 2025 policy shift in the
United States, which has further reduced life-saving assistance worldwide, increased
vulnerability among affected populations and forced aid organisations to scale back or
suspend critical operations. In 2025, humanitarian policies – in particular gender and
equality, sexual and reproductive health, gender-based violence, greening and addressing
the impact of climate change – were especially threatened by the policy shift.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 840.5 1 017.7 965.7 1 012.1 1 023.4
4 859.5 30.4%
• The figure for 2025 is the result of the application of the methodology to track spending
contributing to climate mainstreaming. The Commission is implementing central tracking at
the commitment level, to improve the accuracy and reliability of data on climate action. The
tracking is based on the EU’s climate-marker methodology, made up of three scores (0%,
40% and 100%). Generally, humanitarian aid projects have climate adaptation as a
‘significant objective’ (40% coefficient) with some exceptions (such as ECHO Flight, Epidemics
or communications actions, which have a 0% contribution to climate), while preparedness
actions within humanitarian aid have a 100% contribution to climate, as its objective has
climate adaptation objectives as fundamental in the design, or the motivation for the activity.
• In 2025, a booklet of good practice projects on greening humanitarian aid, covering all
sectors and regions was released. It built on good practices gathered through workshops for
partners in 2024.
• The EU/ECHO acts as Secretariat of the Humanitarian Aid Donors’ Declaration on Climate and
Environment, publishing the 3rd annual progress report in 2025. As part of the overall support
for the Donor Declaration, the Commission co-led the development of the Common Donor
Priority Actions for Greening Humanitarian Aid and endorsed them in June 2025.
• Following the signing of an administrative arrangement with the Association of Southeast
Asian Nations’ Coordinating Centre for Humanitarian Assistance on disaster management in
October 2024, in 2025, the related action plan was agreed upon and successively updated. Its
implementation has proceeded as planned, with exchange of good practices and increased
coordination on disaster preparedness issues.
Humanitarian aid programme
• As part of the efforts to adapt to climate change, the disaster preparedness budget line
steadily increases every year. It reached EUR 81 million in 2025.
Humanitarian aid programme
Contribution to gender equality (*)
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 2 168.1 2 441.8 2 408.0 2 494.8 2 568.9 12 081.6
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total: 2 168.1 2 441.8 2 408.0 2 494.8 2 568.9 12 081.6 (*) Based on the applied gender contribution methodology, the following scores are attributed at the most granular level of
intervention possible:
• 2: interventions the principal objective of which is to improve gender equality;
• 1: interventions that have gender equality as an important and deliberate objective but not as the main reason for the intervention;
• 0: non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to have no significant bearing on gender equality);
• 0*: score to be assigned to interventions with a likely but not yet clear positive impact on gender equality.
• The Commission is committed to ensuring that EU humanitarian aid considers the different
needs and capacities of women and men of all ages. Through the Commission methodology
for gender expenditure tracking, a gender score of 1 has been assigned to the total voted
humanitarian aid budget implementation for 2025. This is a Commission methodology for the
whole EU budget and differs from other assessment methods used to track humanitarian
funding, such as the Commission’s humanitarian gender–age marker and the gender equality
marker used by the Development Assistance Committee of the Organisation for Economic Co-
operation and Development. The third assessment report on the gender–age marker for the
years 2018-2021 (published in 2023) confirmed that in the 2018-2021 period, over 90% of
humanitarian aid projects included gender and age considerations (60), and this was the case
for around 87% in 2023 and 2024.
• The EU continued mainstreaming gender and age across all sectors of intervention in
humanitarian crises, as well as activities calling for reinforced child protection, including
advocacy and addressing the specific needs of children in armed conflicts.
• The provision of sexual and reproductive healthcare and the prevention of and response to
sexual and gender-based violence was increased in humanitarian aid (from EUR 79 million in
2024 to EUR 114 million in 2025), in response to the needs of several acute and protracted
crises. This includes three innovative, global actions under the Enhanced Response Capacity to
enhanced gender-based violence and sexual and reproductive healthcare global response
capacity, to equip partners with the knowledge and tools to systematically foster a survivor-
centred approach, and to strengthen adolescent sexual and reproductive healthcare in
multisectoral humanitarian responses.
(60) European Commission: Directorate-General for European Civil Protection and Humanitarian Aid Operations (ECHO),
Gender-Age Marker – Assessment report 2018-2021, 2023, https://ec.europa.eu/echo/files/policies/sectoral/gender- age_marker_2018-2021_web.pdf.
Humanitarian aid programme
Gender-disaggregated information
• Number of beneficiaries by age and sex reached by humanitarian aid operations available in EvA actions’ operational data (such data reflect information encoded in fichops and in HOPE (61)). According to this database, the percentage of beneficiaries disaggregated by gender in 2025 is as follows: 50% female, 42% male, 8%unknown.
Contribution to the digital transition
Not applicable
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
Not applicable
Contribution to reforms
Not applicable
(61) Fichops are forms containing the operational information of every humanitarian project. Data from fichops are
consolidated in HOPE, an internal Commission platform.
Humanitarian aid programme
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere
Yes In Mali, a pilot approach with Action Against Hunger Spain is
underway, aiming to complement rapid response with a
resilience component. This project aims to strengthen
emergency livelihoods for the most vulnerable individuals
affected by conflict, both internally displaced persons and
host communities, focusing on the resumption of agricultural
production and the restoration of livestock. These activities,
intended to rehabilitate productive assets and enhance the
economic resilience of beneficiaries, could ensure a smooth
transition between emergency and recovery phases.
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainable agriculture
Yes In the Southern Africa and Indian Ocean the EU enhanced
child health and nutrition by improving access to quality child
health services and nutritional support in El Niño-affected
districts in Lesotho, Namibia and Angola and in Mozambique,
in both conflict and natural hazard-affected districts.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
Yes As part of the humanitarian response to epidemic outbreaks
and health crises, ECHO mobilised both reliefEU funding and
capacities on multiple occasions. During an outbreak of
Ebola in the Democratic Republic of the Congo in 2025,
reliefEU deployed a specially equipped helicopter as part of
the EU Humanitarian Air Flight operation and delivered a
temporary office and accommodation set-up in the most
affected Bulape province. Furthermore, in 2025 reliefEU
facilitated the delivery of 263 080 doses of MPOX vaccine,
donated by EU Member States, in Angola, the Democratic
Republic of the Congo, Rwanda, South Africa and Uganda. In
total, over 234 tonnes of health-related material were
donated from reliefEU stocks to various partners intervening
in Afghanistan, Angola, the Democratic Republic of the
Congo, Myanmar/Burma, Lebanon, Palestine, Sudan, Syria
and Yemen .
Humanitarian aid programme
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuniti es for all
Yes In Iraq, 17.5% of the 2025 allocation was for education in
emergencies and child protection. Activities included
educational activities, with a focus on non-formal education
in the form of basic literacy and numeracy classes, catch-up
classes and remedial classes, as well as child protection
activities such as psychosocial support, life skills and
activities aimed at facilitating access to education through
documentation. Priority schools were in areas with a high
number of children in protracted displacement, both
internally displaced persons and asylum seekers and
refugees, notably from Syria.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes
SDG6: Ensure availability and sustainable manageme nt of water and sanitation for all
Yes In Niger, an action plans to strengthen the capacity of
municipalities and technical services in the management of
drinking water and the monitoring of aquifers through. This
is related to the results of their assessment showing that
water contamination is a serious risk. It will contribute to the
sustainable management of the structures and the
maintenance of alert for any possible pollution of the
aquifers to preserve the population and the environment.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes
Humanitarian aid programme
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes
SDG15 Yes In Uganda, the EU budget finances a programmatic
partnership, contributing to the restoration of forests and
woodlots, as well as facilitating access to clean cooking,
among other actions (EUR 4.5 million over three years, 2023-
2025). To mitigate the effect of deforestation, partners of
the EU will continue promoting tree planting within
settlements through establishment of wood lots, planting
boundary trees and encouraging refugees to grow fruit trees
within their homes. UNHCR in partnership with the National
Forestry Authority will continue to raise quality tree seedlings
for planting, restore and protect Central Forest Reserves,
wetlands and water catchment areas close to refugee
settlements and promote alternative cooking fuels other
than woody biomass among refugee households.
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable developme nt, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountabl e and inclusive institutions at all levels
Yes
Humanitarian aid programme
SDG17 Strengthen the means of implement ation and revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainabl e Developme nt
Yes The EU budget supports local actors and partners in
reinforcing both their capacities, security of staff and ability
to reach communities in hard-to-reach areas. This work is
further empowered by our commitment to inclusiveness in
coordination mechanisms wherever possible. In Myanmar,
one third of the budget goes to local organisations, with
many programmes operating through large networks of local
partners that ensure principled, context-sensitive and timely
humanitarian assistance, even in highly constrained and
insecure environments. These partnerships strengthen local
ownership, improve access and acceptance at community
level, and contribute to more sustainable humanitarian
outcomes in line with SDG 17 on partnerships for the goals.
Common foreign and security policy
COMMON FOREIGN AND SECURITY POLICY
Concrete examples of achievements
3 167
patrols were conducted
by 72 ceasefire
monitors of the
European Union Mission
in Armenia in 2025 to
improve human security
along the Armenia–
Azerbaijan border,
financed under CFSP.
50
public hearings on
serious crimes
committed during and
in the aftermath of the
conflict in Kosovo (*)
were conducted in
2025 and streamed in
the three languages of
the Kosovo Specialist
Chambers, financed
under CFSP.
3 457
surplus or confiscated
small arms and light
weapons were
destroyed worldwide
under CFSP non-
proliferation projects in
2025.
EUR 6 million
worth of equipment,
including information
technology equipment,
vehicles, medical
equipment and radios,
was provided in 2025
to Ukrainian civilian
security sector
authorities by the
European Union
Advisory Mission in
Ukraine and financed
under CFSP.
(*) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status and is in line with UNSCR 1244
(1999) and the ICJ Opinion on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
Common foreign and security policy
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
352.2 361.7 371.8 384.7 393.3 404.2 414.7 2 682.6
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.7
Total 352.2 361.7 371.8 384.7 393.9 404.2 414.7 2 683.2
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 1 866.2 2 683.2 69.5%
Payments 1 901.9 0.0 70.9%
Common foreign and security policy
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Percentage of
contribution
agreements with EU
special
representatives and
civilian CSDP missions
signed within four
weeks after the
adoption of the
Council decision
0 75% 100% in 2028 Average for
2021-2025:
74.8%,
compared to a
target of
100%.
On track
Percentage of civilian
CSDP missions
coordinating with
interventions
financed under other
EU instruments
0 100% 100%
annually
between 2021
and 2027
Average for
2021-2025:
100%,
compared to a
target of
100%.
On track
Percentage of
relevant non-
proliferation and
disarmament actions
that are
complementary to
actions funded under
the peace, stability
and conflict
prevention
programme of the
Neighbourhood,
Development and
International
Cooperation
Instrument – Global
Europe
0 100% 100%
annually
between 2021
and 2027
Average for
2021-2025:
100%,
compared to a
target of
100%.
On track
Common foreign and security policy
The Common Foreign and Security Policy (CFSP) pursues the objectives of the EU external action
as defined by Article 21 of the Treaty on European Union, including safeguarding the EU’s values,
interests and security, preserving peace, preventing conflicts, strengthening international security,
consolidating and supporting democracy, the rule of law, human rights and the principles of
international law and promoting an international system based on stronger multilateral
cooperation.
In 2025, the CFSP pursued these objectives through the following actions financed from the EU
budget:
• 13 civilian Common Security and Defence Policy (CSDP) missions, which supported
partner countries by advising and capacity building on security sector reforms, rule of law
or border management or by monitoring the situation on the ground (85% of 2025 CFSP
budget commitments, including a commitment for the Kosovo Specialist Chambers under
the EULEX Kosovo Mission);
• 11 EU Special Representatives, who contributed to peace, stability and security and
promoted EU values and interests in various regions of the world by supporting mediation
and conflict resolution initiatives, maintaining contacts with regional stakeholders and
representing the EU and communicating on EU goals (5% of 2025 CFSP budget
commitments);
• 30 ongoing non-proliferation and disarmament (NPD) actions, including 12 new
actions launched in 2025, which prevented the proliferation of weapons of mass
destruction, combatted the illicit spread of small arms and light weapons and promoted
effective arms export controls by supporting the universalisation and effective
implementation of relevant international treaties and conventions, along with the
role/work of responsible international organisations (8% of the 2025 CFSP budget
commitments).
The CFSP actions mentioned above are implemented on the basis of Council decisions under the
relevant provisions of the Treaty on European Union. The proposals for the CFSP Council decisions
are prepared by the European External Action Service (EEAS) and submitted by the EU High
Representative for Foreign Affairs and Security Policy. The decisions define the objectives and
mandates of the actions. The civilian CSDP missions, EU Special Representatives and organisations
implementing non-proliferation and disarmament report on the progress on the objectives to the
Council and to the EEAS. The Commission is responsible for ensuring the sound financial
management of the funds entrusted to the entities under contribution or grant agreements
concluded between them and the Commission.
The implementation of CFSP actions has been impacted by the volatile political and security
situation in certain partner countries, including Ukraine, in the Middle East and in the Sahel region.
For example, in 2025 the staff of the European Union Advisory Mission for Civilian Security Sector
Reform in Ukraine faced an increased intensity of Russian missile and drone attacks on Kyiv and
its energy infrastructure, which caused disruptions of electricity and heating supply.
Common foreign and security policy
Contribution to horizontal priorities
CFSP actions are not designed to tackle the green priorities, as is the case with action documents
under cooperation instruments.
Some entities have internal procedures favouring green procurement. However, as operations
mainly focus on providing advice and developing capacities in the civilian security sector, their
impact on the abovementioned horizontal issues remains very limited.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 291.9 281.7 264.0 298.0 360.4 1 496.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 60.3 80.0 107.8 86.7 32.9 367.7
Total: 352.2 361.7 371.8 384.7 393.3 1 863.7
The European External Action Service (EEAS) assessed that civilian CSDP missions have gender
equality as an important objective (Development Assistance Committee (DAC) Gender equality
marker 1). This assessment is based on several elements. First, the Missions have full-time gender
advisers and gender focal point networks. In addition, the missions implement guidelines on gender
mainstreaming. The missions also collect sex-disaggregated data, they provide training courses on
gender mainstreaming and on the Women, Peace and Security agenda, and they conduct
operational activities to advance gender equality and/or implementation of the Women, Peace and
Security agenda. Finally, the EEAS and Member States are committed to enhancing the share of
female staff in the missions. The 2023 Civilian CSDP Compact sets a target of 40% women among
international mission staff by end-2027. The selection procedures prioritise women over men in
selection procedures.
Apart from the civilian CSDP Missions, a number of CFSP non-proliferation and disarmament
actions contribute also to gender equality by implementing specific activities designed, for
example, to increase the participation of women in nuclear security or non-proliferation.
Gender disaggregated information:
• As of 31 December 2025, 76% of international staff of civilian CSDP Missions were male and 24% female.
Common foreign and security policy
Contribution to the digital transition
Not applicable
Common foreign and security policy
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes CSDP Missions have full-time gender advisers and gender
focal point networks. In addition, the missions implement
guidelines on gender mainstreaming and provide training
courses on gender mainstreaming and Women, Peace and
Security, and they conduct operational activities to advance
gender equality and/or implementation of the Women, Peace
and Security agenda. Finally, the EEAS and Member States
are committed to enhancing the share of female staff in the
missions. Apart from the civilian CSDP Missions, several CFSP
non-proliferation and disarmament actions contribute also to
gender equality by implementing specific activities designed,
for example, to increase the participation of women in
nuclear security or non-proliferation efforts
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes CFSP actions contribute to the preservation of peace, conflict
prevention, strengthening of international security,
consolidating and supporting democracy, the rule of law and
human rights by advising and building capacity on security
sector reforms, rule of law or border management, by
supporting mediation and conflict resolution initiatives or by
supporting the universalisation and effective implementation
of international treaties and conventions addressing the
proliferation of weapons of mass destruction or conventional
weapons.
Common foreign and security policy
Support to reforms
Advisory civilian CSDP Missions contribute to the security sector reforms in partner countries by providing advice on policies, strategies, and legislation.
Given the division of responsibilities between the Council, the EEAS, and the Commission with regard to the implementation of the CFSP, based on the provisions of the Treaty on European Union, the Commission is not in a position to assess the contribution of the Missions to the reforms, as the Missions report on the implementation of their mandates to the Council and the EEAS and not to the Commission.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
DECISION ON THE OVERSEAS ASSOCIATION, INCLUDING
GREENLAND
Concrete examples of achievements
11 865
international tourists
visited Saint Pierre and
Miquelon in 2025, a
17% increase from
2024, thanks to EU
support for sustainable
tourism.
Only 19
months after the
‘Coastal resilience
needs assessment’
project, financed under
the EU resilience,
sustainable energy and
marine biodiversity
programme in Sint
Maarten, many actions
have been put in place,
including research,
education and training
to strengthen the
island’s ability to
manage its natural
resources.
90%
of the population in
Saint Barthélemy could
access Wi-Fi in crisis
situations in 2025, as a
result of the disaster
risk seduction budget
support programme
under the DOAG.
6 000
breeding seabird pairs
are now recorded
annually on Tromelin
Island (French Southern
and Antarctic Lands),
following restoration
efforts under the EU-
funded Restauration
des écosystèmes
insulaires de l’océan
Indien project.
130
participants of various
business-to-business
and business-to-
government meetings
that took place during
the first EU–Greenland
Week in Brussels in
November 2025,
organised by the EU
and funded by the
DOAG.
76.9%
of lower secondary
education pupils
obtained satisfactory
marks in English in
2024, compared with
68.8% in 2022, thanks
to budget support
provided by the EU to
Greenland as a way to
raise the academic
level of pupils in lower
secondary education.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
67.0 69.0 70.0 71.4 73.5 74.3 75.4 500.6
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 35.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 35.0
Total 67.0 69.0 105.0 71.4 74.8 74.3 75.4 535.6
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 345.6 535.6 64.5%
Payments 192.1 0.0 35.9%
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
For OCTs except
Greenland, exports
of goods and
services as a
percentage of gross
domestic product
19.2% N/A N/A 35.3% in 2024 N/A
For OCTs except
Greenland, total
government
revenue as a
percentage of gross
domestic product
26.9% N/A N/A 22.9% in 2024 N/A
For Greenland,
exports of goods
and services as a
percentage of gross
domestic product
26.4% N/A N/A 40.8% in 2024 N/A
For Greenland, the
percentage of the
fisheries sector in
total exports
91.4% N/A N/A 96.0% in 2025 N/A
The indicators presented above are based on data from various statistical sources in each OCT. The baseline was established by calculating a proxy based on available data, with the year 2020 serving as the reference point. Progress is shown using the most recent data available from each OCT, which in most cases is from 2024. It is important to note that a direct contribution by the cooperation provided for under the DOAG to the achievement of these indicators cannot be established, as most of the cooperation programmes do not directly support exports of goods and services, and only indirectly support government revenue generation (through cooperation on public financial management). Therefore, no targets are set.
Over the past years, cooperation between the EU and Greenland has expanded beyond education
and fisheries to cover sustainable tourism, digital connectivity, raw materials, renewable energy
and the environment.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
In 2025, 15 small and medium-sized enterprises across Greenland were awarded targeted
business development mini-grants, and 72 small and medium-sized enterprises or start-ups
benefited from personalised business coaching focusing on specific challenges of planning,
budgeting, fundraising, taxation and digital marketing.
In this framework, the first-ever EU–Greenland Week took place in November 2025 in Brussels,
with strong participation from Greenland and the EU, gathering public and private stakeholders for
high-level sessions to advance partnerships in key strategic sectors.
In 2025, EU-OCT cooperation focused on strengthening the investment agenda and expanding
regional cooperation. Pacific OCTs participated in the first EU–Pacific Business Forum held in Fiji in
September 2025, while several Caribbean OCTs attended the Sargassum Conferences and the EU–
LAC Business Forum in November 2025.
In New Caledonia, following the violent political crisis in May 2024, which severely impacted both
the population and the economy, additional assistance of EUR 1 million was granted in 2025 as a
top-up to the existing budget support, supporting the territory’s energy transition plan. Furthermore,
EUR 5 million was mobilised for an additional measure to strengthen resilience and social cohesion.
EU-OCT cooperation continued to deliver tangible results. As part of the implementation of Saint
Barthélemy’s disaster risk reduction policy, supported by the EU with EUR 2.5 million, by 2025 the
territory had acquired four rescue and assistance vehicles, carried out training courses on search
and rescue and installed a tsunami alert system.
In Saint Pierre and Miquelon, where the EU is supporting sustainable tourism with EUR 27 million,
2025 saw steady progress and tourism growth. The EU’s support allowed to increase
accommodation capacity, promote tourism among young people and adopt a strategy for coastal
protection. As a result, 11 865 international tourists visited Saint Pierre and Miquelon, a 17%
increase compared with 2024.
The implementation of EU-OCT cooperation for 2021-2027 continued to progress well. In 2025 all
territorial programmes were effectively under implementation except for Curaçao and Sint
Maarten, for which decisions should be adopted respectively in 2026 and 2027.
The total amount of actions adopted up to 2025 was EUR 366.3 million, i.e. over 73% of the total
DOAG envelope of EUR 500 million. In 2025, the first three actions were adopted for a total of
EUR 4.8 million: one intra-regional programme for the French Southern and Antarctic Lands, a
programme dedicated to culture and a support measures programme, both covering all OCTs.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 53.6 50.2 13.1 6.9 2.3 3.5 129.6 25.8%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 0.0 12.9 29.1 19.9 13.7 1.0 2.0 78.5 15.6%
The Green Deal is pivotal to the EU–OCT cooperation. The DOAG, with its EUR 500 million envelope
for 2021-2027, includes specific targets on priority areas of mutual interest, such as climate
change and biodiversity. Given the vulnerabilities of the OCTs as islands, the Green Deal is
considered a key priority of the EU–OCT cooperation for 2021-2027. 10 out of 12 bilateral
multiannual indicative programmes have a strong Green Deal focus (Bonaire, Curaçao, French
Polynesia, Greenland, New Caledonia, Saba, Saint Barthélemy, Sint Eustatius, Sint Maarten, Wallis
and Futuna), along with the three regional multiannual indicative programmes (Indian Ocean–
French Southern and Antarctic Lands, Pacific and Caribbean). Around 40% of the overall resources
will be mobilised for Green Deal related sectors, such as renewable energy, water, disaster risk
reduction, sustainable agriculture and green growth, including sustainable tourism.
As regards climate change, the Commission supported the drafting in 2025 of a report on carbon
capture storage (CCS) potential in Greenland, under the Capacity Facility for Greenland (established
under Council Decision (EU)2012/137). This report aimed to support the Government of Greenland
in making necessary strategic decisions about pursuing CCS in Greenland. As this study concluded
that CCS was only financially viable in a very optimistic scenario, it recommended the Government
of Greenland to move forward with a detailed feasibility study and a phased approach to reduce
financial risks.
Other examples, with the 11th EDF regional Caribbean programme RESEMBID includes:
• In Sint Maarten, a modernised disaster management systems connect various entities in
Sint Maarten for better communication and coordination during disasters, improving
national response capabilities to the benefit of a population of 103 700 people.
• In Curaçao, 26 802 persons were reached via public awareness and engagement campaign
to raise awareness and identify solutions on the issue of plastic pollution in the marine
environment
As regards biodiversity, through the same project RESEMBID, in Aruba, 150 contractors and park
rangers were trained in marine biodiversity and restoration techniques. In Saint-Barthélémy, 450
trees were planted in deforested areas, 5 persons were trained in artificial reef construction and
monitoring, 150 coral fragments implanted on three artificial reefs and over 8 900 residents
reached through public education campaigns
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
Within the framework of the Green Growth Programme under the Multiannual Indicative Programme (MIP) 2021-2027 for Greenland, the Commission supports a project to strengthen and expand a program aiming at mapping and monitoring seabed living communities, also known as the benthic ecosystem, in Greenland. It also supports the preparatory work around the establishment of the West Greenland National Park.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 60.0 2.4 64.7 69.5 64.0 260.7
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 7.0 66.6 5.3 1.9 9.5 90.3
Total: 67.0 69.0 70.0 71.4 73.5 351.0
While no specific target was set for 2021-2027 EU–OCT cooperation concerning gender equality,
the DOAG programme explicitly states that this horizontal priority should be mainstreamed into all
initiatives as a key contribution to the successful achievement of the sustainable development
goals. Consequently, all new initiatives aim to ensure that gender aspects are considered to the
best extent possible, notably through sex-disaggregated data. All new 2025 cooperation initiatives
have gender equality as a significant objective, while there are no initiatives that focus specifically
on gender equality. A score of 0 represents support measures and measures relating to the French
Southern and Antarctic Lands, where there are no inhabitants.
In Saba, the technical assistance is conducting a sectoral gender analysis in the framework of the
design of this next Energy Strategy, ensuring gender-sensitivity and raising awareness with the
local stakeholders.
Gender disaggregated information:
•
Contribution to the digital transition
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
% of the
2021-2025
envelope
Digital
contribution 0.0 0.0 0.0 19.5 16.5 36.0 10.2%
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
The Caribbean OCTs were involved in the Global Gateway initiative EU–Latin America and Caribbean
Digital Alliance, with Caribbean OCTs attending the EU-LAC Digital Alliance Week in Guatemala in
2025. The Caribbean OCTs’ intraregional envelope under the DOAG will be used for digital
connectivity and cybersecurity. In 2025, a feasibility study was launched to prepare it, covering the
Greater Caribbean, including the seven OCTs and the four Outermost regions.
In 2025, EUR 19.4 million were being implemented for the digital transition, through the Aruba e-
government project, as well as the Greenland education project, which includes a significant digital
component
In Aruba, the EU is supporting the territory’s e-government strategy with EUR 14.2 million. It entails
the building of an e-government organisation, an e-ID development and implementation, and
national cybersecurity development. The overall objective of the action is thus to contribute to
Aruba’s economic, social and environmental sustainable development through the digital
transformation of government services.
The EU–Greenland Education Partnership supports the digital transition in education by
strengthening distance learning and digital teaching capacities across the system. Through budget
support, it contributes to the implementation of the Information Technology (IT) Strategy 2025–
2029 (Digital Primary & Lower Secondary Schools II), which focuses on infrastructure, teachers’
digital skills and responsible use of technology. In primary and lower secondary education,
initiatives such as the Kivitsisa programme promote digital tools, remote learning and teacher
mentoring networks to improve teaching quality across Greenland’s dispersed communities. At
upper secondary level (GUX), digital solutions such as the eGUX distance-learning programme help
expand access and support higher completion rates. Together, these initiatives improve inclusive
access to quality education throughout Greenland.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
x The OCTs share vulnerabilities, resulting in a complex set of
food security and nutrition challenges. For 2021-2027, the
EU is supporting sustainable agriculture, food security and
nutrition in the Pacific region (regional multiannual indicative
programme, EUR 36 million), the Caribbean OCTs (regional
multiannual indicative programme, EUR 21 million) and in
Sint Eustatius (EUR 2.9 million).
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
x Access to quality education fosters equality and is an
essential pre-condition for achieving sustainable growth and
jobs. This is the rationale of one of the two priority areas of
the EU cooperation with Greenland in 2021-2027. EUR
202.5 million is earmarked for education cooperation in
Greenland, to increase the quality, the access, and the
efficiency of the territory’s education system, which is facing
a number of complex challenges (lack of skilled staff,
geography, social issues).
Through the Erasmus+ programme, the EU also supports the
OCTs in facilitating mobility of individuals and reinforcing
intercultural dialogue and understanding.
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
x In French Polynesia, the programme (EUR 31.1 million) is
contributing to the achievement of sustainable development
objectives aiming at guaranteeing access to drinking water
and sanitation while ensuring an integrated management of
water resources in the face of climate change constraints.
In Bonaire (EUR 4.6 million) and Curaçao (EUR 18.6 million),
the population and economic growth (notably linked to the
tourism sector) led to increased production of wastewater
and solid waste and more pressure on ecosystems. The
programmes are therefore aiming to improve water
management and increase access to sustainable sanitation.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
x In New Caledonia, the sustainable energy transition
programme (EUR 31.9 million) is contributing to the
decarbonisation of the mining industry, which is the lungs of
the economy and responsible for 77% of the territory’s total
energy consumption. Furthermore, New Caledonia aims at
energy autonomy for the territory, based on reliable,
decarbonised, resilient and affordable energy.
The programme in Saba (EUR 4.1 million) is accelerating the
transition to a low carbon economy building on in the
previous 11th European Development Fund action which
substantially improved the energy mix of Saba with 40% of
renewable energy produced. More action is needed to
increase the share of renewable energy in the global energy
mix (objective of 60% production) and energy efficiency
(with the launch of a programme to promote the use of LED
technologies and solar water heaters).
In Greenland, the cooperation aims at increasing the
percentage of renewable energy in the public electricity
provision to 90%, and there are initiatives to reduce the
carbon footprint of current and future economic
developments.
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
x In Saint Pierre and Miquelon, the programme on sustainable
tourism (EUR 27 million) is contributing to the sustainable
economic diversification of the territory, relying on the
potential and multiplier effect for sustainable growth of the
tourism sector. It reinforces the attractiveness of the
territory bringing decent jobs and new opportunities,
including for local youth and women.
In 2021-2027 the EU teams up with Aruba to implement its
e-government-strategy (EUR 14.2 million). This entails the
building of an e-government organisation, an e-ID
development and implementation, national cyber security
development and the creation and implementation of the
national digital payment infrastructure. Aruba’s digital
transformation is contributing to secure the digital access to
government services and unlocking new economic
opportunities for all, including women and youth.
In Greenland, within the green growth programme (EUR 22.5
million) the EU is supporting initiatives to make the
territory’s natural richness more accessible to foreign
tourists in a manner that is sustainable and respectful of the
unique environment, while supporting local populations.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
x In Greenland, inequality is tackled with the improved access
of all children to pre-school education, which lays the
ground for future economic security independent of starting
conditions
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
x A new programme on Culture will enable all the OCTs to
foster an inclusive and sustainable economic development,
by strengthening the Cultural and Creative Industries and
the sustainable tourism sectors. It will include activities on
preserving the rich cultural heritage of the OCTs.
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
x The EU’s 2021-2027 support for Bonaire and Curaçao on
water management and sanitation aims to expand the
application of the circular economy in water resources
management, as a mechanism to achieve greater
environmental and health protection (via increased
sanitation coverage and greater wastewater treatment
capacities as well as reuse of wastewater resources).
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
x The OCTs are especially vulnerable to climate change and
environmental degradation due to their geographical
locations and characteristics. The ongoing all-OCT thematic
programme Green Overseas and the Caribbean, Indian
Ocean, and Pacific regional programmes (for a total of EUR
97.8 million) from the 11th European Development Fund are
all dedicated to ensuring the sustainable use of natural
resources, protecting biodiversity, and supporting climate
initiatives and resilience, showing the vital importance of
these areas to all OCTs.
The regional initiatives under DOAG (EUR 36 million for the
Pacific OCTs, EUR 21 million for the Caribbean OCTs and
EUR 4 million for the French Southern and Antarctic Lands)
will build on these achievements. EU support to protect
biodiversity will continue to be the priority area for
cooperation with the French Southern and Antarctic Lands in
2021-2027 (EUR 4 million), aiming at improving the
surveillance and observation of terrestrial and marine
ecosystems in the French Southern and Antarctic Lands,
restoring ecosystems, and reinforcing impact prevention
mechanisms.
The new intraregional programme with the Reunion (EUR
1.15 million) aims at conserving the island ecosystems and
indigenous animal and plant species.
Saint Barthélemy (EUR 2.5 million) in 2021-2027 supports
disaster risk management and climate adaptation.
The BEST LIFE programme 2021-2027 continues to scale up
the initiatives in OCTs on biodiversity and nature
conservation.
All these programmes focus therefore on translating
Sustainable Development Goals 13, 14 and 15 into effective
results on the ground and will prepare the work for the
future.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG14: Conserve and sustainab ly use the oceans, seas and marine resources for sustainab le developm ent
x Same as SDG 13
SDG15 x Same as SDG 13
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
x EU-funded initiatives in the OCTs intend to reinforce the
capacity, the accountability and inclusiveness of their
institutions. Budget support is generally a preferred
implementation modality for OCTs’ territorial allocations. It
is an efficient way of addressing long-term and structural
challenges, of improving the performance and accountability
of administrations while focusing on the effective
achievement of results of territorial policies and of
maintaining a constructive policy dialogue. Practice confirms
that this modality provides satisfactory results in OCTs
through a high level of appropriation from local authorities.
This is also supported via a specific technical assistance,
that OCTs have access to.
Overseas Countries and Territories – Decision on the Overseas
Association, including Greenland (OCT-DOAG)
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
x The special relationship between the EU and the OCTs is
based on the association of the OCTs with the EU, which
constitutes a partnership. This principle of partnership is
embedded in DOAG, which is the framework for political and
policy dialogue and cooperation on issues of common
interest. Recently, the partnership has been further
reinforced by including dedicated cooperation on youth
engagement. The OCT Youth Network, an initiative of over
EUR 560 000 was launched in July 2022 by the EU with the
aim of increasing the ties between young people living in the
OCTs and the EU, and of enhancing the knowledge and
involvement of young people in the EU–OCT partnership.
Three network meetings took place as of mid-2025.
Support to reforms
The EU financed the development of Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon's Strategic Development Plan for the period 2026-2029, which was adopted by the territory’s council in December 2025.
EU budget support of EUR 2.9 million has contributed to the development of a plan for the restructuring and development of the Agriculture, Animal Husbandry and Fisheries Department of Sint Eustatius, to create government capacity that can deliver support for improving agriculture, livestock and fishery. The plan was adopted in 2025 by the City Council.
In French Polynesia, the EUR 31.1 million EU budget support programme for the sustainable water management policy has contributed to advancing structural sector reforms and strengthening public governance. Concrete reform progress includes the development and dissemination of tools supporting municipalities in delivering water and sanitation services, the strengthening of environmental monitoring systems, and the production and validation of governance and policy documents.
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR MACRO-FINANCIAL
ASSISTANCE
Concrete examples of achievements
11
macro-financial
assistance (MFA)
operations were
adopted between
2021 and 2025,
for a total of
EUR 49.3 billion in
loans and
EUR 75 million in
grants, to support
five candidate and
neighbourhood
partner countries
with their urgent
financing needs
following global
shocks and
increased
geopolitical
tensions.
EUR 18.1 billio
n
In loans were
provided to
Ukraine in 2025
as part of the G7
Exceptional
Revenue
Acceleration (ERA)
loans initiative, in
the light of
Russia’s intensified
war of aggression
against the
country.
EUR 2.25 billio
n
in loans have been
disbursed to Egypt
and Jordan since
the summer of
2024 to support
the countries’
challenging
economic
situations,
aggravated by the
turmoil in the
region.
EUR 75 million
in grants was
disbursed to
Moldova in 2022-
2024 in the
context of the
energy crisis and
the repercussions
of the war in
Ukraine.
10
partner countries
were supported
through MFA
operations during
the COVID-19
crisis, helping
beneficiary
countries in the EU
neighbourhood to
cushion the
impact of the
COVID-19
pandemic and
safeguard
macroeconomic
stability.
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming - grants
56.4 50.0 56.7 57.4 59.3 61.5 64.5 405.8
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
MFA loans provisioning 152.5 205.9 196.7 155.2 135.0 161.7 407.9 1 415.0
Total 208.9 255.9 253.4 212.6 194.3 223.3 472.4 1 820.8
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
MFA loans that are officially part of the budget lines of NDICI – Global Europe and IPA are excluded for reporting in NDICI – Global Europe and IPA and relinked to the MFA PPS (amounts included in this table).
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 922.0 1 820.8 50.6%
Payments 718.1 0.0 39.4%
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
Implementation and performance
Main highlights of the macro-financial assistance programme in terms of
implementation and performance, with a focus on the year 2025
• MFA is a form of EU financial aid for partner countries experiencing a balance-of-payments
crisis, helping to restore their external stability and to bring their economies back to a
sustainable path. By relieving the partner country of some financial stress, the MFA operation
increases the country’s fiscal space, improves its debt sustainability and allows it to focus on
driving necessary reforms.
• MFA is predominantly provided in the form of loans, backed by provisioning from the EU budget
(except for the most recent operations regarding Ukraine, namely the EUR 18 billion MFA+ and
the EUR 18.1 billion extraordinary revenue acceleration MFA loan, which are backed by the
headroom) for a total of EUR 1 415.0 million through the multiannual financial framework
programming period. A smaller share of EUR 405.8 million is dedicated to grants through the
multiannual financial framework programming period. In 2025, EUR 18 365.7 million in MFA
funds was disbursed in loans, while no grants were disbursed as the latest operation including
a grant element was completed in 2024. The budget lines for commitments related to the
provisioning of MFA loans in 2025 amounted to EUR 135.0 million.
• In March 2025, an MFA operation regarding Egypt of up to EUR 4 billion was adopted by the
co-legislators to urgently support the country’s challenging economic situation, aggravated by
the turmoil in the region. A first disbursement of EUR 1 billion occurred in January 2026, and
two further disbursements are expected in 2026-2027.
• In October 2023, the Jordanian authorities submitted a request for MFA referring to challenging
global economic prospects, restrictive credit conditions, inflationary pressures and the
repercussions of the Syrian refugee crisis. MFA of up to EUR 500 million in loans was adopted
by the co-legislators in April 2025. The first instalment of EUR 250 million was disbursed on
19 September 2025. The two following instalments are expected in 2026-2027, if the
conditions attached to the memorandum of understanding are fulfilled.
• In view of the escalating turmoil in Jordan’s immediate neighbourhood, the Jordanian
authorities submitted an additional request for MFA in January 2025. In January 2026, the co-
legislators adopted an additional MFA operation (MFA V) of EUR 500 million, increasing the total
amount of MFA to the country to EUR 1 billion in loans. The Commission is currently working on
a memorandum of understanding to be signed with the Jordanian authorities later this year.
• In the light of Russia’s intensified war of aggression, the G7 leaders agreed in June 2024 to
provide financial assistance to Ukraine through extraordinary revenue acceleration loans of up
to EUR 45 billion, leveraging the extraordinary revenues generated from immobilised Russian
assets. On 28 October 2024, the regulation establishing the Ukraine Loan Cooperation
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
Mechanism and providing new MFA to Ukraine came into force. The mechanism collects the
windfall profits to support Ukraine in repaying the up to EUR 45 billion of loans to be provided
by G7 partners. The MFA loan of EUR 18.1 billion represents the EU’s contribution to the
extraordinary revenue acceleration initiative. This amount was fully disbursed in 2025, with a
final disbursement in November 2025 successfully concluding this MFA operation.
Support for reforms
• MFA helped the EU to entrench macroeconomic stability in its neighbourhood by promoting
crucial structural reforms and sound macro-fiscal policies.
• The ex-post evaluations of MFA operations carried out so far have concluded that MFA
operations do contribute to achieving structural reforms through conditionality and to improving
external sustainability and macroeconomic stability in the recipient country, albeit sometimes
modestly and indirectly.
• In most cases, MFA operations had a positive effect on the balance of payments of the
beneficiary countries and contributed to relaxing their budgetary constraints. They also helped
maintain or regain market access and led to slightly higher economic growth. Ex post
evaluations concluded that the standard availability period of 2.5 years for MFA support creates
an overall framework that incentivises reforms and their implementation. In addition, the
setting of policy conditions, determined as a package of reforms, was assessed as ensuring a
comprehensive reform effort. The chosen policy areas, their degree of ambition and their impact
on long-term sustainability, along with the sequencing of reforms, were found to be appropriate
and important ingredients for successful operations.
• One important attribute of the EU’s MFA compared to alternative sources of financing is its
highly concessional terms, i.e. relatively low interest rates, long maturity and a long grace
period. This generates fiscal space and contributes to public debt sustainability in the
beneficiary countries.
• The ex-post evaluations also confirm that previous MFA programmes were implemented
efficiently, and were well coordinated with other EU programmes and with the programmes of
other donors (notably the International Monetary Fund and the World Bank). MFA policy
conditionality is separate from International Monetary Fund conditionality, but is
complementary to and reinforces it.
• The most recent ex post evaluation examined the COVID-19 MFA package, which supported 10
enlargement and neighbourhood partner countries facing severe external and fiscal pressures
due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Totalling EUR 3 billion in loans, this operation was at the time
the largest-ever MFA operation in both size and geographic scope. The ex post evaluation
concluded that the package successfully achieved its objectives by delivering swift, highly
concessional financial support, thereby helping beneficiary countries to safeguard
macroeconomic stability in a global pandemic. It also showed that bundling the 10 operations
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
under a single legislative act allowed the Commission to streamline the legislative process in a
situation of urgency, while ensuring the full involvement of the co-legislators. The use of
procedural flexibilities facilitated the swift adoption of the proposal, illustrating the political
significance of EU support for partner countries and the flexibility of the MFA instrument.
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
Contribution to horizontal priorities
MFA funds are not allocated to specific projects or spending categories and their final
destination, unless otherwise specified, is left to the national authorities to decide.
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
• Not applicable
Financial statement for macro-financial assistance
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 208.9 255.9 253.4 212.6 194.3 1 125.1
Total: 208.9 255.9 253.4 212.6 194.3 1 125.1
• Score 0 as MFA operations are non-targeted interventions (interventions that are expected to
have no significant bearing on gender equality).
• MFA funds are not allocated to specific projects or spending categories and their destination,
unless otherwise specified (in the memoranda of understanding signed with partner
countries), is left to the national authorities to decide.
• Disaggregated data of any type do not exist and thus cannot be collected.
Contribution to the digital transition
• Not applicable.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• Not applicable.
Contribution to sustainable development goals
• Not applicable.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
INSTRUMENT FOR PRE-ACCESSION ASSISTANCE (IPA) III
Concrete examples of achievements
10.7 million
primary healthcare
consultations
were provided for
refugees in Türkiye in
2025 under the Sihhat
health care programme
financed under the
Instrument for Pre-
Accession Assistance
(IPA III).
9 200
Individuals in Albania,
including 2 300
children and 3 000
families,
benefited from new or
expanded community-
based services in 2025,
thanks to the
EU4socialcare
programme financed by
IPA III.
Over 40 000
new geo-referenced
data points were
collected in
Montenegro in 2025
on habitats, plants,
animals, and birds
thanks to IPA III,
providing a scientific
basis for establishing
the future Natura 2000
network, in line with the
EU Birds and Habitats
Directives.
40 800
households
in Kosovo (62) received
subsidies in 2025 for
energy efficiency
renovations, electrical
appliances, efficient
heating equipment, and
solar systems while
200 000 households
(80 000 vulnerable)
benefitted of
conditional assistance,
achieving lower bills
and major resource
savings thanks to
IPA III.
(62) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion
on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Over 830
individuals
in Bosnia and
Herzegovina have
been successfully
employed after
participating in the
targeted training,
upskilling, and reskilling
programmes funded by
IPA III.
233
students
enrolled at the Kiro
Burnaz regional centre
for vocational
education and training
in Kumanovo, North
Macedonia, in
2024/2025thanks to
IPA III, which financed
the revitalisation of its
facilities and the
enhancement of the
learning environment
and living conditions in
the students’ dormitory.
50
specialised firefighting
and disaster response
vehicles,
an interactive hazard
risk map and advanced
display equipment, and
the establishment of
disaster risk register
and the training of 1
100 stakeholders
substantially improved
disaster-management
readiness and response
in Serbia in 2025,
thanks to IPA III.
2
national platforms were
established in North
Macedonia in 2025,
one for
interinstitutional
cooperation and joint
action against cultural
heritage crimes, and
another for
environmental crimes,
from the twinning
project on
“strengthening
institutional capacities
in dealing with cultural
heritage and
environmental crimes”
financed under IPA III.
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
1883.7 1984.8 2 529.6 2 110.7 2 185.4 2 143.0 2 076.2 14 913.4
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0
0.0
0.0 0.0 56.0 0.0 0.0 56.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
31.3 3.8 4.2 4.9 10.6 0.0 0.0 54.8
Total 1 914.9 1 988.6 2 533.8 2 115.6 2 252.0 2 143.0 2 076.2 15
024.1
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the financial regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 10 662.0 15 024.1 71.0%
Payments 4 4170.5 0.0 29.4%
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Composite indicator
on political criteria –
Western Balkans
2.1 86% 2.8 in 2027 2.4 in 2025
compared to a
target of 2.8
Moderate
progress
Composite indicator
on political criteria –
Türkiye
1.8 75% 2.0 in 2027 1.5 in 2025
compared to a
target of 2.0
Deserves
attention
Readiness of
enlargement
countries on public
administration reform
– Western Balkans
2.5 84% 3.0 in 2027 2.53 in 2025
compared to a
target of 3.0
On track
Readiness of
enlargement
countries on public
administration reform
– Türkiye
2.5 83% 3.0 in 2027 2.5 in 2025
compared to a
target of 3.0
Deserves
attention
Composite indicator
on EU acquis
alignment – western
Balkans
2.5 >100% 2.7 in 2027 2.72 in 2025
compared to a
target of 2.7
Achieved
Composite indicator
on EU acquis
alignment – Türkiye
2.9 95% 3.1 in 2027 2.94 in 2025
compared to a
target of 3.1
On track
Composite indicator
on economic criteria –
Western Balkans
2.3 93% 3.0 in 2027 2.79 in 2025
compared to a
target of 3.0
On track
Composite indicator
on economic criteria –
Türkiye
4.5 90% 5.0 in 2027 4.5 in 2025
compared to a
target of 5.0
Deserves
attention
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
The implementation of IPA III has been significantly influenced by external factors, most notably
Russia's war of aggression against Ukraine. In response, IPA III programming was adjusted to
address emerging needs. In December 2022, the Commission adopted a EUR 1 billion Western
Balkans energy support package to mitigate via the Western Balkans Investment Framework the
impact of the war, implemented through two equal components: budget support (EUR 500 million)
and investments (EUR 500 million). Implementation of the budget support component has been
completed for Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Kosovo and Montenegro, while final payments for
Serbia and North Macedonia remain conditional upon the successful implementation of their
national energy action plans. The budget support has provided relief to vulnerable households while
improving energy security, the share of renewable energy, and energy infrastructure. The
investment component is being implemented through the Western Balkans Investment Framework,
supporting the energy transition and energy security across the region: six renewable energy
flagship projects have been approved for public sector investments, three private sector blending
projects combining EU budget grants with loans from other donors have started implementation,
and three out of six signed European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus open architecture
guarantees are contributing to the objectives of the energy support package.
In 2025, the Commission finalised the programming of IPA III bilateral and multi-country
multiannual action plans in favour of the Western Balkans and Türkiye, with the exception of
Kosovo. The following new action plans were adopted: a multi-country and civil society facility and
media multiannual action plan for 2025–2027 (EUR 553.9 million); a multiannual action plan
covering bilateral actions in favour of Albania, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Montenegro, North
Macedonia and Serbia for 2025–2027 (EUR 491.9 million); a multiannual action plan in favour of
Türkiye for 2025–2027 (EUR 311.7 million); and a multiannual action supporting essential needs
for refugees and migration management in Türkiye for 2025–2027 (EUR 1.15 billion).
Through these action plans, the Commission is implementing its new approach to EU financial
assistance for the 2025–2027 period (63). Bilateral priorities were agreed with IPA III beneficiaries
to ensure complementarity with the Western Balkans Reform and Growth Facility, which entered
into force in 2024. For the Western Balkan countries, assistance in 2025–2027 from the IPA III
focuses on EU accession priorities, including acquis alignment, the rule of law, fundamentals and
democracy, and improved governance, while promoting inclusive and sustainable socio-economic
development. Multi-country priorities were selected to prepare beneficiaries for future EU
membership, with a focus on rule of law, regional cooperation, governance, the green and digital
transitions, and territorial cooperation.
The Global Gateway in the Western Balkans has been implemented through the economic and
investment plan (2020-2024) and, since May 2024, through the growth plan via its Reform and
Growth Facility. By November 2025, the EU had mobilised EUR 18 billion of expected investments
in Global Gateway projects, including EUR 6 billion in EU grants, covering 73 investments supported
through the Western Balkans Investment Framework.
Regarding Kosovo, the implementation of EU assistance has been impacted by the measures put
in place following the 2023 escalation in the north of the country. In 2025, following de-escalation
efforts, the Commission took steps to gradually lift these measures and announced its intention to
63 Starting in 2025, IPA III funds have been programmed through multi-annual and multi-country financing decisions for
2025 to 2027, allowing for further predictability and flexibility of EU assistance delivery.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
lift all remaining measures in early 2026. The programming of the last IPA III funds for Kosovo,
totalling EUR 181 million, encompassing EUR 104 million planned for 2025-2027 and EUR 77
million of re-programming from the 2021–2024 period, is expected to be completed in the second
quarter of 2026.
The assistance provided to Türkiye reflects the state of the EU’s relations with the country and
focuses on strategic sectors such as the green and connectivity agendas. The Turkey Investment
Platform, established in 2022, supports investment proposals in the areas of decarbonisation,
digitalisation, access to finance, innovation, and green investments, leveraging more than EUR 2.4
billion through EU budget guarantees. The 2025–2027 multiannual programming further
encompasses support in areas such as the environment, transport, energy, competitiveness,
employment, and education, alongside support for fundamental rights, civil society, refugees and
host communities.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming
624.5 580.1 503.3 510.1 453.2 568.0 568.0 3 807.2 25.4%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming
33.1 77.5 50.0 74.8 37.7 97.0 102.0 472.2 3.2%
IPA III supports the EU's climate objectives, with its regulation stipulating that at least 18% of its
financial envelope should contribute to climate goals, set to increase to 20% by 2027. In 2025,
16% of IPA III funding was allocated to climate financing. Preliminary results for 2021-2025
indicate that IPA III is on track to exceed its climate spending targets, with climate financing
accounting for 24.7% of the spending during this period, totalling EUR 2.67 billion. Overall, IPA III
is expected to contribute around EUR 4 billion to climate objectives from 2021 to 2027,
representing 25% of the programme's total envelope.
This overachievement reflects both the inherently climate-oriented design of IPA III’s Western
Balkans Investment Framework programming and the large-scale energy response to Russia's war
of aggression against Ukraine. Under the Western Balkans Investment Framework, EU4 green and
digital transition and EU4 green growth programmes directed significant resources towards
renewable energy, energy efficiency, and environmental infrastructure, while the sustainable
transport connectivity action supported greener transport along trans-European transport network
corridors.
For biodiversity, it is estimated that IPA III measures will contribute around EUR 0.5 billion to
biodiversity actions in the 2021-2027 period. According to the completed quality review covering
until 2025, IPA III contributed EUR 273.2 million to biodiversity in 2021-2025. This means that so
far biodiversity-relevant actions represent 2.5% of the total IPA III instrument, below the target 7.5
% in 2024 and 10 % in 2026 and in 2027. The Commission is committed to continue its efforts to
achieve the biodiversity target by the end of the multiannual financial framework. In particular, the
annual programme review and targeted internal technical assistance are being used to identify
gaps and support the quality check of programmes to better integrate biodiversity objectives in the
remaining programming years.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
IPA III supports the beneficiaries in their efforts to align themselves with the EU environmental and
climate acquis and in the implementation of the external dimension of the European Green Deal.
Under thematic window 3 of the IPA III programming framework, financing goes towards the
implementation of the Green Agenda for the western Balkans, where biodiversity, ecosystem
protection and restoration are priorities. Under the environment and climate change operational
programme launched in 2024, a total of EUR 38.8 million in EU grants is supporting Montenegro’s
progress towards closing the accession benchmarks for Chapter 27, with investments in municipal
water and waste management infrastructure, nature protection, including the Ulcinj Salina Nature
Park, and climate change adaptation, alongside capacity building across all levels of government.
Measures under other thematic windows of the IPA III programming framework, such as the
'competitiveness and inclusive growth' window supports enterprises and industries to reducing
pollution, decarbonise, protect biodiversity, be resource efficient and build a circular economy. Most
support is channelled via the Western Balkans Investment Framework, the European Fund for
Sustainable Development Plus and the Green for Growth Fund. In Kosovo, a EUR 55 million IPA III
grant is supporting two landmark renewable energy projects, helping the country diversify away
from its near-total dependence on coal. The first project, Solar4Kosovo, installs a 100 MW solar
photovoltaic plant on former ash dump fields, near Kosovo A thermal power plant. It is the first
large-scale solar installation in the country and is expected to produce 152 GWh annually, saving
152 000 tonnes of CO2. Building on this, the project second phase, extends the benefits of solar
energy into Pristina’s district heating system. A 50 MW solar heating facility will directly benefit up
to 38 000 residents through network expansion measures.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 11.0 4.0 41.7 0.0 56.7
1 525.8 1 142.3 1 252.3 796.5 793.1 4 510.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 1 357.9 831.5 1 273.3 1 272.5 1 392.3 6 127.5
• The gender action plan III stipulates that a minimum of 85% of all new actions shall have
gender equality as a significant or the principal objective and that there should be at least one
action with gender equality as a principal objective supported in each country and region. The
approach and objectives set out by the gender action plan III are referenced in the IPA III
Regulation and programming framework.
• The Commission applies the gender equality scoring system of the Organisation for Economic
Co-operation and Development’s Development Assistance Committee. Significant (marked 1)
means that gender equality is an important objective, but not the principal reason for
undertaking the action, while principal (marked 2) means that gender equality is the main
objective.
• There has been a significant increase in actions marked with a score of 1 or 2 compared to
the previous multiannual financial framework, with a positive trend observed since 2021,
strengthening even further in 2025. As a result, 35% of all actions adopted between 2021-
2025 under IPA III have gender as a significant or principal objective and an increasing
number of country and regional actions have gender equality as a principal objective. This is
the result of continued political and policy dialogue, improved gender mainstreaming across
all implementing modalities, including the European Fund for Sustainable Development Plus,
through Team Europe initiatives, and new, ambitious targeted actions. These targeted actions
include, amongst others, the fight against gender-based violence in North Macedonia through
the "WE CARE: United We Stand to Fight Against Sexual and Gender-Based Violence" action,
which empowers civil society organisations to encourage positive behavioural change across
society for the effective protection of women. In Albania, the EU supports equal participation
and leadership through the "EU for Gender Equality II - Gender Equality Facility in Albania",
which seeks to promote the consistent application of gender-responsive governance by
national authorities, to strengthen equality, combat discrimination, and enhance women's
empowerment and human rights, in line with the EU Acquis on Gender Equality.
Gender disaggregated information:
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Under the IPA III Results Framework (64), gender disaggregation is a cross-cutting requirement applicable across relevant indicators at all levels. Operational managers and implementing partners are responsible for reporting on these indicators at least once a year through the internal reporting tool, OPSYS. To the extent that available data allowed, figures on gender-disaggregated results have been aggregated across a group of IPA III-financed interventions.
Core indicator Female Male
Number of migrants, refugees, and internally displaced
people or individuals from host communities protected
or assisted with EU support 2 016 76 032
Number of people directly benefiting from EU supported
interventions that aim to reduce social and economic
inequality 202 532 191 068
Number of people reached with EU-funded awareness
raising campaigns (disaggregated by sex and age) 102 638 102 285
Number of judges trained with EU support (of which,
trained on European standards and EU Acquis) 19 13
Number of prosecutors trained with EU support (of
which, trained on European standards and EU Acquis) 21 25
Number of court staff trained with EU support (of
which, trained on European standards and EU Acquis) 40 27
Number of other categories of legal professionals (e.g.
probation staff, ...) trained with EU support (of which,
trained on European standards and EU Acquis) 17 69
Number of individuals from key national and local
authorities and civil society organizations trained by
the EU-funded intervention who increased their
knowledge and/or skills for preventing and countering
corruption, or organised crime, or violent extremism or
environmental crime
371 262
Number of people who benefit from access to
digitalised public and private services thanks to EU
support 74 52
64 Commission staff working document – The Instrument for Pre-Accession assistance (IPA III) results framework,
SWD(2022) 445 final of 20 December 2022, https://capacity4dev.europa.eu/library/ipa-results-framework-staff- working-document-ipa-iii-0_en.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Contribution to the digital transition
• Digitalisation and the digital transition are structural to the common regional market action
plan supported by IPA III, which aims to establish a regional digital area in the Western Balkans.
This plan focuses on the four pillars of the Digital Compass: (1) digital skills, (2) secure and
sustainable digital infrastructures (including roaming), (3) digital transformation of businesses,
and (4) digitalisation of public services. These efforts have been an important part of IPA III’s
digital contribution between 2021-2025. Digital has also been recognised as an enabler and
has been integrated as a component in measures across different sectors.
• In 2024, a quality review was launched on the period 2021-2024 period to assess the
application of the OECD methodology to monitor digital-related projects supported. Thanks to
this review, it was possible to correct past reported numbers. Since 2021, IPA III has contributed
around EUR 518.4 million to digital transition, including EUR 193.2 million allocated in 2025.
This represents around 5% of IPA III committed financing. While digital transition is a strategic
priority, the relatively modest share reflects capacity constraints in programming digital-related
interventions at both headquarters and delegation level. To address this, in 2023 the
Commission launched the Digital Training Initiative, a capacity building programme, aimed at
strengthening the expertise needed to identify, design and report on digital-related projects.
• In 2025, the Commission adopted the EU4Green and Digital Transition programme, allocating
EUR 33 million from IPA III to accelerate the digital transition across the Western Balkans. The
programme advances the Digital Agenda for the region by strengthening connectivity, including
5G deployment and the expansion of WiFi4WB project, digitalising public services and the
business sector, in full alignment with the Growth Plan and Reform and Growth Facility priorities.
• Projects supported by IPA III also include digital skills. Under the Western Balkans Investment
Framework, IPA III supports the improvement of Montenegrin Educational Infrastructure to
modernised 13 education facilities, while promoting digital transformation and improving
learning conditions across kindergartens and schools. In Albania, the EU supports the
establishment of 684 Smart ICT Labs in 627 schools, increasing the availability of computer
labs for students in their pre-university cycles and enhancing computer programming skills.
2021
implementat
ion
2022
implementat
ion
2023
implementat
ion
2024
implementat
ion
2025
implementat
ion
Tota
l
% of
the
2021-
2025
envelo
pe
Digital
contributi
on 75.6 92.0 1.8 155.8 193.2
518. 4
4.8%
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to
the goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhere
Yes In Albania, the EU Commission, together with UNICEF and World
Vision as implementing partners, is strengthening via
EU4socialcare (total EUR 3 million) municipal and central level
capacities in 14 municipalities to establish and deliver social
care services for citizens, and in alignment with EU standards,
ensuring equitable and effective support for citizens at risk of
social exclusion.
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all ages
Yes In Serbia, EUR 12 million were invested in reconstructing and
equipping three laboratories for biologically safe agent
processing, implementing international quality standards,
developing emergency response procedures, manuals and
instructions, digitalizing the public health system, and
incorporating public health risks into the Disaster Risk Register.
In Kosovo, the EU funding allowed the Center for Independent
Life to support 30 young people and adults with mental health
issues with the necessary skills to live as independently as
possible.
The regional project ‘Strengthening health systems resilience in
the Western Balkans’ supports progress towards SDG 3 targets,
by strengthening all-hazard emergency response capacities,
helping to reform health financing systems to ensure universal
health coverage, and increasing vaccination levels. In 2025, its
final year of implementation, the project contributed to support
the preparation of risk and capacity assessments, the
implementation of information management systems, and
supported the preparation of national plans on health security;
produced reports and publications on financial protection based
on data collection and analysis, and further diffused the use of
an online platform to track progresses on affordable health
care, which is very relevant for policymakers in the health
sector. The project helped to recover routine immunisations
disrupted by the COVID-19 pandemic through catch-up
vaccination, development of national action plans and
normative guidance for national immunisation programs, and
improvement of information systems.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
Yes In Albania, the EU Commission, together with UNDP as the
implementing partner, is providing assistance via “EU4Schools I
and II” (total EUR 75.8 million) to the repair and reconstruction
of education in 11 municipalities, thus offering better services
to more than 25 000 students and teachers in communities
affected by the 2019 earthquake.
In Kosovo, EU funding of EUR 20.2 million supports quality and
inclusive education trough construction of two schools in Prizren
and Ferizaj/Uroševac, and the Faculty of Mathematics and
Natural Sciences of the University of Pristina, along with
strengthening of teachers self-evaluation and the review of
textbooks in Albanian and Mathematics, improving the quality of
teaching and learning, and the education opportunities for
children from non-majority groups and children with special
needs.
At the regional level, IPA III funded the establishment of the
Western Balkans School Exchange Scheme with a total of EUR 9
million. This initiative aligns with SDG4 by promoting quality
education, enhancing mutual understanding and trust among
students in the region, and strengthening the capacities of
schools, teachers, and educators to address gaps in essential
skills such as critical thinking. By March 2025, 3 479 students
and 242 schools have benefitted from the programme.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes In Kosovo, the Gender Equality Facility, implemented by UN
Women, supports the aligning of Kosovo’s legislation with the
EU and international standards, ensuring responsive budgeting
and planning, enhancing the gender perspective in the
operations of the central and local authorities, and
mainstreaming gender in programming of the EU funds. The
Kosovo Program for Gender Equality will shape Kosovo’s policy
for the next 10 years, together with the Guidelines on Language
and on Gender equality in the areas of Justice and Digitalisation
and ICT. The Gender Equality Manual, developed in cooperation
with the Assembly of Kosovo, improves the Parliamentary
governance in the country.
On 07.2025 the Commission has signed with EIGE a new initiative
at regional level on gender, amounting to EUR 1.5 million and
carrying on the activities of the previous initiative that just ended.
This new initiative “Increased capacity of EU candidates and a
potential candidate in the Western Balkans and Türkiye to
monitor and mainstream gender equality (2025-2029)” is
currently in its first year of implementation.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes In Kosovo the EUR 75 million energy support package provided
subsidies to over 32 000 households and 154 businesses for
heating equipment, household appliances and solar panels. The
Kosovo Energy Efficiency Fund has subsidised energy efficiency
renovation for over 4 000 single houses
In Albania, the EUR 83.4 million project “Albania-North
Macedonia Power Interconnection (I): Grid Section in Albania”
will be key to improve the electricity transmission line, to be
adapted to the increased consumption and production, in
particular the expansion of the renewable energy supply, mainly
solar and wind. It will also contribute to smooth management of
supply/demand peaks by improving the electricity trade
between Albania and North Macedonia, and all along Corridor
VIII. It aims to be completed by mid-2026.
The Regional Energy Efficiency Programme (REEP) under the
Western Balkans Investment Framework, and financed through
the Instrument for Pre-Accession Assistance, since its launch in
2013, has provided grants for the renovation of 540 public
buildings across the region. REEP has also supported
households and the private implement energy efficiency
measures. For instance, by the end of 2025, more than 34 000
households and 2,000 small and medium-sized enterprises
were supported in their investing in energy efficiency measures
and renewable energy installations, using specialised credit
lines and EU grants.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
SDG8: Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic growth, full and productive employment and decent work for all
Yes The project ‘EU 4 Labour Market Inclusion’ in Albania,
implemented with UNDP, Arbetsformedlingen and the Albanian
Disability Rights Foundation, aims to support various typologies
of community and social care services and models of active
labour measures and inclusive practices in vocational education
for groups at risk. The action intends to strengthen inclusive and
active employment and skills models in 19 municipalities, while
enhancing the partnership of the National Agency for
Employment and Skills (NAES) with the municipalities to
establish and deliver inclusive and integrated employment, skills
development for vulnerable groups, in collaboration with labour
market actors. Started in 2023, it is running until December
2026 with a total value of EUR 3 million.
The regional project ’Supporting the development of a modern
payment system and a regional investment area in the Western
Balkans’, implemented by the World Bank, supports the Western
Balkan partners to join the Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA). In
2025 North Macedonia and Serbia joined SEPA’s geographical
scope, after Albania and Montenegro who had already joined at
the end of 2024. Moreover, as of October 2025 Albania,
Montenegro and North Macedonia started enjoying SEPA’s
concrete benefits by joining its payment schemes. This resulted
in faster transactions and in a reduction of transaction costs by
up to ten times. It is estimated that full SEPA’s implementation
in the Western Balkan region could potentially save up to EUR
500 million per year for individuals and businesses.
SDG9 - Industry, innovation and infrastructure
Yes In Kosovo, the EU-supported eID (electronic identification
system) was completed in 2025 and is expected to support the
competitiveness of Kosovo’s information and communication
technology (ICT) sector by enabling secure digital services and
innovation.
SDG10: Reduce inequalities within and among countries
Yes The regional projects in support of Roma inclusion ’Roma
Integration (Phase III)’ and ’Support to Roma Entrepreneurship
(Phase II)’ contributes to the reduction of inequalities of Roma
communities within the general populations of the Western
Balkans and Türkiye. The project ‘Roma Integration (Phase III)’
with the Council of Europe provides technical assistance to the
beneficiary governments to achieve their commitments for
Roma Inclusion taken as part of the 2019 Poznan Declaration of
the Berlin Process (and subsequent commitments of the Berlin
Process Roma Ministerial) and the EU accession process’
chapters 23 on anti-discrimination. The project ’Support to
Roma Entrepreneurship (Phase II)’ further contributes to
achieving results in the beneficiary geographies to reduce
income inequality by enhancing labour-market access, formal
entrepreneurship and access to finance for Roma individuals.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
SDG11: Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainable
Yes In Serbia, EU funding of EUR 27 million contributed to increasing
social inclusion of the women and men, girls and boys
experiencing poverty and social exclusion enabling them to live
in dignity and take an active part in society. Project was also
aiming to improve living conditions for the most vulnerable
women and men, girls and boys living in inadequate/insecure
conditions in a sustainable and accountable manner to a better
inclusion across Serbia. Project is ongoing in 20 municipalities in
Serbia.
In North Macedonia, six new branded CNG buses for the City of
Skopje were delivered and handed-over to the final beneficiary -
JSP Skopje. With capacities of 96 passengers per bus, 67
standing and 29 seats, as well as dedicated spaces for
passengers with special needs, these buses reflect the latest
eco-friendly technology and meet the EURO 6 standard,
expected to reduce emissions of CO₂ and individuals’ footprint
with an estimated 9 grams per kilometre per passenger.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes In Serbia, EU funding of EUR 11 million supported the
construction of a new high energy-efficient building of the City
of Belgrade Emergency Medical Institutebuilding complex.
From 2021 through 2025, under the EU4Energy Transition: Covenant of Mayors (CoM) in the Western Balkans and Türkiye, the EU supported a group of ambitious cities in joining the CoM and defining climate targets for 2030 and beyond. The development of 21 Sustainable Energy and Climate Action Plans (SECAPs) and the implementation of 12 pilot projects ensured the implementation of same EU methodology and models. Further, multi-level governance platforms were created to ensure local government presence at national level, and national and local plans – National Energy and Climate Plans (NECPs) and SECAPs – were linked. The conditions for the further expansion of the CoM network in the Western Balkans were created and the foundations for the CoM-SEE office within Network of Associations of Local Authorities of South-East Europe (NALAS) were laid. All activities set the basis for the expansion of the initiative, increasing membership and implementing plans.
SDG15 – Life on land
Yes In Serbia, EUR 3.7 million of EU assistance supported the oral
vaccination of foxes and other wild carnivores against rabies, to
achieve 0 cases of rabies in 2025.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable development, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
Yes In North Macedonia, the EU-funded Twinning project
’Strengthening Institutional Capacities in Dealing with Cultural
Heritage and Environmental Crimes’, implemented by the Italian
Carabinieri Corps and Eutalia in partnership with the Ministry of
Interior of North Macedonia, has delivered tangible and
sustainable results in strengthening the rule of law and
institutional cooperation in the context of EU accession. This
project aims at addressing crimes that threaten cultural
heritage, environmental sustainability, and public safety. The
project supported national authorities in aligning their practices
with EU standards and best practices.
The regional EU Support to Strengthen the Fight against Migrant
Smuggling and Trafficking in Human Beings in the Western
Balkans which provides operational support to law enforcement
authorities in the Western Balkans, has supported a major
investigation that was carried out under a Europol taskforce in
2025. This investigation has led to the dismantling of an
internationally active human trafficking network. The criminal
network is believed to have sexually exploited over 50 victims in
Albania and Croatia, trafficked from South America to Europe.
This investigation has involved the Albanian State Police and
was supported by the Italian Ministry of Interior under EU4FAST.
The investigation resulted in a simultaneous action day in
Albania and Colombia on 1 October 2025 and led to 16 house
searches (7 in Albania and 9 in Colombia), 17 arrests of
suspected human traffickers (7 in Albania and 10 in Colombia),
the identification of 54 victims originating from South America
(44 in Albania, 5 in Croatia and 5 in Colombia), as well as
seizures of evidence and equipment.
SDG17 Strengthen the means of implementatio n and revitalize the Global Partnership for Sustainable Development
Yes Cross-border cooperation (CBC) under IPA III, supported by EUR
88.2 million over the programming period, has fostered multi-
stakeholder partnerships across the Western Balkans that
deliver tangible socio-economic results. By 2025, over 2 400
organisations had participated in cross-border partnerships,
leading to the creation of 1 300 new jobs and 465 new
businesses. Beyond economic outcomes, CBC programmes have
strengthened good neighbourly relations and reconciliation
between communities, building the institutional trust and
cooperative frameworks that underpin sustainable regional
integration and EU accession.
Instrument for pre-accession assistance (ipa) iii
Support to reforms
IPA III is designed as a performance-based instrument, differentiating assistance in scope and
intensity according to the performance of beneficiaries, thereby incentivising commitment to
fundamental reforms. This approach aligns with the 2020 Communication on the revised
enlargement methodology, which proposed increased funding for countries making progress on
agreed reform priorities. Performance assessment is embedded in the annual bilateral
programming process, drawing on Commission enlargement reports, external expert assessments,
implementation track records, and reporting against the IPA III results framework indicators.
IPA III has been instrumental in driving reform progress across the Western Balkans. Through
targeted support to the rule of law, the region has seen improvements in the functioning of the
judiciary, with notable progress in Albania and Montenegro, and in freedom of expression. IPA III-
funded TAIEX and Twinning activities have directly contributed to these advances, helping countries
meet interim benchmarks on judiciary and fundamental rights, strengthen anti-corruption
frameworks, and align legislation with EU standards. The Growth Plan for the Western Balkans and
the implementation of country-specific Reform Agendas have added further momentum, with IPA
III translating these reform priorities into concrete action across public administration, financial
services, digital connectivity, and competitiveness. This complementarity is visible in practice: in
Kosovo, IPA III provides European expertise and know-how support on its European path, while the
Facility creates fiscal space to anchor new legal frameworks systems and practice; in Montenegro,
Reform Agenda targets on digital service delivery build directly on IPA-funded Public Administration
Reform, with the Facility incentivising the legislative steps needed to scale up results.
Cross-border cooperation, accounting for around 4% of IPA III committed funds, has fostered good
neighbourly relations and reconciliation. By 2025, over 2 400 organisations had participated in
cross-border partnerships, leading to the creation of 1 300 new jobs and 465 new businesses,
demonstrating the tangible socio-economic impact of IPA III support.
On the green and digital agenda, IPA III investments have contributed to improved air quality across
both the Western Balkans and Türkiye, progress in energy efficiency and renewable energy, and
improved digital skills, notably in Montenegro (44.20%) and Serbia (42.02%), where the share of
individuals with basic or above basic digital skills, is at the same level as or even exceed that of
some EU Member States. These investments are expected to yield further results in the later stages
of implementation. Economic convergence continues to advance in the Western Balkans, with
improved readiness regarding the economic criteria, rising from 2.3 in 2018 to 2.79 in 2025, and
increased employment rates, at 64.1%65 in 2024, and social protection expenditure, at 18.8%3 of
GDP, in 2023, both above expected target for the region.
In contrast, most indicators for Türkiye have stagnated or backslid since 2021, reflecting persistent
challenges in the judiciary, the fight against corruption and organised crime, and freedom of
expression, which has impacted the level of IPA III assistance provided. The latest indicators for
agriculture, forestry, and fishing point to a decline in value added in both the Western Balkans and
Türkiye, highlighting remaining challenges in these sectors.
65 No data available for Albania, Kosovo and Montenegro.
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
EUROPEAN GLOBALISATION ADJUSTMENT FUND FOR
DISPLACED WORKERS
Concrete examples of achievements
30
applications were
received between 2021
and 2025.
23 784
workers were offered
assistance between
2021 and 2025.
EUR 100.1
million
was requested in
contributions from the
EGF by nine Member
States between 2021
and 2025.
45%
is the average rate of
beneficiaries who found
employment following
an EGF intervention
between 2021 and
2025.
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
181.3 201.3 205.4 33.8 34.5 35.1 35.9 727.2
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 181.3 201.3 205.4 33.8 34.5 35.1 35.9 727.2
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 73.6 727.2 NA*
Payments 73.1 NA* * The European Globalisation Adjustment Fund for Displaced Workers is not part of the Multiannual Financial Framework, and its budget is a ceiling, not a spending target. Therefore, a percentage implementation rate is not applicable.
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Total EGF
beneficiaries in a
given case
NA NA NA 2 707 by 2025 NA
Percentage of EGF
beneficiaries who
gained a
qualification
NA NA NA 58% by 2025 NA
Percentage of EGF
beneficiaries in
education or
training
NA NA NA 3% by 2025 NA
Share of workers
reintegrated into
employment as
dependent workers
NA NA NA 39.3% by
2025
NA
Share of workers
reintegrated into
employment as
self-employed
NA NA NA 6.5% by 2025 NA
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
• The main sources of information on the EGF’s results are: (1) the final reports submitted by the Member
States seven months after the end of implementation, and (2) the beneficiary surveys conducted six
months after the implementation of the case.
• As a point of comparison with the 2021-2027 period, between 2014 and 2020 the EGF received 54
applications and provided support to 60 176 people, including 56 807 workers and 3 369 young
people not in employment, education or training. In the 2021-2027 programming period, young people
not in employment, education or training are no longer eligible for EGF support. Over the 2014-2020
period, around EUR 168 million from the EGF was mobilised.
• Even though the EGF’s main aim is sustainable reintegration into quality employment, a simple
comparison of reintegration rates is not sufficient to measure its performance. This is due, among other
factors, to differences in the characteristics of the beneficiaries receiving assistance and in the
socioeconomic situations of the regions concerned. For this reason, beneficiary surveys were introduced
as a new tool in the 2021-2027 period. These surveys help assess the extent to which the assistance
provided has had an impact on the perceived change in beneficiaries’ employability or, for those who
have already found employment, on the quality of the job obtained, for example in terms of changes in
working hours.
• Considering the delayed start of the 2021-2027 programming period and the fact that the
implementation of an EGF case takes 24 months from the date of the decision on the mobilisation of
the fund, the information necessary to assess the EGF’s performance became available only from mid-
2024 for the 2021 cases.
• There is also an age-related bias in participation in the measures. While the percentage of beneficiaries
in the under-30 and 30-54 age groups is aligned with the percentage of targeted workers, the share of
workers over 54 years of age is six percentage points higher among targeted workers than among
beneficiaries. Proximity to retirement age may discourage job search or participation in measures
supporting job transitions.
• Over the 2021-2025 period, 69% of beneficiaries have upper secondary education or higher, and about
one in four has tertiary education. Most beneficiaries, 58%, consider that the EGF helped them to gain
new skills or qualifications. Eighteen beneficiaries, representing 1.4% of the total, continued in education
or training after the 24-month implementation period of EGF support.
• Results vary widely from case to case, with reintegration rates ranging from 90.5% to 16.1%. The
average reintegration rate into the labour market for the 2021-2025 period is 46% across 10 cases.
Most beneficiaries, 86%, found employment as dependent workers, while 14% opted for self-
employment and started a new business. These differences reflect a combination of factors that vary
between interventions. The timing of the start of support can influence outcomes. When support begins
soon after dismissals, it often includes workers who already have stronger prospects of finding a new
job, which tends to result in higher reintegration rates. In other cases, support may start later and focus
more on workers who face greater barriers to re-employment, such as those with lower qualifications
or those approaching retirement age, which can lead to lower rates. Results are also influenced by the
economic context of the region where the intervention takes place, as labour market conditions differ
significantly across Member States and regions. The local economic situation, including the presence of
multiple restructuring processes in the same territory, can also affect employment prospects. Age
composition among beneficiaries is another important factor, as a higher share of workers close to
retirement may reduce reintegration rates. Reflecting these challenges, four in ten workers feel
disadvantaged in the labour market, and among them two thirds attribute this to their age. Among
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
beneficiaries who have not yet completed their job transition, the share feeling disadvantaged in the
labour market rises to 65%.
• Around 42% of beneficiaries who have not yet completed their labour market transition and remain
unemployed consider that, following their participation in the measures co-financed by the EGF, they
are better qualified for work and that the support received helped them gain greater confidence in their
abilities.
• As regards the quality of the job obtained, most workers who returned to employment as dependent
workers did so in full-time jobs, 88%, and seven in ten obtained permanent contracts. For most people,
working conditions in the new job are better or the same as before (56%). Only three in ten workers
rate the new working conditions as worse, even though half (50%) report a lower salary in their new
role. Meanwhile, seven in ten workers experience the same or fewer unpaid overtime hours.
• In terms of employment stability, four in ten workers have held the same job for two years or more,
and three in ten for between one and two years.
• Eight in ten people who returned to employment as self-employed did so on a full-time basis. Half of
the businesses have been operating for two years or more and one in three for between 12 and
24 months. Around one in five businesses employs persons other than the owner.
• The earnings of most self-employed workers, 79%, are lower than in their previous job, and earnings
are higher for only 7% of the self-employed. However, more than half of those reporting lower earnings
consider that their working conditions have improved.
• Regarding the role of the measures co-financed by the EGF in their job transition, half of dependent
workers consider that the support received helped them obtain their current job, while the other half
consider that it did not. By contrast, 76% of self-employed workers consider that the support received
helped them become self-employed.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
N/A
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 181.3 201.3 205.4 33.8 34.5 656.3
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
Total: 181.3 201.3 205.4 33.8 34.5 656.3
The EGF Regulation provides that the Commission and the Member States must ensure that
equality between men and women and the integration of the gender perspective are integral to,
and promoted throughout, all stages of the implementation of the financial contribution from the
EGF. To this end, Member States formally confirm compliance with this principle at the time of
application by providing gender-disaggregated information on the workers expected to benefit
from the programme’s assistance. Where necessary, the Commission requests additional
information on the gender dimension during its assessment of an application.
This is a horizontal principle applied throughout the implementation and final reporting of EGF
cases, and the estimation of specific budget contributions is not relevant in this context. Evaluations
of the EGF systematically include an analysis of gender-disaggregated data as well as qualitative
information, such as beneficiary surveys and interviews with implementers, to assess potential
gender discrimination. External contractors conducting case studies for each EGF case are also
required to take the gender perspective into account. Past evaluations have not identified gender
discrimination in either the delivery of measures or the targeting of beneficiaries.
In addition, some interventions include contributions towards the cost of carers for dependent
persons, aiming to remove barriers to participation caused by caring responsibilities —
responsibilities that disproportionately affect women—. Member States also promote participation
in qualifying training to acquire the skills needed for jobs that are significantly gender-imbalanced,
through the provision of training allowances. National authorities also seek to support participants
in overcoming gender stereotypes when searching for a new job. About 21% of beneficiaries
consider that the EGF co-financed support encouraged them to overcome gender stereotypes in
job selection or increased their awareness of gender discrimination. However, 41% neither agree
nor disagree with this statement.
Between 2021 and 2025, many redundancies occurred in sectors that employ a high proportion of
men such as metalworking, automotive, transport equipment, or basic metal, hence 65% of those
offered EGF assistance were men and 35% were women. Participation of women in the measures
vary greatly case by case by underrepresenting or overrepresenting. However, summing up the
results available so far (10 cases), the percentage of women who benefited from the EGF support
(27%) is 8 percentage points (pp) lower than the percentage of women who were targeted for
assistance. However, in terms of reemployment, the percentages by gender are aligned to the
percentages of participation in the measures with a variation of around 1 percentage points.
Gender disaggregated information:
• 65% of those offered EGF assistance are men and 35% are women.
• Women account for 27% of the participants in the measures.
• Women account for 26% of the people reintegrated into employment.
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
Contribution to the digital transition
The EGF does not have any indicators that specifically measure the contribution to the digital
transition. The indicators are general result indicators. However, the dissemination of digital skills
is a horizontal element for the design of coordinated packages of measures. The need for and level
of training is adapted to the qualifications and skills of each beneficiary. Every beneficiary is thus
expected to have received some sort of digital skills training. One in two EGF beneficiaries considers
that the support received helped them to gain new digital skills. While workers with jobs requiring
high digital skills, such as pilots, consider that such training was not applicable to them (two in ten
beneficiaries).
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
YES Under SDG 4, the 2022 TNT EGF case in Belgium promoted
lifelong learning through a combination of reskilling training,
a ‘back-to-school’ allowance and a bonus to improve digital
skills. The allowance encouraged workers to continue their
education and upgrade their competences in order to facilitate
their reintegration into employment that better matches their
profiles. The digital skills bonus aimed to reduce inequalities
linked to the digital divide, which particularly affects older
workers.
EGF Contribution: EUR1.9 million
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
YES In line with SDG 5, the 2022 Alu Ibérica EGF case in Spain
integrated equal opportunities as a cross-cutting principle
throughout all phases of implementation. Although the
redundancies occurred in the basic metals sector, which
employs a high proportion of men and therefore resulted in
few women being offered EGF assistance, specific efforts
were made to promote gender equality. These included the
systematic use of non-sexist language in documentation and
communication, targeted support actions for female workers
taking into account caregiving responsibilities and public
transport availability, and the dissemination of institutional
support measures for female self-employment, including aid
from the Spanish Women’s Institute, the Institute for Equal
Opportunities and regional grant programmes.
EGF Contribution: EUR 1.2 million
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
x The EGF supports SDG 10 is particularly relevant in small
labour markets such as Sardinia, where insularity, distance
from the mainland and low population density limit
alternative employment opportunities. The island faced two
major restructuring events simultaneously: the cessation of
activities at Porto Canale, Cagliari’s container terminal (EGF
2021/003, 198 beneficiaries and EUR 1.5 million mobilised),
and Air Italy (EGF 2021/002, 611 beneficiaries and EUR 3.8
million mobilised). Through upskilling and reskilling
measures, workers were prepared for new labour market
demands, helping to stabilise the population and contribute
to regional growth.
European globalisation adjustment fund for displaced workers
European union solidarity fund
EUROPEAN UNION SOLIDARITY FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
Over
EUR 1 338 million
of European Union
Solidarity Fund
(EUSF) assistance
was approved to
assist with disasters
that occurred in 2024
and 2025.
9
EUSF applications
were assessed in
2025.
Over
EUR 480 million
was paid out in 2025:
EUR 338 million to
five Member States
to support the
recovery and
reconstruction of the
regions affected by
the natural disasters;
and EUR 142 million
as advances to five
Member States.
5
new natural-disaster-
related EUSF
applications were
received in 2025.
European union solidarity fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
803.4 743.8 1 351.3 1 362.8 1 348.0 50.0 50.0 5 709.3
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 803.4 743.8 1 351.3 1 362.8 1 348.0 50.0 50.0 5 709.3
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 4 197.8 5 709.3 73.5%
Payments 4 197.8 0.0 73.5%
The EUSF is a special instrument. Its annual budgetary allocation is laid down in the multiannual financial framework as a ceiling rather than a spending target. Financial assistance from the EUSF is mobilised on a proposal by the Commission and approval by the European Parliament and the Council over and above the normal EU budget appropriations following justified requests by affected EU and accession countries.
European union solidarity fund
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Population
of EUSF-
supported
countries
and regions
0 n/a No
targets
88.1 million in
2025 n/a
Number of
countries
supported
by the EUSF
0 n/a No
targets 8 in 2025 n/a
In 2025, the Commission finalised the assessment of nine applications relating to natural disasters
that occurred in 2024 and 2025, as follows.
• Three ‘major natural disaster’ applications relating to:
o floods in Czechia in September 2024;
o floods in Bosnia and Herzegovina in October 2024;
o floods in Spain in October 2024.
• Four ‘regional natural disaster’ applications relating to:
o floods in Poland in September 2024;
o floods in Moldova in September 2024;
o a cyclone in Mayotte, France, in December 2024;
o a cyclone in Réunion, France, in February 2025.
• Two ‘neighbouring country natural disaster’ applications relating to:
o floods in Austria in September 2024;
o floods in Slovakia in September 2024.
European union solidarity fund
The Commission made two EUSF mobilisation proposals to the European Parliament and the
Council based on these applications. Based on the Commission’s first proposal, over
EUR 280 million was awarded to Austria, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Czechia, Moldova, Poland and
Slovakia (all for floods). Based on the Commission’s second proposal, EUR 1 057 million was
mobilised for Spain (floods) and France (two cyclones).
In terms of payments, over EUR 348.8 million was paid out in 2025 to five Member States: Italy
(Valle d’Aosta floods in 2024) received EUR 4 million in June 2025; Germany (Bavaria floods in
2024) received EUR 112 million in October 2025; Poland (floods in 2024) was paid EUR 76 million
in November 2025; Czechia (floods in 2024) received EUR 114 million in December 2025; and
Austria (floods in 2024) was paid EUR 42.8 million in December 2025.
In total, the Commission received five natural disaster applications in 2025, as follows.
• Three ‘major natural disaster’ applications relating to:
o floods in Romania in May 2025;
o wildfires in Cyprus in July 2025;
o wildfires in Spain in August 2025.
• Two ‘regional natural disasters’ applications relating to:
o a cyclone in Mayotte, France, in December 2024;
o a cyclone in Réunion, France, in February 2025.
The assessment of the French applications was concluded in 2025. The assessment of the
applications from Romania, Cyprus and Spain began at the end of 2025 and is continuing in 2026.
European union solidarity fund
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Not available
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 803.4 743.8 1351.3 1 362.8 1 348.0 5 573.3
Total: 803.4 743.8 1351.3 1 362.8 1 348.0 5 573.3
Due to the nature of the special instrument, the EUSF has no significant bearing on gender equality.
Gender-disaggregated information
Not available
European union solidarity fund
Contribution to the digital transition
Not applicable
European union solidarity fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes As part of the Coronavirus Response Investment Initiative, Regulation (EU) 2020/461 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 30 March 2020 amended the EUSF regulation by including major public health emergencies within the scope of the EUSF. Since April 2020, EU Member States and accession countries have been able to apply for support from the EUSF for public health emergency reasons, to alleviate the burden from the first-response measures
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
yes Solidarity is one of the core values of the European Union and a guiding principle of the European integration process. The EUSF is an instrument designed to provide financial means expressing EU solidarity by contributing to post-disaster relief in Member States and accession countries confronted with devastating natural disasters and major public health emergencies.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
yes The EUSF contributes to post-disaster emergency relief in Member States and accession countries confronted with devastating natural disasters, which often can be seen as manifestations of climate change.
Innovation fund
INNOVATION FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
EUR 11.7 billion
had been committed in
grants for innovative
clean-tech projects that
were under
implementation or
completed by the end
of 2025.
197
projects were under
implementation or
completed at the end of
2025.
EUR 58 billion
of investment has been
mobilised through
projects that were
under implementation
or completed at the end
of 2025.
A 962-million-tonne
reduction in carbon-
dioxide-equivalent
greenhouse gases was
planned over the first
10 years of operation
by projects that were
under implementation
or completed at the end
of 2025.
42
projects under
implementation or
completed had reached
their financial close by
the end of 2025.
20
projects under implementation or completed had entered into operation by the end of 2025.
Innovation fund
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
3 816.2 2 897.4 1 633.6 2 069.0 3 099.7 0.0 0.0 13 515.9
Total 3 816.2 2 897.4 1 633.6 2 069.0 3 099.7 0.0 0.0 13
515.9
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 8 878.3 13 515.9 65.7%
Payments 717.6 0.0 5.3%
Innovation fund
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Absolute
greenhouse gas
emissions
avoidance planned
(tonnes of CO2
equivalent)
0 N/A N/A 962 million
tonnes by 2025
N/A
Absolute
greenhouse gas
emissions
avoidance achieved
(tonnes of CO2
equivalent)
0 N/A N/A 72 813 tonnes
by 2025
N/A
Participants in
knowledge events
on clean-tech
solutions
0 88% 2 000 1 769 in 2025
compared to a
target of 2 000
On track
Number of projects
supported through
grants
0 N/A N/A 197 by 2025 N/A
Investment
mobilised by
Innovation Fund
grants: planned
0 N/A N/A EUR 58.7 billion
by 2025
N/A
Investment
mobilised by
Innovation Fund
grants: achieved
0 N/A N/A EUR 10.4 billion
by 2025
N/A
Investment
mobilised via
financial
instruments
0 N/A N/A EUR 286.8 million
by 2025
N/A
Innovation fund
Technology sectors
covered
0 100% 22 in 2030 22 by 2025
compared to a
target of 22
Achieved
Innovation fund
Through the combination of calls for regular grants and auctions, the Innovation Fund responds to its objectives to support projects that demonstrate highly innovative technologies, processes or products that are sufficiently mature and that have a significant potential to reduce greenhouse gas emissions, and projects that are aimed at scaling up innovative technologies. In 2025, 83 decarbonisation projects signed their grant agreements following the announcement of the 2023 Innovation Fund call results in October 2024. The 2024 Innovation Fund net-zero technology call officially closed on 24 April 2025 and received a remarkable total of 359 project proposals, signalling European industry’s unwavering commitment to the EU’s journey towards climate neutrality while boosting competitiveness. Following this call, the Commission announced EUR 2.9 billion in funding for 61 cutting-edge net zero technology projects preselected for grant agreement preparation in November 2025. The projects aim to strengthen Europe’s technological leadership and speed up the deployment of innovative decarbonisation solutions. The call for electric vehicle battery manufacturing, which also closed in April 2025, received 14 proposals, requesting EUR 1.6 billion in EU funding, thus exceeding the EUR 1 billion budget. A total of five projects signed grant agreements, benefiting from a total of EUR 643 million to help deploy their groundbreaking decarbonisation solutions, which will support key segments of the battery value chain with advanced material production, cell manufacturing, recycling technologies and second-life applications. Six projects signed their grant agreements in 2025 under the Innovation Fund auction for renewable hydrogen production, receiving a total of EUR 270.6 million. Two of these projects were selected under the dedicated maritime topic, receiving more than EUR 35 million to supply renewable hydrogen to maritime off-takers. The auction, which followed an initial pilot project that was launched a year earlier, operated under the domestic pillar of the European Hydrogen Bank, which aims to scale up European hydrogen production and strengthen market integration. The projects supported are large and complex. They are being implemented in a challenging market context that is seeing a significant increase in costs due to inflation, Russia’s war against Ukraine, supply-chain disruption, permitting and off-take uncertainties resulting from the novelty of the products and the evolving regulatory environment. By the end of 2025, 197 projects were under implementation or already completed, of which 42 had reached their financial close and 20 had entered into operation, while 28 additional projects had terminated their grant agreement. Of these 28 projects, four had already reached their financial close and one had entered into operation. More information on the portfolio of ongoing projects can be found in the interactive Innovation Fund dashboard. In December 2025, the Commission and the European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency launched three new calls for proposals under the Innovation Fund, with a total budget of EUR 5.2 billion distributed as follows: EUR 2.9 billion for net-zero technologies; EUR 1.3 billion for the third auction for renewable fuel of non-biological origin hydrogen and low- carbon hydrogen production in the context of the European Hydrogen Bank; and EUR 1 billion for a pilot auction on industrial process heat decarbonisation. The latter targets one of the biggest sources of EU industrial carbon dioxide emissions: process heating. This refers to the heat used to transform raw materials into products, from melting plastics and metals to driving chemical reactions. These processes are largely powered by fossil fuels. All industrial sectors have such processes and can bid in the pilot auction.
Innovation fund
The Innovation Fund has been responding to urgent policy priorities and offers financial support tailored to the market needs and risk profiles of eligible projects, while attracting additional public and private resources. The grants provided continue to have a leverage effect of approximately five times, with EUR 11.7 billion of Innovation Fund support enabling the mobilisation of around EUR 58 billion in investment. Furthermore, through the auctions-as-a-service and grants-as-a- service features of the calls, where Member States have the possibility to contribute national support towards projects in their territory that are evaluated positively in the Innovation Fund but cannot be funded due to budget limitations, the Innovation Fund has the potential to attract and enable additional public resources. In 2025, the auctions-as-a-service feature was used by Spain and Austria within the framework of the 2024 Innovation Fund renewable hydrogen auction. The Innovation Fund has also contributed to the InvestEU Programme through blending with the EU guarantee, which contributed to the mobilisation of additional investments. Lastly, the fund’s revenues are managed in accordance with the objectives of the EU emissions trading system to cost-effectively reduce greenhouse gas emissions and combat climate change. An additional EUR 3.8 billion was provided to repowerEU in 2025 as part of the total contribution of EUR 12 billion by 2026, amounting to around EUR 8.7 billion in total so far.
Innovation fund
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 146.2 2 944.8
3 520.8
478.4 1 788.1
8 878.3 65.7%
The entire Innovation Fund contributes to green budgeting priorities, with a specific focus on
climate change mitigation investments.
In terms of taxonomy-relevant expenditure, the Innovation Fund only finances the most innovative
decarbonisation projects on the basis of their potential for greenhouse gas emission reduction.
Since the revision of the Emissions Trading System Directive in 2023, projects are also assessed
on the basis of their contribution to environmental and circularity objectives.
From the 2025 Innovation Fund calls launched in December 2025, only projects that meet the ‘do
no significant harm’ criteria contained in the EU Taxonomy will be eligible for support from the
Innovation Fund.
The Innovation Fund is not part of the multiannual financial framework and does not count towards
the achievement of the 30% climate spending target.
Innovation fund
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 146.2 2 944.8 3 520.8 478.4 1 788.1 8 878.3
Total: 146.2 2 944.8 3 520.8 478.4 1 788.1 8 878.3
Gender-disaggregated information
Gender balance is not relevant for the programme, as it does not target gender policies. The programme may have a likely positive impact on gender equality, however no specific data is collected under the programme to analyse this matter.
Innovation fund
Contribution to the digital transition
• The Innovation Fund does not target the digital transition.
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
In line with Regulation 2024/795 (the Strategic Technologies for Europe Platform (STEP)
Regulation), the Innovation Fund is one of the EU instruments in direct management contributing
to strengthen the competitiveness and resilience of the European economy. As stipulated in Article
4, the Innovation Fund is also among the programmes authorized to award the STEP (Sovereignty)
Seal under its calls for proposals.
The Innovation Fund objectives contribute fully to STEP priorities and its regular grant calls are the
biggest single contributors towards them until now in terms of budget. In 2025, all five topics of
the net-zero technologies call as well as the call on batteries for electric vehicles were considered
to be STEP-relevant, representing a total budget of EUR 3.4 billion earmarked by the Innovation
Fund to support STEP objectives.
To date, the Innovation Fund awarded the STEP Seal to 316 projects: 149 projects following the
2023 Innovation Fund Call ‘net-zero technologies’, 6 following the 2024 call for Electric Vehicle
Batteries and 161 projects following the 2024 Innovation Fund Call ‘net-zero technologies’.
The Commission has been working with Member States to raise awareness of the importance of
the STEP projects and to identify additional funding mechanisms at EU or national level.
Looking forward, eligible proposals that exceed the evaluation thresholds will be awarded the STEP
Seal for the IF25 call for proposals for regular grants – ‘net-zero technologies’, which were
published in December 2025 (evaluation results expected in the fourth quarter of 2026).
Innovation fund
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes The Innovation Fund contributes to ensuring access to
affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
through funding renewable energy or energy storage
projects, such as Waga 4 World (W4W) project aims at
producing cost competitive and grid-compliant biomethane
from landfill gas; ACCEPT – industrialisation of five new
lithium-ion battery cell production lines for electric vehicles
(EV); VianaWave: 10 MW wave energy innovative technology;
RjukanH2 – green hydrogen production facilities in Norway,
designed to accelerate maritime decarbonisation.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes The Innovation Fund supports energy intensive industries to
foster innovation, such as these projects: STEGRA –
integrated steel plant in Boden, Northern Sweden, for the
large-scale production of renewable hydrogen, green iron
and green steel; Volta project – Hybrid mid-sized pilot
furnace for flat glass in Czechia, with the objective to design
and build a novel hybrid glass furnace combining electric
melting with oxy-gas combustion; EO2: Energy Observer 2 –
The world’s lowest carbon cargo ship powered by liquid
hydrogen.
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes Europe
Brexit adjustment reserve
BREXIT ADJUSTMENT RESERVE
Concrete examples of achievements
17
Member States have
submitted their
applications.
EUR 2.8 billion
is the total amount of
the Brexit Adjustment
Reserve envelope.
Brexit adjustment reserve
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
1 574.9 964.0 257.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2 796.7
NextGenerationEU 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Total 1 574.9 964.0 257.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2 796.7
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 2 796.7 2 796.7 100.0%
Payments 2 796.7 0.0 100.0%
Brexit adjustment reserve
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
No indicators
Following the submission of applications by 17 Member States (by 30 September 2024), the
Commission is assessing the eligibility of the measures proposed to be supported by the Brexit
Adjustment Reserve (BAR). The assessment involves continued exchanges with Member States to
clarify outstanding issues. On this basis, implementing acts setting out the total accepted amounts,
including any unused resources from provisional allocations, are planned to be adopted by the
fourth quarter of 2026. The overall assessment process is expected to be concluded by the end of
2026.
The BAR was designed under conditions of high uncertainty regarding the scale and impact of
Brexit. With hindsight, several elements stand out. While Brexit formally took effect five years ago,
its economic and political consequences continue to unfold. At the same time, multiple crises and
the implementation of larger EU instruments limited administrative capacity, leading to significant
transfers from the BAR to REPowerEU and a reduction in the overall BAR envelope from
EUR 5.5 billion to EUR 2.8 billion (in current prices).
The Commission will evaluate the BAR by June 2027 and submit an implementation report to the
European Parliament and the Council of the European Union by June 2028.
Brexit adjustment reserve
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Given the very specific and targeted purpose of the BAR, there is no pre-established requirement
for Member States regarding the level of contributions to achieve climate objectives.
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 1 574.9 964.0 257.8 0.0 0.0 2 796.7
Total: 1 574.9 964.0 257.8 0.0 0.0 2 796.7
Due to its specific nature, the BAR does not contribute to gender equality. However, the objectives
of the BAR should be pursued in line with the principles set out in the European Pillar of Social
Rights, including the inherent contribution to the elimination of inequalities and to the promotion
of gender equality and gender mainstreaming, while ensuring respect for fundamental rights.
Gender-disaggregated information
Not available
Contribution to the digital transition
Due to its specific nature, the BAR does not contribute to the digital transition.
Contribution to sustainable development goals Not available
Social climate fund
SOCIAL CLIMATE FUND
Concrete examples of achievements
The Social Climate Fund is in its early stages. It will disburse funds in the 2026-2032 period, based
on the achievement of targets and milestones outlined in the social climate plans, as submitted by
Member States and assessed by the Commission. Member States are currently in the process of
drafting and submitting their respective plans. Implementation will start gradually in 2026.
Budget implementation
The Social Climate Fund is implemented by the Commission under direct management, in
accordance with its performance-based nature and the principle of sound financial management.
To access resources under the programme, Member States must submit their social climate plans.
The Commission then assesses the plans, verifying their compliance with the relevance,
effectiveness, efficiency and coherence criteria outlined in the Social Climate Fund Regulation.
During the assessment period, the Commission may make observations or request additional
information, and the Member State may revise the plan. The assessment and review period for the
plan is expected to be five months, with the possibility for the Member State and the Commission
to agree to extend this deadline, if necessary. The Commission adopts the plans through an
implementing decision.
The plans should include milestones and targets corresponding to the measures and investments.
According to the performance-based logic of the Social Climate Fund, upon achievement of the
milestones and targets, the Member States can submit payment requests to the Commission (up
to twice a year). The Commission will assess the satisfactory achievement of the milestones and
targets and make the payment. In the case of unsatisfactory achievement of milestones and
targets, the corresponding amounts will be suspended until the Commission decides on their
satisfactory achievement.
To monitor the implementation of the plans, the Member States should use the common indicators
provided by the Social Climate Fund Regulation. The Member States must report to the Commission
on their social climate plans on a biennial basis.
In 2025, the first plan, produced by Sweden, was officially adopted in December. Other Member
States have begun informal negotiations with the Commission on their plans, with adoption
expected in 2026. Reporting on performance will be available after the adopted plans are
implemented, starting from 2026.
Budget programming (million EUR):
No data available since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
Social climate fund
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
No data available yet since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
No data available yet since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
The Social Climate Fund contributes to the horizontal climate expenditure objectives of the Commission by financing measures and investments intended to reduce reliance on fossil fuels through increased energy efficiency of buildings, decarbonisation of heating and cooling of buildings, including through the integration into buildings of renewable energy and storage and through granting improved access to zero- and low-emission mobility and transport.
The measures and investments outlined in the social climate plans are intended to be in line with the target that at least 30% of the total amount of the EU budget for the years 2021-2027 should be spent on mainstreaming climate objectives. Furthermore, the regulation states that the fund should support measures and investments that fully respect the climate and environmental priorities of the EU and comply with the ‘do no significant harm’ principle.
The Social Climate Fund is generally aligned with the EU taxonomy due to its overall contribution to climate change mitigation and adaptation and the nature of the eligible measures and investments to be included in the social climate plans. A more detailed methodology for tracking climate expenditure will be established when the programme begins in 2026.
Contribution to gender equality
No data available since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
Social climate fund
Contribution to the digital transition
No data available since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
Contribution to sustainable development goals No data available since the implementation of the Social Climate Fund will only start in 2026.
Ukraine facility
UKRAINE FACILITY
Concrete examples of achievements
EUR 6.9 billion
in EU guarantee cover
and blended grants
were allocated under
the Ukraine Investment
Framework until end-
2025 and is expected
to enable up to EUR
21.8 billion in new
public and private
investment in Ukraine.
68
reform steps set out in
the Ukraine Plan were
successfully met until
end-2025, triggering
the release of
EUR 26.8 billion in
grants and loans.
1 300
companies, banks and
investors attended the
European Business
Summit in April 2025,
and 500 participants
attended the EU–
Ukraine conference
within the ‘ReBuild
Expo’ in Warsaw,
Poland in November
2025.
700
students can enjoy a
secure place to
continue off-line
learning in the first
facility completed in
2025 under the
programme ‘New Bomb
Shelters for Ukrainian
Schools’.
EUR 96 million
was disbursed through
the Ukraine Energy
Support Fund. Among
the deliverables: 3
thermal power plants
restored, 2 gas turbines
installed (each with
30 megawatt capacity),
2 solar and 1 wind
power plants repaired.
100 000
claims were received by end-2025 by the Register of Damage for Ukraine for damage
caused by the Russian war of aggression against Ukraine.
Ukraine facility
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Financial programming
0.0 0.0 0.0 4 767.5 4 320.4 3 895.2 4 016.9 17 000.0
Loans 0.0 0.0 0.0 13 111.5 10 051.9 0.0 0.0 23 163.4
Decommitments made available again (*)
0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Contributions from other countries and entities
0.0 0.0 0.0 152.1 513.0 0.0 0.0 665.1
Total 0.0 0.0 0.0 18 031.1 14 885.3 3 895.2 4 016.9 40 828.5
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the Financial Regulation.
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 9 698.4 17 665.1 54.9%
Payments 5 675.9 0.0 32.1%
Ukraine facility
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Number of key reforms and investments set out in the Ukraine Plan and backed by EU support
0
50%
137 in 2027 68 by 2025 compared to a target of 137
On track
Investments mobilised by the Ukraine Investment Framework (UIF)
N/A 58% EUR 9.5 billion in 2027
EUR 5.5 billion in 2025
compared to a target of EUR
9.5 billion
On track
Number of government policies developed or revised with EU support under Pillar III of the Ukraine Facility
N/A N/A N/A 24 N/A
Pillar I – The Ukraine Plan
• The Ukraine Facility contributes to Ukraine’s macro-financial stability with a combination of
non-repayable support and highly concessional loans disbursed against the fulfilment of pre-
agreed conditionalities (‘steps’) set out in the Ukraine Plan. In 2025, 45 steps were
positively assessed, triggering the disbursement of EUR 10.7 billion to Ukraine’s state budget.
For example, in November 2025 Ukraine adopted key amendments to the Law on Local
State Administration; this step directly contributes to public administration reform, a core
priority under the ‘Fundamentals’ cluster of the accession process. Performance is largely
evolving as expected, with a cumulative total of 68 steps in 2024-2025 (EUR 26.8 billion).
• The scoreboard for the plan was established in February, following the adoption of a
delegated Regulation, and provides easy public access to the assessment of reforms as
captured in the Council Implementing Decisions underpinning the payments throughout the
year.
• In 2025 there was the first case of partial fulfilment of steps. The performance-based
mechanism of the Plan proved to be effective: Ukraine managed to catch up with 2 out of 7
Ukraine facility
missed steps already before year-end; 5 reforms remain pending, that could still unlock
payments for up to EUR 1.8 billion (net of clearing of pre-financing). In parallel, the EU
accepted some changes to the Plan to make it more practical and effective in the context
of the ongoing war: conditionalities remain robust and ambitious, while some implementation
deadlines were readjusted.
Pillar II – The Ukraine Investment Framework
• In 2025, the Ukraine Investment Framework (UIF) allocated up to EUR 5.5 billion in EU
guarantee cover and blended finance (technical assistance and investment grants). This
included the special ‘window’ dedicated to the partnership with the European Investment Bank
(EIB) mandated by the Ukraine Facility Regulation (Article 31.6). Throughout the year, 12
eligible financing institutions submitted successful proposals to the UIF Steering Board,
spanning from support to municipal investments and micro and small business to housing,
recovery and financial inclusion. A strong focus on energy resilience in 2025 was largely
driven by unfolding war-related events. For example, the EU provided EUR 100 million in
grants to support EUR 250 million in loans from the German Development Bank, Kreditanstalt
für Wiederaufbau (KfW), for repairing, war-proofing and modernising the electricity grid. The
funds are used to restore destroyed transformers and build shelters for key infrastructure,
ensuring a more stable power supply.
• In total, up to EUR 6.9 billion is now booked under the UIF, corresponding to 70% of the
current UIF overall capacity of EUR 9.5 billion. This is expected to enable up to EUR 21.8 billion
of public and private investments. The UIF website went live in 2025, offering live information
and data on planned and ongoing investments enabled by the Facility.
Pillar III – EU accession assistance and related support measures
• Project-based assistance under Pillar III of the Facility complements this architecture with
the Technical Cooperation Facility (TCF). Thanks to its flexible internal allocation
mechanism, the Technical Cooperation Facility facilitated collaboration, joint implementation
and co-funding of ‘flagship initiatives’ with EU Member States in a Team Europe spirit. For
example, the project ‘Ukraine2EU’ brings together Denmark, Lithuania and Sweden to support
Ukraine’s path to EU accession and strengthen its integration efforts. This and other projects
helped Ukraine, among other things, to develop or revise 24 policies, for example on
‘Electronic identification and electronic trust services’, ‘Reforming local self-government and
territorial organisation’ and the promotion of small business and export. In addition, the
Technical Cooperation Facility enabled the EU to support urgent energy repairs, and in
2025 it proved instrumental to calibrating the EU local response to other actors’ unplanned
disengagement from key sectors, such as direct support to civil society and media
freedom.
• As of 2024, the Ukraine Facility finances the EU contribution to the Enlarged Partial
Agreement on the Register of Damage for Ukraine caused by the Russian war of aggression
against Ukraine. The register is a key building block of the international community’s effort in
ensuring Russia’s accountability for the vast damage it has inflicted on Ukraine and its people,
and it has already received 100 000 claims.
Ukraine facility
• In 2024 and 2025, the Facility financed the subsidy for the interest rate charges due by
Ukraine in relation to the loans of the exceptional macro-financial assistance of 2022 and, as
of 2025, also the borrowing costs incumbent on Ukraine for the loans disbursed under Pillar I.
This freed up a fiscal space of around EUR 195 million in Ukraine’s state budget in 2024, and
around EUR 495 million in 2025.
Ukraine facility
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0 0.0 340.0 1 279.8 510.7 510.7 2 641.2 15.5%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming 0.0 0.0%
• The Facility should, to the extent possible, contribute to climate change mitigation and
adaptation, environmental protection, including biodiversity conservation, and to the green
transition. That contribution should, to the extent possible in a war-torn country, account for
at least 20 % of the overall amount corresponding to support under the Ukraine Investment
Framework and to investments under the Ukraine Plan.
• The estimated contribution to climate mainstreaming is based on the above-mentioned
target. For the Ukraine Plan, it considers that at least 80 % of all investments in transport
infrastructure and at least 60 % of all those in energy infrastructure. For the Ukraine
Investment Framework, it is expected that half of the overall contributions to climate change
mitigation and adaptation, environmental protection, including biodiversity conservation, and
to the green transition will target climate change. Additional contributions might be possible,
but there is no sufficient information yet to quantify them.
• The Ukraine Facility is focused primarily on Ukraine’s recovery, reconstruction and
modernisation needs in the context of a war-torn country. The Commission has not yet
performed a thorough assessment as to whether actions under the Facility will contribute
positively to biodiversity. In the absence of such an assessment, the Commission prefers to
provide a prudent estimate of zero contribution, which we may update once further
information is available.
• The Ukraine Plan contains a chapter on green transition and environmental protection
and other chapters also refer to green priorities. In order to meet the steps of the Plan, for
example, in 2025 Ukraine adopted a new law on State Climate Policy which defines the key
mechanisms and goals for climate governance. Ukraine also adopted the second Nationally
Determined Contribution (NDC) of Ukraine to the Paris Agreement; an Action Plan for the
Ukraine facility
Establishment of a National Greenhouse Gas Emissions Trading System; and the National
Waste Management Plan until 2033. After suspension in 2022, the mandatory monitoring,
reporting and verification (MRV) system for greenhouse gas emissions at installation level
was resumed. For future reporting purposes, components of the Ukraine Plan may
be assessed regarding contributions to horizontal priorities, and reporting updated accordingly.
• The Strategic Orientations endorsed by the Steering Board of the UIF contain both a
dedicated section on 'Green transition and environmental protection' as a key area for
investment and a section on 'Do no harm: environment, climate and biodiversity' as a
horizontal principle applying to all investments supported by the UIF.
• In the context of support provided to a war-torn country, there is no specific target for
contribution to biodiversity mainstreaming under the Ukraine Facility. Biodiversity is however,
included in the target of 20% of investments made under the Facility contributing to greening
and the green transition (climate change mitigation and adaptation, environmental protection,
including biodiversity conservation, and to the green transition).
Ukraine facility
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 0.0 0.0 0.0 246.2 393.8 639.9
0* 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
0 0.0 0.0 0.0 17 632.8 13 978.5 31 611.3
Total: 0.0 0.0 0.0 17 879.0 14 372.3 32 251.2
• The Ukraine Plan sets the principles of inclusivity, gender equality and social cohesion as
important cross-cutting areas of attention, and a special focus on issues linked to human
capital and business environment. In order to meet the steps of the Plan, for example, in
2025 Ukraine adopted a law on preschool education: this reform contributes to more
involvement of women with small children in the labour force. A new law on vocational
education mandates that State and regional policy in this field is formed and implemented
based – among other – on the principle of gender equality. A new SME (small- and medium-
sized enterprises) Strategy and its Action Plan address women’s entrepreneurship in direct
link with Ukraine’s ‘State Strategy for Ensuring Equal Rights and Opportunities for Women and
Men until 2030’. However, due to the financial setup, a direct link between disbursements and
actions towards gender equality cannot be established, thus commitments under this pillar
were assigned a gender score 0. Should additional information arise during the
implementation, the score will be reassessed. For future reporting purposes, components
of the Ukraine Plan may be assessed regarding contributions to horizontal priorities, and
reporting updated accordingly.
• The UIF is implemented through partnerships with financial institutions, which are responsible
for gender mainstreaming in line with international and EU commitments to GEWE (gender
equality and women’s empowerment). GEWE are targets in the strategic orientations of the
UIF and will be assessed in the monitoring of investment programmes. However, this level of
information is not yet available and thus commitments under this pillar were assigned a
gender score 0. Should additional information arise during the implementation, the score will
be reassessed.
• Project-based assistance under pillar III is channelled through a single action called
Technical Cooperation Facility (TCF). For example, the project 'Gender Equality Facility (GEF) in Ukraine' has been assigned a gender score 2 as its principal objective is to support the Government of Ukraine in ensuring that through the EU accession process, gender
Ukraine facility
equality is mainstreamed across EU Chapters, sectors, policy areas, and levels of government. Several other projects have been assigned a gender score 1 as they will ensure consideration of gender impacts in the recovery and reconstruction of Ukraine.
Gender disaggregated information:
Given that EU financial commitments translate into concrete interventions on the ground with a certain time lag, gender-disaggregated data for 2025 implementation is not yet available. Additional information will be included when available.
Ukraine facility
Contribution to the digital transition
• The Ukraine Plan contains a chapter on digital transformation, which appears also as a
crosscutting area. In order to meet the steps of the Plan, for example, in 2025 Ukraine
adopted a reform to strengthen the cyber security capabilities of state information
resources and critical information infrastructure. As another example, the Digital
Restoration Ecosystem for Accountable Management (DREAM) was implemented
serving as a unified digital platform for managing public investment projects at all levels of
government.
• The strategic orientations endorsed by the Steering Board of the UIF contain a dedicated
chapter on digital transformation.
• Project-based assistance is channelled through a single action called Technical
Cooperation Facility (TCF).
Ukraine facility
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
yes
SDG2: End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition and promote sustainab le agricultur e
yes
SDG3: Ensure healthy lives and promote well- being for all at all ages
yes
Ukraine facility
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
yes Entry into force of legislation on preschool education
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
yes
SDG6: Ensure availabilit y and sustainab le manage ment of water and sanitation for all
yes
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
yes Introduction of a market-based framework for renewable
energy
Ukraine facility
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
yes
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
yes
SDG10: Reduce inequaliti es within and among countries
yes
Ukraine facility
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
yes
SDG12: Ensure sustainab le consumpt ion and productio n patterns
yes
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
yes Adoption of the Action Plan for the Establishment of a
National Greenhouse Gas Emissions Trading System
SDG14:
Conserv
e and
sustain
ably
use the
oceans,
seas
and
marine
resourc
es for
sustain
able
develop
ment
yes
Ukraine facility
SDG15 yes
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
yes
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
yes
Ukraine facility
Support to reforms
• The Ukraine Plan represents the overarching reference framework for the entire Ukraine
Facility. More particularly, the Council implementing decision on the approval of the
assessment of the Plan sets out a detailed roadmap of conditions, in the form of
qualitative and quantitative steps linked to reforms and investments, with a specific
timetable for monitoring and implementation. Fulfilment of these conditions can trigger
direct EU support to Ukraine’s budget (Pillar I of the Ukraine Facility).
• The Plan includes 151 steps organized around 15 sectoral chapters (public administration
reform; public financial management; judiciary; fight against corruption and money-
laundering; financial markets; management of public assets; human capital; business
environment; decentralisation and regional policy; energy; transport; agri-food;
management of critical raw materials; digital transformation; green transition and
environmental protection) and 3 horizontal chapters (reconstruction and modernisation
processes across all levels of the government; mechanisms and arrangements to protect
the financial interests of the Union; stakeholders’ consultation during the preparation of
the Plan).
• Ukraine fulfilled a total of 45 steps due during 2025 across several chapters of the Plan,
triggering the disbursement of EUR 10.7 billion in grants and loans. Since the roll-out of
the Facility, we have disbursed in total EUR 26.8 billion against 68 steps (including the 5
steps reflected in the Memorandum of Understanding for the exceptional bridge financing).
Reforms Ukraine accomplished in 2025 range across several areas: human capital (5
steps), agri-food (5 steps), management of critical raw materials (5 steps),
decentralisation and regional policy (4 steps), digital transformation (4 steps), green
transition and environmental protection (4 steps), business environment (3 steps), energy
(3 steps), public financial management (2 steps), judiciary (2 steps), financial markets (2
steps), management of public assets (2 steps), transport (2 steps), public administration
reform (1 step), and fight against corruption and money-laundering (1 step).
• For example, in the area of green transition and environmental protection a new law 'On
the Basic Principles of State Climate Policy' now defines the key mechanisms and goals
for climate governance. Another key step in this area was the adoption of a more
ambitious second Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) of Ukraine to the Paris
Agreement. In the area of human capital, a reform of the preschool education now
pursues access to quality preschool education with the aim of increasing the participation
of women with preschool children in the labour force. On decentralisation, Ukraine
adopted key amendments to the Law on Local State Administration; this step directly
contributes to public administration reform, a core priority under the 'Fundamentals'
cluster of the accession process. The fight against corruption and money-laundering was
strengthened through the entry into force of a law reforming the Asset Recovery and
Management Agency (ARMA), which introduced several improvements to the management
and functioning of the Agency.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
REFORM AND GROWTH FACILITY FOR THE WESTERN
BALKANS
Concrete examples of achievements
6
reform agendas have
been adopted
and now cover all of
the beneficiaries, with
Bosnia and
Herzegovina’s adoption
of the reform agenda in
2025.
39
reform steps have been
achieved
across six policy areas:
business environment,
energy and green
transition, digital
transition, human
capital, fundamentals
and rule of law and,
governance).
EUR 396.4 million
Is the total amount
released
to the beneficiaries,
consisting of EUR 184.4
million of repayable
support directly to the
treasuries and EUR
212.0 million of
repayable and non-
repayable support
channelled to the
Western Balkans
Investment Framework.
4
strategies and action
plans have been
adopted,
Covering ‘S3’ smart
specialisation, building
renovation, anti-money
laundering, counter-
terrorism financing, and
medium-term revenue,
strengthening
Albania’s policy and
legislative alignment
with the EU acquis.
+20% and +15%
are the respective
increases in Labour
Inspectorate and
Market Inspectorate
inspections
In North Macedonia
compared to the 2020-
2023 average, with a
sectoral risk-based
focus on construction,
tourism and agriculture.
2
countries advanced
their energy reforms:
Albania made the
intra-day electricity
market operational in
line with Energy
Community
requirements, while
Montenegro
operationalised its
guarantees of origin
system and developed
methodology and
monitoring tools to
protect energy-poor
and vulnerable
customers.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Budget implementation
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Non repayable support
- - - 501.0 499.0 500.0 500.0 2 000.0
Of which provisioning of the loans
- - - 90.0 90.0 90.0 90.0 360.0
Of which administrative support
- - - 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 30
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the financial regulation.
Loans (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Loans - - - 1
000.0 1 000.0 1 000.0 1 000.0 4 000.0
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation
rate
Commitments 1 320.8 2 000.0 66.0%
Payments 77.5
3.9%
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Percentage of steps (key reforms and / or investments) achieved in the reform agenda / plan and backed by EU support
0 6% 80% in 2027
5% in 2025 compared to a target of 80%
Deserves attention
Investments mobilised in million EUR by the Ukraine Investment Framework / Western Balkans Investment Framework / Neighbourhood Investment Platform
0 0% 2 400 in 2027
0 in 2025 compared to a target of 2 400
Deserves attention
Number of steps developing or revising government policies with EU support under the facilities
0 16% 145 in 2027
23 in 2025 compared to a target of 145
Deserves attention
Megawatts of new renewable energy capacities installed (cumulative in energy mix for solar and wind)
11 306 73% 15 406 in 2027
11 306 in 2024 compared to a
target of 15 406
On track
Degree of readiness on the economic criteria: existence of a functioning market economy and the capacity to cope with competitive pressures and market forces within the EU
0.6 75% 0.8 in 2027
0.6 in 2025 compared to a target of 0.8
On track
Worldwide Governance Indicator: Control of Corruption
40.64 96% 42.1 in 2027
40.6 in 2025 compared to a target of 42.1
On track
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
In 2025, EUR 396 million was released under the Western Balkans Reform and Growth Facility
(RGF), combining pre-financing and amounts released in the decisions adopted in July and October.
Across all beneficiaries, 39 reform steps were assessed as achieved, corresponding to 5% of the
total steps under the facility. Excluding Kosovo (66) and Bosnia and Herzegovina, which could not
close any steps in 2025 due to their facility agreements not yet being in force, the achievement
rate rises to 8%. While this remains modest, it reflects the early stage of implementation: as a new
instrument, the Facility carries an inherent learning curve, which the European Commission is
actively addressing through targeted technical assistance to strengthen beneficiary capacity. In
addition, the Commission intends to activate, in line with Article 21 of Regulation(EU)
2024/1449 (67), a top performer incentive mechanism, redistributing unused funds to reward the
strongest reformers.
Albania reported in July 2025 on steps due in December 2024 and June 2025, and anticipatively
on some due in December 2025. Among these, 21 of 41 steps were assessed as achieved, leading
to EUR 99 million released, plus EUR 65 million in pre-financing. Among the achieved steps, Albania
adopted the innovative entrepreneurship strategy alongside legal acts on innovation support
instruments, aligning its framework with EU practices.
Montenegro achieved 12 of 25 steps due in December 2024 and June 2025, resulting in EUR 18
million released and EUR 27 million in pre-financing. On energy, Montenegro announced a three-
year auction plan of at least 400-megawatts and launched the first auction, operationalised its
guarantees of origin system, and adopted a long-term renovation strategy and action plan, with
retrofitting of existing public buildings underway in line with the 3% annual renovation target.
North Macedonia achieved 6 of 21 steps due in December 2024 and June 2025, with EUR 24
million released and EUR 53 million in pre-financing. On public financial management, North
Macedonia’s Parliament adopted the Public Internal Financial Control Law, strengthening the legal
framework for public internal financial control.
For Serbia, a decision releasing EUR 111 million in pre-financing was adopted in June 2025. No
other release decisions linked to payment requests were taken in 2025.
In Kosovo, the legal arrangements necessary for disbursements under the facility could not be
finalised in 2025 due to the domestic political situation throughout the year.
For Bosnia and Herzegovina, as a result of a delay in submitting the reform agenda for approval
by the Commission, in July 2025 the initial indicative allocation was reduced by 10%, from
EUR1 085 million to EUR 977 million. The Commission subsequently endorsed the reform agenda
submitted in November 2025. The Commission is actively engaged with the authorities of Bosnia
and Herzegovina to support them in finalising the legal procedures required to sign and ratify their
(66) This designation is without prejudice to positions on status, and is in line with UNSCR 1244/1999 and the ICJ Opinion
on the Kosovo declaration of independence.
(67) Regulation (EU) 2024/1449 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 May 2024 on establishing the Reform and Growth Facility for the Western Balkans, OJ L, 2024/1449, 24.5.2024, ELI: http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2024/1449/oj.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
facility and loan agreements. It is important to note that the implementation phase for Bosnia and
Herzegovina will start after the entry into force of these agreements.
In relation to the release of the Western Balkans Reform and Growth Facility (RGF) funds
channelled to the Western Balkans Investment Framework (WBIF) to support investments in
infrastructures in the Western Balkans, the WBIF Board approved grants of EUR 87.7 million for
eight clean-energy investments in Albania, Montenegro and Serbia, worth a total investment value
of EUR 487.3 million. However, as the signature of the respective contribution arrangements with
financial institutions did not occur in 2025, no funds have been mobilised yet to support the
implementation of those projects.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities (EUR million):
Implementation
Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of
the total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming - - - - 1.9 298.1 300.0 600.0 30%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming - - - - 0.0 100.0 100.0 200.0 10%
Activities under the Facility aim to help advance progress towards EU social, climate and
environmental standards, as well as the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, the Paris
Agreement, the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity and the United Nations
Convention to Combat Desertification. The Facility supports activities that fully respect EU climate
and environmental standards and the principle of 'do no significant harm' within the meaning of
Article 17 of the Taxonomy Regulation and in line with Article 33(2)(d) of the Financial Regulation
(Regulation (EU, Euratom) 2024/2509).
The Facility aims to meet the target of 30% of Union budget expenditure supporting climate
objectives, and 10% in 2026 and 2027 supporting biodiversity objectives. At least 37% of non-
repayable financial support channelled through the Western Balkans Investment Framework is to
be dedicated to climate objectives, calculated using Rio markers and reported in line with EU
international climate finance obligations to the OECD. The reform agendas align with beneficiaries'
accession priorities and relevant documents, including the Stabilisation and Association
Agreements, National Energy and Climate Plans, and Nationally Determined Contributions under
the Paris Agreement, reflecting the shared ambition to reach climate neutrality by 2050. Each
reform agenda explains the expected contributions to climate and environmental objectives and
their compatibility with the 'do no significant harm' principle.
Of the non-repayable financial support component channelled through the Western Balkans
Investment Framework, no funds have been mobilised in 2025 to support the implementation of
Western Balkans Investment Framework investments, therefore no climate expenditure figures are
available for reporting this year in that component of the Reform and Growth Facility. Of the
repayable financial support component, channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and to the
Western Balkans Investment Framework, in 2025, a first review of achieved steps was carried out
to assess climate and biodiversity contributions from the repayable support component, applying
Rio marker classifications. This exercise was indicative and not yet quality assessed. A full climate
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
and biodiversity tracking exercise will be conducted in 2026, across all beneficiaries and instrument
components.
Among the 2025 achieved steps with direct relevance to green transition objectives, Albania made
the intra-day electricity market operational in line with Energy Community requirements, advancing
electricity market integration and enabling greater uptake of renewable energy. In Montenegro, a
three-year auction plan of at least 400 MW was announced and the first renewable energy auction
launched, alongside the operationalisation of the guarantees of origin system.
No contribution to biodiversity objectives has been identified at this stage. While no biodiversity
contribution from achieved steps has been identified at this stage of implementation, these
measures are expected to generate positive biodiversity outcomes as the Reform Agenda
advances.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Contribution to gender equality (EUR million):
Gender Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 - - - 0.0 0.0 0.0
1 - - - 0.0 4.8 4.8
0* - - - 0.0 0,0 0.0
0 - - - 1 501.0 1 494.2 2 995.2
Total: - - - 1 501.0 1 499.0 3 000.0
• In accordance with Regulation (EU) 2024/1449, beneficiaries and the Commission must ensure
that gender equality and the integration of a gender perspective as indicated in the Reform
Agendas are taken into account and promoted throughout the implementation of the Facility.
They must take appropriate steps to prevent any discrimination based on gender, racial or
ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation. The Commission will report
on these measures in the context of its regular reporting under the Gender Action Plans.
• Each Reform Agenda includes an explanation of the extent to which the measures are expected
to contribute to gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls, and the promotion
of women and girls' rights.
• Of the non-repayable financial support component channelled through the Western Balkans
Investment Framework, no funds have been mobilised in 2025 to support the implementation
of Western Balkans Investment Framework investments, therefore no gender-related
expenditure figures are available for reporting this year, in that component of the Reform and
Growth Facility.
• Of the repayable financial support component channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and
the Western Balkans Investment Framework, a first indicative non-quality assessed review of
achieved steps was carried out in 2025 to assess gender contributions. As with the climate and
biodiversity tracking exercise, a full quality assessment will be conducted in 2026, across all
beneficiaries and instrument components.
• Several achieved steps demonstrate direct relevance to gender equality objectives. In Albania,
the diversification of Active Labour Market Programmes explicitly targets vulnerable groups
including long-term unemployed jobseekers with no prior education, with women in areas
without employment office presence identified as a priority beneficiary group, supported
through specialised counselling, vocational training, and financial assistance. Montenegro also
adopted a Strategy for Deinstitutionalisation identifying a minimum package of guaranteed
social services and an approach to their sustainable financing, supporting a shift towards
community-based care with positive implications for unpaid care work borne predominantly by
women.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Gender disaggregated information:
• The design of the Facility presents inherent limitations for gender-disaggregated tracking. A significant share of the financial support is disbursed directly to beneficiary treasuries upon achievement of reform steps, rather than being tied to specific projects or beneficiaries. This makes it difficult to attribute expenditure to particular population groups or to collect the disaggregated data necessary for robust gender reporting.
• A similar challenge applies to the WBIF component, where the link between disbursed funds and individual investments is established only at a later stage of implementation. Until contribution arrangements are signed and investments are contracted, it is not possible to systematically track who benefits from the supported interventions or to report on gender outcomes in a meaningful and verifiable way.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Contribution to the digital transition (EUR million):
2024
implementation
2025
implementation Total
% of the 2021-
2025 envelope
Digital
contribution 0.0 3.9 3.9 0.4%
• Digitalisation is one of the key components of the Facility, representing both a central area for
reforms under the Reform Agendas and a key priority for investments under the Western
Balkans Investment Framework. The digital transition features in the specific objectives of the
Facility, in particular the promotion of digital transformation and digital skills as an enabler of
sustainable development and inclusive growth, as well as the boosting of innovation, research,
and cooperation between academic institutions and industry.
• The Facility supports investments and reforms that promote the beneficiaries' path to digital
transformation of the economy and society, in line with the EU vision for 2030 presented in the
Commission communication '2030 Digital Compass'.
• Each Reform Agenda contains an explanation of the extent to which the measures are expected
to contribute to digital transformation. Of the non-repayable financial support component
channelled through the Western Balkans Investment Framework, no funds have been mobilised
in 2025 to support the implementation of Western Balkans Investment Framework
investments, therefore no digital-related expenditure figures are available for reporting this
year, in that component of the Reform and Growth Facility. Of the repayable financial support
component channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and the Western Balkans Investment
Framework, a first indicative and not yet quality review of achieved steps was carried out in
2025, applying the same tracking methodology used for green and gender contributions. A full
quality assessment will be conducted in 2026, across all beneficiaries and instrument
components.
• Among the achieved steps, Albania implemented regulatory and institutional capacity measures
to secure 5G infrastructure roll-out in compliance with the EU 5G cybersecurity toolbox;
Montenegro adopted a plan for full deployment of transactional national and local level public
electronic services for 2025–2027, with the e-government platform and interoperability of
registers made functional; and North Macedonia adopted and began implementing a
cybersecurity legislative framework fully aligned with EU cybersecurity policy and the NIS
acquis.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG1: End poverty in all its forms everywhe re
Yes In its Strategy for Deinstitutionalization, Montenegro
included a minimum package of guaranteed social services
and an approach to their sustainable financing.
SDG4: Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and promote lifelong learning opportuni ties for all
Yes Albania completed a reform step focused on offering
diversified new Active Labour Market Policies (ALMPs)
targeting jobseekers’ beneficiaries of economic aid, long-
term unemployed jobseekers and long-term unemployed
jobseekers with basic/no prior education.
SDG5: Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Yes In the context of the measures undertaken by Albania to
strengthen the efficiency of the Unemployment Policy
Scheme, women living in administrative areas without
presence of employment office were a priority target of new
Active Labour Market Policies (ALMPs), including specialised
employment/self-employment counselling, vocational
training, and financial assistance.
SDG7: Ensure access to affordabl e, reliable, sustainab le and modern energy for all
Yes Albania advanced in its implementation of the electricity
integration package by making operational the intra-day
electricity market, in line with Energy Community
requirements.
Montenegro implemented measures aimed at protecting
energy poor and vulnerable customers including developing
methodology to define energy poor groups and monitoring
tools.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
SDG8: Promote sustained , inclusive and sustainab le economic growth, full and productiv e employm ent and decent work for all
Yes In North Macedonia, the number of inspections increased for
the Labour Inspectorate by at least 20% and for the Market
Inspectorate by at least 15% compared to the 2020-2023
period average. Inspections were carried on the principle of
sectorial risk with a focus on construction, tourism, and
agriculture.
SDG9: Build resilient infrastruc ture, promote inclusive and sustainab le industriali zation and foster innovatio n
Yes Albania adopted its S3 Strategy, as well as a comprehensive
Road Map to finalise the digitisation processes for cadastral
ownership titles.
SDG11: Make cities and human settlemen ts inclusive, safe, resilient and sustainab le
Yes Montenegro’s Parliament adopted the Spatial Plan.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
SDG13: Take urgent action to combat climate change and its impacts
Yes Montenegro operationalised the system of guarantees of
origin.
Albania adopted the long-term building renovation strategy,
with earmarked necessary financing for 2025 and 2026 to
fulfil the 3% annual renovation goal in existing government
public buildings.
SDG15: Protect, restore and promote sustainab le use of terrestrial ecosyste ms, sustainab ly manage forests, combat desertific ation, and halt and reverse land degradati on and halt biodiversi ty loss
Yes Albania adopted the laws on Animal Health and on Plant
Health fully in line with the EU acquis.
Reform and growth facility for the Western Balkans
SDG16: Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainab le developm ent, provide access to justice for all and build effective, accounta ble and inclusive institution s at all levels
Yes Albania adopted a new National Strategy on prevention of
Money Laundering and Countering Terrorism Financing and
its Action Plan 2024- 2030.
North Macedonia adopted the Public Internal Financial
Control law, aiming at strengthening its Public Internal
Financial Control.
SDG17 Strengthe n the means of implemen tation and revitalize the Global Partnersh ip for Sustainab le Developm ent
Yes Albania adopted its updated Medium-Term Revenue Strategy
to strengthen domestic resource mobilisation and thereby
improve domestic capacity for tax and other revenue
collection.
Support to reforms
The nature of this programme is such that its performance is linked to the achievement of reforms
steps by the beneficiaries. The Facility works in complementarity with IPA III, which provides the
technical assistance, TAIEX and Twinning support that helps countries build the capacity needed to
advance reforms, while the Facility creates the fiscal incentive to legislate and implement them.
For a full overview of reform progress, please refer to the implementation and performance
section.
Growth plan for Moldova
654
GROWTH PLAN FOR MOLDOVA
Concrete examples of achievements
1
Reform Agenda
adopted:
in May 2025, the
Commission adopted
the Reform Agenda for
Moldova
4
reform steps have been
achieved
- three of these steps planned for December, had already been achieved by June 2025.
EUR 314.9 million
has been released in
total,
consisting of EUR
216.7million in
repayable support
provided directly to the
treasury,
EUR72.2million in
repayable support for
cofinancing under the
Neighbourhood
Investment Platform,
and EUR 26million in
non-repayable support,
channelled through that
platform.
2
of the steps achieved
contribute to advancing
an open and
competitive electricity
market: Moldova has
designated a
nominated electricity
market operator and
partially harmonised its
value added tax law
with EU legislation,
strengthening the legal
and institutional
foundations for
electricity market
integration.
Growth plan for Moldova
655
Budget implementation
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the financial regulation.
Budget programming (million EUR):
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Non repayable support
- - - - 220.9 171.2 127.9 520.0
Of which provisioning of the loans
- - - - 45 45 45 135
Of which administrative support
- - - - 1.4 1.4 1.4 4.2
(*) Only Article 15(3) of the financial regulation.
Loans (million EUR)68:
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
Loans - - - - 262.7 562.7 674.6 1 500
Cumulative budget implementation at the end of 2025 (million EUR):
Implementation Budget Implementation rate
Commitments 220.1 520.0 42.3%
Payments 0.3
0.1%
68 Amount of loans (gross) linked to the steps in the Reform Agenda by implementation deadline (not by time of
disbursement)
Growth plan for Moldova
656
Implementation and performance
Key performance indicators
Baseline Progress Target Results Assessment
Percentage of steps (key reforms and/or investments) achieved in the Reform Agenda/Plan and backed by EU support
0% 4% 80% in 2027
3% in 2025 compared to a target of 80%
On track
Investment mobilised in million EUR by the Ukraine Investment Framework /Western Balkans Investment Framework/Neighbourho od Investment Platform (loans and grants)
0 24% 408 in 2027
98.2 in 2025 compared to a target of 408
On track
Number of steps developing or revising government policies with EU support under the facilities
0 5% 22 in 2027
1 in 2025 compared to a target of 22
On track
Megawatts of new renewable energy capacity installed (cumulative in energy mix for solar and wind)
580 >100% 65269 in 2027
932.81 in 2025 compared to a target of 652
Achieved70
Degree of readiness on the economic criteria: the existence of a functioning market economy and the capacity to cope with
0.4 40% 1 in 2027
0.4 in 2025 compared to a
target of 1
On track
69 The target is set at 112.5% of the baseline, as per the standard methodology, which equals to 652. It is not
therefore linked to any formal target set by the beneficiary or the Commission. 70 This indicator had already been achieved in the first year of implementation. It should be noted that the
indicators under the Facility serve a dual function: they track both the performance of the Facility’s implementation and its broader impact on the beneficiaries’ reform trajectories. The indicator on megawatts of new renewable energy capacities installed (cumulative in the energy mix for solar, wind, biogas and hydro) in particular is an impact indicator, reflecting structural changes in the energy mix that result from a combination of policy reforms, investments, and market developments extending beyond the direct implementation of the Facility. Its early achievement therefore reflects pre-existing momentum in renewable energy deployment in the region rather than an attribution of results solely to the Facility.
Growth plan for Moldova
657
competitive pressures and market forces within the EU
Worldwide Governance Indicator: Control of Corruption
42 83% 50.5 in 2027
42 in 2025 compared to a target of 50.5
On track
• In March 2025, Regulation (EU) 2025/535 establishing the Reform and Growth Facility
for Moldova was adopted. This created a new financing instrument of EUR 1.9 billion to
implement the growth plan for Moldova. The disbursement of the funding is conditional
on Moldova’s fulfilment of reforms agreed between the EU and the government of
Moldova in the Reform Agenda, which was approved by the latter in May 2025.
• In July 2025, Moldova received EUR 270 million in loans pre-financing, corresponding to
18% of the overall loan for whole period under the facility. In September 2025, the
European Commission made the first regular payment under the facility, following its
assessment that Moldova had met four reform steps from its Reform Agenda, unlocking
funding in loans worth EUR 18.9 million.
• Moldova met the only step due by June 2025 and achieved three additional steps ahead
of schedule. The achieved steps promote the advance of open and competitive electricity
and gas markets: Moldova designated a nominated electricity market operator, partially
harmonised its VAT law with EU legislation, appointed a supplier of last resort and a
universal gas supplier through a transparent and non-discriminatory procedure, and
advanced the certification process for Vestmoldtransgaz regarding transmission system
ownership unbundling.
• By the end of 2025, EUR 98.2 million in loans and grants had been released for
investments, under the Neighbourhood Investment Platform (NIP). The projects under the
Neighbourhood Investment Platform are currently being contracted from the 2025
funding, with implementation foreseen in 2026.
Growth plan for Moldova
658
Contribution to horizontal priorities
Contribution to green budgeting priorities:
Implementation Estimates
2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 Total
% of the
total
envelope
Climate
mainstreaming
- - - - 0.1 78.0 78.0 156.1 30%
Biodiversity
mainstreaming
- - - - 0.0 26.0 26.0 52.0 10%
• Activities under the Facility support progress towards EU social, climate and environmental standards, the United Nations Sustainable Development Goals, the Paris Agreement adopted under the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, the United Nations Convention on Biological Diversity and the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification and should not contribute to environmental degradation or cause harm to the environment or climate. Measures funded under the Facility should be in line with Moldova’s national energy and climate plan, its nationally determined contribution and ambition to reach climate neutrality by 2050.
• The Facility aims to contribute to the achievement of an overall target of 30% of EU budget expenditure supporting climate objectives and 7,5% in 2025 and 10% in 2026 and 2027 biodiversity objectives. At least 37% of the non-repayable financial support, including part of the provisioning, specifically the part provided to investment projects approved under the Neighbourhood Investment Platform, one of the regional investment platforms referred to in Article 32 of Regulation (EU) 2021/947 on the Neighbourhood, Development and International Cooperation Instrument – Global Europe Regulation ((EU) 2021/947) should be attributed to climate objectives. That amount should be calculated using the Rio markers following the obligation to report the EU’s international climate finance to the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development, as well as obligations under other international agreements or frameworks.
• Of the repayable financial support component, channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and to the Neighbourhood Investment Platform, in 2025, a first indicative and not yet quality assessed review of achieved steps was carried out, applying Rio marker classifications. A full and quality assessed will be conducted in 2026. As example of a step contributing indirectly to climate objectives is the designation of a nominated electricity market operator.
• No contribution to biodiversity objectives has been identified at this stage. While no biodiversity contribution from achieved steps has been identified at this stage of
Growth plan for Moldova
659
implementation, measures are expected to generate positive biodiversity outcomes as the Reform Agenda advances.
Growth plan for Moldova
660
Contribution to gender equality
Gender
Score 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 Total
2 - - - - 0.0 0.0
1 - - - - 0.0 0.0
0* - - - - 0.0 0.0
0 - - - - 483.6 483.6
• In accordance with Regulation (EU) 2025/535, Moldova and the Commission must ensure
that gender equality and the integration of a gender perspective as indicated in the
Reform Agenda are taken into account and promoted throughout the implementation of
the Facility. They must take appropriate steps to prevent any discrimination based on
gender, racial or ethnic origin, religion or belief, disability, age or sexual orientation. The
Commission will report on these measures in the context of its regular reporting under
the gender action plans.
• The Reform Agenda includes an explanation of the extent to which the measures are
expected to contribute to gender equality and the empowerment of women and girls,
and the promotion of their rights. Of the repayable financial support component,
channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and to the Neighbourhood Investment
Platform, a first indicative and not yet quality assessed review of total commitments
made in 2025 was carried out to assess gender contributions, applying relevant scoring
classifications. As the four steps assessed as achieved in 2025 all relate to energy
market reform, no provisioning under the repayable support component is estimated to
be linked to steps for which gender equality is an important and deliberate objective.
This reflects the composition of the first assessment cycle rather than the overall
gender ambition of the Reform Agenda.
• As implementation advances, the Reform Agenda is expected to generate meaningful
contributions to gender equality. For instance, one upcoming step, to achieved by
December 2027, requires that at least 50% of active technical and vocational education
programmes are delivered by teachers who have attended in-service training and make
use of gender and disability-sensitive teaching and learning materials.
Gender disaggregated information:
• The design of the Facility presents inherent limitations for gender-disaggregated tracking. A significant share of the financial support is disbursed directly to beneficiary treasuries upon achievement of reform steps, rather than being tied to specific projects or beneficiaries. This makes it difficult to attribute expenditure to particular population groups or to collect the disaggregated data necessary for robust gender reporting.
Growth plan for Moldova
661
• A similar challenge applies to the Neighbourhood Investment Platform component, where the link between disbursed funds and individual investments is established only at a later stage of implementation. Until contribution arrangements are signed and investments are contracted, it is not possible to systematically track who benefits from the supported interventions or to report on gender outcomes in a meaningful and verifiable way.
Contribution to the digital transition
2021
implementation
2022
implementation
2023
implementation
2024
implementation
2025
implementation Total
% of the
2021-
2025
envelope
Digital
contribution - - - - 0.0 0.0 0.0
• Digitalisation is one of the key components of the Facility, representing both a central
area for reforms under the Reform Agenda and a key priority for investments to be
approved by the Neighbourhood Investment Platform. The digital transition features in
the specific objectives of the Facility, in particular the promotion of digital transformation
and digital skills as an enabler of sustainable development and inclusive growth, as well
as the boosting of innovation, research, and cooperation between academic institutions
and industry.
• The Facility supports investments and reforms that promote Moldova's path to the digital
transformation of the economy and society, in line with the EU vision for 2030 presented
in the Commission’s communication 2030 Digital Compass.
• Moldova’s Reform Agenda includes an explanation of the extent to which measures are
expected to contribute to digital transformation. Of the repayable financial support
component, channelled both to the beneficiaries treasury and to the Neighbourhood
Investment Platform, a first indicative and not yet quality assessed review of total
commitments made in 2025 was carried out to assess digital contributions, applying
relevant scoring classifications. As the four steps assessed as achieved in 2025 all relate
to energy market reform, no provisioning under the repayable support component is
estimated to be linked to steps contributing to digital transformation. A full quality
assessment will be conducted in 2026.
• As implementation advances, the Reform Agenda is expected to generate contributions
to digital transformation. For instance, one upcoming step, expected to be achieved in
December 2026, aims to improve identity framework in line with eIDAS 2 and integrate
at least 20 Moldovan e-services under EVO, Moldova’s national application.
Growth plan for Moldova
662
Contribution to strategic technologies (STEP)
• n/a
Growth plan for Moldova
663
Contribution to sustainable development goals
SDG
Does the
programme
contribute to the
goal?
Example (only for the most relevant SDGs)
SDG7: Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all
Yes Key achievements include the development of open and
competitive electricity and gas markets, as well as measures
to guarantee energy security. (four steps achieved as part of
the first release under the Reform and Growth Facility for
Moldova).
Support to reforms
The nature of this programme is such that its performance is linked to the achievement of
reforms steps by the beneficiaries. Therefore, for an overview of the state of play of the
support to reforms please refer to the performance and implementation section.